Home | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/category/home/ Awe-inspiring science reporting, technology news, and DIY projects. Skunks to space robots, primates to climates. That's Popular Science, 145 years strong. Fri, 20 Oct 2023 20:00:00 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.2.2 https://www.popsci.com/uploads/2021/04/28/cropped-PSC3.png?auto=webp&width=32&height=32 Home | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/category/home/ 32 32 The best bird feeder cameras in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-bird-feeder-cameras/ Fri, 20 Oct 2023 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=580793
four of the best bird feeder cameras sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

Bird feeder cameras allow you to see your feathered friends in new ways.

The post The best bird feeder cameras in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
four of the best bird feeder cameras sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A blue Bird Buddy Smart Bird Feeder filled with seed against a white background with a gray gradient. Bird Buddy Smart Bird Feeder
SEE IT

The Bird Buddy offers stylish design, quality images, and a fun app with real-time notifications.

Best for hummingbirds A blue BirdDock Hummingbird Feeder Camera against a white background with a grey gradient. BirdDock Hummingbird Feeder Camera
SEE IT

The nectar attachment of this feeder can be swapped out to hold seed as well.

Best budget A white WYZE Cam v3 against a white background with a gray gradient. WYZE Cam v3
SEE IT

This budget option lets you see the birds without any extras.

Bird feeder cameras make documenting our feathered friends fun and easy, but they aren’t created equally. Some are best for bird-watching in your own backyard, while others are better suited to remote locations. More expensive models have features like solar panels, video options, and smart bird identification, while basic, budget models make feeder photography accessible for just about everyone. No matter what you are looking for, the best bird feeder cameras will allow you to capture quality images of the birds who call your area home. 

How we chose the best bird feeder cameras

There are dozens of bird feeder cameras on the market. Though many of them have the same basic features, they don’t all offer the same level of important features like durability, battery life, and accuracy of species detection. 

To arrive at our top picks, we relied on our own assessment of each device, including hands-on experience with multiple models. Because bird feeder cameras must be durable, weatherproof, and offer long-lasting performance, we also leaned heavily on user experiences and favored well-reviewed products. 

Features like accurate bird identification, solar panel availability, and useful accessories also helped push some models into the limelight. Other options like real-time notification and color night vision were nice to have but not essentials. Still, they didn’t tend to figure into our final decision simply because of their somewhat limited value for bird photography. 

The best bird feeder cameras: Reviews & Recommendations

Choosing a bird feeder camera can be tough. There are dozens of available models, and the prices can range from less than $50 all the way up to $400 or more. The key to finding the right bird feeder camera is not necessarily shopping by price but knowing which features are must-haves and which are not. Not everyone will benefit from AI, for example. You may even prefer to use your own knowledge to identify the birds in your photographs. Below are our favorite options, suitable for a range of situations and users. 

Best overall: Bird Buddy Smart Bird Feeder

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • AI: Yes, identifies more than 1,000 bird species 
  • App compatibility: Android and iOS
  • Resolution: 5-megapixel photos, 720p video
  • Battery: 4000 mAh rechargeable lithium-ion battery, optional solar panel

Pros

  • Sharp images with a 120-degree field of view
  • Weatherproof from -5°F to 120°F
  • The smartphone app allows you to see feeders all over the world
  • Compatible with an optional solar panel and lots of accessories
  • Three mounting options

Cons

  • No local storage, so it can’t be used without Wi-Fi
  • Video resolution is lower than some competitors

The Bird Buddy bird feeder camera is relatively new, but it has much to offer, so it earns our top spot. The bird feeder is attractively designed, so it will look nice in your yard or on your deck with some solar lights, which is an important feature for many. It’s available in blue or vibrant yellow, so you can choose an option that fits your style best. I really enjoy the look of the blue Bird Buddy on the side of my porch, which is a big plus. 

The camera module is removable, which is important when it comes time to clean the feeder. It can take five-megapixel photos or offers 720p live-streamed video. The image quality won’t be that of your dedicated mirrorless or DSLR camera, but it is nicely detailed and properly exposed even in backlit situations. And being able to tune in to watch live as a bird chows down is pretty neat. 

The camera’s 120-degree field of view is wide enough to capture birds hanging out on the feeder’s side. You can also buy multiple accessories through Bird Buddy to extend the perch or feed different species. With the solar roof (the model we thoroughly tested and reviewed), you’ll never need to think about charging the camera. Without the solar roof, you’ll need to charge the camera every 5 to 15 days.

The Bird Buddy relies on AI to automatically recognize over 1,000 species of birds. The Bird Buddy app notifies you when you have new visitors to your feeder, which is always exciting. You can even browse other Bird Buddy devices all over the world to see species that you wouldn’t otherwise encounter. Plus, the images from your device contribute to migration information for conservation databases. You’ll be helping science progress while getting fun images of your feathered friends. 

Best trail camera: TECHNAXX Full HD Birdcam TX-165 

TECHNAXX

SEE IT

Specs

  • AI: None
  • App compatibility: N/A, no app available
  • Resolution: 8-megapixel photos, full HD 1080p video
  • Battery: 4 AA batteries give it a working time of up to 6 months

Pros

  • Sturdy trail-cam style feeder
  • 6-month battery life
  • Removable water basin means it can be a feeder or a birdbath
  • Captures slow-motion video

Cons

  • No smartphone app or bird identification features
  • Memory card storage is less convenient than Wi-Fi or Bluetooth

This hybrid bird feeder camera is as tough as any trail camera. However, unlike most trail cameras, it can focus as close as 2 to 6 inches and offers a 100-degree field of view. This means you’ll get much better images of visiting birds than you would with a typical trail cam. The TX-165 takes standard AA batteries but has a working time of up to 6 months. You can leave it in a secure, remote location for a long time without worrying about the battery going flat.

The TX-165 also has a few features you won’t find on other bird feeder cameras. You can fill it with birdseed or fill the removable basin with water and turn it into a birdbath camera. It also takes impressive eight-megapixel images and full HD 1080p video. It’s also capable of 25 frames per second for slow-motion videos. 

Best for bird boxes: Hawk Eye HD Nature Cam

Hawk Eye

SEE IT

Specs

  • AI: None
  • App compatibility: N/A, no app available
  • Resolution: 700 tvl (television lines)
  • Battery: None (includes a 75-foot power cable)

Pros

  • Compact, so you can hide it almost anywhere
  • Night vision lets you capture clear images in poor light 
  • Durable and temperature-tolerant to between 35°F and 105°F

Cons

  • Only shoots video 
  • Not waterproof
  • Needs to be plugged into a power supply

Birds do a lot more than just eat birdseed, so at some point, you might want to step up to a birdhouse camera. Because the Hawk Eye Nature Cam isn’t built into a feeder, it’s much more flexible than most bird cams. Its small size means you can put it anywhere—on treetops, fence posts, or even in animal burrows (though please exercise caution when putting it down a snake hole). Or it can be wired discreetly into a bird box for a 24/7 look at growing bird families, from egg to fledgling. 

The Hawk Eye Nature Cam is meant for live-streaming to your television set. The video resolution is clear and sharp, with 700 tvl (television lines) and 10 infrared diodes. This lets you view clear video even in the darkened environment of a typical bird box. Note, however, that you will need an RCA to USB adapter if you have a modern TV. 

The Hawk Eye does have a few drawbacks. It has no battery, so you’ll have to mess with a long extension cord to get it set up. It also isn’t waterproof. If you want to attach it to an unsheltered location, you’ll have to build waterproof housing or limit your use to dry weather. Finally, you can connect the camera to your PC and use additional software to grab photos and video segments from the live stream, but it’s not designed to capture high-resolution stills.

Best for hummingbirds: BirdDock Hummingbird Feeder Camera

BirdDock

SEE IT

Specs

  • AI: Yes, identifies species and alerts you when birds approach 
  • App compatibility: Android and iOS
  • Resolution: 2-megapixel photos, full HD 1080p video
  • Battery: 6400 mAh rechargeable batteries provide 20 to 30 days of operating time 

Pros

  • AI can recognize around 5,000 different species, including hummingbirds
  • Rechargeable batteries provide 20 to 30 days of use
  • Hummingbird attachment is removable

Con:

  • Still photos are much lower resolution than those shot by similar feeders 
  • The app is clunky and difficult to use

The BirdDock is a flexible bird feeder camera that isn’t limited to just capturing photos of seed-eaters. It also offers a removable hummingbird attachment featuring five flower-shaped feeding ports with 0.16-inch holes to keep bees and other insects out.  When you want to switch to photographing songbirds, you can remove the hummingbird feeder and fill the device with seeds. 

Like other AI feeders, the BirdDock will identify species and alert you when one is approaching the feeder. It has night vision, too, which could help you identify other critters that visit your feeder overnight. This bird feeder camera features a 160-degree field of view and can be used with or without an SD memory card. It provides an impressive battery life of up to 30 days. You can also purchase a separate solar panel to keep the device charged in sunny weather.

The BirdDock has two primary drawbacks: It captures still photos at a relatively low resolution of only two megapixels (though it does also capture full HD 1080p video). It also doesn’t have an especially user-friendly app. Some users complain that the bird identification feature isn’t accurate and that the app frequently disconnects from the camera.

Best for bird identification: Netvue Birdfy Pro

Netvue

SEE IT

Specs

  • AI: Yes, identifies more than 6,000 different species 
  • App compatibility: Android and iOS
  • Resolution: Full HD 1080p video
  • Battery: 5000 mAh rechargeable batteries 

Pros

  • Can identify more than 6,000 different species 
  • Long battery life (the manufacturer claims up to six months of use)
  • Extra features like squirrel recognition and color night vision

Cons

  • The bird identification service costs extra
  • Storing photos on the cloud requires a subscription

The Netvue Birdfy rivals the Bird Buddy with features like ease of use, durability, and photo quality. It has an impressive array of extra features like color night vision. The AI can recognize squirrels, and the built-in microphone lets you yell at them when they’re caught robbing the feeder. You can also upgrade your feeder with add-ons like a solar panel, hummingbird feeder, and perch extension.

The Birdfy has the same features as most other feeders, including automatic capture/motion detection and real-time notification. It takes clear video at close range, provides a 135-degree field of view, and even offers 8x magnification if you want to study the fine details.

Birdfy has an impressive database of 6,000 species, though reviewers note that it isn’t always accurate. When it does misidentify a bird, you have the option to submit a report via the app. This is evidence that Netvue is constantly working to improve its software. 

The primary drawback of the Netvue bird feeder camera is you may have to pay for various subscriptions depending on what features you want access to. For example, if you want to take advantage of the bird identification feature, you must pay for a subscription. Likewise, a subscription is required if you want to store photos on the Netvue Cloud for longer than 30 days. 

Best budget: WYZE Cam v3

WYZE

SEE IT

Specs

  • AI: No species identification
  • App compatibility: Android and iOS
  • Resolution: 1080p full HD video
  • Battery: No battery

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Weatherproof 
  • Compact for easy mounting

Cons

  • Minimum focus distance is around 12 inches
  • No battery; needs to be plugged into a power supply

Bird feeder cameras with all the bells and whistles can be expensive. A $200 feeder might be outside your budget, or you may not need all the features that expensive bird feeder cameras offer. The WYZE Cam v3 is essentially an outdoor security camera. You won’t be able to fill it with birdseed or attach a hummingbird accessory. But you can mount this sturdy little camera next to any commercial bird feeder or install it close to a high-traffic part of your backyard. 

The WYZE Cam v3 offers all the basic features you need in a bird cam. It’s weatherproof with an IP65 rating. It takes photos when it senses motion, and it has an app so you can see what’s happening outside in real-time. 

The WYZE Cam does have a few drawbacks. One of these is the focus distance. While most dedicated bird cams can focus on subjects as close as a few inches, the WYZE Cam isn’t designed for closeups. You’ll have to mount it at least a foot away from your feeder, meaning you won’t see a lot of detail in your photos. 

The WYZE Cam is also wired. It comes with a weatherproof six-foot USB cable, so you’ll have to install it close to your home. On the plus side, once installed, you won’t have to worry about changing or recharging the battery or losing your video stream on a cloudy day.

Things to consider before buying a bird feeder camera

If you love bird watching but don’t want to sit waiting with your binoculars, a bird feeder camera will allow you to capture photos and videos of birds even when you aren’t around.

A bird feeder camera is meant for permanent outdoor use. This means it needs features you probably don’t consider when shopping for other photography gear. Here are some of the most important things you’ll want to think about when shopping for a bird feeder camera.

Durability

Bird feeder cameras can be subject to some serious abuse. The sun’s UV rays and hot temperatures can degrade plastic casings over time. These devices must also withstand storms and sprinklers, remaining waterproof from season to season. Of course, they should also be tough enough to handle the beaks and claws of visiting critters—not just the birds they’re intended for but other potential visitors like squirrels and mice.

Image quality

The image quality of bird feeder cameras is dependent on a few things. Resolution is the first thing most think of, and indeed, it is important with these devices. If you want clear, sharp images, look for bird feeder cameras with higher resolution. These compact cameras won’t offer numbers you may be used to in smartphones or mirrorless cameras, though. Five to eight megapixels for stills and 1080p for video tend to be the highest available at the moment.  However, if you aren’t concerned with high levels of detail, you could save some money and opt for a device with a less impressive resolution. 

The second factor of image quality is close focusing distance. The majority of shots taken by a bird feeder camera will be up-close. As a result, look for a device capable of getting clear photos at a very short distance. Even as close as a few inches is ideal.  Finally, birds don’t tend to sit still for long. Because of this, the camera should be able to freeze action, even in low light conditions like early morning or cloudy days. 

WiFi connectivity

WiFi isn’t necessarily a critical feature, but it’s something to consider if you’re going to keep your feeder close to your house. Most people don’t want to trek outside daily to download photos or swap out a memory card. A WiFi connection will let you see what your camera captured at any time of day in any weather. Treating it like a smart-home device will save you from having to venture into the cold, heat, or rain unless you need to change the battery or add birdseed.

Pay attention to the range of the device, too. Shy birds won’t approach your device if it is too close to your home. If it’s too far away, you won’t be able to view your photos without exiting your home.

Mounting options

Each bird feeder camera will have somewhat different requirements for how you install them. Some require a pole, some can be mounted to a fence post, and others can be hung. Depending on where you want the feeder and what tools you have available for installation, some of these options may be better than others for your particular needs.

Battery life

Some bird feeder cameras take basic replaceable AA batteries; others rely on solar panels to power internal rechargeable batteries. Either way, you’ll want to pick a camera that isn’t power-hungry. A good battery will ensure you aren’t constantly changing batteries or missing photos because your camera goes dark on a cloudy day. 

Choosing a camera with motion detection is a good place to start. These cameras only activate when there’s something to take a photo of, which helps the battery last longer.

FAQs

Q: How do bird feeder cameras work?

Most bird feeder cameras are triggered by motion. When a bird visits the feeder, the camera will capture a still photo or record video, depending on its design. Some smart bird feeder cameras can also identify species by comparing photos to thousands of stored images of each individual bird species.

Q: What color bird feeder attracts more birds?

A 2017 study found that green or silver bird feeders tend to attract the most visitors, but color preference also seems to be species-specific. Robins in the study, for example, preferred black feeders, while greenfinches and starlings didn’t seem to care about color at all. 

Q: Where should I put a bird feeder camera?

Bird feeders should be placed in open spaces but not too far from potential cover. The Humane Society recommends placing feeders 12 feet from brush and trees. This prevents predators from hiding near the feeder and gives the birds cover to fly to if they feel threatened.

Q: Do infrared cameras bother birds?

Infrared light is invisible to birds, so a camera inside a bird box will give you clear pictures while the bird remains in darkness. 

Final thoughts on the best bird feeder cameras

Once limited to nature photographers with long telephoto lenses and lots of patience, bird feeder cameras have made bird photography nearly effortless and available to almost anyone. That doesn’t necessarily mean any camera will do, though. Thinking about what you want to get out of your investment is an important first step in choosing a feeder. If you’re hoping to get up-close, detailed shots, pay attention to the example shots provided by the manufacturer and uploaded by users. Consider how important good battery life is to you, and ask yourself if you really need a camera that will identify already familiar local birds.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best bird feeder cameras in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best TV stands in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-tv-stands/ Tue, 05 Oct 2021 18:09:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=280482
Home photo

Support your biggest screen and store your streaming boxes and consoles in style.

The post The best TV stands in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Home photo

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Walker Edison Wren Classic TV Stand overall best tv stand Walker Edison Wren Classic TV Stand
SEE IT

This sturdy and stylish option has a traditional design and comes in multiple finish options

Best with mount The Walker Edisen Wren TV Stand is the best TV stand with wall mount Walker Edison Wren Classic 4 Cubby TV Stand
SEE IT

Elevate your TV without the need to drill into the wall.

Best fireplace The Ameriwood Home Lumina Fireplace is the best fireplace TV stand Ameriwood Home Lumina Fireplace
SEE IT

A realistic fire effect to add a cozy element to your home. 

Many people choose to mount their TV on the wall, which is a fine solution with some drawbacks that can be solved using a TV stand. With a wall mount, it can be hard to get behind the panel to plug things in. And not everyone can just go drilling into the wall to hang a mount and a heavy TV, especially if they’re renting. Luckily, TV stands provide an elegant solution. These crucial bits of living room furniture hold your TV and all the important stuff that goes with it, from streaming boxes to gaming consoles. You need to choose the correct TV stand for your setup, though. Picking the right size, material, storage solution, and style can all have a serious impact on your ability to enjoy the best seats in your house. This guide will help walk you through the process of choosing from the best TV stands for your space, whether you’re hoarding set-top boxes or you’re a die-hard minimalist. 

How we chose the best TV stands

We surveyed dozens of different models looking for TV stands that offered the right mix of value, style, and durability. This list represents a wide swath of looks, materials, and sizes to try and accommodate most spaces. We have collectively spent hundreds of hours putting together flat-pack furniture, so ease of assembly is important as well. If it can’t go together with our relationships, thumbs, and mental well-being intact, it can’t go on the list.

The best TV stands: Reviews & Recommendations

TVs have gotten absolutely massive in recent years, with 55- and 65-inch models starting to feel slightly small compared to the massive 75- and even 85-inch behemoths out there on store shelves. Supporting those pricy panels is crucial. Here are our picks if you’re looking for a new home for that Samsung 8K TV (and maybe a matching soundbar):

Best overall: Walker Edison Wren Classic TV Stand

Walker Edison

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Walker Edison’s Wren Classic TV stand features adjustable shelves and comes in multiple sizes and a wide range of finishes. 

Specs

  • TV Capacity: Up to 65 inches
  • Material: MDF
  • Width: 58 inches
  • Height: 24

Pros

  • Wide finish selection
  • Multiple sizes available
  • Universally appealing aesthetic
  • Includes cord management ports on each shelf

Cons

  • No enclosed storage

The Walker Edison Wren Classic TV Stand has an appealingly simple design and can accommodate TVs as large as 65 inches. It’s made from medium-density fiberboard (MDF), an engineered wood that offers excellent stability at a lower price point than traditional hardwoods. The durable laminate finish comes in a variety of styles to suit varying aesthetics, including Rustic Oak, Dark Walnut, Whitewash, and Reclaimed Barnwood.

Two adjustable shelves allow for customization based on your electronics and accessories, and each features cord management ports so your wires stay organized and out of sight. The top surface has a maximum weight capacity of 150 pounds, while each shelf can support an additional 30 pounds.

The stand’s total dimensions are 23.38 by 15.75 by 58 inches. There’s also a larger size of this model available with an 80-inch width to accommodate larger TVs. Assembly is required, and instructions are provided by the manufacturer.

Best for gamers: Bestier 70-inch Entertainment Center

Why it made the cut: There’s plenty of room for lots of streaming boxes and gaming consoles, but the built-in RGB LED lighting helps set the gaming mood. 

Specs 

  • TV size: Up to 70 inches
  • Material: Particle and metal
  • Width: 63 inches
  • Height: 22 inches

Pros

  • Accepts large TVs
  • Lots of storage space
  • Built-in RGB lighting
  • Tempered glass shelves

Cons 

  • Pressboard construction
  • No front doors to conceal gear when not in use

You can’t have a piece of gaming-specific gear without adding RGB lighting. That maxim stays true with this 63-inch wide TV stand. It has LED strips inside the cabinet that can show off seven different colors and vary between 22 different display patterns. So, if you’re a streamer and you’re looking to create the perfect ambiance for your flagship flatscreen, this is a great way to do it without having to DIY your own solution. The lights even come with their own remote to control the display. 

As for the TV stand itself, it’s made of sturdy pressboard, but the shelves are made of tempered glass to allow the light to travel through them. There are five individual compartments, one vertically oriented space in the middle with two stacked horizontal shelves on each size. There are no doors to close in front of all your devices, so you can show them off even when you’re not playing. 

Cord holes in the back of the unit allow you to easily snake power cables through without creating a cluttered look. The carbon cellulose surfaces are smooth to the touch and relatively durable in case you spill a drink on it in the heat of the moment. 

Best with mount: Walker Edison Wren Classic 4 Cubby TV Stand

Why it made the cut: Our pick for the best TV stand with a mount, an integrated stand lifts to a 58-inch TV above the surface to make room for a soundbar or elaborate action figure arrangements.

Specs 

  • TV size: Up to 60 inches
  • Width: 58 inches
  • Height: 24 inches
  • Material: MDF

Pros

  • Attractive composite surface
  • Fits big TVs
  • Integrated mount
  • Spacious shelves

Cons 

  • No doors on the front
  • Limited finish options

If you want the look of a wall-mounted TV without having to drill into your drywall or plaster, this is the TV stand you’re looking for. It’s 58 inches wide, so you can sit a TV on top of the unit as normal if you want to. It has a capacity of up to 150 pounds. Add the integrated mount, however, and the TV can sit above the surface and away from the wall. That leaves room beneath the TV to accommodate extra set-top boxes, speakers, or a soundbar. 

That extra room up top augments an already spacious interior. There are two compartments, each with its own adjustable shelf, so they’re customizable depending on your setup. Each compartment has a cable port in the back, so it’s simple to hide wires out of the way. It’s not solid wood, but it is built to last, and it’s simple to tether to the wall so it doesn’t tip over.

Best fireplace: Ameriwood Home Lumina Fireplace

Why it made the cut: The included 23-inch wide fireplace display augments built-in LED lighting so you can set any mood you want, from romantic to gamer circus.

Specs 

  • TV size: Up to 70 inches
  • Material: MDF, particle board
  • Width: 64.75 inches
  • Height: 24.875 inches

Pros 

  • Holds large TVs
  • Built-in fireplace display (not real fire)
  • Heats rooms up to 400 square feet
  • LED lighting
  • Each compartment has three shelves

Cons 

  • Limited storage space
  • Not a real fireplace

Fireplaces are another luxury that not every home can accommodate. An easy pick for the best fireplace TV stand, this sturdy TV stand has a 23-inch fireplace display that creates a realistic fire effect while an electric heater pumps warmth out into a room up to 400 square feet. It can’t replace a real fireplace, but it also won’t involve major home renovations, regular cleanings, or the threat of melting that PS5 you waited so long to get. If you just want the fire or heat effects, they’re both available independently, too. 

The stand itself can hold up to a massive 70-inch TV. The storage underneath offers three shelves on each side. Because the fireplace display takes up space, you don’t have as much room in the storage compartments as you would on other models, so make sure you’re cool with that trade-off before taking the leap. 

Best for 75-inch TVs: Walker Edison Englewood Mid Century Modern 2-Door

Why it made the cut: The attractive design masks the fact that it’s 70 inches wide and plenty big enough to support TVs all the way up to 80 inches. 

Specs 

  • TV size: Up to 80 inches
  • Materials: MDF
  • Width: 70 inches
  • Height: 15 inches

Pros

  • Attractive design
  • Sturdy construction
  • Doors to obscure storage when not in use
  • Large capacity

Cons 

  • Short
  • Legs allow for stuff to roll underneath

This extra-long TV stand looks like something Don Draper might put in his apartment. It has a slack, minimal design with doors on each of the two side cabinets to obscure your devices. The center shelf is exposed, so you can keep your best-looking consoles or a basket in there if you want to get fancy about it.  

Despite its relatively skinny (and handsome) legs, it can support up to 150 pounds. Combined with its length, that makes this a solid option for massive TVs. It stands 24 inches tall, too, which is important if you’re watching a massive set. Get too tall of a TV stand and you’ll be looking up to see the whole screen, which is annoying. 

There are four different color options, so you can choose exactly which one matches your home vibe. 

Best easel-style: VIVO Artistic Easel

VIVO

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The VIVO Artistic Easel TV stand simply consists of a slim, tripod-style mount that is both subtle and sturdy.

Specs

  • TV Capacity: Up to 65 inches
  • Material: Wood, steel
  • Width: N/A
  • Top surface weight capacity: 77 pounds

Pros

  • Swivels 360 degrees
  • Adjustable height

Cons

  • Limited weight capacity

Make your flatscreen look like a work of art with this VIVO Artistic Easel stand. It’s designed to look like an artist’s easel and elevates your TV without taking up much floor space or causing visual clutter. Because of its small footprint, it’s a perfect choice for those with small living rooms, as it can easily be tucked in a corner. The height is adjustable, and the stand swivels 360 degrees so you can get the perfect viewing angle no matter where you’re sitting.

It’s best suited for TVs ranging from 45 to 65 inches and can support a maximum weight of 77 pounds. There’s even a cable management system in the legs, meaning your cords and wires will be neatly tucked out of view. The stand is made from a combination of steel and solid wood and comes in either a light or dark finish.

Best solid wood: Simplihome Redmond

Why it made the cut: With four cabinets, two drawers, and a pair of shelves, this wood TV stand gives off a retro entertainment center vibe that we love.

Specs 

  • TV Capacity: Up to 80 inches
  • Material: Pine with plywood
  • Width: 72 inches
  • Height: 26 inches

Pros 

  • Lots of storage
  • Doors to hide items when not in use
  • Very sturdy
  • Seven color options

Cons

  • Heavy
  • Design may feel dated to some

Entertainment centers once ruled the land. Your living room wasn’t complete until it was equipped with a massive wooden piece of furniture that housed your TV and everything that went with it. This 72-inch TV stand evokes that era. The storage areas have doors to hide what’s inside. There are four cabinets with adjustable shelves, as well as a pair of drawers in the middle. They all have doors with recessed panels for an old-school look. There are also two uncovered shelves directly underneath the top surface. 

There are seven colors to choose from when you’re picking your finish, all of which involve stained pine wood material. The hardware is made of handsome brass, and the doors shut magnetically, so they don’t randomly kick open when you don’t want them to. 

Best budget: Zinus Modern Studio Collection TV Media Stand

Zinus

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This minimalist TV stand from Zinus comes at an affordable price but has a 100-pound weight capacity due to its sturdy steel frame.

Specs

  • TV Capacity: 32 inches
  • Material: Steel frame
  • Width: 40 inches
  • Height: 18 inches

Pros

  • High weight capacity
  • Sleek, modern design
  • Excellent value

Cons

  • Minimal storage
  • Not suitable for large TVs

While some households require a large media console with plenty of storage, others simply need a flat surface for their TV to fit on. This Zinus Modern Studio Collection TV Media Stand is streamlined and perfect for small spaces because of its compact design. Despite its sleek aesthetic, there is an additional shelf for storage. While the design looks simple, the stand features sturdy steel framing that provides a 100-pound weight capacity.

The stand’s total dimensions are 40 by 17 by 18 inches, and assembly is easy; all the necessary tools come in the package. Choose from two colors: Red Mahogany and Espresso. This stand’s design provides a minimalist look for modern homes and due to its open shelving, has an airy feel. There’s also an option to purchase a matching side table for a more cohesive look in your living room.

Things to consider before buying the best TV stands

You must know your home and your TV before pulling the rip cord and buying a stand. Here are some things to consider:

Materials

Most of the easily shippable stuff you’ll find online is made of material like MDF or particleboard. These materials sometimes get a bad name because they aren’t as durable as real wood, which is true in a way but not in others. They typically include laminate exteriors, which are good at resisting marks and damage from liquid. 

You can, of course, go with various types of wood, but it comes with its own issues, like a need to be polished and a predilection for dings. 

Dimensions

It should go without saying, but your TV stand needs to actually fit in your house and where it’s best to place your TV. Get a good, solid measurement before you pull the trigger so you know for sure that your new furniture has a snug place to go. If your TV is huge, you want something that’s wide enough for the feet to sit comfortably on the surface, but you also don’t want it too tall to throw the center of the screen above your eyeline when you’re sitting on the couch. 

Storage type

Modern gaming consoles are extremely chunky, so if you want to park that PS5 or Xbox Series X inside your new TV stand, ensure it will fit and the shelves can handle its weight. You’ll also want to decide whether or not you want doors in front of your cabinets to hide your shameful mess of game cases and controller charging cables when you’re not playing or watching content. 

FAQs

Q: How wide does a TV stand need to be?

Manufacturers are annoyingly inconsistent when it comes to how they support their TVs. Some use a central pedestal, while others use feet spaced far apart at the edges of the panel. You can find out exactly how wide you need the stand to be by checking your TV’s specifications, but you can also just err on the side of wider if your space can fit it. 

Q: Can I put a 55-inch TV on a 50-inch stand?

Almost certainly. Firstly, the 55-inch measurement refers to the screen’s diagonal size, which means the length and width will be shorter (remember the Pythagorean theorem?) A 55-inch TV is actually probably well under 50 inches wide, so you should be fine. Again, be sure to check your specific TV before dropping cash. 

Q: Which is better: TV wall mount or stand?

It depends on your situation. Some people can’t drill into their walls in order to mount a TV. It’s also easier to get behind the screen to plug in cables and other stuff if you can simply move the stand away from the wall. Even flexible mounts don’t make it that easy. However, mounted TVs are less likely to tip over, and you can put them at whatever height you want rather than relying on the TV stand to be the right height. 

Final thoughts on the best TV stands

You have a nice place to sit when you watch content; that amazing new OLED TV deserves the same. It may not seem like an important decision, but the TV stand can set the tone for your entire living room. It stores your important stuff, hides your wires, and holds up our good pal, the TV. By taking a few minutes to really consider your options, you can make an informed decision and get the best TV stand for your home. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best TV stands in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best snow blowers for elderly people in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-snow-blowers-for-elderly/ Mon, 19 Sep 2022 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=470538
Best snow blowers for elderly sliced header
Tony Ware

Don’t let the snow ruin your day.

The post The best snow blowers for elderly people in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best snow blowers for elderly sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The SnowMaster 824 QXE will power through rough snow with ease. Toro SnowMaster 824 QXE
SEE IT

Toro’s SnowMaster 824 QXE includes the power and features to clear out the roughest snowfall.

Best single-stage Clear your driveway before breakfast. Toro Power Clear 721
SEE IT

The Power Clear 721 can easily blast through fresh snow and throw it up to 35 feet.

Best two-stage The snow has got to go with the Storm 2420. Troy-Bilt Storm 2420
SEE IT

The two-stage design, self-propelled drive, and 24-inch clearing width make the Storm 2420 a monster snow-clearing machine.

Snow blowers can make quick work of clearing snowy walkways and long driveways after a major snowstorm. They make snow removal easier for everyone but can be especially helpful for older homeowners struggling with shoveling. Using one takes less time, strength, and stamina than using a shovel, which can be especially risky for anyone with joint and/or back problems. The best snow blowers for elderly people will ensure you can safely clear snow accumulation to access your car and walkways quickly.

How we chose the best snow blowers for elderly people

I’ve been writing about gear and gadgets for over a decade for sites like TechnoBuffalo, CNN Underscored, and Popular Science. During that time, I’ve covered everything from the best gallon water bottles to the best smoke detectors.

To determine how to select snow blowers for elderly people specifically, we contacted medical experts, including Dr. Claire Ankuda, assistant professor of Geriatrics and Palliative Medicine at the Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai hospital in New York, to understand what qualities, if any, might make a snowblower better or worse for older people. We found that snowblowers are easier to use than shovels when clearing large areas.

From there, we drew on our past research when recommending the best snow blowers and best snow shovels to find the most reliable options from the best brands. We also drew on recent reviews from experts and user impressions to ensure our recommendations are up to date before the coming winter season.

The best snow blowers for elderly people: Reviews & Recommendations

It can be hard to balance picking a snow blower that’s powerful enough to handle any situation and one that will actually make clearing snow safer and easier. There are a lot of variables at play, from the size of your property to the amount of snowfall you get annually, so you’ll have to use your best judgment when choosing what works best for you. That said, we think our picks for the best snow blowers for elderly people will make it easier to clear snow no matter what.

Best overall: Toro SnowMaster 824 QXE

Homedepot

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: Toro’s SnowMaster 824 QXE includes the power and features to clear out the roughest snowfall.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 55.4 x 25.4 x 43 inches (DWH)
  • Weight: 131 pounds
  • Type: Single-stage
  • Clearing width: 24 inches
  • Power source: Gas

Pros

  • Wide clearing width
  • Comparable to some two-stage models
  • Personal Pace system

Cons

  • Expensive

Toro’s SnowMaster 824 QXE is a single-stage gas-powered snow blower that features a clearing width of 24 inches and a push-to-start button. We like this model because of its “Personal Pace” system, which matches your walking speed with the speed of the blower’s wheels. It sounds unnecessary, but it allows you to set the tempo of your snow blowing and keep your footing. Personal Pace also makes it easier to stop the snow blower instantly. 

The SnowMaster 824 QXE is also relatively light at 131 pounds, making it easy to maneuver, and features a 252 cc engine for plenty of power. Meanwhile, Toro’s snow blower offers an adjustable chute and a unique auger design capable of throwing snow up to 40 feet.

Best budget: Greenworks 13 Amp 20-inch Corded Snow Thrower

Greenworks

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: This snow thrower from Greenworks will keep your walk clear and won’t cost a fortune.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 31 x 21.6 x 37 inches (DWH)
  • Weight: 30 Pounds
  • Type: Single-stage
  • Width: 20 inches
  • Power source: Corded electric

Pros

  • Corded electric design means unlimited runtime
  • Adjustable chute
  • Easy push-button start

Cons

  • Cord could get in the way

Snow blowers can be expensive, especially if you need something heavy-duty. If you live somewhere that only gets light snowfall, the GreenWorks 13 Amp is a more affordable snow blower with a clearing width of 20 inches that can throw snow up to 20 feet. For small walkways and driveways, it’s enough to keep things clear. It also includes a push-button start, an adjustable chute, and LED lights. Best of all, it’s only 32 pounds, so it’s very easy to move around. At around $200, it’s a solid deal.

Best single-stage: Toro Power Clear 721

Homedepot

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Power Clear 721 can easily blast through fresh snow and throw it up to 35 feet.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 48 x 21 x 42 inches (DWH)
  • Weight: 84 pounds
  • Type: Single-stage
  • Clearing width: 21 inches
  • Power source: Gas

Pros

  • Simple, effective design
  • Push-button start
  • Adjustable chute

Cons

  • Only works well on pavement

Like our best overall pick, the Power Clear 721 gets high marks because of Toro’s Personal Pace system, an adjustable chute, and an electric start button. The gas-powered engine is a less powerful 212cc, but it also weighs slightly less at 125 pounds. Even with a little less power, it can still easily clear wet, heavy snow and toss it up to 40 feet. 

Best two-stage: Troy-Bilt Storm 2420

Homedepot

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The two-stage design, self-propelled drive, and 24-inch clearing width make the Storm 2420 a monster snow-clearing machine.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 49 x 25 x 33 inches (DWH)
  • Weight: 191 pounds
  • Type: Two-stage
  • Clearing width: 24 inches
  • Power source: Gas

Pros

  • More powerful two-stage design
  • Self-propelled drive
  • Larger tires

Cons

  • Big and heavy

The Troy-Bilt Storm 2420 combines a 12-inch serrated steel auger and a 12-inch impeller, enabling it to plow through deep, heavy snowfall. It has a clearing width of 24 inches, so users should be able to clear a driveway quickly. The machine also comes equipped with 13- by 4-inch X-Trac tires, giving it better traction and mobility over heavier, icier snow. Plus, of course, it has some of our favorite quality-of-life features, including an adjustable chute and an electric start button.

Best electric: Ryobi Brushless 18-inch Single-Stage Snow Blower

Homedepot

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The cordless design, compact size, and additional features make the Ryobi Brushless Whisper an electrifying option. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 51.5 x 18.5 x 38.25 inches (DWH)
  • Weight: 46 pounds
  • Type: Single-stage
  • Clearing width: 18 inches
  • Power source: Battery

Pros

  • Cordless operation
  • Folds up for compact storage
  • Adjustable chute

Cons

  • Narrower clearing width

Electric snow blowers aren’t as powerful as gas-powered models, but they require much less maintenance and run quietly. (It also means you don’t need to keep gas cans around in case it snows.)

Ryobi’s compact electric single-stage blower features an 18-inch clearance width and 10-inch clearance depth, making it the perfect size for lighter snowfall. It’s cordless, powered by a 40-volt (V) battery, so it’s just as maneuverable as a gas-powered model. (There are, in fact, plug-in electric snow blowers.) It has an adjustable chute for controlled snow throwing, a push-button start, and an LED light for increased visibility at dusk or dawn. The Ryobi 18-inch snow blower can also throw snow about 25 feet and, as a bonus, its battery is compatible with other 40V products in Ryobi’s lineup.

Best gas-powered: Toro Power Max HD 828

Homedepot

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: With a 28-inch clearing width, adjustable chute, and two-stage design, the Power Max HD 828 was born to clear snow.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 58 x 29.5 x 31.5 inches (DWH)
  • Weight: 310 pounds
  • Type: Two-stage
  • Clearing width: 28 inches
  • Power source: Gas

Pros

  • Anti-clogging system
  • 28-inch clearing width
  • LED headlights

Cons

  • Very expensive

With a wide 28-inch clearing width, gas-powered engine, and adjustable chute, the Toro Power Max HD 828 is a monster snow blower built for clearing large areas after big storms. The two-stage operation can toss snow up to 45 feet, and the machine is self-propelled, so all users need to do is guide the Power Max over the areas that need clearing. It also includes features that make it easier to use, including an electric start button and an LED headlight. As with all gas-powered models, the Power Max is loud. That said, its wide clearing width and self-propelled engine ensure you’ll get the job done quickly.

Snow removal is serious business

Snow removal is a normal part of life for homeowners in large swaths of North America, so it’s easy to dismiss the fact that it’s a very taxing activity that can become quite dangerous for people with health issues. The combination of cold temperatures and intense physical exertion while shoveling a driveway can lead to an increased risk for a heart attack, according to the American Heart Association, particularly if you have high blood pressure or cholesterol. Your risk of a catastrophic health event is also higher for people with conditions like diabetes, smokers, and those of us who don’t get to the gym enough.

Ideally, older adults diagnosed with heart or physical health issues should avoid snow removal entirely. If you can, hire someone to shovel your driveway and walkway. According to Dr. Claire Ankuda, clearing snow is always a risky move for older people with physical limitations.

If that’s not an option, use a snow blower to remove as much snow from your walkways and/or driveway as possible. It minimizes the risk of muscle and back strain (or worse) and can clear a large area more efficiently while limiting your exposure to the elements. Best of all, it doesn’t require as much physical exertion as a shovel. Even then, Ankuda still advised caution:

“It’s important to physically warm up with stretching, to wear appropriate boots to reduce the chance of slips, and to take frequent breaks,” She said. “The majority of injuries that are related to snow blowers have been due to hand or finger injuries, from people reaching in to clear blockages in the discharge chute. This can be avoided by using a tool or a stick to unclog the machine.”

What to look for when picking the best snow blowers for elderly people

A good snow blower is fast, effective, and easy to use—but that’s just the baseline, the bare minimum. There are a few technical factors to keep in mind when picking out the gear that will help you get through every winter storm for the foreseeable future. For starters, there are three kinds of snow blowers; you should know which one you want. From there, keep an eye on its size and weight to ensure you can easily move them around. You should also note its clearing dimensions, which describe the swatch of snow you can remove in a single pass.

Types of snow blowers

Snow blowers come in three categories, divided by the number of mechanisms they use while clearing snow. “Single-stage,” “two-stage,” and “three-stage” snow blowers each have their advantages and disadvantages.

Single-stage snow blowers are compact, easy to maneuver, and feature simple controls, making them better suited for elderly people. They feature a spinning metal auger at the front of the machine that scoops up light-to-moderate snowfall and discharges it through a chute. Single-stage snow blowers are simple, making them the ideal option for people with physical limitations. That said, their auger blades may skim the ground during operation, which could pick up rocks and toss them out of the chute, possibly damaging nearby vehicles. You should definitely avoid single-stage mowers if you have a gravel driveway.

Two-stage snow blowers have a fan-like mechanism called an impeller, which helps throw snow out of the chute, as well as the auger found in a single-stage blower. The combination amps up the power, making a two-stage blower capable of clearing up to 23 inches of snow and ice over all types of terrain (even gravel driveways). They also feature a self-propelled transmission with forward and reverse speeds, which assists with pushing the snow blower through thick, icy snow accumulation.

A three-stage snow blower features an auger, an impeller, and adds an accelerator, which grinds chunks of ice into slush and spits it out with the snow. It’s best for moving heavy, compacted snow and ice up to 23 inches deep. In addition to being more powerful than one- and two-stage models, a three-stage snow blower should work well over unpaved surfaces and/or steep inclines. While you can find them for sale at hardware stores, three-stage snow blowers are generally considered commercial machines. We’d consider them overkill in most situations.

If you’re looking to minimize physical exertion, a single-stage snow blower is a logical choice. It’s the easiest to use and should be able to handle light-to-average snow. If your health is a concern, you should call a professional when you get heavy snow overnight, regardless of what gear is in your garage.

Size and weight

To ensure the snow blower is easy to use, we recommend looking at its size and weight. A heavier snow blower may be harder to set up and put away at the start and end of the season.

Single-stage blowers are more compact, lightweight, and easier to handle, making them an excellent choice for elderly people. Likewise, electric snow blowers tend to be light, between 30 and 65 pounds. Gas-powered models can weigh a lot more—100-300 pounds. While these models are more capable of clearing large areas of snowfall and ice, they’re also some of the biggest, heaviest snow blowers on the market, so they’re not ideal for older adults.

Clearing width and depth

Clearing width and depth indicate how much snow a blower can clear in one pass. Clearing width describes how wide a path the snow blower will create, while clearing depth tells you how high a snow pile it can process. A typical single-stage blower can clear a path that’s 11-22 inches wide through up to 8 inches of snow. A two-stage snow blower can clear a patch up to 23 inches deep and 30 inches wide in a single pass, which is great for longer driveways. 

We recommend most people use a single-stage blower for its more compact size, but a two-stage snow blower’s greater clearing width and depth might be necessary if you get a lot of snow each season. A two-stage snow blower makes sense if you need to clear a larger area with denser and possibly icy snow. 

Surface type

The surface you’re clearing will affect the type of snow blower you need. A single-stage blower is excellent for clearing flat, paved walkways and driveways. However, as we mentioned, they’re not suited for clearing gravel surfaces because they tend to pick up and throw loose rocks. A two-stage snow blower can clear diverse terrain and generally feature larger, more durable wheels that can gain better traction on icy snow. Two-stage blowers may also feature engine-driven wheels capable of handling uneven and sloped surfaces, making them far easier to push in challenging conditions.

Extra features

Beyond the core mechanisms, snow blowers can come with lots of bells and whistles that can make your experience easier and/or safer. Some of them, like an automatic safety cutoff, can prevent injuries. Others, like an adjustable throw chute, may make it easier to move snow efficiently.

Older adults may specifically want to look for a snow blower with features that make it easier to handle. Some snow blowers have power steering to reduce resistance when turning. Many electric snow blowers have a power button instead of the traditional ripcord found on gas-powered models. Some even have headlights for increased visibility at dusk or dawn. These features aren’t standard, so you’ll likely find them on more expensive models, but we think it’s worth the extra expense if they may make clearing snow easier.

FAQs

Q: How much do snow blowers cost?

Snow blower prices vary greatly depending on what you’re looking for. A single-stage snow blower generally costs around $500, with prices going up or down depending on whether you get one that’s gas-powered, electric, corded, or cordless. Two-stage snow blower prices start at around $1,000. Remember that snow blowers are heavy-duty appliances, on par with a lawn mower, which is mostly to say that they are expensive but built to last.

Q: Is an electric snow blower better than gas?

Electric snow blowers are easier to maintain and generally lighter than gas-powered models. They’re also smaller and lighter, making them easier to handle. That said, you must either charge a battery before using them or plug them into an outlet, potentially limiting their range (unless you have a portable power station). They’re also generally less powerful, so you may be unable to move as much snow.

Q: What is the difference between a snow blower and a snow thrower?

There’s no difference! A “snow thrower” is another name for a single-stage snow blower.

Final thoughts on the best snow blowers for elderly people

Older adults with health issues should avoid clearing their own snow. If you have to do it yourself, however, using one of the best snow blowers for elderly people will make digging out much easier and safer. Besides, who wants to actually shovel snow, anyway?

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best snow blowers for elderly people in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best smart alarm clocks of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-smart-alarm-clocks/ Thu, 19 Oct 2023 20:05:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=581274
Four alarm clock product images separated horizontally by fourths
Amanda Reed

These smarty-pants alarm clocks are no snooze.

The post The best smart alarm clocks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four alarm clock product images separated horizontally by fourths
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A Loftie smart alarm clock on a blue and gray gradient background Loftie Clock
SEE IT

Gentle wake-up sounds meet sleek design.

Best for light therapy A Philips SmartSleep clock on a blue and white gradient background Philips SmartSleep
SEE IT

Light therapy in this alarm clock allows it to do double-duty.

Best for kids An Amazon Echo Show 5 on a blue and white background Echo Show 5
SEE IT

An out-of-this-world smart alarm clock with features for kids.

For most of us, alarm clocks are a daily feature of life—they see us at our worst, tired, cranky, and out-of-sorts—but what if they could be smarter alarm clocks? That means an alarm clock with the ability to customize how you wake up and how you fall asleep. With options, in many cases, for different sounds, lights, and preprogrammed gentle-on-your-body alarm functions that have you waking up as rested and refreshed as possible (these are, after all, still alarms). You may even be able to talk to them to tell them exactly what you want them to do. To smooth out the inevitable wake-up bumps, you don’t want just any alarm clock—you want the best smart alarm clock on the market today.

How we chose the best smart alarm clocks

This preapproved selection of the best smart alarm clocks will save you time and maybe some 6 a.m. wake-up headaches. To narrow things down, we considered expert and real-world opinions and looked at what benefits each smart alarm clock delivered. Of course, not everyone wants the same thing from a smart alarm clock. Some people may want a smart alarm clock that goes the gentler route by using light therapy, while others may want nature sounds and a soothing sunrise to raise them from their slumber slowly. Ease of use and integration with apps and your smartphone, plus attractiveness on the bedside table, were also factors that helped shape our decisions.

The best smart alarm clocks: Reviews & Recommendations

While there’s not a lot of joy to be had in waking up before you’re ready, there is at least a little glee in finding a smart alarm clock that helps wake you up the way you prefer. From smart alarm clocks with preset sleeping and waking sounds to alarms that do their jobs while looking damn fine, here are our most alarming picks.

Best overall: Loftie Clock 

Lofie

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This smart alarm clock has all the bells and whistles, from a Bluetooth-enabled speaker to preprogrammed gentle wakeup sounds.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 6.5” W x 2.75” D x 2.75” H
  • Weight: 1.8 pounds
  • Power: USB-C cable and power adapter with backup lithium-ion battery

Pros

  • Two-phase alarm for a gentler approach to waking up
  • Built-in white noise and relaxing sounds
  • Bluetooth speaker to play whatever music you’d like
  • Adjustable night light (includes blackout setting)

Cons

  • WiFi required to operate
  • Night light isn’t enough to read by
  • Limited amount of programming in Loftie itself

The Loftie Clock looks like a regular alarm clock (albeit a sleek one), but it hides a lot of functionality behind its unassuming facade, doing double duty as a smartphone alarm clock with a built-in Bluetooth speaker. The big idea behind this alarm clock is that you get the modern-day technological features you might traditionally find in your phone—like meditation programs and relaxing music—but without the distraction of having your phone by your bed (no more late-night doom-scrolling). Instead of being the loudest alarm clock on the block, it’s taking the kinder, gentler route.

This smart alarm clock can fit on just about any bedside table with room to spare at a light 1.8 pounds and a small footprint of 6.5 inches wide, 2.75 inches in diameter, and 2.75 inches high. Its polycarbonate shell and steel top grill can withstand the half-asleep smacking that sometimes comes with disarming alarm clocks, while the lithium-ion battery backup is a nice feature of this device that’s normally powered via a USB-C cable and power adapter.

Just how smart is it? It’s got a two-phase alarm that sends a gentle prod first before the more traditional alarm jolt. Speaking of, you can wake up however you’d like by customizing the alarm tone and what volume it comes on for various days of the week. If you like falling asleep to white noise or nature soundscape, the clock comes preprogrammed with 100-plus sleep and nature sounds. Maybe you need a little more to drift off to sleep or wake up refreshed. In that case, its updatable wellness content includes sound baths, guided meditations, and breathwork tips. If you already have your own audio content and music you prefer, you can also set that up via Bluetooth from your phone.

The unit itself has a dimmable glow for those who like some gentle light on in their room to go to sleep (or to find your way to the bathroom for those middle-of-the-night wakeups). For those who need a pitch-black room with zero light distractions, the sleep timer with blackout mode is just the thing.

Instead of packing your bedroom with a white noise machine, light therapy wakeup lamp, alarm clock, and smartphone, you can simply rely on the Loftie Clock to play all these roles in your life. And it does so elegantly, in customizable top colors including black, white, pine, coffee, and red shell—the base is always black. And as for that promise of being able to leave your phone in the other room while you sleep, the Loftie Clock delivers, as all of its built-in features can be accessed through the alarm clock itself without the use of your phone. 

Note that you will need a WiFi connection to use most of its functions. The app is also finicky: There have been moments where we’ve tried to change an alarm via app, only to be met with a “sync unsuccessful” message. Changing the alarm on the clock itself isn’t a workaround to this, and your best bet is reconnecting the clock.

Best for the minimalist: Hatch Restore 2

Hatch

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Of all the smart alarm clocks out there, this one looks the least like an alarm clock, and that’s a good thing for the design-conscious.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 7.5 x 2.75 x 5.75 inches
  • Weight: 19 ounces
  • Power: Proprietary cable that plugs into an outlet

Pros

  • Dimmable clock for complete nighttime darkness
  • Phone-free controls
  • Free app available in Apple Store and Google Play Store

Cons

  • Paid Hatch membership is needed to access sounds beyond what’s preprogrammed
  • WiFi connection required

For those who want an alarm clock by their bed that looks nothing like an alarm clock, the Hatch Restore 2—available in the natural colors of latte, putty, and slate—does the trick. This unobtrusive fabric-covered alarm clock uses light and sound to both help you go to sleep and wake up. You get the choice of many “colored” noises, from white to pink (lower pitch, more soothing) to brown (deeper, more rumbly), plus those inspired by nature or thought to promote sleep. And you get light and dark on your terms, with a sunrise alarm clock option and a dimmable clock that stays off unless you tap it to see the time. 

Once you get your Hatch smart alarm clock set using the free companion app (accessible to iOS and Android phones), you can start your nighttime routine by pressing a button on the device itself—meaning you can keep your phone away from your sleep area, a big plus for the easily distractible. You will need WiFi and Bluetooth to operate it, and if you want a full library of content beyond the preprogrammed sounds and noise, you’ll have to sign up for a Hatch Membership after a free trial. The Hatch Restore 2 also suffers the same pitfalls as the Lofie: You’re a bit screwed if the app isn’t working.

Best for a small space: Lenovo Smart Clock

Lenovo

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Google Assistant makes the interface easy to use, and the color screen adds appeal.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 4.21″ L x 8.65″ W x 3.26″ H 
  • Weight: ‎1 pound
  • Power: Proprietary cable that plugs into an outlet

Pros

  • Use voice with Google Assistant for easy operation
  • Pairs with most smart devices that use Google Assistant
  • USB charging port for phones, other devices

Cons

  • Small size may not be for everyone
  • No battery backup in case of power outage

The Lenovo Smart Clock is like having a little computer screen right next to your bed—and it’ll do what you ask thanks to Google Assistant integration, which works in Android or iOS. The fabric-covered clock has a 4-inch color screen that can display the time, weather, and your Google photos. You can customize the clock faces just like on a smartwatch. And you can even check in on your smart camera feeds and pair other smart devices that work with Google Assistant. The multiroom audio feature lets you connect your clock to a speaker group and play media like music or podcasts across multiple devices and rooms. Choose to control things like setting your alarm via voice activation or do it manually via the onscreen buttons and menus. This alarm has a slow brightening option that you can have activated 30 minutes before you want to wake up. And you can stream music, podcasts, and audiobooks via the speaker.

Best for light therapy: Philips SmartSleep

Philips

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: While on first blush, it’s the sunrise and sunset light that set this smart alarm apart; it’s the extras like the phone charging dock and app that help it shine.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 8.8″ D x 8.6″ W x 4.7″ H 
  • Weight: 3.36 pounds
  • Power: Power cord with 8-hour alarm back-up

Pros

  • 8 pre-programmed wake-up sounds to choose from
  • Easy customization of sunset and sunrise via app
  • Phone charging dock bonus

Cons

  • Not Bluetooth enabled
  • Small digital numbers can be hard to read
  • Light can only connect via 2.4 GHz WiFi router

While its main selling point is its sunrise and sunset lights, the Philips SmartSleep has a lot of smart alarm features that make it a winner in the broader smart alarm clock category, too. Nice touches like an easy-to-access midnight light on top of the device for those 3 a.m. milk and cookie runs, an FM radio for those who like to wake up to the news or their favorite station with a clock with radio alarm, and a phone charging dock put it in a class above. There’s also an eight-hour alarm power backup for when your electricity fails, a speaker, the ability to wake up to both light and sounds, an auto-dimming display, smart snooze, and an AmbiTrack sensor to measure your bedroom sleeping environment. 

Using this smart alarm clock with the SleepMapper app allows you to track your sleep, get insights into your habits, and sync sleep metrics with Apple and Google Health. You don’t need to use the app to control the device, but you’ll have easier access (and access to more features) if you do. Just note that there’s no Bluetooth, and it only works when connected to 2.4 GHz WiFi.

Best for kids: Echo Show 5

Amazon

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Alexa integration makes it easy for kids to set their own alarm, play music, and make video calls—all with parental controls in place.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 5.8″ W x 3.6″ D x 3.2″ H
  • Weight: 16.01 ounce
  • Power: Proprietary cable that plugs into an outlet

Pros

  • Alexa voice assistant for ease of use
  • Built-in camera for video calls
  • Parental controls to control when and how kids use the device

Cons

  • Screen may lag a bit
  • Amazon-dependent system

The Amazon Alexa integration with this alarm clock, really a member of the Amazon family of smart speakers, means it does a whole lot more than just make sure your kids wake up in the morning. Your child can ask it questions, have it play music, stream a podcast, and make video calls to trusted contacts. There’s also a chance to interact with Disney characters using the device. And yes, your kids can use Alexa to set their own wake-up alarms, read them a bedtime story, and even turn off any compatible smart lights with your alarm clock at night. Parental controls mean that all this happens under your watchful eye.

What to consider when buying the best smart alarm clocks

Here’s what you should consider when shopping for smart alarm clocks:

How big and flashy do you want your smart alarm clock to be?

Some smart alarm clocks are the same size (or smaller) as a standard analog or digital alarm clock meant to sit on a bedside stand, while others are much larger and more noticeable. Some smart alarm clocks look like you’d expect a bedside alarm clock to look, while others are more like a computer screen, and still others don’t look like an alarm at all—and instead resemble an unobtrusive piece of art.

How smart do you want your smart alarm clock to be?

Some smart alarm clocks are just smart enough with a WiFi connection and the ability to connect to your phone for ease of programming. Other smart alarm clocks have hundreds of preprogrammed sounds, the capacity to run a sunrise and sunset light show, the ability to stream from your phone via Bluetooth (almost like tiny powered speakers, though without the fidelity), and their own dedicated apps that offer even more features that might include analyzing your sleep patterns. Sometimes, a smart alarm can also be a central access point to other smart-home devices, like a security system or room lights.

What type of technology do you want your smart alarm clock to have?

If everything in your home runs via Google Assistant, you might look at an alarm clock that includes that functionality. While if you prefer Alexa, you might prefer a different alarm clock with built-in Amazon tech. Ensure the smart alarm clock you choose integrates with your phone’s operating system. Look for either iOS or Android compatibility, although many do both.

FAQs

Q: Is it better to use an alarm clock or a phone alarm?

Both alarm clocks and phone alarms can wake you up, but there are advantages to using an alarm clock over a phone. For example, most sleep experts suggest kicking your phone out of the bedroom for better sleep (including falling asleep), and a smart alarm clock is an, ahem, smart way to do that.

Q: What can a smart alarm clock do?

Smart alarm clocks offer many ways to wake up, including by emanating a sunny glow and playing soft sounds. You can customize smart alarm clocks to help with falling asleep, too, with some models offering meditations. They can usually stream music, podcasts, and audiobooks. Phone apps make setting them up a breeze.

Q: Will a smart alarm clock work if the internet goes out?

It depends on the brand of smart alarm clock. Some have battery backups designed to ensure your alarm goes off even when the internet or power goes out, but others don’t. Before you buy, check the manufacturer’s specifications to be sure.

Final thoughts on the best smart alarm clocks

The best smart alarm clocks are easy to set up and offer many ways of waking up, whether you prefer those with lights, soothing natural sounds, or multi-step alarm options. If you’d like to ditch your regular alarm clock or phone alarm for a smart alarm clock, consider this a gentle nudge to make the switch.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best smart alarm clocks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Kick your kitchen up a notch before Black Friday with these Ninja appliance deals https://www.popsci.com/gear/ninja-combi-multicooker-amazon-pre-black-friday-deal-2023/ Thu, 19 Oct 2023 16:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=580988
Ninja appliances
Ninja

Make big improvements to your kitchen with a small amount of money.

The post Kick your kitchen up a notch before Black Friday with these Ninja appliance deals appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Ninja appliances
Ninja

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The holiday season means a lot of cooking and baking for a crowd, which is significantly more difficult if you wait until Black Friday to outfit your kitchen. Save yourself the hassle—and give yourself more time to get acquainted with your new gear—by saving on a bunch of Ninja appliances on Amazon right now. You’ll beat the holiday rush and save a bunch of money at the same time.

Ninja SFP701 Combi All-in-One Multicooker $179.99 (Was $229.99)

Ninja

SEE IT

Counterspace is premium kitchen real estate, so we’re advocates for getting appliances with multiple functions. Ninja’s multi-cooker has 14 settings, including bake, air fry, proof, sous vide, toast, steam, seat, sautee, and broil. All of these functions can be accessed from the control panel, which allows you to cycle between functions and change the multi-cooker’s temperature with the push of a button. We like that the smart oven’s buttons are large, which makes them easy to hit, and that the lights next to each current function illuminate when they’re selected.

A big part of this appliance’s appeal is Ninja’s “combi cooking” system. The smart oven comes with a deep cooking pan on the bottom, with a crisper plate and bake tray that can fit on top. This allows you to cook two parts of a single meal simultaneously. In the photo above, you’ll see baked ziti and chicken breasts, which are both being cooked by selecting the “combi meals” function. This cooking system will make a big difference if you’re frequently ordering out due to lack of time. On a big meal day like Thanksgiving, think about the appeal of having multiple sides—or even a few turkey breasts and stuffing—being ready together.

Other appliance deals that’ll make you feel like a cooking ninja:

The post Kick your kitchen up a notch before Black Friday with these Ninja appliance deals appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best tiki torches of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-tiki-torches/ Thu, 15 Apr 2021 16:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=282868
A black tiki torch with flame in a twilight sea background.
Oleg Illarionov, Unsplash

Give your backyard the gift of light and your body the gift of a bug-free outing with our guide to solid tiki torches.

The post The best tiki torches of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A black tiki torch with flame in a twilight sea background.
Oleg Illarionov, Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Solar Solar lights make the best tiki torches TomCare Solar Lights
SEE IT

Eight hours of sunlight gives you 12 hours of torchlight.

Best for Bugs Mosquito control tiki torches Deco Home Tikki Backyard Torch
SEE IT

Keep bugs 15 feet away with this easily-refillable torch.

Best Budget Four bamboo tiki torches TIKI Brand Luau Bamboo Torches – 12 Pack
SEE IT

Get 5 hours of power at a time for less than $25.

Light the torch and let the opening ceremony of summer commence. Since our days living in caves, humans have used torches to keep the lights on and the party going. The best tiki torches are much more than simple, oversized matches. Torches made of glass and metal bring new artistic options to outdoor decor. Solar-powered tiki torches eliminate the need for fire. Tiki torches with citronella shield you and your guests from annoying (and dangerous) mosquitoes. You now have dozens of options to ignite your outdoor space with bright, beautiful light. 

From the simple bamboo firesticks to the elaborate glass vases, you can mix and match your outdoor illumination to create unique spaces for big parties and quiet nights. While you can pick up a few cheap tiki torches at the grocery store, don’t ignore the potential of specialized troches only available online and in home stores. Learn the pros and cons of these new ambiance staffs and find the very best tiki torches for your yard, deck, event or campsite with this guide.

The best tiki torches: Reviews & Recommendations

Best overall: TIKI Brand Resin Jar TIKI Torch 4-in-1

TIKI

SEE IT

To achieve the best lighting, including on your deck, you need variety and the best deck tiki torch that does it all is the Jar Tiki. The artful jar can stand on its own as the centerpiece on a table. For decks and porches, the smaller pole height works on railings thanks to the included mount. Each of the metal torches offers up about four hours of flame-time, so keep the fuel handy. It’s the best way to add varying heights to your space while maintaining the cohesive look of matching torches.

Best solar: TomCare Solar Lights

TomCare

SEE IT

The TomCare Solar Lights are the best solar powered torches thanks to lifelike illumination that flickers and flutters like the real thing. With 8 hours of sunlight beaming on the solar cells atop each torch, the flame will stay lit for about 12 hours. That should carry you through the entire night. The pole stands at 43 inches, which is shorter than most that stretch past the 60 inch mark, so make sure the height works for your space. (They are waist-level, not eye-level.) The waterproof lights stand up against most summer weather, but you want to bring these in during the harsh winter months. Installation is stratightword with the plastic stakes and everything is contained in one well-balanced solar tiki torch.

Best glass canisters: TIKI Brand King Oahu Glass Torch

TIKI

SEE IT

Bring whimsy to your outdoors with the King Oahu glass tiki torch. The modeled glass looks amazing in the day and shines and shimmers like ice at night. Fifteen ounces of fuel fit into the glass, enough for an evening of tiki wonderment. It can be used on the included pole or as a tabletop torch. It works best as a staked pole torch because on a table it can tip and fall over too easily. If you have pets on leashes, keep the leashes clear of the poles or the torches will topple. The lights are hefty, and feel strong when properly staked. Use them to outline the party space and prepare for oohs and ahhs as guests watch the tiki god, and the tiki god watches back.

Best for bug control: Deco Home Tikki Backyard Torch

DECO WINDOW COMPLETE WINDOW SOLUTION

SEE IT

The best tiki torches for mosquitoes are ones that stay lit. The Deco Home metal torch is a simple design that can handle the citronella fuel of your choice. It is a basic backyard torch—but it’s well-made and solid. Filling the torch with bug repellent fuel is easy and a full torch will last 6 hours. Loaded with citronella oil, the torch keeps bugs 15-feet away, but some biters will still break through your line of defense. You will want to add some bug spray to your arms and legs.

Best budget: TIKI Brand Luau Bamboo Torches – 12 Pack

TIKI

SEE IT

Bamboo tiki torches will last long enough for a fun, dry night in the yard and they are easy to stake and fuel. Keep a few torches on hand stored safely in the garage and bring them out as needed throughout the summer. You’ll get 5-hours of flame power with a full 12 ounce tank of fuel. The attached snuffer puts out the flame easily when the party’s over. Don’t expect too much from these cost-effective lights, and you’ll get more than your money’s worth.

How to find the best tiki torches for your outdoor space

Offering quiet mood lighting is just one of the many functions of the best tiki torches. The designs of today have become artful lighting elements with features that add usability to your backyard. Mosquito control is is one of the biggest benefits, and new solar-powered torches even provide realistic flame ambience without the danger of fire.

You can find tiki torches that can be used season after season. Metal tiki torches may lack some of the classic, delightfully cheesy design of the vintage bamboo, but these modern lights provide new, eye-catching style to any backyard. 

Of course, if the torch runs out of gas, what good is it? Tiki torches will use replaceable gas or oil to stay alight and there are a variety of fuels to choose from. Efficient design and top-quality fuel give long life to your nightlight and eliminate the need to stop the party to fill up or replace the lights. And new table-top tiki torches bring big light to the centerpiece of a table. No longer just for the perimeter of the party, these tiny (and safe) torches bring the party nice and close. 

Explore all options and choose the best tiki torches for your specific space. 

What are the best deck tiki torches?

Height is important when shopping for the best deck tiki torches on the market. A 5-foot lawn torch is great for open spaces, but won’t be useful on a deck or if you want to bring the torch closer to the party. Smaller 3-foot ones are easier to use in tighter spaces and can bring brilliant backyard lighting to decks and patios. And tabletop torches can be placed anywhere and make beautiful centerpieces.

Wherever you plan to use the torches, be sure to check that it’s a safe space that’s not directly under an awning, tree or patio umbrella. Unless it’s a small tabletop model, keep the torches 3-feet away from people, patio furniture, and buildings. You also want space between each torch—at least four feet. Too many torches crammed into a small space will lose any flickering light effect and look cluttered.

What about solar lights?

Ditch the fire fuel and draw power from the biggest tiki torch in the solar system. Solar tiki torches provide safe, flame-free/smoke-free light that shines anywhere you need it. Today’s solar torch designs offer flickering light that looks lifelike and many “flames” can be adjusted to provide unique lighting options. 

The biggest benefit of solar tiki torches is fire safety. Pets and children will knock over anything in the yard, so going flameless is a smart idea for areas prone to play. And these cool lights are also easier to use and maintain than gas-fueled torches. The water-proof casing means you can leave them staked in the ground all season. And with a day of sunshine, the solar battery should charge up a full night’s worth of light.

The downside to solar powered tiki torches will become very clear on a cloudy day. They may also be dimmer, even on a full charge, than the standard ones.

Get creative with glass

Many modern tiki torches are sleek and minimal. But a glass torch can help bring some of the fun back to the backyard with lights made to be seen. Because they are basically glass jars, they make for one of the best tiki torch canisters and will hold a lot of fuel. And glass doesn’t rust or warp in the rain. But the real benefit of glass tiki torches is that they become eye-catching works of art. 

If you’re shopping for backyard lights that make an impact, glass tiki lights on a pole or a tabletop are the perfect conversation piece. Tabletop glass torches can “glow up” even a basic picnic table and tall glass torches staked into the ground offer heavy-duty construction that minimizes spills and tumbles.

Can tiki torches help with bug control?

The smells of summer are backyard barbecue, sunscreen, pool chlorine and citronella. Citronella is a natural oil from lemongrass that has been used to deter mosquitoes for hundreds of  years. It’s safe and inexpensive. But is it effective for bug control, including when it’s used in a torch? The answer: Kind of. 

There are plenty of fuels infused with citronella and they all claim to keep bugs away. If it doesn’t seem to be working there are two issues to consider: First, citronella doesn’t work well on windy days. Once the citronella fumes mix with air, it quickly gets diluted and ineffective. Second, citronella works best in close areas. If the torches are spread too far out, it won’t deter the bugs. Keep the torches within 15-feet of the action for best results. 

If you need more help shielding guests from bugs, use the torch in conjunction with a spray-on bug repellent that has DEET as one of the ingredients. Spray your arms and legs and hopefully you’ll stop slapping yourself silly all night.

What if I’m looking for something cheaper?

If all you want is some temporary outdoor lighting, pick up a set of bamboo tiki torches for very little money. The bamboo has a classic look and it works well enough … until it doesn’t. 

While generally safe to use, the bamboo torches may catch on fire, and not in the intended way. They also create a lot of smoke so some fine tuning with the wick is expected. If you don’t need fancy metal material and elegant style, go simple and go cheap with the traditional and temporary torch.

FAQs

Q: How long does a 12 oz tiki torch last?

A 12 oz tiki torch should last between five and six hours. Sadly, there is no eternal flame for backyard fires. Even solar-powered lights will fade after 10 or 12 hours. Be prepared by stocking up fuel. Don’t try to concoct your own “emergency” fuel with rubbing alcohol or other chemicals. Leave it to the pros. DIY modification of the torch to try and get more life out of the fuel can result in dangerous fires, ruined torches, and horrible, horrible parties

Q: Do tiki torches really keep mosquitoes away?

Tiki torches can keep mosquitoes away, but don’t expect miracles. Citronella oil used in some fuels is a safe and effective bug repellent, but it works best in a small area like a porch or deck. Place the torches in a circle and keep them near the people (but not close enough to burn anyone). For best results, give your arms and legs a light coat of bug repellent. And the best trick to keep mosquitoes out of your yard is to remove standing water on the property: Birdbaths, upturned Frisbees, even small water bottle caps can become breeding grounds for mosquitoes. Give the yard a daily once-over and if you see anything that collects water, dump it out.

Q: Is it OK to leave tiki torches outside?

Yes, you can leave some types of tiki torches outside. Metal torches and solar-powered torches are designed to hold up against the elements. Glass torches won’t rust, but a strong storm can knock them over and break the glass. You should always bring the torches inside if possible during a strong rainstorm. This will ensure the torches last as long as possible. Wood and bamboo torches should never be left out in the rain or the material will crack and crumble.

A final word on shopping for the best tiki torches

The best tiki torches give new life to the outdoors. Metal tiki torches are sturdy and dependable sources of light. Solar lights/torches are safe and simple. Glass ones add style to the backyard. And the classic bamboo tiki torches bring affordable ambiance to any event. Find the best deck torches, or ones for the yard, around the pool, or for lining a walkway. The beauty of a flickering flame makes any summer night fun and memorable.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best tiki torches of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best air purifiers for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-air-purifiers/ Mon, 15 Mar 2021 15:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-air-purifiers-2/
A lineup of the best air purifiers on a white background
Amanda Reed

Whether you’ve got pets, allergies, or worries about wildfire season, you can look forward to better air quality with one of our well-filtered purifier picks.

The post The best air purifiers for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best air purifiers on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best for large rooms Mila Smart Air Purifier Mila Smart Air Purifier
SEE IT

This all-purpose smart air purifier adapts to room size and comes with a carbon monoxide detector and sleep and white noise modes.

Best HEPA A product image of the Coway Tower True HEPA Air Purifier
SEE IT

This HEPA model features four layers of filtration in a stylish design.

Best for allergies InvisiClean Aura II Air Purifier InvisiClean Aura II Air Purifier
SEE IT

Certified to keep you safe from dangerous levels of ozone gas.

Air purifiers suck in pollen, dust, smoke, other allergens, and even viruses—pummeling them and then circulating clean, filtered air. It sounds simple enough, but not all purifiers are created equal, and there isn’t one that’s right for every person. Your particular environment and the size of your home are huge factors in choosing the best option for you. Is allergy season wreaking havoc on your sinuses? Do you live in a smoggy city? Has wildfire smoke been wafting through, blanketing everything in an unnatural haze? In short, even the finest filters aren’t guaranteed to fix all that ails you and your home. But if you’re wondering whether air purifiers are really worth it … we think so. They can help distribute cleaner air, and that’s always a good thing, considering the link between air quality and health. So, read on as we clear the air on what we think are the best air purifiers.

How we chose the best air purifiers

As pet owners and parents, we’ve experienced our fair share of smells and toxins—and that’s just from inside the house. To create this list of the best air purifiers, we relied on peer recommendations, critical reviews, online research, user impressions, and plentiful personal testing. We also examined what each air purifier claims to eliminate from the air, HEPA square footage, and MERV ratings.

The best air purifiers: Reviews & Recommendations

Pollen, pet dander, smells, smoke, germs, and other airborne goblins are no match for the best air purifiers. This list includes quiet air purifiers, ones that double as humidifiers, and even ones that claim they can help with a majority of airborne pathogens.

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This three-in-one smart device automatically adapts to changes in air quality and humidity.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 400 square feet
  • Dimensions: 36.66 x 11.02 x 12.23 inches
  • App connectivity: Yes
  • Max decibels (dB): 59.8 dB

Pros

  • Connectivity with Siri and Alexa
  • Three products in one
  • Air quality reporting

Cons

  • Expensive

Between its TikTok- and Insta-famous Airwrap multistyler to its line of powerful vacuums, Dyson has made a name for itself in sucking—which we don’t mean negatively. The Dyson Purifier Humidify+Cool Formaldehyde proves yet again that Sir James Dyson really knows what he’s doing when it comes to pushing air out and in. This air purifier uses an intelligent sensing system and Air Multiplier technology to purify, humidify, and cool the air. You don’t even need to touch the stylish, distinctive unit—it automatically senses and reacts to changes in air quality and humidity (we’ve watched one enthusiastically spring to life time and time again after a particularly aggressive sauté session in the kitchen). It even features a solid-state sensor to detect and destroy formaldehyde emitted by household items—a boon if you’re in a newly renovated/refurbished space, as fresh carpet and new mattresses are emitting odd things.

You don’t have to worry about airborne baddies getting re-released into the air since the entire purifier-humidifier is fully sealed to the HEPA H13 standard. If you love numbers, neat tech, and data, this machine will tickle your brain when it reports your air quality in real time on the LCD screen and DysonLink app (which you can use to tweak/schedule usage). The filters are low-maintenance and easy to replace, and the machine features a deep-clean cycle to get rid of mineral build-up and bacteria that may be lurking in the water system. Although it’s almost $1,000, you’re getting three devices for the cost of one. Talk about smart.

Best for large rooms: Mila Smart Air Purifier

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This mold- and carbon monoxide-detecting air purifier comes in different filter configurations for custom air purification.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 1,000 square feet 
  • Dimensions: 12 x 12 x 15 inches
  • App connectivity: Yes
  • Max decibels (dB): 62 dB but lowers to 24 dB while in room

Pros

  • Stylist
  • Small
  • Carbon monoxide, mold detection, and white noise machine built-in

Cons

  • Reviews note excessive air quality notifications

This classy, app-controllable large room air purifier adapts to the size of whatever room it’s placed in. It also looks great in any room it’s placed in. The filter has 45 square feet of HEPA, and with 447 CADR, it’s effective in rooms up to 1,000 square feet. Additional features include a sleep mode and white noise so that it won’t interfere with your sleeping habits. The device also features a carbon monoxide detector. It will monitor your room’s humidity and let you know if it detects any mold. If you’re not a fan of notifications, disable them if you go with the Mila—reviewers note that the Mila app sends lots of alerts.

Best for small rooms: LEVOIT Air Purifier for Home Bedroom

Levoit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Take this lightweight, compact air purifier from room to room to experience dual-filter, three-stage filtration in your entire home.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 161 square feet
  • Dimensions: 6.69 x 6.69 x 10.43 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Max decibels (dB): 52 dB

Pros

  • Aromatherapy
  • Dual-filter, three-stage filtration
  • Specifically targets hay fever

Cons

  • Not for large homes

The Levoit promises to help relieve allergies, congestion, and sneezing and is our pick for the best small air purifier. Although we can’t vouch for the unit’s specific efficacy against rhinitis, we can vouch for the fact that it has three filters (one more than most other units): HEPA for dust, pollen, and dander; carbon for odors; and polyester for lint and hair. One fun additional feature is that this one has an aromatherapy option if you’d like a little lavender to help lull you to sleep at night.

Best for quiet: Blueair Blue Pure 311i Max

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Particles down to .1 microns are no match for this quiet-but-powerful air purifier.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: Up to 929 square feet
  • Dimensions: 19 x 12.5 x 12.5 inches
  • App connectivity: Yes
  • Max decibels (dB): 50 dB

Pros

  • Removes particles down to .1 micron
  • Stylish
  • App connectivity

Cons

  • Reviews note occasional problems with auto-sensing

Blueair makes svelte cylinders with Scandinavian style packed with highly effective electrostatic and mechanical filtration. The Blue Pure 311i Max is HEPASilent but deadly … against microbes in the air. This stylish, small air purifier features five fan speeds and a one-touch auto mode with a fine particles (PM 2.5) sensor to monitor concentration and adjust speed according. This air purifier can clean a 387-square-foot room in 12.5 minutes and a 929-square-foot space in 30 minutes (there are both larger and smaller models, so something for every home). And, it snags all those particles (99.97% of them down to 0.1 micron) all nearly undetected, clocking in at 23 dB on low/night mode—louder than a quiet natural area with no wind but softer than a whisper. And it never runs above 50dB, which makes it QuietMark certified and perfect for a bedroom, TV room, any room … plus it’s only 8 pounds, so it’s easy to move around while you decide between your study and your yoga studio (or realize it’s easiest to buy two).

Is it working? We barely hear it. But we also don’t hear ourselves sneezing and wheezing and complaining about our watery eyes, so we’re going with yes. If we need more confirmation, we can look at a five-color LED that changes according to Air Quality Index (AQI), or we can reference an app that gives insight into indoor vs. outdoor pollution and lets you control mode, tweak LED Brightness, set a schedule, and more (assuming the 311i Max and your phone are connected to WiFi). And if we don’t want it to be working, Google Assistant and Alexa compatibility let us turn it off with voice commands if our phone isn’t convenient. While some reviews note that the auto-sensing feature is not as accurate as they hoped, we’ve observed the Blue Pure 311i Max react firsthand thanks to a low smoke-point cooking oil incident or two. It was lively even from across a loft apartment—and helped with the post-coming odors. And the washable pre-filter fabric cover (shown above in “Stockholm Fog” color, quietly complementing some audio-video gear) meshed effortlessly with the decor to boot.

Best HEPA: Coway Tower True HEPA Air Purifier

Coway

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Stylish-meets-powerful with this True HEPA air purifier that features four levels of filtration.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 330 square feet
  • Dimensions: 10.5 × 32.7 × 10.7 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Max decibels (dB): 52 dB

Pros

  • Real-time air sensing
  • Washable pre-filter
  • Air quality indicator

Cons

  • Noisier compared to other air purifiers

Multiple fan speeds, a timer, an air-quality assessor, and a filter-replacement indicator light make this the best HEPA air purifier—not just quiet and effective, but user-friendly. At just under $200, it’s neither cheap nor exorbitant for an air purifier, and it’s also aesthetically pleasing. Reviewers note that this air purifier is noisier than most.

Best with UV light: Germ Guardian True HEPA Filter Air Purifier

Germ Guardian

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This quiet air purifier uses CARB-compliant UVC light and titanium dioxide to reduce airborne bacteria, viruses, and mold spores.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 153 square feet
  • Dimensions: 10.25 x 6.75 x 21.5 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Max decibels (dB): 61.2 dB

Pros

  • Quiet
  • Reduces odors
  • Pre-filter traps allergens

Cons

  • UV light can be bad for the environment

UVC light (the most destructive of all the UVs) in an air purifier works as a UVGI—ultraviolet germicidal irradiation—disinfection method by attacking the DNA of cells floating through the air, like mold spores, viruses, and bacteria. (This means, like all other filters, it cannot do anything for particles that have settled into fabric). An activated charcoal filter reduces odors. The 22-inch purifier filters air four times per hour at maximum speed in rooms up to 153 square feet. The four fan speeds, whisper-quiet operation, and CARB compliance make this air purifier an especially good pick for allergy sufferers. California Air Resources Board (CARB) compliance means you can rest easy about its environmental footprint.

Best for allergies: InvisiClean Aura II Air Purifier

InvisiClean

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: CARB compliance plus four levels of air purification equals an exorcism for your sneezes.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 319 square feet
  • Dimensions: 12.34 x 6.25 x 17.75 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Max decibels (dB): 55 dB

Pros

  • Four fan speeds
  • Quiet
  • CARB compliant

Cons

  • No auto-sensing

The four fan speeds, whisper-quiet operation, and CARB compliance make this air purifier an especially good pick for allergy sufferers. The California Air Resources Board requires purifiers to produce .050 parts per million of ozone or less, so any device with this certification keeps you safe from unsafe gas levels.

Best for smoke: Alen BreatheSmart 75i

Alen

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Detailed air quality indicators, a B7-Pure filter, and a CADR of 347 mean that this air purifier will stop smoke in its tracks.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 1300 square feet
  • Dimensions: 12 x 19 x 27 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Max decibels (dB): 51 dB

Pros

  • 8 colorways
  • Quickly cleans large rooms
  • Auto-adjusts based on air quality

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Little warranty

This is an easy pick for the best air purifier for smoke, thanks to its CADR of 347 (out of 450). Thanks to automatic air-quality detection, when any type of smoke is present, the unit will kick up to turbo. When no irritants are present, the device goes into energy-saving mode. Five air quality colors give you a more detailed visual indicator of air quality—other air purifiers only include three color indicators.

Best portable: WYND Smart Plus Personal Portable Air Purifier

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Take clean air onto the airplane or into the office with this water bottle-sized air purifier developed by NASA and MIT engineers.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: N/A
  • Dimensions: 9.57 x 8.62 x 4.33 inches
  • App connectivity: Yes
  • Max decibels (dB): 55 dB

Pros

  • Small
  • iOS/Android app
  • Medical-grade filter

Cons

  • Expensive for size

This small-but-mighty air purifier designed by NASA and MIT engineers fits in a cup holder and can purify the air in a car in under 15 minutes—that’s eight liters of air per second. And that comes in handy in a world of wildfires and other pollutants you might encounter as you travel—something we know from experience, as one accompanied three passengers in a Honda CR-V through the smoke-heavy American West during fall 2021. And, if you like numbers, the WYND air purifier connects to an iOS/Android app to track real-time hyperlocalized data on dust and other particulates. It also enables you to switch between different purifier presets, like auto and night, control other WYND devices, and alerts you when encountering poor air quality. The included desktop kickstand accessory lets you position the air purifier to direct a clean bubble toward your face (as shown above), giving your nose and lungs instant access to medical-grade filtered air in an office or elsewhere.

Best budget: LEVOIT Air Purifier for Home, Core 300

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This compact air purifier tackles smoke, dust, pollen, bacteria, and viruses without hurting your wallet.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 219 square feet
  • Dimensions: 8.7 x 8.7 x 16.25 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Max decibels (dB): 50 dB

Pros

  • Filter life indicator
  • Timer
  • Quiet

Cons

  • Louder than other air purifiers

This cheap air purifier targets smoke, dust, and pollen, along with some bacteria and viruses. Four specialty replacement filters include a pet-allergy option and a toxin absorber for particularly smoky or smoggy areas. Like higher-end air purifiers that are more expensive, this Levoit air purifier features timer settings and a sleep mode. And the display lights can be turned off to ensure a pitch-black room when sleeping. Although the air purifier is louder than some competitors, it resembles a whooshing fan at its highest setting—if you can deal with that, this air purifier is for you.

What to consider when buying the best air purifiers

The best air purifier for you might not be the one your best friend or neighbor loves. You want a HEPA filter with a high MERV rating that’s designed to cover the amount of space you have in your particular room or dwelling. Beyond that, consider whether you want other features like pathogen-killing UV light, smart controls, and/or odor elimination. Do you need the best air purifier for pets or perhaps something portable? Air purifiers for mold or models to get rid of smoke? Air filters work only on airborne particles. To get at anything that’s settled into upholstery or rugs, you’ll need a handy vacuum, a helpful robot, or something else that offers deep-clean suction.

Size of space

There’s an alphabet soup to make sense of when choosing the best air purifier for your home. ACH (air changes per hour) correlates to the airflow of your device. It’s calculated based on the volume of your space, ceiling height, and how many cubic feet per minute the device can cover. It’s independent of other factors, e.g., the filter’s efficacy—to calculate that you need the CADR (clean air delivery rate) rating; because a HEPA filter is more efficient, its CADR rating may be lower, which is deceptive.

The most important thing to note is that an air purifier’s efficacy cannot be calculated based on square footage alone. You can find handy calculators online to determine the proper purifier for your needs, but here’s what to consider with any device: Will it successfully rid your home of odors with carbon or other comparable filters? Is it a good choice for pet owners? Does it feature UV light? Read the fine print.

HEPA

You’ve likely heard of high-efficiency particulate air, or HEPA, filters. They are a type of pleated air filter that, according to the Environmental Protection Agency, “can theoretically remove at least 99.97% of dust, pollen, mold, bacteria, and any airborne particles with a size of .3 microns.” The smaller the particle, the more penetrating and nefarious it can be. So when you’re shopping for air purifiers, check out their filters’ MERV (minimum efficiency reporting values) rating. The higher the MERV rating, the better it is at trapping the tiniest particles.

Suppose it’s the coronavirus that has you shopping for purifiers. In that case, it should be said that though a HEPA filter should be able to catch a virus of that size, there’s no conclusive proof that an air purifier can kill airborne COVID-19-carrying air droplets. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention has stated that any room housing a coronavirus patient “should be exhausted directly to the outside, or be filtered through a high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter directly before recirculation.”

If your main concern about your indoor air quality is lingering food or cigarette smoke odors, make sure the model you’re considering specifically targets fumes and other volatile organic compounds. HEPA filters aren’t good at eliminating odors on their own.

The HEPA filter was initially designed to capture radioactive particles when the atomic bomb was being developed because it can capture 99.97 percent of particles as small as .3 microns, which can evade other types of filters. (This is sometimes referred to as “true HEPA,” as European HEPA standards are required to trap only 85 percent of particles.) It works by ensnaring, sieving, and rerouting irritating particles.

A HEPA air purifier is considered the gold standard, but it does have limitations. Any particle smaller than .3 microns—for example, some viruses and VOCs (volatile organic compounds) like aerosols, ammonia, and other toxins—will slip right through. Changing your filter often enough is key. A HEPA filter does a great job of capturing mold. If you don’t change the filter, the purifier can redistribute that mold back into the air.

Allergies

The best air purifiers for allergies depend on what your particular triggers are because different filters work on different-sized particles. Pet hair and pollen are large particles, dust is medium-sized, and smoke is small. A combination HEPA-carbon filter is your best bet for filtering the maximum number of irritants to help reduce your allergies.

The addition of an ionizer and UV light, if you’re comfortable with it, adds a belt to your proverbial suspenders. Because UV light does create ozone particles, we recommend choosing an air purifier with UV light that’s approved for sale in California.

Smoke

Pollutants—like smoke and soot—can aggravate asthma, irritate your eyes, and stress your lungs and heart. An intuitive HEPA purifier with multiple fan speeds, maximum air circulation, and zero ozone output is the best one for allergy sufferers and people who are sensitive to smoke. The best air purifiers for smoke have a higher CADR rating. This means your device will be better at eliminating smoke and its odor, whether you’re talking about cigarettes, cannabis, or wildfires.

FAQs

Q: How much does an air purifier cost?

Even cheap air purifiers aren’t that cheap—they range between $50-$900. So chances are, if you’ve found an option that’s within your budget, you don’t need to second-guess it. Go through all the checkboxes you would for a more expensive model: Does it feature a true HEPA filter? Does your air purifier also feature a carbon filter? Is it ozone-free? If the answers are yes, then go for it. What you’re likely sacrificing are bells and whistles you may not even need, like WiFi capability or large-space efficacy, but still possibly getting other extras, like low-noise operation and triple filtration.

Q: Should I sleep with the air purifier on?

Sure, there’s no reason not to sleep with the air purifier on! An air purifier contributes to an overall healthy home environment, even while you sleep. In fact, many models feature white noise or overnight modes, so they can continue to work without disturbing you (and possibly even helping you sleep).

Q: Where is the best place to position an air purifier?

The best place to position an air purifier is probably not where you think. Don’t stick it in a corner or behind a piece of furniture to conceal it. Beyond that, if there’s a particular pollutant (smoke, food odor) that you’re trying to combat, place the purifier near it. You want it 3 to 5 feet off the ground—so on a table or sill if it’s not a tower-style—and, whenever possible, near sites of good airflow, like doorways and windows. Moving your purifier from place to place helps maximize its efficacy.

Q: Will an air purifier affect my plants?

Your plants should be safe and sound in the presence of an air purifier, with one exception: models that expel ozone. Otherwise, purified air is good for plants, just like it’s good for humans.

Q: Do air purifiers with UV light really offer extra sanitation?

Opinions on whether air purifiers with UV lights are worth it differ. UV can conquer indoor air particles that escape other filters, like bacteria and viruses, but the EPA has said there’s no way to measure the effectiveness of UV filtration. The UV lights are technically considered pesticidal devices—”an instrument or other machine that is used to destroy, repel, trap or mitigate any pests, including bacteria and viruses”—according to the EPA, and it does not review, and therefore cannot endorse, those. UV light creates potentially harmful ozone, as well, although the amount is small.

Final thoughts on the best air purifiers

In almost every category, the best air purifiers have a true HEPA filter and a carbon filter. Together, they get you the most coverage regarding the breadth of pollutants the purifier will attack. Beyond that, the most important qualities are energy efficiency and picking the right model for the size of your room. Everything else—design, whether the device is app-enabled, UV lighting—is just gravy.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best air purifiers for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best smart home security systems of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-smart-home-security-systems/ Thu, 02 Feb 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=509217
A lineup of the best smart home security systems on a white background.
Amanda Reed

How smart is a home that doesn’t feel secure? Here’s how to feel safer in 2023 with the help of intelligent protective tech.

The post The best smart home security systems of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best smart home security systems on a white background.
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A white SimpliSafe 10-piece smart home security system on a blue and white background. SimpliSafe 10-Piece Wireless Home Security System
SEE IT

Comes with everything you need for security inside and outside your home.

Best customer service A Ring 14-piece security system on a blue and white background Ring Alarm Pro, 14-Piece
SEE IT

Talk to a real person and get your questions answered fast.

Best budget A Tolviviov smart home security system on a blue and white background Tolviviov Wi-Fi Door Alarm System
SEE IT

Easy to use for people of all technical skill levels.

If you’re worried about crime impacting your household, it makes perfect sense to buy one of the many smart home security systems that have popped up over the past few years. However, with abundance comes analysis paralysis. To what system should the savvy, safety-conscious consumer turn? We investigated the market to bring you the best smart home security systems so you can pick the best choice for your living situation and loved ones.

How we chose the best smart home security systems

While nearly every product you buy enters your home at some point, there is something particularly intimate about inviting in a smart home security system. Unlike shoes—something that only needs to function well enough when called upon—your smart home security system needs to function perfectly 24/7/365. That’s why one of the bigger ranking factors this time was brand satisfaction. Cybersecurity and data protection were other key factors because, while less is often more, in the world of security more really is more. You’re only as strong as your weakest entry point.

This guide was compiled after many hours of careful research; facts and opinions were cross-examined by editors. Ordinary users were asked about their experiences using these devices, and we interacted with customer service agents throughout the course of compiling this guide. Each company’s personal website and plan information were thoroughly checked for the most up-to-date service plan information possible.

The best smart home security systems: Reviews & Recommendations

Our selection of smart home security systems comes from a wide variety of well-known and trusted brands with a broad array of attached services. While kits differ, they all typically include sensors for your doors and/or windows and an alerting mechanism. One of our picks is sure to match your budget and lifestyle.

Best overall: SimpliSafe 10-Piece Wireless Home Security System

SimpliSafe

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The SimpliSafe 10-Piece system is a very complete kit that starts the security before your door is opened.

Specs

  • Installation difficulty: Easy
  • Sensors: 4 door/window sensors, 2 motion sensors, 1 indoor camera, 1 outdoor camera
  • 24/7 professional monitoring: $28/mo. (Optional)
  • Smart protocols: N/A, but Alexa- and Nest-compatible

Pros

  • Outdoor cam so your security starts before an intruder enters your home
  • Comes with one free month of 24/7 professional monitoring service
  • The variety of parts gives you a more complete sense of security
  • Optics and branding

Cons

  • Must learn to set up each part correctly

If you’re looking for a system that is essentially complete directly out of the box, the SimpliSafe 10-Piece Wireless Home Security System is the kit for you. It includes a variety of sensors and indoor and outdoor cameras, meaning you should feel fully protected in your home. While each piece is easy to install in and of itself, you’ll have to learn and think about the placement of each part—however, you’ll be able to handle it on your own if you can handle a strip of 3M tape or a screwdriver. Let’s review each part individually to get a good picture of how they will function together in your home:

The SimpliSafe base can hold up to 100 SimpliSafe security devices and is the central hub for your equipment. It is also capable of emitting a 95dB alarm. The push-button keypad lets you arm and disarm the system with a PIN. Having four entry point door/window sensors will allow you to protect the primary entryways to your home, while the two motion sensors—which are designed to be pet friendly and decorative—protect the areas of your home with too many entry points or windows.

What makes the SimpliSafe 10-piece system better than the 12-piece version is the inclusion of both an indoor and an outdoor camera. Suppose you’re used to the grainy, near-worthless security cam footage often seen in local news coverage. In that case, you’ll be particularly happy with the full colors, 1080p quality, and night vision offered by SimpliSafe. For those concerned with privacy, the indoor camera comes with a stainless steel shutter, so you won’t have to worry about having your private moments enter someone’s data tables.

Finally, the package set comes with an official SimpliSafe flag that declares your home protected by SimpliSafe. While no one can guarantee that this will deter all criminals, there will be at least a few that will back down.

Best customer service: Ring Alarm Pro, 14-Piece

Ring

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Go from dialing a number to “Hello” in 1 minute, 18 seconds.

Specs

  • Installation difficulty: Easy
  • Sensors: 8 door/window sensors, 2 motion sensors
  • 24/7 professional monitoring: Between $4-$20/mo. (Optional)
  • Smart protocols: Z-wave

Pros

  • Fantastic phone technical support
  • Dual keypads for increased flexibility
  • Provides range extender for large homes
  • Multiple 24/7 monitoring plans to choose from

Cons

  • Overhyped WiFi functionality

The Ring Alarm Pro 14-Piece set has fantastic customer service and is a great smart home security system for larger homes. Its impressive networking and dual keypad design (some home security systems only allow for one keypad) allow for larger coverage areas than some of the best smart home security systems. With customizable ringtones, you’ll always know which door is being opened in your home. The Ring Alarm Pro even comes with Wi-Fi 6 functionality via its hub. This feature is handy but gets a bit overhyped, sometimes eclipsing what counts—there are better Wi-Fi 6 routers out there.

What should you get excited about with the Ring Alarm Pro? A very approachable DIY setup where a real human is there to help you quickly. After just a few button taps to specify exactly what we wanted, we could—right here, right now—contact a customer service agent 1 minute and 18 seconds after dialing Ring’s customer service.

Best monitoring: ADT 8-Piece Wireless Home Security System

ADT

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: ADT is amongst the most experienced and best professional monitoring companies.

Specs

  • Installation difficulty: Intermediate
  • Sensors: 4 door/window sensors, 1 motion detector 
  • 24/7 professional monitoring: $19.99/mo. (Optional)
  • Smart protocols: Z-wave

Pros

  • Highly experienced monitoring team
  • Perfect size for families
  • Optics and branding

Cons

  • Occasional installation snags
  • Only works in the U.S.

The ADT 8-Piece Wireless Home Security System is all you need to get started with the highly regarded ADT security model. It’s a brand that takes itself seriously, providing a yard sign to let customers proudly display their security status on the lawn. Sure, it is part marketing, but it’s also part confidence in the ADT name alone being able to ward off potential neighborhood thieves.

The package itself includes door/window sensors and a motion sensor, with the kit being targeted to owners of two- or three-bedroom homes. While not difficult, installing the sensors can take some time as you manually pair and label each one within your system. You can install them using the included adhesive backing or a more traditional screw-in technique. The time investment should feel closer to “weekend project” than “plug’n’play” for the typical first-time user.

When combined with the optional professional monitoring from ADT, it can almost feel as if you have a dedicated housesitter while you’re away.

Best modular: Wyze Home Security Core Kit

Wyze

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Wyze’s Home Security Core Kit is just that, a quality core kit that can be easily added to as needed.

Specs

  • Installation difficulty: Easy
  • Sensors: 2 door/window sensors, 1 motion sensor
  • 24/7 professional monitoring: $9.99/mo
  • Smart protocols: N/A

Pros

  • Very affordable and complete starter kit
  • Comes with three months of free professional monitoring
  • Can easily add on more sensors or cameras
  • Guided setup via Wyze app

Cons

  • Service plan essential
  • Only works in U.S.

If you prefer to wade through new technology instead of diving directly into the deep end, the Wyze Home Security Core Kit will be the best smart home security system for you. For starters, the core kit itself is very affordable, covers two entry points plus a room of your choice, and provides months of complimentary professional monitoring service to give you a taste of how Wyze works.

Once you’ve decided how much you like the system, you can start adding more components immediately. Finish off the rest of your home’s entry points with more door/window sensors, or transform your setup into a video surveillance system by adding a Wyze cam. Leak and home climate sensors are also available.

The modularity, as well as the stick-on setup guided by the Wyze app, gives the Wyze Home Security Core Kit a very DIY air to it. You can be confident that you, by yourself, should be able to install it. Unfortunately, the rugged individualism this inspires is dropped down a notch—it requires a 24/7 monitoring subscription for the device to truly shine. You’ll just have sensors, but the keypad won’t work after the three-month free trial runs out. The Wyze Cam add-on will also lose smart features and extended storage. Still, the service is cheaper than market averages, you probably wanted it anyway.

Most compatible: Abode Security System Starter Kit

Abode

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Abode goes way beyond just Z-wave and Zigbee.

Specs

  • Installation difficulty: Easy
  • Sensors: 1 door/window sensor, 1 motion sensor
  • 24/7 professional monitoring: Between $7-$22/mo. (Semi-optional)
  • Smart protocols: Zigbee, Z-wave, Homekit, IFTTT

Pros

  • Connects and works with just about anything
  • Variable professional monitoring options
  • Sub-30-minute total setup time
  • Easily expandable

Cons

  • Limited sensors in starter kit
  • Reviews note poor customer service

Can’t decide between Zigbee and Z-wave, so want access to both? Not sure if you want to use Alexa or opt for a Google home security system? Need HomeKit or IFTTT support? It’s time to look at an Abode Security System, a home security system that connects with all of these in some way.

The Abode Security System Starter Kit is a perfect way to get set up with the system, as it includes the main hub, a couple of sensors, and a key fob. You’ll find it surprisingly easy to set up and get going—even technological turtles report installation times of under 30 minutes—but will quickly find yourself wanting other pieces if you don’t have, for example, home security cameras from an existing, compatible system. If you decide to stick with Abode products, you can choose from glass break sensors, water leak sensors, smoke alarms, and indoor/outdoor cameras to tailor the system to your needs.

While all owners have access to alerts and live video feeds, more “advanced” features—such as video storage—require you to subscribe to one of Abode’s plans, either the Standard (self-monitoring) or Pro (professional monitoring).

Best budget: Tolviviov Wi-Fi Door Alarm System

Tolviviov

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This is the best smart home security system under $100.

Specs

  • Installation difficulty: Easy
  • Sensors: 5 door/window sensors
  • 24/7 professional monitoring: No
  • Smart protocols: N/A

Pros

  • Simple to use system with keychain fob and app control
  • Very loud alarm
  • Affordable for all pricing
  • No monthly payments

Cons

  • Supported by 2.4GHz Wi-Fi network only
  • Lower brand recognition

If you’re wanting to avoid overly techy solutions to your problems and save money in the long run while doing so, the Tolviviov Wi-Fi Door Alarm System is worth checking out. Tolviviov systems, in addition to being budget-friendly, also happen to be the best smart home security systems for elderly people due to their extremely loud alarm systems and manual keychain controls. It still has app functionality, including Alexa support, for those wanting a more modern feel.

Considering the price range, it shouldn’t be surprising that the Tolviviov system doesn’t have a professional monitoring system. However, this lack comes with a silver lining, as systems with professional monitoring on a recurring monthly subscription often tie other features into it. With the Tolviviov, what you see is what you get. A loud siren to alert you to entries, app alerts that tell you what sensor was disturbed, and the option for Alexa voice support. It’s simple, but it works.

The main concerns for the Tolviviov system are its connections and brand recognition. The Tolviviov only works with the 2.4GHz Wi-Fi band. Be prepared to isolate the 2.4GHz band. Lastly, the brand recognition just isn’t there yet. Sure, the super loud alarm will make burglars scram, but you won’t get the same response from the name “Tolviviov” that you will from an “ADT” sign in your yard or a Ring video doorbell near your front door.

What to consider when buying the best smart home security systems

From the surface, the best smart home security systems appear to be quite similar, just different collections of the same parts. This is compounded by the fact that, when things are running smoothly, our residential security systems blend into the background of our lives. However, if you do even a tiny amount of digging, you’ll see that there is more complexity in both the hardware and the included customer service plans than meets the eye.

Options for 24/7 professional monitoring

If you have a smart home security system that alerts you when intruders come into your home, or when your house faces other problems, you are all in the clear, right? While it is a nice thought, it is potentially untrue if you are incapacitated or unable to reach your phone to assess the threat (such as while out at work or on vacation).

Typically, 24/7 professional monitoring services come as part of a subscription fee, usually around $30 per month. While all systems retain some functionality without the subscription, others only provide limited service without the full subscription.

Zigbee and/or Z-wave connection

Much like Wi-Fi, Zigbee and Z-Wave represent frequency bands that can connect the pieces of your smart home security system together. Zigbee systems typically run faster, but burn through batteries quicker, while Z-Wave systems can have a bit of response delay but require less battery maintenance work.

In reality, which of the two systems is better depends on your overall network. If you have a lot of Z-Wave products already, going with another Z-Wave device is great because they are all mandated to work together. Zigbee devices can usually “find” each other but don’t always interconnect in a fully functioning way, sorta like pairing non-Apple headphones to your iPhone via Bluetooth. 

Another possibility includes using neither system and operating solely through Wi-Fi and the system’s own proprietary hub. If you are looking for a smart home security system and not a full smart home network, this should be fine. Alternatively, super-compatible systems can connect to both networks and have other connection options as well. Whether you want to go with Zigbee or Z-Wave or both is entirely up to you.

Branding and flags

Some smart home security systems have a flag to stick in your lawn to scare potential thieves away. Some customers are happy to see it, but others are skeptical about the usefulness of a sign to deter thieves, who might use the info to “crack” through the system.

What does the science say? Our friends at Bob Vila took a deep dive into the research on security signs and crime deterrence. Here are some of their findings:

  • ~25% of criminals will skip a home with a security sign.
  • ~50% of criminals will skip a home with a security sign and a visible camera.
  • The optimal locations for such signs are in a place visible from the street and in the backyard.
  • Branding matters. A recognizable or easily searched-for brand name works best to convince thieves your home is really protected.

Privacy

Whenever you bring something into your home, you want to feel comfortable about your privacy. This goes doubly so for home security products that can record and monitor the inside of your home. As such, you should pay particular attention to a brand’s privacy track record.

Take, for instance, the recent controversy over Anker’s eufy brand, which promised end-to-end encryption but didn’t deliver. If that wasn’t damaging enough, the company’s initial response was to merely change their privacy commitment statement. They’ve since come clean, but the sour taste still lingers.

For full transparency, this is not the only brand to have publicly suffered a privacy breach. In 2021, a former ADT technician pleaded guilty to charges of criminal spying while employed at the company. Important things to note here are how well ADT handled the situation compared to eufy, that their internal procedures and systems have since been changed to reduce the likelihood of a similar situation happening in the future, and that this was an incident involving a single employee and not the company at large. The ADT system in this guide does not include a camera.

FAQs

Q: How much does a smart home security system cost?

A smart home security system can cost anywhere from under $80 to over $400. You should also leave room in your budget for a monitoring subscription, which typically costs between $20 and $40. Overall, smart home security systems are highly affordable and shouldn’t outprice other smart gear for your home.

Q: What is the highest-rated home security system?

The highest-rated home security systems come from SimpliSafe and Ring. With new products and bundles being released regularly, as well as shifting prices, consumer ratings for individual bundles may fluctuate over time. That being said, highly regarded product bundles from both companies can receive a coveted 4.7 stars or higher on Amazon after hundreds (or even thousands) of reviews.

Q: Is smart home security worth it?

Smart home security is worth it if you are nervous about the safety of your home or neighborhood. Some systems can check for flooding and fires as well. With 24/7 professional monitoring, you also have access to a team that is ready to help you and alert authorities in case of an emergency. People wanting smaller, less extensive security should consider smart doorbells as a potential alternative.

Q: Is SimpliSafe better than Wyze?

It depends on what you want in a system. SimpliSafe is among the highest-rated smart home security systems, and the SimpliSafe 10-Piece Wireless Home Security System is our personal pick for the best smart home security system due to its high-quality performance and complete coverage. This isn’t to say that Wyze systems are bad, as the Wyze Home Security Core Kit is a premium choice for those that want a custom, modular system.

Final thoughts on the best smart home security systems

Getting one of the best smart home security systems in 2023 is not as difficult as in years past. Installation should be smoother due to the simplicity of wireless Zigbee, Z-Wave, and Wi-Fi connections that can integrate these systems with the existing smart home gadgets you already own. With app integration and voice support, you can get the truly convenient home security you desire.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best smart home security systems of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best induction cookware of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-induction-cookware/ Thu, 23 Feb 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=514216
Best induction cookware
Stan Horaczek

This top-notch cookware will keep pumping out perfect food for years to come.

The post The best induction cookware of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best induction cookware
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Carote induction cookware set in cream color on a plane background. CAROTE Pots and Pans Set
SEE IT

This set has everything you need for induction cooking.

Best stainless steel All-clad induction cookware on a plain background All-Clad Induction cookware
SEE IT

Stainless steel cookware provides one of the most durable options.

Best ceramic Caraway induction cookware on a plain background Caraway Cookware set
SEE IT

This is a practical and attractive set of pans.

Looking for the best induction cookware for beautiful, even cooking? While many people use gas-powered stoves or convection cooking that heats up whatever is directly atop the burner, others pick induction cooktops—cooking surfaces with a copper coil that creates a magnetic field to heat the pan and food. However, these appliances need the proper cookware to achieve optimal results. Don’t worry; we’ve got you covered. Some cookware is naturally induction-ready, such as cast iron, enameled cast iron, and stainless steel. And if you’re unsure if one of your pots or pants is induction-ready, you can try the magnet trick: place a magnet on the bottom of your cookware and see if it sticks. If you’re not 100% or just looking for an upgrade, however, choose one of our picks for the best induction cookware and spend the rest of your time perfecting your gnocchi recipe.

How we chose the best induction cookware 

To provide a solid recommendation list, we evaluated the best induction cookware on a few key factors. Firstly, we looked at brand reputation and reviews. How reputable is the brand, and how many active customers took to the internet to recommend their favorite piece of induction cookware? 

Second, we evaluated the value of the product. While some products may be more expensive than others, we thought more about what you are getting for that price. Is it multi-use, replacing the need for other cookware that will ultimately save you money? Are the materials highly durable and long-lasting? Does it come in a money-saving set? 

We also looked at the best induction cookware that was versatile and ready for any surface, not just induction cooktops. In addition, we considered cleanup because ease of use is super important for busy families and professionals who don’t want to slave all day rinsing and reconsidering their kitchens.

The best induction cookware: Reviews & Recommendations

When buying cookware, you must decide whether to buy individual pieces or complete packages. The best cookware sets offer the pots and pans you need without a ton of extra stuff that drives up the cost. Here are our picks for the best induction cookware—complete sets and single pans.

Best overall: CAROTE Pots and Pans Set

Carote

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Aluminum
  • Number of Pieces: 10
  • Dishwasher Safe: No

Pros

  • 10-piece set
  • Super affordable, great value
  • Over 5,000 positive Amazon reviews
  • Free of toxic chemicals 
  • Ultra non-stick

Cons

  • Exterior may wear off with time
  • Not as much brand recognition
  • Only one colorway 

We chose the Carote induction-ready cookware set as best overall because you simply cannot beat that level of quality for such an ultra-affordable price point. It has virtually all the same specs as our other contenders, yet offers more pieces for less money. 

This 10-piece set comes with a 9.5-inch frying pan, an 11-inch frying pan, saute pan with lid, a casserole dish with lid, a saucepan with lid, a steamer, and a silicone turner. The set offers all of that for less than $150.

These pots and pans are made from a harder granite material with non-stick properties. They’re also PFOS/PFOA free, so you don’t have to worry about harsh chemicals soaking into your food.

It’s suitable for all stoves, and because their non-stick game is so on point, the cleanup is quick and easy regardless of what you cook. Many reviewers say they could have just used hot water. The downside: the handle gets super hot, so you may need to get some silicone handle covers. They are also not dishwasher safe, and they only come in one colorway. But all of that can’t dampen the sheer value this set offers.

Best stainless steel: All-Clad Stainless Steel Dishwasher Safe Induction Compatible Cookware Set

All-clad

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Stainless Steel
  • Number of Pieces: 7
  • Dishwasher Safe: Yes

Pros

  • Dishwasher Safe
  • Multiple set number options
  • 3 bonded layers of stainless steel and responsive aluminum
  • Excellent quality; sturdy & durable

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Some reviewers noted that it is not easy to put in dishwasher

With a clean design and American-made, high-quality materials, All-Clad is an absolute staple for induction-ready stainless steel cookware. These beautiful pans are dishwasher safe, making them perfect for busy households that favor quick and simple cleanups.

All-Clad stainless steel pans feature a tri-ply construction, made with a responsive aluminum core bonded with 2 layers of stainless steel that allows for even heat distribution. 

The 7-piece set contains a 10-inch fry pan, a 3-quart saucepan with lid, a 3-quart saute pan with lid, and a versatile 8-quart Stockpot with lid. There are also 5-, 10-, and 14-piece options available. They are oven safe up to 600 degrees F and resist warping, so you can really abuse these pans without worry.

Best eco-friendly: GreenPan Valencia Pro Ceramic Nonstick 8″, 9.5″, And 11″ Frypan Set

Green Pan

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Ceramic
  • Number of Pieces: 3
  • Dishwasher Safe: Yes

Pros

  • Dishwasher Safe (Hand Washing Recommended) 
  • Oven safe up to 600 degrees F.
  • Nonstick & scratch-resistant
  • Free of PFAS, PFOA, lead, and cadmium
  • Good value

Cons

  • Durability may wane after heavy long-term use

GreenPan is a world leader when it comes to eco-friendly cookware. They supply healthy ceramic nonstick pans with toxin-free coating; all pans are free from  PFAS, PFOA, lead, and cadmium.

This three-piece ceramic nonstick set includes 8-inch, 9.5-inch, and 11-inch fry pans that feature diamond-infused ceramic nonstick coating, their signature Magneto induction base suitable for all stovetops, and truly high-quality materials and manufacturing. They are oven safe up to 600 degrees F.

Reviewers love that you can use metal utensils on them, they’re attractive on your countertop, and they are exactly as advertised without any surprises. Some reviewers noted, though, that durability waned after 1-2 years of heavy use. 

Best cast iron: Our Place Cast Iron Always Pan

Our Place

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Enameled cast iron
  • Number of Pieces: 1
  • Dishwasher Safe: No

Pros

  • 8-in-1 uses
  • Made from premium enameled cast iron
  • Easy to clean
  • Comes with lid
  • Lighter weight than other cast irons

Cons

  • Not dishwasher-friendly (though most cast irons aren’t)
  • No long-term seasoning, which some may prefer
  • No pour spouts

This 8-in-1 cast iron pan allows for multiple uses for cooking, so you can save space and reduce clutter. It comes with a lid and silicone Hot Grips, so you won’t be screaming in pain from hot handles.

It’s oven-safe up to 500 degrees F (or 425 degrees F with the lid) and is super easy to clean with glossy exteriors. Reviewers love that it comes in several beautiful colors, that it’s lighter in weight than many other cast irons of the same size, that it’s a good value for the price, and how much easier it is to clean than others. 

One thing you should note is that because it’s made of black matte enameled cast iron, you won’t need to pre-season it, unlike other cast irons, and it can be used to cook with acidic foods. That’s a plus, but that also means you’ll need to use more butter or oils to cook with since it doesn’t build up that seasoning over time. Some users may prefer that long-term seasoning effect and cook with fewer fats. There are also no pour spouts for removing excess oil or liquids.

Best ceramic: Caraway Cookware Set

Caraway

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Ceramic 
  • Number of Pieces: 4 + storage
  • Dishwasher Safe: Yes

Pros

  • Visually beautiful
  • Nonstick 
  • Comes with storage
  • Free of toxic chemicals
  • Even cooking

Cons

  • Handle gets hot
  • Nor dishwasher-friendly
  • Can easily ding/scratch

The Caraway cookware set is a cult favorite with almost 40,000 positive site reviews. While many social media ads can be misleading, Caraway has made a huge splash on the internet, and with good reason.

This set comes with a 10.5-inch frying pan, a 3-quart saucepan, a 4-quart saute pan, and a 6.5-quart dutch oven. They come with lids. It’s aesthetically beautiful, with a clean yet glossy look.

We love that this set comes with storage (magnetic pan racks and a canvas lid holder), is made with a non-toxic coating (free of PTFEs, like Teflon, PFOA, and heavy metals), and comes in several colors to choose from to suit your taste. It’s oven-safe up to 550 degrees F.

Reviewers love the even cooking, excellent customer service, and how there’s very little sticking with such easy cleanup. They’re not super cheap, but they’re a good investment piece for cookware that won’t cause a massive headache.

What to consider when choosing the best induction cookware

Whether you’re looking for stainless steel pots and pans, ceramic frying pans, or cast iron induction cookware, there are a few variables you should consider before taking the plunge.

Materials

When deciding on the best induction cookware, look for indicators of an induction-compatible symbol, also known as a ferromagnetic base. There are a few kinds of cookware that are naturally induction ready, like:

  • Cast iron
  • Stainless steel
  • Some aluminum (must have stainless steel plate)

You’ll also need to consider cost or, rather, value. Sometimes you’ll see a higher price tag but look into it further. Does it come as a set? Are there better, more durable materials that will ultimately save you money? 

Handles

While some cookware comes with insulated handles, others have simple metal handles that get hot along with the cooking area. In those cases, you’ll need an extra silicon grip or a glove to move the pans around. If that sounds like an annoying extra step, consider something with a built-in solution.

Before you buy

We highly recommend searching for non-stick cookware for easier cleanup and handling. Make sure it comes with a non-toxic coating, however, because many non-stick pans come with Teflon or other toxic chemicals that seep into your food and are harmful to the environment.

FAQs

Q: How do you know if cookware is induction compatible?

You can tell if cookware is induction compatible on the label/website—it should say “induction-ready,” “induction-compatible,” etc. If you want to see if your existing cookware is induction-compatible, you can try placing a magnet on the bottom and see if it sticks.

Q: What is the disadvantage of induction cooking?

Frankly, induction cookware is generally more expensive. Cast irons, for example, will require a heftier price tag than a simple old pan. It’s also a new method of cooking that might be a bit of a learning curve if you’re not used to it. 

Q: What is the average price of induction cookware?

It depends. Pricing typically varies depending on the quality and type of the materials, durability, brand, aesthetic, etc. You can find some cookware options around $50, and you can find some that are more luxury purchases in the several hundreds. 

Final thoughts on the best induction cookware

We think everyone should treat cookware like an investment. A solid set of pans can last for years and years with proper care, but you have to start with the right product. If you’re looking for a new way to cook, induction stoves range from simple hot plate-style models to advanced surfaces. The best induction cookware offers easy cleaning, simple use, and long-lasting durability to keep those asparagus tips crispy well into the future. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best induction cookware of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Get big TV savings before Black Friday with 45% off an Amazon Fire TV https://www.popsci.com/gear/amazon-fire-tv-pre-black-friday-deal-2023/ Wed, 18 Oct 2023 16:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=580681
A product image of an Amazon TV in a brick pattern on a plain background.
Amanda Reed

Skip the traditional post-Thanksgiving chaos all together by taking advantage of these stellar early Black Friday deals at Amazon.

The post Get big TV savings before Black Friday with 45% off an Amazon Fire TV appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A product image of an Amazon TV in a brick pattern on a plain background.
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Black Friday gets most of the credit when it comes to cheap TVs. This year, however, you can shop Black Friday deals comfortably from your home—and you don’t even need to wait until the leftovers get cold to do so. Snag an Amazon Fire TV for 45% right now before the Black Friday rush.

Amazon Fire TV 32″ 2-Series HD smart TV with Fire TV Alexa Voice Remote $109.99 (Was $199.99)

Amazon

SEE IT

If you don’t need 4K definition but still want to watch television sans cable, the Fire TV is for you. Its 720p resolution is just enough to see rich colors and contrast without the cost. All your favorite streaming apps, like Netflix, Amazon Prime Video, Disney+, and more, come together in one central hub and the Amazon Alexa Voice Remote to easily access it all. You also get six months of MGM+ for free with your Fire TV purchase—perfect for future winter movie nights and snowy stay-ins. If you need a recommendation, we’re fans of FROM, a binge-able and gripping drama about people who can’t escape a nightmarish town once they enter. It will leave you gripping your weighted blanket in suspense.

If 720p doesn’t seem satisfying to you, the 40-inch Amazon Fire TV 2-Series 4K UHD television is $179.99, 28% off its OG $249.99 price. It bumps up the resolution to 1080p—still not 4K quality, but noticeably more detailed than 720p. Both TVs are solid if you’re watching a lot of DVD or older Blu-ray content that has trouble filling up a 4K screen anyway.

We’ve gone from fighting over TVs in-store to hoping they don’t sell out before we click “add to cart.” The latter is just as frustrating as the former—skip the chaos altogether by acting now.

Here are more pre-Black Friday home theater deals we’re watching alongside the Thanksgiving parade:

The post Get big TV savings before Black Friday with 45% off an Amazon Fire TV appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best weighted blankets of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-weighted-blanket/ Mon, 11 Oct 2021 19:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-weighted-blanket/
The best weighted blankets can help you relax and get some sleep.

Experts believe these blankets can increase serotonin and melatonin levels and reduce stress. We believe they're the coziest, highest-quality options out there.

The post The best weighted blankets of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best weighted blankets can help you relax and get some sleep.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Quility Weighted Blanket with Soft Cover is the best overall. Quility 20-Pound Weighted Blanket with Soft Cover
SEE IT

Helps promote relaxation and temperature control for a great night’s sleep.

Best knit Bearaby makes the best weighted blanket that's knit. Bearaby Weighted Blanket
SEE IT

This chunky blanket is hand-knit from organic cotton and looks great in your home.

Best fleece The Uttermara Sherpa Weighted Blanket is the best fleece blanket. Uttermara Sherpa Fleece Weighted Blanket
SEE IT

The smooth fleece top and wool-like Sherpa reverse offer unmatched coziness.

If you’ve tried all the usual suspects to help fall asleep at night, such as a sleep schedule, getting plenty of exercise, and avoiding caffeine, but are still having trouble, it may be time to invest in a weighted blanket. Weighted blankets can help reduce stress while promoting a feeling of calmness by evenly applying firm yet gentle pressure throughout the body, similar to getting a hug or swaddling a baby. So, if you’re sold on the idea that these products could help you achieve optimal rest, we’ve rounded up some of the best weighted blankets on the market today.

How we chose the best weighted blankets

Weighted blankets have only been seeing mainstream popularity for the past few years since a Kickstarter campaign for a product called the Gravity Blanket raised nearly $5 million. Unfortunately, the success of the Kickstarter quickly inspired countless knockoffs, which is why it’s even more important to vet these products for exceptional quality and value. With so many inferior products on the market, we took a look at roughly 25 to 30 of the highest-rated weighted blankets before arriving at the ones we chose for this guide.

One of the characteristics, in particular, that we honed in on was high-quality glass bead filling that is sewn into interior pockets so it won’t shift or even spill out of the blanket, which is common in inferior models. We also ensured that all of the products featured here use 100% cotton or bamboo fabric, except for one blanket with a reversible Sherpa and fleece cover. Most of the products listed also had removable, machine-washable covers to keep your weighted blanket clean and feeling like new for years to come.

The best weighted blankets: Reviews & Recommendations

The science behind weighted blankets checks out. The approach is called deep pressure stimulation, which uses this controlled pressure to stimulate the natural production of mood-boosting serotonin and increase melatonin levels while reducing the stress hormone cortisol. As such, many experts believe weighted blankets can improve sleep for people experiencing conditions including insomnia, anxiety, and autism.

Occupational therapists often use weighted blankets for sensory integration therapy, particularly among children and young adults with trouble processing their senses. Simulating these senses of touch can help the patient’s brain to adapt. Weighted blankets can also be soothing for the general populace, and we’ve rounded up some of the best weighted blankets on the market below.

Best overall: Quility 20-Pound Weighted Blanket with Soft Cover

Quility

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Evenly distributed micro glass beads provide gentle pressure to help even the most restless sleepers reduce tossing and turning and get through the night, making this an easy pick for the best weighted blanket overall.

Specs

  • Fabric type: 100% cotton blanket, 100% polyester duvet cover
  • Fill: Glass microbeads
  • Weight: 20 pounds

Pros

  • Even weight distribution across sections
  • Removable duvet cover
  • Seven-layer system shapes to your body

Cons

  • Beads spread out over time
  • Could be too warm for sleepers who run hot

Get better sleep with the Quility 20-Pound Weighted Blanket that wraps you in warmth and comfort. The gentle pressure of the micro glass bead filling should help reduce tossing and turning for even the most restless sleepers to make it through the night. The blanket’s seven-layer system shapes to your body for added comfort, with even weight distribution to balance the pressure across the quilted sections.

The 100% cotton material is designed to keep you cool. Although, some sleepers who run hot or live in warm climates may still think it’s too warm. So that’s something to consider if you fall into either of those categories. There’s also a removable duvet cover for easy cleaning, with a durable zipper and eight duvet tie-loops to keep the blanket in place. 

A handful of customers have also had issues with the glass beads redistributing after a few weeks or months of use but seem to be in the minority. However, those who have experienced problems also seem to have had good luck by contacting customer service.

Best knit: Bearaby Napper Organic Hand-Knit Weighted Blanket

Jen McCaffery

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This gorgeous chunky blanket is made from sustainable materials, customizable in size, weight, and color, and feels delightful to snuggle under.

Specs

  • Fabric type: Organic cotton
  • Fill: N/A
  • Weight: Available in 10-, 15-, 20-, and 25-pound sizes

Pros

  • Beautiful design
  • Eco-friendly
  • Machine-washable

Cons

  • More expensive
  • If your home is drafty, cold air can seep in
  • Some users say can be stiff at first

If you’re looking for a weighted blanket that looks as good as it feels, consider the Bearaby Napper. The company began as a Kickstarter campaign led by a former World Bank economist who was looking for a solution for her chronic insomnia. These chunky knit blankets are made with organic cotton, are free of artificial fillers, and have earned the OEKO-TEX Standard 100 for not containing harmful chemicals, so you can feel good about sleeping under one.

Bearaby recommends that you choose a weighted blanket that’s roughly 10 percent of your body weight, and provides a simple calculator to help you find the best option for your size of bed. The blankets are available in 10-, 15-, 20-, and 25-pound sizes and in a range of muted colors (Olive Night, Asteroid Grey, Moonstone Grey, Midnight Blue, Evening Rose, and Cloud White.) I tried the 10-pound version and can attest that these blankets provide a soothing amount of weight and look great at the foot of a bed or as a throw. They’re also machine-washable, and you can toss them in the dryer for a tumble dry.

Best for adults: WONAP Weighted Blanket for Couples

Why it made the cut: Perfect for couples, the soothing touch of the bamboo blanket combined with glass beads provides a deep and relaxing sleep for you and your partner.

Specs

  • Fabric type: 100% bamboo
  • Fill: Glass beads
  • Weight: 25 pounds

Pros

  • Hypoallergenic glass beads
  • Breathable natural bamboo fabric
  • Four-by-four-inch diamond design

Cons

  • Couples may find the blanket too restrictive

Both you and your partner will get a good night’s rest when using the extra-large WONAP Weighted Blanket for Couples. Constructed of 100% breathable Natural Bamboo fabric, the inner part of the blanket includes ultra-soft cotton compartments filled with hypoallergenic, non-toxic, and odorless premium glass beads. The beads are evenly distributed thanks to a four by four-inch diamond design that applies the same amount of pressure throughout the entire body for a more restful sleep.

The combination of the bamboo fabric and glass beads also creates a cooling effect to use the blanket year-round. In fact, one of the biggest problems some users have noted is that the blanket is so heavy and secure that it actually even may prevent you and your partner from getting near each other at night. Is there such a thing as a product doing its job too well?

Though the dense stitches and the durable thread of the bamboo fabric are intended to prevent leakage of the glass beads, a small number of reviewers complained of finding sand or dust in the bed after using it, so that is something to keep in mind.

Best for kids: Sivio Kids Weighted Blanket

Why it made the cut: This blanket effectively simulates the hug of a mother so your child can fall asleep faster and sleep deeper and longer through the night. It’s easily one of the best weighted blankets for kids.

Specs

  • Fabric type: 100% cotton
  • Fill: Glass beads
  • Weight: 3 pounds

Pros

  • Seven-layer design prevents leakage
  • Fun, kid-friendly designs
  • Smaller pockets evenly distribute weight

Cons

  • Suggested weight may be too light
  • Some children could use a larger size

Parents of young children with special needs or separation anxiety may find the Sivio Kids Weighted Blanket to be an absolute game-changer. This thermostabilized weighted blanket aligns naturally with your child’s body to simulate the gentle hug of a mother. Many customers who have tried nearly everything else have reported that this blanket dramatically reduces or eliminates the number of times their children get up through the night.

Parents will also rest assured knowing that the blanket is crafted with 100% natural, breathable cotton fabric, with an upgraded seven-layer design and square four by four-inch pockets to prevent the beads from leaking. Not only do these pockets make sure that the weight is more evenly distributed, but they also won’t make any noise to wake your child up during the night.

However, some user reviews have noted that the size and weight recommendations are too small and light. So if your child is on the higher end of the height and growth charts for their age or could benefit from the extra weight, you may want to size up out of precaution. In any case, that also ensures that you won’t have to replace the blanket in six months to a year.

Best throw: Baloo Weighted Cotton Blanket

Jen McCaffery

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These weighted blankets are made from all-natural cotton, chemical-free, and a portion of the company’s proceeds go toward ocean restoration.

Specs

  • Fabric type: Organic cotton
  • Fill: Glass microbeads
  • Weight: 12 pounds

Pros

  • Versatile
  • Eco-friendly
  • Machine-washable

Cons

  • Not as attractive a design

Baloo describes their weighted throws, blankets, and comforters as a hug that molds to your body and calms you down. Their satin-y quilted throws, which weigh 12 pounds and are 42 inches wide by 72 inches long, are substantial enough for curling up on the couch, but can easily double as a travel blanket for people who get nervous when they fly. The throw is also large enough to cover a twin bed and has attachments if you’d like to attach one of the company’s linen duvet covers.

The company also highlights their sustainable practices: All of their products are made from organic cotton, their packaging is plastic-free, they meet the OEKO-TEX Standard 100, and a portion of the proceeds from their sales go toward replanting mangrove and kelp forests. The cotton is breathable, which makes the blanket suitable for use throughout the year. And the throws are machine-washable and available in Pebble White, Luna Blue, and Silver Sage.

Best breathable: Brooklyn Bedding Chunky Knit Weighted Blanket

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This beautiful hand-knit blanket features an open weave that allows for plenty of cooling airflow.

Specs

  • Fabric type: Polyester jersey
  • Fill: Polyester
  • Weight: 10 or 15 pounds

Pros

  • Hand-knit
  • Promotes airflow
  • Pretty design
  • Can help reduce stress

Cons

  • Made from synthetic material
  • Only available in two weights

Blankets can sometimes look sloppy, but that’s not the case with Brooklyn Bedding’s Chunky Hand-Knit Weighted Blanket. Like the Beararby, this attractive blanket is crafted with care. It features soft polyester jersey outer shell and polyester fill—available in two weights (10 and 15 pounds) and two subtle colors (cream, shown here, and gray). Combined with the open-knit design, that material promotes airflow, making this blanket breathable and suitable for all seasons and members of the household (including furry friends enjoying their morning solar recharge, as seen above).

It’s cozy and comforting and threatens to keep you ensconced in bed or on the couch all day—partially because it provides just the right amount of calming pressure and partially because your toes might get tangled in the hand-knitted weave. Of course, we’d expect nothing less from Brooklyn Bedding—makers of the Aurora Luxe Cooling mattress, a top pick for hot sleepers thanks to its cool tech fibers and foams.

Best cooling: YnM Bamboo Weighted Blanket

Why it made the cut: Even the hottest sleepers will rest comfortably year-round with cooling, silky-soft bamboo fabric and even more glass beads for optimal temperature control.

Specs

  • Fabric type: 100% bamboo
  • Fill: Glass beads
  • Weight: 15 pounds

Pros

  • All-natural cooling bamboo materials
  • Smaller inner pockets for even distribution
  • More glass beads and thinner fiber

Cons

  • Slick bamboo may cause duvet to need readjusting
  • Not cool enough for warm climates

You can feel the difference from the moment you touch the YnM Bamboo Weighted Blanket. Made out of 100% breathable bamboo fabric and premium glass beads, this is one of the softest weighted blankets on the market while still managing to stay incredibly cool. The manufacturer is so confident of the blanket’s cooling properties that they even go so far as to describe it as “like sleeping in a pool of cool water,” except that you don’t get wet.

The seven-layer system is designed to contour to the shape of your body for maximum comfort. This cooling weighted blanket also features more glass beads and less fiberfill for exceptional breathability and better temperature control. Unfortunately, a few customers who live in exceptionally warm climates claim that they still need their air conditioning on full blast while using this product.

Two additional layers combined with a three-dimensional lock bead sewing method also ensure against leakage, and the extremely fine stitching prevents weight shifting from one compartment to another. One of the only user complaints is that the bamboo material is so slick that it can be challenging to keep the blanket inside the duvet without adjusting it frequently.

Best fleece: Uttermara Sherpa Fleece Weighted Blanket

Why it made the cut: This super-soft, super comfy heavy blanket keeps you warm by forming a gentle hug along your body without bunching up or causing excess heat.

Specs

  • Fabric type: Sherpa and fleece
  • Fill: 1-millimeter ceramic beads
  • Weight: 15 pounds

Pros

  • Smooth fleece top and Sherpa reverse
  • Unique bead-filling technology
  • Eye-catching unicolor pattern

Cons

  • Commercial washing only
  • Some users find it too heavy

The Uttermara Sherpa Fleece Weighted Blanket pairs a smooth, 220 GSM fleece top and wool-like Sherpa reverse for the softest, coziest weighted blanket money can buy. Sherpa is more resistant to fading and stain than traditional fabrics used in weighted blankets and won’t pill or shed after prolonged use. Though, on the downside, the blanket isn’t machine washable and requires commercial washing.

Still, that’s a small price to pay for the superior craftsmanship you’re getting with this high-quality blanket. Neat stitches create both an integrated look and strong seaming. The tiny 1-millimeter ceramic beads are sewn into small squares, which are further sandwiched with non-glue polyester and brushed fabric that prevent the beads from clustering or moving around when shuffled so that the blanket can be totally conformed to your body.

When choosing a size, however, one thing to note is that the fleece and Sherpa exterior may add extra weight, as some users actually find their blankets to almost be too heavy. So if you’re on the fence about which weight blanket to choose, it may be wiser to size down. Sherpa is also on the warmer side for standard weighted blankets, so it may not be ideal for those who run hot.

What to consider before buying the best weighted blankets

Size

Aside from quality, there are two primary features that you should take into consideration when deciding to purchase a weighted blanket: size and weight. As to the former point, ask yourself if you’ll be using the blanket by yourself or if you’ll be sharing with a partner. Weighted blankets do come in up to king and queen sizes to accommodate larger beds. However, weighted blankets are also not for everyone, and if your partner isn’t into the idea, you may be stuck with too large of an unwieldy blanket for just one person. 

Intended Use

Another thing to ask yourself is whether you’ll be using the blanket primarily for sleeping or lounging, and even if you’ll need a new pillow or even a new mattress to go along with your weighted blanket. However, if your objective for a isn’t for sleeping, but as a throw while you’re watching TV or reading a book, then you could absolutely meet your needs with a smaller size.

Weight

Of course, weight is perhaps the most critical factor to consider before buying a weighted blanket. Generally, most experts suggest getting one that weighs approximately eight to 12% of your overall body weight—or an even 10% is also a good rule of thumb. Depending on what you think your needs will be, you can easily size up or down, as some people say they prefer a heavier blanket while others don’t like to be weighed down too much.

We also can’t stress enough the importance of thoroughly reading user reviews. All too often, these types of products come with shoddy construction. So it’s especially crucial to choose a weighted blanket of exceptional craftsmanship and quality, that won’t tear open at the seams and leave glass sand and dust all over your bed.

FAQs

Q: How much does a weighted blanket cost?

The cost of a weighted blanket depends on the quality of the material and its size and weight. The picks on this list range from The picks on this list range from the hand-knit Bearaby Napper Organic Hand-Knit Weighted Blanket at $199 to to the budget-friendly Uttermara Sherpa Fleece Weighted Blanket at $79.50.

Q: Should you sleep with a weighted blanket every night?

Whether you should sleep with a weighted blanket every night boils down mostly to personal preference. Some sleep consultants suggest using these products for just 20 to 30 minutes at a time, while others recommend sleeping with them overnight. As you begin to use your blanket and test it out, you should feel what is personally the most comfortable.

Q: Do weighted blankets make you hot?

Despite often being thicker and heavier than most comforters, there is a common misconception that weighted blankets make you too hot. On the contrary, most people prone to hot flashes, overheating, or living in warm temperatures can still comfortably use weighted blankets. As a good rule of thumb, however, weighted blankets made from 100% cotton or bamboo tend to be cooler than blankets made from fleece, Sherpa, or synthetic materials.

Q: Can you wash a weighted blanket?

Washing a weighted blanket can be tricky since they are generally made with a heavier construction than most blankets or comforters, but many come with removable covers that can be washed separately. However, if your weighted blanket does not come with a removable cover, you may need to spot clean with gentle soaps, detergents, or stain removers.

Final thoughts on the best weighted blankets

Oddly enough, our top picks for the best weighted blanket couldn’t be more different from one another, between the Bearaby Napper and the Uttermara Sherpa Fleece Weighted Blanket. We love the Bearaby because of the combination of beautiful design and comfort. However, those who prefer a blanket that provides added warmth will likely find the super soft Sherpa and fleece of the Uttermara to be a better fit.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best weighted blankets of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best heated slippers in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-heated-slippers/ Wed, 15 Dec 2021 18:40:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-heated-slippers/
Four pairs of slippers laid out next to each other in a cutout pattern
Amanda Reed

When the big chill moves in, heated slippers guarantee you’ll be comfy from top to bottom.

The post The best heated slippers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four pairs of slippers laid out next to each other in a cutout pattern
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall ActionHeat makes some of the best heated slippers. ActionHeat Rechargeable Battery Heated Cable Knit Slippers
SEE IT

These comfy wool slippers come with a mobile charger you can take with you.

Best microwaveable Mars Wellness Heated Microwaveable Foot Booties Mars Wellness Heated Microwaveable Foot Booties
SEE IT

These microwaveable slippers help soothe arthritis pain with heat and aromatics like lavender and peppermint.

Best indoor/outdoor Heated Slipper by Volt Heated Slipper by Volt
SEE IT

These versatile slippers can provide up to 12 hours of warmth on a single charge.

When it’s cold out, slip into a pair of heated slippers to keep your feet as toasty as possible. You’ll get instant relief from cold floors and drafty indoor air. But it’s not just about the heat this footwear provides. Winter weather can leave feet dry, chapped, and constantly in need of an emergency pedicure. The best heated slippers also moisturize your feet while warming them up, so say goodbye to scaly roughness!

How we chose the best heated slippers

Heated slippers come in a variety of forms. Microwaveable slippers can be nuked right up to a comfortable lounging temperature. Some heated slippers warm up in the same way as heated socks, using a battery-operated module. Another type of electric foot warmer uses an internal heating pad that you power up via a USB cable. Once the slippers have reached a full charge, you can unplug them and start walking—or lounging—for hours.

Another option is foot warmers that work like a heating pad. They feel just like house shoes when you slip your feet inside. The only difference is these boots aren’t made for walking. They’re best when you’re parked in one spot, on the couch, or sitting at your desk. Your feet will be cozy and comfortable as long as the heat is on. In making our recommendations, we looked for options from top brands that spanned a variety of power sources and price levels.

The best heated slippers: Reviews & Recommendations

It’s hard to go wrong with a good pair of the best heated slippers, but the style you end up going for should depend on what you do during a typical cold day or night around the house. Or maybe you’ll be wearing them outside, too. In that case, think waterproof and non-slip. If you’ll have them on mostly while you’re working or bundled up on the couch and mobility is less important, a pair of heated slippers that you can wear and charge at the same time will get extra credit for providing warmth 24/7.

Best overall: ActionHeat Rechargeable Battery Heated Cable Knit Slippers

ActionHeat

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power: Included rechargeable ActionHeat batteries 
  • Sizes: S/M, L/XL, XXL
  • Levels of heat: High, medium, and low

Pros

  • Attractive design
  • Provides three levels of heat
  • Long-lasting battery

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Batteries only available through ActionHeat

These fuzzy wool slippers won’t leave your feet waiting long for heat. The soles are wear-resistant, non-slip, and lightweight. Each one weighs less than half a pound. These slippers bring the heat at three levels, ranging from high (150 degrees F, which lasts more than three-and-a-half hours) to low (115 degrees F, which lasts up to five hours). They also come with a mobile power supply that you can take with you when you venture from an outlet.

Best USB-heated: Wirziis USB Heated Slippers

Wirziis

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power: USB connection
  • Sizes: One
  • Levels of heat: One

Pros

  • Convenient
  • Affordable
  • Comfortable

Cons

  • Have to be attached to power source for them to work
  • Can’t adjust temperature level

Not a fan of slippers with batteries that will eventually run out? Wirziis USB Heated Slippers are designed with a replaceable heating pad that can be powered directly by any device with a USB-C connection, such as a computer, car charger, power bank, or plug. These comfy wool slippers heat up within three minutes and are available in black, gray, and brown. That said, you can’t really adjust the temperature, but you can keep the rest of your body warm with one of the best heated blankets.

Best indoor/outdoor: Heated Slipper by Volt

Volt

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power: Two included USB 5V VB550 batteries
  • Sizes: Small-3XL
  • Levels of heat: High, medium, and low

Pros

  • Lasts for up to 12 hours on a single charge
  • Provides three levels of heat
  • Comes in multiple sizes for men and women
  • Can wear indoors and outside

Cons

  • Only come in one color
  • Heating pad may not provide a lot of warmth

Volt is one of the first brands to design heated slippers, and the company has continued to innovate since coming out with its first pair 10 years ago. These comfy slippers are heated with included rechargeable batteries. They provide three levels of heat (high, medium, and low) and can last up to 12 hours on a single full charge. Best of all, you can wear them indoors or outside. You can also pair them with some of the best heated gloves for extra warmth.

Best microwaveable: Mars Wellness Heated Microwaveable Foot Booties

Mars

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power: Microwave or freezer
  • Sizes: One
  • Levels of heat: Hot and cold

Pros

  • Provide both heat and cold relief
  • Incorporate aromatherapy
  • Affordable

Cons

  • Some users say they come off easily
  • Not easy to clean

Could your tootsies use a little TLC? These plush booties are ideal for arthritis and other foot ailments or just nice to slip into after a long day on the go. They contain 12 natural aromatic ingredients, including lavender and peppermint, and they can be used to warm up your feet after heating them in the microwave, or you can chill them in the freezer before pulling them on to cool down your feet. And they come in three colors (mauve, gray, and espresso).

Best with memory foam: Kamlif Heating Slipper Shoes

Kamlif

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power: Rechargeable batteries
  • Sizes: Small and large
  • Levels of heat: High, medium, and low

Pros

  • Memory foam remembers feet
  • Three levels of heat
  • Less expensive than other models

Cons

  • Some users say they don’t provide a lot of heat

These heated slipper shoes feature memory foam to remember your foot for maximum comfort. Designed for both indoor and outdoor use, they’re equipped with toe warmers and can provide three levels of heat: high, medium, and low. Powered by rechargeable batteries, these slippers can last up to five hours in low mode on a single charge. They also provide infrared-ray warmth of these slippers that can encourage circulation, and help relieve foot fatigue. They also pair well with the best heated vests.

Best budget: HotHands Insole Foot Warmers

HotHands

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power: Air-activated heat packs
  • Sizes: One
  • Levels of heat: One

Pros

  • Easy to use
  • Inexpensive
  • Provides up to nine hours of heat

Cons

  • Some users said they don’t provide a lot of warmth
  • Not sustainable

If you’re looking for a quick solution to keep your feet toasty that doesn’t require you to spend a lot of cash, HotHands Insole Foot Warmers may be just the ticket. Open the package, slip these air-activated insoles into your shoes or boots, and these heated insoles can provide warmth for up to nine hours. The peel-and-stick adhesive backing keeps them secure in place inside your shoe. Although you must discard them after each use, 16 pairs ensure that one package will keep your feet warm for a week or two (and you can pick up some similar hand warmers while you’re at it).

Things to consider when shopping for the best heated slippers

Buying a pair of heated slippers is more of an investment than your average pair of bunny slippers. You’ll want to keep in mind where you want to wear them, the level of heat you’re seeking, and whether you want to move around with them. Here’s how to narrow down your options.

Do you want USB charging?

When you spend a lot of time working at your computer or just browsing the Internet, cute and comfy slippers that plug into your laptop with a USB connection are a convenient choice. Although you can wear these heated slippers while puttering around the house for at least several hours at full charge, if you are tied to your computer, you can work and wear them while they’re charging. There’s no need to worry about replacing batteries.

Even if you aren’t the workaholic type and will be spending long days just vegging out on the couch, you can charge these heated slippers anywhere near a power bank. By the time you’re ready to get up and move around, they’ll be fully charged and ready to keep your feet warm for at least a few hours.

Need warm slippers for the outside as well?

If you live in an apartment, you’ll probably be happy with a good pair of heated slippers designed for walking around and relaxing indoors. For those living in houses with backyards who need warm slippers for the outside as well, a pair that travels is in order, especially when the forecast calls for rain or snow.

For those short trips outside, you’ll need slippers that are made of sturdy enough fabric to withstand the elements. The soles should be wear-resistant and non-slip. Rubber ones ensure they provide enough traction for both indoor and outdoor wear. Since your backyard is likely to be wetter than inside, be sure you opt for a fabric that’s waterproof. You don’t want your heated slippers to be soaked and useless just when you need them most.

Heated slippers can help with medical conditions like arthritis

Like heated socks, heated slippers have benefits beyond keeping your feet from freezing. Foot warmers and slippers can help with some medical conditions too! Ones that are heated by the microwave can offer foot relief if you suffer from arthritis or if you have stiff muscles, pain, or circulation issues. Some are infused with cloves, cinnamon, eucalyptus, and other ingredients that create moist heat and soothe achy feet.

Although it sounds like you just put your house shoes in the microwave, the process can be more civilized than that. Wrap them up in a towel before nuking them to avoid leaving your microwave smelling like feet. And if that still sounds too unorthodox, some aromatherapy booties come with a scent pouch that you warm up in the microwave before placing it inside the slippers. It’s like an at-home DIY spa treatment for your feet.

Love the slippers you already have? Try heated insoles

Heated slipper insoles are another surefire way to keep your feet warm in cold weather, and they can fit right inside a pair of slippers you already own. You can get ones that are battery- or microwave-powered, and they’re available in both single-use options and ones that you can wear over and over.

These aren’t technically heated slippers since they are separate items, but they do just as good a job of heating up your feet. Another bonus is that you can wear them with multiple footwear, not just your house shoes. If you’re going to be inserting them into your outdoor boots, make sure they’re waterproof in case you encounter rain, sleet, snow, or pesky puddles.

FAQs

Q: How much do heated slippers cost?

Although they may sound like a pretty big financial investment, you can still enjoy warm and fuzzy slippers on a budget. In fact, you can scoop up a new pair at a wallet-friendly price that’s well below $100. As with all things, the quality will vary, but you don’t have to go high-end to keep your feet well-heated. There are plenty of excellent options for under $50.

Q: How do heated slippers work?

Heated slippers work in a variety of ways. Some are heated by a battery-operated pad, while others are USB-powered. You can also get a pair that will heat right up in the microwave.

Q: How long will the slippers stay warm?

Heated slippers will stay warm for at least a few hours. If you get a pair that works with USB charging, you can wear them while they charge without worrying about them going cold.

Q: Can you wash heated slippers?

You can wash heated slippers; just don’t do it in the washing machine or submerge them in water. Spot drying is generally a safe option, but to keep everything fully functioning, carefully follow the cleaning instructions included with your pair.

Final thoughts on the best heated slippers

Heated slippers do an excellent job of keeping your feet extra warm around the house (and even outside) when the temperature dips, and you don’t have to be a big spender to get a good pair. These warm and comfy slippers come in several styles—including USB- or battery-operated and microwaveable—that cover a number of household activities, from doing chores to working at the computer to just sitting around watching television. And if you intend to wear yours outside to get fresh air in the backyard, non-slip rubber soles will take you there and back safely.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best heated slippers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best heated socks in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-heated-socks/ Tue, 15 Feb 2022 16:30:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-heated-socks/
A lineup of the best heated socks on a white background
Amanda Reed

When the weather outside is frightful, these socks will ensure your feet feel delightful.

The post The best heated socks in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best heated socks on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best for skiiing SNOW DEER Heated Socks SNOW DEER Heated Socks
SEE IT

The cozy heated socks will keep your feet warm and dry throughout even the chilliest ski day.

Best battery-powered The VELAZZIO Heated Socks are the best battery-powered heated sock VELAZZIO Heated Socks
SEE IT

These high-powered socks heat up in less than 30 seconds—so you don’t need to wait to stop your cold feet.

Best budget Winter Foot Warmer Socks for Men and Women Electric Heated Socks Thermal Insulated Socks
SEE IT

Heated socks can be a hefty investment, but with this budget pair you can have toasty toes without breaking the bank.

Whether you’re adventuring in snowy mountains, shoveling the driveway, or snuggling up at a chilly cabin, a quality pair of socks can stop freezing toes in their tracks, and heated socks will warm you from the bottom up. Heated socks provide a toasty barrier between your feet and any cold surface they walk on and make outdoor activities in frigid temperatures feel like a breeze. If the warmth these special winter socks provide isn’t enough to convince you to spring for a pair, consider this: The socks can also improve your circulation, which will help stop your feet from going numb from the cold in the first place. And while everyday winter socks are nice when you’re mostly inside, you’ll want to take things up a notch when you plan to be outdoors for an extended period. Heated socks are suitable for almost every winter situation—and make the most frigid months of the year much more bearable and enjoyable. They may require a bit more TLC than your normal wash-and-tumble-dry pairs, but if your feet are the first thing to go cold in winter, the best heated socks are well worth the investment.

How we chose the best heated socks

Heated socks are an investment in your comfort during colder months—so we wanted to be sure your money was well-spent on quality socks that suit a variety of needs. We compared over 40 heated socks while looking at reviews, battery life, design, thickness, and price. We also have reported on heated insoles and heated slippers to keep you toasty till you get back to your heated blanket, so we used knowledge from those topics and applied it here.

The best heated socks: Reviews & Recommendations

You can wear heated socks while at home, or you can wear them with your shoes to keep cold winter air away from your feet when you go outside. And with slim battery packs designed to look like your average pair of socks, you might even forget you’re wearing super-charged protection against blustery winter weather. All of these picks have the reliability and warmth to help you endure frigid temperatures.

Best overall: VOLT 3V Heated Socks

Volt Resistance Heated Clothing

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Moisture-wicking micro polyester and up to 10 hours of warmth keep your feet warm and dry.

Specs

  • Material: Polyester; spandex
  • Power level settings: Low, medium, high
  • Approximate heat time: 3 hours on high; 8 on low
  • Machine washable: Yes (remove batteries first)

Pros

  • Long battery length
  • Battery-powered or rechargeable
  • Machine washable

Cons

  • Expensive

These extra-thin heated socks provide all-day heat on a single charge and fit like a glove thanks to spandex interlocking fabric. The sock’s moisture-wicking micro polyester keeps your feet dry for extra comfort—no swamp foot here. The socks come with two rechargeable 2 oz. lithium batteries, a dual charger, and a wireless remote to cozy up without bending down. The battery tucks into the sock’s small storage pocket. And a hook-and-loop closure ensures it won’t end up in the snow as you traverse the tundra. They may be on the pricier side, but we think the quality—and warming up your feet—is worth the price. If you’d like longer heating time, the company sells a 3.7V/5000 mAh battery that provides more than 8 hours of heat on high and more than 20 hours of heat on low. You can purchase them on Amazon or directly from the company on their website.

Best machine-washable: Gobi Tread Heated Socks

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: After getting 12 hours of warmth, simply throw these socks in the wash the next time you use them.

Specs

  • Material: Cotton
  • Power level settings: Low, medium, high (113°F-140°F)
  • Approximate heat time: 12 hours
  • Machine washable: Yes

Pros

  • Separate keychain remote
  • Slim battery pack
  • Long-lasting

Cons

  • Expensive

With a range of heat settings from a balmy 113 degrees to a toasty 140, these machine-washable heated socks from Gobi can last up to 12 hours on the lowest charge. The toes are designed with their own individual heat zone to keep your pinky from feeling frozen, plus the slim battery is easy to tuck into your boot or shoe.

Best for skiing: SNOW DEER Heated Socks

Snow Deer

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Heating elements on both sides of your feet mean you can hit the slopes without getting cold feet.

Specs

  • Material: Cool Max polyester, elastic; spandex
  • Power level settings: Low, medium, high (100°F-131°F)
  • Approximate heat time: 4 hours on high; 10 hours on low
  • Machine washable: Yes (remove batteries first)

Pros

  • Heats top and bottom of foot
  • Secure pocket for batteries
  • Rechargeable batteries

Cons

  • Could be longer-lasting

Aside from the battery pocket at the top, these rechargeable, heated socks could pass for any attractive pair of socks. They come in four different sizes, but since the included rechargeable lithium polymer batteries last only up to six and a half hours on a full charge on the lowest setting, if you like to turn the heat up high (four hours of power), you might want to bring along a few extra back-up sets just in case.

Best for lounging around the cabin: Men’s Thick Heat Trapping Insulated Boot Thermal Socks

DG Hill

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Show off your style in the ski lodge with 17 design options to choose from.

Specs

  • Material: Acrylic blend
  • Power level settings: N/A
  • Approximate heat time: N/A
  • Machine washable: Yes

Pros

  • Powered by your body heat
  • Insulated
  • Stylish

Cons

  • Not for extremely cold climates

Back at the ski lodge? Slip into these cozy heated socks. They have a winter-wonderland look, and the synthetic-fiber blend provides the ultimate heating benefits. They’re ribbed at the top, so they won’t slip inside your shoes and let in cold air. Feel free to take them outside for a hike, a sleigh ride, or a few trips down the slopes.

Best with the thinnest heating module: ActionHeat 3.7V Rechargeable Battery Heated Socks 2.0

ActionHeat

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Strategically placed heating panels don’t interfere with walking, running, hiking, or even lounging around.

Specs

  • Material: Cotton blend
  • Power level settings: Low, medium, high (up to 145°F)
  • Approximate heat time: 7 hours on the lowest setting
  • Machine washable: Yes

Pros

  • Thin
  • Comfortable to walk in
  • Wide heat settings

Cons

  • Expensive

The batteries for these electric socks are thinner and slightly curved for a more comfortable fit, and the heating panels located at the toes use advanced ultra-fine fibers so they won’t interfere with your walking, hiking, or skiing. The heat can go up to 140°F, while battery power lasts up to seven hours on the lowest setting.

Best battery-powered: VELAZZIO Heated Socks

VELAZZIO

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Get warm feet in less than 30 seconds thanks to a nanofiber heating wire and two-zone heating.

Specs

  • Material: Polyester
  • Power level settings: Low, medium, high
  • Approximate heat time: 4.5 hours on high; 7.5 on low
  • Machine washable: No

Pros

  • Remote controlled
  • Fast heating
  • Long-lasting

Cons

  • Pocket not completely secure for batteries

Made for men and women, these heated socks have a design that’s a bit on the simple side, so you’re going to get function (a lot of it) over fierceness. They come with three different heat settings and warm up in less than 30 seconds. They pull up over the calf, and you can tuck the battery packs into the pocket in the inner top cuff. The best part is that the heat will last. The fully charged batteries can last up to 7.5 hours when worn on the lowest heat setting. And they include a remote that lets you control the heat without hiking up your pant leg.

Best for hiking: Autocastle Unisex Battery Powered Heat Insulated Socks

Autocastle

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Cotton allows your foot to breathe, and the 6.5-hour battery life on low keeps your tootsies warm from Raynaud’s to Rainier.

Specs

  • Material: Cotton
  • Power level settings: Low, medium, high
  • Approximate heat time: 3.5 on high; 6.5 on low
  • Machine washable: Yes, but remove batteries beforehand

Pros

  • Rechargeable
  • Machine washable
  • Not bulky

Cons

  • Pocket not completely secure for batteries

The knee-high design and cotton makeup of these hiking socks mean they won’t be uncomfortably bulky by the boot opening. There are three different heat settings, which makes them an ideal fit for even your chilliest hikes. You can turn the heat up as you ascend or it gets colder. These have decent battery life, too—up to 3.5 hours on the warmest setting and up to 6.5 on the coolest.

Best budget: Winter Foot Warmer Socks for Men and Women

MGOGO

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Don’t break the bank to be warm all winter long with these electric socks.

Specs

  • Material: Cotton
  • Power level settings: 95°F-113°F
  • Approximate heat time: N/A
  • Machine washable: Yes (remove battery packs)

Pros

  • Unisex
  • Cotton for breathability; fleece for warmth
  • Have a supportive arch

Cons

  • Not a wide range of temperature settings

These unisex heated socks come in three different sizes that can fit men with shoe sizes from 6 to 15 and women from 8 to 13. The fleece material provides breathability and sweat absorption as well as warmth even when the heat isn’t on. Each sock requires three AA alkaline or rechargeable batteries, which are not included. While they may not have bells and whistles, they can keep your feet warm for short outdoor activities.

What to consider when buying the best heated socks

Although electric socks will not be the cheapest ones you ever buy, they’ll definitely be the warmest socks you ever own. Plus, you can make the best snow boots even warmer. With so many to choose from, where do you begin making your choice? Fabric is a good place to start. Cotton, merino wool, and synthetics are all warm options. Still, since the first two hold moisture (look out for fungal infections!), we recommend synthetic fibers like nylon and lycra to keep your feet warm, dry, and free of microbial pests. As for other important variables to look for when shopping for the best heated socks, snag your winter hat and read on.

Pick the right pair of socks to match your winter adventure

Although you’re perfectly welcome to wear your heated socks while hibernating at home all winter long, if you’re the adventurous type who lives to hit the slopes, you’re in luck. Depending on what you like to do once you’re up in the snowy mountains, you can choose between heated ski socks and cabin socks.

The latter can be pretty much the same warm socks you wear when you’re lounging at home. But for going down the slopes, you’ll want a pair of heated socks with long-lasting batteries in a fabric that will continue to keep your feet warm even if the batteries run out. These cozy socks should also be thick enough to fill out your boots and, most importantly, comfortable.

Choose heated socks that put comfort first

The heating modules of the best heated socks will add a bit of volume, but they don’t have to be obtrusive. Most of the battery packs are slim enough that you won’t even notice them tucked away in the little pocket that sits right under the cuff. The wires that connect the batteries to the heating panels in the sock may be more noticeable underfoot, but you can get a pair with ultra-thin wires that you’ll hardly feel.

Size matters; the more sizes the socks come in, the merrier your feet will be. The one-size-fits-all design of some of the cheaper brands might leave you with too much wiggle room for your feet or not enough. If you don’t want to reach down to change the heat setting constantly, some heated socks come with a remote control for temperature adjustment, and others can be controlled with your smartphone via a Bluetooth connection. If one foot tends to get colder than the other, look for one with an app control that allows you to adjust the heat of each sock individually.

Decide how much battery life you need your heated socks to have per wear

Time matters when it comes to heated socks, and if you are going to be doing activities where recharging batteries isn’t an easy option, you should look for a pair with batteries that last longer on a full charge. Unfortunately, that often means the battery pack will be bulkier and less comfortable—and you may have to dish out more money, too. The key is finding the right balance to suit your needs and always having a good backup plan (extra batteries). That said, if your socks are thick and warm on their own, you’ll still have ample foot protection if your batteries die on you while you’re gliding down the slopes.

Pack your warmest heated socks for a winter hike

If your snow boots are made for hiking, the best heated socks can be, too. Since hiking can be rough on your feet, you’ll need heated socks that are as durable as they are warm. The best winter hiking socks should also be high enough to provide a complete barrier between your feet/lower legs and your shoes. Other things to consider are cushioning, fit, and fabric. Wool, polyester, nylon, silk, and spandex are the most popular materials for hiking socks. There are pros and cons with each one, so to get the optimal benefits, it’s best to go with a blend that will offer comfort, warmth, and durability.

Don’t feel like you have to blow your budget on heated socks

The best socks are going to cost you more than a bargain-rack three-pack, but they don’t have to leave you broke. That said, you’ll have to pay a bit more for some of the features that will make them more comfortable and functional (like long battery life and Bluetooth connectivity). The ones you can get for $40 or so will do what they are supposed to do, but they may have extra bulk or come in only one size. If you want a pair of socks with all the trappings, be prepared to pay up to a few hundred bucks for them. They might end up costing more than your snow boots, but if you get the right pair, they can last just as long. Still, you can find cheap heated socks that will do the trick and keep your toes warm and toasty.

FAQs

Q: How much do the best heated socks cost?

The best heated socks cost between $20-$200 based on materials and battery life.

Q: How do heated socks work?

Heated socks work by a heating panel hidden in the soles, heels, or toes that connects via wiring to a battery pack that acts as a miniature thermostat. The wires are separated by a waterproof membrane to make them safe when the socks become damp. If you don’t want to bend to adjust the heat, some allow you to do it with a remote control or a smartphone app with a Bluetooth connection to your socks.

Q: How long do heated socks last?

All good things must come to an end, but if you buy heated socks made of sturdy fabric and take care of them by following the washing instructions to the letter, heated socks last a couple of years—and even as long as your favorite snow boots.

Q: How do you wash heated socks?

Since stinky, fungus-infected feet are just as bad as cold ones, it’s important to know how to wash heated socks. After detaching the battery pack, a thorough hand-cleaning followed by air-drying in a well-ventilated area will do the trick. Never wring them (which can damage the wiring) or throw them into the washing machine or dryer.

Final thoughts on the best heated socks

The best heated socks will cost you a bit more than the cheap socks you wear during summer, but the warmth they provide—and the improved circulation as well as relief from arthritis and joint pain—make them worth the investment. If you get a pair with ultra-fine wires and a slim battery compartment that rests above the top of your boots, the only difference you might notice from regular socks will be the increased comfort and warmth that’ll make them much more comfortable as you enjoy the great wintry outdoors.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best heated socks in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best heated throw blankets in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-heated-throw-blanket/ Thu, 11 Feb 2021 13:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-heated-throw-blanket/
Grey and blue heated blankets separated into fourths horizontally on a white background.
Amanda Reed

Stay cozy even when it’s frosty outside.

The post The best heated throw blankets in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Grey and blue heated blankets separated into fourths horizontally on a white background.
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best machine washable Sunbeam Premium Electric Heated Throw Blanket Sunbeam Premium Electric Heated Throw Blanket
SEE IT

Just toss this blanket in the washer to keep it clean for everyday use.

Best for two Brookstone N-A-P Cozy Plush Heated Blanket Westinghouse Electric Blanket, Twin Size
SEE IT

Fight over the blankets no more with this pick that lets you control the temperature for two people.

Best budget Beautyrest Brushed Long Fur Electric Throw Beautyrest Brushed Long Fur Electric Throw
SEE IT

This affordable pick comes with three heat settings and is machine-washable.

Did you know that a heated throw blanket is actually considered a household appliance? While that might sound a little strange, if your heated throw has a plug and runs on electricity—well, that’s an appliance. And these appliances have improved dramatically over the years and are safer and cozier than ever. The best heated blankets will provide safe, customizable warmth and complete comfort with no discernable wires and only a feeling of plush, decadent warmth. Finally, some heated throw blankets use a traditional plug-in, while others harness the power of a battery pack, making them portable outside the home. The best heated throw blankets have timers that allow for pre-warming and automatic shut-off, which is a nice safety feature.

How we chose the best heated blankets

Heated blankets come in various colors and materials, can be weighted or lightweight, and come with several heat settings. Heated blankets are available in various sizes: big enough to share or small enough to use on your favorite armchair when you’re not shuffling around in your heated socks and heated slippers. To find the best heated throw blankets, we looked at critical reviews and user recommendations and then combined that with heavy research.

The best heated throw blankets: Reviews & Recommendations

Invented over 100 years ago, the prototype blankets were bulky and dangerous. In the 1920s, they were commonly used in tuberculosis sanatoriums, as these patients were prescribed fresh air. The heated blankets were used to keep patients’ bodies warm while their lungs breathed in the cold, fresh air. It wasn’t until the late 1940s and 1950s that these types of blankets were commonly used in homes. Today, we are fortunate enough to have more options than ever. Any of our choices are some of the best you can buy.

Best overall: Pure Enrichment PureRelief Plush Heated Throw

Pure Enrichment

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 50 x 60 inches
  • Fabric: Micromink, Sherpa
  • Heat settings: Warm, low, medium, high
  • Timer: Auto shutoff after two hours

Pros

  • Soft
  • Lots of heat settings
  • Auto shutoff

Cons

  • No adjustable heat times

This soft, stylish, reasonably-priced heated blanket offers a grey microfiber faux fur material on one side, and an off-white sherpa on the other. The blanket’s heat can be adjusted to accommodate warm, low, medium, and high heat settings. It also features an automatic shut-off after two hours for optimal safety.

Best machine washable: Sunbeam Premium Electric Heated Throw Blanket

Sunbeam

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 50 x 60 inches
  • Fabric: 100% polyester
  • Heat settings: Low, medium, high
  • Timer: Three-hour auto shutoff

Pros

  • Machine washable
  • Reversible
  • Soft fleece

Cons

  • Cord is heavy and annoying

This soft velvet throw blanket offers three heat settings for adjustable comfort and a three-hour automatic shut-off timer. Machine washable and dryer safe, this is practical for everyday use.

Best for two: Westinghouse Electric Blanket, Twin Size

Westinghouse

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 84 x 62 inches
  • Fabric: Flannel
  • Heat settings: 10 heat levels
  • Timer: 1- 12-hour auto shutoff

Pros

  • Temperature can be adjusted freely
  • Machine washable and dryer-safe
  • Large

Cons

  • Some reviews note that half of the blanket sometimes doesn’t heat up

This heated blanket is the best heated throw blanket for couples because it’s large enough for two and features six heat settings so that the blanket can be customized according to personal comfort. Conveniently, this is machine washable and dryer safe when following the manufacturer’s directions. Extra safety features include customizable auto-shutoff.

Best cordless: The Cozee Battery Powered Heated Blanket

Cozee

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 60 x 60 inches
  • Fabric: 100% polyester
  • Heat settings: Low, medium, high
  • Timer: 2-3 hours, depending on heat settings

Pros

  • Water-resistant
  • Great for sporting events
  • Can charge your phone using included battery

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Only lasts for two hours at highest setting

This battery-powered heated blanket is a great solution for added warmth without wires, making it the best cordless heated throw blanket. The electric blanket includes cables to charge the battery at home or in the car, as well as two USB cords so you can even charge your phone. At a high setting, the cordless heated blanket can only stay warm for two hours, which may be an issue depending on your intended use.

Best budget: Beautyrest Brushed Long Fur Electric Throw

Beautyrest

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 50 x 60 inches
  • Fabric: 100% polyester
  • Heat settings: Low, medium, high
  • Timer: Auto shutoff after two hours

Pros

  • Machine washable
  • Super soft
  • Not bulky

Cons

  • Not that many heat settings compared to others on list

A great choice for your couch or chair, this electric throw blanket can be adjusted to your comfort with three heat settings. The plush fabric is comfortable, available in various colors, and can be machine-washed.

Things to consider when shopping for the best heated throw blanket

When shopping for a heated throw blanket, select an item with the features you need. The best heated throw blankets offer washability, customizable heat, and a stylish look that seamlessly fits your space.

Want lots of temperature control?

When it comes to comfort, the “right” temperature is subjective. The best heated throw blankets will let you control the temperature setting. Versatile heat settings also let you keep your overall thermostat lower, which is better for saving money, better for the earth, and often better for your sinuses.

In order to prevent the blanket from heating too much, these blankets have a temperature control unit that helps manage the amount of current entering into the heating elements or insulated wire inside the blanket. Another popular feature is an automatic shut-off, which ensures the blanket will turn off even if you forget to do it yourself.

Do you need portability?

If you spend a lot of time in and out of your vehicle, you may want to consider a portable heated blanket designed for use in cars. The best heated car blankets will be soft (duh) and wired to distribute heat, utilizing the car’s 12-volt sockets or cigarette lighter. With the help of the car’s battery, they will deliver power and heat to your heated car blanket.

In case of a vehicle breakdown, these can be handy on a cold night while you’re waiting for the tow truck. Emergencies aside, a heated blanket can help during long drives by warming up your shoulders, which can hold a lot of tension. Similar to heated blankets for use at home, it’s helpful (but not always necessary) to have an automatic shut-off feature so temperatures won’t get too high in case it’s left plugged in. Another feature to consider is cord length; a longer cord will also allow this blanket to be used in the back seat.

How key is washability to you?

The best heated throw blankets can be machine-washed, but you should always check the manufacturer’s directions carefully. When it comes to heated blankets that have wiring, electrical components, or batteries, washability isn’t always possible.

Typically, the first step before throwing your blanket in the wash will be to detach the cord and remove it completely from the blanket. You also want to inspect the blanket for any wear and tear or visible damage. If there are tough stains, you can use some mild detergent and presoak the blanket for 10 to 15 minutes in cool water. Afterward, you can expect to wash the blanket on your machine’s delicate settings with a gentle detergent. Harsh detergents should be avoided because they can damage the fabric, wiring, and components inside your blanket. Some blankets can even go into the dryer—but be aware the dryer has to be large enough, and the heat setting must be low. Err on the side of caution and take your blanket out after a maximum of about 15 minutes and finish the rest of the drying on a clothes rack. Do not plug the blanket in until it is completely dry.

Do you need to accommodate two sleepers—and two different temps?

If you share a bed, you have surely been in battle for bed sheets or blankets at some point. We all prefer different warmth levels, so sharing blankets, especially heated blankets, can pose challenges. The best heated throw blanket offers specialized heating in two zones, also known as dual temperature zones. The design is similar to single-zone heated blankets, except the heating elements are divided, usually equally between two sides of the blanket. Instead of one temperature controller, there are two.

Dual-zone heated throw blankets are typically on the larger side, as they are designed to share with two people. You should expect to find all the same features with a dual-zone as you would want with a single zone. The best dual-zone heated blankets will be large enough to share, plush, machine washable, and feature customizable heat and automatic shut-off settings.

Prefer a cordless option?

Whether you’re an outdoor sports enthusiast, a camper, or just someone who just wants to head out into the cold and enjoy the winter landscape, you may want to consider a cordless heated blanket. The best cordless heated blankets will be soft and warm and allow for both pre-heating or turn-on-and-use heat. The battery will need to be fully charged, and when attached to your blanket will warm up the heating elements in the blanket evenly.

Want the best heated throw blanket for a tight budget?

Heated blankets are available in all different price ranges, and it’s possible to find a good one for under $50. When you start going down in price, though, you’ll find fewer features like dual heating zones. Sometimes a smaller price tag means a smaller, thinner blanket. However, a throw-size blanket for use on a chair or couch is not designed to be that large anyway, so it’s easier to find budget blankets in that size range. Blanket for one, please!

FAQs

Q: How safe are heated throw blankets?

The best heated blankets are very safe when following the proper directions for use and care. Older, damaged electric blankets can pose hazards and should not be used. In general, heated blankets should be gently rolled or hung up for storage, and should be placed on top of you—not you on top of it. Even if your blanket has an auto shut-off feature, you should still try to turn it off yourself whenever it’s not in use.

Q: Are heated blankets worth it?

Heated blankets do not cost a lot to run, but they do require some attention and care when used and stored. Ask yourself how much comfort this type of blanket will provide you. For example, if you have a particularly drafty room in your home, plugging in and snuggling under an electric blanket to read a book or watch a movie can be an amazing treat that might be worth it to you.

Q: Do heated blankets use a lot of electricity?

When used properly, a heated blanket will not double your electric bill—or even increase it by much at all. The best heated blankets will allow for adjustable heating levels, which helps to save heat while also allowing you to control the comfort it gives you. When compared to turning up the heat in a room, the use of a heated blanket is actually cost-effective.

Final thoughts on the best heated throw blankets

The best heated throw blankets will keep you warm and cozy all winter. They will offer customizable heat controls, automatic shut-off safety features, plush stylish fabrics, and even heat distribution throughout the blanket. It’s important to take full stock of exactly how and where you think you’ll use a heated blanket the most, as this will help you determine size and style. If you’re looking to use it in a small, drafty room for one, you’ll be considering different things than if you’re part of an avid outdoorsy couple looking to sleep under it on frigid nights. Finding the right blanket is easy once you know your own cozy expectations.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best heated throw blankets in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best electric kettles in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/best-electric-kettles/ Fri, 18 Dec 2020 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-electric-kettles-2/
The Best Electric Kettles
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Electric kettles are kitchen accessories no home should be without.

The post The best electric kettles in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Best Electric Kettles
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Cuisinart CPK-17 Cuisinart CPK-17
SEE IT

This electric kettle from Cuisinart features six temperature control pre-sets for making any kind of hot beverage.

Best glass Pohl Schmitt 1.7L Electric Kettle Pohl Schmitt 1.7L Electric Kettle
SEE IT

The Pohl Schmitt 1.7L Electric Kettle is made from borosilicate glass and features a micro stainless steel water filter.

Best budget Mueller Austria Ultra Kettle: Model No. M99S Mueller Ultra Kettle: Model No. M99S
SEE IT

With an affordable price, a large capacity, and several useful safety features, this Mueller kettle is a great choice for most households.

An electric kettle is a staple of modern kitchen accessories. These self-contained cookers are safer to use because they don’t require an open flame. Plus, they offer more precise temperature control and even boil water quicker than their stove-reliant counterparts—making them essential kitchen tools. While there are several styles from which to choose, the best electric kettles have a gooseneck spout that allows for precision pouring. This is useful for brewing more delicate coffees where a heavier-flow kettle might over-agitate the grinds. Here are the best electric kettles that fit the bill.

How we chose the best electric kettles

While it’s easy to assume that all electric kettles offer similar performance, a number of factors affect their functionality. Several years of experience covering home goods and appliances and extensive recent product research went into choosing our final curated selection. We reviewed over 30 kettles and weighed several practical considerations before making our recommendations.

The best electric kettles: Reviews & Recommendations

Below, you’ll find standard-sized kettles with capacities of between 1 and 2 liters, which are the most popular choice and work best for most users. We opted only to include kettles made with stainless steel or glass and excluded plastic kettles, as growing health concerns make them unpopular with modern shoppers. We also preferred models with added features like temperature control, a keep-warm setting, and a cordless design.

Best overall: Cuisinart CPK-17 PerfecTemp Cordless Electric Kettle

Cuisinart

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Cuisinart CPK-17 PerfecTemp Cordless Electric Kettle allows tea drinkers and coffee aficionados to brew themselves the perfect beverage by selecting one of this model’s six temperature pre-sets.

Specs

  • Capacity: 1.7 liters
  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Power capacity: 1,500 watts

Pros

  • Includes precise temperature controls
  • Features a Keep Warm setting
  • High power capacity means it heats up quickly
  • Includes automatic shutoff

Cons

  • High price

Our top pick is this electric kettle from Cuisinart. What sets this model apart is that it comes with six temperature presets, allowing users to customize their water temperature to best suit the beverage they’re preparing. Cuisinart recommends 160 degrees for delicate teas, 175 degrees for green tea, 185 degrees for white tea, 190 degrees for oolong tea, and 200 degrees for French press coffee.

The Cuisinart heats up quickly due to a 1,500-watt power capacity, taking just a couple of minutes to bring 1.7 liters (7.2 cups) of water to a boil. Additionally, a Keep Warm button maintains the water’s temperature for 30 minutes, which is perfect for those prone to forgetting about the kettle after setting it to boil. Automatic shutoff and a dry boil prevention feature are handy additions for added safety.

Best gooseneck: COSORI Electric Gooseneck Kettle

COSORI

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: There are a number of gooseneck kettles on the market, but users love the precise temperature controls and trendy look of this model from Cosori.

Specs

  • Capacity: 0.8 liters
  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Power capacity: 1,200 watts

Pros

  • Features temperature control pre-sets
  • Maintains the temperature for 60 minutes
  • Water boils in under 5 minutes

Cons

  • Low capacity

Those looking to pour water over coffee grounds or tea leaves will appreciate the slim gooseneck spout of this kettle from Cosori. It’s made from stainless steel with a trendy matte black finish that will look striking in a modern kitchen. Since it’s designed for coffee and tea experts, it has several temperature presets for different types of beverages: 170 degrees (white tea), 180 degrees (green tea), 195 degrees (oolong tea), 205 degrees (coffee), and 212 degrees (black tea). As an added bonus, a Hold Temp button maintains the water’s temperature for 60 minutes. A full carafe boils quickly, in between 3 and 5 minutes.

Because it’s designed primarily for making delicate teas and pour-over coffee, it has a low capacity of 0.8 liters. While this is sufficient for preparing a couple of hot beverages, it’s not the ideal choice for households that need large quantities of boiling water on a regular basis.

Best glass: Pohl Schmitt 1.7L Electric Kettle

Pohl Schmitt

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This glass kettle from Pohl Schmitt is simple but well-made, featuring one-touch control and durable construction.

Specs

  • Capacity: 1.7 liters (7.2 cups)
  • Material: Glass
  • Power capacity: N/A

Pros

  • Made with borosilicate glass
  • LED indicator light
  • Features a micro stainless steel filter

Cons

  • Lacks temperature control

Glass kettles are becoming increasingly popular, but they’re not all created equally. This model from Pohl Schmitt is constructed with high-quality borosilicate glass, which is durable and resistant to scratches and scuffs. All plastic components in the kettle’s construction are encased in a layer of stainless steel to prevent them from coming into contact with the boiling water. A micro stainless steel filter prevents sediment and calcium buildup from pouring into your beverage.

It’s able to heat up water in between 3 and 7 minutes. The heating element is concealed, making for a sleek visual appearance. A blue LED light alerts users when the kettle is powered on and turns off when the water has boiled. Thirty seconds after the water has boiled, the kettle shuts off automatically. The kettle can also detect when there’s no water inside and will not power on to prevent dry boiling.

Best retro: Smeg KLF03PBUS Electric Kettle

Smeg

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This kettle from Smeg merges style and function, featuring a vintage-inspired design, stainless steel construction, and modern technical features.

Specs

  • Capacity: 1.7 liters (7.2 cups)
  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Power capacity: 1,500 watts

Pros

  • Fun retro design
  • Available in 7 colors
  • Includes automatic shutoff

Cons

  • High price
  • Lacks temperature control

Kettles aren’t exactly known for being remarkable in terms of their aesthetics. Still, Smeg has made a name for itself by creating vintage-inspired appliances that stand out in any kitchen. The company’s products merge modern technology with nostalgic design, and Smegs’ kettle is no exception. It’s constructed from stainless steel but features a powder coating that gives it its distinctive appearance. The kettle is available in 7 colors to best suit the style of your kitchen: red, pastel blue, black, white, pastel green, matte champagne, and pink.

Its practical features include an automatic shutoff, a non-slip base, an integrated cord wrap, and a stainless steel filter. While this model doesn’t provide temperature control, the brand does offer another model that allows users to control the temperature. And it sure looks good on Instagram.

Best budget: Mueller Ultra Kettle: Model No. M99S

Mueller

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Mueller Ultra Kettle is made with durable borosilicate glass and allows users to watch the water boil with the added effect of blue LED light.

Specs

  • Capacity: 1.8 liters
  • Material: Glass
  • Power capacity: 1,500 watts

Pros

  • Features automatic shutoff
  • High power capacity
  • Constructed from borosilicate glass

Cons

  • Lacks temperature control

A high-quality kettle doesn’t need to be a major financial investment. This one from Mueller features translucent glass construction, allowing you to watch the water boil, and it’s lit with a blue-toned LED light, which enhances the visual effect. It’s made with borosilicate glass, which is an ultra-durable type of glass that is crafted to withstand dramatic temperature fluctuations, like the ones a kettle experiences when it boils cold water. This prevents the glass from shattering.

Many budget kettles are smaller with a lower water capacity, but this one has a high capacity of 1.8 liters. For added safety, this kettle has both automatic shut-off and dry boil protection. One downside is that this model lacks temperature control, so while it’s ideal for those who mostly use boiled water for cooking and making black tea, it may not be suitable for more discerning tea and coffee drinkers.

What to consider when choosing an electric kettle

With so many electric kettles on the market, choosing the right one for your home requires careful consideration. Keep the following factors in mind while making your purchase.

Size and capacity

The capacity of a kettle is measured in either quarts or liters. It’s important to choose the size that best suits your household’s needs. Generally speaking, kettles have capacities of between 1 and 2 liters (4.2 and 8.4 cups). A larger kettle is handy when boiling water quickly for cooking while a smaller model is a great choice for those with limited counter space.

Temperature control

While the most basic electric kettles simply bring water to a boiling point, more high-end models have advanced temperature control capabilities, allowing users to customize the exact temperature of the water as needed. This comes in handy when you want a lower temperature for brewing delicate tea leaves or making pour-over coffee. Kettles with temperature control tend to be more expensive than those without.

Material

Electric kettles can be made from a variety of materials, but the most popular are stainless steel, glass, and plastic.

Stainless steel kettles are the most commonly available option on the market. They are durable, affordable, and stylish, matching other stainless steel kitchen appliances. One potential downside is that stainless steel may rust over time. Glass kettles are a relatively new innovation and provide a fun visual effect, allowing users to watch the water as it boils. They often have built-in lighting to enhance the experience. Plastic is used for budget electric kettles but is decreasing in popularity because of safety concerns about the potentially harmful chemicals that certain plastics produce, especially when heated.

FAQs

Q: Which is better, an electric kettle or a stovetop kettle? 

Choosing between a stovetop and an electric kettle is largely a matter of preference. Electric kettles are marginally more eco-friendly and work well in an office, dorm room, and other situations where using a stovetop model isn’t possible. 

Q: What temperature should water be for tea? 

When brewing black tea, water should be at a full boil or 212 degrees. More delicate tea leaves—like green tea—are best brewed at a lower temperature of 180 degrees. 

Q: What temperature should water be for coffee? 

Coffee tastes best when brewed at temperatures between 195 and 205 degrees. 

Q: What is a gooseneck kettle used for? 

A gooseneck kettle has a narrow spout and gives users more control when brewing tea or pour-over coffee. 

Final thoughts on the best electric kettles

Our recommendations cover a variety of types and styles of electric kettles to suit different needs best. The Cuisinart CPK-17 PerfecTemp Cordless Electric Kettle is our top pick because of its precise temperature control pre-sets and range of additional features. Our recommended choice for those on a budget is the Mueller Ultra Kettle: Model No. M99S, which offers trendy glass construction at an affordable price.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.


The post The best electric kettles in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best water filter pitchers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-water-filter-pitchers/ Tue, 17 Oct 2023 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=580475
four of the best water filter pitchers against a white background
Abby Ferguson

When we asked the ocean to suggest water filter pitchers it just waved, so here are our carefully researched picks.

The post The best water filter pitchers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
four of the best water filter pitchers against a white background
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Brita Large Water Filter Pitcher against a white background Brita Large Water Filter Pitcher
SEE IT

This Brita filter offer a large capacity and long-lasting filter.

Best glass pitcher A blue LifeStraw Home Water Filter Pitcher 7-Cup against a white background LifeStraw Home Water Filter Pitcher 7-Cup
SEE IT

Skip the plastic with this glass filter pitcher.

Best budget Hydros | 40oz Water Filter Slim Pitcher against a white background Hydros | 40oz Water Filter Slim Pitcher
SEE IT

Save room in your fridge and budget with this slim pitcher.

Staying hydrated seems like an ongoing quest—at least judging by the popularity of gallon-sized jugs and those bottles marked with how many ounces to drink by specific times—and water filter pitchers can help keep it a healthy endeavor. Daily water goals can be made easy and affordable by opting for water filter pitchers instead of one-time-use bottled water. On a basic level, water filter pitchers improve the taste and smell of tap water. Some models also reduce contaminants like heavy metals, forever chemicals, or microplastics. Whether you’re sipping it yourself, filling a coffee maker, or preparing to cook, we’ve gone through dozens of options to find the best water filter pitchers for you.

How we chose the best water filter pitchers

Water from U.S. public water treatment plants is considered among the safest in the world, but exceptions like the lead in Flint, Michigan’s water supply can make people nervous. We focused on water filter pitchers that result in crisp, clean-tasting water. The fundamental technology in many of these filters is similar, though some reduce or remove other potential contaminants while others aim to retain good-for-you minerals. We also highlight when products meet or are certified for standards set by the NSF International/American National Standards Institute and the Water Quality Association, independent third-party auditors.

The best water filters: Reviews & Recommendations

Most water filter pitchers rely on the same design: an upper and lower reservoir with a filter between the two. Fill the upper section with tap water, then wait for gravity to pull it through the filter and into the lower area. But there are plenty of other choices to make, like figuring out how much water your household consumes and the space in your fridge. In addition to the cost of the pitcher, you’ll need to consider how much filters cost and how many gallons they can clean before replacement (because some of us are really obsessed with keeping our water bottles refilled).

Best overall: Brita Large Water Filter Pitcher

Brita

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 10.4 x 5.7 x 10.2 inches 
  • Weight: 1.5 pounds
  • Capacity: 10 cups 
  • Filter: Brita Elite filter (proprietary active filtering agents)
  • Filter lifespan: Replace after 120 gallons or about six months

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Flip top for easy refilling
  • Long-lasting filter
  • Electronic filter indicator
  • BPA-free container
  • Certified NSF/ANSI Standards 42, 53, and 401

Cons

  • Slow filtering

The Brita Large Water Filter Pitcher is our best overall water filter pitcher due to its relatively large 10-cup capacity, affordability, and long-lasting filter. Known as the Tahoe, the pitcher’s flip top allows faster refilling than models that require taking off the whole top. It also sports an indicator light that shows when the filter is good, going, or needs to be replaced.

We recommend the upgraded Elite Filter, certified to reduce lead, mercury, Bisphenol-A, and some pesticides and forever chemicals. It catches more contaminants than the standard white filter and lasts six months—three times longer. However, some customers note that the filter can get clogged after a few months, shortening its lifespan. A year’s worth of filters cost around $35, assuming nothing needs to be replaced sooner.

Best glass: LifeStraw Home Water Filter Pitcher 7-Cup

LifeStraw

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 11.25x 5.8 x 5.8 inches 
  • Weight: 0.9 pounds
  • Capacity: 7 cups
  • Filter: LifeStraw Home (2-part filter includes membrane filter and activated carbon/ion exchange filter)
  • Filter lifespan: Replace membrane filter after 264 gallons (about a year); carbon/ion exchange after 40 gallons (about two months)

Pros

  • Borosilicate glass w/ silicone boot
  • Removes 30 contaminants
  • Removes bacteria
  • Certified NSF/ANSI Standards 42 and 53
  • Meets dozens of other standards as tested by independently certified labs

Cons

  • Slow filtering
  • 2-part filter requires two different schedules
  • More expensive filters than other brands

Many people know LifeStraw for its survival and camping water filters, but the company also designs good-looking, effective products for your home. For about $65, LifeStraw Home Water Filter Pitcher offers multiple colors of a modern, rounded glass pitcher that may appeal to people trying to minimize plastic in their homes. The coordinated silicone boot is a nice touch to prevent scratches and dings and adds some grip.

The filter is a two-part system that tackles 30-some contaminants that many other pitchers don’t. It holds NSF/ANSI certifications for reducing chlorine, mercury, and lead. It also meets dozens of different standards as tested by certified labs for pesticides, herbicides, and some forever chemicals, and can clear up water clouded by sand, dirt, or other sediment. The company claims you can use the filter during boil water advisories, but I’m still boiling water if that happens in my neighborhood.

The upside of the two-part filter is the lengthy list of contaminants the LifeStraw Home can remove. The downside is each part requires replacement at different times. The membrane lasts about a year, while the smaller carbon and ion exchange filters must be replaced every two months (or about 40 gallons). A year’s worth can cost about $75, higher than most other pitchers on this list. Users also note that filtration is slow, so refilling the container before sticking it back in the fridge is best. (And by the way, that’s a polite practice for the rest of these pitchers.)

Best budget: Hydros | 40oz Water Filter Slim Pitcher

Hydros

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 10.4 x 4.2 x 4.2 inches 
  • Weight: 0.8 pounds
  • Capacity: 5 cups 
  • Filter: Hydros Fast Fill filter (coconut shell carbon)
  • Filter lifespan: Replace after 40 gallons or about two months

Pros

  • Slim design
  • Fast filtering
  • BPA-free
  • Optional colorful filters
  • Meets NSF/ANSI Standards 42

Cons

  • No handle
  • No indicator for filter replacement

The Hydros 40oz Water Filter Slim Pitcher eschews the standard two-reservoir filtering system, instead opting for speed. This small but mighty pitcher uses a coconut shell carbon filter attached to remove 90% of chlorine and 99% of sediment. It doesn’t target other potential contaminants. This five-cup repository doesn’t have a handle but is easy to grip and fill and is our best slim pitcher pick.

A household with little kids who insist on pouring their own drinks may consider the lack of a handle a bad thing, but it makes it easy to slip into fridge doors without hogging all the space. The Hydro Slim Pitcher also features a colorful boot, and filters come in several colors like magenta, lime, blue, and red to add an extra pop of personality. A water infuser can also be attached to the filter to add a touch of flavor from fruit or herbs.

The Hydros filters need to be changed every two months, which will set you back about $30 for a year. They are interchangeable with Hydros’ other products too.

Best for fast filtering: Brita Large Stream Filter as You Pour

Brita

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 10.8 ix 5.6 x 10 inches 
  • Weight: 1.4 pounds
  • Capacity: 10 cups 
  • Filter: Brita Stream filters (activated carbon in a BPA-free housing)
  • Filter lifespan: Replace after 40 gallons or about two months

Pros

  • Low upfront costs
  • Filters as you pour
  • Flip top for easy refilling
  • Electronic filter indicator
  • BPA-free container
  • Certified NSF/ANSI Standards 42 and 53

Cons

  • Taste/odor-focused filtering only
  • Frequent filter replacement

The Brita Large Stream Filter as You Pour is the pitcher for people who hate to wait. It’s all in the name: Water flows through a spout-mounted, activated carbon filter as you pour. Anyone who has tried to fill a gallon-size water bottle knows this is a multi-step process with a typical pitcher. It will take at least one refill of the pitcher and wait for it to go through the filter. It only takes a few minutes, but you know the saying: Watched water never filters. The Brita Stream eliminates the waiting part.

The tradeoff is that it’s not a heavy-duty filter for pollutants. It’s certified to remove chlorine taste and smell but retains fluoride, minerals, and electrolytes. It’s a spongy filter, unlike the familiar plastic-encased versions that fit other Brita products. Filters need to be replaced every 40 gallons, and with multipacks, a year’s supply would cost about $38.

Best pitcher without a single-use filter: Aarke Purifier

Aarke

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 12.6 inches tall by 8.54inches wide by 6.45 inches deep
  • Weight: 2.5 pounds
  • Capacity: 10 cups 
  • Filter: Aarke filter granules
  • Filter lifespan: Replace after 32 gallons

Pros

  • No single-use filters
  • Glass carafe with rubber base
  • Stainless steel filter system
  • Food-grade silicone gaskets

Cons

  • Pricey
  • More frequent filter granule replacement than average filters
  • No advertised certifications

The Aarke Purifier is a splurge at $150, but it’s made of premium, hygienic materials such as glass and stainless steel and features a refillable filter. It’s probably the most sustainable choice on this list because it doesn’t rely on plastic filters that get tossed in the trash after use. Instead, the system relies on filter granules Aarke created with BWT, a water technology company.

The granules reduce chlorine, heavy metals, and limescale, which helps avoid spotting on cookware. Granules last about 32 gallons before they must be changed. The company offers two types of granules: Pure and Enriched, which adds magnesium and changes tap water into alkaline water. Each three-pack runs from $20 to $30.

Best with an app: LARQ Pitcher PureVis 1.9L/ 8-Cup

LARQ

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 9.84 x 9.45x 9.06 inches 
  • Weight: 2.25 pounds
  • Capacity: 8 cups 
  • Filter: LARQ filter (plant-based carbon) and UV light
  • Filter lifespan: Replace after 60 gallons

Pros

  • Two-step filtration process
  • Self-cleaning with UV light
  • Comes with app to track water consumption and filter life
  • Meets NSF/ANSI Standards 42, 53, and 401

Cons

  • App is iOS only
  • Pitcher must be charged
  • Expensive filters

The LARQ Pitcher PureVis offers something different: The water pitcher uses a two-step process to filter water and inhibit bacteria growth. First, water flows into a plant-based Nano Zero filter to remove chlorine, mercury, cadmium, and copper. Then, the pitcher’s “UV wand” emits light that fights bacteria and viruses in the water.

The LARQ must also be charged every two months with the included USB-A charger. The whole kit and caboodle also comes with an iOS-only app to help track when to change filters and how much water is consumed. The gadget-ified pitcher will run about $170 but may appeal to folks used to smart appliances and tracking all sorts of personal metrics (the reason the company also makes our favorite smart water bottle). LARQ offers two levels of filters, and even though they’ll last a bit longer than many on this list, a year’s supply will set you back between $100 for entry-level filters or about $150 for advanced versions.

Best dispenser: PUR PLUS 30-Cup Water Filter Dispenser

PUR

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 10.1x 5.3 x 15.3 inches 
  • Weight: 4.2 pounds
  • Capacity: 30 cups
  • Filter: PUR PLUS faucet filters (activated charcoal)
  • Filter lifespan: Replace after 40 gallons or two months

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Filter change indicator
  • Slim design
  • Large capacity
  • Certified NSF/ANSI Standards 42, 53, and 401

Cons

  • Frequent filter replacement

Households with a lot of people or anyone challenging themselves to drink a gallon of water a day may want the PUR PLUS 30-Cup Water Filter Dispenser. This high-capacity dispenser features a slim, deep design and a no-leak spigot for about $70. The PUR PLUS filter is certified to reduce 70 other contaminants, including lead, mercury, and some pesticides. It’s made of activated carbon from coconut shells. It features a mineral core to replace some natural minerals—like calcium and magnesium—for a fresh taste with no chlorine taste or odor. But they only last for about 40 gallons or two months. Stocking up for a year is usually around $50 when buying multipacks.

What to consider when buying the best water filter pitchers

How much water you should drink is a personal number, not the standard eight glasses we grew up hearing. Having clean-tasting water on hand will help hit whatever your hydration goal is. Water filter pitchers are often more affordable than stocking up on single-use bottled water and are more environmentally friendly. Here are a few things you’ll want to consider to find the right pitcher for you.

Materials

Plastic is the default for many pitchers and a key material of many filters. While finding an entirely plastic-free product is difficult, there are options. Some offer premium materials like glass, stainless steel, or food-grade silicone parts. Check the manufacturers’ guidance to see if you’ll be handwashing components or running them in the dishwasher. Water filter pitchers’ popularity has also led to more makers considering aesthetics, so it’s not hard to find an attractive option you’d happily leave on the counter.

Filters

Filters vary in cost, design, and what they reduce or remove. Most of the filters in this roundup are activated carbon, which can absorb chlorine and reduce asbestos, lead, mercury, and volatile organic compounds. Review performance data on manufacturer websites if you have specific concerns, like removing a particular chemical or heavy metal.

We’re not a lab, so we prefer products that are certified by NSF International or the Water Quality Association. However, we point out products that “meet” the standards verified by independent labs.

Here are some of the common standards in this roundup:

  • NSF/ANSI Standard 42 This is a common standard, which indicates a filter can remove chlorine taste and odor or chloramines.
  • NSF/ANSI Standard 53 Another common standard that indicates the reduction of some heavy metals like lead, arsenic, and mercury, as well as some pesticides and herbicides.
  • NSF/ANSI Standard 401 This indicates the filter removes or reduces up to 15 kinds of “emerging impurities,” such as bisphenol A (BPA), ibuprofen, DEET, microplastics, and some pesticides and herbicides.

Water consumption

Consider how much water your household drinks and how many gallons a filter can handle before it needs replacement. Filters must be changed for a pitcher to remain effective. Some handle as few as 40 gallons, so a parched or large household may need to change a filter far sooner than the estimated two months. Filters designed to last longer may be a better option. And don’t forget to do a little math to how much you’ll splash out for a year’s worth of replacements.

FAQs

Q: Who should use a water filter pitcher?

Water filter pitchers are best for people looking to improve the taste of their tap water—something all the pitchers on this list will ably do. Some water filter pitchers remove additional contaminants and pollutants, some of which aren’t regulated yet, like forever chemicals. (And just FYI, the Environmental Protection Agency issued proposed rules for PFAs in March.) 

If you’re curious about your water quality, you can check annual water quality reports on the EPA’s website, the Environmental Working Group’s database of what’s been measured in tap water, or get an at-home water quality test.

Q: Do water filter pitchers remove bacteria?

Water filter pitchers usually do not remove bacteria. Most water filter pitchers rely on types of carbon or ion exchange filters, which do not reduce microorganisms like bacteria. However, the LifeStraw Home and the LARQ can reduce or inhibit some bacteria using a membrane filter and UV light, respectively. If fighting bacteria is a priority, look for water purification options or entirely different filtration systems that use reverse osmosis.

Q: How do I wash my water filter pitcher?

Check your user guide to see which parts must be washed by hand and what can be tossed in a dishwasher. However, do wash your pitcher. Bacteria mold and general funk can collect in any kitchen container, and water filter pitchers are no exception.

Final thoughts on the best water filter pitchers

There’s no need to stay thirsty, my friends. We’ve identified the best water filter pitchers for your home, whether you’re prioritizing affordability, sustainability, or a great design. The Brita Large Water Filter Pitcher for Tap and Drinking Water with SmartLight Filter Change Indicator + 1 Elite Filter, our pick for the best overall, updates the classic Brita with a better-fitting top, ample handle, and a longer-lasting but cost-conscious filter. But whichever you pick, remember to change the filters regularly to get the most benefit and least contaminants.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best water filter pitchers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best snow cone machines of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-snow-cone-machine/ Mon, 22 Nov 2021 22:38:30 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=387027
A lineup of snow-cone makers on a white background
Amanda Reed

These icy instruments can make your dessert dreams come true, giving you a sweet treat to beat the sweltering heat any day of the week.

The post The best snow cone machines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of snow-cone makers on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Hawaiian Shaved Ice Snow-Cone Machine is the best snow cone machine overall. Hawaiian Shaved-Ice Snow Cone Machine
SEE IT

A great option for at-home snow cones to feed the family. 

Best commercial grade The Zeny Ice Crushers Machine is the best snow-cone machine. ZENY Ice Crushers Machine
SEE IT

A commercial-grade snow cone machine that can churn out shaved ice at lightning speeds.

Best old-school The Nostalgia Snow-Cone Cart is the best snow-cone machine. Nostalgia Snow Cone Cart
SEE IT

An old-timey snow cone cart that will please party-goers. 

Snow cones can be traced all the way back to the mid-1800s during the American Industrial Revolution, with the first proper snow cone machine hitting the market in 1919 at the State Fair of Texas. Today, sweet shaved ice is, without a doubt, one of the best warm-weather treats around. It’s a simple snack with endless flavor options to satisfy everyone’s sweet tooth. While combining ice and flavoring is certainly not a complicated process, crushing the ice into small bits can be quite tricky without the aid of a snow cone maker. Whether you’re looking for an everyday treat or a fun trick to roll out at parties, the best snow cone machine will keep you supplied with shaved ice all summer long … and beyond. 

How we chose the best snow-cone machines

No offense to the Snoopy snow cone machine of your youth, but a quality snow cone machine should turn your refrigerator ice into a fluffy, chilly cloud—not a chunky pile of frosty shrapnel. To find the best snow cone machine, we tested the machines ourselves (yes, we have consumed too much Red Dye 40), conducted user testing, and performed heavy research. The snow cone machine has a rich history—one which we honor by presenting products that have been thoroughly vetted and are reliable. Snoopy and Woodstock simply must step up their game if they want to be on this list.

The best snow cone machines: Reviews & Recommendations 

Once you know more about where you’ll use your machine and who you want to serve, you can start your search for the best snow cone machines. Soon, you’ll be able to enter the world of the best ice cream makers for even more cool treats. Add an outdoor misting fan, and you’ve got instant summer refreshment without retreating indoors. To help you get started, we’ve compiled a few of our favorites, from hand cranks to commercial-grade models. 

Best overall: Hawaiian Shaved Ice Snow-Cone Machine

Hawaiian Shaved Ice

SEE IT

Specs

  • Syrups included: Yes
  • Dimensions: 15.25 x 10.25 x 7.25 inches
  • Weight: 8.5 lbs.
  • Servings: 1-2 six-ounce servings

Pros

  • Syrups included
  • Can fit on a table or countertop
  • Easy-to-use

Cons

  • Not good for making large batches at once

This complete kit from Hawaiian Shaved Ice supplies you with everything you need to create delicious snow cones right when you open the box. The machine is electric and features 25 snow cone cups, 25 spoon straws, and six-bottle pourers to help control syrup flow. Plus, it comes with six 6-pint bottles of syrup flavors: cherry, grape, blue raspberry, tiger’s blood, lemon-lime, and piña colada.

Best commercial grade: ZENY Ice Crushers Machine 

ZENY

SEE IT

Specs

  • Syrups included: No
  • Dimensions: 14 x 6 x 11 inches
  • Weight: 12.19 lbs.
  • Servings: 143 lbs. of shaved ice per hour

Pros

  • Commercial quality in a small size
  • Produces a high output of ice
  • Protected against rust

Cons

  • Expelled ice does not go directly into a cup

A party full of hot, hungry guests will be no match for this ZENY ice slush machine. With an impressive motor and hefty size, this machine can churn out 143 pounds of shaved ice per hour—more than enough to satisfy a crowd. The high-end blade turns ice into extremely fine particles to create the ideal snow cone. The machine is protected against rust, and a heavy cast base dampens sound and secures its position on a countertop or table. You won’t need to use specialized ice molds—simply pop cubes out from your at-home ice tray, play them in the ice receptacle, and push down on the handle. Keep in mind, however, that this machine is designed to process a high volume of ice. So, rather than collect neatly in a snow cone cup, the ice will be expelled into an included, attached stainless-steel bowl, which you can then scoop from. 

Best old-school: Nostalgia Snow-Cone Cart

Nostalgia

SEE IT

Specs

  • Syrups included: No, but it comes with empty bottles
  • Dimensions: 21 x 16.5 x 53 inches
  • Weight: 33.8 lbs.
  • Servings: 72 cones

Pros

  • Can crush 2 pounds of ice quickly
  • Vintage-inspired
  • Can move or become stationary

Cons

  • Heavy

An aptly named company, Nostalgia makes wonderfully festive, old-school snow cone machines. While they have several countertop models, our favorite has to be this snow-cone cart. Not only is this machine a treat for the eyes, but it’s one of the best functioning models on the market. Its stainless-steel blades can crush up to two pounds of ice in 90 seconds, and it holds enough snow to dole out around 72 cones. The cart has a paper-cone dispenser and a side shelf-cum-prep station holding three individual snow cones. The top of this cart even separates from the bottom if you need to ditch the wheels for a stationary experience. 

Best for shaved ice: Great Northern Premium Hawaiian Shaved-Ice Machine 

Great Northern Popcorn Company

SEE IT

Specs

  • Syrups included: No
  • Dimensions: 15 x 12 x 30.5 inches
  • Weight: 55 lbs.
  • Servings: 350 lbs. per hour

Pros

  • Shaves ice quickly
  • Can shave large cubes
  • Can prep snow cones the night before

Cons

  • Heavy

This heavy-duty snow cone maker can get through more than 350 pounds of ice an hour and roughly 6 pounds in a minute. The machine applies pressure and slices through large ice blocks up to 8 inches in diameter and 6.5 inches tall. If you can’t get to a store with ice blocks, you can prepare the night before you plan to serve your snow cones by filling up a paint bucket or using a classic milk jug with the top removed. This shaved ice machine employs a highly efficient motor, adjustable stainless-steel blades and weighs roughly 55 pounds. 

Best budget: MANBA Ice Shaver

MANBA

SEE IT

Specs

  • Syrups included: No
  • Dimensions: 7.28 x 5.1 x 7.87 inches
  • Weight: 0.317 ounces
  • Servings: 1-3

Pros

  • Easy-to-use
  • Portable
  • Versatile

Cons

  • Hand crank

This portable ice crusher from MANBA measures just 7.28 x 5.1 inches and features an easy-to-use hand crank. All you need to do is fill the top portion of the canister, turn the crank until you feel minimal resistance, and then empty the ice into the bottom reservoir with a quick push. This shaver comes with a 15-piece ice tray to throw in the freezer so you can stock up before you head out on the town. For an even easier snow cone, consider filling the ice tray with fruit juice so you can crush the ice and immediately eat without needing to bring additional flavoring. 

What to consider when buying the best snow cone machines 

There are a few major considerations and decisions to make before adding a snow-cone machine to your home appliance collection. Think about who you’ll want to serve these sweet treats to—do you need something you can take to the park or beach? Should you invest in an old-school cart? We’ll walk you through some essential questions to get you started. 

Performance

While it may seem straightforward to some, it never hurts to consider what exactly your new machine is doing to execute those perfectly fluffy ice crystals. Snow-cone makers provide custom ice molds or take common household ice cubes and turn them into veritable snow. With an electric model, all you’ll typically need to do is apply a little bit of pressure, pushing the ice through a specially designed blender that grinds it up without melting it. Depending on the machine you purchase, the ice will be doled out into those quintessential snow cone cups, and you can add the flavoring of your choice. 

Capacity

If you’re looking to keep a snow-cone machine around to satisfy your family’s summer dessert cravings or serve a few friends, a standard countertop model will suit your needs. While each snow cone will be made to order, you don’t need an industrial-strength machine to serve four or five treats at a time. However, if you’re looking to host a more significant event, consider investing in a commercial-grade model. These machines will be slightly larger and produce more than 100 pounds of crushed ice per hour. You can also look for a model with an ice reservoir. That way, you can grind up a healthy amount before continuously serving. Just make sure to store any machine with a reservoir in a cool place—you don’t want to spend time crushing the ice only for it to melt. These high-end snow cone makers will help your guests avoid a line and save you any additional stress. 

Portability 

If you don’t have any access to power, consider purchasing a portable snow cone maker with a hand crank during an outdoor park party. While they’re more tedious than their electric contemporaries, hand-crank models are easy to use and often come in small sizes that you can quickly pack away in a cooler or travel bag. Remember, smaller models can only handle a certain amount of ice at once, so make sure you pace yourself if you need to churn out multiple rounds. 

Accessories

A snow cone is much more than plain pieces of tiny ice. You need flavor (and cups). With most machines, you will need to supply your own ingredients, but there are a few complete kits out there that will help you get started. These kits are particularly great for folks who need a snow cone maker on short notice or don’t want to go through any hassle trying to select the perfect flavors for an upcoming party. 

If you want to venture out on your own to create a classic snow-cone experience, plan to add spoon straws, snow-cone cups, and syrup flavors with pouring tops to your shopping list. 

FAQs

Q: How much does a snow cone machine cost?

Commercial-grade snow cone machines will be more expensive than ones for casual use. They can start at $20 for an easy-to-use tabletop machine and go up to $250 for a professional-level, free-standing appliance like the one you’d see at a field day or county fair.

Q: What should I look for in a snow-cone maker?

The simplest rule of thumb is to look for a machine from a reliable home appliance brand. The caveat is that you’ll need it to fit your space, so be sure to look at the product’s dimensions and measure the spot you’re most likely to keep in your home. Pay particular attention to the product specs and look for a snow cone maker that can handle more than a couple of pounds of ice per hour. 

Q: How much ice does a snow cone machine use?

Each snow cone maker is different, so the amount of ice you’ll need varies from machine to machine. It’s also dependent on how many snow cones you want to make. Generally, most snow cones use between four and six ounces of ice, meaning a 20-pound bag of ice could make almost 50 snow cones. If you have special ice molds for your snow-cone machine, read the instructions, which should tell you how much ice you’ll need to prepare. 

Q: What snow cone maker produces the most snow cones?

The Nostalgia Vintage Snow-Cone Cart can produce more than 70 snow cones, making it one of the most productive machines on the market. A commercial-grade machine like the ZENY Ice Crushers Machine might have a smaller receptacle, but a fast motor means as long as you can refill the machine, you can serve as many as 20 people in under five minutes. 

Final thoughts on the best snow cone machines 

Celebrate warm weather with a fun, new at-home home appliance to help you beat the heat. The best snow cone machine will supply you, your friends, your family, your coworkers, your neighbors, and pretty much anyone else who could use a pick-me-up with a quick frozen snack. Our favorite all-in-one kit is the Hawaiian Shaved-Ice Snow-Cone Machine. If on a budget, we’d go with the MANBA Ice Shaver. All you really need to do is pick a manual or electric machine that can handle the size of your party, grab your favorite syrups, and you’re in business. You’ll have a simple, thirst-quenching dessert in your hands whenever your heart desires. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best snow cone machines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best copy machines of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-copy-machine/ Wed, 25 Aug 2021 13:37:12 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=391545
Take care of all your copying needs with our picks for the best copy machines.

This essential device makes quick, accurate copies but can also do so much more.

The post The best copy machines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Take care of all your copying needs with our picks for the best copy machines.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best commercial The Brother MFC-L8900CDW Color Laser All-in-One Printer is the best copy machine. Brother MFC-L8900CDW Color Laser All-in-One Printer
SEE IT

This quiet, top-of-the-line model allows remote control and cloud printing through an app.

Best overall The Canon Pixma TS8320 is the best copy machine overall. Canon PIXMA TS8320 All-In-One Wireless Color Printer
SEE IT

This high-quality all-in-one option is great for both the home office and the whole family.

Best budget The HP DeskJet Plus 4155 Wireless All-in-One Printer is the best copy machine on a budget. HP DeskJet Plus 4155e Wireless All-in-One Printer
SEE IT

This all-purpose affordable option copies, prints, scans, and sends faxes.

Copy machines are an office equipment staple. Businesses large and small and many families use an office copier every day. The best copy machines usually do more than make copies. They’re printers, scanners, and even fax machines that create an all-in-one digital hub for office work. Reliability, connectivity, and versatility are the factors that make a difference in your copy machine. You’ll also need to consider the copier’s size. Copy machines can be behemoths that do everything but type the words or take the pictures for you. That might be great, but do you have the room (and budget) for a machine like that? Consider what you need the copier to do versus extra perks that might add dollars to the price. We’ve rounded up some of the best copy machines on the market and included tips to help you make your pick. 

How we chose the best copy machines

I’m an experienced reviewer of tech and smart office gear. In making our recommendations for the best copy machines, we considered more than a dozen options from leading brands, including HP, Brother, Xerox, and more. We also weighed a variety of consumer needs. The best copy machine for a mid-sized business office might not be the best option for a home office. Keep reading to get a few tips on how to handle your copy volume, quality, and which extra features are worth a splurge. 

The best copy machines: Reviews & Recommendations

The best copy machines offer consistency in copy quality, but there’s more to consider than just quality. The kind and number of copies you need can also help determine the machine that’s right for you. If you make and copy 11-inch by 17-inch posters, you’ll need a wide-format copy machine. These models are found in mid- to large-sized offices. They have wheels, multiple paper drawers, and are some of the fastest models available. 

However, if you don’t need a large format, a digital copy machine that scans documents to create a perfect copy might be more within your budget and needs. They’re more affordable and create excellent copies. 

Another option is one of the best all-in-one printers. These machines copy, print, scan, and fax. They’re smaller and more of an all-purpose office workhorse that doesn’t have the speed or quality of some of the more expensive photocopy machines. 

You also have to think about laser versus inkjet copy machines. The best (and fastest) quality will also come from a laser printer. They can also print a high volume in a short amount of time. The best laser printers are quieter. However, laser printers are more expensive, have expensive replacement cartridges, and tend to be larger. With all that in mind, here are the best copy machines.

Best overall: Canon PIXMA TS8320 All-In-One Wireless Color Printer

Canon

SEE IT

Buy used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: This all-in-one wireless option copies, scans, and prints high-quality photos, making it a great choice for the whole family. 

Specs

  • Type: All-in-one inkjet
  • Pages per minute (PPM): 10 color, 15 in BW
  • Paper capacity: 100

Pros

  • Touchscreen is large and easy to use.
  • Prints high-quality photos
  • Works with WiFi and virtual assistants
  • Versatile

Cons

  • Expensive

If you’re looking for a device that can not only make copies for a home office, but can also scan and print to serve the needs of an entire household, the Canon PIXMA TS8320 is a top pick. The all-in-one printer is compatible with dual-band WiFi, so you can print and make copies from your devices and using virtual assistants. The large LCD screen makes it easy to use for a range of ages. The TS8320 also comes with a blue ink tank that reduces shadows and noise to allow you to print beautiful photos. And even when it’s not on, you can just press print on a smartphone or tablet, and the TS8320 will turn on and provide the printing on command.

Best commercial: Brother MFC-L8900CDW Color Laser All-in-One Printer

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This all-in-one laser printer is designed for office use, with high print output, capacity for up to 1,300 pages, and great connectivity.

Specs

  • Type: All-in-one laser
  • PPM: 33 in color and BW
  • Paper capacity: 300 pages (up to 1,300 by adding additional trays)

Pros

  • High print capacity
  • Speedy performance
  • Provides extra layer of security
  • Works with WiFi, USB, and Ethernet

Cons 

  • Bulky at 63 pounds

The Brother MFC-L8900CDW is a commercial copy machine that offers top-of-the-line features like remote control through an app and cloud printing. A five-inch touchscreen makes it easier to scroll through options and change settings. It’s got great connectivity and runs much quieter than comparable industrial copiers. The downside is that there can be some color issues like the machine using color ink to print black unless you change the settings.

Best for speed: Brother Monochrome Laser Printer

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If fast printing is your priority, this laser printer provides up to 36 pages per minute. 

Specs

  • Type: Laser monochrome
  • PPM: Up to 36
  • Paper capacity: 250 sheets 

Pros

  • Fast
  • Affordable
  • Prints from desktop, laptops, smartphones, and tablets

Cons 

  • Only prints in black and white

The Brother Monochrome Laser Printer provides far more than just fast printing, but that’s where it begins. It offers 36 pages per minute of black-and-white copies (no color copies with this one). It can handle different types of paper like cardstock and envelopes. This multifunctional printer also includes a 50-sheet document feeder for copying and scanning. Keep in mind that this printer can be a bear to set up.

Best for small office: Brother MFC-L3710W Compact Digital All-in-One Printer

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This device provides the all-around functionality needed in a small office and provides a respectable printing speed for a small number of users. 

Specs

  • Type: All-in-one laser
  • PPM: 19 in color, 29 in BW
  • Paper capacity: 250

Pros

  • Has copy, printing, scanning, and faxing capabilities
  • Comes with color touchscreen
  • Works with the cloud and Dropbox, Google Drive, and Evernote

Cons 

  • Heavy

The Brother MFC-L3710W Compact Digital All-in-One Printer’s color touchscreen makes it easier to program your copying jobs, as well as connect to cloud services to download documents. It’s also equipped with WiFi so that a team of people can connect from laptops and mobile devices. This Brother document copier produces excellent color and black-and-white copies with a 19-page-per-minute speed. However, the replacement toner can get pricey if you’re printing in high volumes.

Best with cloud printing: HP LaserJet-Tank MFP 2604sdw Wireless Black & White Printer

Why it made the cut: This eco-friendly printer works with an app that allows users to print from a wide variety of devices quickly and is also wallet-friendly. 

Specs

  • Type: All-in-one laser
  • PPM: Up to 23
  • Paper capacity: 250

Pros

  • Works with HP app for easier setup and cloud access
  • Printing costs less than one cent per page
  • Energy-Star certified

Cons 

  • Doesn’t print color
  • Not super fast

The HP does a little bit of everything from a compact package. This laser printer prints up to 23 pages per minute and connects to an HP app for wireless control, including scanning and saving documents to the cloud. Of course, it can also access documents in the cloud for printing and copying too. This HP is an eco-friendly option that uses less ink, comes with up to 2 years of pre-filled toner, and a toner cartridge that’s easier to replace than in other models.

Best portable: NEEGO H-P Tango X All-in-One Smart Wireless Printer

Neego

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This voice-activated printer syncs with a range of devices and allows you to make copies from virtually anywhere. 

Specs

  • Type: Inkjet
  • PPM: 11
  • Paper capacity: One at a time

Pros

  • Easily portable 
  • Works with USB, WiFi, and Bluetooth
  • Prints high-quality images

Cons 

  • Slow print speed
  • Low output

The NeeGo HP Tango X All-in-One Wireless Printer offers WiFi and Bluetooth connectivity, so you can access copying and printing from mobile devices. It weighs in at about 10 pounds and prints 11 pages per minute. The NeeGo provides high-quality scans, which you can then email or save to the cloud. The HP 64 ink cartridges allow for high-quality graphics and vibrant photos. However, this little powerhouse is an inkjet, so quality and speed can’t rival bigger machines. For more options, check out the best label printers.

Best budget: HP DeskJet Plus 4155e Wireless All-in-One Printer

Why it made the cut: This affordable all-in-one option gets the job done if you don’t want to spend a lot and don’t mind a slower print speed. 

Specs

  • Type: Inkjet 
  • PPM: 5.5 color; 8.5 BW
  • Paper capacity: 35 pages

Pros

  • Has all the basic functions (copying, printing, scanning, faxing)
  • Works with WiFi, Bluetooth, USB
  • Prints in color and black and white
  • Affordable

Cons

  • Slow print speed
  • Lower quality prints

The HP DeskJet Plus 4155e Wireless All-in-One Printer provides a little bit of everything at a price most people can afford. It’s more than just a copier. It also prints, scans, and sends mobile faxes (but you only get free mobile fax for 24 months). A slower print speed of 8.5 pages per minute means you’ll need to plan in advance for large print jobs. HP recommends it for homes where you print 100-300 pages per month.

Things to consider when shopping for the best copy machines

Speed

Sometimes, you need 200 reports in ten minutes, and not every copier machine can pull that off. Copy speed is measured in pages per minute. Machines that produce 25 to 40 pages per minute are on the high end of productivity. However, speed alone isn’t your only consideration. 

You also have to think about copy quality, cost, and your monthly copy volume. A printer that pumps out fast copies may be great, but if the ink is uneven and blotchy, the copier printer won’t help your business’s professionalism. The point is to balance speed with quality.

The last consideration when it comes to speed is your monthly volume. Are you making a steady number of copies every day, or do you make the majority of the month’s copies at certain times of day, week, or month? If you need 1,000 copies per day, a slow machine can do it as long as time isn’t an issue. However, if you have days where you need 10,000 copies by 11 a.m., you’ll need more speed to meet your volume on time.

Office size

Small-medium businesses (SMB) put their equipment to the test. They typically need one of the best digital copiers to keep up with demand and stay within a smaller budget. Small businesses often need higher volume and faster speeds than a home copier, too. All-in-one digital copy machines offer copying, printing, faxing, and scanning at speeds that meet business needs. 

Features like touchscreens, multiple drawers, and cloud sharing can make it easier for a team of people to use the copy machine. Models with cloud sharing can connect to programs like Dropbox, Google Drive, and OneNote so that shared documents can get copied or printed by anyone on the team. It helps if these copiers are wireless so that mobile devices can communicate with the copier, too.

Wireless printing

Copy machines come with some pretty amazing features, including digital sharing and cloud printing. These machines can work with cloud platforms like Google Docs and Dropbox, making it easier to copy on the go, work with clients, or a team. Anyone on your team can tap into the document, print, or make a copy on the office copy machine. 

These machines also connect to mobile devices from anywhere in the home or office. Models that also happen to be all-in-one may be able to scan documents, save them to the cloud, and print them later. They can become a vital source of managing documents and paperwork.

Portability

Whether you travel for business or pleasure, a portable copy machine can save you in a pinch. These small copy machines/printers can help you before a big presentation or let you print receipts and tickets while you travel. They’re pint-sized in comparison to a full-size office copier and weigh as little as six or seven pounds. These models may offer scanning, faxing, and printing, too. 

However, these aren’t the copiers for high-volume jobs. They can print around 10 to 15 pages per minute, so stick to an office printer for high-volume printing and copying. 

Price

Cheap copy machines work when you don’t need to make hundreds of copies daily. They can still offer multiple functions like printing and scanning. Where you’ll see some differences is in the size of the machine, the tray capacity (if there’s a tray at all), and they may not make the cleanest copies. 

You’re also more likely to see inkjet copiers at this price, which also means slower printing speeds. There are some laser copiers for under $100, but a laser copier at this price typically has sub-par copy quality.

FAQs

Q: Which copier brand is best?

The best copier brand depends on the type of copy machine you’re looking for. Brother and HP rule with the larger copy machines, while Canon is starting to make a dent in the small, portable model market.

Q: How long should a copier last?

Most copiers last around three to five years. However, that time will depend on copy volume—the more copies you make, the faster the copy machine will wear out.

Q: What is the best copy machine for small businesses?

Small businesses will get fast, high-quality copies with the Brother Monochrome Laser Printer. If you need a little more, like color, look at the Brother MFC-L3710W Compact Digital All-in-One Printer.

Q: Is it safe to use public copy machines?

Using public copy machines can be a risk for your personal information. The Federal Trade Commission points out that digital copiers are essentially computers that store data. The FTC recommends that a company’s IT team oversee the use of copy machines and recommends the use of security measures such as encryption.

Final thoughts on the best copy machines

The best copy machine for you will depend on your copy volume and how you intend to use the machine. High-volume copying requires a combination of fast copy speeds, while businesses that copy presentations may need to focus on quality and color. Whether you’re looking for an office copy machine or one for personal use, there’s a model with the right size, speed, and quality waiting for you.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio, to video games, to cameras, and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best copy machines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best folding desks of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-folding-desk/ Mon, 26 Jul 2021 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=382453
A lineup of the best folding desks
Amanda Reed

Streamline your workflow and workspace with the desk that's right for when space is tight.

The post The best folding desks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best folding desks
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Sleekform is the best no-assembly folding desk. Sleekform Folding Desk
SEE IT

No assembly required for this folding desk that’s big enough for two.

Best for kids The Idea Nuova Minecraft 2-Piece Table Set is the best folding desk for kids. Idea Nuova Minecraft 2 Piece Table and Chair Set
SEE IT

This set can inspires future coders while doubling as a desk for arts and crafts.

Best budget The Cubiker Folding Desk is the best budget pick. Cubiker Folding Desk
SEE IT

This affordable 40-inch desk is available with an attachable storage bag for office supplies.

If having a regular, stationary desk setup isn’t an option due to limited space, you may want to invest in a folding desk. Whether gaming, writing the next great novel, or working from home, your desk is the foundation to help you focus and get the job done is important. A folding desk offers a perfect, albeit temporary, place for you to get things done without adding too much extra clutter to your space. There are two main types of foldable desks; the one you choose will depend on your personal needs and home layout. If your dedicated work area is super tight, you may want to consider a foldable wall desk—which saves floor space and gives you the option of having an additional shelf when not in use. On the other hand, if you have a little more space to work with, choosing a dedicated multi-level computer desk or a dedicated writing desk with cabinets might be the better selection for you. The best folding desks can maximize your workflow and complement your space. 

How we chose the best folding desks

Many of us here at Popular Science have worked remotely in some capacity at one point in our careers, from freelance stints to hybrid office life. Being at a desk so much means we each have a certain set of criteria for a space to do our best work. Some of us need built-in computer risers; others prefer something with lots of storage options. We looked at reviews, peer recommendations, and conducted heavy research—online and amongst ourselves—to find the best folding desks.

The best folding desks: Reviews & Recommendations

The best folding desks combine fashion with function—they should be stylish but not so stylish that they’re more aesthetic than practical. Plus, a fold-up desk should be easy to take down, stash, and stow away. Our choices are just that.

Best overall: Sleekform

Sleekform

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The wood desk is sleek, simple, and stylish—all things a folding desk should be.

Specs

  • Weight: 23 pounds
  • Dimensions: 47.2 x 23.6 x 30 inches
  • Materials: Metal, wood

Pros

  • Comes fully assembled
  • Legs easy to fold
  • Wood is finished in a scratch-free material

Cons

  • Reviews note that a chemical smell lingers when taking the desk out of the box

Assembling furniture can be complicated, but you won’t have to worry about that with Sleekform’s no-assembly fold-down desk. As the best folding desk overall, this model is durable, lightweight, and easy to put together in any room. Plus, the black metal hairpin-style legs of this folding desk also come with special rubber caps to keep your floors scratch-free while moving it around. The wood table is finished with a three-coat water- and scratch-resistant material, so you don’t have to worry about leaving water marks like other wood-topped desks. The desk measures around 47.2 inches by 23.6 inches by 30 inches of 100% real fir wood and weighs only 24 pounds, which makes it easy to transport. Don’t let its lightness fool you—this desk can hold up to 110 pounds. This model is also large enough to accommodate a second person if you want to set up a simple co-working space. A chemical smell lingers when taking the desk out of the box, but it dissipates and disappears in a few hours.

Best for laptops: Elephance Folding Computer Desk

Elephance

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This versatile folding desk is great for your laptop and can also be used as a kids’ table.

Specs

  • Weight: 24.2 pounds 
  • Dimensions: 29.53 inches H x 19.69 inches W x 39.4 inches D 
  • Materials: Steel, particleboard

Pros

  • Versatile
  • Modern design 
  • No assembly required

Cons

  • No storage space

Need a workspace that doesn’t take up much room? The Elephance Folding Desk is a solid option for laptops. With almost 30 inches across the workspace, you can fit a laptop and accessories easily. Made from steel that’s painted white and particleboard, this desk blends in easily in modern surroundings. It can also double as a table for kids to work on projects. And at 24 pounds, it’s lightweight enough to move from room to room and stores easily.

Best for writing: Tangkula Writing Desk

Tangula

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Drawers mean you can keep important documents, and novel outlines in an organized place, and the fold-down table makes this desk easy to stow in a corner.

Specs

  • Weight: 50 pounds
  • Dimensions: 20 x 41.5 x 29.5 inches
  • Materials: Wood, steel, PVC

Pros

  • Desktop folds for easy storage
  • Drawers open smoothly
  • Desk is on wheels for transport

Cons

  • Can be hard to assemble

Whether you’re a writer by profession or just enjoy sitting down to journal now and again, you can’t go wrong with Tangkula, the best folding desk for writers. This desk has three storage drawers—perfect for keeping all your writing tools nearby in case inspiration strikes. The desk folds in a way that allows you to use it as a nightstand or side table when you’re done writing for the day. The multi-functional feature is a huge plus if you like your furniture to serve several purposes—which ultimately helps save on space. Plus, it’s on wheels, which means you can push it to a new location to get a change of scenery in your own home. Reviews note that this desk takes time to assemble—some estimate it took them between 1-2 hours to put it together. However, you get an incredibly convenient desk once it’s built.

Best for kids: Idea Nuova Minecraft 2 Piece Table and Chair Set

Idea Nuova

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This simple set is inspired by Minecraft and designed for small spaces.

Specs

  • Weight: 11.4 pounds
  • Dimensions: Chair: 13 x 12 x 13.25 inches: table: 25 x 20 x 15.25 inches
  • Materials: Steel frame

Pros

  • Comes with table and chair
  • Minecraft theme could inspire kids to code
  • Can also hold a laptop
  • Small storage rack underneath

Cons

  • Small workspace

Space can be at a premium in a child’s room, but this folding computer desk makes the most of it. Inspired by Minecraft, this chair and desk combo is lightweight and easy to stow. With a sturdy steel frame, this set also comes assembled. It can double as a workdesk for a laptop or an iPad so your child can play and practice coding. It’s also great for arts and crafts or for eating. Plus, it features a small rack below for books or other items. If your child isn’t a Minecraft fan, Idea Nuovo also makes versions for kids who like L.O.L Surprise! or Spiderman.

Most sustainable: Eccostyle Solid Bamboo Style Folding Desk

Eccostyle

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Keep your footprint small with this desk that’s made with an environmentally friendly bamboo frame. 

Specs

  • Weight: 16.3 pounds
  • Dimensions: 29.5 inches H x 31.9 inches W x 22.1 inches D
  • Materials: Bamboo, MDF

Pros

  • Made from sustainable materials
  • Affordable
  • Fits in small spaces

Cons

  • Tiny workspace

If sustainability is your aim when shopping for furniture, this modern-looking bamboo folding desk could fit the bill. The bamboo legs support an MDF workspace with room for a laptop and a few accessories or even a sewing machine. And this small foldaway desk is easy to store. That said, the workspace is somewhat small.

Best dropleaf: Nathan James Kalos Dropleaf Folding Console Table

Nathan James

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This wooden desk is designed with a drop leaf that lets you use it as a desk or a small dining table.

Specs

  • Weight: 51 pounds 
  • Dimensions: 43 inches L x 40 inches W x 31 inches H
  • Materials: Wood

Pros

  • Easy to assemble 
  • Generous workspace 
  • Comes with a dropleaf for extra room

Cons

  • No storage 

If you’re looking for a desk that can do double duty, the Nathan James Kalos Dropleaf Desk is an attractive choice. This rustic wooden desk provides a workspace of 40 inches and has a dropleaf construction that allows it to be a fold-down desk or a folding desk table. You can also choose from a brown desk with white legs or a walnut desk with black legs. This versatile piece also doubles as a dining table that can seat six. Plus, it’s easy to assemble and perfect for small apartments or dorms.

Best for small spaces: 4NM Small Folding Computer Desk

4NM

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This easy-to-assemble desk computer desk looks modern, comes with seven colorways, and stores easily. 

Specs

  • Weight: 20.9 pounds 
  • Dimensions: 31.5 inches L x 17.72 W x 29.72 inches H
  • Materials: Engineered wood, metal

Pros

  • Works in many homes
  • Easy to assemble
  • Multipurpose

Cons

  • No shelf space

This modern desk is designed for small spaces. Made of metal and engineered wood, this small folding desk provides a workspace of about 31 inches across, which is plenty of room for a laptop or sewing machine. It’s available in eight colorways to suit your space best. You can also order a version that allows for a hanging folder for storage and comes with hooks for earphones and cords.

Best wall-mounted: Haotian Drop Leaf

Why it made the cut: Built-in shelves and a fold-down design make this desk blend into your home like a fly on the wall.

Specs

  • Weight: 28 pounds
  • Dimensions: 18.9 x 35.43 x 14.17 inches
  • Materials: Engineered wood

Pros

  • Saves space
  • Stylish and functional
  • Sturdy

Cons

  • Needs hung properly
  • Assembly required
  • 44-pound load limit

If you’re looking to hold on to every inch of space you possibly can, the Haotian folding desk is a good choice. Since it mounts to the wall, you don’t have to worry about taking up too much room on the ground, and there’s the added bonus of having multiple shelves to keep your work tools neat and organized. At 28 pounds, this small foldable desk is on the heavier side, so you should ensure you hang it properly and securely, or else it will end up on the floor. Instead of folding up, which would hide the shelves, it folds down to moonlight as a piece of decor. The desk has a 44-pound load limit, so don’t overload it with monitors or heavy decorative knick-knacks. Assembly is required, and it takes around 1-2 hours to build, per shared user experiences.

Best for laps: SAIJI Lap Desk

Why it made the cut: Work from your bed, couch, or floor with this handy adjustable lap desk. You can also use it to transform your current desk into a standing desk.

Specs

  • Weight: 10 pounds
  • Dimensions: 23.62 x 17.72 x 11.02 inches
  • Materials: PVC leather, steel, aluminum alloy

Pros

  • Easy to adjust
  • Incredibly storable
  • Lightweight to take anywhere

Cons

  • Latch on left side that locks the tray tilt blocks drawer from opening

Whether you’re lounging at home or on the go, the SAIJI Lap Desk makes working much more comfortable with its ergonomic features and stylish design. The desk also features a foldable bookstand, a storage drawer ideal for your mobile device, and a non-slip textured design to keep your laptop in place. It’s also height-adjustable and features two auto-lock buttons on each side to seamlessly switch between five different height levels to find your ideal viewing angle. You can also use it as a cost-effective way to turn your current sit-down desk into a standing one. Simply stow it under your couch or in a closet when you’re done using it for the day. The latch on the left side of the desk that locks the tray tilt also blocks the drawer from opening, reviews note. If this desk doesn’t tickle your fancy, check out our other laptop-friendly desk recommendations.

Best budget: Cubiker

Cubiker

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This desk is easy to assemble, easy to transport, and easy on your wallet. Talk about a triple threat.

Specs

  • Weight: 23.6 pounds
  • Dimensions: 20 x 40 x 30 inches
  • Materials: Wood; metal

Pros

  • Easy assembly
  • Lots of color options
  • Lightweight

Cons

  • Tabletop doesn’t attach to metal frame

The Cubiker folding desk will give you everything you need without emptying your wallet. Although you won’t get extra features, you will get a well-built, collapsible desk that’s easy to set up and store when not in use. The desk also comes in four color options, including black, brown, and white. Plus, it takes less than 5 minutes to assemble—all you need to do is open the frame and plop the tabletop on top. Because of its weight and transportability, this desk is a great option for college students hopping from one on-campus living situation to another, or for transient working post-grads. However, if you’re worried that the tabletop will fall off the frame, or want to use this desk in your permanent workspace, you might need to attach Velcro strips or something to secure the tabletop to the frame. Here are more narrow desks to consider.

What to consider when buying the best folding desks

Once you’ve established that folding furniture is the way to go for your small space, there are a few factors to consider when choosing the ideal model for you. First of all, be realistic about just how much space you have. Is there enough to comfortably fit a standing desk, or would a portable desk work better? Next, think about your budget. Can you afford to splurge on something like the aforementioned Hoek Home tabletop, or are you looking for a less expensive option? What about a desk that requires little to no assembly? Is the ability to quickly set up or store away your desk important? Keep reading to find out our top choices.

Easy assembly

At first glance, the Sleekform Folding Desk is beautiful, with its rustic tabletop and hairpin legs, but what really makes it special is its no-assembly required design. The fold-out desk comes ready to use straight out of the box. All you have to do is carefully unfold the four metal legs and flip the table over, then fold up and slide it into storage when you’re done. That’s it, no tools or heavy lifting required.

Computer desk or a writing desk

A huge part of finding the best option is knowing exactly what you’ll use it for once it arrives. If you’re looking for a great folding computer desk, look no further than the Elephance Folding Computer Desk. Meanwhile, the Tangkula Folding Writing Desk is great for literary types.

Space

Another great way to maximize space is by picking up a small, wall-mounted folding model. Consider desks that screw into the wall and fold up. This desk is mounted to the wall by two large brackets. You’re still getting a lot of real estate, as well as integrated shelves for plenty of extra storage space. Plus, when the desk isn’t being used, you can fold it flat onto itself while still keeping the shelves on display.

Portability

Lap desks offer the best of both worlds in a sleek and stylish form. As the name suggests, you can use this model while lounging on the couch, but it can also be a great travel desk to take with you. The ability to customize the height and viewing angles makes the desk more ergonomic—which is always a plus when working long hours. Finally, this folding lap desk takes up very little space and can easily be stored in a closet or under your bed until the next time you’re ready to use it.

Price

When you hear the term “budget-friendly,” you might quickly assume that the item will be poorly made and you’d be better off with a more costly option. However, there are quite a few decent budget-friendly folding desks on the market, like the Cubiker folding desk, which is also easy to assemble.

When selecting a budget folding desk, you shouldn’t expect too many frills or extra features compared to a folding computer desk. These cheaper desks are usually fairly simple in design and offer basic functionality. Another drawback with a desk in the lower price range is that you may not get the best quality wood. However, if you’re careful and don’t plan on using the desk outdoors, you should be fine with a less expensive model.

FAQs

Q: How much is a folding desk?

Our picks start at about $60 and range up to $230 for a combination folding desk and bookshelf. The materials used, features, and the size of the desk are some of the main factors in the prices of the best folding desks.

Q: How do I choose a folding desk?

Choosing a folding desk comes down to your personal preference and lifestyle needs. Take a moment to consider how you’ll be using your new piece of office furniture and how much space you have to accommodate, then make your decision based on those main factors.

Q: What material is best for a folding table?

Hands down, the best material for a folding table is wood. This could be high-quality hardwood or something more affordable, like particleboard. One thing to keep in mind: If you’ll be using your folding table outside, you’ll want to stick with a solid wood, as particleboard is susceptible to moisture.

Q: How much weight can a folding desk hold?

The weight a folding desk can hold will vary depending on the type of desk and the material used to make it. For example, a solid wood desk, like the Sleekform option listed above, can hold over 100 pounds.

Q: What are the benefits of foldable furniture?

Foldable furniture is ideal for people who live in small spaces, who like to move their workspaces around, have limited storage, and who are not looking to spend a lot of money.

Final thoughts on the best folding desks

There is no one-size-fits-all approach when choosing the best folding desk. It all comes down to what you’re looking for and how it can best fit into your lifestyle and routine. Ideally, you want your folding desk to enhance your overall work experience without adding extra clutter in your space—whether that’s reducing neck and back pain or allowing you to relax on the couch during your next Zoom meeting.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best folding desks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best microscopes for kids in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-microscopes-for-kids/ Sat, 21 May 2022 13:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=444714
Microscopes for kids sliced header
Stan Horaczek

Keep your young ones confidently curious about science.

The post The best microscopes for kids in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Microscopes for kids sliced header
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall AmScope Beginner Microscope STEM Kit is the best overall microscope for kids. AmScope Beginner Microscope STEM Kit
SEE IT

An excellent kit filled with tools to help kids explore the world close-up.

Best for older kids OMAX-MD82ES10 is the best microscope for 10-years-old. OMAX-MD82ES10
SEE IT

A high-quality microscope that will let kids feel like full-fledged researchers.

Best for young kids Educational Insights GeoSafari Jr. Kids Microscope is the best microscope for young kids. Educational Insights GeoSafari Jr. Kids Microscope
SEE IT

A great option for curious toddlers that want to get up close and personal with household objects.

When most people think of microscopes, they think of labs, schools, and serious research facilities—they don’t think about kids. But there are plenty of great options when it comes to fostering an interest in science at home. If you have a curious kid looking for a fun activity that revolves around exploration and learning, a microscope is a great option for an exciting gift. However, before you inspire your little scientist to get up close and personal, it’s important to understand which make and model will be right for their interests and maturity level. We’ll walk you through some of the features to look out for and recommend some of the best microscopes for kids on the market.

How we chose the best microscopes for kids

We paid particular attention to each model’s durability and magnification power to select the best microscopes for kids of all ages. Children under seven won’t be able to use the features a more advanced microscope will offer, and older children might be disappointed by more rudimentary features made for younger kids, so we looked at light sources, stereo/compound power, and other technical specs to ensure a range of options to suit the spectrum of budding biologists. Finally, we searched for products with special features or science kits so your kids could start a scientific adventure the minute they open the box. We compiled our personal research and experience with online user impressions and critical consensus to select the best microscopes for kids.

The best microscopes for kids: Reviews & Recommendations

There are a lot of ’scopes to scope, so here are the ones whose profiles we choose to magnify.

Best overall: AmScope Beginner Microscope STEM Kit

AmScope

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a 52-piece set that kids can use right out of the box, this microscope is a great introduction to full-scale STEM research.

Specs

  • Magnification: 120x-1200x
  • Age Range: 8+
  • Dimensions: 15.75 x 14.57 x 5.12 inches 
  • Light Source: LED

Pros 

  • Accessory kit 
  • Adjustable magnification
  • Carrying case included

Cons 

  • Not suitable for younger kids

This beginner kit from AmScope includes a power monocular compound microscope with a color filter wheel, magnification ranging from 120x-1200x, LED light illumination, and a stain-resistant metal frame. Inside the ABS carrying case, you’ll also find a pair of tweezers, collecting vials, a Petri dish, prepared slides, Eosin dye, and more. You’ll even find a shrimp hatchery with Brine Shrimp eggs, so your kid can start their first science project immediately. If you’re looking for even more fun, grab AmScope’s World of the Microscope book, which includes additional projects and activities. This kit is recommended to be used under adult supervision and is unsuitable for preschool-aged kids. 

Best for 10-year-olds: OMAX-MD82ES10

OMAX

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A professional digital microscope that will give older kids the confidence and training to go further in their STEM journey. 

Specs

  • Magnification: 40x-2000x
  • Age Range: 10+
  • Dimensions: 9.06 x 7.09 x 12.99 inches 
  • Light Source: LED

Pros 

  • Professional quality 
  • Built-in 1.3MP Camera 
  • Swiveling binocular head 
  • Impressive Magnification

Cons 

  • Pricey
  • Not suitable for younger kids

If you’re looking for one of the best digital microscopes for kids or the classroom, this option from OMAX is more advanced lab equipment than a lot of starter kits. It features eight levels of magnification: 40x, 80x, 100x, 200x, 400x, 800x, 1000x, and 2000x, making it the most powerful microscope on our list. It’s strong enough to show your budding biologist protozoa, cell walls, bacteria, and more. This digital compound microscope can connect via USB to Mac and Windows computers, and the built-in camera can take pictures and record videos of your findings so your kid can share their discoveries at the next family gathering. 

If you’re not ready to spend that multifunctional model money but want a digital microscope, consider this wireless model from Skybasic with 50x-1000x magnification and WiFi connectivity

Best for young kids: Educational Insights GeoSafari Jr. Kids Microscope 

Educational Insights

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The GeoSafari Jr. Kids Microscope is a great way to introduce science and discovery to young children; it’s constructed with small hands in mind, encouraging independent learning without sacrificing functionality. 

Specs

  • Magnification: 2.5x-8x
  • Age Range: 3-6
  • Dimensions: 1.12 x 8.1 x 10 inches 
  • Light Source: LED

Pros 

  • Inexpensive 
  • Binocular eyepieces suitable for kids 
  • Comes with 12 prepared slides 
  • Large viewing area

Cons 

  • Won’t be as fun for older siblings 

This microscope from GeoSafari Jr. is an incredible way to introduce your kids to a wonderful new world full of zoomed-in discoveries. It’s designed explicitly with preschool-aged children in mind and features a large focus knob to help kids get used to magnification, starting with 2.5x and expanding to 8x. Two large eyepieces are comfortable and easy to use, eliminating the need to coordinate closing one eye. A push-button LED light and large viewing plate make this microscope easy to use; kids can independently place household objects and outdoor finds within view, plus, you can help them use the 12 included slide plates for a more advanced experience. One of the best for 5-year-olds, My First Microscope comes in two bright colorways, is made from lightweight yet durable plastic, and is battery operated so you can take it outdoors on a nice day. 

Best portable: Carson MicroBrite Plus Pocket Microscope

Carson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Weighing only 0.15 pounds, this pocket microscope is a great way for kids to get closer to nature during hikes, camping trips, and other outdoor adventures. 

Specs

  • Magnification: 60x-120x
  • Age Range: 6+
  • Dimensions: 3.5 x 0.79 x 1.97 inches 
  • Light Source: LED

Pros 

  • Affordable
  • Lightweight
  • Magnification power 

Cons 

  • Works best on flat object 
  • Can be hard to use for little kids

This compact pocket microscope is an excellent way to explore the outdoors with your kids. While a little trickier to operate than some models made specifically for kids, it’s a great option for looking at leaves, insects, flowers, and more. An aspheric lens forces light rays to converge at a single focal point, allowing for more precise imaging aided by a bright LED light. With a magnification power range between 60x-120x, you’ll see some incredible detail, though it’s recommended that your kids start at the lowest magnification and work their way up. Using the MicroBrite to look at relatively flat objects resting on a flat surface is best, especially for kids still working on keeping a steady hand.  

Best kit: Omano JuniorScope Science Kit

Omano

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A microscope is a great gift, but the JuniorScope Science Kit comes with five fun experiment cards that will keep your kids entertained after they inspect what they find around the house.

Specs

  • Magnification: 40x-400x
  • Age Range: 6+
  • Dimensions: 9 x 6 x 14 inches 
  • Light Source: LED

Pros 

  • Comes with experiments 
  • Good value 
  • Suitable for a wide age range

Cons 

  • Larger objects can be challenging to view 

This microscope kit from JuniorScope comes with three magnification levels, a glass lens, dimmable LED lighting, and a large EZ focus knob allows kids to operate the magnification levels independently. The full kit includes five fun experiment cards that will walk your kids through different ways to inspect various specimens, including insects, human bodies, plants, and crime scenes. Alongside the cards, this kit includes forceps, a Petri dish, dropper, test tube, blank slides, prepared slides, lens paper, and more. Look no further if you want a complete kit to guide a scientifically-minded kid. 

Best budget: National Geographic STEM Kit

NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A full microscope kit for under $40 that includes mineral chips, prepared plates, a lab guide, and more.

Specs

  • Magnification: 40x-400x
  • Age Range: 6+
  • Dimensions: 12.05 x 11.05 x 6.81 
  • Light Source: LED

Pros 

  • Inexpensive
  • Comes with tools and activities 
  • Soft eyepiece 

Cons 

  • Build feels a little cheap

This kit from National Geographic is an affordable way to gift a microscope, equipment, and built-in experiments. The microscope itself features a soft eyepiece, large focus knob, and fixed lens, while the full kit comes with six plant slides, six blank slides, slide case, lab guide, pipette, tweezers, specimen dish, and more. It also comes with six mineral chips, including Pyrite, Amethyst, Rose Quartz, Blue Clacite, Geode, and Green Fluorite. We can confirm that adults and children alike will enjoy getting close to these sparkly rocks. The National Geographic STEM kit delivers a full gift set without breaking the bank. 

What to consider when buying the best microscopes for kids

Just because kids can use these microscopes, that doesn’t mean their construction is completely different from lab-level models. They are still tools that come with technical specifications, and it’s important to understand how they work so you can confidently choose the right one for your young scientist. 

Magnification and eyepiece

Microscopes are designed to zoom in on organisms and other matter, but the magnification power will differ across various models. Generally speaking, the younger the child, the lower the magnification power should be because powerful optics can be more difficult to operate. Microscopes with a 5X to 400X magnification power will be great for younger kids. Higher magnification, above 400x, should typically be reserved for kids over eight. These optics are also directly related to eyepiece type. A monocular eyepiece is used by one eye and can magnify up to 1000X. A binocular microscope supports more powerful magnification and uses both eyes, reducing eye strain. 

Traditional or digital 

You’ll likely see the words “traditional” and “digital” used to describe two different microscope types. A traditional model is probably best if you’re looking for an at-home microscope. A digital unit looks at the plate using a camera, projecting the image onto a screen—helpful for classroom settings or larger families with lots of young kids reluctant to take turns, but not the typical kitchen table use case. 

Stereo or compound

Stereo and compound, also known as high or low power, describe the materials the microscope is designed to inspect. Stereo microscopes are considered low power and are great for exploring small surfaces in more three-dimensional detail: think coins, seashells, and rocks. Compound, high-power microscopes will give you a better look at living organisms, like plant matter, and rely on super small sections of the material to be put on a plate for closer inspection. 

Longevity and durability  

Traditionally, microscopes use small halogen or fluorescent bulbs to illuminate their subjects. If finding replacement bulbs fills you with dread, consider LED options, which are powerful, bright, and last for years. 

Of course, the light source won’t matter if your microscope is made from fragile material and placed in the hands of a well-intentioned yet clumsy kid. Look for strong metals or thick, durable plastics. For kids under 5, grab a model with special safety features—like rubberized grips, padding around the eyepiece, rounded edges, and other features designed to be operated by small, inexperienced fingers. Of course, you can worry less about child-friendly design and more about magnification for older kids. 

Accessories and kits 

Ensure your microscope has all the tools necessary for full functionality; appropriate accessories might include plates, Petri dishes, pipettes, tweezers, etc. If you are gifting a microscope but are unsure how to use it in a fun, engaging way, go for a microscope kit with additional accessories. These kits typically include a variety of experiments or guides to get your scientific explorer started. As they grow, you can get them a telescope under $500 to look at the larger aspects of our universe.

FAQs

Q: How much do the best microscopes for kids cost?

The best microscopes for kids range from $14-$300 based on their features, materials, and quality.

Q: At what age can children use a microscope?

A child can start exploring microscopes as early as three years old. While you shouldn’t put a top-of-the-line research tool into the hands of a toddler, many early-childhood-aged children can interact well with a simple microscope designed for kids. As they get older, you can introduce more complex ideas and, therefore, more complex models to their play and learning. Kids as young as 9 or 10 can successfully operate more advanced binocular-style microscopes to great effect. 

Q: What can you see with a 20x microscope?

A 20x microscope will give you a closer look at the ridges and details on plant specimens, insects, shells, rocks, and other objects around the house. It’s a magnification level that will suit younger children well, though older children might be slightly disappointed. If they hope to zoom in on truly microscopic details, you’ll need a more powerful magnification; fine detail creeps in closer to 200x. 

Q: What microscope magnification is needed to see bacteria?

To see bacteria, you’ll generally need a compound microscope with at least 1000x magnification. A select few, like algae and yeast, can be seen between 200x-400x. You will likely need the right material to stain the bacteria first and experiment with the lens size. Too much magnification can lead to difficulty keeping samples in focus, and too little magnification will lead to blurry, unfocused viewing. 

Final thoughts on the best microscopes for kids

Shopping for the best microscope for kids shouldn’t be a process of trial and error, especially if you know what will suit the age of your little STEM explorer. As long as you don’t buy anything too advanced for smaller kids or too rudimentary for late-elementary to middle school students, you’re on track to deliver an amazing gift that will provide entertainment and learning. Consider the technical specs, pay particular attention to magnification, and think about any extra accessories that could go a long way. You’ll be conducting scientific research experiments with your future doctor/environmental scientist/zoologist/biologist/botanist in no time. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best microscopes for kids in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best projectors under $200 in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-projectors-under-200/ Thu, 14 Apr 2022 19:00:02 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=433292
the best projectors under $200 composited
Stan Horaczek

Turn any wall into a window to other worlds with a portable projector.

The post The best projectors under $200 in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
the best projectors under $200 composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

best overall WiFi Bluetooth Projector, DBPOWER is the best overall projector under 200. DBPOWER WiFi Bluetooth Projector
SEE IT

Excellent all-around performance with HD video and a good warranty.

Best bright image Projector, GooDee 2022 is the best projector under 200. GooDee 2023 Projector
SEE IT

With an extra bright image, this is a solid outdoor movie night option.

Best portable Kodak Ultra Mini Portable Projector is the best portable projector under 200. Kodak Ultra Mini Portable Projector
SEE IT

Palm-sized but still potent, this tiny pocket projector offers big entertainment.

Projectors do wonders at making any room—even minuscule city apartments—feel like a home theater. And not all projectors require a big investment to open up a huge new window of immersive entertainment. If you’re ready to expand your laptop binges and smartphone scrolling to the size of your wall, you can explore the world of streaming content at a surprisingly affordable price. You shouldn’t expect top-tier performance at this price point, but the best projectors under $200 can still provide a satisfying experience if you choose the right model and do a little prep work. 

How we chose the best projectors under $200

Having spent countless nights watching YouTube with my girlfriend’s cat at the foot of the bed purring and curled up around the projector’s exhaust fan, I know the joys of a simple-to-use home projector. For this best-of list, I evaluated leading projectors from numerous manufacturers, looking for the magic combination of a few factors that add up to make some truly great picks. We narrowed down this list from dozens based on intensive research, editorial reviews, and spec comparisons. 

The best projectors under $200: Reviews & Recommendations

These projectors offer surprisingly capable combinations of tech features that capitalize on crisp definition, Apollonian illumination, dynamic sound, and the connectivity you need for nightly use. Most hook into your laptop using an HDMI cable, while some pair wirelessly through a WiFi network. For audio, many pair with powered speakers (or an AV receiver) via aux connections and sometimes support Bluetooth. At the $200 price point, few projectors may be completely cord-free or the perfect pairing for your premium sound systems, but they could be a great partner to that new portable party speaker. Still, today’s budget projectors offer versatility and delivery that would have been unthinkable at this price a decade ago.

Best overall: DBPOWER WiFi Bluetooth Projector

DBPOWER

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With native HD, 9,000 lumens, and WiFi connectivity, this is a versatile and powerful projector, but it’s the customer support that makes it the best overall.

Specs

  • Luminance: 9,000 lumens
  • Definition: 1080p
  • Connections: HDMI, WiFi, Bluetooth (sound), TV stick, USB, AV port, 3.5mm audio

Pros

  • Really nice picture with good definition and bright luminance
  • Solid connectivity options
  • Allows viewers to screencast from their phones

Cons

  • Bluetooth connection is only sound, advertising is misleading
  • Some high-end sound systems won’t connect

This projector hits all the basics with aplomb: It offers 1080p definition without much warping along the edges, delivers 9,000 lumens to be visible in half-light conditions, and features impressive connectivity options. That connectivity lets you pair your devices to the projector via WiFi to screencast from a phone, or connect a sound system via Bluetooth. However, it will not deliver video via Bluetooth. That’s typical, but the product listings make it slightly confusing. 

The projector also delivers a few special features, such as a zoom function that allows you to shrink the image to 75% via the remote. Built-in speakers create a modicum of surround sound illusion. However, we think you’ll be best served by connecting to a separate Bluetooth speaker device.  

Best bright image: GooDee 2022 Projector

GooDee

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With 1080p native resolution, 9,500 lumens, and two speakers to create a modicum of surround sound, this projector is more than capable of achieving most of what most users want.

Specs

  • Luminance: 9,500 lumens
  • Definition: 1080p
  • Connections: 2 HDMI, VGA, 2 USB, AV, TF card

Pros

  • Two speakers for true stereo sound
  • Extra bright LED luminance
  • Decent connections

Cons

  • Build quality is a bit cheap
  • Edges get somewhat fuzzy

At the sub-$200 price point, it can be hard to find a projector with really excellent brightness. The GooDee 2022 distinguishes itself here. Offering 9,500 lumens with a 3,000:1 contrast ratio and a max screen size of 230 inches, this budget projector emphasizes going big. A pretty perfect option for backyard movie nights, this might be the best outdoor projector under $200, hitting a nice sweet spot of big image and lightweight build. 

The GooDee does have a little trouble with warping and fuzziness around the image corners. However, that’s nothing rare at this price point. The device also suffers from a somewhat cheap-feeling build. It doesn’t feel super solid and primed for longevity. Still, the brightness and resolution may compensate for this for most users.

All in all, GooDee delivers a projector that yields a pretty bright, crisp image, with good contrast and resolution. It’s especially suited for backyard movie parties.

Best portable: Kodak Ultra Mini Portable Projector

KODAK

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With support for 1080p signal and a two-hour battery charge, this super-petite projector fits in a pocket and makes for a perfect companion for campers with kids or travel.

Specs

  • Luminance: 25 ANSI lumen
  • Definition: 640 x 320 (capable of displaying images meant for 1080p)
  • Connections: HDMI, USB, MicroSD

Pros

  • Ultra-portable
  • Makes a great camping projector

Cons

  • Battery often dies in under two hours

Ready to bring your projector camping? The Kodak Ultra Mini projector does some amazing things, considering its size. At about 3 inches square and only 150 grams, the Kodak lives up to its title as a true “ultra-mini” projector housed in that tiny body is a decent projector that hooks up to most smartphones and portable devices.

With such a tiny size and low price, the Ultra-Mini will require you to make some sacrifices. While it can receive a 1080p signal, it only outputs at 640 x 320, meaning the 1080p video entering the projector will be downscaled to a much lower native resolution. It’s quite a drop from HD, so don’t expect crisp, beautiful video that perfectly represents contemporary cinema. Additionally, the brightness isn’t anything to write home about. Still, it’s nothing to sneer at on a dark tent wall. One other issue with the device is its short battery life. It generally won’t make it past two hours, so don’t expect any Lord Of The Rings marathon binges here.

If a miniature portable projector is something you’re after and you decide you can afford the bells and whistles, Kodak’s more expensive Luma 350 could be worth exploring. For its small price and equally tiny size, however, the Kodak Ultra Mini is the best mini projector under $200. It’s worth a look, even if it could be a good idea to get your expectations in order before you spring for it.

Best for home theater: Wsky HD Projector (Refurbished)

Wsky

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a native 1080p HD resolution and a significantly higher-than-average 5,000:1 contrast, this projector puts its double-dense LED tech to work.

Specs

  • Luminance: 7,500 lumens
  • Definition: 1080p
  • Connections: HDMI, VGA, audio port, USB, MHL

Pros

  • 84 LEDs double the standard LED count in a projector and achieve greater detail, contrast, and less fuzziness on the exterior of the image
  • Value priced

Cons

  • Sound quality isn’t great

For a sub-$200 cinephiles projector, look no further than the Wsky HD Projector. This projector puts the work in on image quality using a higher-than-average LED count. The 5,000:1 contrast is noticeably better than much of the competition, and the 1080p HD coverage looks great, even with new movies. With better-than-average corner coverage achieved via the keystone wheel, Wsky also doesn’t suffer from as much of the edge blurriness that might make subtitles illegible on some projectors.

The Wsky’s sound won’t rack up any bonus points, however. While it advertises Dolby sound, the two speakers aren’t powerful enough. However, plugging speakers into the audio jack can mitigate this sound deficiency. Sadly, no Bluetooth audio connection is available. However, those who stump for Bluetooth speakers may be able to pair them to a device that’s sourcing video (such as your laptop, though there might be sync issues). 

With its impressive video capabilities, the Wsky HD Projector is worth consideration for anyone who wants a projector that yields a great picture.

Best with DVD player: BIGASUO Upgrade HD Bluetooth Projector

BIGASUO

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: For folks with a legacy DVD collection who might want to skip all the wires, this projector has a built-in DVD player and does a decent job at all the rest.

Specs

  • Luminance: 5,500 lumens
  • Definition: 720p
  • Connections: HDMI, VGA, AV, USB, Bluetooth (sound), TF SD card

Pros

  • DVD player built in
  • Decent connectivity, including Bluetooth for sound

Cons

  • Resolution and brightness are both somewhat low
  • Sound is nothing to write home about

Are you itching to tuck into the entire Lassie television series on DVD box set? The BIGASUO Upgrade HD projector with a built-in DVD player might be your best bet. The BIGASUO projector is remarkable for its connections and legacy media opportunities. 

The Bluetooth connection for sound is particularly useful in concert with the built-in DVD player. Often with contemporary laptops, Bluetooth sound on a projector is redundant since most laptops can pair to a Bluetooth speaker while casting video through HDMI. However, since this device acts as its own DVD player, the Bluetooth connection can be important for those skipping the laptop entirely. This means you can natively watch DVDs from the device while simultaneously paired with a Bluetooth speaker for sound.

Outside of its DVD player, this is an unremarkable projector. It downscales HD video to its native 720p definition, which falls short of similarly priced native HD projectors. Its brightness similarly lags the competition somewhat.

If you’re looking for a capable all-in-one DVD player/projector hybrid, the BIGASUO Upgrade HD is a good pick. Otherwise, you may want to move on.

Best with screen: YABER WiFi 9000L

Yaber

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Yaber boasts an impressive 10,000:1 contrast, supplemented by an included SCT screen that improves the image.

Specs

  • Luminance: 9,500 lumens
  • Definition: 1080p
  • Connections: HDMI, USB, VGA, AV, audio, TF card

Pros

  • Includes projection screen, which is primed for contrast
  • Decently bright
  • Lightweight and portable at just over two pounds

Cons

  • Resolution could be better

Pay for a projector, get the whole shebang? You’ll get just that with the YABER WiFi 9000L, which features a projection screen included in the box. While lots of folks use their projectors on a blank wall, you can demonstrably get a better image with a specially designed projection screen.

The rest of the YABER’s specs are average. It features a 1080p native resolution, and its brightness is better than average but not outstanding. It uses two speakers for decent sound. The WiFi connectivity is a nice touch that may sway some buyers. That, coupled with the 10,000:1 high definition, makes for a good all-around projector that’s a perfect addition to some households.

Best for gaming: WiMiUS S26 Projector

WiMiUs

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This HD projector isn’t actually true 4K, but it does deliver 1080p video at gaming speeds, extra bright 480 ANSI lumens, 20,000:1 contrast ratio, and extra nice keystone correction. 

Specs

  • Luminance: 480 ANSI lumens
  • Definition: 1080p
  • Connections: HDMI, USB, AV, 1 audio output

Pros

  • Great video quality with very bright and detailed image
  • Relatively low lag makes it worthy of games
  • With a wider-than-average keystone correction capability, you’ll get a more balanced picture

Cons

  • “4K” claim refers to 4K video input, which is standard and downgraded to HD
  • Edges of the picture remain fuzzy

Available for a solid sale price more often than not, the WiMiUS S26 fits within the $200 mark for our purposes. While the false 4K advertising is certainly a turn-off, the projector is still a good enough deal to highlight on this list. 

This projector has a classic HD 1920×1080 resolution, make no mistake. The 4K claim simply refers to the projector’s ability to accept 4K video and downscale it to HD, which is common. Still, this projector throws a nice-looking image: It has the highest contrast ratio of any projector on this list, with about 1,152 LED lumens (480 ANSI lumens) that should appeal to gamers. That said, the image has some issues; its edges tend to blur, with the middle properly focusing and the corners getting fuzzy.

In the end, this is a pretty capable extra bright projector. But don’t be fooled by the advertising … this isn’t a magical unicorn 4K projector for under $200.

Best budget: Vamvo Mini Movie Projector

Vavmo

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With its two built-in speakers, 720p resolution, and under 1-pound weight, Vamvo dishes up a budget projector that does a really decent job. 

Specs

  • Luminance: 3,500 lumens
  • Definition: 720p
  • Connections: HDMI, VGA, SD/TF, AV, USB and RC

Pros

  • Better sound delivery than most at this price
  • Lightweight build makes it a great choice for a portable option
  • Decently bright

Cons

  • Non-HD picture is a bit blurry

For a truly low price for its capabilities, the Vamvo Mini Movie Projector is the value pick for budget projectors. This 720p projector still delivers a decent enough high-contrast picture that’s adequately bright in dark rooms at 3,500 lumens, so that it’s effective in moderately dark to very dark spaces. While it advertises its support for 1080p HD, the 720p resolution will mean that high-end pictures do downgrade and lose detail. If you’re just watching the occasional movie in a dark backyard on a DIY screen or sheet, that may not matter very much.

The projector’s speakers certainly fall short of outstanding. Still, you can’t knock the performance here for the price point. It does a better job than most at this level. Overall, Vamvo is a true budget projector. While none of its components outpace the best equipped of the competition, if a low price is your most important metric, then it’s worth real consideration for its decent treatment of all the basics. At about just under a pound, this Vamvo is portable, reliable, and very cheap.

Things to consider when shopping for the best projectors under $200

You won’t get a chance to try out these projectors before you take the leap and buy one, but you can get a good idea of what you’re getting by comparing the specs. Here are some essential features to look for when trying to pick the best model for you. 

Do you need 4K?

4K is all the rage (until 8K finally establishes itself), and while I type this article on a laptop with a 4K screen, the resolution difference between 1080p and 4K at that scale is subtle. However, a top-tier projector is arguably one of the best applications of 4K resolution. Since projectors often cast their image onto large surfaces, the more pixels the projector displays, the better it looks at visual detail. That said, true 4K resolution is currently prohibitively expensive for an “under $200” list.

The difference between 1080p and a resolution like 720p is quite drastic. With a difference of 1080 lines of pixel dots versus 720 lines of pixel dots, you will notice the difference, especially if you’re projecting large. Generally, a substantive price difference separates the standard resolution brackets. So unless you are dedicated to getting the most portable projector out there, the choice should generally come down to budget vs. resolution. Go for the 1080p model unless image quality really isn’t important to you.

Read the fine print

Yeah, you want to believe that companies are being transparent about their products, but there’s a lot of bluster in the budget projector market. Often companies will claim their product supports HD in a header, then reveal that it has a native resolution of 720p, accepting HD video and downscaling it. It’s important to fully examine the specs of the projector you’re considering purchasing to ensure that it’s really the right one for you.

Keystone effect

Keystone correction refers to the illusion that’s created when your projector casts a square image onto a wall at an angle, creating a trapezoid. The shape created looks like the crowning keystone a mason would use to construct an arch. 

Today’s projectors compensate for the keystone effect by including a control that skews the image. This control usually takes the shape of a ring or nob by the focus control. Keystone correction can also be added digitally. 

Some projectors are better at keystone correction than others. But all projectors can benefit from supplementing keystone compensation with proper alignment of the projector against the wall. For permanent installation, getting the projector alignment right the first time is usually a good idea. Whether your projector will be installed permanently, or be moved around the house (or beyond), it’s worth understanding Keystone controls before you make a final decision.

Screen or wall?

Screens can make a huge difference in the image quality you get from your projector. Painted walls often contain more bumps and crevasses than you would expect. Not only do projector screens deliver a flat uniform surface, but they also often come primed with materials that help your projector do its work. Some projectors ship with a screen in the package. Many others would benefit from one. It’s worth considering whether you want to invest in a projector screen.

Luminance

Most of the time, projectors with the highest luminance are better than others for most users. Since projectors work by casting light onto a wall, higher luminance equals a brighter, more visible image, that will show up in half-light settings and on surfaces that aren’t primed for contrast. Usually, companies describe luminance in terms of lumens, which is the International System of Units standard for measuring total light emission over a unit of time. Sometimes, projectors advertise their brightness using the term “ANSI lumens,” a (generally) more accurate metric created by the American National Standards Institute for measuring total light emitted from a projector. While ANSI lumens aren’t directly convertible to lumens without accounting for a few additional factors (such as room temperature and surface color), 400 ANSI lumens roughly translates to a little under 1000 lumens. For this article, we prioritized higher luminance in most cases.

Picture quality and definition 

We’re in the era of 4K, and while a 4K resolution projector is rarely achievable for less than $200 (though we’ve got some great choices starting at $500), HD has become the bottom line in most cases. Many projectors still offer less than 1080p resolutions, and some are still worth considering, especially if you’re stumping for ultra-portability (or ultra-cheap prices). Still, most of the time, 1080p HD is the baseline we look for in a model designed for watching content. It creates a detailed image that does justice to your Criterion Collection binges. Definition isn’t the whole story, though: some projectors warp or blur image edges, skewing the picture. Other factors like contrast and color reproduction can also affect quality. This list prioritizes projectors that achieve image quality that displays the worlds you escape in how the director (or game designer) envisioned them.

Connectivity

At the sub-$200 price point, most projectors use HDMI cables for video connection. A few offer WiFi connections to supplement this. A few even offer Bluetooth connectivity. I factored in a projector’s connection offerings when I evaluated it and highlighted any that stand out from the crowd.

FAQs

Q: Which brand is best for projectors?

At the sub-$200 price point, DBPOWER is the most all-around capable projector. You also get solid support along with your purchase. 

Q: What should I look for in a good projector?

Great projectors under $200 offer solid brightness, which usually delivers 5,000 lumens and up, HD video, good connectivity, and reliable customer service. 

Q: How many lumens do I need for outdoor projector?

No projector can keep up with the luminance of the sun. Projectors that deliver the maximum possible lumens do the best outdoors; in the under $200 category, look for projectors that deliver 7,000 lumens and up, and 9,000-9,500 would be best.

Q: How many lumens is a good projector?

Certain mini portable projectors that emphasize small size can justify low brightness and still qualify as good quality. However, generally, 5,000 lumens and up makes a good projector brightness.

Q: What are the best projectors under $100?

The Vamvo Mini Movie Projector dishes up lean, mean video for under $100. With HD video, 3,5005-lumen brightness, and good connectivity, it’s a steal.

Q: What projectors under $200 work well with PS5?

The WiMiUS S26 Projector is a powerful gamer-ready projector. Its impressive video does justice to the PlayStation 5’s graphics. At just under $200, it’s a great choice. If you’re moving up to the PS5, though, you might want to consider larger, albeit more expensive projectors, or you’re just wasting all that next-gen game engine.

Q: How long does a projector last?

While so many components factor into the lifespan of your tech. Companies often advertise the lifespan of the LEDs or other light sources that power their projectors. Some are primed to last for 10 years, while others may only deliver about a year.

Final thoughts on the best projectors under $200

The best projectors under $200 offer tuned combinations of value and performance. You’ll find HD video, bright high-lumen LEDs, and solid connectivity at the price point. You can also find ultra-mini projectors capable of projecting from a phone or tablet and easily fit into a shirt pocket. For one of the best value projectors around, the Vamvo Mini Movie Projector delivers good video and brightness at a super-budget price. The Wsky HD Projector, with its impressive LED tech, is our favorite for home theater, though you might want to pair it with external speakers. DBPOWER, on the other hand, was the clear choice for the overall best projector under $200 for its HD video, good brightness, connectivity, and a customer service plan and warranty that goes far beyond most on this list. Whatever you pick, enjoy the new dimensions of video and picture quality that your projector will bring to your home media. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best projectors under $200 in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best leaf mulchers in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-leaf-mulcher/ Tue, 23 Mar 2021 17:13:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=278407
Spend less time raking and more time composting with the help of one of the best leaf mulchers.

We'll help you find the best leaf mulcher to tackle your fall cleanup.

The post The best leaf mulchers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Spend less time raking and more time composting with the help of one of the best leaf mulchers.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The WORX 12 TRIVAC 3-in-1 Electric Leaf Blower/Mulcher/Yard Vacuum is the best leaf mulcher overall. WORX 12 Amp TRIVAC 3-in-1 Electric Leaf Blower/Mulcher/Yard Vacuum
SEE IT

This 3-in-1 model lets you mulch, vacuum, and blow your leaves with one powerful tool.

Best gas landworks gas powered leaf mulcher Landworks Mini Wood Chipper Shredder Mulcher
SEE IT

If you need to chop wood, this machine can handle branches up to 3 inches in diameter.

Best budget BLACK+DECKER Leaf Blower & Leaf Vacuum BLACK+DECKER 3 in 1 Electric Leaf Blower
SEE IT

This option is great for homeowners looking for a basic, wallet-friendly mulcher.

Fall is gorgeous, but it’s also a grueling period for yard work, so a good leaf mulcher can come in handy. As stunning foliage falls from the trees, homeowners are faced with the Sisyphean task of clearing their yard of endlessly dropping debris. This step of lawn maintenance, important in preventing disease from hijacking your grass under the cover of wet leaves during the winter months, will be much easier if you have appropriate outdoor power equipment for the job. We’re here to help you identify the best leaf mulchers to clear your lawn and dispose of autumn debris.

How we chose the best leaf mulchers

Depending on your location, leaf disposal can be tricky. Some towns have a service for leaf pickup, but it often comes with a fee attached and the responsibility of tracking down a specific type of leaf bag. Other towns have a set location for residents to drop off their bagged leaves, which can be difficult if you don’t have a pickup truck to transport the hefty bags. 

A better option? Make leaf mulching a part of your yard maintenance. The process simply involves loading the leaves into a leaf shredder that cuts them up into tiny pieces, greatly reducing the heft of the load. Once shredded, leaves can be mulched around your plants and trees to retain moisture, protect from frost, and suppress weeds. 

Once you find the best leaf mulcher for your lawn care, disposing of leaves is a breeze. In compiling our recommendations, we looked at top brands and weighed a range of factors, including versatility, power, mulch ratio, ease of use, and price.

The best leaf mulchers: Reviews & Recommendations

Like any piece of outdoor power equipment, like a cordless leaf blower, an overwhelming number of leaf mulchers with different features are available for purchase. A little bit of research can ensure that your machine is tailored to your specific lawn care needs and worthy of space in your storage shed. We’ve gathered our recommendations and provided some tips below to consider when making your purchase.

Best overall: WORX 12 Amp TRIVAC 3-in-1 Electric Leaf Blower/Mulcher/Yard Vacuum

WORX

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Handheld
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Voltage: 120V
  • Mulch ratio: 16:1
  • Weight: 9 lbs.

Pros

  • Powerful
  • Contains mulcher, blower, and vacuum
  • Affordable

Cons

  • Heavy
  • Some users had problems with attachments

Why invest in three different tools when you can blow your leaves, mulch, and vacuum with one device? WORX 12 Amp TRIVAC 3-in-1 Electric Leaf Blower/Mulcher/Yard Vacuum is lightweight at 9 pounds, and changes functions with the turn of a dial. The lightweight, handheld tool features a metal impeller with a shredder blade that provides a 16:1 leaves-to-mulch ratio. Once the mulch is collected, the bag is easy to detach for removal. This tool also provides a powerful 600 CFM (cubic feet per minute) for leaf blowing and switches between two speeds. So ditch the rake and dispense with your leaves quickly and easily with this versatile option.

Best electric: WORX 12 Amp 3-in-1 Electric Blower/Mulcher/Vacuum

WORX

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Handheld
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Voltage: 120V
  • Mulch ratio: 18:1
  • Weight: 9.3 lbs.

Pros

  • Versatile with mulcher, blower, and vacuum
  • Handheld
  • High mulch ratio
  • Environmentally friendly

Cons

  • Some users say suction is weak

This corded electric three-in-one model is lightweight but powerful. A simple switch quickly flips from blower to vacuum to mulching mode, and two speeds are available to accommodate different functions. It boasts an 18:1 mulching ratio, consolidating 18 bags of leaves into just one. As an electric device, this model is muted and environmentally friendly. 

Best gas: Landworks Mini Wood Chipper Shredder Mulcher

Landworks

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Standalone
  • Power: Gas
  • Voltage: N/A
  • Mulch ratio: 15:1
  • Weight: 9.3 lbs.

Pros

  • Can handle heavy branches
  • Powerful engine
  • Professional quality

Cons

  • Expensive
  • No other tools
  • Not environmentally friendly

This Landworks machine has a mulching ratio of 15:1, and is able to tackle branches of up to 3 inches in diameter. You can adjust the discharge chute anywhere between 90 to 145 degrees for easy and efficient disposal. The 7HP engine takes 87 octane gas with no ethanol. This mulcher doesn’t have the versatility but can handle harder jobs.

Best standalone: SuperHandy Leaf Mulcher

SuperHandy

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Standalone
  • Power: Electric
  • Voltage: 120V
  • Mulch ratio: 17:1
  • Weight: 46.5 lbs.

Pros

  • Can handle branches, leaves, and grass
  • Environmentally friendly
  • Affordable
  • High mulch ratio

Cons

  • Some users said it gets clogged
  • May not last long

The SuperHandy Leaf Mulcher is a smaller version of the SuperHandy Wood Chipper. While the mulcher can’t handle the sizable branches that the Wood Chipper can, it comes at a fraction of the price and is perfect for yearly leaf maintenance. It has a high 17:1 mulching ratio, and its electric belt-driven motor is quiet and eco-friendly. 

Best heavy-duty: Patriot Products 14 Amp Electric Wood Chipper/Leaf Shredder

Patriot Products

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Standalone
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Voltage: 110V
  • Mulch ratio: N/A
  • Weight: 95 lbs.

Pros

  • Chops branches up to 2 ½ inches in diameter
  • Environmentally friendly
  • Affordable

Cons

  • Only one function
  • Heavy

This Patriot Products wood chipper/leaf shredder offers versatile performance for various levels of yard maintenance. A larger piece of outdoor power equipment, this electric mulcher remains smooth and quiet as it shreds leaves and chips branches up to 2 ½ inches in diameter. Simply slide your debris into the top of the feeder, and the mulch spits out the side.

Best budget: BLACK+DECKER 3 in 1 Electric Leaf Blower

BLACK+DECKER

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Handheld
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Voltage: 120V
  • Mulch ratio: 10:1
  • Weight: 8.1 pounds

Pros

  • Easy on the wallet
  • Includes mulcher, vacuum, and blower
  • Environmentally friendly

Cons

  • Low mulch ratio
  • Some users say it didn’t last long

This blower has options for more attachments, but even the bare-bones model is a blower, vacuum, and mulcher all in one. The corded electric blower is lightweight and easy to use, and it shreds 10 bags of leaves into one. This option is great for homeowners looking for a basic, wallet-friendly mulcher. 

Things to consider when buying the best leaf mulchers

With so many variations of leaf mulchers available, first narrow your options down by deciding what style mulching machine you’re looking for: handheld or stand-alone. Stand-alone mulchers are stationary machines into which you feed collected leaves for shredding. You can carry a handheld machine around the yard, and vacuum leaves straight into the machine. Handheld mulchers usually function as a leaf blower as well.

Also, think about what power source is best for you. A gas-powered mulcher is an excellent choice if you want more power and want to avoid plugging in the device or charging batteries, but that comes at the cost of a heavier machine. An electric or battery-powered mulcher leaves you at the mercy of your power source (so maybe keep a portable power station handy)—but can be significantly lighter and easier to maneuver. 

Lastly, pay attention to the mulching ratio of your leaf shredder. The mulch ratio basically tells you how much the shredder will cut down your leaves: the highest ratio of 18:1 will reduce 18 bags of leaves to fit into one bag. When choosing the best leaf mulchers for your needs, consider how many bags of leaves you typically have in the fall and what you plan to do with them after they’re shredded—larger shreds are fine for mulching around your trees, while smaller shreds are better for composting.

Electric vs. gas

A handheld mulching machine gives you the benefit of turning the two steps of gathering the leaves and then mulching them into one step. Most models can blow, vacuum, and shred, so one swift trip around the yard completes the entire cleanup. 

Electric leaf mulchers are significantly lighter than their gas-powered counterparts. Collecting leaves is done with relative ease, and while you’ll need a battery or connection to a power source, you can use a long extension cord or keep an extra battery charging.

For extended use without a power cord or having to stop and recharge batteries, gas-powered mulchers keep going for a lot longer than an electric model. Gas-powered models tend to be more expensive than electric, but you get what you pay for with more power and faster cleanup—just remember to keep extra gas in the shed so you can start with a full tank. 

Handheld vs. standalone leaf mulchers

The majority of the best leaf mulchers are handheld and come with blower and vacuum functions, but a standalone leaf mulcher has only one function: shred leaves. This is perfect for handling heavier loads, and if you go for a higher-end model, you’re ultimately purchasing a wood chipper that can even deal with small tree limbs. We found smaller and heavy-duty models for more extreme yard work. 

Versatility

If you’re willing to fork over some more green for a more versatile machine, a heavier-duty leaf shredder can reduce twigs, branches, and acorns. This is optimal for cleaning up debris after storms and heavy winds knock limbs into your yard. These powerful devices can make yard maintenance quick and efficient and leave you with aesthetically pleasing mulch for your landscaping.

Price

If your fall yard maintenance tends to be a small and simple job, the best leaf mulcher for you shouldn’t have to break the bank. While cheap mulchers often coincide with a smaller capacity for collection and a less powerful engine, we’ve found inexpensive models on the market that are still strong and efficient. 

FAQs

Q: What leaves are not good for compost?

The leaves that won’t compost well are higher in lignin, a polymer that makes them feel rigid, almost wooden. High-lignin leaves include those found on beech trees, oaks, and sweet cherry trees. Also, avoid black walnut, eucalyptus, and poison ivy leaves, as they can be toxic. The best leaves for mulching have high levels of calcium and nitrogen and are low in lignin, like poplar, maple, and ash leaves.

Q: What is the best way to shred leaves?

If you don’t have many trees around the yard and your fall blanket is minimal, a lawn mower could work as a leaf shredder in a pinch—simply mow over the leaves and collect them in the mower’s bag attachment. However, with several price-friendly options on the market, it’s better to take the easier route and buy a leaf mulcher. A specialized leaf vacuum and mulcher does a more thorough job picking up the leaves and shreds smaller than a mower can. 

Q: What is the best 3-in-1 blower, vacuum, and mulcher?

DeWalt and Husqvarna are both popular outdoor equipment brands, and each has excellent 3-in-1 leaf machines, but our favorite is the WORX WG518, a 12-amp 2-speed leaf blower, vacuum, and mulcher. This is a corded model, so you’ll need a power source, but in return it’s lightweight and easy to carry. Its mulch ratio is on the higher end at 16:1, so if you have a large amount of leaves to consolidate, this machine does the trick. 

Final thoughts on the best leaf mulchers

Finding the best leaf mulcher to clean up your lawn this fall will take a lot of heavy lifting, and raking, off your shoulders. The 3-in-1 models are especially efficient and can operate as a leaf blower, vacuum, and mulcher all in one. Removing the bed of leaves from your yard is an essential part of your yard maintenance schedule, as it keeps the leaves from molding and suffocating your lawn or becoming a breeding ground for debris. Find yourself the best leaf mulcher for your needs, and in no time, you’ll have your yard cleaned up and ready for next spring.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best leaf mulchers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best leaf blowers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-leaf-blower/ Tue, 20 Jul 2021 11:00:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/story/uncategorized/best-leaf-blower/
The best leaf blowers
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Rid your lawn, sidewalk, or back porch of pesky foliage.

The post The best leaf blowers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best leaf blowers
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Dewalt Cordless Leaf Blower XR DeWalt Corded Electric Handheld Leaf Blower
SEE IT

No need to fuel this pick up with gas—it runs on electricity alone and can clear out up to 450 cubic feet per minute.

Best rechargeable RYOBI Brushless Cordless Jet Fan Leaf Blower RYOBI Brushless Cordless Jet Fan Leaf Blower
SEE IT

Clear away debris and leaves without the hassle of a tangled cord or short battery life.

Best budget BLACK+DECKER Leaf Blower & Leaf Vacuum BLACK+DECKER Leaf Blower & Leaf Vacuum
SEE IT

Get both a blower and a mulcher for the price of one (or less) without sacrificing power. This pick blows at up to 250 miles per hour for no-fuss cleaning.

A great leaf blower makes you want to wake up on a fall day and get to work. It makes you wish your yard was a few acres bigger so you can use your favorite power tool more. But who wants to bother with a leaf blower rental? And trying to borrow a neighbor’s noisy, old leaf blower can feel like pulling teeth. The wrong leaf blower can make you want to pick up a rake to move the few leaves that fell on your front lawn. Purchasing your own leaf blower can have higher upfront costs than renting, but it will save you plenty of headaches—there’s no need to pick up and drop it off, and you don’t have to worry about handling a leaf blower you hate. Effectiveness isn’t the only measure of a blower. If you want to be a good neighbor, you’ll also want to consider just how loud your lawn equipment is, as some communities ban the use of certain kinds of leaf blowers to reduce noise pollution. Here’s how to find the best leaf blower for you.

How we chose the best leaf blowers

We looked to product reviews, consumer impressions, and warranted advice from our landscape-loving dads, who are very proud of their yard tools. You deserved to be just as jazzed about a storage shed packed with your own collection of backyard tools as they are.

The best leaf blowers: Reviews & Recommendations

Looking for a tool to move leaves can be stressful, but don’t worry, we’ve got you covered—you don’t have to go back to raking leaves. This guide will take you through the main points to consider while buying a leaf blower while offering up our leaf blower reviews. You can save that stress for when it’s time to choose a snowblower.

Best overall: DeWALT Cordless XR Leaf Blower

Dewalt

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This professional-grade leaf blower brings crisp landscaping to your backyard.

Specs

  • Weight: 5.43 lbs.
  • Power source: Battery
  • Electric or gas: Electric
  • Air speed: 125 MPH

Pros

  • Part of DeWalt’s tool ecosystem
  • Brushless motor
  • Lightweight

Cons

  • Doesn’t come with a battery

DeWALT’s cordless leaf blower offers an excellent combination of both power—courtesy of its 20V motor—and cost. This battery-powered model can push out air at up to 125 miles per hour, covering an area of 450 cubic feet per minute. A flat concentrator nozzle helps blow away heavier debris. This leaf blower runs on a battery, but DeWALT doesn’t include one with the box; you’ll have to pick one up separately. If you have another DeWALT power tool, there’s a good chance its battery is compatible with this leaf blower, which is one reason to stay within the company’s ecosystem. The company does offer a bundle with a battery and charger for an additional $50 in case you’re totally new to DeWALT power tools, or want a spare.

Best rechargeable: RYOBI Brushless Cordless Jet Fan Leaf Blower

Ryobi

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This lightweight, quiet leaf blower packs a powerful punch.

Specs

  • Weight: 8.08 lbs.
  • Power source: Battery
  • Electric or gas: Electric
  • Air speed: 125 MPH

Pros

  • Quiet
  • Light
  • Brushless motor

Cons

  • Battery and charger sold separately

This Ryobi leaf blower buzzes along at 125 MPH and is fairly quiet at only 59 decibels. The cordless blower has a battery life approaching half an hour without using turbo mode. It weighs less than 10 pounds, meaning you can teach Junior how to help out in the yard without risking a hospital trip. Don’t let its weight and quietness fool you—this leaf blower runs at 550 CFM, or cubic feet per minute, and rivals the power of many gas-powered leaf blowers. This means you can clean the yard and driveway faster than Junior tries to bail out of their yard duties. Not today, Junior!

Best handheld: CRAFTSMAN Cordless Leaf Blower

CRAFTSMAN

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A large, translucent fuel tank takes the guesswork out of filling up this leaf blower.

Specs

  • Weight: 8 lbs.
  • Power source: Battery
  • Electric or gas: Electric
  • Air speed: 100 MPH

Pros

  • Completely wireless
  • Powerful
  • Includes multiple batteries and charger

Cons

  • Not for heavy use

This CRAFTSMAN leaf blower is relatively lightweight, runs on a battery, and includes all of the necessary charging accessories. With a maximum speed of 100 MPH, this leaf blower will offer respectable performance given its size. You’ll only be able to get through roughly a quarter of an acre of land per cleaning session off a single fully charged battery, but the bundle we’re recommending comes with two. If you have a larger backyard, it would be wise to invest in a more heavy-duty leaf blower.

Best cordless: Worx Nitro 40V PRO LEAFJET Cordless Leaf Blower

Worx

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This lightweight cordless leafblower is designed with an efficient brushless motor, yet provides plenty of power, courtesy of two 20-volt batteries.  

Specs

  • Weight: 6.6 lbs.
  • Power source: Battery
  • Electric or gas: Electric
  • Air speed: 165 MPH

Pros

  • Designed with two powerful batteries
  • Features 620 CFM blower and has high capacity
  • Comes with charger

Cons

  • Somer users had issues with battery performance

The WORX Nitro Leaf Blower provides plenty of performance for a lightweight, cordless tool. It’s designed with a brushless motor that allows it to run longer. The two included lithium-ion batteries provide 40 volts of power and 165 MPH of blowing speed. An air control nozzle allows users to toggle between high volume and high speed, and the blower also features dual air intakes. Finally, the batteries charge to full capacity in two hours, and this blower is compatible with other WORX tools.

Best backpack: ECHO Gas Backpack Blower

Echo

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This powerful leaf blower takes the strain off your hands to make yard work a breeze.

Specs

  • Weight: 29 lbs.
  • Power source: Engine
  • Electric or gas: Gas
  • Air speed: 234 MPH

Pros

  • Powerful
  • Covers lots of ground
  • No tingly hands from vibrations

Cons

  • Heavy
  • Expensive

This ECHO leaf blower blows 234 MPH and has an airflow capacity of 765 CFM, which makes it perfect for those with plenty of acres to cover or who landscape on the side. Keep in mind that it weighs 29 pounds, though, so it might be cumbersome to wear for long periods of time. However, the comfortable straps help ease the burden on your shoulders. Although this leaf blower packs a hefty price tag, reviewers note its longevity and power, meaning this investment purchase pays for itself.

Best budget: BLACK+DECKER Leaf Blower & Leaf Vacuum

Black+Decker

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This versatile piece of equipment vacuum leaves not the cash in your wallet.

Specs

  • Weight: 8.1 lbs.
  • Power source: Corded
  • Electric or gas: Electric
  • Air speed: 250 MPH

Pros

  • Three tools in one
  • Easy leaf disposal

Cons

  • Needs practice to handle

This Black+Decker leaf blower provides leaf blowing and vacuuming and a bag for mulching. Twelve amps of power deliver up to 250 MPH of blowing speed. You can conveniently grind down up to 16 bags of mulch into one with this leaf blower vacuum. Reviewers note that it works on small debris, but be aware that it takes a bit of practice to handle—vacuuming too fast will clog the tube. It’s quiet despite its power, meaning you won’t alert the entire neighborhood that you’re doing yard work. Two disposable bags are included for fast clean-up.

What to consider when buying the best leaf blowers

Walking into a home and garden store can be overwhelming, between the high ceilings and bounty of charcoal grills. How can you focus on picking out the best leaf blower when there are at least 20 varieties of riding lawn mower five feet away? We’ve done all the work for you, so leave the choice paralysis for the chip aisle at the grocery store.

Power source

When considering the best leaf blower, you’ll first need to decide between gas, electric, and battery-powered models. Gas models are generally more powerful than electric models and freedom from a cord means they can go just about anywhere. However, they are considerably noisier, heavier than electric models, and put out pollution tied to fossil fuels. Electric models are lighter than gas and can provide the kind of power that will cover a large swath of jobs—however, their mobility is limited to about 100 feet of an outlet (give or take one of the best extension cords). Battery-powered models spare users from the maintenance required of gas blowers but have less power. The biggest mark against battery-powered leaf blowers is that batteries generally only last up to an hour. That means big jobs will take much longer, as you’ll need to recharge. (Of course, you can also check out the best solar generators so you can take a portable power station around with you to keep a steady rotation of charging battery packs.)

Power

To gauge the power of a blower, you’ll want to look at the cubic feet per minute (CFM) rating and promised miles per hour (MPH). The higher CFM, the more leaves you’ll be able to blow away at one time. The higher the MPH, the easier it will be to move heavier debris or wet leaves.

Once you get through that basic consideration, you might want to consider other features like vacuuming and mulching features, which store and shred yard waste. For professional-grade yard maintenance across multiple acres, you’ll want to consider backpack models that pack extra power, or even wheeled models. Keep in mind though, that wheeled models come with their own drawbacks, like a lack of features and considerably high noise levels.

Cordless vs. corded

When it comes to convenience, cordless leaf blowers are at the top of the pack. They dispense with the need for gas and maintenance required by gas-powered blowers as well as their noisiness. A cordless blower also tends to be fairly light and allows you to go wherever you need without worrying if you’re close to an outlet. However, even the best cordless blower doesn’t tend to have the same power as its gas-powered brethren and with a battery life of around one hour, you may have to charge once or twice before finishing your chores or consider investing in a second battery.

Corded leaf blowers are ideal for backyards that provide access to outlets at 100 feet of your work zone. They provide power nearly as strong as gas-powered motors and are generally much lighter.

Electric vs. gas

Gas leaf blowers feature high power and the convenience of not having a cord. However, they require regular maintenance, and two-stroke engines featured in the majority of gas blowers require mixing gas and oil. Try to look for four-stroke engines instead to do away with the need for mixing gas and oil and to reduce emissions. Another drawback to gas leaf blowers is their sound level—it’s often recommended to wear hearing protection when operating them. Most models also weigh about 10 pounds, which might be disqualifying for some users. Electric leaf blowers offer the convenience of a button-press start and do away with the noise and environmental pollution of gas blowers.

Backpack vs. handheld

Backpack leaf blowers arm users with power twice that of their handheld competitors. The tradeoff is the drawbacks associated with gas engines—maintenance, fuel mixing, noise pollution, and air pollution. They offer way more power than folks with a small front yard or even a sizable backyard need. But if you’re dealing with major acreage that has to be maintained meticulously and quickly, you may want to consider a backpack blower. Handheld leaf blowers are good for cleaning up your driveway, but the vibrations might make your hands hurt if used for an extended period of time.

Price range

A budget leaf blower will give you what you need to deal with your sidewalk and moderately sized yard. You’ll be able to find decent corded models for around $100. In some cases, you’ll find deals that get you models with useful features like mulching and vacuuming. Just expect lower CFM rates, which means you might have to spend longer blowing.

FAQs

Q: What cities have banned leaf blowers?

Over 20 cities in California have banned leaf blowers due to the noise they create, although enforcement of the ban is spotty. Some cities, including Greenwich, Connecticut, and Palm Beach, Florida, regulate the decibel volume and times of use of leaf blowers. To find your city’s rules on leaf blowers, you can check here. Your local government website may have more up-to-date information.

Q: What is the best kind of blower for gutter cleaning?

Cordless leaf blowers offer the kind of maneuverability to safely work on your roof. They are generally lighter than gas-powered models and won’t force you to deal with the noise of a gas-powered model as it ricochets off your roof and across the neighborhood. Yes, you might have to recharge your blower—but odds are your gutters aren’t going to need hours of power to get things clean.

Q: What is the best way to use a blower?

Before using your blower, make sure you’ve taken your safety into account. Put on a pair of safety goggles to protect your eyes from debris, and don a pair of earmuffs or earplugs to protect your hearing. Check that the leaves you are blowing are mostly dry, and that wind is low. Plan to blow your leaves in one direction using air pulses while pointing the nozzle at a shallow angle toward the ground. Sweep the blower from side to side while blowing leaves into a pile.

Q: Can you use a leaf blower on wet leaves?

If using a leaf blower to vacuum leaves, no. They can clog the fan, prevent other debris from being sucked up, weigh down the tool, and cause bag attachments to break. However, if you’re blowing away wet leaves, by all means, yes. It might take more work, but it can be done.

Q: Which is more important for a leaf blower, CFM or MPH?

It depends. A higher CFM pushes leaves further and helps you clear a larger area faster. This is important if you’re working with light materials. However, a higher MPH will help move heavier objects, like wet leaves and larger rocks. Take both into consideration when purchasing a leaf blower.

Q: How much does a leaf blower cost?

Our leaf blower recommendations cost between $92 and $529.

Finals thoughts on the best leaf blowers

When buying a leaf blower, your first major consideration should be the demands of the property you are tending. Do you have access to power outlets? Do you have acres or a small backyard? This will tell you whether it’s worth buying a larger gas-powered model, or if you can stick with a corded or wireless model. From there, you’ll want to consider what kind of power tool owner you are. Are you someone who likes maintaining your landscaping tools, checking the engine, and mixing gas? Or do you simply want to plug something in or charge a battery?

Your environment also comes into play when considering how much power you’ll need. Are you dealing with debris other than leaves? Do you have close neighbors who will object to loud engine noise? Once you’ve reached this conclusion, you’ll want to set a price range. Remember that CFM rating will tell you how many leaves your tool can move at once, and MPH will tell you how it can handle heavier debris. Now you’re well on your way to finding the best blower for your home.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best leaf blowers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best dual-monitor stands of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-dual-monitor-stands/ Fri, 17 Jun 2022 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=449578
The best dual monitor stands
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Double the screens, double the fun, but take up less of the desk space with the best dual monitor stands.

The post The best dual-monitor stands of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best dual monitor stands
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Mount-It! (MI-1772) Dual Monitor Arm Mount-It! (MI-1772) Dual Monitor Arm
SEE IT

Full articulation and ease of use are what make this dual monitor arm stand out—especially if you don’t have a lot of desk space.

Best wall-mounted The Mountup Dual Monitor Wall Mount conveys is a more affordable choice if you’re okay installing a more permanent dual monitor setup. Mountup Dual Monitor Wall Mount
SEE IT

The Mountup Dual Monitor Wall Mount conveys is a more affordable choice if you’re okay installing a more permanent dual monitor setup.

Best budget VIVO Dual Monitor Desk Mount VIVO Dual Monitor Desk Mount
SEE IT

VIVO’s Dual Monitor Desk Mount has more features than its modest price suggests.

With so many people working from home, many of us are furnishing our offices on our own dime or with a small work budget rather than requesting equipment at the office—and that can mean some real makeshift monitor stands, etc. Ergonomics, however, is just as important at home as in a cubicle. Using a dual-monitor stand, whether it’s something you put on your desk, a mounted monitor arm, or a bracket you mount on your wall, gives you the freedom to place your screens as you please for both maximum comfort and efficiency. There are many ways to optimize your two-monitor setup: The best dual-monitor stands ensure maximum flexibility, regardless of your approach.

How we chose the best dual-monitor stands

To make our selections, I paired my own personal testing and experience with professional reviews and consumer feedback on Amazon. Our favorite monitor arms and monitor stands for dual-display setups provide a wide range of use cases, installation types, and prices. We also kept brand credibility in mind: Among monitor arm manufacturers, there are a handful of respected companies, and a very large number of lesser-known brands that often offer cheap prices but without the reputation or warranty to back them up.

Best dual-monitor stands: Reviews & Recommendations

So you have two monitors, and you want to put them up on a single adjustable stand. Now that you know the basics of what to look for, we have a few recommendations for the best dual-monitor stands, including desk-mounted, wall-mounted, and freestanding options. No matter your home office or PC gaming setup, there should be a decent option for you among these picks.

Best overall: Mount-It! (MI-1772) Dual Monitor Arm

Mount-It!

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: Mount-It’s monitor arm makes it very easy to maneuver two big displays without any friction.

Specs

  • Mount type: Desk
  • Compatible VESA mount sizes: 75mm x 75mm, 100mm x 100mm
  • Adjustment mechanism: Gas-spring mount/free moving
  • Weight range: 20lb per arm
  • Display size range: 19-32 inches
  • Available colors: Black, Silver

Pros

  • Requires very little desk space
  • Offers fine-grain control over the monitors
  • Easy-to-move displays

Cons

  • Price

We’ve had great success in our tests of Mount-It!’s single monitor arms, and feel very comfortable recommending this dual-display version to anyone who needs a lot of extra digital real estate to work. The arms can hold large, heavy displays, and each one can be twisted, tilted, and turned in several directions. This level of control can accommodate many work styles: video editors who want to see how their color grading tweaks are affecting the look of footage in real time, office workers who want to dedicate a vertically oriented monitor to their e-mail or messaging client, or gamers who want to monitor their Twitch chat.

Two features have impressed us with Mount-It!’s other monitor stands that apply to this one: The ease at which they allow you to control your monitor and how well their clamping mechanism keeps it firmly attached to your desk. We’ve had no issues moving a 27-inch monitor with one hand, and the ability to move your displays closer and further from your face comes in handy more frequently than you’d expect. If you don’t have a lot of physical desk space, this monitor’s clamp will be incredibly helpful. A monitor stand’s feet can take up a lot more room than you think, and having more area back for your go-to tech accessories is very useful.

Best desk-mounted: Ergotron LX Dual Monitor Arm

Ergotron

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Ergotron LX Dual Monitor Arm is a slick desk mount that balances great build quality and the price that comes with it.

Specs

  • Mount type: Desk
  • Compatible VESA mount sizes: 75mm x 75mm, 100mm x 100mm
  • Adjustment mechanism: Gas-spring mount/free moving
  • Weight range: 7-20 lbs
  • Display size range: 27 inches
  • Available colors: Black/white/silver

Pros

  • Superior build quality
  • Plenty of ergonomic options
  • Easy to install
  • Lots of color options

Cons

  • Expensive

When you think of monitor mounts, free-moving gas-spring arms typically come to mind. They offer smooth action that allows you to move your screens with precision easily. Though it costs more than many other brands, Ergotron’s LX Dual Monitor Arm dual-monitor arm has a higher quality that justifies the price. Plus, it comes with a 10-year warranty, so you know the company stands behind its product. The Ergotron LX Dual Monitor Arm doesn’t do anything flashy. It just does the basics very well.

Best wall-mounted: Mountup Dual Monitor Wall Mount

MOUNTUP

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Mountup Dual Monitor Wall Mount looks sharp, and strikes a balance between price and features.

Specs

  • Mount type: Wall mount
  • Compatible VESA mount sizes: 75mm x 75mm, 100mm x 100mm
  • Adjustment mechanism: Gas-spring arms/free moving
  • Weight range: 3.3 – 17.6 lbs
  • Display size range: Up to 32-inch
  • Available colors: Chrome/Black

Pros

  • Great price
  • Very adjustable
  • Detachable VESA plates

Cons

  • Requires tools to install
  • Requires brick, concrete, or wood anchor

If you’re ready to commit to a specific home, spot, and desk setup, you can save a lot of money on a really great dual-monitor arm with the Mountup Dual Monitor Wall Mount. It looks sharp, carries a lot of weight, and costs less than half as much as our desk-mounted pick. That said, this is a heavy dual-monitor arm. Not only do you need to attach it to the wall, the manufacturer specifically calls for you to anchor it on a brick, concrete, or wooden stud. Drywall alone may not hold it up. That’s a huge limitation, but if you have the right setup, this is arguably the most stable way to mount your monitors.

Best freestanding: ErGear Freestanding Dual Monitor Stand

ErGear

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: If you don’t want to mount your monitors on arms, ErGear makes a more conventional dual-monitor stand that’s sturdy and offers strong adjustability.

Specs

  • Mount type: Desktop stand
  • Compatible VESA mount sizes: 75mm x 75mm, 100mm x 100mm
  • Adjustment mechanism: Pole-adjusted height/static arm
  • Weight range: Up to 22 lbs
  • Display size range: 17-32 inches
  • Available colors: Black

Pros

  • Glass base
  • High weight tolerence
  • No “install” time
  • Price

Cons

  • Fewer placement/ergonomic options
  • Base takes up space on your desk

We often recommend desk-clamping or wall-mounted monitor arms for their great adjustability and their ability to free up desk space. However, not all of us can use those options: We can’t all drill holes in our walls, and some desks aren’t clamp-friendly. Whether your options are limited, or you simply don’t want to install anything, a desktop or “freestanding” monitor stand is the way to go.

ErGear’s Dual Monitor Stand features a static base column with adjustable spokes for both monitors. It is as adjustable as a dual-monitor arm, but you can still adjust height, tilt, swivel, and rotation to get very good, ergonomically mind positioning. It’s all held down by a large, sturdy black glass base that has enough room under it to route some cables. While it doesn’t free up as much space as a desk-mounted stand, putting both of your monitors on a single stand still opens up your workstation quite a bit.

Best vertical: Hemudu HT05B-002 Dual Monitor Stand

Hemudu

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Hemudu HT05B-002 allows you to set up a vertical stacking configuration without sacrificing stability.

Specs

  • Mount type: Desktop stand
  • Compatible VESA mount sizes: 50mm x 50mm, 75mm x 75mm, 100mm x 100mm
  • Adjustment mechanism: Static mount
  • Weight range: 44 lbs per arm
  • Display size range: 13-34 inches
  • Available colors: Black

Pros

  • Can handle very large and heavy displays
  • Has plenty of ergonomic options
  • Easy to move

Cons

  • Fewer adjustment options compared to free-moving arms
  • Still takes up desk space

Ergonomics are, ultimately, the core advantage of using a dual-monitor arm. Putting your displays on a single, adjustable mount allows you to position your displays to reduce the number of neck movements you have to do in your daily work. No matter what you do, though, putting two widescreen displays right next to each other ensures that you will need to turn your head to focus on one screen or the other. Suppose you are the kind of person who uses one display most of the time and only occasionally glances at screen number two. In that case, a stacking monitor stand, which mounts the two monitors in a single column, might be useful. Craning your neck to look up isn’t great, ergonomically speaking, but if you only look at that second monitor every once in a while, it may lead to a net reduction in strain.

If you want to set up a vertical stack, we recommend a desktop mount like the Hemudu HT05B-002, rather than a desk-mounted one. With a vertical setup, you’re putting a lot more stress on the stand arm, and a flat stand handles that extra weight better. The HT05B-002 can handle two 34-inch, 44-lb. screens. It features removable VESA plates for easy installation as well. A wide base limits your desk real estate gains, but you can rest easy knowing that the stand will support your monitors’ weight(s). It’s a small consolation, but the feet under the base raise up enough to fit some of your other cabling underneath.

Best premium: Ergotron HX Desk Dual Monitor Arm

Ergotron

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: If you’re willing to pay a premium for a reliable brand, the Ergotron HX is as sturdy as they come.

Specs

  • Mount type: Desk-mounted
  • Compatible VESA mount sizes: 75mm x 75mm, 100mm x 100mm (More available with optional bracket adapter kit)
  • Adjustment mechanism: Gas-spring arms/free moving
  • Weight range: 35 lbs per arm
  • Display size range: Up to 32-inch
  • Available colors: White, Silver, Black

Pros

  • Killer looks
  • 15-year warranty
  • A trusted name in ergonomics

Cons

  • Very expensive

It’s easy to find a monitor arm for under $100, but they’re almost always a gamble. You’re buying a relatively untested design from a brand with little to no reputation, which can be a risky proposition with a dual-monitor stand that holds and protects two pieces of equipment that cost hundreds or even thousands of dollars. If you have a pair of very expensive displays, you may want to consider spending a similarly luxurious amount on your stand. 

Ergotron is one of the oldest and most reliable names in the monitor stand game, and its HX dual-monitor arm is a deluxe desk-mounted stand. It has some of the flourishes from our other top picks, including a 15-year warranty and detachable VESA mounts for easy mounting. It also features a unique handlebar beneath the screens that allows you to adjust both displays at once. Those things are all just gravy, though. In this case, you’re spending a lot of extra money on the peace of mind that comes with buying a trusted luxury brand.

Best budget: VIVO Dual Monitor Desk Mount

VIVO

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: VIVO managed to make its dual-monitor stand comparable to more expensive models without many compromises.

Specs

  • Mount type: Desk
  • Compatible VESA mount sizes: Gas-spring arms/free moving
  • Adjustment mechanism: 75mm x 75mm, 100mm x 100mm
  • Weight range: up to 22lb per arm
  • Display size range: 13-30 inches
  • Available colors: Black, White

Pros

  • Gives you a fair amount of control over your monitors
  • Won’t take up a lot of room on your desk
  • Price

Cons

  • No automatic height adjustment

If you’ve invested most of your home office improvement budget on your new displays, it makes sense to save a little bit on a dual-monitor stand. This model from VIVO has most of the features found in our best overall pick, but at a quarter of the price. Each monitor can be tilted and twisted individually, but you can only adjust their height by loosening and tightening a screw on the back. Both monitors have to be set at the same height, which may matter depending on the type of work you do. This stand works with monitors up to 30-inches wide, but VIVO offers a model that can handle displays up to 32 inches if necessary.

We like monitor arms that can be clamped onto a desk rather than sit on top of it because of the space savings, which is why VIVO’s is especially appealing to us. We’re also impressed that it can control monitors up to 22 pounds, which means the arms on this stand are stronger than the ones on our best overall pick. If the lack of height adjustability isn’t a dealbreaker, there’s no reason to spend more money on a dual-monitor stand.

Things to consider before buying one of the best dual-monitor stands

Even if you know exactly which dual-monitor stand or arm to buy, it helps to know a bit about the basic mechanics involved. Different stands require varying amounts of installation at setup, and not every monitor can be mounted on a third-party stand. Understanding these basics will help you pick the right stand for your displays, and ensure you’re ready to install your stand (or call someone who can.)

Why should I use a dual-monitor stand?

There are many reasons to mount your monitors, ranging from purely cosmetic to enabling better ergonomics. The stands with PC monitors vary widely in construction quality, appearance, and features. Some stands take up tons of desk space without offering any additional utility. Others may not allow you to adjust them properly, forcing you to twist or crane your neck to look at them, which could lead to long-term strain. And some of them may just look ugly. When you buy a monitor for its great specs, which you should, it potentially opens the door for you to end up with a huge, ugly stand that gives you a sore neck. Luckily, most monitors allow you to remove the actual display from its stand and mount them on a third-party stand. 

A monitor stand, whether it sits on your desk, clamps on at edge of it, or bolts onto the wall behind it, can solve all of these issues at once, giving you the ability to place your monitor exactly where you want it, reclaiming your desk space for more useful tools, and swapping out what may be garish design for something more subtle and clean.

Stand, clamp, or wall mount?

When moving to a dual-monitor stand, you must choose between a conventional desktop form factor, a clamping desk-mounted design, or a wall-mounted one. Often, picking one versus another comes down to what kind of desk you have, how important it is to reclaim desk space, and the likelihood that you’ll need to move your setup.

If you have a flat desk with an edge or lip, we like clamping monitor stands that clamp to the rear edge of your desk. They’re sturdy, highly adjustable, and easy to install or remove without damaging the desk. (Some offer an option to drill a hole into your desk as an anchor, but it isn’t necessarily mandatory.)

That said, if you have a glass desk, an executive-style desk, or something with lots of cable guides built into the back, a clamp might not be a good fit. In most cases, there’s just no spot to install the clamp. With glass, it could literally shatter the desk. In those cases, a desktop stand makes more sense. Though you won’t get as much space back, a desktop with a dual-monitor stand still consolidates two screens onto a single stand, reclaiming some desk real estate. Also, desktop stands are very sturdy, so it makes sense to use them for larger, heavier screens.

Finally, there’s the wall mount. Whether you use a set of monitor arms or a bracket similar to what you’d use when mounting a TV, the wall mount is an extremely sturdy choice but requires serious installation. To install it, you’ll need to find a stud, drill some holes, and bolt your monitor stand to your wall. Once you install it, your monitor stand isn’t going anywhere, which means your desk setup isn’t going anywhere, either. That lack of flexibility makes it a very niche choice. You don’t want to have to spackle and repaint your walls every time you think your desk would look better over by the window.

Before you buy: Make sure all your monitors have VESA mounts

If you peek around the back of most computer monitors, you’ll notice that the stand for your display probably attaches via four screws in a square configuration. This is a standard configuration maintained by the Video Electronics Standards Association, commonly known as VESA, meant to make stands as close to universal as possible so users can buy new stands easily. 

VESA mounts can come in many sizes, but most PC monitors fall into one of two options, 75mm x 75mm or 100mm x 100 mm. That makes everyone’s life easier: All of our picks support both sizes, as should most third-party monitor stands of any shape and size. That said, you should still double-check your monitors’ specs to see VESA mount sizes you’ll need before buying a dual-monitor stand, if only to make sure that your monitor can be mounted at all. Some very cheap monitors (and a few very expensive ones) build their monitors permanently attached to their stands.

Double-check the weight of both of your displays

Monitors are heavy and expensive. Before mounting them, you should ensure your stand can support their weight. Make sure that your monitors are within the stands’ specified weight limit—don’t risk going above or below whatever limits the manufacturer sets. Most monitor manufacturers include the weight of the displays both with and without stands on their product pages. You have a little wiggle room on the size of the monitor, but consider the weight tolerances to be inviolable laws of nature in this case, or risk breaking hundreds or even thousands of dollars worth of monitors.

FAQs

Q: Does a dual-monitor arm save space?

Desk- and wall-mounted monitor arms do double duty, clearing off desktop space and improving your PC setup’s ergonomics. With your monitor on a desk-mounted stand, you can remove the original stand from your desk, giving you back some desk space. You can leave that space open for a cleaner, more minimalist look, use it as a spot to store a laptop, or maybe take advantage of it as a home for some powered speakers? The sky’s the limit.

Q: How much weight can a dual-monitor stand hold?

The maximum weight your dual-monitor stand can hold will vary from stand to stand. The mounts we’ve selected for this list max out at anywhere from 17.6 lbs to 44 lbs per monitor, influenced by the build material, the type of arm, and mounting style. 

This is one of the most important things to check out before picking out an arm. Do not buy a stand unless you are sure it can support your monitors’ weight.

Q: Can you use a monitor arm on a glass desk?

You can use some dual-monitor arms on a glass desk. Avoid using desk-mounted monitor stands, which apply a large amount of clamping force to your desk. A clamping monitor stand may very well crack or shatter the desk. So long as your desk can handle the weight of two monitors, a desktop monitor stand should work fine. If weight is also a concern, consider a wall-mounted stand.

Q: How much should a dual-monitor stand cost?

This will vary based on the features you need, but you shouldn’t have to spend over $50 on a monitor stand if your needs are modest.

Final thoughts on the best dual-monitor stands

With so many options for mounting your monitors and such a wide range of prices, the best dual-monitor stands are a very affordable and useful upgrade for anyone using two monitors. Whether you’re rocking one display in landscape mode and one in portrait mode, pairing an ultrawide monitor with a standard one, mounting to a desk or a wall, there are dynamic stands for every type of home setup.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best dual-monitor stands of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best cable management for desks in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-cable-management-for-desks/ Thu, 29 Sep 2022 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=473480
best cable management for desks sliced header
Tony Ware

Turn that chaotic cacophony of cords under your desk into an organized system that’s easy to manage and easy on the eyes.

The post The best cable management for desks in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
best cable management for desks sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Alex Tech 10ft - 1/2 inch Cord Protector Wire Loom Tubing Cable is the best overall cable management for desks. Alex Tech 10ft – 1/2 inch Cord Protector Wire Loom Tubing Cable
SEE IT

An easy-to-use option that keeps cords hidden.

Best for standing desks Stand Up Desk Store Under Desk Cable Management Tray is the best for standing desks. Stand Up Desk Store Under Desk Cable Management Tray
SEE IT

Made for standing desks, so you know it works.

Best hub Anker Cable Management Box and Desk Cord Organizer is the best hub cable management for desks. Tessan Power Strip with Cable Management Box
SEE IT

Ditch the surge strip and go for something more discreet.

Most people don’t think about cable management for desks until cords get impossibly tangled. And, it doesn’t help that all cords and cables look the same—unplugging the wrong one could lead to an “Indiana Jones”-esque disaster cutscene in your office. Instead of running away from a boulder falling from the ceiling, you run to the surge strip to re-plug in the printer so you can spend the next five minutes waiting for it to turn back on. However, taking your desk from Medusa’s lair to something you’d find on life-hack TikTok is possible. The best cable management for desks will make your home office easier on the eyes and ensure that a snag doesn’t send your expensive computer equipment flying.

How we chose the best cable management for desks

Many of us on the PopSci gear team currently work from home, having ditched a regular office cubicle long ago. Having a way to organize our cables and wires gives us more room for neat things to review. And, hiding the mess of cables prevents us from going crazy looking at tangles of wires. To find the best cable management for desks, we looked at critical reviews and peer recommendations, performed personal testing, and conducted heavy research into real-world user impressions. 

The best cable management for desks: Reviews & Recommendations

Our choices for the best cable management systems cover a wide range of budgets, functionalities, and can fit multiple kinds of desks. After searching far and wide, here are our favorite options and ideas for desk cable management.

Best overall: Alex Tech 10ft – 1/2 inch Cord Protector Wire Loom Tubing Cable

Alex Tech

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A simple and effective cable management system that can be utilized in multiple ways.

Specs

  • Material: Polyethylene
  • Size: ½”-10 feet to ⅜”-25 feet
  • Desk attachment: N/A
  • Kind of cable management: Protective split sleeving

Pros 

  • Can be combined with an under-desk organizer
  • UL-recognized
  • High operating temperature

Cons 

  • Self-wrap can get loose at certain angles
  • Keep out of the reach of animals

If you’re new to using cable management systems, or if you’re a seasoned cable management vet looking to up their set-up, this protective split sleeve is versatile enough to use alone or with an under-desk organizer. You can even use them to manage the few unsightly wires behind the soundbar or AV receiver in your home theater setup. You receive 10 feet of it for $8.99, making it incredibly price-friendly, and sizing goes from ½” diameter/10 feet long to ⅜” diameter and 25 feet long. They have a melt temperature of 446 degrees Fahrenheit and are recognized by Underwriters Laboratories (UL), a consumer safety organization. What does this mean? You don’t have to worry about sitting near a potential fire hazard (like an overclocked gaming computer). Putting them around wires is easy: Fit the cables in the sleeve, cut off the excess, and you’re done. Plus, it’s easy to “split” wires thanks to the design—just separate the wire you want to take out of the bundle and let the sleeve self-wrap. Although the manufacturer says that it protects against kitty cats’ claws and teeth, we recommend keeping this sleeving away from animals just in case.

Best for standing desks: Stand Up Desk Store Under Desk Cable Management Tray

S Stand Up Desk Store

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This cable management system was built for stand-up desks and doubles as a modesty panel.

Specs

  • Material: Alloy steel
  • Size: 48” and 60”
  • Desk attachment: Screws
  • Kind of cable management: Under desk tray

Pros 

  • Doubles as a modesty panel
  • Comes with a 5-year warranty
  • Sturdy

Cons 

  • Won’t work on non-wood desks
  • Can only attach using screws

Standing desks help with productivity. However, worrying about wires can mess with your ability to focus on the task at hand. Stress no more with the Stand Up Desk Store Under Desk Cable Management Tray. As the name suggests, it’s built specifically as cable management for standing desks. The tray can fit a surge strip and then some, and it doubles as a modesty panel. It’s incredibly sturdy, and the lip on the inside prevents cables and wires from spilling over when taking your standing desk sky-high. It’s worth noting that it only attaches using screws—you’ll have to flip your desk and have an electric screwdriver handy to make the process easier. It comes with a five-year warranty in case you’re not happy with your purchase. However, we think you, your knees, your focus, and your expensive electronics will thank you.

Best hub: Tessan Power Strip with Cable Management Box

Tessan

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A surge strip, but make it discreet, have USB-A ports, and be wall-mountable.

Specs

  • Material: Plastic, electronic component
  • Size: 11.38 x 5.87 x 5.71 inches
  • Desk attachment: N/A 
  • Kind of cable management: Desk hub

Pros 

  • Holds cables and chargers
  • Great warranty
  • Can fit large AC plugs

Cons 

  • No USB-C ports

This hub is like a surge strip that hides the outlets with a plastic privacy hood. Unlike some surge strips, it comes with two USB-A ports so that you can save the four AC outlets for things with AC outlets. You can set it below or on your desk. If you’re looking to keep your desk area more clutter-free, you can even mount it to the wall. An angled flat plug keeps your second outlet open for another device. The only downside of this great hub is the lack of USB-C ports.

Best magnetic: Smartish Cable Wrangler

Smartish

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Charging cables are an essential-but-disorganized tech accessory, but Smartish’s Cable Wrangler makes them easy to keep in line.

Specs

  • Material: N/A
  • Size: 3.24 x 3.24 x 1.3 inches
  • Desk attachment: Rubber base
  • Kind of cable management: On desktop

Pros 

  • Small size
  • Easy to move
  • Grippy bottom

Cons 

  • Only useful for charging cables

If charging cables are giving you trouble, Smartish’s Cable Wrangler is a great solution. The cable organizer has a magnetic top that’ll keep all your charging cables aligned and at the ready. It won’t work with larger cords, though. A big part of the Cable Wrangler’s appeal is its small size. You can easily pick it up and move it around on your desk when you’d like, but it won’t slip around on its own, thanks to a rubberized base. While the cords will attach to this organizer’s magnetic top, Smartish also includes magnetized “cable collars” to wrap around them to ensure an even stronger connection.

Best for glass desks: Scandinavian Hub Store Under Desk Cable Management Tray

Scandinavian Hub

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This no-drill option takes the focus off of a mound of wires and keeps the focus on your gorgeous glass desk. 

Specs

  • Material: Carbon steel
  • Size: 17 x 3.5 x 4.3 inches
  • Desk attachment: Adhesive stickers or screws
  • Kind of cable management: Desk tray

Pros 

  • Designed to accommodate surge protectors
  • Can attach to the wall
  • Velcro straps are included for more organization

Cons 

  • Can only be mounted on top of the desk using the adhesive option
  • One size

Glass desks can handle an entire computer set-up—unfortunately, you can’t screw in an under-desk tray to organize your wires. With the Scandinavian Hub Store Under Desk Cable Management Tray, this no-drilling-holes problem comes with a solution for glass desks: adhesive stickers that allow you to attach the desk tray without damaging your table. You can even use the adhesive to mount it on a wall, making it a renter-friendly option. It’s roomy enough to accommodate a surge strip to prevent tripping. And, it comes with two velcro straps that allow you to bundle your cords for an even cleaner look. Although the tray comes in one size, you can purchase multiple and set them up however you’d like. If you do decide to switch up your set-up and get a wood desk, the set comes with a set of screws to attach it four other ways.

Best clips: Gadgetklip Garden Clips

Gadgetklip

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This simple clip can keep a tight grip on all of your cables.

Specs

  • Material: Stainless steel and plastic
  • Size: 6.02 x 3.11 x 1.73 inches
  • Desk attachment: Clip-on
  • Kind of cable management: Clips

Pros 

  • Sturdy
  • Can accommodate thicker cables
  • Fun colors

Cons 

  • Clips must be attached somewhere

If you’d like to organize the cables on your desk in the simplest way possible, Gadgetklip’s Garden Clips are a great solution. Don’t be put off by their name, these clips can be used to organize cables anywhere, but were designed to be durable enough to survive the elements. This is the most basic type of cable management: feed the cords through a clip, then clamp them to the side of your desk. The Garden Clips are large enough to keep hold of a bundle of power, networking, and charging cables, and you can continue threading more through them over time as your needs change. You’ll need a desk that’s thin enough for a clip to clamp onto, but that’s the only concern you should have with this cable organization tool.

Best budget: Newlan Reusable Cable Ties

Newlan

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: You don’t have to spend much to organize your cables with these simple, easy-to-use velcro strips.

Specs

  • Material: Velcro
  • Size: 7.48 x 4.4 x 0.5 inches
  • Desk attachment: N/A
  • Kind of cable management: Cable ties

Pros 

  • Reusable
  • Versatile
  • Come in a large pack

Cons 

  • Best for medium bundles of wire

Getting the cables around your desk doesn’t need to cost a fortune—in fact, you only need about $6 and some change to get started. These velcro reusable cable ties are flexible and versatile—you can use them to bundle a group of wires together, or you can use them to gather excess cable into a suitable length. You can also use them to keep rogue cables neat and tidy since they have a tendency to magically tangle when not in use. Using them with other cable management systems, like the ones above, can take your desk organization to the next level: For example, instead of letting your wire bundle flop around, stow them in an under-desk tray. Plus, you can use them anywhere. Got a guitar cable that you’re not using? Velcro strap! Holiday lights? Velcro strap! Colored pencils? Velcro strap! And, with 60 in a pack, you won’t feel guilty about using them all up or losing a few.

What to consider when buying the best cable management for desks

No one wants to hang a cable management tray and have it come tumbling down from the weight of your wires. The best cable management for desk systems are sturdy, easy to use, and can fit a variety of desks if you decide to change your set-up. Here’s what else you should know when shopping for cable management for your desk:

Amount and style of cables

If you’re trying to organize thicker cables like the ones that power your monitor or desktop, you’ll need stronger solutions, like trays, velcro straps, and protective sleeves. Something meant for smaller wires, like phone and laptop chargers, won’t stand a chance against something meatier. 

Office set-up

Where your desk is in your office will determine the best cable management system. A desk against the wall can hide a bundle of cables compared to one facing out or a workstation located in the middle of the room. A combo desk skirt and cable management sleeve can keep your set-up looking clean and wireless. If your desk is against the wall, you can better get away with a simple tray or protective sleeve. 

Desk style

Many cable management systems are installed with screws. This is perfect if your desk is made of wood or particle board. However, it’s harder—or almost impossible—to screw into a glass, plastic, or metal desk. If you’re in the latter camp, choose an option that uses strong adhesive strips to attach a tray to your desk. No holes and no hassle equals a bunch of happy cables and one happy customer (you). Additionally, some clamp onto the table part of your desk. Ditch these if your desk isn’t clamp-friendly. 

Budget

Cable management systems can start at $5 and go into the hundreds. Most casual cable management systems cap at around $75. If you don’t work with huge bundles of cables and wires, something from the $5-$75 range is perfectly suitable. 

FAQs

Q: How much does cable management for desks cost?

It can be less than $100 to create a cable management system, depending on what you decide to include. A set-up that only includes velcro straps and sleeves will be cheaper than ones that involve trays. However, putting together a system that includes velcro straps and a tray will give you an organized set-up and keep your cords off your office floor.

Q: How do you arrange wires neatly?

Cable clips can keep phone chargers off the floor and close to your person. If you’re storing wires, use a twist tie or velcro strap to keep each wire together so they don’t tangle in storage. If you’re using a sleeve, ensure the wire is kink-free before putting it in the sleeve. 

Q: How can I manage my cables above my desk?

You can attach a cable management tray or racks to the wall using screws or adhesive strips, or you can use a cord cover to keep them tidy. Some cord covers come with adhesive strips to attach to the wall, and many can be painted over. Plus, they’re easy options that don’t create a hole in the wall and allow for easy access to the cables. 

Final thoughts on the best cable management for desks

The best cable management for desks doesn’t have to be pricey. And they aren’t limited to one thing: you can mix and match different kinds of items to create a cable management system that works for you. From under desk trays to simple velcro straps, there are plenty of options to choose from. The best cable management for desks not only keeps your space organized but keeps you safe. It stops you from tripping over a cable and potentially wrecking your expensive equipment. And, if you have a standing desk or a glass desk, you don’t have to miss out on the organization fun—there are options for you. Now get arranging and assembling!

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best cable management for desks in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best document scanners of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-document-scanner/ Wed, 24 Feb 2021 17:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-document-scanner/
The best document scanners
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We’ll help you find the perfect document scanner for collecting paperwork and sharing photos with ease.

The post The best document scanners of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best document scanners
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Overall Brother ADS-3300W Wireless High-Speed Desktop Scanner Brother Wireless High-Speed Desktop Document Scanner
SEE IT

Brother’s ADS-3300W’s multiple functions are at the heart of its utility, and the screen on top makes it easy to access critical functions.

Best handheld Epson WorkForce ES-50 Portable Sheet-Fed Document Scanner for PC and Mac Epson WorkForce ES-50 Portable Sheet-Fed Document Scanner
SEE IT

If you want a scanner that you could literally take with you to and from jobs, this is the one to get.

Best budget Brother DS-640 Brother DS-640
SEE IT

Brother’s monochrome document scanner is quick, small, and inexpensive.

Document scanners might seem straightforward, but buying the first one you see will probably leave you with a device that doesn’t do what you really need. If you’re scanning and collating documents for tax season, for example, there’s a specific scanner for you. If you’re working in a busy office or a front-facing customer service position, another one is better suited for those needs. And if your mission is to collect and perhaps enhance old family photos, having the appropriate model will make all the difference. When you’re ready to go paperless, you’ll need to consider where you plan to use this scanner, the workload you expect it to handle, and the specs of the materials you’ll send through. Some scanners handle double-sided documents in one go, while others require you to enter the file twice. To find the best document scanners for your needs, you’ll need to double-check the specs before you have one of them shipped to your door … and the best place to start is right here!

How we chose the best document scanners

We understand that not everyone’s document scanning needs are the same, and have tailored our recommendations based on several criteria. Size is one of our largest considerations because scanners you use infrequently shouldn’t take up a lot of room on your desk. We also ensured that some of our picks catered toward photographers since images can be among the most important media on a document. And you’ll be covered if you need nice-to-have features like double-sided document scanning for increased efficiency. Just add laptop.

The best document scanners: Reviews & Recommendations

Everyone has slightly different scanning needs. Our recommendations take the most popular ones into account and cover a wide range of prices, so be sure to consider all of them before making your choice.

Best overall: Brother Wireless High-Speed Desktop Document Scanner

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Brother’s ADS-3300W’s multiple functions are at the heart of its utility, and the screen on top makes it easy to access critical functions.

Specs

  • Speed: 40ppm (pages per minute)
  • Double-sided scanning: Yes
  • Price: $349.99

Pros

  • Fast speed
  • Multiple scanning bays
  • Touch screen

Cons

  • Expensive

This Brother office scanner handles photos and documents with a resolution up to 1200 x 1200 interpolated and 600 x 600 optical. Document scanning is made easier by dual-sided scanning, while photo scanning is enhanced thanks to a number of image optimization features that can even remove blemishes.

Best handheld: Epson WorkForce ES-50 Portable Sheet-Fed Document Scanner

Amazon

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you want a scanner that you could literally take with you to and from jobs, this is the one to get.

Specs

  • Speed: 11ppm
  • Double-sided scanning: No
  • Price: $99.99

Pros

  • Thin
  • Light
  • Scans at a high DPI (dots per inch)

Cons

  • Slow to scan

Great for scanning receipts and paper, this Epson handheld document scanner can scan documents in the blink of an eye. It also comes with helpful software that allows you to upload your scans straight to the cloud while also collating and labeling them. No batteries or power supplies here, as a handy USB connection serves as a charger.

Best photo scanner: Epson Perfection V600 Color Photo, Image, Film, Negative & Document Scanner

Amazon

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This scanner’s support for multiple photo sizes is the key to its success.

Specs

  • Speed: 21ppm
  • Double-sided scanning: No
  • Price: $299.99

Pros

  • Great color scanning performance
  • Slots for photos of different sizes
  • Supports slides

Cons

  • Size

This Epson photo scanner is great for photo enlargements as it handles photos and negatives in 6400 DPI. You’ll be able to remove scratches, dust marks, and discoloration thanks to their Digital ICE for Prints feature. The LED scanner requires no warmup and uses less energy than most traditional scanners. If you’re collecting and restoring old family photos, the Epson Perfection is perfect for you.

Best double-sided: Fujitsu ScanSnap iX1600

Fujitsu

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you tend to scan several different types of media, you can’t go wrong with Fujitsu’s ScanSnap iX1500 deluxe.

Specs

  • Speed: 30
  • Double-sided scanning: Yes
  • Price: $680.99

Pros

  • Touch screen
  • Multiple scanning slots
  • Cloud scan support

Cons

  • Size

The Fujitsu ScanSnap is designed to scan a wide array of double-sided papers quickly while sorting them in the cloud. Great for the office, this scanner allows for the creation of profiles of multiple users so that scanned files will be sent to the appropriate location and organized by an individual’s presets. It also comes with a one-year subscription to Adobe Acrobat so that your scanned files will be automatically turned into searchable PDF files. Could you ask for more convenience?

Best with a feeder: Xerox D35 Duplex Document Scanner

Amazon

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Visioneer Xerox D35 can scan up to 45 documents in a row without any human interaction.

Specs

  • Speed: 45ppm (pages per minute)
  • Double-sided scanning: Yes
  • Price: $256.41

Pros

  • Automatic document feeding
  • LED display
  • Speed

Cons

  • Size

The Xerox D35 is an unstoppable organization machine. Holding up to 50 pages in its automatic feeder, it scans up to 45 pages per minute so you’ll blaze through your uploads in a matter of minutes. Those scans go straight to the cloud and are automatically turned into searchable PDFs. Visioneer Acuity technology automatically improves the clarity of scanned images even when you’re dealing with imperfect originals.

Best budget: Brother DS-640 Compact Mobile Document Scanner

Amazon

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you’re looking to scan documents and photos on a budget, this Brother scanner hits the sweet spot between price and performance.

Specs

  • Speed: 16ppm
  • Double-sided scanning: No
  • Price: $116.84

Pros

  • Size
  • Weight
  • Price

Cons

  • Slower scan speed

This compact mobile Brother scanner is great for paper documents, IDs, business cards, and receipts. Sixteen pages per minute isn’t exactly a blazing speed, but it won’t hamstring you unless you’ve got a lot of work to do. The included software suite helps optimize images and clarify text. You’ll also be able to send your work straight to the cloud, while a USB cord keeps it charged.

What to consider when looking for the best document scanners

Before you click “add to cart” on any scanner, you’ll want to consider your specific needs and goals for the device. From portable scanners to one that can handle large documents, we’re here to help you find the best option for you. For those looking for a scanner to use at home—for both work and personal—we’ve got you covered, too.

Document types

Odds are you’re looking for a scanner that handles both documents, photos, and images without much trouble. While you can easily find a specialty scanner for documents and one for photos, having the option to do both is a better value. To find a good all-around scanner, you’ll want to look for one that includes a wide range of resolutions. You’ll also want a scanner that handles double-sided documents, provides easy connectivity and comes with software that will allow you to easily collate and edit documents and photos.

Portability

Depending on what your work requires, having a portable scanner can increase your efficiency. For those of us who dive into troves of documents on the regular or end up at interviews where subjects offer up old photos, a portable option can be invaluable.

Understandably, you won’t see the range of features in a portable scanner as you would a full-size one, but there are still features you’ll want to look for. You’ll want something light and that can still scan quickly. On top of that, make sure it’s large enough to handle the kind of materials you’ll be scanning, where that’s photo or legal paper. Charging is another major factor if you’re taking your scanner on the go. USB charging is generally the standard and definitely preferable to batteries and external power supply, which may be hard to come by on the road.

Scanning resolution

One size does not fit all when it comes to scanners—especially when you’re working with photos. You may care less about the resolution if you’re just scanning black-and-white files, but if you’re scanning photos you’ll need to make sure your pick can handle a variety of photo sizes and that it can deliver high-resolution scans. Keep in mind: 6400 DPI is the highest resolution scanners can deliver. Bonus: many photo-focused scanners also come with the ability to scan negatives, which can come in extremely handy if you work in a darkroom.

Two-sided scanning

Whether you’re scanning bills, important memos, or reports, you’re almost certainly going to want a scanner that can scan them without requiring you to manually flip them over. Good double-sided scanners can deliver this feature with quick scanning and added software tools that automatically organize your materials in the cloud. Quick tip: For two-sided scanning, look for a scanner that does around 30 scans per minute.

Sheet feeder

These days, there are plenty of apps that let you scan an image or document right from your phone. But when you have to scan a mass of files, you’re going to want to be able to walk away and let the machine get the job done without your help. In this case, an automatic document feeder is the hardware you need. Make sure your feeder can hold a reasonable number of pages relative to your workload so that you won’t have to return to the machine before the job is done.

Budget

Need to keep the cost of your office equipment low? A budget scanner is a decent solution if you aren’t planning to take on a load of work. For under $100, you’ll still be able to procure a device that captures a wide array of documents at a decent speed. Many budget options do come with cloud and device integration so that your scans go straight to storage, but if you’re hoping for high-definition and color scans, you’ll have to pony up a bit more cash.

FAQs

Q: What should I look for when buying a document scanner?

What you should look for when buying a document scanner depends on what you’ll be doing with it. If you’re tackling photos, you’ll want to look for the highest definition (6400 DPI) available and a scanner that can take on a variety of image sizes. If you’re doing a moderate amount of document scanning, you should prioritize a scanner that can identify and organize documents. If you’re doing office-level scanning, you’ll want an automatic feeder, the ability to scan a wide array of documents and photos, and blazing-fast scan speeds. The fastest scanners can do hundreds of pages a minute but carry a higher price tag.

Q: How do I choose a scanner?

Choose the best document scanner by first identifying your scanning needs and your budget. Odds are you won’t need every feature that comes with the most expensive scanners. Determine how you’ll be using your scanner and look for features that will make that work easier.

Q: What is the fastest document scanner?

The fastest document scanners hit up to 150 pages per minute and 300 images per minute. (The Kodak i4850, for instance, delivers on these speeds at the cost of a small sedan!)

Q: What scanning software should I use?

Most scanners come with a disc of free scanning software, and you can check the manufacturer’s website for updated recommendations or download links. Additionally, computers come with pre-loaded software that allows you to create scans without a third-party app.

Q: How much should a scanner cost?

Scanners come at a wide range of price points, but you shouldn’t have to spend more than $300 unless you’re archiving documents and photos professionally.

Final thoughts on the best document scanners

Remember: No matter what kind of document scanner you buy, the software it is compatible with can make a world of difference. Automatic image enhancement and file organization in the cloud can reduce the organizational work associated with scanning. But if scanning is integral to your job, it is absolutely worth something that is accurate and fast because nothing is as bad as waiting for multiple scans just to end up with blurry, unusable files.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best document scanners of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best LG monitors in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-lg-monitors/ Fri, 27 May 2022 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=445745
The best LG Monitors
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

LG’s wide range of monitors has options for everyone.

The post The best LG monitors in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best LG Monitors
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall LG 27GP950-B 27-inch UltraGear Gaming Monitor is the best LG monitor. LG 27GP950-B 27-inch UltraGear Gaming Monitor
SEE IT

With a 27-inch 4K screen, 144Hz refresh rate, and support for the VESA DisplayHDR 600 standard, the LG 27GN950-B is tough to beat.

Best for gaming LG 27GN950-B 27-inch UltraGear Gaming Monitor is the best LG monitor for gaming. LG 27GN950-B 27-inch UltraGear Gaming Monitor
SEE IT

The LG 27GN950-B has a sharp 4K display, excellent HDR, and a fast refresh rate.

Best budget LG 27MP450-B is the best LG monitor on a budget. LG 27MP450-B
SEE IT

Shoppers on a budget won’t find many monitors better than the 27-inch LG 27MP450-B.

LG is best known for home appliances and OLED TVs, but it also makes some of the best PC monitors out there right now. We looked closely at the company’s current monitor lineup and found several good options in various sizes, shapes, and prices. There are ultrawide monitors for boosting your productivity, and high-end UltraFine displays that promise the best color accuracy, sharpness, and detail for editing photos and video. Whether upgrading your home setup or adding something to the office, the best LG monitors will bring PCs to life with sharp contrast and bright colors.

How we chose the best LG monitors

I’ve spent the past 10 years testing and reviewing consumer electronics for TechnoBuffalo, XDA Developers, and iMore. In that time, I’ve evaluated several monitors, closely examining display quality, color accuracy, and other essential metrics. When not evaluating monitors for a review, I’m using one to watch movies, play video games, and edit photos. The time I’ve spent using various monitors has given me valuable insight into what specs to look for before making a purchase.

To make our selections, I drew on my prior testing and experience and individual reviews from critics, consumer comments, and conversations on forums. Whether you’re looking for a monitor that fits a specific need or need one for general use, we’ve got you covered.

The best LG monitors: Reviews & Recommendations

Now that you know what to look for, let’s talk about the best LG monitors you buy right now. We’ve highlighted all kinds of monitors for different use cases, so every type of LG-loving PC user should find something that meets their needs.

Best overall: LG 27GP950-B 27-inch UltraGear Gaming Monitor

Why it made the cut: A rare 4K IPS display that can hit 144Hz, the LG 27GP950-B offers the best of everything.

Specs

  • Resolution: 3840 x 2160
  • Refresh rate: 144Hz
  • Size: 27-inch
  • Ports: 2 x HDMI 2.1, DisplayPort 1.4, 2 x USB-A 3.2 Gen 1, USB-B
  • Panel type: IPS
  • HDR: VESA DisplayHDR 600
  • Price: $799

Pros

  • 4K display
  • VESA DisplayHDR 600
  • HDMI 2.1

Cons

  • Low contrast

Equipped with a 4K IPS panel, the LG 27GP950-B perfectly blends luxury features and practical upgrades for gamers and creatives. Its 27-inch, 144Hz screen is big enough to comfortably run several apps at once but not so big that it will overwhelm your workspace. 

It provides vibrant colors—98 percent of the DCI-P3 wide color gamut—and incredible brightness for HDR, earning it a VESA DisplayHDR 600 rating. Throw in a 1ms response time, as well as G-Sync compatibility and FreeSync Pro support, and you’ve got a finely tuned display for photo and video editors and gamers with top-of-the-line hardware.

The LG 27GP950-B features two HDMI 2.1 ports, DisplayPort 1.4, and two USB-A 3.2 Gen 1 ports with upstream support. An upstream port can connect a monitor to a computer, while downstream can connect a monitor to peripherals.

Best for gaming: LG 27GN950-B 27-inch UltraGear Gaming Monitor

Why it made the cut: The LG 27GN950-B has a sharp 4K display, excellent HDR, and a fast refresh rate.

Specs

  • Resolution: 3840 x 2160
  • Refresh rate: 144Hz
  • Size: 27-inch
  • Ports: 2 x HDMI 2.0, DisplayPort 1.4, 2 x USB-A 3.0
  • Panel type: IPS
  • HDR: VESA DisplayHDR 600
  • Price: $707.99

Pros

  • Excellent 4K picture
  • VESA DisplayHDR 600
  • 98 percent of DCI-P3 color gamut

Cons

  • Monitor stand unable to swivel left or right
  • No HDMI 2.1

The LG 27GN950-B, part of LG’s UltraGear series, offers sharp picture quality and a high refresh rate. The 27-inch IPS 4K monitor features a 144Hz refresh rate, complete with G-Sync and FreeSync support. It’s no slouch on color accuracy either, covering 98 percent DCI-P3 wide color gamut.

The LG 27GN950-B also has plenty of connection options, including 2 HDMI 2.0 ports, DisplayPort 1.4, and 2 USB-A 3.0 ports, perfect to connect to any configuration of gaming laptop or PC. It also meets our coveted VESA DisplayHDR 600 standard, so you’ll enjoy rich color reproduction and contrast. That means gamers can enjoy a picture that’s color-accurate, bright and vibrant.

Best for Mac: LG UltraFine 5K

Why it made the cut: The LG UltraFine for Mac features spectacular performance and a high contrast ratio, making it the perfect choice for creatives.

Specs

  • Resolution: 5120 x 2880
  • Refresh rate: 60Hz
  • Size: 27-inch
  • Ports: Thunderbolt 1, USB-C 3
  • Panel type: LCD
  • HDR: VESA DisplayHDR 400
  • Price: $1,154.99

Pros

  • 5K resolution
  • Tight integration with macOS
  • Built-in webcam and speakers

Cons

  • Price
  • Low refresh rate

Apple actually introduced the LG Ultrafine 5K display alongside its updated 2016 MacBooks, and it was the best monitor for Macs until the Studio Display’s introduction in early 2022. Nearly seven years after its introduction, the LG Ultrafine 5K is still the best Mac monitor not made by Apple itself—though it may not hold that crown for long. This monitor’s biggest advantage is its tight integration with macOS—because it was designed to be the external display for Apple computers, it has privileges other screens don’t.

The Ultrafine 5K can connect to a Mac using a single Thunderbolt 3 cable, which carries video, audio, and power; this means a MacBook will charge while connected. Around the back of the monitor, you’ll find three USB-C ports for accessories. One of the most significant advantages is that you can adjust the Ultrafine 5K’s brightness and volume using an Apple keyboard rather than fumbling with controls. That’s good because the display has no physical controls—everything is controlled using software.

In our tests, the Ultrafine 5K looks incredible. Its high-resolution screen is certainly up to Apple’s standards—it’s the same panel that was featured in the now-discontinued 5K iMac—so videographers and photographers will be able to do professional color grading work. Anyone who works best with a lot of windows on their screen will appreciate the (digital) real estate for apps. This monitor’s built-in speakers, microphone, and webcam are only okay, but it’s better to have them than not. Mac users will always be ready for a last-minute video chat without worrying about whether the webcam is plugged in (or even in the same room).

While the LG Ultrafine 5K has held up pretty well over the years, its low refresh rate is kind of a bummer. MacOS isn’t a gaming platform, but the increase in smoothness while scrolling or doing work will be sorely missed if you’re coming from a high refresh rate display. The monitor’s plastic casing is even more disappointing given the quality of the screen itself—especially at a price tag that hovers over $1,000. Still, if you want the best LG monitor for Mac users, the Ultrafine 5K is the best option.

Best 4K: LG UltraFine 32-inch OLED Pro Display

Why it made the cut: LG’s UltraFine 32-inch OLED Pro Display’s 4K screen will help creatives get the most out of their images and videos.

Specs

  • Resolution: 3840 x 2160
  • Refresh rate: 60Hz
  • Size: 32-inch
  • Ports: USB-C 3.1, 3 x USB-A 3.1, USB-B, HDMI 2.0, 2 x DisplayPort 1.4
  • Panel type: OLED
  • HDR: VESA DisplayHDR 400
  • Price: $2,237.99

Pros

  • 4K OLED Display
  • High contrast ratio
  • 99 percent of Adobe RGB and DCI-P3

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Low refresh rate

Okay, so we’re kind of cheating. LG also makes a 32-inch version of the UltraFine OLED Pro Display, and it’s definitely the best LG monitor if 4K resolution is a professional priority. Both the 27-inch and 32-inch UltraFine OLED Pro Displays are great for content creation, but the extra screen real estate of the 32-inch gives you more room to appreciate all those pixels.

You can’t do much better in LG’s lineup for the sharpest, most accurate picture. This is the monitor you need if you edit photos or videos for a living. If you’re looking for a 4K gaming display, our top pick, the LG 27GP950-B UltraGear, will be a better fit.

Best 34-inch: LG 34GP83A UltraGear Gaming Monitor

Why it made the cut: The LG 34GP83A features an expansive 34-inch display, 98-percent coverage of DCI-P3, and VESA DisplayHDR 400.

Specs

  • Resolution: 3440 x 1440
  • Refresh rate: 144Hz
  • Size: 34-inch
  • Ports: 2 x HDMI 3.0, 2 x USB-A 3.0, USB-B 3.0, DisplayPort 1.4
  • Panel type: IPS
  • HDR: VESA DisplayHDR 400
  • Price: $708

Pros

  • Ultra-wide screen
  • 98-percent coverage of DCI-P3
  • Decent port selection

Cons

  • Curved ultrawide displays aren’t for everyone

A curved ultrawide display is excellent for multitasking, and the LG 34GP83A is our favorite in LG’s lineup. The 34-inch IPS display offers a resolution of 3440 x 1400 at a 21:9 wider-than-widescreen aspect ratio. With a 21:9 display, You get about 30 percent more horizontal screen space than a conventional 16:9 monitor, providing plenty of room to keep an eye on many apps at once.

The wider screen is also great for immersive gaming. The 34GP83A has a 144Hz refresh rate that can be overclocked to 160Hz, a 1ms response time, and G-Sync compatibility. The display also features 98 percent coverage of DCI-P3 and VESA DisplayHDR 400, so it’s not a bad option for editing photos and videos. Finally, there are two HDMI 2.0 ports, DisplayPort 1.4, USB-B 3.0, and two USB-A 3.0 ports. If you want to cram all the functionality and screen real estate of a multi-monitor setup into one screen, the LG 34GP83A can do that for you.

Best for photo editing: LG UltraFine 32-inch 4K Monitor

Why it made the cut: The LG 32UL950-W features a color-accurate 32-inch display, 98-percent DCI-P3 coverage, and a VESA DisplayHDR 600 rating.

Specs

  • Resolution: 3840×2160
  • Refresh rate: 60Hz
  • Size: 32-inch
  • Ports: HDMI 2.0, DisplayPort 1.4, 2 x USB-A 3.0, 2 x Thunderbolt 3.0
  • Panel type: IPS
  • HDR: VESA DisplayHDR 600
  • Price: $696.99

Pros

  • Thunderbolt 3 for fast data transfer
  • 98-percent coverage of DCI-P3
  • Decent port selection

Cons

  • 32-inch display may feel too big for some

Another selection from LG’s UltraFine line for creative professionals, the LG 32UL950-W is a terrific choice for photo editors who need a big display with the best possible color accuracy. The 32-inch IPS 4K panel boasts a 1,300:1 contrast ratio, 98-percent DCI-P3 coverage, so you’ll be able to color-grade your images to look as close to real life as possible. The monitor also supports HDR10 and 600-Nit brightness, so your photos will look bright and vibrant on-screen.

Other features offered by the LG 32UL950-W include AMD FreeSync and plenty of ports, including HDMI 2.0, DisplayPort 1.4, and a few USB-A 3.0 ports. The monitor offers two Thunderbolt 3.0 connectors, one of which can be used for quickly transferring images to your computer.

Best budget: LG 27MP450-B

Why it made the cut: The LG 27MP450-B isn’t as advanced as our other picks, but it nails the basics at an affordable price.

Specs

  • Resolution: 1920×1080
  • Refresh rate: 75Hz
  • Size: 27-inch
  • Ports: HDMI 2.0, DisplayPort 1.4
  • Panel type: IPS
  • HDR: None
  • Price: $169.99

Pros

  • Affordable
  • FreeSync support
  • Sleek design

Cons

  • No HDR
  • Lacks USB hub

LG’s top monitors skew expensive but the company also makes plenty of great budget and mid-range monitors. The LG 27MP450-B features a 27-inch Full HD display, 75Hz refresh rate, and FreeSync support, which is good enough for most people who perform basic office tasks like word processing and web browsing. It also features a few extra features like Reader Mode, which reduces blue light, and a Flicker Safe mode, which puts less strain on your eyes during extended viewing. The monitor lacks a few luxuries that you’d expect to find based on our other top picks, including HDR10 and a USB hub, but it’s an affordable display that’s a good fit for most home offices.

What to consider when shopping for the best LG monitors for you

Monitors have especially dense and obtuse spec sheets that can overwhelm even tech-savvy customers. To help you make the right decision for your home and setup, let’s walk through the key differentiators that will help you pick between two potentially very similar screens.

Resolution and size

Your screen’s resolution refers to the number of pixels your monitor uses to create an image. There are three common screen resolutions: 1920 x 1080, also called 1080p or Full HD; 2560 x 1440 pixels, which we shorten 1440p or Quad HD (QHD). Lastly, 4K UHD (3840 x 2160) is available among high-end gaming and creative-focused monitors. 

We find that a 1080p monitor looks great for everyday computing—web browsing, Netflix and YouTube, word processing, and spreadsheets. If you’re gaming, especially on a mid-range or high-powered gaming PC, 1440p is a sharp-looking sweet spot. Considering the high price and limitations on refresh rate, we primarily recommend 4K displays for professionals in creative fields like photography and video editing. There are variations that deviate from these three core resolutions, like LG’s Apple-approved 5K Display. More often than not, though, they’re often just a smidge higher than the standards, offering you a minor upgrade if you want a little more detail.

When picking a display, it helps to keep in mind that the size of your screen will impact how sharp your display looks at any given resolution. A 24-inch 4K display and 32-inch 4K display both show the same amount of pixels, but spread them across areas. 

Currently, most displays come in 24-, 27-, or 32-inch sizes. In general, we think you should scale your desired resolution with your screen size to ensure the sharpest possible picture without overpaying for pixels you don’t need. Stick with 1080p on a 24-inch monitor. Go for 1440 if possible with 27 inches. And splurge on 4K if you want a 32-inch display. These are not hard and fast rules—we’ve recommended 27-inch 4K displays in the past, for example, but they can help you set expectations and narrow down your options.

Refresh rate

Your monitor’s refresh rate, expressed in Hertz (Hz), refers to the number of times your monitor draws and redraws what you see on your screen each second. The faster the image refreshes, the smoother and more fluid animated elements will look, from your mouse scrolling across the screen, to a wildly detailed video game.

Modern monitors offer a wide range of refresh rates, most of which were conceived with gaming in mind. The basic refresh rate you’ll find on most productivity-focused monitors falls between 60Hz and 75Hz. This is more than enough to make Windows or macOS look smooth, along with the Microsoft Office suite and other common apps.

For gamers and anyone who wants smoother animations, we recommend prioritizing a 144Hz refresh rate, which allows players to run most games with uncapped frame rates on a powerful PC. In theory, the higher refresh rate will give you the opportunity to react more quickly than someone who owns a 60Hz monitor, giving you a slight advantage.

On top of that, there’s a growing number of esports-grade monitors that offer higher refresh rates—240Hz, 300Hz, and 360Hz. Most players don’t need such a high frame rate, but competitive players may find themselves drawn to them all the same.

If you’re thinking about getting a gaming monitor, you’ll also want to consider whether your monitor supports variable refresh rate technology, which scales your monitor’s target refresh rate to match your PC’s performance. Most modern displays support either Nvidia G–Sync or AMD FreeSync, but it helps to know what you’re getting.

Connectivity

Most modern computers send video and audio to your monitor using an HDMI, DisplayPort, or USB-C connection. They’re essential for displaying video on your monitor of choice, and each method has its strengths and weaknesses.

High-Definition Multimedia Interface, or HDMI, is the most familiar port. You’re probably familiar with the HDMI cable, since it’s been the standard connection for TVs since it was conceived in 2002 and has been a staple on monitors for many years. Most monitors feature HDMI 2.0, which is not quite the newest version. Some monitors made with console gaming in mind may feature HDMI 2.1, the newest standard. You may also find some older and/or cheaper monitors that use older HDMI connections. (For more on the differences between the many iterations of HDMI, check out our explainer on HDMI 2.1.)

Unlike HDMI, you probably won’t find DisplayPort in too many places aside from PCs and monitors. HDMI hasn’t physically changed since its introduction, but DisplayPort comes in a few different forms. There are multiple versions of DisplayPort, including 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, and 2.0. Each version supports different resolutions and refresh rates. We recommend looking out for monitors that support DisplayPort 1.4 (and above), which ensures support for up to 8K with HDR at 60Hz. You can get by with DisplayPort 1.3, which supports up to 4K at 120Hz or 8K at 30Hz, but it doesn’t feature HDR, which limits high-end visual fidelity for gaming. 

USB-C is the new kid on the monitor connection block, but it’s an increasingly appealing option, especially if you’re using a modern laptop. USB-C monitors connections can transfer data, video, and power through a single cable, so your monitor cable can also charge your laptop. It’s especially helpful for Mac users, as many modern MacBooks have USB-C ports, but no HDMI or other ports.

Speaking of USB-C, monitors can also augment your PC’s array of ports with a few extra connections on the bottom or sides for connecting computer peripherals, such as keyboards, mice, and external hard drives. We think of extra ports as icing on the cake, though, rather than a good reason to buy or abstain from buying any particular display.

If your monitor lacks ports but has a USB-C connection, you might be able to use a powered USB hub to connect different peripherals, including an SD card to transfer photos and videos.

Panel type

The actual screens in most monitors are Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) panels lit by LED backlights. There are three panel types used in most modern monitors, and our LG picks focus on two of them: Vertical alignment, or VA, and in-plane switching, or IPS.

IPS panels are great if you are a photo or video editor because they offer excellent color performance, often providing 95% or higher of the Digital Cinema Initiatives – Protocol 3 (DCI-P3) standard, a more expansive color space used by the film industry. IPS is often the go-to for gaming displays as it offers a strong balance between great color, at the expense of getting the darkest possible blacks.

VA panels offer excellent contrast ratios, so shadows and dark scenes are rich and detailed. They also provide great image quality, color reproduction, and refresh rate. However, some VA panels have poor viewing angles, so you’ll need to sit directly in front of them for the best experience. This makes them a strong pick for curved and ultrawide displays, as well as creative production monitors where accuracy is paramount.

High dynamic range (HDR)

High dynamic range, or HDR, is a display technology that shows greater detail in scenes with higher contrast. Imagine watching a scene in a movie with dim and bright light. It’s a challenging scenario, but with HDR, a monitor or TV can accurately show details while displaying rich, vibrant colors.

HDR is now all-but-standard in TVs, but counts as a gaming-focused luxury among monitors. Even when monitors support it, their limited brightness prevents them from achieving the same visual effect that you see on a TV. A dim screen can have difficulty differentiating between high- and low-light situations, so if you want the best HDR performance, you’ll need to find a display with a high peak brightness. When picking out a gaming monitor, we generally recommend looking for VESA DisplayHDR 600 rating or higher, or HDR10. If you’re planning on playing games, HDR 400 or higher is a nice value add, but not worth fretting over.

FAQs

Q: What is LG UltraFine?

LG created its UltraFine series of monitors for Mac in partnership with Apple, designing them for professional photographers, video editors, and artists looking for top-of-the-line resolution and color accuracy. Since launching in 2016, LG has expanded the line with UltraFine 4K and 5K displays, including a 27-inch 4K OLED display that retails for a whopping $3,000.

Given the partnership, many of them are made to work with Macs, offering USB-C connectivity plus impeccable color accuracy to match the Retina Display of modern MacBooks. The first UltraFine display, a 5K IPS monitor, was introduced in 2016 after Apple discontinued its Thunderbolt Display.

Q: Do LG monitors have speakers?

Some LG monitors feature built-in speakers, including the 24-inch UltraFine 4K. That doesn’t necessarily mean you’ll want to use them to listen to music or for audio production. We don’t recommend relying solely on your monitor’s built-in speakers. They’ll do fine in a pinch, especially for video calls, but they typically provide below-average sound quality compared to a nice pair of headphones. If you want your PC setup to sound the way your LG monitor looks, we recommend getting some desktop speakers, bookshelf speakers, studio monitors, or even a gaming headset.

Q: Do LG monitors work well with Mac?

As we mentioned, LG’s entire UltraFine series of monitors work with Macs with a USB-C port or Thunderbolt 3 port. That includes the latest Mac Studio, MacBook Pros, and MacBook Airs introduced in 2018 or later. To get a better idea of what’s supported, Apple provides a list of Macs that can output 4K at 60Hz on the LG UltraFine 4K display. That said, you can also connect an iPad Pro or iPad Air (5th generation).

Q: How much does an LG monitor cost?

This will depend on its size, refresh rate, resolution, and additional features. You can spend well under $200 for an entry-level LG monitor, but it’s possible to spend nearly $3,000 for a premium one.

Final thoughts on the best LG monitors

Whether you’re a gamer, creator, or someone who simply cares deeply about display quality, LG’s lineup of monitors is worth checking out. They produce bright, accurate colors and sharp, high-resolution pictures, just like you find in its top-of-the-line OLED TVs.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best LG monitors in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best monitors for home offices in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-monitors-for-home-office/ Sat, 06 Mar 2021 13:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-monitors-for-home-office/
The best monitors for the home office
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Here’s the big picture on a small investment that pays dividends in efficiency—new monitors for a home office.

The post The best monitors for home offices in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best monitors for the home office
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Dell Ultrasharp U2720QM is one of the best monitors for home office Dell Ultrasharp U2720QM
SEE IT

Think of 4K the way you do a 401(k): It’s a smart investment.

Best ultrawide monitor Samsung Odyssey Neo G9 is the best super ultrawide gaming monitor. Samsung Odyssey Neo G9
SEE IT

For truly voracious content consumers and creators, this monitor offers an astounding 32:9 aspect ratio and pinpoint details.

Best budget AOC C24G1A Curved Frameless Monitor is one of the best monitors for home office AOC C24G1A Curved Frameless Monitor
SEE IT

Proof that a small change can be a big improvement.

Monitors for home offices have become essential pieces of the remote work lifestyle. We can even spend lunch hours and happy hours in front of them. The home office can transform a corner of the second bedroom into a conference room. An interface for coworkers, teachers, friends, and family, the right monitor in a work-from-home setup can be central to improving both our outlook and using Outlook. So let’s, well, screen options for the best monitors for home office.

How we chose the best monitors for home offices

We have home offices of our own here at PopSci, complete with standing desks and file cabinets. To find the best monitors for home offices, we referenced what we learned from past monitor coverage and applied it here. We also look at reviews, recommendations, performed hands-on testing, and did heavy research when narrowing down our choices.

The best monitors for home offices: Reviews & Recommendations

A 4K monitor for gaming is going to perform differently than one meant for office use. One of our choices will surely be a great addition to your office setup and still give you room to work and play. Just add a laptop or PC, ergonomic chair, ergonomic mouse, top-notch keyboard, and you’re in business.

Best 4K: Dell Ultrasharp U2720QM

Dell

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 27-inches
  • Resolution: 4K
  • Ports: Two HDMI, two DisplayPorts, one USB-C, two USB-A, one headphone jack
  • Refresh rate: 60Hz

Pros

  • Size
  • Resolution
  • Port selection

Cons

  • Lower refresh rate
  • Price

If you’ve got to crunch the numbers, you shouldn’t have to squint to see them, and the Dell Ultrasharp U2720QM monitor for home office offers 27 inches of crisp 4K display space at a competitive price of about $600. The IPS (that’s In-Plane Switching) LED panel delivers a clearer picture from any angle, features 163 pixels per inch, and has a 1,300:1 contrast ratio (the more above 1,000 that the left number goes, the better). Plus, it offers 95 percent of the P3 gamut, which is the color space many of us have gotten used to watching video. The best Dell monitor for home office supports HDR, or high dynamic range, which means more visible detail, especially in the darker areas of the screen. So, even if the folks from accounting aren’t good about lighting their Zoom calls, you can see more of their faces. And, with USB-C, DisplayPort, and HDMI inputs, the U2720QM is ready to connect to pretty much any standard computer (and it can be used to charge and/or daisy chain USB-C devices).

Need something more specialized? Well, if you’re a video editor, you should check out the best monitors for color grading, while aspiring e-sports professionals can look through the best gaming monitors or read more below.

Best 4K for gamers: LG UltraGear 27GN950-B Monitor

Specs

  • Size: 27-inches
  • Resolution: 4K
  • Ports: Two HDMI, Two USB-A, one USB-B, a headphone jack, one DisplayPort
  • Refresh rate: 144Hz

Pros

  • High refresh rate
  • Port selection
  • Resolution

Cons

  • Price

If a monitor is the window to a game’s soul, you don’t want to shortchange all the passion put into these immersive worlds, do you? With the right hardware support, the LG 27GN950-B’s “Nano IPS” panel can achieve a 144Hz refresh rate (overclocked to 160Hz) and 1ms response time, which is ridiculous for a 4K monitor. It is both G-SYNC and FreeSync—offering flexibility if you do decide to purchase a top-shelf graphics card—but is a solid performer with low input lag right out of the box, offering multiple calibration presets and customizable parameters. It’s a very bright monitor, which is great for fighting the glare of a workday with suboptimal lighting (though, conversely, it might not have the best contrast for dark-room gaming, where a VA panel is preferred). It’s not too terribly much more than an office-oriented 4K monitor, has all the standard ports (USB-C, HDMI, and DisplayPort), and is capable of delivering a clear, tearing-free experience whether shooting off emails or tearing through another campaign.

Not all monitors have to be a major investment, however, as the best cheap gaming monitors can attest.

Best ultrawide: Samsung Odyssey G9 Monitor

Samsung

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 49 inches
  • Resolution: 5120 x 1440
  • Ports: One HDMI port, two DisplayPorts, Three USB-A ports
  • Refresh rate: 240Hz

Pros

  • Refresh rate
  • Size
  • HDR support

Cons

  • May be too big
  • Price

The best Samsung monitor for truly voracious content consumers and creators, the Odyssey G9 offers an astounding 32:9 aspect ratio, driven by a company known for its pin-sharp panel innovations. Using QLED technology, this DQHD monitor features 5,120 by 1,440 resolution, a 240Hz refresh rate, and HDR10. It has a curvature of 1000R, which matches the human eye and keeps the entire image at the same distance to minimize eye strain, with great peak brightness and reflection handling perfect for those well-lit office appointments. There’s no doubt this represents the pinnacle of side-by-side document comparison, and a Picture-in-Picture feature lets multiple devices be displayed simultaneously. It’s also a monitor optimized for G-SYNC/FreeSync and the motion handling of gaming (making it one of our favorite ultrawide gaming monitors).

Best for Mac: Apple Studio Display

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: It’s expensive and not without issues, but Apple’s Studio Display is an attainable 5K display with all the design flourishes you’d expect from an Apple product.

Specs

  • Size: 27-inch
  • Resolution: 5120 x 2880
  • Ports: Thunderbolt 3/USB-C (96W), USB-C (3)
  • Refresh rate: 60Hz

Pros

  • 5K display with fantastic color accuracy
  • Deep sound from built-in speakers
  • 12-megapixel webcam with Center Stage support

Cons

  • Expensive

For Mac lovers, the new Apple Studio Display finally delivers on the promise of a high-end monitor made by Apple for its desktop fans and MacBook aficionados. It isn’t as performant as Apple’s premium Pro Display XDR, which costs upwards of $6,000. Still, you get a great 27-inch, 5K display with many quality-of-life features like a Thunderbolt 3 port that delivers 96W of power, three USB-C ports, and one of the best speaker systems you’ll find in a monitor. 

The biggest benefit of using a computer and monitor designed by Apple is that the two work together within the company’s hardware ecosystem. The MacBook Pro we used while testing the display immediately recognized the monitor each time we connected the two. Additionally—and this is admittedly an aesthetic luxury rather than a necessity—its glass and aluminum body looks sharp on a desk. Similarly, we were caught off guard by the quality of the Studio Display’s speakers. Bass was punchy, with ample detail still in the mids and highs.

The only sticking point, beyond the monitor’s price, is the quality of its 12MP webcam. The issue is that the company opted to sacrifice overall visual fidelity for the sake of supporting a feature called Center Stage. This means the webcam will zoom in and crop its image to keep you in the middle of the frame. It’ll also pan around as you move around. This is a neat feature, but we’d have preferred a better-looking webcam.

Still, this is one of, if not the best, of the monitors you can get if you’re an Apple hardware fan outfitting your home office.

Best USB-C: Dell S2722QC

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 27-inch
  • Resolution: 3840×2160 (4K)
  • Ports: 2 x HDMI 2.0, 1 x USB Type-C, 2 x USB-A, 1 x headphone jack
  • Max refresh rate: 60Hz

Pros

  • 65W of USB Type-C Power Delivery means you can charge your laptop while you use it
  • Sturdy Stand
  • Rotation and height adjustment

Cons

  • Response rate too low for gaming

More and more computers are adopting USB-C or Thunderbolt ports, and if your computer is equipped with one, we strongly suggest checking out Dell’s S2722QC. In our tests, we found its build quality to be excellent—despite its frame being made from plastic—especially the sturdiness of its stand and foot. We could rotate the display by 90 degrees with nary a wobble. Critically, you can adjust this display’s height so you can find an ergonomic position to work in that won’t strain your neck.

Unsurprisingly, this monitor’s USB-C port is its best feature—our 13-inch MacBook Pro never had a problem connecting or charging—but it’s complemented by a pair of HDMI ports, a couple of USB-A ports, and a headphone jack. Those USB-A ports are useful if you decide to connect a webcam and external hard drive to your machine when you plug your laptop into this display.

Overall, we were pleased with the look of Dell’s S2722QC during everyday use. It was more than sufficient for tasks like reading articles, streaming video, and being a part of digital meetings. The display’s color accuracy was suitable for casual photo editing, but professionals are better off with a display that covers the entire sRGB color spectrum. On the other hand, the monitor’s 4K resolution made those photos, videos, and text we viewed look clear.

Our time with the Dell S2722QC shows just how far USB-C monitors have come recently. To get this level of performance from a display that’s this inexpensive is remarkable and proves the company’s commitment to pushing premium features in less expensive hardware.

Best budget: AOC C24G1A Curved Frameless Monitor

AOC

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 24-inches
  • Resolution: 1080P
  • Ports:
  • Refresh rate: 165Hz

Pros

  • High refresh rate
  • Freesync support
  • Height adjustable

Cons

  • May not be big enough
  • Not high resolution enough for creative work

An FHD display with up to a 165Hz refresh rate, the AOC C24G1A monitor features a 1,500R curved VA (Vertical Alignment) panel and 3,000:1 contrast ratio, meaning it will offer inky blacks and vivid colors. You won’t get the same color gamut as an IPS monitor, but you will get some added depth to the physical experience. The monitor’s frame is unobtrusive, and the sturdy stand has height, swivel, and tilt adjustments, offering a well-rounded, responsive experience. You’re restricted to using HDMI or DisplayPort as your connection, but the monitor still offers a lot of upscale, cinematic features for a low price and will improve the general work environment.

If your work involves travel or devices in multiple locations, another cheap option is the 15.6-inch Lepow HD USB-C display—the best portable monitor for mobile presentations. It’s not a replacement, more an extension of your desktop—think an iPad, minus everything but the screen. For just under $200, you get a 1080p IPS Eye Care panel with Mini-HDMI and USB-C ports (and a built-in cover) to connect a laptop, smartphone, or gaming device while on the go.

What to consider when shopping for the best monitors for home offices

Size

Naturally, the first spec you should consider when buying a monitor for your home office is its size. Most external monitors measure between 24 and 27 inches diagonally, which is roughly double the size of a 13-inch laptop display. This is a big enough canvas to make creating digital art or multitasking a lot easier. There are monitors above and below those sizes, too, depending on your needs.

Resolution

A monitor’s resolution will dictate how crisp text, images, videos, and games look, and its importance varies based on what you’re doing. A 1080P HD monitor is perfectly fine for gaming, but won’t cut it for high-resolution photo and video editing. Conversely, a 4K monitor is better for creative professionals but won’t be as important for gamers unless you plan on playing high-end titles at their maximum settings.

Ports

Most external monitors have both HDMI and DisplayPorts, which will allow you to connect a computer to it without the need for an adapter. Some monitors suited for home office use also have USB-C ports, which allow them to act like a hub for smaller accessories like a webcam or external hard drive.

Refresh Rate

This spec dictates how quickly the new information can update the screen. This is the most important feature to consider if you primarily plan on using the monitor for gaming. Every millisecond counts when playing games and can make the difference between winning and losing, so seeing your character move as quickly as possible will make a big difference.

FAQs

Q: What should I look for in a home office monitor?

Start your search at 24-inch models, but seriously consider 27 inches as a best baseline. A Full HD (1080p) resolution is the bare minimum, but a 4K panel with more than 100 pixels per inch, flicker-free operation, more than 95 percent of color spaces, and low blue light will deliver the crisp, rich presentation that reduces frustration and fatigue. An adjustable, ergonomic stand will reduce slouching and straining. Having both an HDMI and a USB-C port will assure maximum compatibility. And if for some reason you want to mount a monitor to a wall, make sure to pick one that is VESA compatible for ease of attachment.

Q: Do I need a 4K monitor for office work?

“Need” is a relative term. If you’re not doing photo or video editing, you probably don’t need a 4K monitor. But could even clerical work and conference calls benefit from the added resolution? Absolutely. And, as more and more streaming media sites upgrade their content to the standard, getting 4K is a way to partially future-proof your investment.

Q: Which monitor is better for eyes?

Eye strain, like carpal tunnel syndrome, is a harsh reality of the modern work environment, but it doesn’t have to be inevitable. To reduce the chance of fatigue, look for a monitor that promises flicker-free, low-blue-light technology. Several brands, such as BenQ, ASUS, and ViewSonic, designate optimized monitors as “Eye Care.” An adjustable, ergonomic stand and fast response rate also help, because the best solution is a consistently stable image.

Q: Can a 4K monitor improve my workflow?

In a word: Yes. Any monitor properly positioned at eye level will do wonders for your posture and efficiency compared to hunching over a laptop. But if you’re staring at something all day, go in for the rich color and sharpness that a 4K monitor delivers. The best monitors for home office offer the ability to display more simultaneously—cutting down on scrolling, clicking, and cursing as you cycle through buried documents—but more quantity needs to come with more clarity. At a resolution of 3840 by 2160, a 4K panel delivers four times the pixel count of HD (1920 by 1080) displays, which means more spreadsheet fields but also more pleasing video chats (you’ll see the pores on a nose before you’ll see the dots that make up the image).

Q: What if I want to game after work?

You know what they say: work hard, display hard. OK, maybe that’s not a common saying yet, but it could be as PC gaming remains popular. While recognizing there are people who build a custom gaming rig and select a monitor specifically paired to their GPU, this recommendation is for the best gaming monitors for home office that can perform without dedicated NVIDIA or AMD hardware. You can really expect it to shine should you choose to invest in specialized components that can push its higher refresh rates and lower response times to the max. Just add a gaming mouse and keyboard and you’re headed up the leaderboard.

Q: What if I have a Mac in my home office?

So you’re deeply embedded in the Apple ecosystem and looking for a monitor. Well, if brand loyalty and/or uniform aesthetics are a priority to you, that classic Cupertino industrial design is available in Apple’s own Studio Display, which costs $1,599. But if you’ve got a MacBook Pro, MacBook Air, or Mac mini from the last few years, you can access a USB-C port and any monitor supporting that connection. That makes the best Apple monitor simply the best USB-C monitor with the looks and features you like (pretty much any of our previous recommendations, though the Samsung would require an adapter). So, because many Mac users are creative professionals, this pick highlights a monitor geared toward color accuracy and photo/video editing.

Q: How much should a monitor for a home office cost?

This will depend on the size, resolution, and additional features for the monitor. You shouldn’t have to spend more than $150 to get a basic one, but could spend close to a grand if you want a premium one for gaming.

Final thoughts on the best monitors for home offices

Finding the best monitors for home office can take some time, but it’s worth it. Folks always talk about the benefits of investing in real estate. Well, the same goes for screen real estate. When it comes to a work-from-home setup, you may not always start with the optimal space, but if you approach selecting the best monitor for home office like the most cost-effective renovation, you’ll find one simple upgrade can substantially improve your workstation.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best monitors for home offices in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best monitors for MacBook Pro in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-monitors-for-macbook-pro/ Wed, 02 Feb 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=422889
Best monitors for MacBook Pros sliced header
Tony Ware

Here are the pros for getting a new display for a "Pro" laptop.

The post The best monitors for MacBook Pro in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best monitors for MacBook Pros sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Overall Apple Studio Display is the best overall monitor for music production. Apple Studio Display
SEE IT

Apple’s Studio Display was tailor-made for use with a MacBook Pro.

Best 4K monitor Best Monitors for Macbook Pro Dell UltraSharp U2720Q
SEE IT

Dell’s UltraSharp U2720Q offers a step up with 4K resolution and 90W of charging power via USB-C, which better suits the larger MacBook Pros.

Best budget Best Monitors for Macbook Pro ViewSonic VP2756-2K
SEE IT

Inexpensive but competitive, ViewSonic VP2756-2K has all the must-have features for MacBook Pro owners for under $300.

The best monitors for MacBook Pros are already built into the machines themselves, but sometimes you just need more room to work. Adding an external monitor can create a more productive work environment. For some of us, the extra real estate for windows and applications that pop up over each workday feels necessary. With a high-end laptop, it’s important to choose a monitor that matches your computer’s capabilities and, in this case, specific requirements. It can drive some really high resolutions (especially the higher-end models), so you’ll want a monitor that can take advantage of its power. As a result, the best monitors for MacBook Pro tend to be a fairly particular breed of high-end display.

How we chose the best monitors for MacBook Pro

As a freelance technology critic who works from home full-time and is responsible for buying all of my own gear, I put a lot of time into researching my purchases and determining the best setup for my needs. To pick the monitors for this list, I relied on my experience as a writer who has covered technology and hardware extensively for sites like Reviewed, Popular Mechanics, and Engadget. I also turned to expert reviews from a variety of trusted publications and consumer reviews from online retailers to get a good sense of the best options currently on the market.

The best monitors for MacBook Pro: Reviews & Recommendations

Our recommendations for the best monitors for MacBook Pro cover a wide range of options, from budget-minded models to high-end, premium displays. The common thread is that they all allow for a simple grab-and-go work setup, offer USB-C charging, and at least a few spare USB ports for your peripherals. We also focused on features that complement the work the MacBook Pro does best, including color accuracy for photo editing.

Best overall: Apple Studio Display

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 27-inch
  • Resolution: 5120 x 2880
  • Refresh rate: 60Hz
  • Ports: Thunderbolt 3/USB-C (96W), USB-C (3)
  • Panel type: IPS

Pros

  • 5K display with fantastic color accuracy
  • Rich sound from built-in speakers
  • 12-megapixel webcam with Center Stage support

Cons

  • Expensive
  • So-so webcam picture quality

Apple’s Apple Studio Display finally delivers on the promise of a high-end monitor made by Apple for its desktop fans and MacBook aficionados that doesn’t cost $5,000. While it isn’t as performant as Apple’s premium Pro Display XDR, you do get an excellent 27-inch, 5K display for the money. This monitor has pro-level features MacBook Pro users need, including a Thunderbolt 3 port that delivers 96W of power, three USB-C ports, and one of the best speaker systems you’ll find in a monitor. 

The main reason to pair a computer and monitor designed by Apple is both were designed to work with one another perfectly. The MacBook Pro we used during our tests instantly connected to the monitor each time we plugged it in, with no flickering or other graphical abnormalities in sight. Also—and this is unnecessary but nice—its glass and aluminum body match the MacBook Pro’s. Surprisingly, the Studio Display’s speakers delivered punchy bass, while there was still a lot of detail in the mids and highs. Again, this isn’t a necessary feature, but you’ll appreciate it if you want a clean desk—the best desktop speakers sound better but require space.

This monitor’s only weak point is its 12MP webcam, which is subpar given its hefty price tag. The issue is that the company decided to sacrifice camera fidelity to support a feature called Center Stage. The Studio Display’s webcam will zoom in and crop its image to keep you in the middle of the frame. It’ll also pan around as you move around. This is a neat feature, but we’d have preferred a better-looking webcam.

Still, if you have a MacBook Pro and want a monitor that was literally made to be its companion, you won’t beat Apple’s Studio Display.

Best 4K monitor: Dell UltraSharp U2720Q

Dell

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Dell’s UltraSharp U2720Q offers a step up with 4K resolution and 90W of charging power via USB-C, which better suits the larger MacBook Pros.

Specs

  • Size: 27-inch
  • Resolution: 3840 × 2160
  • Refresh rate: 60Hz
  • Ports: USB-C, DisplayPort, HDMI, USB 3.0 (3)
  • USB-C Power Delivery: 90W
  • Panel type: IPS

Pros

  • 4K resolution
  • 90W power delivery
  • Fully-adjustable stand 

Cons

  • 60Hz refresh rate

Dell’s monitors have maintained one of the best reputations around for decades now and generally make for a solid choice across the board whether you’re looking for a budget or high-end display. The UltraSharp U2720Q is a particularly strong choice: It’s the best 4K monitor at a reasonable price, with relatively few compromises. While you will have to settle for a 60Hz refresh rate, which may hurt for gamers and content creators, its great color accuracy, large host of ports, and fully adjustable stand make the U2720Q a strong productivity pick.

Best 5K monitor: LG UltraFine 5K Display

Why it made the cut: While it’s been around the block, LG’s Apple-approved Ultrafine 5K display offers solid specs across the board, making it an ideal (albeit pricey) companion for any MacBook Pro.

Specs

  • Size: 27-inch
  • Resolution: 5120 x 2880 
  • Refresh rate: 60Hz
  • Ports: Thunderbolt 3, USB-C (3)
  • USB-C Power Delivery: 94W
  • Panel type: IPS

Pros

  • Incredibly sharp image
  • P3 wide color gamut
  • 500 cd/m² brightness

Cons

  • Expensive

The LG UltraFine 5K Display has been the best 5k monitor for high-end Mac users for some time. There’s a reason for that: It’s the only third-party monitor line endorsed by Apple and sold at the Apple Store.

That endorsement has extended the display’s lifespan, even as they become harder to find, but it’s easy to understand why Apple picked it. The 27-inch, 5120 x 2880 resolution display features incredible pixel density—218 pixels per inch—plus P3 wide color gamut, making it an exceptional resource for artists and content creators. It also offers a rare all-in-one A/V package, including a built-in 1080p webcam, microphone, and speakers, which are convenient whether or not you wind up using them.

Best 32-inch monitor: LG UltraFine 32UL950-W

Why it made the cut: If you want a big, big screen, LG’s UltraFine 32UL950-W offers an excellent set of specs as the best 32-inch monitor, with only a couple of drawbacks.

Specs

  • Size: 31.5-inch
  • Resolution: 3840 x 2160
  • Refresh rate: 60Hz
  • Ports: Thunderbolt 3 (2), DisplayPort, HDMI, USB 3.0 (2)
  • USB-C Power Delivery: 60W
  • Panel type: IPS

Pros

  • 4K resolution
  • Thin bezels
  • Ample ports

Cons

  • 60Hz refresh rate
  • 65W power delivery

A 32-inch monitor is basically a TV sitting on your desk and, thus, may be too big for some folks with limited desk space. It’s a bit glamorous, though, and helpful for multi-taskers and creative professionals who just want a big canvas for their work. Technically measuring out to 31.5 inches, the LG UltraFine 32UL950-W packs 4K resolution and plenty of amenities that make it a great fit for a MacBook Pro. That includes a pair of Thunderbolt 3 ports and two standard USB ports, plus HDMI and 3.5mm audio out. The monitor’s thin bezels also ensure the display doesn’t take up any more space than it has to. It does only provide 65W of power via the USB-C cable, however, which isn’t a problem for 13-inch MacBook Pro users, but it will charge 14- and 16-inch models more slowly than with their standard charger.

Best ultrawide monitor: Samsung CJ791

Samsung

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Samsung Cj791 comes with a few compromises to keep its price reasonable but offers an immersive experience not possible with standard displays, making it our pick for the best ultrawide monitor.

Specs

  • Size: 34-inch
  • Resolution: 3,440 x 1,440
  • Refresh rate: 100Hz
  • Ports: Thunderbolt 3 (2), DisplayPort, HDMI, USB 3.0 (2)
  • USB-C Power Delivery: 85W
  • Panel type: VA

Pros

  • Immersive, 34-inch curved display
  • 85W power delivery
  • 100MHz refresh rate

Cons

  • Poor contrast and viewing angles

Ultrawide Samsung’s curved CJ791 monitor is a particularly good option for MacBook Pro users, providing 85W of power over Thunderbolt 3, along with a 3,440 x 1,440 resolution, a fairly low 4 ms response time, fast 100MHz refresh rate (plus support for AMD FreeSync), and some built-in 7-watt stereo speakers. Reviews of the monitor have consistently noted that both contrast and viewing angles are a bit lackluster compared to some other non-ultrawide options, so there are a few trade-offs to keep in mind.   

Best budget monitor: ViewSonic VP2756-2K

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The best budget monitor by monitor standards, ViewSonic’s VP2756-2K offers comparable specs to our top pick in a no-nonsense package.

Specs

  • Size: 27-inch
  • Resolution: 2560 x 1440
  • Refresh rate: 60Hz
  • Ports: USB-C, Displayport, HDMI, USB 3.0 (2), USB Type-B
  • USB-C Power Delivery: 60W
  • Panel type: IPS

Pros

  • Affordable but still includes USB-C
  • Fully-adjustable stand
  • Good color accuracy
  • Built-in stereo speakers

Cons

  • Only 60W of power over USB-C
  • Somewhat bland appearance

You can always get a cheaper monitor if you’re willing to compromise on size and specs. Still, the ViewSonic VG2756-2K is a very reasonable price-conscious mid-tier monitor that delivers what we’d recommend maximizing everyday work and play with a MacBook Pro. The VG2756-2K is a 27-inch, 1440p monitor you can connect to your laptop via USB-C. It also features a solid 5ms response time, 350 cd/m² brightness, built-in stereo speakers, a fully adjustable stand, and a three-year warranty. One small caveat: The USB-C connection only offers 60W of charging power, so the 14- and 16-inch MacBook Pros may charge slowly. Aside from that, it’s an enticing mid-range productivity monitor.

Plus, it offers surprisingly accurate color performance right out of the box, which makes it a reasonable option for creative work. That’s usually outside the purview of monitors in this price range.

Best Apple monitor: Apple Pro Display XDR

Apple

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Expensive but one of a kind, Apple’s Pro Display XDR is tailored to those who want the best of the best.

Specs

  • Size: 32-inch
  • Resolution: 6016 x 3384 
  • Refresh rate: 60Hz
  • Ports: Thunderbolt 3, USB-C (3)
  • USB-C Power Delivery: 96W
  • Panel type: IPS

Pros

  • 6K resolution
  • 1600 nits of brightness
  • Exceptional color accuracy

Cons 

  • Incredibly expensive
  • Stand costs an extra $1,000

Apple’s own Pro Display XDR is not for most people. It costs nearly $5,000 ($6,000 if you also want the stand). Unlike many products, the word “pro” in the name is literal: It is meant for artists and professionals who need the widest color gamut and the best pixel density you can get. If you can afford it, though, it is the absolute best image quality you can get in a monitor right now. The 6K resolution offers incredibly sharp images, and the monitor far outperforms any other on this list when it comes to brightness, contrast, or color accuracy. 

As expensive as it is, however, you’ll still have to factor in the cost of either a stand or VESA mount adapter. You can also inflate the price even further with an upgraded Nano-texture glass panel, which offers a more matte finish. It’s … a lot. And I’m not just talking about how much it costs.

There’s a little hope on the horizon if you’re interested in getting a display direct from Apple. Rumor has it the company may reveal a new, somewhat less expensive monitor in 2023. I personally wouldn’t factor the prospect of an unannounced future project into my monitor purchasing decision just yet, but it’s good to keep in mind.

What to consider before buying the best MacBook Pro monitor

You likely chose a MacBook Pro because it was the laptop that best fit your needs, and you’ll want to do the same with your monitor. For this list, we’re assuming the primary concerns for most MacBook Pro users will be general productivity and creative work rather than, say, gaming. It’s not as if you can’t use these monitors for games; of course, but if that’s your top priority, we have you covered elsewhere. 

Also, certain features of the MacBook Pro create special needs that you’ll want to look for in your monitor or at least give you a few extra ways to optimize your home office setup. Monitors that connect via USB-C for easy charging are a major plus. Still, you also don’t want to overlook the added importance of additional ports that can expand your connectivity options. We also emphasized technical features like color accuracy, which are especially important since you’ll be looking back and forth between your monitor and the MacBook Pro’s extraordinarily vivid display.

Connections

It’s easier than ever to use a laptop—and a MacBook Pro, specifically—with an external monitor. Apple’s recent laptops, including the current MacBook Pros, rely heavily on USB-C ports, which can charge a laptop and transmit data, including video, over a single cable. This means, in many cases, that connecting your laptop to a monitor also charges it. With the right USB hub, you can plug in a monitor and many peripherals all in one cable.

For a time, USB-C was the only way you could plug a monitor directly into an Apple laptop. However, Apple’s most recent 14- and 16-inch MacBook Pros also feature a built-in HDMI port, giving you a simple way to connect your laptop to an external monitor without dongles or adapters. HDMI will not charge your laptop but does open the door for a wider range of display options, as it is the primary connection used by TVs and modern PC monitors. For the purposes of this list, we’re leaning towards the convenience of using USB-C for both connecting a monitor and charging, as it reduces cable clutter with little downside for people.

What makes a good monitor?

Apart from USB-C, the specs to consider with a new monitor these days are largely the same ones that we’ve all had to consider for quite some time now. Size and resolution go hand-in-hand. A sprawling 32-inch (or larger) monitor may look impressive on your desk, but if the resolution isn’t high enough, you may find the picture isn’t as clear as you expected because the pixel density is too low. It’s also important to keep in mind that resolution doesn’t just translate to sharpness—a higher resolution gives you more actual workspace to spread out windows and applications. 

A 2560 x 1440 (or 1440p) resolution on a 27-inch display is a good minimum to look for, in general. Keep in mind, however, 1440p falls well short of your MacBook Pro’s Retina display. A 4K (or higher) display will give you sharper text and crisper images. When it comes to movement on the screen, like video, you’ll want to pay attention to the monitor’s refresh rate, which dictates how many times a screen adjusts to reflect movement per second. A 60Hz refresh rate has long been the standard for non-gaming monitors, and will still be adequate for general web browsing and work. That said, a higher refresh rate can make on-screen movements look smoother and allow for more nuanced controls, especially in games and video editing.

Another important consideration is the actual type of display panel used in the monitor. Nowadays, there are three main types used in monitors: IPS (in-plane switching), TN (twisted nematic), and VA (vertical alignment). In general, IPS monitors offer the best balance of features, while TN monitors can have an edge in response time and are usually more affordable. VA monitors are a bit less common but can offer better contrast and deeper black levels, albeit often at the expense of response time.

Consider using multiple monitors

While your inclination with a TV may be to simply buy the biggest one that can fit in your space, that isn’t always a good idea with a computer monitor. You may get more bang for your buck using two monitors. A dual monitor setup allows you to position your screens to best suit the task at hand—even use one or both vertically—and you’ll likely have a larger working area than a single monitor of a comparable cost would offer. That said, there are areas like gaming and movies where a large, single monitor is certainly preferable.

Apple’s 14- and 16-inch MacBook Pros with M1 Pro and M1 Max processors both offer native support for multi-display setups. It is technically possible to use two monitors with the 13-inch MacBook Pro, but it requires a workaround

FAQs

Q: What monitors does Apple recommend?

Apple doesn’t provide a ton of direct guidance on what monitor to buy. All things being equal, it would love to sell you its own display, the Pro Display XDR. Even it knows, however, that a $5,000+ monitor is a tough sell for most people. To fill that rather significant gap, Apple singles out two LG displays that are ideal for use with any Mac: the 27-inch LG UltraFine 5K Display we included above and a smaller 24-inch LG UltraFine 4K Display. Both are sold directly by Apple through its online store and some of its retail stores and are also available elsewhere.

That said, the LG Ultrafine monitors are also quite pricey and, recently, have become a tad hard to find. Realistically speaking, there are a ton of great monitors out there, though, so don’t let the lack of an Apple seal of approval stop you from buying an otherwise great monitor.

Q: Do all monitors work with MacBook Pro?

Any monitor will “work” with a MacBook Pro, but some will work more seamlessly than others. 

On a 13-inch MacBook Pro, a monitor must be connected to one of the two Thunderbolt ports, which can directly support monitors using the USB-C or DisplayPort standards (with the appropriate cable). The 14- and 16-inch MacBook Pros also feature an HDMI port, greatly expanding the number of displays you can plug in without a hub. If you’re using an older monitor that requires a lesser-used port like VGA or DVI, you’ll need an adapter to connect it to your MacBook, and you won’t be able to take advantage of display technologies like HDR. (That said, if you have to use DVI or VGA, chances are that isn’t a big concern. Also … you probably need a new monitor.)

Q: Is a 27-inch monitor too big?

It wasn’t all that long ago that a 27-inch monitor was considered something of a luxury, but it is now far from the biggest monitor you can buy. As we mentioned at the top, size and resolution are intertwined, but a 27-inch monitor is a good size monitor for most people. It’s big enough to get serious work (or play) done but not overwhelming. 

Whatever monitor you choose, you will want to take note of its measurements to ensure it will fit in your space. Some 27-inch monitors can take up less space than others thanks to smaller bezels and streamlined stands, and you can always reduce your monitor’s desk footprint by using a monitor arm or mount.

Final thoughts on the best monitors for MacBook Pro

Using a monitor makes a huge difference in your work, especially if you’re trying to make your home office feel like an office. You want one that makes your computer look great while making your space feel both comfortable and functional. With a bit of research, you can pick a fantastic monitor that will help you enjoy your computer to the fullest. Though there’s always a shiny new display around the corner—like that rumored Apple monitor—the best monitors for MacBook Pro have the specs you need, so they can be a fixture that follows you from computer to computer.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best monitors for MacBook Pro in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best furnace filters of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-furnace-filters/ Thu, 02 Feb 2023 22:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=509032
The best furnace filters will help keep your home warm and cut down on dander.

Keep your furnace humming and improve the air quality in your home with these filters.

The post The best furnace filters of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best furnace filters will help keep your home warm and cut down on dander.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Nordic Pure makes the best furnace filters overall. Nordic Pure MERV 12 Pleated AC Furnace Filter
SEE IT

Filter airborne pollutants with this efficient MERV 12 furnace filter.

Best for allergies The AirX Allergy Filters are the best furnace filters for allergies. AIRx ALLERGY MERV 11 Pleated Air Filter
SEE IT

Trap dust, dirt, pollen, pet dander, and other allergens with this pleated fiberglass furnace filter.

Best budget The Aerostar Pleated Air Filter is the best furnace filter at a budget-friendly price. Aerostar MERV 11 Pleated Air Filter
SEE IT

Save with this affordable six-pack of furnace filters that use electrostatic material to attract particles and improve air filtration efficiency.

Your HVAC system is responsible for heating and cooling your home, but it can’t function properly without a working furnace with a fresh furnace filter to heat the air and blow it cleanly through the ventilation system. A furnace filter is necessary to help prevent the furnace from overheating and keep it efficiently trapping airborne particles, allergens, and pollutants. Filters can be either disposable or reusable (if you don’t mind washing them when they become clogged), and they range in size and thickness. Different furnaces require specific filters, so the furnace filter for your home depends on the make and model of the furnace. Check the user’s manual and inspect the old furnace filter to find the appropriate size and thickness before taking a look at this list of top products. Then, keep reading to understand better the various types, sizes, thickness, and MERV (Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value) ratings of the best furnace filters.

How we chose the best furnace filters

Many homes have a furnace that needs regular maintenance, including replacing the furnace filter. I applied first-hand experience to selecting these top products from over 40 options. I conducted extensive research, including carefully considering the MERV rating, size, thickness, furnace filter type, and any extra features the filter had to offer.

The best furnace filters: Reviews & Recommendations

I preferred filters with high-efficiency ratings for these selections, though this was balanced against the overall price and value of each furnace filter product. The MERV rating of each furnace filter was a key factor, given that this is a direct measure of the product’s filtration capabilities. I also weighed specialized uses, such as pet dander control or allergen filtration, when deciding between two or more similar products.

Best overall: Nordic Pure MERV 12 Pleated AC Furnace Filter

Nordic Pure

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a MERV rating of 12, this Nordic Pure furnace filter is one of the most effective filtration options for a residential HVAC system.

Specs

  • Type: Electrostatic furnace filter
  • Size: 16 x 16 x 1 inches
  • MERV Rating: 12

Pros

  • High efficiency
  • Six filters in one pack
  • Ideal for trapping allergens
  • Affordable

Cons

  • Must replace every one to three months

This six-pack of Nordic Pure 16x16x1 MERV 12 Pleated AC & Furnace Filters is an excellent option to keep the home HVAC system operating efficiently for up to a year and a half. Simply replace the old furnace filter a minimum of once every three months to keep the air clean and avoid putting unnecessary stress on the heating and cooling system. The electrostatic construction is specifically designed to attract and trap airborne particles, making it easier for this filter to block the movement of allergens through the furnace. 

This filter has nominal dimensions of 16 by 16 by 1 inches, but the actual dimensions are 15.75 by 15.75 by 0.75, so users need to measure the old furnace filter to ensure a proper fit. As long as the furnace filter is compatible with the furnace, users can enjoy the high efficiency of this MERV 12 product. However, it should be noted that the filter may need to be changed monthly in homes with many pets, as it will become clogged faster.

Best for allergies: AIRx Allergy MERV 11 Pleated Air Filters

AirX

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Lint, dust, dust mites, pollen, mold, smog, pet dander, pet smells, and even bacteria can be trapped by this MERV 11 pleated fiberglass furnace filter.

Specs

  • Type: Pleated fiberglass furnace filter
  • Size: 20 by 20 by 1 inches
  • MERV Rating: 11

Pros

  • High-efficiency MERV rating of 11
  • Designed for trapping allergens such as pollen, dander, and other debris
  • Affordable value pack

Cons

  • Filter must be changed every two to three months
  • Not effective for filtering smoke or viruses

The AIRx Allergy 20x20x1 MERV 11 Pleated Air Filter is suitable for users with allergies or who may have difficulty breathing in musty locations. This is a six-pack of filters with an impressive MERV rating of 11, ensuring they can trap a wide range of airborne pollutants. Specifically, these pleated fiberglass filters are made to eliminate allergens from the home, so they can trap lint, dust, dust mites, pollen, mold, smog, pet dander, pet smells, and bacteria. However, it should be noted that these filters cannot trap smoke particles or viruses. 

Each furnace filter has nominal dimensions of 20 by 20 by 1 inches, and actual dimensions of 19.5 by 19.5 by 0.75 inches. Changing the filters once every two to three months is important because they tend to get clogged quickly.

Best odor neutralizer: Flanders NaturalAire Odor Eliminator Filter

Flanders

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This odor-neutralizing furnace filter takes care of pet odors and the lingering scent of smoke.

Specs

  • Type: Pleated fiberglass furnace filter
  • Size: 20 x 20 x 1 inches
  • MERV Rating: 8

Pros

  • Baking soda-infused to eliminate odors
  • 12-pack lasts a long time
  • Suitable for trapping dust, pollen, dirt, and mold spores

Cons

  • Modest MERV rating of 8

Invest in this affordable 12-pack of filters to ensure your furnace and HVAC system remain in good working order for up to 12 months. Replace the old furnace filter every two to three months to keep the air clean and odor-free. These filters physically trap dust, pollen, dirt, mold spores, and other airborne contaminants. But their real benefit is that they can neutralize offensive odors as they pass through the HVAC system using the odor-absorption quality of baking soda. 

The filters measure 20 by 20 by 1 inches, but have a MERV rating of only 8. While this isn’t the lowest MERV rating available, the efficiency of these filters is modest.

Best smart: Filtrete Smart Air Filter

Filtrete

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Filtrete app connects wirelessly to a chip installed on the furnace filter to track airflow, usage, and filter life.

Specs

  • Type: Electrostatic furnace filter
  • Size: 12 x 12 x 1 inches
  • MERV Rating: 12

Pros

  • Convenient Bluetooth connection
  • High efficiency
  • Traps allergens, bacteria, and even viruses

Cons

  • High price
  • New reporting technology

The Filtrete 12x12x1 Smart Air Filter is designed with a chip that measures airflow, filter usage, and filter life. The chip connects wirelessly via Bluetooth to the Filtrete app, allowing users to check the status of the furnace filter at any time instead of trying to estimate when the filter should be changed. The filter comes more expensive than standard furnace filters and uses relatively new technology. It should be noted that some bugs may still need to be worked out as the reporting technology is perfected.

The pack includes two electrostatic filters with nominal dimensions of 12 by 12 by 1 inches, and actual dimensions of 11.84 by 11.84 by 1 inches. These filters have a MERV rating of 12 and can trap various airborne pollutants, including dust, pollen, dander, mold spores, smoke, bacteria, viruses, and other debris.

Best budget: Aerostar MERV 11 Pleated Air Filter

Aerostar

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Users can update their existing filter with a high-efficiency product from Aerostar that has an impressive MERV rating of 11.

Specs

  • Type: Electrostatic furnace filter
  • Size: 16 x 25 x 1 inches
  • MERV Rating: 11

Pros

  • High efficiency
  • Suitable for trapping a wide range of airborne pollutants
  • Inexpensive six-pack

Cons

  • Must be replaced every two to three months

If you have pets or are just looking for an affordable option, this six-pack of Aerostar 16x25x1 MERV 11 Pleated Air Filters is a great choice. Each filter boasts a MERV rating of 11, which is impressive for a product made to be used in residential furnaces. The filters have nominal dimensions of 16 by 25 by 1 inches, and actual dimensions of 15.75 by 24.75 by 0.75 inches. Unfortunately, the thinness of these filters means they need to be replaced about once every two to three months. The synthetic electrostatic fiber attracts and traps microscopic particles such as lint, dust mites, pollen, smoke, dust, and pet dander, reducing exposure to airborne irritants, pollutants, and allergens. These filters are also helpful in preventing mold by trapping spores before they can be blown through the HVAC system and into the home.

Things to consider when buying a furnace filter

A furnace filter, along with an HVAC filter, is a necessary part of the furnace that must be replaced regularly to prevent premature wear and tear on the HVAC system. However, before choosing a furnace filter, it’s important to understand the various filter types, sizes, and MERV ratings to find the best furnace filter for your home.

Furnace filter types

Finding the right furnace filter can save you money, improve your home’s air quality, and reduce wear and tear on your HVAC system, so it’s necessary to have an understanding of the various filter types, which include fiberglass, polyester, cotton, electrostatic, and HEPA.

Fiberglass furnace filters are the most basic option available, usually with a 1-inch thickness and a low MERV rating of just 2 to 3. While these filters are low in cost, they have little effect on air filtration and must be changed frequently. However, pleated fiberglass filters have a significantly increased efficiency that can reach a MERV rating between 8 and 11.

Polyester furnace filters come in flat and pleated versions with an average MERV rating of 6 to 8. They are better than fiberglass and relatively inexpensive. Also, the thickness of polyester filters can range from one to five inches, allowing them to be used for a longer period before needing to be replaced.

Cotton furnace filters can also be called high-efficiency pleated filters, and they are usually four to five inches thick. These filters have a high MERV rating between 14 and 16 and are even suitable for hospital use, though cotton filters cost more than either fiberglass or polyester.

Electrostatic furnace filters are also typically made with cotton, though they can sometimes be made with paper fibers. What sets these filters apart is that the material is self-charging, which automatically generates a static charge to attract small particles and improve filtration. They tend to be thinner than high-efficiency cotton filters and have a MERV rating of about 10.

HEPA (high-efficiency particulate air) furnace filters are the most impressive options, with MERV ratings usually falling between 16 and 20. They can trap up to 99.7% of airborne pollutants, but these filters are not commonly made for residential furnaces, so they may be hard to find in the correct size.

Also, keep in mind that there are disposable filters and reusable filters. So, if you don’t mind scrubbing the filter every few months, investing in a reusable filter may be more cost-effective.

Size and thickness

The size of the furnace filter is a key measurement you need to know before finding a replacement filter. Keep in mind that filters come in a wide range of sizes, so check the size of your current furnace filter so that you know exactly what size you need. Also, a filter’s actual dimensions may differ from its nominal dimensions, so be sure to carefully confirm both your existing furnace filter’s measurements and those of any replacement filter.

The thickness of the filter is another important measurement. In general, the thicker the filter the less often it will need to be changed; however, thicker filters can also be more difficult to push air through and can cause overheating if the HVAC system is not meant to work with them. This is why you need to consult the user’s manual to see whether thicker filters can be used in your system without negatively impacting the functionality.

MERV rating

To better understand the capabilities of an individual furnace filter, check the MERV rating. MERV stands for Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value and refers to the ability of the filter to trap airborne particles and pollutants. The MERV scale ranges from low-efficiency fiberglass filters with MERV ratings between 1 and 3 to high-efficiency HEPA filters with MERV ratings ranging from 16 to 20.

The typical MERV rating for a residential furnace filter falls between 6 and 12. It should be noted that the more efficient the filter, the more often it should be changed, as high-efficiency filters tend to clog faster than less efficient products.

FAQs

Q: How often should furnace filters be changed?

It’s important to replace the furnace filter regularly to prevent problems with the HVAC system. On average, filters should be replaced every 3 to 12 months, depending on the thickness of the filter. A one- to two-inch thick filter should be replaced about once every 3 months; those three- to four-inches thick should be replaced once every 6 to 9 months; and filters with a thickness of five to six inches should be replaced once every 9 to 12 months.

Q: What happens if you don’t change your furnace filter?

Furnace filters are an important part of the HVAC system that help to trap dust, dirt, hair, allergens, and other debris. However, when the furnace filter becomes partially or fully clogged with debris, it limits the flow of air, causing the furnace to operate for a longer period to increase or decrease the temperature in the home. This increased operation strains the system and can cause the furnace to overheat and wear out quickly, so it’s necessary to change the furnace filter regularly.

Q: Can a dirty furnace filter make you sick?

The purpose of a furnace filter is to trap airborne pollutants such as dust, dirt, hair, and other debris. If the filter becomes clogged, its ability to do so is severely limited, leading to a potential increase of allergens in the air. A clogged filter can also contribute to mold growth within the system. While a dirty filter does not directly affect your health, the unfiltered pollutants, allergens, and mold can cause your body to react negatively and may lead to illness.

Final thoughts on the best furnace filters

A furnace filter may not be top of mind, but keeping yours in good working condition will improve the air you breathe daily. Keep the air in your home fresh and allergen-free with the Nordic Pure MERV 12 Pleated AC Furnace Filter, our pick for the best overall furnace filter. Pet owners may prefer our budget pick, the Aerostar MERV 11 Pleated Air Filter, which is specifically made to trap pet dander and other allergens.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best furnace filters of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best kneeling chairs of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-kneeling-chair/ Mon, 15 Mar 2021 12:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-kneeling-chair/
A lineup of the best kneeling chairs on a white background
Amanda Reed

Sick of sitting on your you-know-what all day? Say goodbye to sore backs with a pressure-relieving chair for your home office setup.

The post The best kneeling chairs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best kneeling chairs on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Varier Variable Balans Original best overall Kneeling Chair Varier Variable Balans Original Kneeling Chair
SEE IT

First designed in 1979 by Norwegian Hans Christian Mengshoel and popularized by industrial designer Opsvik, this model was—and is—considered a game-changer in the world of ergonomic office chairs.

Best rocker Rocking Kneeling Chair best kneeling chair rocker Sleekform Austin Rocking Kneeling Chair
SEE IT

This reinforced-plywood option has a 4-inch-thick seat cushion and memory foam knee pads, with a weight capacity of 265 pounds—and it rocks back and forth, of course!

Best budget Office Star best budget kneeling chair Office Star Ergonomically Designed Knee Chair
SEE IT

More expensive does not necessarily mean more ergonomically sound. You sacrifice aesthetics with this bargain model, but it gets the job done.

Human beings were not meant to sit at a 90-degree angle for eight-plus hours a day, and we weren’t meant to stand for that long either—but a kneeling chair can help. According to the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), “A chair that is well-designed and appropriately adjusted is an essential element of a safe and productive computer workstation. A good chair supports the back, legs, buttocks, and arms while reducing exposures to awkward postures, contact stress, and forceful exertions.” At the most elemental level, kneeling chair benefits include taking pressure off your back by shifting your body forward, opening up your pelvic area, engaging your core muscles, and taking pressure off your spinal discs. (The name is a bit of a misnomer, as the chair doesn’t shift weight into your knees but rather your butt and shins.) As a result of that sloping, you could also see improvements to your breathing and digestion (by taking the pressure off your internal organs) and improved circulation. Here are our picks for the best kneeling chairs.

How we chose the best kneeling chairs

If you’ve ever gotten a seated massage, you’re acquainted with the general shape of kneeling chairs. Because they take pressure off your spine, kneeling chair benefits include that they can help improve posture and give you lumbar support. (On the downside, you won’t have much lower-body mobility when you’re in it, so if you’re at all claustrophobic—e.g., you dislike the feeling of your legs being stuck in place—this might not be the option for you, though you can and should play around with positions: one foot up, one foot down, ankles crossed, etc.). 

We vetted the available options on the market to make our recommendations for the best kneeling chairs. We researched the science on the detriments of sitting and considered OSHA’s guidance in this kneeling chair review. With that in mind, we looked at kneeling chairs that provided ergonomic design, options for a range of people of different sizes, adjustability, style, and price.

The best kneeling chairs: Reviews & Recommendations

When you first start using your knee chair, you might notice some discomfort, and that’s because you’re likely engaging muscles you don’t when you’re in a conventional office chair. These force you to sit up straight, which requires your abs, thighs, and lower back to engage. You may not be used to that. Eventually, you’ll be better for it, but as with any big change in life, there may be some growing pains! Any of our picks is a suitable introduction to the world of kneeling chairs.

Best overall: Varier Variable Balans Original Kneeling Chair

Varier

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The original kneeling chair, this Scandinavian design has stood the test of time. It’s made with flexible wood and comes in a range of colors to suit any office.

Specs

  • Material: Beech plywood, recycled polyester
  • Dimensions: 14 inches D x 14 inches W x 28 inches H 
  • Weight: 14.35 pounds

Pros

  • Elegant design
  • Time-tested 
  • Lightweight

Cons

  • Expensive

Though not the most important quality in a knee chair, this one is aesthetically pleasing in that classic Scandinavian way and comes in loads of colors. The wood design is simple, iconic, and lightweight, so you can easily move it from room to room, creating an ergonomic workstation wherever you go.

Best with back support: DRAGONN by VIVO Ergonomic Kneeling Chair

VIVO

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you’re looking for additional support in a kneeling chair, this kneeling computer chair comes with a cushion for your back and has casters for easy movement.

Specs

  • Material: Metal
  • Dimensions: 13 inches D x 27.13 W x 21 inches H
  • Weight: 23 pounds

Pros

  • Provides back support
  • Comes with wheels
  • Ergonomic design

Cons

  • Less stationary

This kneeling office chair is on casters, allowing you to roam without getting out of your chair. The knee-pad angles and the distance between the seat and knee pads are adjustable, so this posture kneeling chair is a more inclusive option than some others. There is a 250-pound weight capacity. Note also that it requires some simple assembly.

Best rocker: Sleekform Austin Rocking Kneeling Chair

Sleekform

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This posture-correcting chair is also designed with a soothing rocking motion and memory foam cushions for maximum comfort. 

Specs

  • Materials: Reinforced plywood, fabric
  • Dimensions: 28 inches D x 16 inches W x 22 inches H
  • Weight: 14.7 pounds

Pros

  • Rocking function
  • Pads affix it to the floor 
  • Cushions designed with memory foam

Cons

  • No option for back support

A 20- to 30-degree seat-cushion slope is considered ideal for a kneeling desk (whereas a traditional computer desk is 90 degrees), and this chair hits right at 30, shifting weight into your sit bones to gently tilt you forward. The best part of a rocker is that the rocking motion can be a great distraction if you’re having trouble adjusting to your kneeling chair.

Best for short person: Posture Pro Ergonomic Kneeling Chair

Posture Pro

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This affordable kneeling chair is designed for shorter people and comes with casters for easy mobility. 

Specs

  • Material: Metal 
  • Dimensions: 22.5 inches D x 18.25 inches W x 25.5 inches H
  • Weight: 17.96 pounds

Pros

  • Three adjustable height settings
  • Comes with a three-inch-thick cushion
  • Lockable casters
  • Great price

Cons

  • Not an option for big or tall people

This heavily cushioned, wheeling, ergonomic kneeling chair can sit as low as 13 inches off the floor. This adjustable kneeling chair has wheels for easy mobility and folds neatly at the end of the day.

Best for tall person: Master Massage Ergonomic Steel Kneeling Chair Posture

Master Massage

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With thick cushions for the seat and knees, this kneeling chair is ideal for massages and comes with a two-year warranty. 

Specs

  • Material: Wood, alloy steel
  • Dimensions: 17.5 inches D x 21 inches W x 28 inches H
  • Weight: 16.5 pounds

Pros

  • Six adjustable height settings
  • Comes with wheels for easy transport
  • Folds down for storage

Cons

  • Plastic cushions

A steel base in this posture chair makes you feel secure as you sit, and mesh cushions keep you cool. The front-locking brake mechanism adds an extra layer of security. Remember: Your work surface is at the correct height when your elbow is at 90 degrees. Too low and you’ll hunch; too high and you’ll have to reach.

Best budget: Office Star Ergonomically Designed Knee Chair

Office Star

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This serviceable kneeling chair takes care of all the basics at an affordable price. 

Specs

  • Material: Metal
  • Dimensions: 25.25 inches D x 17 inches W x 20.5 inches H
  • Weight: 16 pounds

Pros

  • Ergonomic design 
  • Sturdy frame
  • Affordable price

Cons

  • Weight limit is 275 pounds

The key elements of a kneeling chair are here—pressure relief, a memory foam seat cushion, casters—but it does have some limitations. Its weight capacity is not particularly inclusive at 275 pounds, and the chair itself weighs 16 pounds, making it one you likely won’t want to schlep from room to room.

What to consider when buying the best kneeling chairs

The key to any great seating setup is variation. Eight hours on a kneeling chair is no better than eight hours on a regular desk chair. (Your legs, in particular, could cramp in the kneeling position.) Changing your position is key, so try to get into a rotation of sitting, kneeling, and standing throughout the day whenever possible. Here’s what else you should know when shopping for the best kneeling chairs.

Ergonomic design

Key factors in choosing the best ergonomic chair for you include height and adjustability. For example, your shins should rest comfortably on the leg pad, and not be squeezed or pinched, so read the measurements carefully to make sure you’ve picked a chair that’s compatible with your size and weight. The best kneeling chair is one that adjusts to you, not vice versa.

Because of the way a knee chair shifts you forward, a seatback isn’t necessary or recommended, but there’s also no harm in having one if it makes you feel more comfortable. The key is to use it sparingly when you need a break or if you have a medical condition that makes it difficult to maintain the sloped-forward position for too long without back support. It’s great for building stamina in terms of how long you can engage your core muscles to support you in the kneeling position, but there’s no shame in relaxing onto the backrest when you need to. Remember: The whole point of getting a kneeling desk chair is to help you feel better.

It might sound counterintuitive—or just complicated—to add rocking to the equation of a kneeling chair, but there are benefits to rocking out! Especially for fidgety folks, the subtle rocking motion can make sitting more comfortable, enhance blood flow, and possibly even help with focus and attention. If sitting still isn’t your thing, try this more active way to sit.

Size of user

If you’re looking for a kneeler for a child or someone smaller than average, the best features you can look for are tilt, knee-pad, and height-pad adjustability, because what’s comfortable for someone 4-foot-8 will differ from someone who’s only a couple of inches taller. (In fact, adjustability is a key factor no matter what kind of kneeling chair you’re buying, and no matter your height.)

There are kneeling chairs for big and tall users, but not enough of them. Until that changes, you’re often unfortunately left to decipher based on your measurements. Some things to keep in mind: the height of your desk and whether you have a long or short torso or long or short legs. All of those things factor into whether a particular kneeler is the best kneeling chair for you just as much as your weight does.

Price

What’s great about kneeling ergonomic office chairs is that there hasn’t been much innovation since the original design, and that’s because the basics don’t need improvement. Remember that the key elements of kneeling office chairs are that they give you lumbar support, alleviate back pain, and contribute to your overall ergonomic home office setup. Everything else—a rocking feature, a pretty design—is gravy. So you should be able to find an option that suits you at a reasonable price.

FAQs

Q: How much does a kneeling chair cost?

A kneeling chair can start at $80 and go up into the $400 range, depending on the manufacturer.

Q: How should I sit in a kneeling chair?

Begin by sitting down as you would in any chair. Then place your legs on the knee pads, keeping the majority of your weight in your tush. You may then be naturally inclined to slouch, which is where your core comes in: Engage your muscles to keep your posture strong and upright, and voilà: You’re sitting in a kneeling chair! Remember to switch the position of your legs from time to time so they don’t get tired or fall asleep.

Q: What should the angle on a kneeling chair be?

Ideally, you’ll find a chair you like with an adjustable angle, so you can play around until you find the setting that’s exactly right for you. If you can’t, a chair with an angle of 25 to 30 degrees (dropping you from the usual 90-degree angle) is a safe place to start.

Q: Are kneeling chairs really good for you?

Like anything else, they’re not for everyone and have their downsides, but yes, they are really good for you! In addition to aligning your neck, shoulders, and back, they naturally roll your shoulders back. The key is not to overdo it with this piece of home office furniture. Alternate your chair with your regular computer chair, and take breaks from both of those by getting up and going for short walks, even just around the living room.

Q: Who should use a kneeling chair?

A kneeling chair is designed for people who are looking to improve their posture. Because they rely on core strength, they can also help alleviate back pain, which can help people who are used to sitting in a regular office chair all day.

Final thoughts on the best kneeling chairs

If you end every workday with a big stretch and various involuntary noises that indicate your back is killing you, it’s time to change your chair. A kneeling desk is a great option for lots of people and worth working into your rotation. When you find the best kneeling chair for you, your neck, your back, your shoulders, and your six-pack will thank you.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio, to video games, to cameras, and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best kneeling chairs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Brother sewing machines in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-brother-sewing-machines/ Thu, 16 Jun 2022 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=449198
The best Brother sewing machines
Stan Horaczek

The best equipment yields the best results, and Brother sewing machines are well-known in the world of sewing, quilting, and crafting for their quality and innovative features.

The post The best Brother sewing machines in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best Brother sewing machines
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Overall Brother XM2701 Sewing Machine is the best overall. Brother XM2701 Sewing Machine
SEE IT

This model is a solid, mechanical sewing machine that offers automated functioning for multiple sewing purposes.

Best Budget Brother LX3817 Sewing Machine is the best for the budget. Brother LX3817 Sewing Machine
SEE IT

Here’s a mechanical model that won’t stress the wallet while it offers versatile functioning and ease of use.

Best Computerized Brother XR9550 Sewing and Quilting Machine is the best computerized. Brother XR9550 Sewing and Quilting Machine
SEE IT

A computerized machine with 165 built-in stitch options along with push-button stitch selection and automated functions.

A great Brother sewing machine meets users’ needs and provides years of dependable service. Throughout its 115-year history, Brother Industries has developed into a global leader in sewing machine design, innovation, and manufacturing. Currently, the company offers one of the most advanced line-ups of innovative machinery for home-sewing pursuits. Its models include reliable sewing machines for basic projects and state-of-the-art, computerized models designed for advanced embroidery, quilting, and crafting. Consumers rely on the best Brother sewing machines to provide quality, value, and features for both utilitarian and creative purposes. Here are our picks of the best Brother sewing machines in the company’s impressive line-up.

How we chose the best Brother sewing machines

We drew on personal experience, peer suggestions, and public opinion in selecting six Brother sewing machines for our recommendations. We then narrowed it down to 11 different models and accessed the in-depth product details and specifications available on the Brother-USA company website. Then, we selected Brother products that are easily available and read the product descriptions, user impressions, and FAQs on retailer sites. Knowing that various readers bring an array of needs, preferences, and monetary resources to the search, we tried to assemble a diverse assortment of Brother sewing machines for our list.

We considered both computerized and mechanical sewing machines. Although the computerized models exhibit advanced technological features, many users prefer simple operating procedures and easy maintenance of mechanical machines. Additionally, we looked for both computerized and mechanical models that provide automated processes such as needle threading and buttonhole making, as these features make sewing easier and more pleasurable.

The best Brother sewing machines: Reviews & Recommendations

Brother Industries Ltd. (the company that manufactures Brother sewing machines) traces its history back more than 100 years. In 1908, Kanekichi Yasui founded the Yasui Sewing Machine Company, working at his home in Nagoya, Japan. He repaired industrial sewing machines and manufactured machine parts for local use. When Yasui’s sons inherited his company, they changed the name to Yasui Brothers’ Sewing Machine Company, and the company title was eventually shortened to Brother.

With such a long history, Brother has engineered a sewing machine to suit every user and use case. So, to narrow them down, we searched for Brother sewing machines to meet the needs of beginning sewers, those who engage in basic sewing projects, and those with more advanced skills and experience in quilting, crafting, and fashion design. We endeavored to present Brother machines that meet the requirements of these various types of sewists. 

Best overall: Brother XM2701 Sewing Machine

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Brother XM2701 sewing machine offers versatility as it provides automated features and numerous built-in stitches for advanced sewists, along with ease of operation for beginners. 

Specs

  • Weight: 12.6 pounds
  • Product dimensions: 12.1 x 5.9 x 15.3 inches
  • Number of built-in stitches: 27

Pros

  • Automatic buttonhole function
  • Automatic needle threader
  • Both decorative and straight built-in stitches
  • 6 interchangeable feet included

Cons  

  • Not computerized

The Brother XM2701 sewing machine is easy to operate, making it a viable choice for beginners. On the other hand, it boasts a wide array of stitch options and automated features that appeal to experienced sewing enthusiasts. Stitch options include multiple decorative and quilting stitches along with basic, straight stitches for seams and basting. With 27 built-in stitches and 63 stitch functions, users can create crafts, fashions, home decor items, and quilts. 

Although not a computerized machine, the XM2701 offers several automated features to make sewing projects go more smoothly and quickly. For example, the automatic needle threader eliminates the frustration and eye strain of threading the needle by hand. An automatic, 1-step buttonhole function saves time and ensures consistent, professional-looking results. Additionally, the task of winding the bobbin is an automatic process.

Several convenient features make the XM2701 a popular and versatile sewing machine. The jam-resistant, drop-in bobbin is located on the top of the machine to speed up the sewing process. An LED light brightly lights the work area. The free arm feature also makes it easy to manipulate the fabric when sewing cuffs, sleeves, and pants. 

The XM2701 model includes six interchangeable feet to accomplish multiple sewing tasks: Buttonhole foot; Zipper foot; Zigzag foot; Narrow hemmer; Blind stitch; and Button-sewing foot.

Best computerized: Brother XR9550 Sewing and Quilting Machine

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With computerized, push-button stitch selection and automatic functioning, the Brother XR9550 sewing machine offers advanced features for quilters, crafters, and hobbyists, as well as sewing artists. 

Specs

  • Weight: 10.14 pounds
  • Product dimensions: 20 x 13.5 x 17.9 inches 
  • Number of built-in stitches: 165

Pros

  • Extra-wide sewing surface for large projects
  • Push-button stitch selection, including decorative stitches and alphanumeric fonts
  • Automatic needle threader
  • Protective hard case included

Cons

  • Not the best choice for beginners

For the avid sewist who is ready to take their craft to a more sophisticated level, the Brother XR 9550 computerized sewing machine provides numerous features to spark the imagination and facilitate creative success. The machine offers 165 built-in stitches. These include utilitarian and decorative stitches along with heirloom stitches. Choose from among eight different buttonhole styles, and the machine will automatically sew a tailored buttonhole around any button. For monogramming and personalizing projects, a selection of 55 alphanumeric stitches facilitates automatically sewing letters, numbers, and symbols onto fabrics. 

Numerous features of this machine provide ease of operation, taking the stress and frustration out of sewing. The built-in stitches are clearly marked on the front of the machine. Simply push a button for the computerized stitch-selection function, and a backlit LCD display shows the appropriate choice. Additionally, this machine includes an automatic needle threader and a jam-resistant, top drop-in bobbin.

Quilters appreciate the drop-feed feature that facilitates free-sewing for quilting. The work surface is illuminated with a bright LED light, and the extra-wide table allows quilters to handle bulky fabrics and large projects. Alternatively, sewists can use the free arm to sew sleeves, cuffs, and trouser legs.

The XR9550 includes seven interchangeable sewing feet along with accessories: Zigzag foot; Buttonhole foot; Button-sewing foot; Overcasting foot; Blind stitch foot; Monogramming foot; Quilting foot; Protective, hard cover; and an Instructional DVD.

Best for embroidery: Brother SE1900 Sewing and Embroidery Machine

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Sewists can achieve artist-quality results in creative DIY projects by choosing from 138 built-in embroidery designs in the Brother SE1900 sewing and embroidery machine.

Specs

  • Weight: 22.1 pounds
  • Product dimensions: 23.19 x 11.54 x 13.43 inches 
  • Number of built-in stitches: 138 embroidery designs + 240 built-in stitches

Pros

  • Large number of built-in embroidery designs and stitches
  • Built-in memory for imported embroidery designs
  • Built-in memory for personal, custom-designed stitches
  • LCD touchscreen display

Cons

  • Not the best choice for beginners

Take your sewing and crafting projects to the artist level with the Brother SE1900 computerized sewing and embroidery machine. Select from among 138 built-in embroidery designs and see them displayed on the large-size, full-color, LCD touchscreen. Alternatively, users can import new designs and save them to the machine. Additionally, the machine can combine designs and store them in its memory. Measuring 5 inches by 7 inches, the embroidery field provides ample versatility for creative sewists. A hoop is included to facilitate larger embroidery designs, so users are limited only by their imaginations.  

The 240 built-in stitches inspire customizing many crafting, quilting, and garment-making activities. Among the stitch options, the SE1900 offers 11 built-in fonts for monogramming and personalizing the original projects. Additionally, 10 styles of buttonhole stitches facilitate automatic sewing of precisely sized buttonholes.

Several convenient features of this computerized machine take the effort and frustration out of sewing pursuits. The advanced, automatic needle threader eliminates threading the needle by hand. Instead, the thread inserts precisely through the eye of the needle with a simple press of a lever. The jam-resistant feature facilitates a consistent thread feed from the top drop-in bobbin, preventing the work delays that come with tangled threads. With a maximum speed of 850 stitches per minute and labor-saving features for smooth operation, sewing on the SE1900 is an enjoyable and inspiring experience.

To facilitate a broad array of sewing tasks, this machine includes eight interchangeable sewing feet: Blind stitch foot; Buttonhole foot; Button fitting foot; Zipper foot; Zigzag foot; Monogramming foot; and Overcasting foot.

Best for beginners: Brother CP60X Computerized Sewing Machine

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The easy-to-use Brother CP60X computerized sewing machine is a top choice for beginners to embark on a learning adventure in sewing, quilting, and crafting.

Specs

  • Weight: 14 pounds
  • Product dimensions: 16.26 x 6.65 x 12.21 inches 
  • Number of built-in stitches: 60

Pros

  • Utilitarian and decorative stitches built-in
  • Automatic needle threader
  • Durable metal frame
  • Capable of sewing denim and thick fabrics

Cons

  • Not capable of monogramming

Use the Brother CP60X computerized sewing machine to embark on a lifelong hobby of sewing, crafting, and quilting. It offers straightforward, easy-to-use operating procedures, suitable for beginning sewers. An array of 60 built-in stitch options is prominently displayed on the front of the machine. Choose by simply pressing a button, and the information shows up on the clearly visible LCD screen. In addition to decorative and heirloom stitches, the machine offers a selection of seven auto-size, buttonhole stitches. 

With a fixed needle bar, this machine is particularly well-suited for beginning sewers. The needle remains fixed in place to ensure clean stitching and even seam lines. Additionally, the 2-step, automatic needle threader accurately pushes the thread through the eye of the needle. It saves time and frustration so that beginners can enjoy their sewing activities. 

The CP60X is a versatile sewing machine for multiple purposes. With its heavy-duty frame and exceptionally smooth feed system, the machine handles denim and other thick fabrics without snagging. A favorite feature of quilters, the drop-feed system allows free-motion sewing. Additionally, the machine facilitates free-arm sewing for constructing shirts, cuffs, and trousers. 

This CP60X provides an ample collection of accessories to get started with a sewing hobby. These include a 3-piece needle set, bobbins and a bobbin cover, a quilt guide, and a bilingual instruction manual. The included supply of seven interchangeable feet facilitates multiple types of sewing tasks: Blind stitch foot; Zigzag foot; Buttonhole foot; Button sewing foot; Overcasting foot; Zipper foot; and Monogramming foot (used for decorative stitches only).

Just starting out and interested in other options? Check out our dedicated guide to the best sewing machines for beginners.

Best for quilting: Brother XR3774 Sewing and Quilting Machine

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With built-in stitches for utilitarian and decorative applications, automatic features, and an extra-wide table that accommodates quilts, the Brother XR3774 is a standout machine for quilters.

Specs

  • Weight: 15.87 pounds
  • Product dimensions: 15.3 x 5.8 x 12 inches 
  • Number of built-in stitches: 37

Pros

  • Wide work surface for bulky quilts and large sewing projects
  • One-step buttonhole function
  • Automatic needle threader
  • Jam-resistant, drop-in bobbin

Cons

  • Not computerized

Here’s a mechanical sewing machine with automated features and a large workspace for bulky projects. The large throat area and the extra-wide work table make the Brother XR3774 sewing and quilting machine a viable choice for quilters. For projects other than quilts, sewists may utilize the free arm. This feature facilitates sewing sleeves, cuffs, trousers, and skinny jeans. 

In addition to providing ample space for quilting, this machine offers ease of use through several automated functions. The 1-step buttonhole stitch automatically turns out perfectly sized buttonholes. An automatic needle threading system eliminates the frustrating task of threading the needle by hand. Simply press a lever on the side of the machine and the thread inserts precisely through the eye of the needle. Additionally, the top drop-in bobbin winds automatically, and it’s jam-resistant to ensure a smooth, continuous feed of thread. 

The XR3774 includes 37 built-in stitches that produce 74 stitch functions when applied to various sewing tasks. These include both utilitarian and decorative stitch options for multiple sewing and quilting purposes. The 37 pre-set stitches are prominently displayed on the front of the machine. Select a unique stitch pattern by simply turning a dial to the appropriate number. 

This machine includes an ample supply of accessories to facilitate varied sewing and quilting activities: Walking foot; Blind stitch foot; Zigzag foot; Zipper foot; Buttonhole foot; Button sewing foot; Spring-action quilting foot; Narrow hem foot; Wide table, detachable work surface; Hard cover to protect the machine when not in use; and an Instructional DVD. Here are more of our picks for the best sewing machines for quilting.

Best budget: Brother LX3817 Sewing Machine

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Brother LX3817 is an affordable machine for the sewing hobbyist, offering ease of operation and versatile features for basic sewing tasks and creative projects.

Specs

  • Weight: 10.36 pounds
  • Product dimensions: 17x 7 x 14 inches 
  • Number of built-in stitches: 17

Pros

  • 17 built-in stitches
  • 4-step buttonhole function
  • LED light for well-lit workspace
  • Jam resistant bobbin

Cons 

  • Not computerized
  • Not as many built-in stitches as other machines

Available at a budget-friendly price, the LX3817 sewing machine provides an array of features to suit the needs of beginners, as well as experienced sewing hobbyists. It’s a full-size machine with 17 built-in stitch options. These include straight stitches, zigzag stitches, blind hem stitches, and couching stitches. The stitch choices are clearly marked on the selection dial, located on the front of the machine. Simply turn the dial to choose the desired stitch patterns for constructing garments, sewing crafts, and embellishing home decor creations. 

In addition to the 17 stitch options, the LX3817 provides a 4-step buttonhole function. With a quick turn of the dial, users may select the appropriate stitches to produce consistent, auto-size buttonholes, lending a professional look to finished projects. 

Several features make this machine a pleasure to use. The work area is well-lit with an LED light and the bobbin cover is transparent for visually monitoring the thread supply. The jam-resistant feature means that the thread on the drop-in bobbin does not become entangled. A convenient control dial lets users adjust the upper tension to avoid loose stitches or fabric puckering. The machine’s design also facilitates free-arm sewing for cuffs, sleeves, and trouser legs. 

This machine includes four interchangeable feet: Zigzag foot; Zipper foot; Buttonhole foot; and Button-sewing foot. The LX3817 includes all necessary parts to ensure success on multiple sewing and crafting projects, including: Darning plate; Bobbin cover; Bobbins; Set of 3 needles; and an Instructional DVD.

What to consider when buying the best Brother sewing machines

With many options to choose from, it can be daunting for any consumer to select the most appropriate Brother sewing machine for their purposes. Here are several factors to consider before making a selection:

Computerized or mechanical?

Brother Industries manufactures both mechanical and computerized sewing machines. The mechanical models tend to be easier to operate and maintain. They’re durable and reliable, offering basic sewing features for beginners and hobbyists. As an added bonus, many of the mechanical models include automatic functions for ease of use. On the other hand, some sewists prefer the advanced technological capabilities of computerized sewing machines. Especially for embroidery, crafting, and quilting projects, computerized machines can’t be beat.

Built-in stitches

As a standard feature, all Brother sewing machines include varying arrays of built-in stitches. These range in style from straight, utilitarian designs for basting and sewing seams to complex, decorative stitches for the artistic embellishment of garments, quilts, home decor, and crafts. The built-in stitches offered by the Brother sewing machines reviewed here range from as few as 17 to as many as 240 options. Advanced, computerized machines include alphanumeric fonts among their built-in stitches to facilitate monogramming and customization of sewing projects. Additionally, the Brother sewing-and-embroidery machines include built-in embroidery designs with memory capability for importing or creating additional options. 

Automatic features

In addition to computerized and mechanical operating systems, shoppers might consider the availability of automatic functions on various Brother sewing machines. These features make the machines easier to use and increase the enjoyment of sewing as a pleasurable activity. Many of the Brother machines offer automatic needle threading. This function saves time, frustration, and eye strain, eliminating the need to thread the needle by hand. Additionally, including a 4-step or 1-step buttonhole function is a time-saver for sewists as it tailors a buttonhole of the precise size and shape for every button.

FAQs

Q: How do you thread a Brother sewing machine?

You thread a Brother sewing machine by following the steps in the instruction manual. First, turn off the machine. Then raise both the presser foot and the needle. Pull up the spool pin on top of the machine and place a spool of thread on it. Pass the thread toward you in the groove on the thread guide, and a spring will catch the thread. Pass it through the take-up lever from right to left. Bring the thread behind the guide above the needle. Thread the needle from front to back.

Q: Are Brother sewing machines good for beginners?

Several models of Brother sewing machines are good for beginners. A beginner might enjoy learning to sew on the XM2701, the LX3817, or the CP60X models. These machines offer versatile features with easy-to-use operating procedures. Prefer another brand? Check out the best Singer sewing machines.

Q: How do you use a Brother sewing machine?

A Brother sewing machine may be used for sewing garments and home decor items from original designs or from commercial patterns. Alternatively, it can be used for creating and embellishing craft projects or making quilts. Select a Brother sewing machine that exhibits the qualities to meet your needs, Then, follow the directions in the instruction manual or DVD that comes with the machine. 

Q: How do you set up a Brother sewing machine?

You set up a Brother sewing machine by following the steps in the instruction manual or DVD that comes with the machine. Reading the manual or watching the DVD before setting up the machine is a good idea. Place the sewing machine on a clean, flat work surface to get started. Attach the power cord and the foot pedal cord. Place a spool of thread on the thread pin and follow the markings for the thread path, culminating in threading the needle automatically or by hand. Wind thread onto the bobbin and drop the bobbin into its case. 

Q: What’s the easiest sewing machine to use?

The easiest sewing machine to use is a mechanical model with clearly marked stitches, thread guides, and stitch-selector dial. Computerized models with numerous stitch options and advanced, automatic features may be more complex in their operating procedures.

Q: How do I choose a good sewing machine?

You can choose a good sewing machine by deciding the type of sewing projects you wish to undertake. Perhaps you’re a beginner who wants to learn basic sewing techniques. On the other hand, you might be an experienced quilter or crafter who needs a more advanced machine. After determining your needs, research sewing machines on the manufacturers’ websites. Investigate options at a local dealer’s store, if possible. Additionally, it helps to read consumer reviews and ratings.

Q: How much does a Brother sewing machine cost?

Brother sewing machines vary in cost from approximately $130.00 for a basic, mechanical machine to $900.00 for an advanced, computerized sewing machine that creates colorful, artistic designs on fabric. Computerized machines that provide versatile features for sewing, crafting, and quilting range in price from approximately $200.00 to $400.00.

Final thoughts on the best Brother sewing machines

Many sewists appreciate the straightforward operating procedures and simplified maintenance of a non-computerized sewing machine such as the Brother XM2701 model. It’s a popular, mechanical machine that provides an ample selection of built-in stitches, automatic needle threading, and buttonhole making. Overall, the XM2701 offers value and versatility for multiple sewing and crafting activities.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best Brother sewing machines in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Singer sewing machines in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-singer-sewing-machines/ Wed, 15 Jun 2022 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=448954
Best Singer sewing machines sliced header
Stan Horaczek

For your next creative project, trust the company that’s been manufacturing high-quality sewing machines for 172 years.

The post The best Singer sewing machines in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best Singer sewing machines sliced header
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall SINGER Quantum Stylist 9960 Sewing & Quilting Machine is the best overall. SINGER | Quantum Stylist 9960 Sewing & Quilting Machine
SEE IT

A computerized machine with convenient, automatic features.

Best budget SINGER | MX60 Sewing Machine With Accessory Kit is the best for the budget. SINGER | MX60 Sewing Machine With Accessory Kit
SEE IT

A basic, mechanical machine that offers straightforward operating procedures.

Best for beginners SINGER | Start 1304 Sewing Machine is the best for beginners. SINGER | Start 1304 Sewing Machine
SEE IT

An optimal choice for teens and adult beginners or sewing hobbyists who want a simple-to-use machine.

A good Singer sewing machine is the one that meets the needs of the individual. With many models to choose from, beginning hobbyists and experienced sewing artists alike can find appropriate models to facilitate their creative sewing efforts and produce pleasing results. In the almost 175 years since its first patent, the Singer company introduced the first electronic sewing machines, the first zigzag-stitch machines, and the first sewing-assistant app for mobile devices. Today, Singer offers a plethora of sewing machine models for a wide range of sewing purposes. These include quilt-making, garment construction, embroidery, crafts, and fabricating home decor items such as curtains and toss pillows. Shoppers have many options when selecting the best Singer sewing machine for each sewer’s needs.

How we chose the best Singer sewing machines

To assemble our list of recommended products, we took into account personal experience, peer suggestions, and user impressions to identify 13 top Singer sewing machines intended for home use. Although our selections are all available on Amazon, we did not limit our research to standard specs and basic product descriptions. Instead, we went to the source by consulting the Singer company website. There, we found more in-depth information to bring greater clarity to the selection process for our readers.

First, we distinguished between the best sewing machines with computerized or mechanical operating systems and focused on products in both categories. Then, we looked for basic and advanced features to suit the varying needs of shoppers. For example, we considered machines with a great quantity of pre-set stitch choices and programmable functions such as automatic needle threading, one-step buttonholes, and push-button stitch selection. Alternatively, we considered simple machines with basic mechanical functions that meet the needs of many sewists and crafters, including beginners. Additionally, we considered machines in the mid-to-upper price range, as well as more budget-friendly choices. We did not consider industrial or professional machines, such as those that perform serging and overlocking functions. 

The best Singer sewing machines: Reviews & Recommendations

Since 1851, when Isaac Singer patented the first practical sewing machine, the Singer company has been serving the public with reliable sewing machines manufactured from high-quality materials and featuring precisely functioning components. Innovation and creative product development mark the company’s history and current machines, the best of which are presented here. 

Best overall: SINGER | Quantum Stylist 9960 Sewing & Quilting Machine 

SINGER

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Singer Quantum Stylist 9960 machine offers computerized operation with a vast array of optional functions to turn out creative, personalized sewing projects.

Specs

  • Weight: 20 pounds
  • Dimensions: 17.25 x 8.25 x 12 inches
  • Computerized or mechanical: Computerized

Pros

  • 600 built-in stitch applications
  • Automatic needle threader
  • Five alphanumeric fonts for monogramming and personalizing projects
  • High speed, up to 850 stitches per minute

Cons

  • Somewhat expensive
  • Occasional issues with the automatic tension

Creative sewists find that this machine meets and exceeds their versatility and ease-of-use needs. With the outstanding features of Singer’s Quantum Stylist 9960 machine, users are limited only by their imaginations. The machine simplifies the processes needed to turn out beautiful quilts, crafts, home decor, and fashion projects. 

With its up-to-date, computerized operating system, the Quantum Stylist provides numerous options for sewing speed, precision, and multipurpose functioning. It offers 600 built-in stitches, ranging from basic to stretch and decorative options. The stitch choices include five alphanumeric fonts for monogramming or personalizing projects and 13 alternatives for 1-step buttonholes. For ultimate ease, the machine includes a specialized underplate to create perfect tailoring on every buttonhole successfully.

The Quantum Stylist can produce 850 stitches per minute, facilitating the quick completion of sewing projects. Additionally, the automatic needle threader speeds up the tedious task of threading the machine’s needle. Within seconds, users can have the entire machine automatically threaded, from the spool to the eye of the needle. This feature eliminates the frustration and eye strain associated with threading the needle by hand.

To facilitate a broad range of creative crafts and sewing projects, the Quantum Stylist 9960 includes a sizable array of accessories. These include the following attachable, working parts: All-purpose foot; Zipper foot; Buttonhole foot; Open toe foot; Overcasting foot; Darning and embroidery foot; Rolled hem foot; Cording foot; Straight stitch and quilting food; and Even-feed or walking foot.

Singer’s Quantum Stylist 9960 is suitable for creative types who design and fabricate their own fashions, as well as those who turn out heirloom-quality quilts and custom-craft handiwork. Additionally, it serves users who simply want to make clothing from commercial patterns or construct simple toss-pillows and curtains for their home decor. Overall, it’s a high-quality, multifunctional, and dependable machine.

Best heavy-duty: SINGER | 4423 Heavy-Duty Sewing Machine

SINGER

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a motor that is 60 percent more powerful than most, the Singer 4423 sewing machine handles thick seams and heavy-duty fabrics such as denim and canvas. 

Specs

  • Weight: 14.5 pounds
  • Product dimensions: 15.5 x 6.25 x 12 inches
  • Computerized or mechanical: Mechanical

Pros

  • Heavy-duty, interior, metal frame
  • Extra-powerful motor
  • High-speed performance
  • Sews lightweight, sheer fabrics as well as heavy-duty materials

Cons

  • Not the best choice for thick leather and thick canvas

Sew through denim, canvas, and heavy wool fabrics with the Singer 4423 machine. It boasts a motor that is 60 percent more powerful than standard sewing machine motors, making this model a workhorse for multiple sewing projects. Additionally, the heavy-duty metal frame and the stainless-steel bedplate assure operation stability and long-wearing durability. Yet, this machine also handles lightweight, sheer materials. The smooth, stainless-steel bed plate along with the adjustable pressure for the presser-foot allow sheer fabrics to glide across the bed’s surface without snagging.

With its powerful motor, the Singer 4423 sewing machine boasts exceptional sewing speed. It’s easy to complete sewing projects in record time when the machine produces up to 1,100 precision stitches per minute. A clearly marked dial allows users to select from a variety of preset stitches to create up to 97 stitch applications. Select the 1-step buttonhole feature to save time and frustration by producing consistent buttonholes every time. Simply place the button in the buttonhole foot, and the machine automatically sews a precision buttonhole around it.

On the outer casing surface, clear markings indicate the procedure for threading the machine from the top-loading, drop-in bobbin to the needle. Then, the built-in, automatic needle threader takes over to thread the needle, thereby saving the user from annoyance and eye strain. 

The Singer 4423 heavy-duty machine includes a package of four interchangeable feet along with multiple accessories such as bobbins, needles, a quilting guide, and more. Additionally, a soft-sided dust cover is included to protect the machine when it’s not in use.

Best portable: SINGER | Stitch Quick + Handheld Mending Machine

SINGER

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Singer Stitch Quick + is a battery-operated, handheld sewing machine that delivers meticulous results on quick repairs and hems, eliminating the need to set up a full-size machine.

Specs 

  • Weight: 1.45 pounds
  • Dimensions: 9.7 x 4.1 x 6 inches
  • Computerized or mechanical: Mechanical

Pros 

  • Ultimate portability
  • May be used in locations without electricity
  • No need to set up a full-size machine
  • More precise results than hand-sewing on hems and repairs 

Cons

  • Not suitable for constructing garments and full-size projects
  • Not for heavy-duty use

Save time and effort when you use this mini, handheld, cordless mending machine. With the Singer Stitch-Quick +, there’s no need to set up a full-size sewing machine when it’s time to repair garments and home decor items rapidly. Use it to quickly hem a pair of pants, a skirt, or household curtains. Grab this handheld tool when it’s time to mend a ripped seam in a hurry. Weighing only 1.45 pounds, the diminutive machine is easy to store and transport. Take it along wherever necessary to complete a minor sewing task. It requires only 4 AA batteries (may we suggest rechargeables).

On the other hand, the Stitch Quick + might be the ideal learning tool for an older child or teen to get started with sewing. A convenient switch on the front of the machine allows the user to choose either desktop or handheld operating modes. From there, the beginning sewer can learn many of the same procedures that pertain to standard sewing-machine operation. 

Singer designs this machine with attention to ergonomic considerations for handheld use. The handle grip is designed to offer the most advantageous balance and control. A safety lock prevents accidental operation. 

Use the Stitch Quick + for sewing paper as well as fabric. It’s useful for making crafts. The machine uses two threads to produce permanent, interlocking stitches. Replace the upper bobbin with the large spool pin to facilitate using standard-size thread spools. This diminutive machine contains many of the working parts of a standard sewing machine. These include the following: Built-in thread cutter; Drop-in bobbin compartment; Bobbin winder; Presser foot; Needle; Adjustable tension control dial; Handwheel; and Built-in storage compartment for notions.

Best for embroidery: SINGER | Legacy SE300 Sewing and Embroidery Machine

Singer

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Singer Legacy SE300 comes with 200 embroidery designs and 250 stitches, making this an ideal choice for people who love to embroider and embellish their work.

Specs

  • Weight: 20.5 pounds
  • Dimensions: 17.25 x 8.25 x 12 inches  
  • Computerized or mechanical: Computerized

Pros

  • 200 included embroidery designs
  • Fast sewing speed of 800 stitches per minute
  • Six fonts included

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Software only available for Windows

If embroidery is your thing, consider the Singer Legacy SE300. The machine has a large and small embroidery hoop, plus 7.25 inches of space to hold your project. The included 200 embroidery designs and six fonts will give you plenty of options. The SE300 provides basic stitches and a wide range of decorative stitches and will automatically set the length, width, pressure, and more. It also has memory to save four individual stitching sequences. 

Capable of up to 800 stitches per minute, the SE300 can move through projects fast. To convert it from sewing to embroidery mode, just attach the embroidery foot. The LCD and touch screens help simplify the job, and the machine has online training as part of the package. It also comes with software, but it’s only compatible with Windows. It’s also one of the pricier models on the list. 

Best for quilting: SINGER | Quantum Stylist 9985 Computerized Sewing Machine

Singer

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Singer Quantum Stylist 9985 computerized sewing machine includes automatic functions and attachable working parts that facilitate many of the specialized sewing procedures for quilt-making.

Specs

  • Weight: 20 pounds
  • Dimensions: 8.5 x 17.25 x 12.5 inches
  • Computerized or mechanical: Computerized

Pros 

  • Includes four bonus feet designed for quilting
  • 960 built-in stitches
  • Automatic needle threader
  • Drop-feed lever for free-motion sewing

Cons

  • Bobbin cover not transparent, making it hard to track thread supply

Many quilters, crafters, and avid sewists appreciate the push-button operating ease of a computerized sewing machine. When it comes to quilting, the Singer Quantum Stylist 9985 does not disappoint. Several features of this machine make quilting easier and more enjoyable, yielding creatively inspiring results.

These features include: Electronic twin needle settings; a 7-segment feeding system; automatic locking stitch function; built-in reverse; horizontal threading; automatic bobbin winding clutch; direct select stitch selection buttons; automatic tension settings; extra-high presser foot lift; center zigzag taper; automatic presser foot pressure control; and optimum power control. Select from 960 built-in stitches for basic and decorative sewing and quilting projects. All stitches and fonts are accessible on the built-in LCD screen, and the machine itself has a maximum sewing speed of 850 stitches per minute. 

Several convenient features of this computerized machine are designed to save time and effort for sewists. The drop-in bobbin system eliminates the need for raising the bobbin thread before sewing. Simply drop in the bobbin and start sewing immediately. For added fun, the bobbin cover is a lovely shade of purple. Additionally, the machine offers an automatic needle threader to save the user time and frustration while working.

Sewing buttonholes is a breeze with the Quantum Stylist 9985’s one-step buttonhole function. Simply place the button in the buttonhole foot, and the machine sews a perfectly tailored buttonhole around it. 

Best for beginners: SINGER | Start 1304 Sewing Machine

SINGER

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Older children, teens, and adult beginners might use the Singer Start 1304 machine to embark on a journey of creative discovery and productivity through sewing.

Specs

  • Weight: 9.8 pounds
  • Product dimensions: 13 x 7 x 11.5 inches
  • Computerized or mechanical: Mechanical

Pros 

  • Lightweight and portable
  • Full metal frame
  • Six built-in stitches for 57 stitch applications
  • Includes a quick-start guide and an instruction manual

Cons

  • Not for quilting
  • Not for heavy-duty fabrics

The simplified operational procedures of this mechanical sewing machine make it ideal for casual hobbyists and beginning sewers. Older children and teens might use this machine to launch a lifelong fascination with the arts of sewing, quilting, and crafting. The Singer Start 1304 offers basic features with enough variable options to facilitate creativity and versatility in sewing projects. 

A manual dial on the front of the machine displays six clearly marked stitch choices. With a simple turn of the dial, users can employ these stitches with pre-set lengths and widths to accomplish up to 57 stitch applications. In addition to straight stitches for seams and hems, beginners can experiment with decorative scallops and zigzag stitches to embellish their work.

In addition to straight and decorative stitches, the Start 1304 boasts a simple, 4-step buttonhole system with clearly marked designations on the stitch selector dial. Even beginners can turn out tailored buttonholes every time. Although the machine is lightweight, compact, and portable, it features a full metal frame inside the plastic outer casing. This construction ensures durability for years of service and stability on a tabletop or work surface.

For versatile use on various sewing projects, the Start 1304 includes numerous attachable working parts and other helpful accessories. These include the following: All-purpose foot; Zipper foot; Buttonhole foot; Darning plate; Pack of needles; Bobbins; Needle plate; Screwdriver; Spool pin felts; Seam ripper and lint brush; Power line cord; Foot pedal control; Quick-start guide; and Instruction manual.

Curious about other options for those just getting started? Check out our dedicated guide to the best sewing machines for beginners.

Best budget: SINGER | MX60 Sewing Machine With Accessory Kit

SINGER

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Available at an affordable price, the Singer MX60 sewing machine is a solid choice for a lightweight, portable tool that provides reliable service for basic sewing and craft projects.

Specs

  • Weight: 12.17 pounds
  • Product dimensions: 13 x 7 x 11.5 inches
  • Computerized or mechanical: Mechanical

Pros

  • Lightweight for portability and storage
  • Full metal frame
  • 57 stitch applications
  • 4-step buttonhole function

Cons

  • Not computerized
  • Not for heavy-duty fabrics such as denim or canvas

Here’s a mechanical sewing machine that offers solid, basic features for a wide variety of sewing projects. Many users prefer mechanical machines like the Singer MX60 because the manual controls are simple to use, and the machine is easy to maintain over time. Offering an array of useful features, this machine is suitable for beginners and experienced sewists.

With a choice of 57 stitch applications, the MX60 can produce decorative sewing and basic seams. The stitch choices vary in both length and width. Various stitch options are suitable for piecing quilts, sewing garments, or creating crafts with decorative stitching. Moreover, the stitch selector dial is uncomplicated to use, eliminating mistakes and frustration. 

The MX60 does not boast an automatic needle threader but provides easy-to-follow threading guides that are clearly marked on the machine’s outer surface. Additionally, the LED lighting saves users from straining their eyes while threading the machine. With a front-loading bobbin, the machine can be threaded and ready for use in only a few seconds. A simple lever switches from forward to reverse sewing for finishing off seams, and the tension adjustment allows users to fine-tune the machine for a variety of fabric types.

Weighing in at only 12.7 pounds and exhibiting a compact size, the Singer MX60 is ideal for users who want a portable machine. It’s easy to lift, carry, and store, making it a practical choice for those who work in small spaces. Despite its small size and minimal weight, the MX60 boasts a full metal frame inside the plastic outer shell. This substantial frame provides stability that allows the machine to sew smoothly, without skipping.

What to consider when buying the best Singer sewing machines

Before investing in a Singer sewing machine, shoppers might consider their individual sewing aspirations. For example, a beginner who wants to create simple crafts and home decor items will have needs different from those of an experienced quilter or a sewist who aspires to develop their personal fashion line. Based on the extent and complexity of their anticipated sewing projects, shoppers might consider several factors in the selection process. 

Computerized or mechanical?

Computerized sewing machines offer convenience to sewers via their programmable features and push-button operating ease. However, computerized machines are more expensive than mechanical models. Avid sewing artists and quilters might be willing to pay additional costs for the convenient, computerized functions and the precision results they facilitate. On the other hand, beginners and hobbyists might prefer the simplicity of mechanical sewing machines. The mechanical models offer more straightforward operating procedures and easier maintenance.

Built-in stitches and stitch applications

Both computerized and mechanical sewing machines include varying quantities of built-in or pre-set stitches. These fall into three categories: straight stitches for seams, decorative stitches for embellishments, and buttonhole stitches. With a number of built-in stitches, machines offer a broad range of stitch applications. These applications involve various sewing techniques that can be accomplished with built-in stitch selections. For example, a machine with 98 built-in stitches might facilitate up to 600 stitch applications. Alternatively, a machine with six built-in stitches may facilitate 57 stitch applications. 

Size, weight, and portability

Tabletop sewing machines vary in size from around 13 inches to 17 inches in length and 11 inches to 12 inches in height. Most are around 7 inches to 8.5 inches in width. Similarly, they vary in weight from approximately 10 pounds to 20 pounds. All of the tabletop machines included in this round-up may be considered portable. However, the smaller and lighter-weight machines are easier to set up, move, and store. For sewers who live in small spaces, a small and lightweight machine might be the most convenient for moving from place to place in the home as well as for storage. 

FAQs

Q: What is the best Singer sewing machine to purchase?

The best Singer sewing machine to purchase is the Singer Quantum Stylist 9960. This computerized machine offers multiple automatic functions, making sewing procedures easier and more convenient. Features such as push-button stitch selection, automatic needle threading, and one-step buttonholes make this machine a top choice for quilters, crafters, and sewing enthusiasts.

Q: Are Singer sewing machines good?

Singer sewing machines are good choices for home use. Many crafters, sewists, and quilters rate Singer machines as their top choices. The Singer company has earned a reputation for manufacturing reliable, high-quality sewing machines for more than 170 years.

Q: How much does a Singer sewing machine cost?

Singer sewing machines range in price from $84.99 for a simple mending machine to $1,099.99 for a sewing and embroidery machine. Mid-range prices include mechanical and heavy-duty sewing machines for around $200 to $300. Computerized machines and sergers are available in the $200-to-$500 range.

Q: What is the most reliable brand of sewing machine?

Singer is considered by many consumers to be the most reliable brand of sewing machine. With a 171-year history, the Singer company has built a reputation for selling high-quality, durable machines that the public can rely on. 

Q: Which is the best sewing machine for home use?

The best machine for home use is one that suits the purposes and level of experience of the user. For example, a sewer who creates quilts might choose the Singer Confidence 7469Q machine. It offers specific features that make quilt-making procedures easier. On the other hand, a shopper who wants to begin a new sewing hobby might be better served by choosing the Start 1304 model. It’s designed to deliver positive results to beginning sewists as they create basic sewing and craft projects. 

Q: Is Singer better than Brother?

Singer is better than Brother, according to many consumers. With a 171-year history, the Singer brand has been around for longer than the Brother brand. However, the brands are certainly competitive. For many consumers, the choice between the two brands is dictated by the distinct features of individual machines. Shoppers looking for machines with specific features might choose a Singer machine over a Brother machine. Those looking for a different set of features might select Brother over Singer.

Final thoughts on the best Singer sewing machines

The Singer Quantum Stylist 9960 is our best Singer sewing machine choice. It’s a computerized sewing machine with advanced features to make sewing easier. It’s suitable for serious and experienced quilters, crafters, and sewists, but the clearly marked design facilitates beginners’ use. Multiple automatic functions take the guesswork out of sewing procedures and produce consistently excellent results in finished sewing projects. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best Singer sewing machines in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best sewing machines in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-sewing-machine/ Mon, 11 Oct 2021 13:26:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=384295
Home photo
Amanda Reed

Free-motion quilting, preloaded alphabets, and hundreds of stitches—today’s sewing machines do more than stitch in a straight line.

The post The best sewing machines in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Home photo
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall SINGER 7258 Sewing Machine SINGER 7258 100-Stitch Computerized 76 Decorative Stitches
SEE IT

This versatile machine with automated features offers ample functionality for diverse sewing projects.

Best value The Brother GX37 Sewing Machine is the best for beginners. Brother GX37 Sewing Machine
SEE IT

This sewing machine is an optimal choice for beginners and hobbyists, providing basic mechanical features for myriad sewing projects.

Best computerized A Brother sewing machine on a blue and white background Brother CS7000X Computerized Sewing and Quilting Machine
SEE IT

For committed sewists and quilters, this computerized machine offers multiple automated features as well as ample workspace.

A resurging interest in sewing is fueled by sewing machines that let you do amazing things with a needle and thread. Whether you’re making your own custom window treatments, repairing a shirt, or DIY-ing your own formal wear, a sewing machine with the right stitches and features can breeze through delicate or heavy-duty fabrics like tissue paper. Finding the best sewing machine depends on your sewing skills and what you hope to make. Beginners don’t need a plethora of stitches, free-motion capabilities, or specialized presser feet. Advanced sewists, on the other hand, may need a wide range of stitches, a long free arm, and an extended sewing table to make their creations. If you’re somewhere in the middle, there’s a model for you, too. Here are our recommendations for the best sewing machines.

How we chose the best sewing machines

Sewing machines available on today’s market vary from simple, no-frills models to computerized machines that offer state-of-the-art automated features. Newbies and seasoned sewists deserve a machine that treats them right, so we considered several factors. Although mechanical, electric sewing machines work well for basic tasks, the computerized models offer a variety of memory functions that save time and produce consistently positive results. We also considered how easily you can adjust the thread tension, thread the machine, whether the manual is helpful, and if an instructional DVD is included, etc. We looked for machines with a greater selection of stitch options (both decorative and utilitarian) so they can extend the possibilities for creativity in sewing. A presser foot holds the fabric flat as it moves through the machine, and manufacturers deliver added value by including specialized presser feet for various sewing tasks. These are just some of the things we looked for in models that delivery versaliity—from quilting to embroidery for beginners to pros.

The best sewing machines: Reviews & Recommendations

Whether you’re new to sewing and don’t know your hands from your feet or you’re a longtime quilter looking for a computerized machine that can save your stitch patterns, there’s an option for you in our recommendations. We looked at these machines for frame durability, overall versatility, wealth of features and accessories (such as extra bobbins, screwdriver, and other tools needed to care for the machine), their work capacity, but also their overall value.

Best overall: SINGER 7258 Sewing & Quilting Machine

Singer

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Manufactured by a company with a long-standing reputation for high-quality sewing machines, the SINGER 7258 offers automated features and an exceptionally large range of stitch options.

Specs

  • Machine weight: 14.6 pounds
  • Machine dimensions: 14.5 inches long by 7.5 inches wide by 12 inches tall
  • Material: plastic and metal

Pros

  • Push-button stitch selection with 100 built-in stitches
  • One-step buttonhole foot
  • Programmable up/down needle stopping position
  • Speed control

Cons

  • Soft-sided dust cover, not a hard-sided case

The SINGER 7258 sewing machine offers a heavy-duty, durable metal frame as well as convenient features that make it versatile and easy to use. Simply push a button to choose from 100 stitches, including 9 basic, 8 stretch, 7 buttonhole, and 76 decorative choices. The machine automatically sets the stitch length, width, and tension, or users may customize the stitch length and width for specific sewing projects. Stitch specifications are visible on an LCD screen. 

With threading instructions printed on the machine, a built-in needle threader, and a drop-in bobbin holder with a transparent cover, the machine is ready to go in mere seconds. You can program the needle’s up/down position for different sewing tasks. Quilting and appliqué jobs are made easier when the needle is programmed to stop in the down position, or users may program the needle to stop in the up position for straight seams.

The built-in LED light with a 100,000-hour bulb stays cool to the touch, and speed controls allow the user to specify slow speeds for intricate sewing projects or faster speeds for straight seams. Remove the storage compartment to access the free arm, making it easy to sew around trouser hems, sleeves, and cuffs, or small pieces such as children’s clothing.

The simple, one-step buttonhole foot offers a selection of 6 buttonhole styles. A built-in storage compartment is loaded with additional accessories, including an all-purpose foot, a zipper foot, a blind hem foot, bobbins, thread spool caps, a spool pin, a soft-sided dust cover, and more.

There are many more high-quality SINGER sewing machines, but we also love the Brother CS6000i Sewing and Quilting Machine. It brings a little bit of everything to the sewing table with a wide table, hard case, nine presser feet, and 60 built-in stitches that easily let you expand your sewing abilities. For more options, here are the best-rated Brother sewing machines.

Best value: Brother GX37 Sewing Machine

Why it made the cut: It gives a simple way to build skills with reliable performance and enough stitches for beginners to expand their abilities as they learn and master the art of sewing.

 Specs

  • Machine weight: 10.14 pounds
  • Machine dimensions: 12.48 x 7.01 x 16.26 inches
  • Material: Metal

Pros

  • Automatic needle threader
  • Includes instructional DVD
  • Small footprint and lightweight

Cons

  • Durability

The Brother GX37 sewing machine is a dependable model available at a modest price. Although it is not computerized, the Brother GX37 offers numerous features for convenience and versatility. 

A dial on the front of the machine facilitates selecting from among 37 built-in stitches, including decorative and utilitarian choices. Stretch, zigzag, and straight stitches are clearly marked on the selection dial. Additionally, the one-step buttonhole stitch and the included buttonhole foot increase the versatility of this machine. The free-arm feature accommodates sewing trouser hems, shirt cuffs, or other projects that require maneuvering around tight spaces in the fabric.

An optimal choice for beginners and experienced sewists, the GX37 includes an automatic needle threader and a jam-resistant drop-in bobbin. These features smooth the way to a pleasurable sewing experience. If assistance is needed, Brother offers free technical support via live chat online or by phone.

Included accessories such as the zigzag foot, buttonhole foot, zipper foot, button-sewing foot, blind stitch foot, narrow hem foot, free arm, and instructional DVD add to the versatility and functionality of this machine.

Best computerized: Brother CS7000X Computerized Sewing and Quilting Machine

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Brother CS7000X sewing machine provides automated features and built-in stitches that make it an optimal choice for sewists who engage in specialized projects such as embroidery, quilting, and appliqué.

Specs

  • Machine weight: 10.5 pounds
  • Machine dimensions: 12.2 x 6.65 x 16.26 inches
  • Material: Metal

Pros

  • Automated needle threading and stitch selection
  • Accommodates large projects and bulky materials
  • Wide range of stitch choices
  • Hard-sided, protective storage case

Cons

  • May have issues with bobbin and tension
  • May not sew well through thick layers of fabric

Computerized sewing machines offer several advantages over their mechanical counterparts. The automation of functions—including needle threading, bobbin winding, tension adjustment, and seam securing—provides time-saving convenience for sewists. Additionally, computerized sewing machines make it possible to engage in specialized projects such as appliqué, embroidery, quilting, and heavy-duty sewing tasks.

For quilting and sewing, the Brother CS7000X machine offers the precision, automation, and convenience of computerized features. Stitches can be selected with the touch of a button, with a read-out on the LCD screen. Users may select from among 70 built-in stitches that include decorative, heirloom, and quilting choices as well as straight and utilitarian stitches. 

The one-step buttonhole feature offers a choice of seven styles along with automated sizing to produce consistent results. For added convenience, the drop-in bobbin casing is jam-resistant. Brother includes numerous accessories with this sewing machine, including ten sewing feet, a quilting guide, and a hard-sided storage case.

The Brother CS7000X is constructed with durability and work capacity in mind. The metal frame is built to facilitate heavy-duty sewing projects, and a larger needle-to-arm workspace makes room for bulky materials such as quilts. The detachable quilting table provides an extended flat surface accommodating large projects.

Best heavy-duty: SINGER | Heavy Duty 4452 Sewing Machine , Gray

Singer

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Constructed with a strong, reinforced, metal frame and a powerful motor, the Heavy Duty 4452 by SINGER can sew through thick fabrics, multiple layers, leather, and vinyl.

Specs

  • Machine weight: 14.6 pounds
  • Machine dimensions: 15.5 x 6.25 x 12 inches
  • Material: Metal

Pros

  • Powerful motor
  • Strong metal frame
  • Stainless-steel bed plate
  • Even-feed walking foot for thick, heavy materials

Cons

  • Less portable than other machines due to heavier weight
  • Not computerized
  • Soft-sided dust cover, not hard-sided

For heavy-duty sewing projects, the average machine simply does not provide the required capacity to sew through thick, heavy fabrics. Projects such as upholstering furniture, sewing through leather and vinyl, and fashioning heavy draperies may require a heavy-duty sewing machine. The SINGER 4452 machine offers a strong, interior metal frame along with powerful features to facilitate sewing jobs that might exceed the capacity of other machines.

The motor in the SINGER 4452 is 60 percent stronger than standard sewing machine motors, providing the power to sew through heavyweight fabrics, leather, and vinyl. Additionally, the strong motor functions at a maximum speed of 1,100 stitches per minute, facilitating the swift completion of big jobs.

This machine offers a selection of 32 stitches, including 6 basic, 7 stretch, and 18 decorative stitch choices. Additionally, users may choose the fully automated one-step-buttonhole stitch to create uniform buttonholes with ease. With the variety of stitch choices, users may fashion clothing, crafts, home decor items, and gifts for friends.

SINGER optimizes several features of this machine for heavy-duty service. The stainless-steel bed plate keeps heavy fabrics moving smoothly. A specialized even-feed walking foot makes it easy to sew through thick layers of fabric, and the nonstick foot is specially made for sewing leather and vinyl.

Best for quilting: Janome MC6650 Sewing and Quilting Machine

Why it made the cut: A breathtaking number of stitches, 20 memory banks, a high-presser foot lift, and an aluminum body make this the best sewing machine for quilting. Get your hands on a machine that will make quilts for years. 

Specs

  • Weight: 25 pounds
  • Machine dimensions: 8.6 x 20.3 x 11.8 inches
  • Material: Aluminum

Pros

  • 20 memory banks store stitch sequences
  • Nine one-step buttonholes
  • Needle up/down memory
  • Extra-long free arm and sewing table

Cons

  • Expensive

Janome is well-known for the quality of their machines, and their machines come with the price to prove it. Quilters will love the 172 stitch options, two alphabets, and extra-long free arm and sewing table. A large LCD display makes it easy to see the settings and make adjustments as needed. This model also features 20 memory banks to store stitch sequences for quilting.

Among the plentiful stitch and accessory options are nine one-step buttonholes, 12 presser feet, and two easy-change needle plates. This model also features an up/down needle memory to help make precise turns. This model gives sewists the power of choice and creativity. However, the high price is a commitment not meant for the beginner or casual user. For additional options, here are some good sewing machines for quilting.

Best professional machine for home use: SINGER Professional 14T968DC Serger Overlock

Singer

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: For serious hobbyists and cottage-industry sewists, the SINGER Professional 14T968DC fits neatly into the home setting while producing the polished results associated with expert craftspeople.

Specs

  • Machine weight: 18.6 pounds
  • Machine dimensions: 13.5 x 10.5 x 11.5 inches
  • Material: Metal

Pros

  • Serger produces professionally finished seams
  • Self-adjusting tension
  • 2-3-4-5 thread capability

Cons

  • Fewer decorative stitches than other machines
  • Not as portable as other machines due to heavier weight

When sewing becomes a serious hobby or a side hustle that might provide income for the avid sewist, a professional machine might be the ideal choice. Small enough to fit neatly in a craft room or home setting, the SINGER Professional 14T968DC sewing machine offers 2-3-4-5 thread capability to produce overlocking stitches for professional results on a plethora of sewing projects.

The outstanding advantage of a serger machine such as the SINGER 14T968DC is that it sews, finishes, and trims seams in one step. Frayed seams and raw edges are a thing of the past, as the machine delivers professionally finished outcomes every time. Choosing from among 14 built-in stitch choices, users may select decorative as well as utilitarian finishes.

Turn a simple dial to access a selection of varied stitch styles, and the machine will automatically adjust the tension setting. This self-adjusting feature takes the guesswork out of sewing, as the machine delivers consistent results on cover hems, chain stitching, rolled hems, flat locking, and more. With a maximum speed of 1,300 stitches per minute, users may turn out completed projects in record time.

Best for kids and beginners: Magicfly Mini Sewing Machine with Extension Table

Magicfly

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Magicfly Mini sewing machine’s diminutive size and lite weight, along with basic functionality and simple operation, will produce satisfying results for children and beginners.

Specs

  • Machine weight: 2.2 pounds
  • Machine dimensions: 10.43 x 7.48 x 9.06 inches
  • Material: Metal

Pros

  • Lightweight and portable
  • Tutorial videos for beginners
  • Included sewing supplies
  • Finger guard for safety

Cons

  • Not suitable for large sewing projects
  • Offers only one basic stitch
  • No automated features

Many sewing enthusiasts and professionals learned to love the craft as children. After starting with hand sewing, children around ages 7 to 9 and older beginners may be ready for a sewing machine. A small, lightweight machine with sufficient capacity to deliver results on basic sewing projects may be the optimal choice.

The Magicfly Mini sewing machine is a mechanical, electrical machine that works on AC power or on batteries. With its small size and 2.2-pound weight, it’s conveniently portable, even for children. An included extension table attaches easily to the machine, providing an enlarged work surface. Additionally, the included sewing kit contains 42 pieces of sewing supplies to get beginners started with their new hobby.

This machine offers a double-thread design that automatically reinforces the stitches and allows users to stop seams neatly without tying off the thread. Threading the needle becomes a simple job with directions imprinted on the front of the machine. To keep procedures uncomplicated, the machine offers one stitch that accommodates most basic sewing projects.

The Magicfly Mini starts with either a button or the foot pedal, and a speed button allows users to choose between fast or slow stitching paces. As an important safety feature, the transparent plastic finger guard keeps kids and beginners from experiencing painful needle punctures. Check out our guide for more beginner-friendly picks.

Best budget: SINGER Mechanical MX60 Sewing Machine

Why it made the cut: This Singer sewing machine has the durability of much more expensive models but keeps things simple with an automatic stitch length and width, making it an excellent budget-friendly choice. 

Specs

  • Weight: 12.12 pounds
  • Machine dimensions: 14.57 x 7.12 x 13.6 inches
  • Material: Metal

Pros

  • Six most common stitches, including buttonhole
  • Durable full-metal frame
  • Lightweight and portable

Cons

  • Cannot adjust the stitch length and width

The Singer MX60 saves dollars on extra stitches and features but provides excellent durability and only the most used six stitches. It even has a four-step automatic buttonhole stitch and a buttonhole foot as one of the three included presser feet. 

With a full-metal interior frame, this machine is made to last, yet its compact size remains lightweight and portable. It’s the kind of machine you can take to a friend’s house or a sewing class. If you’re looking for a cheap sewing machine, it’s reasonably priced as well.

This small sewing machine has a feature that’s both a pro and a con. It automatically adjusts the stitch length and width, which is to say you can’t change them. That’s one less step for you to worry about, but there are times when you’ll miss that feature. For example, sewing thick fabrics often works better with some extra stitch length. A zigzag stitch may need to be narrower or wider for different fabrics, too. So, for beginners, it’s one less thing to worry about, but you might miss it when you get more experience.

Things to consider before buying the best sewing machines

Purchasing a sewing machine is not an offhand decision. With numerous options available on today’s market, shoppers may consider several criteria before making a choice. Avid sewists with advanced skills may select a sewing machine with advanced, high-tech capabilities, but a beginner or occasional user might prefer a simple model with straightforward operating procedures. Here’s what to consider before choosing a machine for yourself:

Mechanical vs. computerized

Hobbyists who learned to sew on mechanical models feel more comfortable with these types of sewing machines. However, computerized models offer time-saving and convenient automated functions.

Mechanical sewing machines have mechanical dials, levels, and buttons that control stitch selection, stitch length, stitch width, and tension settings. These models cost less, weigh less, and offer simplicity of use. Mechanical models are also easier to maintain and clean because there’s no computer involved. However, they have a smaller stitch selection and may not offer as many functions. 

Computerized sewing machines have a digital display and hundreds of stitch options. The most advanced machines may also have a touchscreen to scroll through menus or download embroidery patterns. The more common ones have buttons that let you scroll through the stitches and make adjustments to length and width. These machines offer more of everything, including dollar signs on the price tag. The downside is they aren’t always the easiest to use, and there is the possibility of computer problems, which take more than a good cleaning to fix. 

Number of built-in stitch choices

Highly creative and complex sewing projects require a wide array of decorative and utilitarian stitches. On the other hand, a limited selection of stitches will suffice for most sewing tasks.

The array of included accessories

Sewing machine manufacturers include functional accessories with their products. For example, an array of accessory presser feet allows users to accomplish a variety of sewing tasks. Shoppers may consider the accessory packages included with various sewing machine options.

Weight, size, and portability

Shoppers may consider where the machine will be used, how often it must be transported from one location to another, and the size of an available storage area. Lightweight machines are more portable, but heavy-duty sewing projects may require heavier sewing machines.

Purpose 

What do you plan on sewing? Making garments is different from quilting or embroidery. Some models let you do it all from a single machine, while others are more specialized. A standard sewing machine can do embroidery and quilting, but it won’t have presser feet and stitch settings that make quilting or embroidery easier and more precise. 

Skill level

The majority of sewing uses two stitches—a straight stitch and a zigzag stitch. Beginners don’t need more than that either, which makes buying a machine with hundreds of stitches unnecessary. A simple model with a few basic stitches and a buttonhole stitch will take care of the majority of sewing needs. However, as you gain skills and expand your sewing repertoire, you may want a more advanced set of stitch options. Advanced sewists may want to download their own patterns directly onto the machine, a feature that’s only found on the most advanced embroidery or quilting sewing machines. 

Automatic buttonhole

It might seem strange to base your sewing machine choice on a single feature. But if there’s one feature most people find they miss, it’s an automatic buttonhole feature. Buttonholes are notorious for their difficulty. A machine with this automatic feature does the work for you. It’s still a process and takes some practice, but if you are doing any sewing with a buttonhole, you’re going to need this feature. You might have to do a couple of practice rounds to get the right placement, but an automatic buttonhole and buttonhole foot will do the rest of the work for you. 

FAQs

Q: How much does a sewing machine cost?

The cost of a sewing machine can range from less than $130 for basic models to more than $1,600 for sewing machines that perform many functions. Options like The Brother CS6000i Sewing and Quilting Machine are good for both beginners and will continue to be useful for people as they develop their sewing skills.

Q: Can you embroider with a sewing machine?

You can embroider with a sewing machine. It’s not as easy, exact, nor will a standard machine have as many options as an embroidery machine. You’ll need an embroidery hoop, embroidery thread, and a tutorial (there are many free ones online) to create your first embroidered creation with a standard machine. 

Q: Who invented the sewing machine? 

Thomas Saint invented the first sewing machine in 1790. However, there’s only evidence of the first sewing machine, not an actual model still in existence. Saint’s original design wasn’t widespread for many years until improvements in the design made it practical for widespread use in the clothing industry. 

Q: How to set up a sewing machine? 

Sewing machine designs vary from model to model. However, there are some universal features involved in the setup process. First, place the sewing machine on a sturdy, flat surface. Plug the pedal into the machine. Some models have the electrical cord and pedal on the same cord, while others have separate cords for each. Before turning on the machine, thread the needle following the instruction manual or guide imprinted on the machine (a common feature on modern sewing machines). Drop the bobbin in, pull its thread through, and choose your stitch. From there, you should be ready to go. 

Q: What are the best sewing machine brands? 

SINGER and Brother emerged as the most reliable brands on the U.S. market, demonstrating quality over many years of service. BERNINA is also a dependable and well-known brand offering high-end sewing machines at more expensive prices.

Q: What is the oldest sewing machine brand? 

The SINGER brand started in 1851, when Isaac Singer patented his sewing machine invention.

Q: What are the basic types of sewing machines? 

Mechanical sewing machines are electrical machines with simple dials and knobs for making adjustments. Electronic and computerized sewing machines offer many built-in stitch options, automated functions, touch screens, and LCD displays as well as programming for intricate embroidery projects.

Final thoughts on the best sewing machines

When selecting a sewing machine, shoppers may begin with an assessment of their personalized sewing needs. Numerous product options available at various price points suit those who sew occasionally for clothing repairs and simple home decor, as well as those who complete large, complex sewing projects on a regular basis. Shoppers may evaluate their level of competence and interest in advancement in the art of sewing before investing in a sewing machine. The Brother CS6000i Sewing and Quilting Machine provides a balance of features with ease of use that make it our top choice. Beginners can grow and use it for years, while advanced sewists will get a high-quality machine with an array of stitches and a wide sewing table. However, if you’re looking for the best sewing machine that can take heavy use daily, including heavy fabrics, look no further than the SINGER 4423 Heavy Duty Sewing Machine.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best sewing machines in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best sewing machines for beginners in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-sewing-machine-for-beginners/ Thu, 12 Oct 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=579253
A lineup of the best sewing machines for beginners on a white background
Amanda Reed

Sewing is a popular hobby that enables you to make your own apparel, even as a beginner.

The post The best sewing machines for beginners in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best sewing machines for beginners on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A Singer MX 231 Sewing Machine on a blue and white background Singer MX 231 Sewing Machine
SEE IT

Here’s a dependable machine with convenient features to launch your new sewing hobby.

Best high-end A Janome Sewist 725S with VIP package on a blue and white background Janome Sewist 725S with VIP package
SEE IT

This higher-priced, mechanical machine offers expanded features along with ease of operation.

Best budget A Brother XM2701 Sewing Machine on a blue and white background Brother XM2701 Sewing Machine
SEE IT

This frugal choice facilitates success in sewing projects, even for beginners. 

Kudos to you for deciding that you’ll learn how to sew and taking your first step toward picking from the wide range of sewing machines for beginners. It’s a creative hobby that millions of people engage in. Once you learn how to sew, you’ll be able to make fashionable and utilitarian items, including apparel, accessories, craft projects, and home decor pieces. One of the first steps is to acquire a machine that offers ease of operation and maintenance while assisting you in turning out successful sewing projects, even as a beginner. We’ve done the work to delineate an array of excellent choices, giving you a headstart on selecting one of the best sewing machines for beginners.

How we chose the best sewing machines for beginners

Our preparation for this buyers’ guide is based on personal sewing experience and research into the attributes that make a sewing machine suitable for beginners. We began by reading 10 articles written by sewing experts regarding the top choices. Then, we read the product information for 18 likely machine options and narrowed our picks to six models that suit the varying needs of beginning sewists. We researched the product descriptions and specifications included on the manufacturers’ websites and the information retailers provide. And we spent hands-on time with as many models as possible. Recognizing that not all beginners have the same requirements and goals, we endeavored to select an array of beginner-appropriate machines to satisfy varying budgets and purposes.

The best sewing machines for beginners: Reviews & Recommendations

We’ve assembled a list of recommendations for sewing machines that will meet the needs of beginners while providing room for growth in sewing expertise. The machines featured here offer durability, versatility, and ease of use.

Best overall: SINGER MX 231 Sewing Machine 

Singer

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The SINGER MX 231 offers ease of use along with versatility to provide beginners with successful outcomes on their sewing projects.

Specs

  • Weight: 11.79 pounds
  • Dimensions: 15.16 x 7.35 x 10.9 inches
  • Number of built-in stitches: 23

Pros 

  • Built-in needle threader
  • One-step buttonhole maker
  • Adjustable presser foot
  • 97 stitch applications
  • SINGER Sewing Assistant App provides 24/7 help

Cons 

  • Not a heavy-duty machine for extra-thick fabrics

As a beginner sewing enthusiast, you’ll want a simple machine yet sophisticated enough to give you pleasing results on your projects. With clearly marked options for stitch adjustments, as well as suitability for use on a wide array of fabrics, the SINGER MX231 mechanical sewing machine is ideal for starting out on your new hobby. 

Several features of this machine will save you time and effort. Using the built-in needle threader, you’re ready to sew in seconds. Then, you can choose from 23 built-in stitches that produce 97 stitch applications. For added customization, the stitch lengths and widths are adjustable.  Use this machine for a variety of sewing projects, as the presser foot adjusts to accommodate thick or thin fabrics. When you’re ready to add buttons to a project, the one-step buttonhole maker is a handy, time-saving feature. 

As a beginner, you’ll want the necessary components to get started. The MX 231 package contains a foot pedal with an electrical cord, bobbins, needles, a thread spool cap, and a darning plate. Additionally, the machine includes three interchangeable presser feet, including a general-purpose foot, a buttonhole foot, and a button sewing foot.

Best high-end: Janome Sewist 725S with VIP package

Janome

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Janome Sewist 725S, along with the VIP Package of accessories and interchangeable components, sets you up for sewing success right from the start. 

Specs

  • Weight: 14.8 pounds
  • Dimensions: 16 x 11.9 x 7 inches 
  • Number of built-in stitches: 23

Pros 

  • Snap-on presser feet with high foot lift for thick fabrics
  • Built-in needle threader
  • Jam-proof bobbin system
  • 1-step buttonhole maker
  • Hardcover for storage and portability

Cons 

  • Somewhat expensive

If your finances allow a more high-end purchase, the Janome Sewist 725S offers simple and straightforward operation for beginners combined with ample features for growing your craft. It’s a mechanical machine with well-marked and conveniently located levers and dials to adjust multiple machine functions for enjoyable sewing. 

Select from among 23 built-in stitches, and then fine-tune the stitch length and width with the turn of a dial. An additional dial allows you to adjust the tension and the presser-foot pressure to ensure smooth sewing with various types of fabric. With free-arm capability, you can sew hard-to-reach areas like cuffs and sleeves. Additionally, a drop-feed system facilitates the type of free-motion sewing necessary for quilting. The see-through bobbin cover shows your bobbin thread and the jam-proof system keeps the bobbin from becoming snarled. 

The VIP package includes a hard cover to protect the machine for transport and storage. Additionally, the package contains an assortment of needles, bobbins, large and small spool holders, a quilt guide, a seam ripper, a screwdriver, and more. The pack of six included presser feet includes a seam foot, zigzag foot, overedge foot, zipper foot, blind hem foot, and automatic buttonhole foot. 

Best for kids and teens: SINGER MX60 Sewing Machine

Singer

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Tweens and teens just learning to sew can operate the SINGER MX60 mechanical machine to produce rewarding outcomes on their creative projects. 

Specs

  • Weight: 12.12 pounds
  • Dimensions: 14.57 x 7.12 x 13.6 inches
  • Number of built-in stitches: 6

Pros 

  • 57 stitch applications
  • Simple, easy to operate
  • Pre-set stitch lengths and widths
  • 4-step buttonhole maker

Cons 

  • Does not feature an automatic needle threader
  • Does not feature a one-step buttonhole function

Many sewing enthusiasts trace their roots in the craft back to their childhood and teenage years. When kids are learning to use a sewing machine, it’s best to keep the operating procedures basic and simple, and that’s exactly what the SINGER MX60 does. In fact, we chose this model as the best budget option in our roundup of SINGER sewing machines

Start by threading the machine, following the guidelines that are clearly marked on the machine’s surface. Then, turn a prominent dial to select your desired stitch pattern. The six built-in stitches produce 57 stitch applications, ranging from straight seams to decorative stitches and buttonholes. Lengths and widths of the stitches are pre-set, so there’s no guesswork. However, beginners can fine-tune the thread tension to produce smooth lines of stitching on various types of fabrics. A four-step buttonhole function yields consistent results every time. 

This machine is simple enough to make maintenance tasks easy. Although it’s lightweight and portable, the inner frame is fabricated from sturdy metal. It remains stationary on your work surface to prevent stitch skipping. Complementary accessories include an all-purpose foot, a buttonhole foot, a zipper foot, bobbins, needles, and a seam ripper. 

Best computerized: Janome C30 Sewing Machine

Janome

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you’re comfortable with technology, you might want a computerized machine like the Janome C30 for your beginner sewing experiences. 

Specs

  • Weight: 10.4 pounds
  • Dimensions: 15 x 6.4 x 11 Inches
  • Number of built-in stitches: 30

Pros 

  • One-step buttonhole maker
  • Jam-proof, drop-in bobbin
  • LCD display is easy to read
  • Lightweight and portable
  • Strong, aluminum inner frame

Cons 

  • Not as easy to maintain as a mechanical machine
  • Extensive options may be confusing for beginners

Many sewing experts advise beginners to start on mechanical sewing machines. They are more straightforward to operate as well as easier to maintain. However, some new sewing hobbyists like a computerized machine’s versatility and wide-ranging creative possibilities. The Janome C30 computerized sewing machine is a good choice for beginners who enjoy technology. An array of included presser feet and accessories facilitates your success right out of the box.

Choose from among 30 built-in stitches with numbers that appear brightly on the LCD screen.  You can thread this machine with one hand and let the automatic needle threader handle the hard part. The bobbin drops in from the top and features a clear cover to monitor your thread. Additionally, the bobbin system is jam-proof to prevent frustrating snags. 

With the C30, you’ll find push-button ease of operation at your fingertips—the locking-stitch button ties off the end of your thread. Then, you can hit the reverse button to reinforce the seam. A needle up/down button instantly positions your needle for pivoting the fabric. The drop feed mechanism lowers the feed dogs to allow free-motion sewing, and the storage compartment detaches to allow free-arm sewing of sleeves, cuffs, and pants legs. 

Best for beginner quilters: SINGER 9960 Sewing and Quilting Machine

Singer

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you’re learning to sew to make quilts, the SINGER Quantum Stylist 9960 will aid you in developing the necessary skills.

Specs

  • Weight: 20 pounds
  • Dimensions: 17.25 x 8.25 x 12 inches
  • Number of built-in stitches: 600

Pros 

  • Computerized with LCD display screen
  • 13 one-step buttonhole styles
  • Large selection of stitches, including alphanumeric fonts
  • Automatic needle threader
  • Top drop-in bobbin

Cons 

  • Heavier than many other sewing machines
  • May be overly complex for some beginners

Most beginners start with a simple, mechanical sewing machine. But if you have your heart set on quilt-making, you might want to start with a machine to help you realize that dream. The SINGER Quantum Stylist 9960 combines ease of use and multiple computerized features for quilting artistry and routine sewing and crafting projects. In fact, we featured it as the best overall choice in our roundup of sewing machines for quilting.

This machine offers 600 built-in stitches that produce 1,172 stitch applications, including lettering for monograms. The built-in stitches include five alphanumeric fonts and 13 versions of one-step buttonholes. With the touch of a button, you can choose decorative as well as straight stitches that present possibilities for sewing on a wide range of fabrics, including stretchy types. 

A top drop-in bobbin is easy to monitor, and the automatic needle threader saves time and eye strain. This machine will sew at a maximum speed of 850 stitches per minute so that you can turn out projects quickly. The accompanying accessories include 13 different presser feet to accomplish a wide array of sewing tasks ranging from quilting to embroidery and button sewing. 

Best budget: Brother XM2701 Sewing Machine

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: While you’re a beginner, it’s wise to invest frugally in a straightforward and reliable piece of equipment like the Brother XM2701 mechanical sewing machine. 

Specs

  • Weight: 12.6 pounds
  • Dimensions: 12.1 x 5.9 x 15.3 inches
  • Number of built-in stitches: 27

Pros 

  • Budget-friendly price
  • Clearly marked stitch selection dial
  • 63 stitch applications
  • Drop-in bobbin
  • Automatic needle threader

Cons 

  • Plastic construction
  • Not for extra-thick, heavy fabrics

In our roundup of Brother sewing machines, we selected the XM2701 as best overall. If you’re just getting started in sewing, you may want a reasonably priced machine that offers user-friendly operating procedures. The Brother XM2701 features a clearly marked dial on the front, showing the 27 built-in stitch choices for various decorative and utilitarian sewing needs. With these available stitches, the machine produces 63 stitch applications. 

Additionally, there’s an automatic threader that saves time and eliminates eye strain as you thread the needle. For added convenience, the drop-in bobbin is easy to see, and its jam-resistant functioning prevents frustrating snags and snarled threads. The automatic bobbin winding system lets you get to work quickly without wasting time on a tedious set-up task. 

The work area on this machine is well-lit with an LED bulb. To increase its versatility, you can add the detachable free arm for hemming pants, sewing sleeves, and other in-the-round projects. The package includes six interchangeable feet to facilitate numerous sewing tasks. These include a narrow hemmer, a zigzag foot, a zipper foot, a blind stitch foot, a buttonhole maker, and a button sewing foot.

What to consider when buying the best sewing machines for beginners

As a beginning sewist, you’ll want to start with a machine that is simple enough to operate conveniently without confusion or frustration. On the other hand, you don’t want to outgrow your machine in a short period of time. As a result, you might consider a sewing machine that offers enough advanced features to provide room for growth as you take on expanded projects. 

Portability, size, and storage

Now that you’re starting a sewing hobby, you’ll want to consider where you’ll use the machine and how you’ll store it. The weight will be an important factor if you need to move the machine every time you use it. The average weight of a sewing machine ranges from 10 pounds to 20 pounds. You’ll need a soft or hardcover to store the machine and keep it dust-free. A hard-sided cover is best for protecting the machine from damage.

Built-in stitches and automated functions

The built-in stitches in sewing machines range from straight seams to decorative zig-zags and buttonholes. Each machine offers a number of built-in stitches that may be modified in length and width to produce an even larger number of stitch applications. Special features like an automatic needle threader and a one-step buttonhole function save time and effort to make sewing more pleasurable.

Presser feet and other accessories

As you shop for a sewing machine, take note of the included components and accessories. Machines with multiple stitch functions will include various presser feet for specific actions like making buttonholes or attaching zippers. Additionally, you’ll need the necessary tools for your new hobby, including bobbins, needles, a seam ripper, and more.

FAQs 

Q: Which type of sewing machine is best for learning to sew?

Look for a machine that offers basic, straightforward operating procedures and easy maintenance steps. On the other hand, you want enough advanced functions to make sewing pleasurable and to produce attractive results on your projects. 

Q: What is the difference between SINGER and Brother sewing machines?

Both companies enjoy excellent reputations, with more than 100 years of experience in the sewing machine business. SINGER is reputed to be more solidly constructed, durable, and long-lasting than Brother.

Q: What’s the best way to learn how to sew?

You can learn how to sew from a friend or family member or take an in-person sewing class. Online learning options include sewing classes, YouTube videos, and self-paced tutorials. 

Q: Can I do my own sewing machine maintenance?

Mechanical machines are more DIY-friendly than computerized models. Pay attention to dusting, lint removal, cleaning, oiling, and lubricating. You should perform these tasks on a regular schedule.

Q: What type of sewing project should I attempt as a beginner?

Get started with a simple project requiring straight seams and not including buttons or zippers. A square or rectangular pillow cover is a great first project.

Final thoughts on the best sewing machines for beginners

To meet the needs of beginning sewists, the SINGER MX231 sewing machine offers easy-to-use functions along with durable construction and simple maintenance requirements. Additionally, it provides enough advanced features to satisfy beginners who are expanding their skills in sewing. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best sewing machines for beginners in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best star projectors for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-star-projectors/ Tue, 23 Aug 2022 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=463938
The best star projectors
Stan Horaczek

A light show billions of years in the making beams into your home.

The post The best star projectors for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best star projectors
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Best overall star projector Sega Toys Homestar Flux
SEE IT

Get a scientifically accurate recreation of the night sky at home.

Best for adults BlissLights Sky Lite BlissLights Sky Lite 2.0
SEE IT

Skip the kid stuff without breaking the bank.

Best budget Infmetry Star Projector Infmetry Star Projector
SEE IT

This star light is designed ofor gaming rooms, home theaters,

Beyond a few bright celestial objects, the rise of light pollution has made it difficult for most people to experience a genuinely starry night sky—and that’s where star projectors come in. If artificial lights have obscured your view of the Milky Way, these compact devices provide a fun and comfortable way to observe the cosmos. All you need is a dark room with a power outlet and you’re ready to bask in the wonders of the universe. Many also function as night lights or pattern projectors that can spruce up a room without the celestial theme. While nothing can replace the awe-inspiring feeling of seeing millions of stars in person, the best star projectors can still leave you transfixed.

How we chose the best star projectors

I’ve been fortunate to visit areas less affected by light pollution, so I know what it’s like to gaze upon the grandeur of our galaxy. As an editor at TechnoBuffalo, I visited NASA’s Jet Propulsion Lab in Pasadena, Calif., to learn about the Mars rover. I also took a guided tour of the Goldstone Deep Space Communications Complex, where I saw enormous satellites used to communicate with faraway spacecraft. Over the last 10 years, I’ve written about gadgets and space for outlets like CNN Underscored, TechnoBuffalo, and Popular Science, and this guide, in a way, allows me to write about both. If you’re searching for a projector for movie night, you’re in the wrong place (though we do have a guide for the best projectors for indoors and outdoors). But if you enjoy the stars of the sky as much as you do the stars of the screen, read on.

The best star projectors: Reviews & Recommendations

Whether you’re looking to liven up your space with colorful lights or follow in the footsteps of Carl Sagan, a star projector is a novel way to explore the cosmos. When making our picks, we found a balance between fantastical projectors, options for kids and adults, and a more scientifically accurate model that’s great for those who love astronomy.

Best overall: Sega Toys Homestar Flux

Sega

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Sega’s Homestar Flux features the most scientifically accurate images out of all the star projectors we picked.

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 6.3 x 6.3 x 5.9 inches (LWH)
  • Weight: 1.36 pounds
  • Power: USB

Pros 

  • Supports multiple discs
  • Projects up to 60,000 stars at once
  • Great educational tool

Cons 

  • Expensive

Sega’s Homestar Flux is the closest thing to a planetarium if you’re a fan of astronomy and intend to use your star projector as an educational tool. It can project up to 60,000 stars at once and covers a circle with a 106-inch diameter. Unlike the other star projectors on this list, Sega’s model supports interchangeable discs, allowing owners to explore different parts of the universe in incredible detail. The Homestar Flux comes with two discs, the Northern Hemisphere and the Northern Hemisphere with constellation lines; it also supports additional discs that feature the Andromeda Galaxy, the southern hemisphere, and more. 

These discs contain data from different missions of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), and the United States Naval Observatory (USNO). While Sega’s projector is pricey, it features the most scientifically accurate experience and is a must-have for would-be astronomers.

Best portable: NEWSEE Northern Lights Star Projector

NEWSEE

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: NEWSEE’s Northern Lights Star Projector lets you take the magic of the stars with you everywhere.

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 4.7 x 4.7 x 4.8 inches (LWH)
  • Weight: 1.15 pounds
  • Power: USB-C

Pros 

  • Battery powered
  • 360-degree projection
  • White noise mode
  • Bluetooth streaming

Cons 

  • Don’t expect high-fidelity audio

NEWSEE’s Northern Lights Star Projector is the only model we’re recommending that can be taken anywhere. The battery-powered projector can run for a couple of hours before needing to be recharged—though because it has a USB-C port, you can plug it into a portable charger to extend its life. The projector sits on a stand and can be rotated so that you can find the best angle for your room. This flexibility comes in handy because you may be using the projector in multiple rooms because of its portability.

You can program NEWSEE’s projector to display one of four different star patterns, and play five different white noises. This star projector can even be used as a Bluetooth speaker for playing any music from your digital library. However, you shouldn’t get your hopes up where audio fidelity is concerned—consider this a fun bonus feature. If you want to take a star projector to a friend’s place or on vacation, this is the one to grab.

Best for adults: BlissLights Sky Lite

BlissLights

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Sky Lite from BlissLights will help you set the mood with the right lighting.

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 5.95 x 2.91 x 5.95 (LWH)
  • Weight: 1.68
  • Power: AC adapter

Pros 

  • Adjustable brightness
  • Tilting base
  • App controlled

Cons 

  • Projector design is easy to tip over

The Sky Lite from BlissLights is an excellent option for adults because it offers brightness controls, and several lighting effects, making it easy to set the proper mood. While star projectors generally become the center of attention in whatever room they’re in, the Sky Lite is excellent as complementary lighting, casting colorful auroras during dinner, movie nights, and parties. Additionally, the Sky lite 2.0 supports a rotation feature and a shutoff timer so that you can have your magical night under the stars before nodding off to bed. 

Best for kids: Gdnzduts Galaxy Projector

Gdnzduts

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This galaxy projector features brightness controls and a shutoff timer, plus it doubles as a colorful night light.

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 6.45 x 6.45 x 4.92 (LWH)
  • Weight: 0.61 pounds
  • Power: USB

Pros 

  • Built-in speaker
  • Shutoff timer
  • Brightness controls

Cons 

  • Doesn’t show constellations

This simple galaxy projector features 21 lighting effects, a shutoff timer, brightness controls, and doubles as a night light. That way, you can find the right effect you like, adjust the brightness, and set a timer before bed. You can also toggle the lasers on and off, turning off the stars and letting the nebula-like effect lull you to sleep. The Galaxy Projector also comes with a remote, making it easy for kids to operate. Whether you want to inspire your kid’s imagination or keep them feeling safe with a night light, the Galaxy Projector is an excellent choice.

Best budget: Infmetry Star Projector

Amazon

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Infmetry’s Star Projector offers an array of features at an affordable price.

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 7.1 x 7.1 x 7.5 inches (LWH)
  • Weight: 1.37 pounds
  • Power: USB

Pros 

  • Affordable
  • Five brightness modes
  • Shutoff timer

Cons

  • No nebula or aurora features

Infantry’s Star Projector casts 360 degrees of light through a precut dome, creating a night sky-like effect. This model also supports five brightness modes, a breathing mode, and four colors (white, yellow, blue, and green). There’s also a shutoff timer, so you can fall asleep with the projector on and wake up with it off. It’s not nearly as captivating as the other options on this list, but for the price, it’s a fun way to introduce someone to the wonders of the universe.

What to consider when buying the best star projectors

Generally, cheap star projectors are novelties that emit a mix of colorful swirling LED lights and class 2 lasers, which are low-power visible lasers—the same type used in laser pointers. While most models aren’t scientifically accurate, they provide a fanciful escape and can offer a calming experience. However, if you’re serious about astronomy and willing to spend more, you can find a star projector that can turn your room into a personal planetarium.

Most models we researched offer features like brightness and color controls, image rotation, and an automatic shut-off timer. We found picking the right star projector is more about finding the experience that matches your mood. Are you looking for the cosmic color of nebulae? What about scientifically accurate constellations? Whatever you’re after, there’s a star projector for everyone.

Projection type

You’d think that a star projector only projects, well, stars. But many of them can cover the broad cosmic spectrum and mimic everything from nebulae to auroras to constellations. As we mentioned, picking the right one is about capturing your interest and imagination. A projector that can cast a nebula or aurora is an excellent choice if you want to create a calming environment before going to sleep. A star projector with more scientifically accurate images is ideal for studying and educational use.

Brightness control

A good star projector uses an LED bulb and offers multiple brightness settings. While star projectors are most effective in a dark room, the models that project nebula and aurora make for great complementary lighting, such as during a party or movie night. They also make for good night lights and can help create a calming environment that encourages rest.

Color settings

In addition to adjusting brightness, most star projectors offer different color settings, similar to smart light bulbs. Users can create a scene that fits their mood through advanced color settings and change it with the press of a button. A green aurora may be suitable for calm and tranquility, while yellow may be ideal for happiness and optimism. Most star projectors allow color adjustments through a controller or smartphone app and support millions of color options.

Still vs. rotating

Star projectors generally offer different viewing modes: still and rotating. A projector that operates in still mode will cast light onto a surface and remain static. A projector with a rotating feature will put on a more dynamic light show by slowly rotating the lights. Many of the models we looked at are capable of switching between still and rotating modes.

Extra features

Beyond simply projecting lights onto a wall, some star projectors include extra features like white noise, app support, and shutoff timers. Some models can even be synced with your music so that you can put on a cosmic light show. While these features aren’t necessary, they make specific models more appealing, especially if you intend to use a star projector in a child’s room, because it can act as a night light and white noise machine and then shut off after a few hours.

FAQs

Q: How much do the best star projectors cost?

Star projectors can start at $10 and go up to the $150-$200 range, depending on quality and additional features. For example, something that provides a planetarium-like experience will be more expensive than one that has constellations etched into the cover.

Q: Can I use a star projector on any wall?

Yes, you can use a star projector on any wall in your home. These projectors typically have a short throw, which essentially means they need to be relatively close to the surface they’re projecting onto (between 6-10 feet). We recommend pointing your star projector at a blank wall or ceiling so that you can enjoy the maximum effect of the colorful lights without distractions.

Q: Where should a star projector be placed in a room?

For an evenly lit ceiling, you should try to put the star projector in the center of your room. We realize that’s not ideal for most people, so any place you have an outlet is a good spot. There’s no wrong place to put a star projector, as long as it’s not too close to the surface it’s projecting onto. What works and looks best to you may not be the same for someone else.

Q: Are star projectors for kids and adults the same?

Star projectors are appropriate for any age and generally offer the same features or designs, whether for a kid or an adult. There are some variations if you do want one for a specific age group. For example, some models might come with imagery, such as an astronaut or spaceship, aimed at younger audiences. Meanwhile, projectors that offer scientifically accurate images might only appeal to adults or people who are enthusiastic about astronomy. If you’re purchasing a star projector for someone, you must consider their interests to get the most out of what you buy.

Q: Are star projectors good to use as night lights?

If the imagery and colors of a star projector make you feel more relaxed, then you should use it as a night light. While not their intended purpose, many models we researched feature brightness and timer settings, making them suited for bedtime use. Some also have built-in sound machines, which some people claim help them fall asleep and stay asleep.

Final thoughts on the best star projectors

Star projectors are a fun and affordable way to add bright, colorful lights to your bedroom. That said, most are nothing more than novelties and put on light shows that vaguely resemble nebulae and auroras. If you’re searching for something with more scientifically accurate imagery, you can find some excellent options if you don’t mind spending more money. Better yet, we recommend traveling to a place unaffected by light pollution and experiencing the feeling of seeing millions of stars in person.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best star projectors for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best marble runs of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-marble-runs/ Wed, 08 Jun 2022 13:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=448404
The best marble runs
Stan Horaczek

Marble runs are old-school toys that provide endless options for play.

The post The best marble runs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best marble runs
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Overall National Geographic Glowing Marble Run is the best overall. National Geographic Glowing Marble Run
SEE IT

Lots of pieces make this set very flexible.

Best budget An ELONGDI Marble Run Set on a blue and white background ELONGDI Marble Run Set
SEE IT

Save money or buy several sets to expand the builds.

Best wooden Hape Quadrilla Wooden Marble Run Construction is the best wooden marble run. Hape Quadrilla Wooden Marble Run Construction
SEE IT

Wood materials will last longer than plastic.

Marble run toys are classic games that not only provide fun and excitement for your child but also help build STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, Math) and other skills like visual tracking, dexterity, and hand-eye coordination. From wooden constructions to magnetic pieces to glow-in-the-dark marbles, marble runs vary in design and style. You can find marble runs for toddlers 3+ or more challenging options suitable for older kids. Please be mindful that these games can be a choking hazard, so don’t leave this game around babies or unattended toddlers. Here are the five best marble runs of 2023 that you can convince your kids are just real-life Minecraft.

How we chose the best marble runs

Unlike consumer electronics for kids, marble runs don’t have a ton of hard specs or setup requirements to compare. We started by taking a wide survey of the available models and then narrowing it down to specific options that promise durability and flexibility. Kids can get bored easily when toys only offer one play pattern, so flexibility is critical in keeping little ones interested. 

We also focused on sets made from durable materials because they last longer than their cheaper, flimsy counterparts. We used a combination of personal experience, editorial reviews, user feedback, and feature comparisons to choose the best possible models. 

The best marble runs: Reviews & Recommendations 

While comparing features can be useful, we have some specific recommendations for different people. While we’ve broken the picks down into categories, there’s always overlap, so peruse all options for best marble runs before purchasing.

Best overall: National Geographic Glowing Marble Run

NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This marble run comes with 50 glow-in-the-dark marbles, 1 UV keychain light, and sturdy construction for fun gaming.

Specs

  • Ages: 8+
  • Dimensions: 17.5 x 7.5 x 13.5 inches
  • Batteries: 1 CR2 battery required (included)

Pros

  • Excellent brand reputation
  • 12,000 positive reviews
  • High quality
  • Sturdy
  • Glow in the dark

Cons

  • Blacklight isn’t impressive
  • Glow could be brighter

This glowing run comes with 250 pieces, including glowing marbles resembling “galaxies in the dark.” It also has a storage pouch and a UV keychain light to make the marbles glow brighter and last longer.

This kit is super high-quality with ample reviews to back it up. You can get great height with stackable towers, and it’s easy to assemble. 

One of the only cons is that some say the black light isn’t very bright, but you can keep the marbles under a flashlight or lamp to make them shine even brighter. 

Best plastic: Ravensburger GraviTrax

Ravensburger

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Kids 8 and up can enjoy the Speed Set, the deluxe version of the Starter Set, plus extra features and accessories like flips, loops, spirals, and cannons. 

Specs

  • Ages: 8+
  • Dimensions: 13.5 Inches (H) x 4 Inches (W) x 20.5 Inches (D)
  • Batteries: None required

Pros

  • 6 million sold worldwide
  • Excellent brand reputation
  • High quality
  • 185 pieces

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Could have more base pieces

For kids ages 8 and up, this marble run set features everything from the GraviTrax Starter Set, plus some components from the Bridges and Tunnels expansions and four additional accessories. These accessories include the Magnetic Cannon, Flip, Loop, and Spiral. In total, it offers 185 pieces and 10 different track layouts to play with. 

The GraviTrax encourages kids to start simple and build, allowing this set to grow with your kid developmentally with more challenging elements. It doesn’t require batteries.

Reviewers love the variety in the set and how positively their kids responded to the game. However, some customers wished there would have been more base pieces for building more towers. Buying more sets will provide more options.

Best wooden: Hape Quadrilla Wooden Marble Run Construction

Hape

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Made from high-quality and durable birch wood, this marble run has tons of fun features like seesaws, straightaway rails, and three spiral funnels to keep your kids engaged.

Specs

  • Ages: 4+
  • Dimensions: 21.34 x 13.39 x 5.43 inches
  • Material: Wood

Pros

  • High-quality wood, durable
  • Non-toxic, FSC-accredited
  • Lots of features 
  • Lots of positive reviews

Cons

  • Can be wobbly
  • Colors could be more distinguishable 
  • Pricey

This wooden marble run is a high-quality, multifunction construction set that encourages spatial awareness and problem-solving. It offers seven different color blocks made from non-toxic, FSC-accredited birch and rubber wood.

The Quadrilla Vertigo features a mix of spins, drops, seesaws, straightaway rails, and three spiral funnels to keep kids (and curious parents) entertained. Some of the pieces have toggles, which keep the marbles going in unpredictable directions.

The only knock on this was it doesn’t include organizational materials to keep the wooden pieces safe from scratches and dings. The colors could also be more distinguishable from each other. It’s pricey, but given the high quality and natural wood material—a bonus if you’re cutting down on household plastic—it’s worth the premium.

Best magnetic: PicassoTiles Marble Run Magnetic Tiles

PicassoTiles

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This colorful magnetic tile marble run and 3-D race track comes with 10 different geometric shapes, including columns, slopes, slides, funnels, and U-turns.

Specs

  • Ages: 3+
  • Dimensions: 16.51 x 13.24 x 5.32 inches
  • Material: Steel, Plastic

Pros 

  • Fairly priced
  • Good for toddlers
  • Can be used with other PicassoTiles sets
  • BPA-Free, Lead-Free, Non-Toxic

Cons

  • Could be sturdier
  • Some say need to purchase more than one

Choose from a 40-, 70-, or 150-piece set that comes chock-full of 10 different geometric shapes like columns, slopes, slides, funnels, and U-turns. The steel-weighted marbles and a 3-D race track are perfect for building on imagination and STEM skills. 

Some reviewers recommend getting at least two sets to really make this product shine. Add marble run tubes to your tiles to help them snap into place for added sturdiness. 

It’s fairly priced—depending on the number of pieces, it ranges from under $30 to under $70—and is made from non-toxic, BPA-free, lead-free, and child-safe materials. Note: it can be used with other PicassoTiles products, excluding the mini tiles with the PTG set. 

Best budget: ELONGDI Marble Run Set

ELONGDI

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This inexpensive and colorful marble run game for kids ages 3 and up comes with 105 pieces made from non-toxic and BPA-free plastic, all under $40.

Specs

  • Ages: 3+
  • Dimensions: 12.4 x 9 x 3.4 inches
  • Material: Plastic

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Simple and straightforward
  • Colorful
  • Non-toxic, BPA-free plastic
  • Great for toddlers

Cons

  • Not the highest quality

This budget-friendly set comes with 105 marble run pieces to create elaborate, continuous setups. The bright, colorful nature of the pieces will likely do well to keep a little one’s attention.

This is a simple marble run without a ton of frills and features. It can stack 2 feet high and is great for toddlers and little ones (but be sure to keep an eye on them—these pieces can be a choking hazard). 

Note that the plastic is BPA-free and non-toxic, but because of the price point, the material isn’t the highest quality. Hot tip: some users recommend constructing your run on a rubber mat—the dining table can make it less sturdy and tip over. 

What to consider when buying the best marble runs

These brainy toys are a great way to get creative juices flowing and reduce tablet time. Here is what you should know when shopping for the best marble runs.

Age

Marble toys will list their age restrictions or recommendations. Be sure to look for an age-appropriate toy when shopping for your little one. Marbles are, by their very nature, choking hazards, so these are probably best to avoid for very little ones. And make sure they’re stored in a safe place, like a toy organizer, when not in use.

Materials

Some marbles are made of glass, while others are made of plastic. You can find magnetic sets, wooden options, and more. Some sets can expand if you buy more pieces to go with them, so if you think it may be a big hit, opt for something you can build on later.

Durability

Depending on price point and material, the toy’s durability can vary. Some will be sturdier and some more flimsy—so always read the reviews! For toddlers, you might afford to get something a bit more flimsy, but a wobbly marble run could definitely frustrate older kids. Maybe they can take out that irritation in the backyard on their ATV.

FAQs

Q: How much does a marble run cost?

Price points for marble runs range from ultra-cheap to more expensive, depending on the material, sturdiness, brand, etc. Typically, you can find cheap ones for less than $40 and higher-end models for around $150. Many sets rely on standard pieces, so you can start with a smaller set and buy more pieces later to expand if it’s particularly popular in your household. 

Q: How do you build a marble run? 

There are so many ways to build a marble run. The easiest DIY way is to use a cardboard box with cards used as slopes and runways. However, all the products listed in this article make excellent choices for ready-made marble runs!

Q: What was the biggest marble run ever?

According to the Guinness Book of World Records, the longest marble run is 6,293.04 ft. across Elgg, Switzerland.

Q: How do you do a slow marble run?

To slow down a marble run, some sort of force must be applied in the opposing direction from where the marble is traveling. For example, adding a card, bumper, or blockage can slow down the marble’s travels. 

Final thoughts about the best marble runs

Marble runs are the perfect educational toy that not only entertains and excites your little ones but also helps build valuable skills! Get off the screen and into twists, turns, slides, flips, loops, and spirals with the fun of the best marble runs. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best marble runs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best sauna suits of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-sauna-suits/ Tue, 17 May 2022 21:20:05 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=443590
four of the best sauna suits sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

These duds take the term “sweat suit” very literally.

The post The best sauna suits of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
four of the best sauna suits sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall This durable suit comes in a variety of sizes. HOTSUIT Sauna Suit
SEE IT

It offers a solid mix of performance and price.

Best budget Sweat a lot without spending a ton. RAD Sauna Suit
SEE IT

It’s surprisingly tough considering the cost.

Best durability Neoprene construction combats damage for longer life. Kutting Weight – Neoprene Sauna Suit
SEE IT

This rugged suit will last longer than its competitors.

Wearing a sauna suit can be very unpleasant, but that’s the point. These waterproof tracksuits trap heat, resulting in a higher production of sweat. Studies have shown that sweating has some benefits, though that is far from conclusive at this point. Beyond the potential health benefits, these suits are frequently worn by athletes competing in weight-class sports—such as wrestling or MMA—in order to cut weight. While more studies need to be done on the effects of wearing sauna suits, keep in mind that staying hydrated and taking breaks are important when wearing one. Be sure to replenish with lots of water, and don’t over-exert yourself. Also, consult a doctor before using one because even the best sauna suits can do serious harm when used improperly.

How we chose the best sauna suits

The writers and editors at PopSci have years of experience covering fitness products—from CrossFit shoes to vegan protein powders and beyond. To find the best sauna suits, we started with a list of dozens of options before narrowing them down based on variables like fit, durability, and design. We relied on a mixture of first-hand experience, professional reviews, user feedback, and spec comparisons to determine the models that offer the best performance and value.

The best sauna suits: Reviews & Recommendations

Studies show that sauna suits do indeed help you sweat more without having to increase the intensity of your workouts, up your sauna times, or increase sauna heat. While the primary function of sweating is to cool the body down when it’s overheating, people also sweat to enjoy some general health benefits. Multiple studies show varying benefits of induced sweating, such as helping to prevent dementia and Alzheimer’s, reducing oxidative stress, and aiding in respiratory illnesses. However, the science is far from settled.

Athletes who participate in sports with weight classes also often employ sauna suits to help cut weight, though that process can cause serious health issues and should only happen under careful medical oversight. Keep in mind that if you’re new to wearing a sauna suit and are sweating much more than usual, you may feel dizzy or lightheaded. You’ll need to be extra careful about your hydration. It’s absolutely essential that you don’t try to use these for general weight loss. They can be very dangerous, and any weight loss effects will be temporary. 

Best overall: HOTSUIT Sauna Suit

HOTSUIT

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With sizes ranging from Small to 5XL, the patented wear-resistant Silver-HeatREG Neoprene fabric is waterproof, windproof, and built to last. 

Specs

  • Material: Neoprene, rubber
  • Sizing: Small – 5XL
  • Care: Hand wash only in cold water, hang to dry

Pros

  • Windproof/waterproof
  • Patented Silver-Heat REG V2.0 fabric
  • Odor resistant 
  • Large range of sizing options
  • Fair pricing

Cons

  • Sizing is off, requiring 1-2 sizes larger for proper fit

This lightweight and comfy sauna suit is the newest model for the HOTSUIT line. With patented wear- and odor-resistant Silver-Heat REG V2.0 fabric, you can sweat your butt off without stinking up the joint. 

It comes in various sizes, so both men and women can enjoy this sauna suit. It can be worn in your sauna, but it’s also windproof and waterproof so that you can wear it outside in all seasons. This suit features a close cuff design to trap in heat, a waterproof zipper, drawstring detailing, and a light feel that doesn’t weigh you down.

Reviewers love how quickly they begin sweating in this suit and the material’s durability. They also noted that the design felt fresh and cooler than other models. However, you should go up one to two sizes depending on how you prefer your fit. The brand recommends pairing it with a sweat-absorbent t-shirt underneath for the most comfortable wear because it’s unpleasant against bare skin.

Best for men:  BOXRAW Hagler Professional Sauna Suit

BOXRAW

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Designed with world champion boxers, this 100% nylon, anti-rip sauna suit is durable, high quality, and very effective to help you sweat your butt off.

Specs

  • Material: 100% Nylon
  • Sizing: Small to 3XL
  • Care: Machine wash cold, wash separately

Pros

  • Over 1,000 positive reviews
  • 100% Nylon, anti-rip fabric
  • Elastic cuffs for added heat-trapping
  • Lots of color and sizing options

Cons

  • Size up for the best fit

The BOXRAW Hagler Sauna Suit was designed in collaboration with multiple world-champion boxers. With features like an elastic neckline and waistline to trap in heat, four pockets to store your valuables, rubberized cuffs, convenient headphone holes, and anti-rip, waterproof 100 percent nylon fabric that’s machine washable, this sauna suit set has it all for under $100. 

The thicker material avoids the “garbage bag” feeling that affects other, cheaper suits. Reviewers also point out that the company’s attention to details like heavy velcro, chest logo embroidery, and thick stitching indicated this product was more durable than other options.

It comes in several colors, and sizes range from small to 3XL. Again, this model may run small, so you likely want to order a size or even two larger than you normally would if you want a comfortable fit.

Best for women: KEBILI Sauna Suit

KEBILI

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Windproof, waterproof, and made with silver PU coating, this elastic 4-way stretch fabric keeps wearers feeling comfortable and odor-free and protects your skin from irritation. 

Specs

  • Material: 82% Polyester, 18% Polyurethane
  • Sizing: Small to 3XL
  • Care: Machine wash cold, hang dry

Pros

  • 4-way stretch
  • Fair pricing 
  • No “plastic” rubbing noise when exercising 
  • Elastic hoodie
  • Very soft and comfortable

Cons

  • The Korean label is difficult for some to understand
  • Cannot purchase bottoms separately

Made with four-way stretch and double overlock stitching for added durability, this sauna suit for women comes with a hoodie to trap in even more heat. It’s windproof and waterproof for use in any season or weather, making it easier if you run back and forth between an outdoor sauna and a workout area.

Wearers love that there’s no plastic rubbing sound when working out, like many other models. They also noted it has a super soft hand feel and comfortable fit.

You have the option to select the top separately, as well as purchase the complete set to customize this for your preferences and needs. The downside here is that you don’t have the option of purchasing the bottoms separately, so if you are a different size on top and bottom, you’re in a bind. Customers recommend sizing up if you’re in between sizes.

Best budget: RAD Sauna Suit

RAD

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This high-quality unisex nylon sauna suit comes in sizes medium to 6XL and costs under $40, so you can get your sweat on without hurting your wallet. 

Specs

  • Material: Nylon
  • Sizing: Medium-6XL
  • Care: Machine wash cold and line dry

Pros

  • Super budget-friendly
  • Inclusive sizing up to 6XL
  • Night vision reflective logo
  • Adjustable velcro cuffs
  • Wind and waterproof

Cons

  • Some issues with ripping
  • Sizing is off; order a size or two up

The RAD Sauna Suit is made with high-quality EVA nylon material, which matches its more expensive counterparts. With an added hood for increased heat-trapping and a cool style, the sauna suit features elastic at the cuffs, waist, waistline, and ankles for a seriously sweaty session. 

It’s designed as a unisex suit with super-inclusive sizing from medium to 6XL. It’s windproof and waterproof. It promises you’ll start sweating within five minutes of use, though you may want to pair it with an infrared sauna if you are set on achieving that.

Reviewers are amazed at the quality for the inexpensive price point, noting that it’s durable, long-lasting, and “does the job.” Note that it can feel snug in the pants, so consider that when choosing your size. Plus, some noticed light ripping or snagging after a few months. We really recommend following the care instructions to ensure your suit will last. And do not tumble dry! 

Best durability: Kutting Weight – Neoprene Sauna Suit

Kutting Weight

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Made from the most durable Neoprene fabric, this long-lasting sauna suit is sure to offer maximum sweat sessions with minimum worries—no tears, rips, or snags.

Specs

  • Material: Neoprene
  • Sizing: XS-6XL
  • Care: Machine wash and line dry

Pros

  • Made from the highest quality Neoprene
  • Sleek and slim design
  • Soft hand-feel
  • Excellent value
  • Stylish

Cons

  • Some may not like how snug it fits
  • Not full body

Crafted from SweatTech elastic Neoprene, this sauna suit is built to last. The Neoprene is an updated version of the classic fabric, with a more flexible design and softer hand-feel. It’s finished with a smooth layer of lycra for even more comfort.

It features triple-reinforced stitching for added durability and mesh paneling along the sides for optimal comfort and breathability. Unlike other baggy models, the design is form-fitting and sleek to offer support through your workouts.

One big advantage comes from the look and style of this suit compared to other options. Plus, it’s even cheaper than less durable alternatives. In short, it’s an excellent value for what high quality you get. However, take note that this is not a full-body design—it stops at the forearm and knees.

Things to consider when looking to buy the best sauna suits

Material

The three main types of materials used to make sauna suits are PVC, nylon, and Neoprene. We recommend Neoprene or high-quality nylon. PVC is flimsy and cheap, making it susceptible to tears and rips.

Ventilation

Of course, you want to trap heat when wearing a sauna suit, but you also want to choose an option that breathes just enough to allow your body to cool itself. You don’t want to risk overheating or falling ill. You can literally die if used incorrectly.

Size

If your sauna suit is too tight, it might cut off circulation. If it’s too big, it might not work as effectively. Find a comfortable, true-to-size fit.

Cost

Sauna suit pricing varies depending on material and brand, but you should definitely be able to get quality suits under $100.

What else to know before buying the best sauna suits

  • More research is needed. The benefits of wearing a sauna suit are largely based on anecdotal evidence. While many people have experienced great benefits from using sauna suits, it’s important to note that more clinical trials must be done to make definitive claims. Always consult with your doctor.
  • They are not recommended for weight loss. Rapid weight loss due to sauna suits is only temporary (you’re losing excessive water weight that will be replenished when you rehydrate). Those with a higher BMI are at an even higher risk of dehydration, according to research.

Related: Best portable saunas

FAQs

Q: Isn’t all the weight you lose with a sauna suit just water weight?

The rapid weight loss you may experience when wearing a sauna suit is indeed attributed to water weight. This is why we don’t recommend wearing a suit for weight loss specifically. Weight loss may be a result of working out with a suit, but it should not be your primary goal. Talk to your doctor before wearing a sauna suit, and listen to their recommendations carefully to prevent serious harm.

Q: Do you wear clothes under a sauna suit?

You can definitely wear clothes under a sauna suit. We recommend wearing sweat-wicking, tight-fitting clothing underneath your suit so that you can feel most comfortable. 

Q: How do I clean my sauna suit?

Cleaning your sauna suit is simple and easy. Always check the care instructions on the label, but a good rule of thumb is to machine wash at a cooler temperature and line dry.

Q: How much do sauna suits cost?

The price of sauna suits varies depending on the materials used, if it is a pant and top set, and how well-made they are. That said, most sauna suits cost under $100, with some as cheap as $30.

Final thoughts on the best sauna suits

If you’re an athlete or simply exploring the possible benefits of Induced sweating, then wearing the best sauna suit can help you maximize those effects. Just be sure to hydrate as much as possible and take it at your own pace. Also, consult a doctor before and during use to ensure you’re not damaging your body.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best sauna suits of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Amazon dropped these DeWalt tools to their cheapest prices ever for Prime Day https://www.popsci.com/gear/dewalt-tools-amazon-prime-day-deals-october-2023/ Wed, 11 Oct 2023 13:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=578671
A full dewalt tool kit
Dewalt

Save big on DeWalt drills, impact drivers, saws, batteries, and even suspenders during Amazon's October Prime Day.

The post Amazon dropped these DeWalt tools to their cheapest prices ever for Prime Day appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A full dewalt tool kit
Dewalt

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Update: You all really liked these deals so much that many of them sold out. Stock changes frequently, so check back and see if something doesn’t show up or it’s no longer on-sale. Here are some Ryobi tool deals that are still active as of 7:30 p.m. eastern.

You don’t have to be an expert builder to appreciate a good power tool. Right now, Amazon has Dewalt tools on deep discount as part of its Prime Big Deal Days promotion. While we’re used to seeing regular price drops on some of these products, most of them are at their lowest price we’ve seen this year … and sometimes ever. If you’re looking for a great gift or just some new hardware to round out your toolbox, this is a great time to jump on these deals.

Note: You’ll have to be an Amazon Prime member to take advantage of most of these deals, so be sure you’re signed up before making a purchase.

o, and it’s probably worth picking up, even if you already have tons of tools in another system. It’s also a perfect gift.

DEWALT 20V MAX Power Tool Combo Kit, 4-Tool Cordless Power Tool Set with Battery and Charger $399 (was $639)

Dewalt

SEE IT

If you want a full-on pro-grade tool kit instantly, this is a great deal. It includes an impact driver, a drill, a circular saw, a reciprocating saw, and an oscillating multitool. You also get two batteries, a charger, and a bag in which to carry everything.

More DeWalt Prime Day tool deals

Accessorizing other activities? Take a look at our ongoing list of Big Deal Days discounts.

Want more deals delivered to your inbox weekly? Sign up for PopSci’s Deals newsletter and save money on stuff you’ll really use.

The post Amazon dropped these DeWalt tools to their cheapest prices ever for Prime Day appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
You should probably throw away your pans and replace them with these Prime Day deals https://www.popsci.com/gear/pans-cookware-amazon-prime-day-october-2023/ Wed, 11 Oct 2023 19:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=578855
Pots and pans in a pattern on a white background
Amanda Reed

Cook up major savings on a new set of pots and pans and other cookware thanks to Amazon's October Prime Day, ending today.

The post You should probably throw away your pans and replace them with these Prime Day deals appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Pots and pans in a pattern on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Non-stick cookware is a kitchen favorite thanks to its ease of use, but you probably need to throw yours away. As soon as your nonstick cookware cracks, it begins to release “forever chemicals” called PFAS. Thankfully, Amazon Prime Big Deal Days gives you a chance to replace your old cookware with something infinitely less dangerous without spending a dangerous amount of money.

Note: You’ll have to be an Amazon Prime member to take advantage of most of these deals, so be sure you’re signed up before making a purchase.

Blue Diamond Cookware Tri-Ply Stainless Steel Ceramic Nonstick, 11 Piece Cookware Pots and Pans Set $99.99 (Was $199.99)

Blue Diamond

SEE IT

This cookware set includes 8-inch, 9.5-inch, and 11-inch frying pans; 2-quart and 2.5-quart Chef’s pans with lids; a 6-quart stock pot with lid; nylon slotted turner; and a solid spoon. The metal utensil-safe and Blue Diamond’s diamond-infused coating is five times harder and lasts 10 times longer than traditional nonstick pans. The pans are free of PFAS, PFOA, lead, and cadmium, and three-layer stainless steel bodies deliver even heating and incredible durability. They’re oven and broiler-safe up to 600°F and dishwasher-safe for easy cleanup. Durable glass lids allow for easy food monitoring and are oven-safe up to 425°F. Riveted stainless steel handles give you a secure and comfortable grip. They work on all stovetops, including induction.

Here are more cookware deals we think will go like hotcakes and it’s stuff that’s great for cooking them, too:

Accessorizing other activities? Take a look at our ongoing list of Big Deal Days discounts.

Want more deals delivered to your inbox weekly? Sign up for PopSci’s Deals newsletter and save money on stuff you’ll really use.

The post You should probably throw away your pans and replace them with these Prime Day deals appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Brew $45 in savings on this Keurig K-Compact single-serve coffee maker https://www.popsci.com/gear/keurig-coffee-maker-amazon-prime-day-deals-october-2023/ Tue, 10 Oct 2023 21:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=578426
A Keurig coffee maker on a white background
Amanda Reed

Plus, save 41% on a Nespresso Vertuo machine if that's more your jam during Amazon Prime Big Deal Days.

The post Brew $45 in savings on this Keurig K-Compact single-serve coffee maker appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Keurig coffee maker on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Coffee first thing in the morning makes the world go ’round. If your drip coffee maker has seen better days, consider upgrading to a pod system for easy, breezy brewing. It’s never been easier to upgrade your kitchen counter with a new coffee machine, thanks to Amazon Prime Big Deal Days. This deal on a Keurig K-Compact Single-Serve K-Cup Pod Coffee Maker is also one of the biggest sales we’ve seen. But hurry, Prime Day only runs through Oct. 11, and items change price/go out of stock quickly.

Note: You’ll have to be an Amazon Prime member to take advantage of most of these deals, so be sure you’re signed up before making a purchase.

Keurig K-Compact Single-Serve K-Cup Pod Coffee Maker, Black $49.99 (Was $99.99)

Keurig

SEE IT

Go from coffeeless to caffeinated in less than a minute with Keurig’s K-Compact Single-Serve coffee maker. Simply insert a pod, choose your desired cup brew size, and wait. A 36-ounce reservoir means you won’t need to refill the water tank constantly, and a removable drip tray accommodates travel mugs up to seven inches tall. If you’re a “did I leave the oven on before I left?” kind of person, this coffee maker includes an auto-off feature that turns it off two hours after your last brew, saving your energy and sanity levels.

Here are other sip-worthy coffee deals for Amazon Prime Big Deal Days:

Accessorizing other activities? Take a look at our ongoing list of Big Deal Days discounts.

Want more deals delivered to your inbox weekly? Sign up for PopSci’s Deals newsletter and save money on stuff you’ll really use.

The post Brew $45 in savings on this Keurig K-Compact single-serve coffee maker appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Amazon Prime Day beauty and personal care deals on Crest, Oral-B, and more https://www.popsci.com/gear/personal-care-amazon-prime-day-deals-october-2023/ Wed, 11 Oct 2023 16:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=578757
Personal care and beauty products repeating in a pattern on a whilte background
Amanda Reed

De-crust yourself on the cheap with these beauty and personal care deals, part of Amazon Prime Big Deal Days.

The post The best Amazon Prime Day beauty and personal care deals on Crest, Oral-B, and more appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Personal care and beauty products repeating in a pattern on a whilte background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Dentists recommend replacing your toothbrush every three months. From personal experience, we know the toothbrush currently sitting on your bathroom counter is frayed, splayed, busted, and crusted. Amazon’s October Prime Big Deal Days—ending today—allow you to stock up on toothbrushes that will make your dentist smile the next time you go in for a cleaning.

Note: You’ll have to be an Amazon Prime member to take advantage of most of these deals, so be sure you’re signed up before making a purchase.

Oral-B Genius X Limited, Electric Toothbrush with Artificial Intelligence $99.99 (Was $199.99)

Oral-B

SEE IT

A tech-filled toothbrush is something you actually need. Artificial intelligence and motion sensors recognize your brushing style and give you personal coaching on brushing better. Hook it up to the Oral-B app to show you where you’ve missed and how long you’ve brushed for—perfect if your definition of two minutes before coffee is a little loose. Gum pressure control stops you from brushing too hard to protect your gums, and six cleaning modes help you get specific with how you would like to clean.

Here are more toothbrushes, hygiene, and beauty deals happening as part of Prime Day 2. It ends today, so snag a new toothbrush before the sale ends.

Oral care deals

Beauty and personal care deals

Accessorizing other activities? Take a look at our ongoing list of Big Deal Days discounts.

Want more deals delivered to your inbox weekly? Sign up for PopSci’s Deals newsletter and save money on stuff you’ll really use.

The post The best Amazon Prime Day beauty and personal care deals on Crest, Oral-B, and more appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best Amazon Prime Day deals on sheds and outdoor storage—Keter, Arrow, and more https://www.popsci.com/gear/shed-outdoor-storage-amazon-prime-day-deals-october-2023/ Tue, 10 Oct 2023 16:36:06 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=578306
A green shed on a white background
Amanda Reed

Protect your lawn equipment with a new shed or outdoor storage box, on sale as part of October Prime Day.

The post Best Amazon Prime Day deals on sheds and outdoor storage—Keter, Arrow, and more appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A green shed on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

A garage is a perfectly acceptable place for storage, but sometimes your tools just need a little house of their own. If you’ve wanted to incorporate a shed or other form of outdoor storage into your backyard, consider now a great time to do so: Prime Big Deal Days gives you up to 30% of savings on Arrow Select, Handy Home, Keter Factory, and more.

Note: You’ll have to be an Amazon Prime member to take advantage of most of these deals, so be sure you’re signed up before making a purchase.

Handy Home Products Rookwood 10 X 8 Do-it-Yourself Wooden Storage Shed $1,318.70 (Was $1,899)

Handy Home

SEE IT

Harken back to the times of Sears catalog houses with this build-it-yourself shed from Handy Home. It has enough vertical storage for ladders, racks, shovels, and more, and its strong wood withstands wind and snow. Extra-large wide doors on galvanized steel hinges give you easy access, and it comes ready to paint out of the box. It comes with or without a floor for custom foundations, and you can even turn it into your own little office away from the house.

Here are more shed and outdoor storage deals happening this Prime Big Deal Days:

Accessorizing other activities? Take a look at our ongoing list of Big Deal Days discounts.

Want more deals delivered to your inbox weekly? Sign up for PopSci’s Deals newsletter and save money on stuff you’ll really use.

The post Best Amazon Prime Day deals on sheds and outdoor storage—Keter, Arrow, and more appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best October Prime Day home deals from Shark, Ninja, Mr. Coffee, and more https://www.popsci.com/gear/home-amazon-prime-day-deals-october-2023/ Tue, 10 Oct 2023 10:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=578127
A Dyson V11 vacuum in a spiral
Amanda Reed

Zhuzh up your home with a new vacuum, air purifier, or air fryer as part of Amazon Big Deal Days.

The post The best October Prime Day home deals from Shark, Ninja, Mr. Coffee, and more appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Dyson V11 vacuum in a spiral
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

They say spring is the best time to clean, but we argue that fall is the best time to get your home into tip-top shape. Rainy autumn days and snowy winter nights mean you’ll spend a lot of time indoors—might as well make a mean cup of coffee and vacuum your entire place while snowed in. Amazon’s Prime Big Deal Days—happening today and tomorrow—give you a chance to upgrade your appliances and vacuums so dust bunnies don’t have a chance to hibernate.

You’ll have to be an Amazon Prime member to take advantage of most of these deals, so be sure you’re signed up before making a purchase.

Dyson V11 Plus Cordless Vacuum Cleaner, Nickel/Purple, Large $469.99 (Was $799)

Dyson

SEE IT

From stairs to pet hair, this vacuum tackles it all with ease. It offers an hour of run time, with a power trigger enabling you to use power only where you need it. A clear LCD screen shows power modes, maintenance alerts, and the remaining run time to the second. Speaking of cleaning modes, there are three of them for you to choose from. Whole-machine filtration traps 99% of particles as small as 0.3 microns, which is perfect for sneezy pet parents. Seven included accessories, including a mattress tool and a low-reach adapter, let you turn this machine into a one-stop cleaning sidekick.

Check out these other home deals happening during Prime Big Deal Days:

Robovac deals

Upright vacuum deals

Cookware deals

Appliance and kitchen deals

Air purifier and humidifier deals

Digital picture frame deals

Pet products deals

Accessorizing other activities? Take a look at our ongoing list of Big Deal Days discounts.

Want more deals delivered to your inbox weekly? Sign up for PopSci’s Deals newsletter and save money on stuff you’ll really use.

The post The best October Prime Day home deals from Shark, Ninja, Mr. Coffee, and more appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best October Prime Day tool deals from Ryobi, Craftsman, DeWalt, and more https://www.popsci.com/gear/tools-amazon-prime-day-deals-october-2023/ Tue, 10 Oct 2023 11:20:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=577924
Tools on sale on a white background
Amanda Reed

Change up your living room on the cheap with these tool deals, part of Amazon's October Prime Big Deal Days.

The post The best October Prime Day tool deals from Ryobi, Craftsman, DeWalt, and more appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Tools on sale on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The temperature is starting to drop, which means you’re about to spend more time in the great indoors. That may sound alluring to introverts (myself included), but looking at the same walls all the time can make you go a little stir-crazy. Thankfully, tools from 3M, DeWalt, and more are on sale as part of Prime Big Deal Days—happening today and tomorrow—to build up your home improvement arsenal.

You’ll have to be an Amazon Prime member to take advantage of most of these deals, so be sure you’re signed up before making a purchase.

CRAFTSMAN 12 Gallon 6 Peak HP Wet/Dry Vac $142.99 (Was $179.99)

Craftsman

SEE IT

Clean-up is the most tedious part of any DIY project—make it easy with a shop vac. This one from Craftsman holds 12 gallons of crust, dust, and crud, and even doubles as a leaf blower. It can suck up wet and dry messes and is incredibly maneuverable. A lid-mounted accessory caddy with hose management keeps everything in line so you don’t lose parts or trip over the hose.

Check out these other tool deals happening during Prime Big Deal Days:

Craftsman tool deals

Ryobi tool deals

Dremel tool deals

3M tool deals

DeWalt tool deals

Here’s a larger list of DeWalt tool deals

Accessorizing other activities? Take a look at our ongoing list of Big Deal Days discounts.

Want more deals delivered to your inbox weekly? Sign up for PopSci’s Deals newsletter and save money on stuff you’ll really use.

The post The best October Prime Day tool deals from Ryobi, Craftsman, DeWalt, and more appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save 63% on Lenox holiday dinner plates and more festive deals this Amazon Prime Day https://www.popsci.com/gear/holiday-amazon-prime-day-deals-october-2023/ Wed, 11 Oct 2023 12:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=578612
Save up to 63% on holiday decorations and toys during Amazon Prime Day.

Get a jump on your holiday planning with these discounted decorations and toys for Christmas and Hanukkah.

The post Save 63% on Lenox holiday dinner plates and more festive deals this Amazon Prime Day appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Save up to 63% on holiday decorations and toys during Amazon Prime Day.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

It may not be Halloween, but it’s never too soon to start thinking about the year-end holidays. Get a head start on your planning with big savings during Amazon’s October Big Deal Days. Whether you’re looking for a pretty new set of china or the latest toys for your kids, you can take advantage of the deals and check these items off your list.

Note: You’ll have to be an Amazon Prime member to take advantage of most of these deals, so be sure you’re signed up before making a purchase.

Lenox Holiday Dinner Plate Set $112.46 (was $300)

Lenox

SEE IT

Take your holiday table up a notch with this dinner set from Lenox. These plates are made of bone china and have a holly design and 24-karat gold around the perimeter. They’re designed to last and are backed by Lenox’s Lifetime Breakage Replacement Program, should one drop on the way into the kitchen. They’re also dishwasher-safe, which makes cleanup a cinch. And the deal is as sweet as holiday cookies: this set is 63% off for Amazon Prime Day.

Prime Day deals on decorations

Prime Day deals on toys

Accessorizing other activities? Take a look at our ongoing list of Big Deal Days discounts.

Want more deals delivered to your inbox weekly? Sign up for PopSci’s Deals newsletter and save money on stuff you’ll really use.

The post Save 63% on Lenox holiday dinner plates and more festive deals this Amazon Prime Day appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save more than 50% on hard drives, SSDs, and memory cards for Prime Day https://www.popsci.com/gear/memory-cards-hard-drives-amazon-prime-day-deals-2023/ Tue, 10 Oct 2023 22:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=578519
Amazon Prime Day storage deals
Stan Horaczek

Whether you're backing up your data or feeding your camera, save on storage this Prime Day.

The post Save more than 50% on hard drives, SSDs, and memory cards for Prime Day appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Amazon Prime Day storage deals
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Digital storage isn’t fun to buy. It’s not like a fun piece of workout gear or a giant new TV. But, if you skimp on digital storage now, you risk losing your pictures, videos, documents, and pretty much everything else on your computer. That would suck. Luckily, Amazon’s October Big Deal Days event brings with it some very solid discounts on everything from SSDs to hard drives to memory cards. Here are some stand-out deals to store your digital stuff.

External hard drives

SSDs for gaming consoles

SSDs

Portable SSDs

Network-attached storage drives

Internal hard drives

Memory cards

Accessorizing other activities? Take a look at our ongoing list of Big Deal Days discounts.

Want more deals delivered to your inbox weekly? Sign up for PopSci’s Deals newsletter and save money on stuff you’ll really use.

The post Save more than 50% on hard drives, SSDs, and memory cards for Prime Day appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best October Prime Day deals on solar generators from Jackery, Bluetti, and more https://www.popsci.com/gear/solar-generators-amazon-prime-day-deals-october-2023/ Tue, 10 Oct 2023 11:05:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=577903
October Prime Day solar generator deals tiled
Stan Horaczek

Keep the juice flowing even during a power outage with these portable solar generators.

The post The best October Prime Day deals on solar generators from Jackery, Bluetti, and more appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
October Prime Day solar generator deals tiled
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

You likely won’t know just how much you’ll appreciate a solar generator until you really need one. These robust portable backups offer huge batteries that can power full-sized appliances in a pinch. That’s crucial during a blackout or a camping trip. Unlike the gas-powered competition, they run silently and are often highly portable. Plus, they can draw power directly from the sun with optional solar panel attachments. These power stations require some investment, which makes them a perfect purchase during Amazon’s October Prime Day sale. Save more than $1,000 on some models. You’ll be so glad you did next time everything goes dark.

Note: You’ll have to be an Amazon Prime member to take advantage of most of these deals, so be sure you’re signed up before making a purchase.

Jackery solar generator deals

Anker solar generator deals

Bluetti solar generator deals

Accessorizing other activities? Take a look at our ongoing list of Big Deal Days discounts.

Want more deals delivered to your inbox weekly? Sign up for PopSci’s Deals newsletter and save money on stuff you’ll really use.

The post The best October Prime Day deals on solar generators from Jackery, Bluetti, and more appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Whip 45% off the Vitamix 5200 Blender this Prime Day https://www.popsci.com/gear/vitamix-5200-amazon-prime-day-deal-october-2023/ Tue, 10 Oct 2023 13:58:15 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=578179
The Vitamix 5200 Blender is 45 % off this Prime Day.

Get a great deal on an appliance that deserves the real estate on your countertop.

The post Whip 45% off the Vitamix 5200 Blender this Prime Day appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Vitamix 5200 Blender is 45 % off this Prime Day.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Amazon’s October Deal Days is an excellent time to stock up on kitchen appliances. A high-quality blender is an essential that earns its counter space, as it can handle everything from smoothies to soups. And trusted brands like Vitamix and Ninja have deeply discounted their offerings. So take advantage of the savings Oct. 10-11, but act fast, as these prices aren’t likely to last much longer than it takes to whip up a batch of margaritas.

Note: You’ll have to be an Amazon Prime member to take advantage of most of these deals, so be sure you’re signed up before making a purchase.

Vitamix 5200 Blender 64 oz. $299.95 (was $549.99)

Vitamix

SEE IT

Start chili season by saving 45% on a blender that’s designed to last through the years. Part of Vitamix’s line of high-quality blenders, the 5200 features a 64-ounce container and aircraft-grade stainless steel blades to puree the most hardened of vegetables. It’s designed with a dial that lets you toggle between 10 different speeds to get the best consistency. Once you’re done, this blender is easy to clean, so you can spend more time at the table and less time cleaning up. But don’t wait; a deal like this on a timeless appliance won’t last.

More Prime Day deals on blenders

Find more great deals on appliances for your home.

Accessorizing other rooms of the house? Take a look at our ongoing list of Big Deal Days discounts.

Want more deals delivered to your inbox weekly? Sign up for PopSci’s Deals newsletter and save money on stuff you’ll really use.

The post Whip 45% off the Vitamix 5200 Blender this Prime Day appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save up to $240 on Amazon Echos, Kindles, and more for October Prime Day https://www.popsci.com/gear/kindle-echo-ring-fire-amazon-prime-day-deals-october-2023/ Tue, 10 Oct 2023 11:25:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=577974
The best Amazon device deals Prime Day
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Need a new router or security camera? You've come to the right place for some fire deals that'll ring your bell.

The post Save up to $240 on Amazon Echos, Kindles, and more for October Prime Day appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best Amazon device deals Prime Day
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Amazon hosts Prime Day, but it’s also an active participant. The company has slashed the prices of its Kindles, Fire TV streaming devices, Ring cameras, eero WiFi routers, and more. These gadgets can help you finish your work efficiently and then kick back once the day is over to enjoy your favorite TV shows and movies. Whether you’re treating yourself or want to get a jumpstart on holiday shopping, there’s a little something for everybody in these deals.

Note: You’ll have to be an Amazon Prime member to take advantage of most of these deals, so be sure you’re signed up before making a purchase.

Ring Video Doorbell $54.99 (was $99.99)

Ring

SEE IT

Ring’s Video Doorbell is among the best-known smart home security gadgets and is down to its lowest price ever for Prime Day. The doorbell’s camera can record 1080P video, has a night vision to capture clear images in low-light situations, and a motion sensor to alert you when someone has approached your home. You’ll need to connect this doorbell to a home with preexisting wiring, but battery-powered models are also on sale—see more on that below.

Once the doorbell is installed, you can set it up and manage it using the Ring app. You also have the option to subscribe to the Ring Protect Plan, which comes with cloud storage for your video clips and costs $3.99 per month or $39.99 per year. Nobody likes to think about what to do if a burglary happens, but the Ring Video Doorbell can act as a deterrent and leave you with valuable evidence if someone does happen to get inside.

The best Echo deals

The best Fire TV deals

The best Fire Tablet deals

The best Kindle deals

The best Ring deals

The best Eero router deals

Accessorizing other activities? Take a look at our ongoing list of Big Deal Days discounts.

Want more deals delivered to your inbox weekly? Sign up for PopSci’s Deals newsletter and save money on stuff you’ll really use.

The post Save up to $240 on Amazon Echos, Kindles, and more for October Prime Day appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save up to $50 on Govee smart lighting during this early Amazon Prime Day sale https://www.popsci.com/gear/govee-smart-lighting-deal-amazon-prime-day-2023/ Fri, 06 Oct 2023 17:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=577636
Govee RGB strip lights tiled
Stan Horaczek

The best LED strip lights are getting the early Prime Day treatment in the form of very solid discounts across the board.

The post Save up to $50 on Govee smart lighting during this early Amazon Prime Day sale appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Govee RGB strip lights tiled
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Whether you’re trying to ramp up your spooky season decorations for Halloween or your room needs a lighting makeover, head over to Amazon to check out these early Prime Day deals on Govee smart lighting. We’re big fans of Govee’s products for both indoor and outdoor situations, and right now, you can save up to $50 on some of the company’s most popular products. So, ditch that clapped-out old floor lamp you’ve had since high school and upgrade your illumination. Note: Just about all these deals require clicking a box on the product page (right below the price) to activate a coupon, so make sure you do that to get the best price.

Govee RGBIC LED Strip Lights, 32.8ft Smart LED Lights $18.99 (Was $28.99)

Govee

SEE IT

This is the simplest, cheapest way to give your room an entirely new look. This 32.8-foot string of lights takes commands from an app or a wired remote. The lights can produce up to 16 million colors, sync up with your music, and perform up to 64 pre-programmed routines to make your living space more lively. They’re easy to hang, and you can add more strings if you need to cover more space. It’s a no-brainer at this price, and a great taste of the kind of deals we’ll be bringing to you throughout Oct. 11-12.

More Govee smart lighting deals

The post Save up to $50 on Govee smart lighting during this early Amazon Prime Day sale appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
ARCAM spotlights industrial redesign with new Radia Series https://www.popsci.com/gear/arcam-radia-series-launch-news/ Tue, 03 Oct 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=576679
ARCAM A25 integrated amp on a pedestal within a yellow halo
Tony Ware

For music fans looking for a warm, well-appointed audio system, this new generation of streaming-ready stereo may be the yellow brick road.

The post ARCAM spotlights industrial redesign with new Radia Series appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
ARCAM A25 integrated amp on a pedestal within a yellow halo
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

For many, finding the time to listen to music can be declared a bright spot in the day. For us yammering music nerds, high frequencies during particularly active tracks may be described in glowing terms. There are far fewer folks, however, who speak about their actual audio components with extremely colorful descriptions—”sleek” is high praise but still a very cold adjective. ARCAM, a member of the HARMAN Luxury Audio portfolio, wants to add vivid details to your listening sesh and your setup’s look.

Entrance to the Vinyl Factory SoHo London during the Oct. 3 ARCAM Radia Series launch event.
Tony Ware

Revealed at an event held Oct. 3 in London’s Vinyl Factory Soho gallery, the new Radia Series introduces an updated aesthetic to ARCAM’s hardware, still backed by a long heritage of British audio architecture. “Radia Yellow” detailing speaks to the energy that the company—founded in 1976 as “Amplification & Recording, Cambridge,” shortened to A&R Cambridge, succinctly branded ARCAM—imbues through a focus on plentiful power and contemporary connectivity.

The ARCAM A25 integrated amplifier showing off a stripe of Radia Yellow detailing
The ARCAM A25 integrated amplifier shows off the smooth, matte black surface, redesigned satin black symmetrical knobs, gentle lighting effects, and other details that define the Radia Series. ARCAM

The initial Radia flagship family centres on five products: the ARCAM A5, A15, and A25 integrated amplifiers; the CD5 CD player; and the ST5 high-resolution streamer. The new amps feature 2x50W (A5) or 2x80W (A15) Class AB amplification plus new digital circuitry based on the ESS ES9018 DAC, stepping up to 2x100W Class G and an ESS ES9280AQ DAC in the A25 (all driven at 8Ω, but stable at 4Ω). All of them have two-way Bluetooth aptX Adaptive receivers with internal antennas (so you can connect wireless headphones or earbuds), as well as a 3.5mm headphone jack for listening solo (RMS into 32Ω/300Ω 2.5V/5V, load range 16Ω – 2kΩ). As for what you can listen to, there are three analog RCA inputs, Coaxial/Optical digital inputs, and an MM phono stage (plus the A25 adds a USB-C, perfect for playing directly off the new iPhone 15). Oh, and the DACs have three selectable digital filters.

The ST5 music streamer supports Google Chromecast, Apple Airplay2, MQA, Roon, Spotify Connect, TIDAL Connect, Qobuz, Amazon Music Unlimited, UPnP, and more, with an ESS ES9019 DAC and 24-bit/192 kHz resolution. The CD5, meanwhile, can play physical media, including retail CDs, CD-Rs, and CD-RWs—both Redbook and with FLAC and WAV files (which can also be decoded via USB). A “comms” cable between components (which are stackable) allows them to wake one another and sync volume changes from, say, a streaming app to the ST5 to the amp.

ARCAM A25 integrated amplifier rear cowl
Tony Ware

We’ve spoken highly of ARCAM AV receivers and their ability to balance clarity and muscularity throughout home theater’s dynamic transitions, so we expected a similar focus on spacious musicality, midrange accuracy, and smooth highs without losing articulate timing. And our first look and listen showed the company’s two-channel refresh to be punchy above its price point. We’ll have more to say about the Radia Series once we’ve had some hands-on time with the hardware. For now, we can share that pricing begins at $699 for the A5, going up to $1,099 for the A15 and $1,499 for the A25, while the ST5 streamer is $799 and the CD5 is $699. The products will be available at retailers in Q4 2023. In the meantime, you can visit www.arcam.co.uk for more details.

The ARCAM A25 integrated amplifier and ST5 high-resolution streamer on a credenza between JBL L100 speakers
ARCAM

The post ARCAM spotlights industrial redesign with new Radia Series appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best under-desk bikes of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-under-desk-bike/ Sat, 13 Mar 2021 14:00:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-under-desk-bike/
Get some exercise while you work with one of the best under-desk bikes.

Forget whistling while you work—try cycling while you conference. Here’s what to consider when shopping for the best under-desk bike for you.

The post The best under-desk bikes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Get some exercise while you work with one of the best under-desk bikes.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Portable DeskCycle Under Desk Bike Pedal Exerciser DeskCycle Under Desk Bike Pedal Exerciser
SEE IT

A compact model that offers eight resistance modes.

Best Elliptical Cubii JR2 Under Desk Elliptical over white background Cubii JR2 Seated Under Desk Elliptical Machine
SEE IT

Comes with a built-in monitor and an app to track your progress.

Best Budget Wakeman Portable Fitness Stationary Under Desk Bike Wakeman Portable Fitness Stationary Under Desk Bike
SEE IT

A no-frills option that allows you to adjust resistance.

If you’re looking to get some exercise in while you work, consider an under-desk bike. They enable you to go about your day while stretching your muscles, getting your heartbeat up, and improving your circulation. They’re especially good if you spend so much time at your desk that you can’t get to the gym after work or hit the road for an actual bike ride. Those are the obvious benefits. There are other less obvious under-desk bike benefits: Do you have trouble sitting still? Think of a pedal exerciser as a fidget spinner for your legs. Are you in a thermostat war at work and constantly freezing? Warm yourself right up with a few turns of the wheel. Some fans of the cycling desk even report increased focus and concentration. Maybe you’ve never considered incorporating home exercise equipment into your workday, but it could be time to! That’s why we’ve compiled what to know to buy one of the best under-desk bikes for your lifestyle.

How we chose the best under-desk bikes

In compiling our list of the best under-desk bikes, we considered the functionality of the bikes, resistance levels, whether they tracked metrics, if they featured an associated app, and if they had extra features like resistance bands. We also took into account under-desk bike reviews, mobility and portability, and price.

The best under-desk bikes: Reviews & Recommendations

Just because an under-desk bike is lower profile than its home-gym counterparts, like treadmills and ellipticals, doesn’t mean it still can’t be a serious piece of equipment. Here are our picks for a range of needs:

Best overall: Davcreator Under Desk Bike Pedal Exerciser

Davcreator

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Aluminum alloy, plastic
  • Dimensions: 19.9 inches D x 12.8 inches W x 9.6 inches H
  • Weight: 22 pounds
  • Resistance levels: 8

Pros

  • Well-made
  • Ability to track metrics on LCD screen
  • Large pedals

Cons

  • No smart functionality

If you want to improve your strength and endurance and measure your progress, the Davcreator Under Desk Bike Pedal Exerciser is a good choice. This under-desk bike is designed with a magnetic resistance flywheel that’s quiet enough for you to take phone calls or watch TV as you pedal. This device is also designed with a knob that allows you to dial up eight resistance levels, including a warm-up and cool-down. The LCD screen shows basic metrics like speed, time, and calories burned. The pedals are also large and have treads to prevent slippage.

Best with app: Stamina Inmotion E1000 Compact Lower Body Workout Strider Machine

Stamina

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Steel, plastic
  • Dimensions: 17 inches D x 24.5 inches W x 12 inches H
  • Weight: 24 pounds
  • Resistance levels: Adjusts with knob, no specific levels

Pros

  • Provides personalized fitness coaching
  • Tracks performance over time
  • Large pedals

Cons

  • No specific resistance levels

Even with a low-impact exercise device you use sitting down, you may want some coaching and accountability. The Stamina Inmotion E1000 Compact Lower Body Workout Strider Machine provides access to an app called müüv. In addition to tracking all your sessions, the app offers personalized coaching and 500 minutes of training per month, plus ad-free access to iHeart Radio. The LCD monitor lets you keep tabs on your strides per minute and calories burned. That said, it’s worth noting that this bike doesn’t have specific resistance levels, just a knob to increase and decrease intensity. And if you’re looking for more equipment to round out your home office, check out our guide to the best office chairs.

Best portable: DeskCycle Under Desk Bike Pedal Exerciser

DeskCycle

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Steel, plastic
  • Dimensions: 24 inches L x 20 inches W x 10 inches H
  • Weight: 23 pounds
  • Resistance levels: 8

Pros

  • Provides eight levels of resistance
  • Portable
  • LCD screen displays metrics

Cons

  • No tracking over time

At 23 pounds, the DeskCycle Under Desk Bike Pedal Exerciser isn’t the most lightweight option around, but it’s certainly portable enough to toss in the trunk of your car. This bike still provides the features that serious exercisers are looking for, with eight resistance levels and an LCD screen that displays key metrics like time, speed, and distance. For other low-impact options on the days you can get out of the house, check out our guide to the best electric bikes.

Best elliptical: Cubii JR2 Seated Under Desk Elliptical Machine

Cubii

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Plastic
  • Dimensions: 23.15 inches D x 17.56 inches W x 10 inches H
  • Weight: Under 20 pounds
  • Resistance levels: 8

Pros

  • Elliptical motion
  • Lightweight
  • Connected to an app

Cons

  • Heavy
  • Stats have to be entered manually in fitness device

Another compact option, this quiet under-desk elliptical bike has eight exercise levels and an LCD monitor. Use it with upper-body tools (like resistance bands) for an all-over workout. This has a handle that makes it easy to bring around your house or office. While there is a smartphone app, you have to manually enter your workout from the LCD screen. This makes the fitness tracking process less automatic than other options.

Best with desk: Exerpeutic 2500 Bluetooth 3-Way Adjustable Desk

Exerpeutic

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Steel, foam, plastic
  • Dimensions: 54 inches D x 25 inches W x 40 inches H
  • Weight: 16.24 pounds
  • Resistance levels: 14

Pros

  • Comfortable
  • 14 levels of resistance
  • Syncs with My Cloud Fitness app

Cons

  • Shipped in two boxes that may be delivered days apart

If you’re looking for a workstation with an under-desk bike, consider the Exerpeutic 2500 Bluetooth 3-Way Adjustable Desk. This model features an extra-large cushioned seat, adjustable backrest, swiveling desk, and soft hand grips for a comfortable work/exercise experience. This Bluetooth-compatible model syncs with the My Cloud Fitness app, which works with iOS and Android systems so that you can track your progress over time. Plus, buying an all-in-one product removes the hassle of measuring to make sure your desk is compatible, size-wise, with your bike. (Remember: A desk must accommodate your knees when raised to maximum pedal height.)

Best folding: Vaunn Medical Folding Pedal Exerciser

Vaunn

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Alloy steel, plastic
  • Dimensions: 18.25 inches L x 15.2 inches W x 11.25 inches H
  • Weight: 5.4 pounds
  • Resistance levels: Adjustable knob

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Easy to store
  • Can also be used for an upper-body workout

Cons

  • Doesn’t provide specific levels of resistance

If foldability and storage are more important to you than a range of features, the Vaunn Medical Folding Pedal Exerciser is a solid option. This fully assembled pedal exerciser also doubles as an arm exerciser. It runs on two AAA batteries and features an LCD display, an adjustable tension knob, and skid-resistant rubber feet for traction and stability no matter where you place it.

Best two-in-one: Sunny Health & Fitness Magnetic Mini Exercise Bike

Sunny

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Alloy steel, plastic 
  • Dimensions: 16.5 inches D x 20.5 inches W x 10.5 inches H
  • Weight: 19.1 pounds
  • Resistance levels: 8

Pros

  • Allows you to work out lower and upper body
  • Provides eight levels of resistance
  • Designed with a quiet magnetic flywheel

Cons

  • The bike may move while pedaling
  • Some users report poor quality materials

Consider the Sunny Health & Fitness Magnetic Mini Exercise Bike if you want your fitness device to multitask. This under-desk bike provides eight levels of resistance, and its flywheel ensures a quiet, smooth ride. When you’re done pedaling, you can place the device on your desk and give your arms a workout as well.

Best with resistance bands: LifePro Under Desk Bike Pedal Exerciser with Resistance Bands

LifePro

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Metal, plastic
  • Dimensions: 17.5 inches L x 20.9 inches W x 13.2 inches H
  • Weight: 18.1 pounds
  • Resistance levels: 8

Pros

  • Lets you work lower and upper body at once
  • Provides training videos
  • Allows you to track progress over time with app

Cons

  • Some users say pedals came off during use

Looking to work your lower and upper body at the same time? The Under Desk Bike Pedal Exerciser with Resistance Bands is a good option. This mini exercise bike under-desk provides eight levels of resistance for pedaling and bands that allow you to work on your upper body and grip strength simultaneously. LifePro also provides training videos, and you can track your stats on the LCD monitor and through the associated app.

Best budget: Wakeman Portable Fitness Stationary Under Desk Bike

Wakeman

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Metal, plastic
  • Dimensions: 14 inches D x 19.5 inches W x 9.5 inches H
  • Weight: 4.89 pounds
  • Resistance levels: 1

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Inexpensive
  • Battery-powered

Cons

  • Doesn’t track metrics
  • No specific resistance levels

You don’t get an LCD screen or Bluetooth capability with this no-frills stationary under-desk bike from Wakeman. But if your main goal is to get a low-impact workout in and you’re not looking to track your progress, this basic model is a budget-friendly option that’s light enough to take with you.

Things to consider when looking for the best under-desk bikes

The one thing you already know is that you’re interested in cycling while you work. Beyond that, choosing the best exercise bike for your desk comes down to your particular wants and needs. Whether you desire something lightweight and portable, compact and stowable, or frill-free and cheap, there’s a desk bike for you (and some even come with the desk!).

Portability

The key to a portable pedal exerciser is finding something that’s not terribly heavy, is easy to set up, and isn’t too bulky. (So not, for example, a bike with the desk attached.) A travel-friendly under-desk exercise bike has all the features you need without the bulk.

Portable options range from bare-bones hydraulic models to battery-powered cycles with LCD screens and fitness-tracker capabilities. There’s a wide spectrum depending on how much you want to spend.

Elliptical vs. classic models

An elliptical bike differs from a classic style in that the pedal strokes are oval (so you glide more than pump). Elliptical bikes are easier on your joints and bones because, unlike traditional bicycles, they’re no-impact (i.e., your feet never leave the pedals). But as far as the benefits go—cardiovascular health, muscle building, distraction—there’s no difference. Some people just prefer an elliptical ride.

The biggest key to keeping up a consistent workout schedule is finding something you enjoy, so if you prefer an elliptical bike in the gym, you’ll prefer one under your desk too.

Bike-desk combos

If you’re starting your exercise-friendly home office from scratch, pick up a bike-desk combo and call it a day. You don’t even necessarily have to sacrifice style or function—just take note of the weight limit of the particular model you’re considering to make sure it’s inclusive of all who will be using it.

Storage

When you get right down to it, all an under-desk bike really requires are two pedals. If you don’t need many bells and whistles and easy storage is your main concern, a folding pedal exerciser is the way to go. Especially If you’re getting a pedaler for physical therapy use, a simple, scaled-down design may be all you need.

Full-body workouts

Look at you, multi-multi-tasker! An arm bike gives you the same cardio benefits as a foot bike, but it also works your upper body, including your shoulders, neck, and core (major points of tension for those of us with desk jobs). Unlike with an under-desk bike, you can’t really type or answer the phone while you’re pedaling with your arms, but investing in a bike desk that doubles as an arm exerciser is a terrific way to get twice as much bang for your buck.

Price

If all you want to do is boost your circulation, get your heart rate up, and give yourself something to do while working on a boring project, there’s no reason to shell out a ton of money on a desk exercise bike. Will the bike you’re looking at fit under your desk? Does it pedal? Will your feet fit? If the answers are all yes, that’s all you need. Here’s the best under-desk bike we’ve found for less.

FAQs

Q: Are under-desk bikes any good?

It depends what you’re hoping to get out of it, but if you want to boost your heart rate, build muscle, find a productive way to fidget, squeeze in a workout when you have no time, or just give yourself a distraction during the day, then yes, desk bikes are great.

Q: How do I choose an under-desk bike?

Think about how much money you want to spend, whether you need extras (like Bluetooth capability or an LED screen), and how important it is that the bike is lightweight and portable. Also, consider whether you’d like it to double as an arm pedaler.

Q: What features should I look for in an under-desk bike?

If tracking your stats and progress is important to you, look for an under-desk bike with app compatibility. If you prefer the elliptical trainer to the stationary bike, treadmill, or stair climber at the gym, consider an elliptical bike. And if you’re going to be taking your cycle on the road, make sure to pick something that’s not too heavy and transports easily.

Q: How much does an under-desk bike cost?

The cost of an under-desk bike depends on its features. The Exerpeutic 2500 Bluetooth 3-Way Adjustable Desk, for example, is a complete workstation that costs about $300. But if you’re looking for a simple pedal, the budget-friendly Wakeman Portable Fitness Stationary Under Desk Bike costs about $20.

Final thoughts on the best under-desk bikes

Once you’ve decided to invest in desk exercise equipment, all you really need to do is consider the features that are important to you—like magnetic resistance, Bluetooth capability, an LED screen, portability, and affordability—to find the best under-desk pedal bike for you. The good news is it’s hard to go wrong when investing in your health.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best under-desk bikes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Fall for this 20%-off Vitamix blender on Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/vitamix-blender-amazon-fall-deal/ Tue, 03 Oct 2023 17:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=576811
A Vitamix blender on a purple and pink gradient background
Amanda Reed

You can put pumpkin in more things than a baked good. Explore your fall cooking options with this Vitamix blender at Amazon.

The post Fall for this 20%-off Vitamix blender on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Vitamix blender on a purple and pink gradient background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

It’s pumpkin season. Usually, that means pumpkin-based baked goods, but we’re fond of including the vitamin-rich fruit (yes, pumpkin is a fruit) in smoothies and soups. Whip up them fast when you get a Vitamix blender on sale at Amazon.

Vitamix E310 Explorian Blender $289.95 (Was $349.95)

Vitamix

SEE IT

You’re already saving on this blender, as it’s one of Vitamix’s cheaper models. Don’t discount its power, however. A 48-ounce container is perfect for making smoothies for everyone or just yourself. Yet you can still fit it under most kitchen cabinets. Variable speed control and pulse help you get the texture and consistency you’re looking for. A powerful, built-to-last motor lets you demolish the toughest of frozen fruits and veggies, with stainless steel blades that are resistant to dulling or bending.

Pumpkin season doesn’t happen all year, and neither does this deal—get it before it goes away and you have to hyper-fixate on a different seasonal item.

Here are more kitchen deals for pumpkin season and beyond:

The post Fall for this 20%-off Vitamix blender on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best outdoor bug zappers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-outdoor-bug-zapper/ Wed, 14 Jul 2021 07:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=374553
The best outdoor bug zappers will help keep inspects at bay.

Fight the bite and keep away the insects that would like to bug you with these outdoor bug zappers.

The post The best outdoor bug zappers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best outdoor bug zappers will help keep inspects at bay.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Black+Decker Bug Zapper is the best outdoor bug zapper overall. BLACK+DECKER Bug Zapper
SEE IT

The BLACK+DECKER is large, sturdy, and powerful.

Best budget The Ninonly Bug Zapper Light Bulb is the best outdoor bug zapper at a budget-friendly price. Ninonly Bug Zapper Light Bulb
SEE IT

Ninonly provides one of the best bug-zapping light bulbs that you can find.

Best handheld The Anne Diary Bug Zapper is the best outdoor bug zapper that's handheld. Anne Diary Electric Bug Zapper Racket
SEE IT

With the ability to swivel the killing racket head, you can effectively cover the target insect on any surface.

When you’re ready to head outside, the last thing you want to do is get bitten or swarmed by insects, so having an outdoor bug zapper is a good idea. They make your insect-fearing companions feel more at ease and can give your uncovered food and drink a standing chance against buzzing bugs. But there are many styles to choose from that, and it can be hard to pick out which bug zapper best suits your needs. To do our part, we compiled this list of the best outdoor bug zappers.

How we selected the best outdoor bug zappers

Bugs aren’t just pesky; they can sometimes be dangerous. When it comes to outdoor bug zappers, you want something that works, but you also want ingenuity. The location of the zapper, its shape, and its functional style all matter. And, despite being weapons of death against our exoskeleton-having foes, the best outdoor bug zappers don’t look like death themselves. As a result, the following list of the best outdoor bug zappers represents a variety of styles and forms of zappers that also happen to be attractive to the eye.

The best outdoor bug zappers: Reviews & Recommendations

Purchasing one of the following outdoor bug zappers should make your yard less insect-friendly. As most have lights, these insect repellents should also improve the visibility of your porch or patio a bit. However, we still recommend these solar deck lights for a brighter, more sustainable option for that purpose. Be sure to check over the whole list to find a style that suits your needs.

Best overall: BLACK+DECKER Bug Zapper

BLACK+DECKER

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a large size and tough exterior, this will get the job done easily.

Specs

  • Form: Lantern
  • Size: 32 x 12 x 32 inches
  • Target species: Fly, moth, mosquito, gnat, wasp

Pros

  • Can choose between hanging or putting on table
  • Cleaning-free option
  • Tough, waterproof exterior

Cons

  • Dead bugs sometimes stick to zapping element

For a quick-killing machine with a hard, weather-resistant exterior, the BLACK+DECKER is a great choice. It can hang on your patio or sit on a table. This choice is important, too, because it’ll change how you choose to use the zapper. While on a table, you’ll want the collection tray placed in. However, if you hang the BLACK+DECKER over grass, you can leave the bottom collection tray off so bugs will fall to the ground directly, reducing cleaning. However, this is a powerful zapper, so sometimes a bug will burn directly on the element, meaning you’ll have to do a little cleaning (with the supplied brush) periodically.

Best cordless: BURLAN Solar Bug Zapper

Burlan

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: You’ll never need a cord if you let the sun do most of the work.

Specs

  • Form: Lantern
  • Size: 9.4 x 5.1 x 5.1 inches
  • Target species: Fly, mosquito

Pros

  • Charges via solar power or USB plug-in
  • Bright lamp on top adds to the ambiance
  • Quiet, 25dB zaps
  • IP66 water and dustproof

Cons

  • Needs consistent sun exposure

If plugging something in and dealing with cords bothers you, turn to the power of the sun. This is the best outdoor bug zapper with a solar charging panel that we could find. On a full charge—which can be achieved in 12 hours of direct sunlight—the top lantern, lighting, and mosquito killer can work for between 4 and 12 hours, depending on mode of operation.

Best for mosquitoes: Elechome Bug Zapper

Elechome

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This machine puts out a ton of special mosquito-attracting light.

Specs

  • Form: Lantern
  • Size: 5.35 x 5.35 x 11.6 inches
  • Target species: Mosquito, gnat, fly, moth, wasp, spider

Pros

  • Scientifically designed for mosquito attraction
  • Large killing area
  • IP66 dust and water resistant

Cons

  • Must USB-C charge

According to Pfizer, mosquitos kill more than 700,000 people each year. While we’re waiting for advanced mosquito control to deactivate their reproductive process, there are other things to try. While some are washing up with a soap mosquito repellent, others are turning to special wavelengths that attract mosquitos, which the Elechome Bug Zapper puts out in extreme degree. It’s also got a larger killing area than most lantern types, with its top exposed, allowing for more bug killing.

Best for patio: Endbug Bug Zapper

Endbug

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The bottom-facing light on this zapper is a plus for any patio.

Specs

  • Form: Lantern
  • Size: 5.7 x 5.7 x 10.6 inches
  • Target species: Mosquito, gnat, fly, moth, wasp, etc.

Pros

  • Includes a bright light on the bottom to light your patio
  • Is IPX6 waterproof to ward off rain issues
  • Excellent bug attraction ability

Cons

  • Loud

The Endbug Bug Zapper is the best outdoor bug zapper for your porch or patio, as it provides excellent lighting for you and powerful killing for bugs. It’s a powerful 4,200V, so it kills quite effectively but is rather loud. Our advice is to hang it up high near the middle of your porch or patio area so you can get the maximum benefit from the provided light. However, if you do choose to put it closer to the edges, it’ll still be safe in the rain as it has IPX6 water resistance.

Best handheld: Anne Diary Electric Bug Zapper Racket

Anne Diary

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The racket head swivels, letting you cover the scariest bugs safely.

Specs

  • Form: Racket
  • Size: 17.5 x 9.7 x 1.5 inches
  • Target species: Wasp, bee, fly, mosquito

Pros

  • Long handle keeps you away from dangerous pests
  • Auto zap mode while in stand
  • Swivel head provides maximum safety
  • Simple USB-C charging

Cons

  • Auto zap mode depletes battery in 5 hours

If you have really scary insects like bees, wasps, or hornets, you’ll want to be more proactive in your killing. Waiting for the bug to mosey into a light just won’t cut it. That’s why you should try out the best bug-zapping racket, this one from Anne Diary. You can swivel the zapping head to be parallel with the surface the offending insect has lit on, then cover it. This method keeps you safe and gives the insect no escape. When not in active use, you can turn on a passive zapping mode as well, but we only recommend this if the Anne Diary is plugged in, as the power drains after about five hours.

Best indoor/outdoor: PRODCA Bug Zapper

Prodca

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The small size of this bug zapper makes it great to tuck into a kitchen or bedroom corner, too.

Specs

  • Form: Lantern
  • Size: 3.8 x 3.8 x 5.5
  • Target species: Mosquito, fly, gnat, bee, moth, etc.

Pros

  • Small size fits anywhere
  • Can be made to be discreet
  • Lamp light for better outdoor vision
  • IP66 water- and dust-resistant

Cons

  • Not great for all indoor pests (such as fruit flies)

Though a lot of the best outdoor bug zappers could technically be used indoors, you wouldn’t necessarily want them to be there. They’re big, can’t be placed just anywhere, and scream to others that you have an insect problem. As a result, we like the more discreet nature and size of the PRODCA, which can do great work on the porch, but also be tucked away in a kitchen corner when you want it to be.

Best budget: Ninonly Bug Zapper Light Bulb

Ninonly

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This is the best bug-zapping light bulb you can get.

Specs

  • Form: Light bulb
  • Size: 3.14 x 3.14 x 6.3 inches
  • Target species: Fly, mosquito

Pros

  • Small, convenient form
  • Sloping trap stays clean
  • Multiple modes
  • Long lifespan

Cons

  • Must be put into a lamp

Most of the best outdoor bug zappers cost between $35 and $60 apiece, depending on current deals available. That can be frustrating if you want many of them or aren’t ready to spend a lot on bug zapping. Light bulb-style bug zappers, then, are a great option, though they tend to have worse functionality. The Ninonly has high-quality zapping, multiple lighting modes, and a sloping inside that helps bugs fall out after death. As a result, it is one of the best cheap outdoor bug zappers… if you have a lamp available.

What to consider before buying outdoor bug zappers

Outdoor bug zappers might seem relatively straightforward, and they are, but there are still some things to consider before buying one. The most important thing to consider is the form of the zapper.

  • Lantern styles are the most popular as they can be hung or placed on tables, add light and ambiance to the area, and are good passive killers that work well on porches and while camping.
  • Handheld “electric fly swatters” are another style, great for targeted killing, but suffer in that they typically are made for consistent pest removal.
  • Finally, light-bulb bug zappers are cheaper and simple to install, but these mini zappers typically don’t have as much killing power as the other styles.

You should also consider how easy the zapper will be to clean. The best outdoor bug zappers typically have at least one mode or feature that allows bugs to fall out of the zapping area, reducing cleaning. Powerful bug zappers may also burn insects directly to the zapping element, requiring you to clean it directly. It is highly recommended to review real customer experiences with cleaning if this is a concern for you.

FAQs

Q: How much does an outdoor bug zapper cost?

An outdoor bug zapper will cost anywhere from $20 to $65. You should expect to pay about $35 on average for the best outdoor bug zappers if you are willing to wait for a sale and about $55 otherwise.

Q: Can I leave a bug zapper on all night?

You can leave a bug zapper on all night in most cases. Typically, they are made to be used for the whole night. Please read the instructions of your bug zapper to double-check your specific case, however. You may also wish to bring your bug zapper inside at night when it is storming if yours does not have high-quality weather resistance.

Q: How long does a bug zapper last on average?

A bug zapper should last five or more years on average. Obviously, the quality of the build, the environmental conditions of where it is placed, and usage frequency will affect the overall lifetime of the product. Most bug zappers also have replaceable bulbs, which will extend the lifetime of the product.

Final thoughts on the best outdoor bug zappers

The best outdoor bug zappers all have one thing in common; they will remove pests from your environment eventually. Whether you go for a powerful light source that attracts insects quickly or a handheld racket that lets you seek them out, you should feel more secure in your outdoor environment with one of the above products.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best outdoor bug zappers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best big and tall office chairs for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-big-and-tall-office-chairs/ Fri, 29 Sep 2023 21:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=576256
four of the best big and tall office chairs sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

The best big-and-tall office chairs provide style and support for every body.

The post The best big and tall office chairs for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
four of the best big and tall office chairs sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Steelcase Gesture big-and-tall office chair against a white background Steelcase Gesture
SEE IT

This chair can support up to 400 pounds and offers a comfortable ergonomic design.

Best budget Gray JOYFLY Big and Tall Office Chair against a white background JOYFLY Big and Tall Office Chair
SEE IT

The JOYFLY chair is more affordable than other options and is still very comfortable.

Best for gaming Secretlab Titan Evo biig and tall office chair for gaming against a white background Secretlab Titan Evo
SEE IT

The Secretlab gaming chair comes with a removable headrest and sleek design.

Big and tall office chairs often sacrifice design and comfort for capacity. That doesn’t have to be the case, however. There are tons of models on the market that support bigger bodies with comfort and style. We’ve surveyed and tested some of the most popular options on the market to track down the best big and tall office chairs for anybody and any body. 

How we chose the best big and tall office chairs

For this list, we emphasized models with a high weight capacity and tall seat heights without getting too stuffy or cheesy looking. You won’t find a tufted CEO chair on this list. We relied on a mixture of hands-on experience, user feedback, editorial reviews, and spec comparisons to make our selections. As a big and tall person, I have sat in many bad chairs, and this topic is very near and dear to my heart. These are chairs I would spend 10 hours per day sitting in myself.

The best big and tall office chairs: Reviews & Recommendations

Whether you need a big and tall office chair for sitting at a desk through long Zoom meetings or epic gaming sessions, these chairs will keep you comfortable without sacrificing style.

Best overall: Steelcase Gesture

Steelcase

SEE IT

Specs

  • Maximum weight: 400 pounds
  • Maximum seat height: 21 inches 
  • Material: Polyester with foam padding
  • Weight: 70 pounds

Pros

  • Supports a wide array of body shapes and sizes
  • Support in crucial areas
  • Supports up to 400 pounds
  • Highly adjustable
  • Versatile arms that won’t cut into legs

Cons

  • Expensive

If you spend most of your life sitting at a desk (like so many people do), it’s worth investing in something that will treat your body correctly. This chair comfortably supports up to 400 pounds and has a maximum seat height of 21 inches. That makes it very versatile for bodies of any size. It has highly adjustable arms, which aren’t attached at the front of the seat, so they won’t dig into your thighs if your legs sit far apart (something many other big-and-tall chairs inexplicably suffer from). 

The seat cushion has air pockets inside for ideal support and squishiness. Plus, the cushions are softer around the edges so they flex under your legs. That puts less pressure on the muscles and helps with blood flow. The back of the chair has a patented flexible panel that mimics the ideal shape of the spine to encourage sturdy posture in a natural configuration. The additional headrest also encourages sitters to maintain a more upright position to prevent slouching. Yes, it’s expensive, but it will treat your body how it deserves to be treated.

Best budget: JOYFLY Big and Tall Office Chair

Joyfly

SEE IT

Specs

  • Maximum weight: 450 pounds
  • Maximum height: 20 inches
  • Material: Mesh and polyester
  • Weight: 41 pounds

Pros

  • Looks expensive
  • Affordable
  • Holds up to 450 pounds
  • Mesh back and covering for breathability
  • Adjustable, single-post arms

Cons

  • Can be creaky
  • Not overly adjustable

This elegant-looking chair supports up to 450 pounds comfortably, more than most big-and-tall chairs. The high back isn’t a headrest, but you can lean back on it to give your neck a break occasionally. The mesh material feels strong, but it’s very flexible. Plus, the tiny holes provide solid ventilation, refreshing compared to other fabric or leather chairs. 

It’s not the most supportive chair in the world, but it’s ergonomically shaped and very comfortable. The seat itself could stand to go a little higher, especially if you’re very tall. But, the gas-powered raising and lowering is smooth and effective. This is a sturdy place to sit that provides a lot of comfort for a surprisingly affordable price. 

Best for gaming: Secretlab Titan Evo

Secretlab

SEE IT

Specs

  • Maximum weight: Up to 395 pounds
  • Maximum height: 22 inches
  • Material: Hybrid leatherette
  • Weight: 80 pounds

Pros

  • Wide sitting area
  • Highly adjustable, single-post arms
  • Sturdy cushioning that won’t flatten out
  • Magnetic pillow for added head support
  • Lumbar support adjustments
  • Sturdy base
  • Very rugged material

Cons

  • Heavy
  • Material can be hot

Make sure you get a size XL when you’re ordering this chair if you want the most support and room. This gaming-specific chair offers a familiar high back with a clever magnetic pillow that acts as a headrest. The arms adjust up and down, but there’s plenty of room between them for a comfortable fit. The leatherette material is tougher than regular leather, and it feels that way. I’ve been using this chair for about a month now, and it doesn’t even have a scuff. 

The chair moves up and down easily. Plus, it has a versatile reclining function. You can recline the chair almost all the way back or lock it somewhere between upright and totally reclined. I like to sit just a bit reclined, and the lock works great for me. 

Assembly takes some work, but it comes with some of the best instructions I’ve ever found in a piece of furniture. And while this is a PC gaming chair, the whole gamer style isn’t overly apparent. You could totally use this in an office without raising any issues. 

Best for over 400 pounds: Ralex-Chair Executive Office Chair

Ralex-Chair

SEE IT

Specs

  • Maximum weight: 500 pounds
  • Maximum height: Up to 24-inch seat height
  • Material: Fake leather
  • Weight: 20 pounds

Pros

  • Typical chairs only hold up to 400 pounds while this one goes to 500
  • Flip-up arms make extra space
  • Contoured back provides some spine support
  • Sturdy wheels and base

Cons

  • Barebones in terms of features and adjustability

If you want a very heavy-duty chair, this one supports up to 500 pounds, 100 pounds more than most. The arms flip up, and out of the way in case you need extra room instead of a place to put your arms. It’s made from sturdy fake leather, which is good for durability but isn’t ideal for ventilation. 

The high back provides support all the way up to the neck. The high-density foam will resist squishing, even over extended use. This is a relatively no-frills option, but it does promise very high capacity, and sometimes that’s crucial. It’s also surprisingly affordable, which is nice. 

Best design: Steelcase Series 1 Work Office Chair

Steelcase

SEE IT

Specs

  • Maximum weight: 400 pounds
  • Maximum height: 21.5-inch seat height
  • Material: Polyester mesh
  • Weight: 29 pounds

Pros

  • Very nice to look at
  • High back for support
  • Lots of adjustability
  • Mesh for ventilation
  • Sturdy build
  • Many features from the best overall at a lower price

Cons

  • Arm adjustability is just OK
  • Seat cushion is slightly narrower than others

Many big and tall chairs can look stuffy or nerdy. This one, however, adds some style despite its high maximum weight limit. Like other Steelcase options, it relies on 100 percent polyester mesh to provide excellent strength and plenty of ventilation. The mesh back includes the company’s familiar back support technology which mimics the spine’s natural shape for ideal sitting positions. 

It has an extremely sturdy base with chunky wheels that move well, even when someone is sitting in the chair. The arms could use a little more adjustability, and the seat itself is a little narrower than other entries on the list. But, it’s still a great fitting chair for most bodies and will last for a long time. 

Things to consider when shopping for the best big and tall office chairs

Here are some crucial variables to consider when you’re looking for the best big and tall office chair. Don’t just get the biggest, puffiest one you can find. You’ll regret it in the long run. 

Materials

Most of the time, you’ll choose between fabric, fake leather, and mesh. They all have their strengths and weaknesses. Leatherette looks classy and is durable, but it’s bad for ventilation and tends to show marks. Mesh is great for breathability and flexibility, but it’s not always the most durable. Fabric runs the gamut in terms of durability and comfort. It really comes down to personal preference. I like leatherette, but if you spend tons of time in your chair and need ventilation, mesh may be what you’re looking for. 

Wheels

Most chairs come with one set of wheels, but some higher-end models will ask you to specify between hardwood and carpet wheels. Make sure you check for this option before making a purchase. It will make a big difference in durability for your floor and rolling ease. 

Support

A high-back chair typically offers better support than a low one, but it’s not a given. Adjustable support in the lumbar area is a very nice addition and worth paying for if you have back pain or old injuries. Just because the back of a chair is vaguely spine-shaped, don’t assume it’s actually based on research or anything other than aesthetics.

Armrests

With bigger bodies, armrests can be a huge issue. If they’re attached at two points, the front supports can often dig into your legs and be very uncomfortable. I prefer a single-post armrest with adjustable pads on top. Some big and tall chairs are very wide, so you may actually want to adjust the arms inward in some cases. More adjustability is generally better since you’re going to be keeping your arms attached to them for large chunks of the day. 

FAQs

Q: Which type of chair is best for long sitting?

You want a chair that allows you to sit with your feet flat on the floor and your arms resting comfortably on the armrests. You want to be sitting mostly straight up with your eyes pointing toward the center of your monitor. If you’re going to be sitting for a very long time, I like a mesh back and pad for ventilation. You’ll also want to make sure you take advantage of your chair’s adjustable features to get it just right for your body. 

Q: Why are high-end chairs so expensive?

It’s true, many high-end chairs cost quite a bit. The answer here is mostly materials and research involved with developing the chairs. You want a chair that’s well-made with durable materials and that costs money on the front end. You can get a cheaper chair, but if it doesn’t fit your body or it breaks down quickly, the long-term cost could easily outweigh the initial savings. 

Q: Can armrests cause shoulder pain?

They sure can. Sitting with your arms in the wrong position can pull your shoulders forward or cause your whole body to lean. That can hurt your shoulders and the surrounding muscles like the rhomboid and traps. Even if you don’t feel uncomfortable while you’re sitting in your chair, you could possibly be putting undue stress on your body with bad positioning. 

Final thoughts on the best big and tall office chairs

You don’t need to buy a big, stuffy chair for a big and tall body. There are fantastic models out there that lend themselves to any kind of sitting situation without sacrificing design and style. The best big and tall office chairs provide the support you need for everything from gaming marathons to extended Excel sessions. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best big and tall office chairs for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best robot vacuums for pet hair in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-robot-vacuums-for-pet-hair/ Fri, 29 Sep 2023 17:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=576028
Spend more time with your dog and less time cleaning up with one of the best vacuums for pet hair.

We sniffed out the best robot vacuums for fetching fur and fluff from floors.

The post The best robot vacuums for pet hair in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Spend more time with your dog and less time cleaning up with one of the best vacuums for pet hair.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The iRobot Roomba S9+ is the best robot vacuum for pet hair overall. iRobot Roomba s9+ Self-Emptying Robot Vacuum
SEE IT

This premium model features smart mapping, programmable no-go zones, spot cleaning, and works with voice assistants.

Best self-emptying The Shark RV912S EZ Robot Vacuum is the best robot vacuum for pet hair that's self-emptying. Shark RV912S EZ Robot Vacuum with Self-Empty Base
SEE IT

This model is programmable, cleans rooms row by row, and then empties debris into a bin.

Best budget The eufy BoostIQ Robovac 11S MAX is the best robot vacuum cleaner for pet hair at a budget-friendly price. eufy BoostIQ RoboVac 11S MAX
SEE IT
Pros

This affordable option is designed with anti-collision technology and provides 100 minutes of cleaning.

Pet owners know keeping fur from collecting in corners, couch crevices, and our clothes is a Sisyphean task, but a robot vacuum for pet hair can help. It doesn’t matter if scritch sessions end in a handful of Himalayan or husky; our fate is to vacuum again and again, forever. But that kind of menial, repetitive task can easily be outsourced to a robot vacuum that will never tire—even during seasonal shedding. Since their debut, robot vacuums have gotten smarter, better, and added a bunch of bells and whistles like scheduling, hands-free emptying, and mops so you can delegate more cleaning tasks. Here’s our guide to finding the best robot vacuums for pet hair so that you can spend more time with your furry friend(s) and less worrying about the floors.

How we chose the best robot vacuums for pet hair

As long-time pawrents, we understand fur is nature’s glitter; it’s magically everywhere, hard to remove, and turns up where you least expect it. It takes a combination of frequent maintenance and deep cleaning to keep a house clear of tumbleweeds of fluff and allergens. As much as robot vacuums have stronger suction than they used to (we recommend paying, if possible, for models with at least 2500 Pa—the vacuum force for listing debris), they are best at tackling the frequency part of the equation. Have them do a lap around the house a few times a week (or daily!) to delay how often you need to drag out a traditional vacuum and its arsenal of brushes and tools for furniture. (And here are our suggestions for regular vacuums for pet hair.) With that in mind, we made recommendations based on hands-on experience, research, and reviews to find a reliable robot helper.

The best robot vacuums for pet hair: Reviews & Recommendations

The right robot vacuum depends on how many furry friends you have, their coats, how much they shed, and what floor types need to be cleaned. A house with an American domestic short-hair cat and hard floors may want a machine that can pick up litter and do some mopping. Anyone with a herd of shepherds may want a self-emptying base to minimize how often they dump all that hair. Or maybe you want an affordable machine to supplement your other vacuum. Either way, we’ve got you covered.

Best overall: iRobot Roomba s9+ Self-Emptying Robot Vacuum

iRobot

SEE IT

Specs

  • Robot dimensions: 3.5 inches tall by 12.3 inches wide
  • Robot weight: 8.2 pounds
  • Base dimensions: 19 inches tall by 11.5 inches wide by 15 inches deep
  • Surfaces: Carpets and hard floors
  • Bin size: 60 days of dirt
  • Run time: Maximum 120 minutes

Pros

  • Self-emptying design
  • Three levels of cleaning
  • Smart mapping
  • D-shaped robot
  • Dual rubber brushes
  • Customizable no-go zones
  • Alexa, Siri, and Google voice assistant compatible
  • WiFi connected

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Noisy
  • Some app complaints

So many intelligent features are packed in the iRobot Roomba s9+ Self-Emptying Robot Vacuum that they’re hard to list. The WiFi-connected robot features smart mapping, programmable no-go zones, and the ability to send it out for spot cleaning. It is also compatible with many voice assistants, including the big three: Alexa, Siri, and Google.

The black-and-bronze robot effortlessly weaves through furniture. Its D-shape allows it to maneuver into corners better than some round machines we’ve tested. Its various sensors help it dodge socks and toys we fail to pick up. The powerful suction and dual rubber brushes easily pick up large debris and ably pull up dog hair ground into the carpet. Occasionally, it leaves a wad of fur in its wake when it goes to empty the bin, but it often picks it up as it shimmies through a second sweep (though not always). Not all robot vacuums have self-emptying bases, but pet owners will find it well worth it to avoid handling a mix of fur and floor grunge. The Roomba s9+ empties itself into a bag, which may need frequent replacing in a high-fluff house.

When the Roomba s9+ debuted, it was the top-of-the-line vacuum with a matching price of $1,000. However, Roomba has released new models and dropped the cost of the s9+ considerably, making it a better value. It can also be linked to iRobot’s Braava Robot Mop (included in our best Roombas guide). Users report two main complaints: the app has occasional weirdness, like losing maps, and both the 2500Pa robot and its dock are loud.

Best self-emptying: Shark RV912S EZ Robot Vacuum with Self-Empty Base

iRobot

SEE IT

Specs

  • Robot weight: 12.2 pounds
  • Base dimensions: 11.4 inches tall by 18.5 inches wide by 13.4 inches deep
  • Surfaces: Carpets and hard floors
  • Bin size: 30 days of dirt
  • Run time: Maximum 60 minutes

Pros

  • Self-emptying base
  • Bagless
  • Room mapping
  • Google and Alexa compatible
  • WiFi connected
  • Can schedule cleaning

Cons

  • Noisy
  • Not great at edges and corners
  • Some users have difficulty with the app

You don’t have to drop a fortune to get a self-emptying base for a robot vacuum. The Shark RV912S EZ Robot Vacuum with Self-Empty Base is an older but reliable model that empties itself into a bin with no bag. Just dump the container after about a month of cleanings. The EZ Robot goes row by row to clean a room and can resume a cleaning where it left off should it recharge before the room is done. Google Assistant, Alexa, or the app can be used to control and schedule cleanings, though some users report issues with the app connecting. The round bot is a little clunky. It has a built-in bumper, which is good because it sometimes bumps into furniture.

Best for hardwood floors: Bissell SpinWave Hard Floor Expert Pet Robot, 2-in-1 Wet Mop and Dry Robot Vacuum

Bissell

SEE IT

Specs

  • Robot dimensions: 4 inches tall by 13 inches wide by 14 inches deep
  • Robot weight: 7.5 pounds
  • Surfaces: Hard floors, low- to medium-pile carpets
  • Run time: 130 minutes

Pros

  • Vacuums and mops
  • Two-tank system
  • Uses cleaning solution specially designed for wood floors
  • Donates money to support homeless pets with every purchase
  • Cleans with reusable pads
  • Can schedule cleaning
  • WiFi connected
  • Quiet

Cons

  • No mapping
  • Sometimes bumps into furniture
  • Must use Bissell cleaners or warranty is voided

Bissell has long made wet/dry vacuums, but the Bissell SpinWave Hard Floor Expert Pet Robot, 2-in-1 Wet Mop and Dry Robot Vacuum is its first robot that does both. Swap in the dry tank to have it vacuum, or put in the water tank to mop with two spinning, washable pads. This versatility helps out pet parents with a lot of hard floors to keep clean. At this mid-range price, the SpinWave delivers more than expected, like an app that offers customized cleaning priorities, the option to build a cleaning schedule, and quiet operation.

Even though it doesn’t have advanced mapping features, the SpinWave cleans in tidy rows instead of bumping around randomly. The mopping mode avoids carpets with a soft surface sensor and is safe for hardwood floors, vinyl, and tile. The SpinWave also uses Bissell’s range of proprietary cleaners instead of the plain water most robot mops suggest. However, the solution evaporates rather than being suctioned up, so furry friends should be kept out until dry.

Best vacuum-and-mop combo: ECOVACS Deebot X2 Omni Robot Vacuum and Mop

Ecovacs

SEE IT

Specs

  • Robot dimensions: 3.7 inches tall by 13.9 inches wide by 12.6 inches deep
  • Base dimensions: 20.8 inches tall by 15.5 inches wide by 17.4 inches deep
  • Surfaces: Carpets and hard floors
  • Bin size: Reported 90 days of dirt
  • Water tank size: 4 liters
  • Run time: Maximum 210 minutes

Pros

  • 3D mapping
  • Four cleaning modes: vacuum only, mop only, vacuum before mop, vacuum and mop
  • Mop pads lift when not in use
  • OMNI station automates emptying, water refilling, and drying
  • AI-controlled obstacle avoidance
  • Lidar sensor
  • YIKO voice assistant
  • WiFi connected

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Durability to be determined

While the Ecovacs Deebot X2 Omni Robot Vacuum and Mop isn’t The Jetsons’s Rosey, it’s getting close. The newly launched flagship model comes stacked with high-tech features like artificial intelligence to suggest how to clean up a mess and a LiDAR sensor, a type of laser detection and ranging technology used on self-driving cars and other autonomous vehicles. It maps in 3D and can be sent to spot clean by pointing it out on the app. It also comes with a voice assistant and can make two-way video calls if you want to see what your pet is up to. We haven’t done an in-home test yet, but we saw a demonstration where the squared-off robot successfully dodged toys, power cords, and expensive short-throw projectors on hardwood, holding a tight line with a wall while also sensing the need to lift its mop pads as it went over a carpet. 

In addition to the kind of tech that can keep a vacuum from knocking over a pet’s water bowl, and 8000Pa suction to get all the stray kibble and undercoat, the X2 Omni has a mode where vacuuming and mopping happen simultaneously. It’s a time saver and a big plus if vacuums stress out your pet (after all, we want to clean up any puppy puddles, not inspire new ones). The dock, dubbed the Omni station, automates a lot of the floor care that most people don’t want to deal with, like emptying the dust bin, refilling the robot’s water tank, and cleaning and drying the dual mop pads after use. The convenience comes at a recommended price of $1,499, but we’ve seen launch deals that knock a couple hundred off.

Best budget: eufy BoostIQ RoboVac 11S MAX

Eufy

SEE IT

Specs

  • Robot dimensions: 2.9 inches tall by 12.8 inches wide by 12.8 inches deep
  • Robot weight: 5.7 pounds
  • Surfaces: Carpets and hard floors
  • Run time: Maximum 100 minutes

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Quiet
  • Remote control
  • Amazon Echo compatible

Cons

  • Not “smart”

Look no further than the eufy BoostIQ RoboVac 11S MAX for an affordable robot vacuum. It’s a bit old-school because it doesn’t map or go row by row. Instead, it cuts a random path through a room but features anti-collision technology and drop-sensors so it doesn’t fall down stairs. It has about 100 minutes of cleaning time, 2000Pa of suction, and is relatively quiet. It’s also under three inches tall, easily fitting under couches where fluff transforms into dust bunnies. At around $250 (and often on sale), it’s a highly rated model for people looking for simple operation without apps or cameras.

What to consider when buying the best robot vacuums for pet hair

Budget

As robot vacuums have become more common, their prices have dropped while the features you can get for your money have increased. Entry-level robot vacuums can start around $100, but they’re often made by obscure or unknown brands and have that erratic, bump-and-go style. Determine your budget and think about how smart—or not—you want the robot to be. Remember that more expensive connected smart-home models often have advanced features, like sophisticated sensors, voice control, and mapping technology.

Robot height and shape

In the robot vacuum world, short kings reign supreme. It’s worth measuring low furniture to see how much clearance is available. Can a robot move freely under a platform bed, or will it get trapped? A robot’s shape can impact cleaning, too. D-shaped or squared-off bots can get closer to corners and edges than round ones.

Room for a dock

A regular vacuum can live in a closet or a spare corner, but a robot vacuum needs space around its dock. Manufacturers’ guidance varies, but they often recommend a foot and a half to three feet of space on either side of the dock and four feet of empty space in front of it. And you’ll need a power plug.

Privacy

All smart tech comes with privacy concerns; robot vacuums are no different. Robots that map our homes are inherently collecting private data. Devices that connect to WiFi open the possibility of that data being accessed by someone else by accident or design. The advanced cameras some models use to map and identify objects also capture images of our home’s interior and potentially our family members. If this freaks you out, opt for a bot that doesn’t connect to the internet or has cameras, but it won’t be able to avoid pet waste.

FAQs

Q: How do pets react to robot vacuums?

Your pet’s reaction will be highly individual. The internet is full of videos of cats triumphantly riding robot vacuums and dogs barking aggressively at them. My doggo gives robot vacuums plenty of space, preferring to monitor them from the top of a couch and occasionally giving them a suspicious sniff when they’re docked. She doesn’t care for traditional vacuums, either.

Q: Can robot vacuums avoid pet waste?

After stories of a Roomba smearing dog poo went viral back in 2016, iRobot unveiled a P.O.O.P. (Pet Owner Official Promise) for select models to replace a vacuum if it runs over solid waste. Since then, many manufacturers released models with avoidance technology, like advanced cameras and artificial intelligence, but those aren’t standard features.

Q: Does pet hair get stuck in a robot vacuum?

Pet hair and human hair can both get stuck in a robot vacuum, though rubber rollers seem to avoid this better than bristle brushes. Like all vacuums, regular maintenance will be required to keep brushes, rollers, filters, and bins from getting clogged.

Final thoughts on the best robot vacuums for pet hair

Robot vacuums were practically made for pet owners, saving time and effort. While we think the self-emptying base, advanced mapping features, and ability to block out no-go zones make iRobot Roomba s9+ Self-Emptying Robot Vacuum the best overall pick for a robot vacuum, all of the options on this list can ably cut down fur and dander without a ton of human effort.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best robot vacuums for pet hair in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Android TVs of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-android-tvs/ Fri, 29 Sep 2023 17:00:04 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=551771
The best Android TVs
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Your search for the best TV running Google software is over.

The post The best Android TVs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best Android TVs
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall TCL Q6 TCL Q6
SEE IT

TCL’s Q6 offers the perfect balance of performance and price.

Best OLED Sony BRAVIA XR A80L Sony BRAVIA XR A80L
SEE IT

Sony’s BRAVIA XR A80L will provide the best contrast and color reproduction of any Google TV out there.

Best budget TCL S3 TCL S3
SEE IT

It’s hard to argue with a new 43-inch HDTV that costs $200.

Google’s Android TV has become a go-to software platform for TV makers over the past few years because of the search giant’s commitment to providing continual software updates and user interface improvements. Android TV is loaded onto TVs from the likes of Sony, TCl, and Hisense, three companies committed to creating cutting-edge sets for movie watching and gaming alike. Choosing one of the best Android TVs means picking a television with an operating system that keeps content streaming smoothly.

How we chose the best Android TVs

Our recommendations for the best Google TVs are based on a mix of hands-on testing and research. We paid additional to each Google TV’s video and audio quality, size, refresh rate, port selection, and price. The way you tend to use your TVs is also important. For example, if you’re a hardcore gamer, you’ll need a TV with different specs than someone who just wants to stream video for a couple of hours after work. Both are valid use cases, but require different hardware.

The best Android TVs: Reviews & Recommendations

If you’re ready to get a more modern smart-home TV for your family room or want a new one for your home theater system, these are the best Google TVs you can get right now.

Best overall: TCL Q6

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

Specs

  • Resolution: 4K
  • Refresh rate: 120Hz
  • Sizes available: 55, 65, 75, 85-inches
  • Ports: 3x HDMI, 1x Ethernet, 1x optical audio, 1x coaxial, 1x Ethernet, 1x USB

Pros

  • Excellent picture quality
  • Snappy performance
  • Easy to set up

Cons

  • Some settings are confusing

The 2022 model of TCL’s 6-Series is so good that it earned a spot in our guide, but the company has continued to defy our expectations of what to expect from a sub-$1,000 4K TV with its successor, the Q6. We’ll cut to the chase: This is the TCL TV you should get unless you have really specialized needs or a very strict budget. In our tests, which included playing Nintendo Switch games and streaming native 4K content from Netflix, YouTube, and other streaming services, the Q6 couldn’t have performed much better.

We noticed the biggest differences when watching shows with a lot of contrast—like Star Trek: Picard—in which dimly lit scenes are often punctuated with pops of light and color. We can confirm each shot from a phaser was pleasing to the eye, and details in dark, seemingly abandoned spaceships were present. The Q6 was able to show colors more accurately, too. In games, like the Nintendo Switch‘s Legend of Zelda: Tears of the Kingdom, foliage looked lush, dragons looked imposing, and “The Depths” felt isolating.

Gamers who play on more powerful consoles or PCs will be able to push the Q6 and their gaming hardware to its limits thanks to the TV’s 120Hz panel. Additionally, features, like TCL’s Game Accelerator Enhanced Gaming and Auto Game Mode with AMD FreeSync will automatically optimize the Q6 to lower latency (lag) for the smoothest experience. Whether you’re a casual gamer or someone who spends their nights playing online titles with friends, the Q6 has you covered.

We’re also pleased to report that TCL’s Q6 was as easy to setup as it was to use. The model we tested ran Google TV, and we could run through most of the setup process on our phone using the Google Home app, which is available on iOS and Android. It took about 10 minutes to sign into our Google account, run through the typical gauntlet of security questions, and download a software update. Similarly, Google’s operating system was easy to navigate, and streaming apps loaded quickly. Shortcut buttons on the Q6’s remote made opening the most common streaming apps a single button push away.

We don’t have any complaints with the TCL Q6’s performance, but we were a little confused by the default picture setting being a low-power mode. We’re used to seeing normal in its place and didn’t want to limit the screen’s brightness for the sake of power savings. We ended up using the Q6’s Smart HDR setting for the majority of our tests, which worked well for both playing games and watching videos.

If you want a reliable TV that runs well and looks even better, we can’t find much fault with TCL’s Q6, which is competitive not only with the company’s other sets but also with what’s available from TCL’s competitors.

Best OLED: Sony BRAVIA XR A80L

Sony

SEE IT

Specs

  • Resolution: 4K
  • Refresh rate: 120Hz
  • Sizes available: 55, 65, 77, 83-inches
  • Ports: 4x HDMI, 1x Ethernet, 1x optical audio, 1x coaxial, 1x Ethernet, 2x USB

Pros

  • OLED display
  • Fast refresh rate
  • Exclusive features for PlayStation 5

Cons

  • Price

As far as QLED and MiniLED technology have come, they can’t match the true black levels of an OLED screen, which makes them particularly good for gaming. Sony is no stranger to the space, considering the PlayStation’s multi-decade dominance in the console space, so it’s not surprising that it makes the best Google TV for gamers.

The XR A80L’s OLED panel has a 120Hz refresh rate, support for Dolby Vision HDR, and runs on a custom processor that optimizes its performance for video streaming and gaming. These features will benefit all gamers, but PlayStation-exclusive ones like Auto HDR Tone Mapping and Auto Genre Mode will tune the set when you plug in Sony’s console. The two can speak to one another in ways other consoles can’t because of custom hardware and software developed for each.

Another exclusive feature of Sony’s TVs is the BRAVIA CORE app, which allows you to buy and stream digital copies of the company’s movies at the highest-possible quality. Cinephiles will appreciate this more than the common streamer, but it’s nice to have as these films will show off what the XR A80L is truly capable of. This TV has no discernable technical flaws, but its price tag matches its fidelity. If you don’t mind spending extra to have the best of the best, though, this is a no-compromise Google TV.

Best for gaming: Sony XR65X90K

Sony

SEE IT

Specs

  • Resolution: 4K
  • Refresh rate: 120Hz
  • Sizes available: 55, 65, 75, 85-inches
  • Ports:4 HDMI, 1x Ethernet, 1x optical audio, 1x coaxial, 1x Ethernet, 2x USB

Pros

  • Custom Sony processor
  • Fast refresh rate
  • Exclusive features for PlayStation 5

Cons

If you like everything about the Sony BRAVIA TVs except price, and don’t mind giving up its OLED screen, we recommend the Sony XR65X90K. It has the same PlayStation-exclusive gaming features, processor, refresh rate, resolution, and port selection as its luxe sibling, alongside access to Sony’s BRAVIA CORE service.

The only real difference is the screen technology used by both sets. While the XR A80L has an OLED display, the XR65X90K sports a full array LED screen. The differences will be subtle to most people, but hardcore gamers who want the most hyper-realistic-looking skin tones and contras (assuming their games are going for such an aesthetic) may be disappointed. Everyone else will find a lot to like from this Google TV, which costs roughly half the price of the XR A80L when it’s on sale.

One place the XR65X90K actually pulls ahead of the XR A80L is in its maximum screen size. The former tops out at 85 inches, while the latter only goes up to 83 inches. Again, this is a subtle difference, but one that could make a big difference to gamers.

Best QLED: Hisense U7H

Hisense

SEE IT

Specs

  • Resolution: 4K
  • Refresh rate: 120Hz
  • Sizes available: 55, 65, 75, 85-inches
  • Ports: 4x HDMI, 1x Ethernet, 1x optical audio, 1x coaxial, 1x Ethernet, 2x USB

Pros

  • Very affordable
  • Excellent picture for the price
  • Bright
  • Full-array local dimming for better contrast

Cons

  • Picture lags behind more expensive sets

Hisense has spent the last several years pouring more resources than you’d expect to find in a QLED TV at its price range. So much so that we named it one of the best 65-inch TVs regardless of operating system or price. It includes some unexpected niceties like HDMI 2.1 ports, a 120Hz refresh rate, and a svelte frame. Most importantly, Hisense chose to hop on the QLED bandwagon, which means you should expect excellent brightness, contrast, and overall performance. It even has local dimming zones, which allow the TV to automatically and intelligently manage the brightness levels on different sections of the screen.

All of these features will benefit gamers and video streamers alike, and we wouldn’t expect to find them in a TV priced well under $1,000. Now the color reproduction and contrast may not be as high as they would be on higher-end sets, but we can still recommend the U7H without reservation because it punches far above its weight.

Best budget: TCL S3

TCL

SEE IT

Specs

  • Resolution: 1080P
  • Refresh rate: 60Hz
  • Sizes available: 32, 40, 43-inches
  • Ports: 2x HDMI, 1x headphone jack, 1x USB, 1x Ethernet jack, 1x coaxial, 1x optical
  • Operating system: Google TV, Roku TV

Pros

  • Price
  • Available in smaller sizes
  • Modern look

Cons

  • Two HDMI ports

Choosing a best budget TV for this guide was difficult because all of its hardware punches above its weight at its price class. There isn’t a poor value in TCL’s current-generation lineup, which is a testament to its value. That said, if you need an inexpensive TV for a guest or bedroom, or have very basic video streaming needs, TCL’s S3 is the one to get.

The 1080P TV doesn’t have the same gaming or premium video features as its high-end siblings, but it does have a couple of distinct advantages. First, you can get a TCL S3 TV in sizes as little as 32 inches, which is the perfect size for a dorm room or to wall mount in a kitchen. Big screens are great for home theaters and living rooms, but they’re not always necessary. The second reason to pick up a TCL S3 TV is, unsurprisingly, its price. The largest-screen model in this line costs under $200. That’s an incredible value for a 43-inch screen. If you’re not gaming or playing streaming 4K videos, this is all the TV you’re going to need.

It’s easy to associate inexpensive tech gear with looking and feeling cheap, but TCL has maintained a high bar for industrial design even with its lower-specced TVs. The S3 TV’s bezel (rim) is nearly flush with the screen, which lowers its bulk and weight in addition to making it look modern. The only problem you may run into is its relatively low number of HDMI ports. There’s enough for one game console and a soundbar, but not much else. If all you want to do is stream the latest season of Stranger Things, this won’t be an issue.

If you’ve been using the same TV for a decade, and want an inexpensive replacement that will look and perform well for its price, TCL’s S2 is the one to get.

What to consider when choosing a Google TV

When deciding which Google TV is appropriate for you, we drilled down into tech specs that make the biggest difference between all sets. One additional overarching factor in your decision will be your budget, which we factored heavily in our decisions.

Size

We understand space constraints may bar you from picking up a truly massive screen, and with that in mind we’ve tailored our recommendations to suit every room. Our Google TV recommendations range in size from 32 to 85 inches. It’s worth noting that going for the largest possible TV may not be wise, even if you have enough space due to your viewing angle. You want the Google TV to be far enough away that you can comfortably see things happening on both edges. We recommend you reference this chart to ensure you get the right-sized Google TV for your room.

Resolution

A Google TV’s resolution determines the number of pixels on its panel, and in this case, more means more. A 4K TV has eight times as many pixels as a 1080P set, which means videos will look sharper and, therefore, more lifelike. While we’re mostly recommending 4K TVs, you should also think about the resolution of the content you consume. If you play games on the Nintendo Switch and have a basic Netflix account, for example, you’ll only be gaming and streaming 1080P content.

A majority of the video content you’ll watch is HD, but we feel getting a 4K set today means you won’t have to upgrade in the near future. The amount of 4K video content continues to increase exponentially, and it’s better to have a TV that can handle it rather than having to get another set down the line.

Refresh rate

A television’s refresh rate determines the number of times it’s able to display new information every second. This doesn’t matter when you’re watching TV shows and movies (unless you’re a serious cinephile who watches movies at 24 frames per second), but is important for gaming. If you have the right system and games, a Google TV with a 120Hz refresh rate will make gameplay look buttery smooth. As with 4K video content, you’ll need a game that can run at up to 120 frames per second to take full advantage of this tech spec.

Ports

The assortment ports on the back of a Google TV aren’t as important as they used to be as people cut the cord and have moved on to streaming video from services you can access directly from the set. Still, if you plan on hooking up a soundbar, game console, or other peripherals, you’ll want to get an Android TV that has enough ports to handle your equipment.

FAQs

Q: What is Google TV?

Google has begun to rebrand Android TV as Google TV. This transition isn’t complete yet, which is why you’ll see both used in this guide.

Q: Is it worth buying an Android TV?

Yes. Google TV is slowly becoming the most dominant platform for smart televisions across all manufacturers.

Q: Do Android TVs have Netflix?

Yes, you can access Netflix through an app on your Google TV.

Q: How long does an Android TV last?

A Google TV is designed to last for several years before needing to be replaced.

Q: How much does an Android TV cost?

This depends on its size, panel type, port selection, resolution, and refresh rate. Our recommendations range from $199 to $2,298.

Q: What is the latest version of Android TVs?

Android 13 is the latest software version.

Final thoughts on the best Android TVs

As Google TV continues to evolve, it’ll become even easier to recommend sets running this operating system to everyone. The fact that you’ll find the operating system running on TVs at a wide range of prices only speaks to Google’s commitment to the space. We eagerly anticipate the continued introduction of new features as the platform evolves. Rest assured, getting one of these Google TV today means a positive experience.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best Android TVs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best dehumidifiers for basements in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-dehumidifiers-for-basements/ Fri, 29 Sep 2023 13:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=575565
The best dehumidifiers for basements will help keep the air in your home cool and dry.

These dehumidifiers will help you get rid of one monster in the basement: moisture.

The post The best dehumidifiers for basements in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best dehumidifiers for basements will help keep the air in your home cool and dry.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Frigidaire 50-Pint 3-Speed Humidifier is one of the best basement dehumidifiers overall. Frigidaire 50-Pint 3-Speed Dehumidifier
SEE IT

A front-runner that pulls moisture from the air efficiently, and in diverse temperatures, up to the point you desire.

Best smart The GoveeLife is the best smart humidifier for the basement. GoveeLife Smart Dehumidifier for Basement
SEE IT

Between asking Alexa to dry up your basement and doing a lot of stat tracking, you’ll love this offering from GoveeLife.

Best budget The Mapoor Dehumidifier for Basements is the best option that's budget-friendly. MAPOOR Dehumidifier for Basements
SEE IT

If your basement is just mildly too damp, this number-1 customer pick can handle the job.

If you have a basement, you may have a problem with humidity, and the best way to handle that issue is with dehumidifiers for basements. But dehumidifiers need to cool air down to work, and, based on the simple fact that hot air rises, we know that basements tend to be cool. They also tend to be a bit damper than what the average dehumidifier encounters, meaning they’ll not only need to filter more water out of the air, but they’ll need to dispose of more of it. As a result, finding the best dehumidifiers for basements can take some sorting and searching, so we did that task for you.

How we chose the best dehumidifiers for basements

Through and through, the best dehumidifiers for basements need to be able to remove large amounts of water and deal with cool temperatures better than the rest. Still, we wanted to give readers a wide variety and some choices that had excellent qualities that would support different kinds of homes.

The best dehumidifiers for basements: Reviews & Recommendations

The following choices represent the best dehumidifiers for basements while still providing quality across a number of other categories. No matter what your individual situation, you should be able to find a product amongst those on this list. While the overall best is exemplary of the class and representative of what a dehumidifier can do in a basement, other items on the list are still worth checking out as they may pull ahead in their own niches.

Note that manufacturer specs may label their water tanks in gallons, liters, or other units. Here, we have converted all units to pints for your convenience so you can compare the maximum removal capacity of the unit with the size of its tank. While you can’t necessarily expect to get the max pull each day, it will help you gauge how labor-intensive manual draining might be in a way that isn’t misleading or confusing.

Best overall: Frigidaire 50-Pint 3-Speed Dehumidifier

Frigidaire

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This is a solid product from a solid brand—it’ll take you through most situations.

Specs

  • Removal capacity: Up to 50 pints/day
  • Water removal: Drain / reservoir (16.9 pint tank)
  • Size: 16 x 24.25 x 12.2
  • Energy Star-certified: Yes

Pros

  • Works in rooms up to 3,000 square feet
  • Can work down to 41 degrees Fahrenheit
  • Adjustable humidistat
  • Remote control

Cons

  • Not smartphone connectable

Frigidaire’s 50-Pint 3-Speed Dehumidifier is a well-rounded machine that should keep the vast majority of customers happy. Its 50-pint collection is appropriate for most basements and is the sweet spot between power and pricing that you’ll find reflected in most of the best dehumidifiers for basements. Features like multiple fan speeds, a built-in humidistat, and a timer shutoff are nice to see, too.

You can set the Frigidaire to continuously drain if you have the right tubing and a spot to drain at. If that is too much effort, the 2.11-gallon tank (that’s 16.9 pints) will serve you just fine. Like most dehumidifiers, the machine will automatically shut off when the water bucket is full. However, if you’re paying attention to detail, you’ll note that it can draw 50 pints a day from the air in the right conditions. This means that when you initially start using this product, you may need to dump the bucket several times daily to maximize efficiency. However, after your basement reaches a sort of equilibrium, this will likely change.

While speaking of efficiency, one thing to note is the Frigidaire’s ability to work at temperatures as low as 41 degrees Fahrenheit. This is great for families that have briefly cool periods during the year, but remember that even the best dehumidifiers for basements still won’t get the maximum water withdrawal rate at this temperature.

It doesn’t have WiFi or smartphone connectivity, which we would have liked to have seen at this power and price range. Still, if you don’t have a home filled with smart-home devices, and use your basement regularly enough, you’ll enjoy and trust this product to get the job done. And, if operating the machine from afar (such as lowering its fan speed during TV watching) is important to you, it includes a remote.

Best for large basement: VEAGASO 70 Pints Dehumidifier

Veagaso

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you want maximum power at a good price, here it is.

Specs

  • Removal capacity: Up to 70 pints/day
  • Water removal: Drain / reservoir (8.5 pint tank)
  • Size: 10 x 11 x 20 inches
  • Energy Star-certified: Yes

Pros

  • Advanced backlit display and control panel
  • Reservoir beeps when full
  • Quick toggle child lock
  • Humidistat for 33% to 80% humidity is good for any purpose

Cons

  • Relatively expensive
  • Small water tank

The VEAGASO is made for intense drainage for larger areas, handling basements up to 5,500 square feet in size. It’ll pull 70 pints per day in the perfect climate (95 degrees Fahrenheit, 90% humidity), so it can service real problem areas quickly. Remember that even under non-ideal circumstances, a dehumidifier like this will have more pull than others.

You’ll like the VEAGASO’s backlit display and convenient control panel. On it, you can set your ideal humidity level, fan speed, choose which part of the house you’ve put your dehumidifier in (yes, there is a basement choice), and set the child lock with a single tap. It’ll also light up when the air filter should be changed and flash red, beep, and automatically shut off once the reservoir bucket is filled to capacity.

Speaking of the bucket, it is probably the only negative aspect of the highly-regarded VEAGASO dehumidifier. It’s considerably smaller than the water removal capacity, so human effort can possibly become a bottleneck in your humidity removal efforts if you use it over the drainage system. Still, there’s hardly a better value-for-the-price 70 pints unit out there.

Best smart: GoveeLife Smart Dehumidifier for Basement

GoveeLife

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you want to monitor your basement’s humidity from afar, you can do that with GoveeLife.

Specs

  • Removal capacity: Typically 50-70 pints/day, but can hit 109 pints/day.
  • Water removal: Drain / reservoir (16-pint tank)
  • Size: 11.61 x 15.35 x 24.41 inches
  • Energy Star-certified: Yes

Pros

  • App, voice, and touch panel control
  • Good water removal even without being a hot room
  • 1.6-foot drainage hose included
  • App lets you control dehumidifier and monitor results easily

Cons

  • Drain has no pump, requires gravity

For those who want smartphone and assistant integration, as well as some stat tracking, GoveeLife offers quite a few premium dehumidifiers that will do the trick. This one, the Smart Dehumidifier for Basement, pulls out between 50 and 70 pints of water per day, depending on mode and environment. At 86 degrees Fahrenheit and 80% RH, it can even get out 109 pints/day. It works in 4,500 square-foot basements but is most effective up to 900 square feet.

We particularly like how many options there are for controlling the GoveeLife. It has a touch panel for immediate control. However, it really shines with its app assistant, which will give you details of the room’s humidity over time, including across the hours of the day. You’ll get alerts when the tank is full, can set your desired basement humidity and run times, and can toggle features such as auto restart (which turns on the machine again after power outages).

Even more “smart” is the ability to integrate with your smart home system. If you have an Alexa device, Google Assistant, or IFTTT system with voice control, you can control it using those, as well as voice commands. It also receives firmware updates over-the-air via a WiFi connection.

Best quiet: Bublue DH1 Pro

BuBlue

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: It is designed to stay at a decent noise level.

Specs

  • Removal capacity: Up to 50 pints/day
  • Water removal: Drain / reservoir (8.4-pint tank)
  • Size: 13.78 x 9.25 x 22.76 inches
  • Energy Star-certified: No

Pros

  • 40dB noise reduction
  • Sleep mode toggle
  • Sturdy drainage pipe

Cons

  • Heavy when full

If you use your basement quite a lot, adding a loud piece of equipment isn’t really an option. Bublue understands your issue and designed this dehumidifier around operating in a quiet way that has passed customer scrutiny. Additionally, there is a sleep mode if you happen to be a nighttime basement dweller.

The Bublue DH1 Pro is quite efficient at pulling water out of the air, with customers reporting having to dump the tank rather frequently. If possible, use the included drainage pipe to empty the machine. You can roll the DH1 Pro to your outlet on its wheels, which is good since there are a few complaints about how surprisingly heavy this dehumidifier can get. On the bright side, you won’t have to worry about it being knocked over.

Best for cold: Honeywell Portable AC, Heater, and Dehumidifier

Honeywell

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: As a heater, AC, dehumidifier combo, this can actually eliminate the cold.

Specs

  • Removal capacity: Up to 51 pints/day
  • Water removal: Drain
  • Size: 15.2 x 18.1 x 29.4 inches
  • Energy Star-certified: Yes

Pros

  • Provides year-round comfort
  • All your air-altering needs in one machine
  • Heats the air to provide better dehumidification environment

Cons

  • Expensive (but multi-functional)

Dehumidifiers don’t work as well in cold environments. Even the ones that can work in colder environments don’t work well there. As a result, the best option is to have a heater in your basement alongside one of the best dehumidifiers.

But what do you do when you don’t have the room or outlets for a heater and dehumidifier in your basement? One option is the Honeywell Portable AC, Heater, and Dehumidifier. It’s a device that can take on all of the tasks required to handle a room’s air. Admittedly, this dehumidifier is more expensive than other options and doesn’t have the same robust dehumidifier features you might expect. But, it isn’t trying to be the best humidifier for basements; it is going for being a whole lot more. Our recommendation is to pick this item if you really need the space or hookups for other things, or have a really tiny basement, but to go for other options if you can.

Best budget: MAPOOR Dehumidifier for Basements

Mapoor

SEE IT

When you search for dehumidifiers for the basement, you usually find machines that cost at least $100 and, quite often, over $200. However, the MAPOOR Dehumidifier for Basements (and other parts of the home) consistently shows high customer satisfaction at a low price.

While it doesn’t suck out as much moisture as high-end devices—you really can’t skimp on this kind of thing if you have a huge moisture problem—it is ripe with features. From sleep mode and timing mode to automatic frost shut down if you hit 35 degrees Fahrenheit or lower, the MAPOOR really has it all.

So, if your basement humidity is just a touch out of range, and you have a smaller basement, grab the MAPOOR Dehumidifier for Basements to save yourself some money. It’s small as well, so can be easily moved about the home to where it is needed most. Additionally, the tank is large enough to hold a couple of days worth of liquid, making this one of the best dehumidifiers for basements in the sense of removal capacity to tank capacity ratio.

How humidifiers work

Understanding the true difficulties of getting a good dehumidifier for your basement helps to understand the process by which standard dehumidifiers work.

Naturally, dehumidifiers are machines with dozens or hundreds of interlocking parts. Instead of going into overly complex detail, we’ll highlight the key parts you need to know about in everyday operations, especially when selecting dehumidifiers for basements. With that in mind, here are the basic steps:

  1. Moist air from the basement is drawn into the machine and cooled.
  2. The cooled air’s moisture begins to condensate out, like water on the outside of a glass of ice water.
  3. This water is collected by a reservoir or pumped out.
  4. The drier air is reheated and released back into the basement.

Using dehumidifiers in the basement

Understanding the process by which dehumidifiers work shows us a couple of the difficulties that occur when using them in the basement.

Airflow and circulation: Windows, doors opening and closing, vents, and people walking to and fro circulates the air about most rooms quite well. In a closed basement, largely used for storage? Not so much.

Cool air: Basements have cool air, typically around 50 degrees Fahrenheit, yet cooling is an essential part of the dehumidification process and essential for condensation. According to GE Appliances, dehumidifiers are unlikely to work in a satisfactory manner below 41 degrees Fahrenheit. While dehumidifier use will naturally heat a basement to some degree, some advocate for using a heater alongside dehumidifiers for more efficient moisture removal. This same combo might be beneficial for your basement if your basement is particularly cold. We recommend the non-infrared options among these space heaters for this purpose.

Capacity

Knowing how dehumidifiers work also illuminates the most confusing word involved in their usage: capacity.

In one way, “capacity” refers to a dehumidifier’s ability to remove moisture from the air. This is typically expressed as a maximum amount of water able to be pulled in a day from ideal (or average) circumstances. It’s an engineer’s standard term for the work being done by this style of machine.

In another way, “capacity” is used for the size of water storage tanks in models that use those instead of direct drainage. It’s just the most natural way to talk about reservoirs for liquids, much the same as you might talk about a gas tank’s capacity.

Unfortunately for the consumer, manufacturer resources (and, indeed, guides) do surprisingly little to differentiate the two forms of “capacity” in a way that isn’t confusing. To do our part in keeping things straight, we’ve done our best to refer to the first form of capacity as “removal capacity” while discussing tank size separately.

What to consider before buying dehumidifiers for basements

Despite the simple operating process outlined above, dehumidifiers for basements are actually quite complex from a customer’s perspective. Part of this is due to the jargon issues outlined above, but there’s also quite a bit of water logistics to plan out before you make a purchase.

Removal capacity

Higher removal capacity is nearly always better, but you’ll likely have to pay extra for the highest removal capacity possible. You should also remember that removal capacity reflects the ability of the dehumidifier to draw water out of the air in ideal temperatures and humidities.

This means that a cool basement will likely not reach removal capacity. Additionally, as the machine does its job, the humidity in the room will lower. As a result, once you’ve run your dehumidifier for a while, there is a high likelihood of reduced daily removal numbers unless there is a consistent high influx of humidity.

All this being said, a 50-pint-per-day removal capacity is likely the sweet spot for most basements. You can crank that up to 70 pints in extreme cases or down to 30 pints if your goal is to just take the edge off of a looming issue. If you have a very mild problem (and a small basement) even less will do.

You should also note that there are several reasons why a dehumidifier will automatically shut off over the course of a day, which will also reduce removal capacity. One large one is if your water disposal technique is a manually removable reservoir and it gets full. Learn more about this in the next section. 

Water disposal technique

There are two methods by which dehumidifiers for basements dispose of water, and they both have drawbacks. While it is usually better to focus on the positives, water disposal has the most potential to cause you trouble as you work with a dehumidifier in your basement.

Automatic drain: A system that collects water and channels it through a drainage hose. If you have a sink or some other place to run the water to, it can be great. If you don’t, you might need to do some tinkering and spend extra time and/or money on the dehumidifier’s installation. Another pain point of this style is the possibility of hoses or plumbing leaking.

Reservoir tank: This style of dehumidifier has a tank, usually in the form of a built-in water bucket, in the bottom half of the dehumidifier. As the dehumidifier pulls water out of the air, it fills. It’s up to you to dump it. This can be a huge pain and takes manual work.

Interestingly, dehumidifiers for the basement have a water removal capacity many times higher than the tank’s capacity, meaning you could (theoretically) need to take several trips to get maximum water removal from your dehumidifier throughout the day. Nearly all dehumidifiers with a tank have an automatic shut-off feature for when it gets too full. Also note that the tank size is typically measured in gallons or liters, but we have converted this to pints for the items in this article so you can compare the dehumidifiers’ ability to withdraw water from the air with their ability to store said water.

Most dehumidifiers for the basement have both a drain and a reservoir tank, giving you more choices.

Humidity level settings

In our review of the best humidifiers, we started by reminding people in very general terms that the EPA advises an internal humidity level between 30% and 50% for our homes. That article dealt with one half of the issue, and this deals with the other. However, both share one common thread:

You don’t want to overcorrect and run into the opposite problem.

To solve this, many of the best dehumidifiers for basements have an internal monitor that automatically shuts off the machine once the humidity arrives at a comfortable level. Others provide precise humidistats that allow you to fine-tune the humidity to your exact preferences. The former helps protect your dehumidifier and save energy, while the latter can be particularly useful if you use your basement for storing wine or have certain preferences.

Before you buy dehumidifiers for basements

As personal responsibility becomes increasingly important for protecting the environment, we’d like you to consider looking for an Energy Star-certified dehumidifier. Note that most dehumidifiers on the list above are Energy Star certified.

Saving energy can help reduce electricity used in your home and reduce environmental waste. Dehumidifiers that pass Energy Star’s energy efficiency requirements are rated to use (at minimum) 13% less energy than conventional models at minimum. While this might not sound like a lot, over the course of a year you get 1.5 months of operation for “free” if you use a certified dehumidifier in your basement. Also, note that some models use even less energy than this.

FAQs

Q: How much do dehumidifiers for basements cost?

Dehumidifiers for basements cost anywhere from just below $100 to over $500. For most homes, a good price will fall between $200 and $550, depending on the needs of the individuals who live there. It’s worth noting that great budget picks like the MAPOOR Dehumidifier for Basements are also amongst the highest rated for customer satisfaction.

Q: Can I leave my dehumidifier on all day?

If you have a good dehumidifier, you can leave it running all day. Nearly all dehumidifiers that use a water storage tank come with an auto shut-off feature once that tank gets between 80% and 90% full. It is also possible to come across dehumidifiers with humidistats that will shut off once the humidity reaches a desired level.

Q: How much water should a dehumidifier collect in a day in a basement?

A dehumidifier will collect an amount of water every day in a basement up to its “capacity” or maximum extraction amount. This is often measured in pints. The actual amount of water a dehumidifier will collect from your basement on a daily basis is highly dependent on many factors, including temperature, airflow, and even how often the dehumidifier’s tank is emptied.

Final thoughts on the best dehumidifiers for basements

The best dehumidifiers for basements are typically characterized by their ability to pull a lot of water out of the air, their ability to dispose of said water satisfactorily, and the ability to have a lot of control over their functioning. As a result, the above dehumidifiers should work well for your basement over the long run.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best dehumidifiers for basements in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best water filters of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-water-filters/ Fri, 29 Sep 2023 09:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=575759
four of the best water filters sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

We filtered through the best options for clean drinking water on the go and at home.

The post The best water filters of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
four of the best water filters sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Brita Large Water Filter Pitcher against a white background Brita Large Water Filter Pitcher
SEE IT

This tried and tested pitcher offers long lasting filters and a BPA-free design.

Best faucet A green PUR PLUS Faucet Mount Water Filtration System PUR PLUS Faucet Mount Water Filtration System
SEE IT

The PUR faucet filter will give you clean water on-demand.

Best water bottle LifeStraw Go 1L filtered water bottle LifeStraw Go Series
SEE IT

The two-stage filter in the LifeStraw Go water bottle will provide safe drinking water no matter where you are.

Water filters may seem like devices that mostly come up when people talk about travels to the backcountry or other countries, but they can be important tools everywhere. Tap water goes through a fantastic journey from rivers and reservoirs through pipes of many sizes to flow through your faucet. Drinking water in the U.S. from public water systems is among the safest in the world, but many households opt for additional filtration. Filtering often focuses on removing funky tastes, smells, and sediment, though many filtration systems also reduce other potentially harmful chemicals. We dove into specifications and certifications of small portable systems up to countertop water dispensers to surface the best water filters for a glass of fresh-tasting H2O.

How we chose the best water filters

Water filters come in as many sizes and shapes as you can imagine. However, we winnowed our list of portable and affordable options for households looking to improve their water taste. We kept our renting readers in mind, so homeowners may want to explore permanently installed options like under-sink water filters or whole-house water filters. We’re not a lab, so we opted for products that meet or are certified to standards set by NSF International/American National Standards Institute and the Water Quality Association.

The best water filters: Reviews & Recommendations

The type of water filter that’s best for you depends on how much you want to treat at a time, how long that takes, what you’re treating it for, and how often you’re replacing filters. Are you looking to remove basics like chlorine and sediment? Is a lead a concern? Different filters target a range of contaminants, such as chlorine, particulates, lead, heavy metals, microbes, bacteria, viruses, or PFAS, more commonly known as “forever chemicals.” Some even filter out microplastics, which is a growing concern for many. 

Best overall: Brita Large Water Filter Pitcher

Brita

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 10.7  x 5.4 x 10.1 inches 
  • Weight: 1.3 pounds
  • Capacity: 10 cups
  • Filter: Brita Elite filters (proprietary active filtering agents)
  • Filter lifespan: Replace after 120 gallons or about 6 months

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Flip top for easy refilling
  • Long-lasting filter
  • Electronic filter indicator
  • BPA-free container
  • Certified NSF/ANSI Standards 42, 53, and 401

Cons

  • Slow filtering
  • Frequent refills for thirsty/large households

Our pick for the best overall water filter is an update on a classic. The Brita Large Water Filter Pitcher is the best for most people because of its low cost (about $35), ease of use, and improved filter. Most of us have likely used a Brita pitcher at one point. This model makes some notable design improvements. Instead of removing the whole lid to refill, simply pop open the flip-top. 

The spout features a color-coded system to indicate when to replace a filter. Green is good, yellow indicates replacement is coming up, and red shows it’s time to change. The rest of the form is familiar: The tap water goes into an upper tank, and clean water slowly filters into the bottom reservoir. This model boasts a 10-cup capacity, but households that fill many water bottles daily may find themselves refilling—and waiting—a lot.

The essential improvement in this model is the Brita Elite filter, which catches more contaminants than the standard model and lasts three times longer. You only need to replace the filter once every six months instead of every two, minimizing cost and trash. The filter still results in the crisp, chlorine-free taste Britas are known for and is certified to reduce lead (99 percent), Cadmium, Mercury, Benzene, Asbestos, and more. Many reviewers note that the Elite does have clogging issues, so you may find yourself changing more frequently than the six-month replacement window. Still, the extra protection over Brita’s standard filters seems worth the extra few bucks.

All pitchers have downsides. They don’t purify water, so always start with potable water—and make sure it’s cold or room-temperature, never hot. They’ll need thorough hand washing regularly to keep clean, but most are made of a brittle plastic that chips, clouds, or cracks with age. But they are abundant, readily available, and affordable. Remember to factor in buying and replacing filters as part of the overall expense.

Best pitcher: Brita Large Stream Filter as You Pour

Brita

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 10.75 x 5.6 x 10 inches 
  • Weight: 1.4 pounds
  • Capacity: 10 cups
  • Filter: Brita Stream filters (activated carbon in a BPA-free housing)
  • Filter lifespan: Replace after 40 gallons or about two months

Pros

  • Low upfront costs
  • Filters as you pour
  • Flip top for easy refilling
  • Electronic filter indicator
  • BPA-free container
  • Certified NSF/ANSI Standards 42 and 53

Cons

  • Taste/odor-focused filtering
  • Frequent filter replacement

Usually, a water filter pitcher has an inner reservoir that you fill, and it slowly drips clean water into the bottom half. You have to wait until gravity does its job before taking a sip. The Brita Large Stream Filter as You Pour bucks that trend. The 10-cup pitcher forces water through an activated carbon filter before pouring out of the spout. Admittedly, waiting a few minutes for filtered water to drip from the reservoir to the rest of the pitcher isn’t the most significant inconvenience—but it is annoying if you’re the person who always seems to grab the pitcher when there’s only half a glass left. (And obviously, we’re often that person.)

This Brita water filter pitcher removes chlorine taste and smell but retains fluoride, minerals, and electrolytes. The filter clicks into a cage that then twists into place on the lid. The lid also houses an electronic indicator to remind you to change filters, which is about every 40 gallons or every two months. Brita Stream replacement filters run about $9 to $10 each, a few bucks more per filter than Brita Standard filters but on par with the longer-lasting Brita Elite filter.

Best faucet: PUR PLUS Faucet Mount Water Filtration System

PUR

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 6.8 x 2.9 x 5.2 inches 
  • Weight: 1.3 pounds
  • Capacity: N/A
  • Filters: PUR PLUS faucet filters (activated charcoal)
  • Filter lifespan: Replace after 100 gallons or 3 months

Pros

  • Small form factor
  • Installs and removes without tools
  • Filter change light
  • Can switch between filtered/unfiltered water
  • Certified NSF/ANSI Standards 42, 53, and 401

Cons

  • May not fit all faucets, especially pull-out or handheld faucets
  • Frequent filter replacement
  • Doesn’t filter microbes

Installing a PUR PLUS Faucet Mount Water Filtration System is a low-cost, low-effort filtration system that quickly filters drinking and cooking water. No tools are required: Remove the faucet’s original aerator and washer and replace them with the PUR PLUS Faucet Mount system with the PUR PLUS filter inside. For around $30 to $40, the filtration system helps reduce chlorine taste, odors, and 70 other contaminants, including lead, mercury, and some pesticides. However, the filter does not remove microbes. 

The PUR PLUS filter includes activated carbon from coconut shells and a mineral core to replace some natural minerals—like calcium and magnesium—for a fresh taste. The benefit of a faucet filter is that you can pour directly into a pot or a giant gallon water bottle without repeatedly refilling a filtering pitcher or dispenser. And it filters instantly, so you don’t need to wait around. The PUR PLUS Faucet Mount filters last longer than most pitchers, stretching to 100 gallons or every three months. The faucet system comes in several colors, and the horizontal filter positioning looks sleek.

Best water bottle: LifeStraw Go Series

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: ‎‎3.54 x 3.54 x 10.79 inches
  • Weight: 9.9 ounces
  • Capacity: 1 liter
  • Filter: 2-stage filter system (membrane microfilter and activated carbon)
  • Filter lifespan: Membrane microfilter: 1,000 gallons (roughly 5 years), carbon filter: 26 gallons (roughly 2 months)

Pros:

  • Easy to carry
  • Available in many colors and 22-ounce capacity
  • Cap covers mouthpiece
  • Meets NSF/ANSI Standards 42 and P231

Cons:

  • Large size doesn’t fit in cupholders or some backpack pockets
  • Two filters will have different replacement schedules

Here at PopSci, we are very much into on-the-go hydration. And carrying a water bottle with a built-in filter can bring peace of mind whether refilling for everyday adventures or traveling to exotic locales. We’ve loved the LifeStraw Go Series for a number of reasons, but largely because of how effective the two-stage filter system is. 

The activated charcoal filter helps keep water tasting fresh and smelling, well, not smelling. The membrane microfilter catches little nasties like bacteria, parasites, sand, dirt, and microplastics—all things that could seriously ruin a vacation. It’s important to note that the charcoal filter lasts about two months (26 gallons), while the membrane lasts for five years (or more than 1,000 gallons). There’s no clear way to track both, so you’ll just have to remember.

The plastic version of this water bottle is BPA-free, made of 50 percent recycled plastic, and comes in 1-liter or 22-ounce sizes. The lightweight materials are ideal for hiking or travel. However, if you want to minimize your plastic use or want insulation, the Go Series also comes in a stainless steel version in 24-ounce or 1-liter capacities. The double-walled bottle keeps water cool—a huge part of hitting your daily water goals—but it’s not for hot beverages. All versions include a cover that keeps the mouthpiece clean, which we definitely appreciate when traveling. 

Best backpacking: Sawyer Products SP129 Squeeze Water Filtration System

Sawyer

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 5.5 x 1.9 x 1.9 inches 
  • Weight: 2.5 ounces
  • Capacity: N/A, but filters up to 32 ounces at a time
  • Filter: Hollow fiber filter
  • Filter lifespan: Indefinite

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Includes attachments for different uses
  • Lifetime warranty
  • Filters down to 0.1-micron absolute filtration
  • Reduces bacteria, protozoa, and microplastics
  • Can be cleaned and used nearly indefinitely

Cons:

  • Not for chemical contaminants or viruses
  • Reviewers warn not to let pouches freeze
  • Squeezing and rolling can wear out the pouches
  • Occasional backwashing is needed to restore flow rate

PopSci previously identified the Sawyer Products SP129 Squeeze Water Filtration System as a reliable, portable water filter system for backpackers, hikers, and other adventurers. The tiny size makes it easy to throw in your pack without adding excessive weight, which is a must when backpacking. 

It’s also very simple to use. To clean water, fill a pouch, attach it to the palm-sized filter, and squeeze the water into your mouth. But that’s just one way the kit works. It also includes a straw and a hydration pack adapter to filter inline. Plus, the filter can attach to most standard water bottles, so you don’t need to fuss with the pouches on trips. Reviewers often suggest avoiding the “squeeze” and letting gravity pull dirty water through the filter to prevent wear and tear. 

The system removes most bacteria, protozoa, cysts, and microplastics. In fact, the Sawyer squeeze filter is the only filter on the market that can claim 0.1 absolute microns (every fiber is 0.1 microns in size). For perspective, no harmful bacteria are smaller than that; therefore, none can slip through the filter. As long as you keep the filter clean, this device should last forever. In fact, there are no filters to replace. However, Sawyer recommends periodically backwashing if the flow rate slows, which should restore 98 percent of the flow rate. 

And remember, there are right and wrong ways to handle camping water filter storage.

Best countertop: Brita Hub

Brita

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 12 x 9.5 x 15 inches 
  • Weight: 8 pounds
  • Capacity: 96 ounces
  • Filter: Brita Hub filter (carbon block)
  • Filter lifespan: 120 gallons or 6 months

Pros

  • Water reservoir position can change
  • No tools for installation
  • Frees up fridge space
  • Pours 12 or 20 ounces at a time, with one free-flow option
  • Filter lasts up to 6 months
  • Certified for NSF/ANSI Standards 42, 53, and 401

Cons

  • Dispenses room-temperature water only
  • Requires counter space
  • Higher upfront costs

For fast-filtered water and less frequent filter changes, check out the Brita Hub. No installation or plumbing is required for this countertop filter system. Simply plug in the sleek, white Hub, fill the 12-cup water reservoir, and instantly get filtered water free of chlorine tastes or odor. The tradeoff for a filter on the counter is that it will only serve up room-temperature water. But it’s a solid option for people who don’t have the fridge space for clunky pitchers or large dispensers.

The carbon block filters (about $30 each) last up to six months, and an indicator light will give a heads-up when it’s time for a change. The Brita Hub is certified to reduce 70 contaminants, such as lead, some forever chemicals, and select pesticides. The main downside is that a unit will run about $180 (at the time of writing), which is more upfront cost than other options on this list. But if you want a large-capacity option for your counter, the Hub is a great choice. 

Best budget: PUR PLUS 30-Cup Dispenser

PUR

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 11.2 x 6 x 16.1 inches 
  • Weight: 4.2 pounds
  • Capacity: 30 cups
  • Filter: PUR PLUS faucet filters (activated charcoal)
  • Filter lifespan: Replace after 40 gallons or 2 months

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Filter change indicator
  • Slim design
  • Large capacity
  • Certified NSF/ANSI Standards 42, 53, and 401

Cons

  • Heavy when full
  • Frequent filter replacement

One of the better bargains for water filters is getting a high-capacity dispenser in your fridge. You can snag a PUR PLUS 30-Cup Water Filter Dispenser for the same price as some water filter pitchers. The slim, deep design doesn’t take as much space in a fridge as it feels like it should, though it can be heavy and awkward to put on a shelf when it’s full. 

A spigot allows easy access, even if the system is still filtering. The dispenser uses the same activated carbon filters as the PUR PLUS faucet mount system, reducing 70 contaminants, such as lead and microplastics. It’s good for chronically parched or large households, though the filter must be swapped out every two months. Like most water-filtering pitchers, this dispenser isn’t a purifier. It refines already drinkable water and doesn’t remove microbes.

What to consider when buying the best water filters

Choosing water filters depends on where and how much water you plan to drink or use for cooking. That said, you could surround yourself with many options, like a pitcher for home use and a water bottle for running around during the day. While all these options will result in crisp, clean-tasting water, consider if you want your filter to offer additional protection.

Cost

We stuck to products with relatively low-cost products, but the ongoing cost of each replacement must be factored into the long-term cost of ownership. There’s no hacking a filter: They must be replaced regularly to remain effective. Most use proprietary filters, so you’ll need to stick with the specific filter made for your product. 

Water consumption vs. filter capacity

Compare how much water you drink with how long the filter is supposed to last. Many options above require changes as frequently as two months or 40 gallons. If you’re attempting to drink a gallon per day, that shortens the filter’s lifespan to just over one month. Finding a water filter system that handles a higher volume of water with a longer-lasting filter may be time-saving and cheaper.

Filter type

Most of the filters in this round-up rely on activated carbon, which can absorb chlorine and reduce asbestos, lead, mercury, and volatile organic compounds. Other products use other filtration processes like reverse osmosis, ion exchange, and distillation, which you should consider if installing an under-the-sink or whole-home filter or if you have serious concerns about water quality.

Filtration efficiency

Filter effectiveness varies, so we looked at NSF/ANSI standards. We prefer certified products, which means that NSF International or the Water Quality Association tested and verified the company’s claims. Certification is time-consuming and costly for a company, so we also indicated where outside labs found products that “meet the standards” but aren’t certified.

Here’s what some of the standards mean, but review the manufacturer’s performance data to see the specific contaminants a filter is effective against:

  • NSF/ANSI Standard 42: This is a common standard, which indicates a filter can remove chlorine taste and odor or chloramines.
  • NSF/ANSI Standard 53: Another common standard that indicates the reduction of some heavy metals like lead, arsenic, and mercury, as well as some pesticides and herbicides.
  • NSF/ANSI Standard 401: This indicates the filter removes or reduces up to 15 kinds of “emerging impurities,” such as bisphenol A (BPA), ibuprofen, DEET, microplastics, and some pesticides and herbicides.
  • NSF/ANSI Standard P231: This is where purification comes in. This standard means microbiological contaminants like bacteria, viruses, and cysts are reduced or removed. 

FAQs

Q: Do I need a water filter?

Whether you need a water filter should be a straightforward yes or no answer, but it’s not. The U.S. drinking water supply is considered safe, and the Environmental Protection Agency regulates public water systems (this excludes wells). You can check annual water quality reports on EPA’s website, but systems can also experience contamination after leaving a treatment plant or have an acute issue due to recent natural disasters or climate change. Plus, some pollutants aren’t regulated yet, like forever chemicals, which the EPA issued proposed rules for in March. Not sure what may be in your water? You can also look up your zip code on The Environmental Working Group’s database of what’s been measured in tap water or get an at-home water quality test.

Q: What contaminants do water filters remove?

What contaminants water filters remove depends on the individual water filter. Most of the filters in this guide are activated carbon, which can absorb chlorine and reduce asbestos, lead, mercury, and volatile organic compounds. You’ll need to review performance data to see what specific pollutants a filter reduces or removes.

Q: How often should I replace my water filter?

How often you should replace your water filter depends on the filter. Always check the manufacturer’s recommendations, but other factors may reduce the filter’s life. For example, a particularly active or large household may filter 40 gallons of water through a pitcher well before two months. 

Final thoughts on the best water filters

Anyone looking for the best water filters has plenty of affordable options to cover a variety of needs, whether lugging around a reliable system in the woods or covering a household’s drinking and cooking needs. It’s hard to go wrong with the filters we recommend from well-known, longtime brands like PUR and Brita. Both brands’ filters are readily available and carry multiple certifications. And don’t rule out getting multiple items—you never know when you’ll be thirsty next.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best water filters of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best home theater projectors for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-home-theater-projectors/ Thu, 04 Nov 2021 00:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=405294
Best home theater projectors sliced header
Tony Ware

Skip the sticky floors but not the cinema experience with the best home theater projectors.

The post The best home theater projectors for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best home theater projectors sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best HD home theater projector BenQ HT2060 home theater projector BenQ HT2060
SEE IT

Imagery that punches above its price.

Best 4K home theater projector The Epson Home Cinema 5050UB is the best home theater projector. Epson Home Cinema 5050UB
SEE IT

Bold colors and the highest contrast ratio.

Best value home theater projector The Epson EpiqVision is the best home theater projector. Epson EpiqVision Mini EF12
SEE IT

Packed with streaming content.

The best part about owning home theater projectors is watching your shows with all the immersive fun of sitting in a movie theater. That 65-inch flatscreen is great, but nothing compares to sitting and watching that giant Star Destroyer descending down your entire wall in the opening shot of Star Wars. Home projectors bring that experience to your living room, den, or, if you’re lucky, a dedicated movie room. 

Projectors for home theater also provide the flexibility you don’t often find with TVs, especially large ones. They take up much less space in a room, and aren’t an unsightly decorating “dead zone.” With a home projector, you can even take the show outside. Set one up on the deck for a romantic night of movie-watching under the stars. (Again, that Star Destroyer under the night sky would be pretty sweet!) Not all home theater projectors are the same, though, and it’s important to match the right device with your viewing habits, space, and overall needs. With that in mind, we’ve, well, screened the options, and collected our selections and considerations for the best home theater projectors. 

How we chose the best home theater projectors

When selecting the best home theater projectors, we looked at many different units. We read reviews, both from industry insiders and owners, and scoured manufacturers’ technical specs. Projectors were evaluated based on brightness, picture quality (particularly in terms of sharpness, color, and contrast), resolution, chip type, and refresh rate. We wanted to know how a projector performed not only in specially designed movie rooms, but also rooms with ambient light or outdoors. For gaming, we compared lag times among units to see which could keep up with players’ reflexes. While not a primary concern, extra features, like lens shift and motorized lenses, or audio capabilities, were noted and considered as well.

The best home theater projectors: Reviews & Recommendations

The best home theater projectors produce a sharp image with strong contrast and bright, vibrant colors. They fit into your life, both literally (producing the right size image for your room) and figuratively (price and ease of use). In short, the best projectors for watching movies and programs at home deliver the entertainment you expect from a standard TV, only much, much larger. Pair that with the right home theater sound system for your space and be transported into fantastical worlds without leaving the house.

Best HD home theater projector: BenQ HT2060

BenQ

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Darker blacks, bright whites, and realistic colors all help the BenQ HT2060 punch above its price point.  

Specs

  • Product Dimensions (HWD): 19 x 15.5 x 8.8 inches
  • Brightness: 2,200 lumens
  • Chip Type: DLP
  • Resolution: 1080p HDR
  • Video input: HDMI

Pros

  • Excellent color and contrast
  • Lens shift
  • 3D compatible

Cons

  • No support for HDR
  • Can’t play 4K video

If the BenQ HT2060 only delivered a great picture at a lower price point, it would be enough to make this the best HD home theater projector. But projecting a 100-inch screen from just 8 feet away (with the ability to project up to 300 inches) combined with having vertical lens shift (rarely found on DLP chip projectors) really makes the unit stand out among its peers. 

The high contrast ratio and natural colors deliver a strong, cinema-like picture at up to 1080p resolution at 8.3ms 120Hz. While the company claims the bulb outputs 2,200 lumens, some review tests show it coming in around 1,600. But that’s still bright enough to deliver a large image even in rooms without blackout curtains.

The HT2060 accepts video from two HDMI 2.0 inputs, as well as a USB connection that has a 1.5-amp output to drive a streaming stick without external power. You’ll also find older, analog audio and video inputs, including both component and composite—just what you need if you’re still rocking the old VHS player. (We won’t judge.) And Built-in 5Wx2 speakers if you do.

The DCI-P3 and 98-percent Rec. 709 color accuracy calibration contributes to picture quality, though the BenQ does suffer from rainbows—multicolored trails left by bright objects on the screen. It’s a problem found with all projectors with single DLP chips, though many people either don’t notice them or simply aren’t bothered by them. For some, however, they’re deal-breakers so make sure you know how you feel about them before considering a single-DLP player. 

Best 4K home theater projector: Epson Home Cinema 5050UB

Why it made the cut: This best 4K home theater projector is designed for home-theater enthusiasts, with bold colors and contrast that deliver inky shadows and razor-sharp highlights.   

Specs

  • Product Dimensions (HWD): 7.6 by 20.5 by 17.7 inches
  • Brightness: 2,600 lumens
  • Chip Type: 3LCD
  • Resolution: 4K
  • Video input: HDMI

Pros

  • Excellent picture quality
  • High contrast ratio
  • Horizontal and vertical lens shift
  • Motorized zoom
  • Full DCI-P3 color

Cons

  • Bulkier than many high-end units

The light engine under the Epson Home Cinema 5050UB’s hood uses “4K enhancement” technology and pixel-shifting to create a high-resolution image out of its three HD LCD chips. The jury’s out on whether this delivers a sharper picture than a true 4K DLP chip, but that doesn’t change the fact that movies look absolutely gorgeous with 100 percent of the RGB color signal displayed for every frame.

The 5050UB owes much of its success to the 2,600-lumen bulb, one of the brightest in its class. Even more so, UltraBlack 1,000,000:1 dynamic contrast ratio and full 10-bit HDR processing results in dark, silky blacks and punchy highlights that make movies pop. 

Epson’s projector lacks audio outputs, but that’s typical for this class of unit; the company assumes users will run audio through an AV receiver and speakers for optimal sound. Additional features like a motorized lens with both horizontal and vertical shift, plus motorized zoom, make setting up the Epson 5050UB simple and fast. 

Best home theater projector for gaming: Optoma UHD38x

Why it made the cut: An extremely short lag time combined with an excellent 4K and HD picture makes the Optoma UHD38x projector a gamer’s best friend.   

Specs

  • Product Dimensions (HWD): 4.65 by 12.4 by 10.63 inches
  • Brightness: 4,000 lumens
  • Chip Type: DLP
  • Resolution: True 4K
  • Video input: HDMI, DVI

Pros

  • 240 Hz refresh rate and lag as low as 4.2 ms at 1080p with Enhanced Gaming Mode
  • Supports 4K and HD gaming
  • High contrast ratio for a crisp-looking picture

Cons

  • Minimum throw distance of six feet
  • Minimal zoom and lens shift makes it hard to position

Quick reactions win video games, so a TV or projector’s blur-free visuals and unparalleled smoothness are a must. The Optoma UHD38x’s 240 Hz refresh rate keeps lag time down to as low as 4.2 ms in Enhanced Gaming mode. The bright, 4,000-lumen bulb, a high contrast ratio, and jewel-like colors create a picture that captures all the dynamic energy of both games and movies. The 4K UHD 60 Hz or 1080p 120 Hz resolutions, plus HDR10 and HLG content compatibility, makes all your content look great and blur-free, making this projector our choice for the best home theater projector for gaming.  

Set-up is a little tricky. The UHD38x’s lens isn’t motorized, and it has minimal lens shift or physical zoom. You’ll have to position it right in the middle of your screen in order to get the best image and, with its relatively long throw, the closest it can focus is 6 feet.

Best value home theater projector: Epson EpiqVision Mini EF12

Why it made the cut: The Epson EpiqVision Mini EF12 includes a built-in Android TV and Google Play Store apps, making it as much a smart TV as a high-quality HD projector. 

Specs

  • Product Dimensions (HWD): 5.3 by 6.9 by 6.9 inches
  • Brightness: 1,000 lumens
  • Chip Type: LCD
  • Resolution: 1080p
  • Video input: HDMI

Pros

  • Laser light source lasts longer than a bulb
  • Three-chip LCD imaging for higher contrast ratios
  • Integrated Smart TV components
  • Supports 4K content (downconverted to 1080p)

Cons

  • Only 1,000 lumens
  • No true 4K resolution

Saying something is the best budget is relative in home theater projectors, but getting a ton of quality for a grand qualifies. Oh, you can go cheap (even cheap-cheap) when it comes to projectors, but if you want the best value projector that can still do a home theater justice, the Epson EpiqVision Mini EF12 Smart Streaming Laser projector delivers, enabling streaming video services with built-in Android TV and Google Play Store apps. The projector uses a laser-illuminated, three-chip LCD to create a picture with sharp contrast and natural colors.

While the laser-phosphor light source isn’t the brightest at only 1,000 lumens, in a dark room it still provides a large, immersive show at up to 150 inches. Besides all the built-in content channels and the ability to project connected device content wirelessly via Chromecast, the EF12 has two HDMI ports for HD or downconverted 4K video sources.

Built-in, dual 5-watt speakers provide robust sound and the projector connects to an external sound source via 3.5mm output jacks, HDMI ARC, or even Bluetooth. All this versatility makes for a great choice from the gaming pod to the classroom.  

Best outdoor home theater projector: BenQ TH685P

Why it made the cut: Even in ambient light, the BenQ TH685P’s 3,500-lumen lamp delivers a sharp picture with nice contrast and accurate color, making this ideal for an evening of outdoor movie watching.  

Specs

  • Product Dimensions (HWD): 12.28 by 8.86 by 4.33 inches
  • Brightness: 3,500 lumens
  • Chip Type: DLP
  • Resolution: 1080p
  • Video input: 4K HDMI

Pros

  • Color and contrast good at this price point
  • Bright 3,500 lumen lamp
  • Supports HDR programming
  • Accept 4K input, downconverted to 1080p

Cons

  • Can’t read files from USB memory sticks

The BenQ TH685P makes hosting an outdoor movie night easy, with a bright, 3,500-lumen lamp that cuts through ambient light spilling from your living room, the neighbor’s home, or a full moon. It’s adjustable to throw distances of 80 inches to 150 inches. And the onboard, 5-watt mono speaker has a chamber design that delivers more muscular sound than you’d expect; you still might want to bring some speakers out to the patio (it has an audio output on the back), but this saves you that hassle if you’re keeping your set-up simple.

Two HDMI 2.0 ports accept both 1080p and 4K signals, though the 4K gets downconverted to HD. Nonetheless, the resulting image remains sharp, with 95-percent Rec. 709 color. Unfortunately, you can’t feed content from a USB device, so you’ll need to have a Blu-ray player or a computer with an HDMI output as part of your theater setup. The TH685P supports HDR10 and 3D programming. An added bonus: At 120 Hz in 1080p, the BenQ has a lag time of 8.3 ms, making this a useful projector for gamers in addition to being the best outdoor home theater projector.

Things to consider before buying the best home theater projectors

Bright ideas

Of all a projector’s specs, none shine like the number of lumens. Lumens describes how much light a projector can create, which translates into how bright and large your image can be. Often, units with higher lumens cost more, so you’ll have to balance price and performance when making your selection. While this all might seem straightforward, no company measures lumens in exactly the same way. In broad strokes, if one projector is described as being 2,000 lumens and the other is 1,000, you can say for certain the first one is brighter. But if one is 2,000 and another is 2,200, it’s hard to know if the latter is really brighter, or if the manufacturers are using different scales. On the other hand, in most cases, your eyes probably can’t tell the difference between 2,000 and 2,200 anyway. 

Let there be light

To play your movie on the big screen, a projector’s light source creates the light, which is then focused on a chip that generates an image. Light sources come in three varieties: Lasers, LEDs, and Ultra High Pressure (UHP) lamps. The UHP lamps, which are basically high-powered light bulbs, cost the least and generate the most light. The downside is that, over time, they can wear down and need replacing. However, it can take years before that happens, and the replacement bulbs usually cost less than $300. LEDs and lasers are more efficient than UHP lamps but cost much more for the same performance. For the time being, UHP lamps still give the most bulb for the buck. 

Chipping away

Projectors use one of three types of imaging chips: DLP, LCD, and LCoS. DLP chips are found in products at many price points and deliver average contrast and decent color. LCD chips can be found on budget to mid-range projectors and often have better color than DLP projectors, but the contrast ratios can sometimes suffer. Finally, LCoS chips can be found on mid-range to high-end projectors, have the best contrast ratios, and good color. In the end, LCoS projectors usually beat the others in terms of overall picture quality, which is why they tend to cost more.

Room with a view

Before deciding on a projector, know where you want to use it and how you want to set it up. Will the projector sit far from the wall? If so, you’ll want a projector with a long throw. Some projectors are meant to sit on furniture while others are mounted to the ceiling. If your projector doesn’t have built-in lens shifting, you’ll need to place the unit on something that can be adjusted up or down. It’s better to sort out these details ahead of time than to get home with your new projector and discover it won’t work well in your movie room. 

FAQs

Q: Is it worth getting a 4K projector?

It’s worth getting a 4K projector if you enjoy watching 4K content on screens big enough to feel immersive. At, say, 100 inches, the smaller pixels of a 4K projection will remain crisper than those of a 1080p unit. But this comes at a cost and, if you’re on a budget, you can still have a great viewing experience using a 1080p projector in your home theater. 

Q: Do more lumens mean a better projector?

More lumens do not, on their own, mean a better projector. Brightness plays a role in delivering a great picture, especially in rooms with ambient light, but it’s not the whole story. Chip design is important, too. Resolution, lens construction, playback formats, refresh rate, and lag time—these all work together to determine which is the projector that best suits your needs. 

Q: Can you watch Netflix on a projector?

You can watch Netflix on a projector, along with any other streaming service. You’ll need some sort of streaming device, like a Roku, with an HDMI output. Plug that in with an HDMI cable to the back of your projector, and you’re good to go.

Final thoughts on the best home theater projectors

If you’re a movie fan, the Epson Home Cinema 5050UB is a hard projector to beat and our best overall pick. With great color and contrast, plus a bright light source, it delivers a 4K picture that looks great on a big screen and captures the experience of sitting in a real cinema. The motorized lens with horizontal and vertical shift makes it easy to set up, so you’ll be enjoying blockbusters in no time. But no matter what model you opt for, don’t forget the popcorn!

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best home theater projectors for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best garage door openers for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-garage-door-opener/ Mon, 23 Aug 2021 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=391011
The best garage door openers come in a range of mounts and price points.

Make your comings and goings as easy as open and shut.

The post The best garage door openers for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best garage door openers come in a range of mounts and price points.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The LiftMaster 8500 Elite Series is the best wall-mount garage door opener. LiftMaster 8500W
SEE IT

The LiftMaster 8500W excels with its wall-mounted design, quiet operation, security features, and ample space for large vehicles. Smartphone connectivity enhances convenience, making it a top pick.

Best quiet The Genie 2055 LED Essentials Garage Door Opener is the best garage door opener that's quiet. Genie Stealth 500 Essentials
SEE IT

The Genie Stealth 500 Essentials offers a super quiet operation and easy installation, making it suitable for noise-sensitive environments.

Best budget The Skylink Atoms ATR 1611C is the best garage door opener at a budget-friendly price. Skylink Atoms ATR-1611C
SEE IT

The Skylink Atoms ATR-1611C provides value, quiet operation, and easy installation, making it ideal for single garage doors and DIY enthusiasts.

Garage door openers may seem like a very simple piece of tech, but innovations in the smart home device market have seen them become more sophisticated with added features and optimized performance. Of course, you’ll expect them to reliably and safely open and close your garage door with ease, but modern units can now do so quieter than ever and also provide an array of other functions. Your garage door isn’t just an entry point—it’s an integral part of your daily routine and home security. Whether you’re seeking smart home integration, whisper-quiet operation, or a seamless blend of these elements, we’re here to help you make an informed choice. These are the best garage door openers available today.

How we chose the best garage door openers

Our garage door opener recommendations are based on extensive research. We surveyed peer recommendations, critical reviews, and user impressions to create a list of contenders and then put them through their paces. We considered a wide variety of garage door openers suitable for a range of needs and users to develop a comprehensive list of the best garage door openers on the market today.

The best garage door openers: Reviews & Recommendations

The best garage door opener should work so well that you forget it’s even there. When choosing a model, know how much horsepower you need. Power and durability may be at the top of your list if you have a solid wood garage door, or you may have a house design that requires a less obtrusive wall-mounted garage door opener. Then, look for a design that’s within your budget and has convenient features, allowing you to enter and exit without needing to give much thought to the garage door at all.

Best overall: LiftMaster 8500 Elite Series

LiftMaster 8500 Elite Series

SEE IT

Specs

  • Opener Type: Direct drive
  • Motor Power: 0.5 HP
  • Smart Home-Compatible: Yes

Pros

  • Impressive security features
  • Space-saving design
  • Quiet operation

Cons

  • Isn’t compatible with all door types

We chose the LiftMaster 8500W as our best overall garage door opener due to its space-saving, wall-mounted design, super quiet operation, additional security features, and powerful performance. It’s the perfect choice for large vehicle owners, including trucks and vans, as it accommodates doors up to 14 feet tall and 650 pounds. Rest assured, your property is secure with a new code sent every time you click the remote, ensuring the door only opens for you. It also includes a motion light that comes on when you enter the garage for added security and safety. It comes with a remote control and can be connected to smart devices with the optional purchase of the Internet Gateway. The smart functions allow you to monitor and control the garage door from your smartphone, create schedules, and get real-time notifications and alerts.

You’ll have to check for compatibility as this model won’t be suitable for roll-up doors or low-headroom tracks, and you’ll need a separate front-mount torsion bar system for it to work, which isn’t included.

Best smart: Chamberlain B4613T Garage Door Opener 

Specs

  • Opener Type: Belt drive
  • Motor Power: 1.25 HP
  • Smart Home-Compatible: Yes

Pros

  • Comes with battery backup
  • Syncs with multiple users

Cons

  • Hard to install

Connected to your home WiFi network and compatible with the Chamberlain MyQ app, which you can use with either Android or iOS devices, the Chamberlain B4613T garage door opener lets you remotely control the device from anywhere and allows you to give access to up to three different users so that other family members or visitors can get into the garage and property. Controlling the garage door through the app is easy with one-touch controls. You can choose to receive email or app notifications if your door is opened and closed, which comes time-stamped so you can understand exactly what’s happening at your home. 

This smart-home device is quite tricky to install, so if you’re not handy, you might want to leave it to someone more experienced or hire someone to complete the task for you.

Best quiet: Genie Stealth 500 Essentials

Genie

SEE IT

Specs

  • Opener Type: Belt drive
  • Motor Power: 0.5 HP
  • Smart Home-Compatible: No

Pros

  • Very quiet operation
  • Easy installation

Cons

  • No smart home device compatibility

Cons

  • No smart home device compatibility

If you’re looking for a super quiet garage door opener, the Genie Stealth 500 Essentials deserves your attention. Perhaps you leave the house early in the morning and don’t want to disturb neighbors, or you have young children or pets to worry about in garage adjoining rooms. This model comes with a pre-programmed remote with one button and is easy to install yourself. It’s one of the more basic models tested, so don’t expect a range of smart home-connected add-ons or additional features. However, if a quiet operation is important to you, the Genie Stealth 500 Essentials could be just the ticket.

Best with battery backup: BeamUP Everlift Garage Door Opener with Battery Backup

BeamUp

SEE IT

Specs

  • Opener Type: Chain drive
  • Motor Power: 0.75 HP
  • Smart Home-Compatible: Yes

Pros

  • Easy to install
  • Provides peace of mind during power outages

Cons

  • Only has one remote
  • App doesn’t timestamp notifications

Battery backup garage door openers provide continuous functionality even during power outages. This is particularly important during emergencies or when you need to leave your home quickly. It will also prevent unauthorized access to your garage and home during vulnerable moments when the power is down.

You’ll also avoid the problem of potential damage to your garage door if a power outage occurs while the door is partially open. This model can be used with both single and double garage doors and comes with a wall-mounted controller and one remote control. The backup battery is long-lasting to give you peace of mind no matter what.

Specs

  • Opener Type: Chain drive
  • Motor Power: 0.5 HP
  • Smart Home-Compatible: No

Pros

  • Integrated LED light
  • Good value for money
  • DC Motor

Cons

  • No WiFi

The Skylink Atoms ATR-1611C garage door opener offers great value for money and is easy to install. It’s also very quiet and has a soft start and finish to reduce vibration and decrease the noise. It’s suitable for doors up to 7 feet, but you can purchase a separate kit to convert that to 8 or 10 feet. This model is a great choice for single garage doors that aren’t too heavy and for those who would like to install their garage door opener themselves but may not feel confident to take on a complicated process.

How do garage door openers work?

There are several types of garage door openers: chain-drive, belt-drive, screw-drive, direct-drive, and wall-mounted. Chain and belt drives come with a stationary motor that moves the chain or belt to open and close the door. Direct-drive garage door openers have a stationary chain with a motor that moves along the length of the chain to open the door. Screw-drive garage door openers have a threaded rod along with a trolley that moves and opens the door. Wall-mounted models are designed with a torsion bar and put the motor on the wall next to the garage door rather than on the ceiling.

Chain and screw-drive models work well for heavy doors, but they tend to be noisy. Belt and direct-drive models are quieter but are often more expensive. Wall-mounted garage door openers are quiet and take up less space, but they’re not as strong as the other types. 

A garage door opener shouldn’t hesitate to lift a standard-size garage door. Standard aluminum doors require a one-half horsepower residential door opener. One-piece and oversized garage doors need more power, three-quarters to one horsepower. (Commercial garage door openers can have up to one and a half horsepower, but that’s not usually needed for residential use.) 

Think about backup power, too. You’ll still need to get into (or out of) the garage during power outages. Models with a backup battery will take the heavy lifting out of your hands—literally—no matter the power status. 

What to consider when choosing a garage door opener

When choosing a garage door opener, keep these points in mind:

Type of drive

Chain drives offer better durability and strength over belt-drive, wall-mounted, and direct-drive openers. The downside is that chains are noisy, but if you’ve got a big, heavy door, these models won’t give out under a big load. Chain drives are more affordable but can be noisier compared to other options.

Belt-driven openers use a rubber belt for operation, making them quieter than chain drives. They are ideal for attached garages where noise might be a concern.

Screw drive openers use a threaded rod to move the trolley that lifts the door. They are known for their reliability and require less maintenance, but they can be noisier than belt drives.

Horsepower (HP)

Consider the size and weight of your garage door when choosing the horsepower of the opener. Single-car doors generally require less horsepower than double-car doors or heavy wooden doors.

Safety features

Look for safety features such as sensors that detect obstructions and stop the door from closing, preventing accidents or damage.

Smartphone integration

Most garage door openers come with remote controls, but some also offer smartphone integration through dedicated apps. This can allow you to control your garage door remotely, check its status, and receive alerts. You can let in guests when you’re away from home or get notifications if the garage door opens unexpectedly. 

Many models can also link to smart hubs to interact with the rest of the smart devices in your home. With some models, that means voice control over the garage door, too. Some models include valuable add-ons that include speakers, parking assist modules, or carbon monoxide detectors. It all depends on the model and the extras offered by the manufacturer.

Battery backup

A battery backup system ensures that your garage door can still be operated during power outages. This can be crucial for convenience and security.

Noise level

Depending on the location of your garage, even a well-functioning garage door opener can disturb sleeping babies, guests, or family members if the garage is near a bedroom. 

Belt-drive and wall-mounted garage door openers offer quieter operation than chain and screw-drive models. If you go the belt-drive route, there are two motor options—DC and AC. Of the two, DC motors are a little quieter. Stay away from chain-drive models if noise is an issue. Even a well-lubricated chain-drive model will be louder than a belt-drive or wall-mounted garage door opener.

Installation

Some garage door openers might require professional installation due to their complexity. If you’re not comfortable with DIY installation, factor in the cost of professional installation.

Location

Wall-mounted garage door openers (also known as jackshaft or side-mount garage door openers) are installed on a wall on either side of the garage door. These models use a torsion bar to open and close the door. They’re commonly used in garages that have high or unusual roof and ceiling lines. You might also want to consider a wall mount if you have a large vehicle or use a carrier on top of your car. 

Wall-mounted models offer quiet operation, and they’re easy to access for maintenance. However, because of their location and how they operate, they’re not designed for heavy doors. They also need to be installed near an electrical outlet.

Size

Variations in garage-door design may necessitate the use of a more powerful garage door opener. A couple of factors come into play when buying an opener for a heavy door. First, consider the opener’s horsepower. A standard aluminum garage door only needs an opener with one-half horsepower. Solid wood doors, however, may require three-quarters horsepower. You can find models with up to one and a half horsepower, but these are typically used in commercial settings rather than in residential areas. 

Price

Budget-friendly garage door openers offer excellent power and sometimes a few extras like built-in lights and battery backups. There are a few smart garage door openers that fall under $200 that give you added remote options. The differences are typically in noise level and installation limitations. 

Most of the lower-priced garage door openers are chain-drive models. That inherently makes them louder, though the ones with a DC motor are quieter than those with an AC motor. Wall-mounted, direct-drive, screw-drive, and belt-drive models don’t typically fall in the affordable category. 

FAQs

Q: Are belt or chain garage door openers better?

Belt-drive openers run quieter but tend to be pricier. Chain-drive models can handle heavier loads, but they’re noisier. If noise matters to you and your household, go for a belt drive. If you have a big garage door, a chain drive might be more suitable for its strength and durability.

Q: How do I know if I need a new garage door opener?

-Making increasingly loud noises
-Becoming noticeably slow in its operation
-Refusing to open at all
-Intermittently stopping and starting
-You want to upgrade to a smart home-compatible garage door opener

Q: How long should a garage door opener last?

Most garage door openers last about 10-15 years. Of course, how often it’s used, regular maintenance, and the opener type make a difference in longevity. Some models may last well past 15 years, while others may exhaust before the 10-year mark.

Final thoughts on the best garage door openers

Our top pick for the best overall garage door opener is the LiftMaster 8500W. We chose it for its powerful performance, enhanced security features, and smart-home functions, making it a great choice.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best garage door openers for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best electric garage heaters of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-electric-garage-heaters/ Thu, 28 Sep 2023 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=573450
four of the bet electric garage heaters sliced together on a white background
Abby Ferguson

Tinker in comfort all year long with these garage heaters.

The post The best electric garage heaters of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
four of the bet electric garage heaters sliced together on a white background
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A white and black Heat Storm Phoenix WiFi Edition heater against a white background Heat Storm Phoenix Wi-Fi Edition
SEE IT

With Wi-Fi connection, a touchscreen UI, and a moderate price, the Heat Storm Phoenix Wi-Fi Edition brings modern comforts to your garage.

Best space heater The Dyson Pure Hot + Cool HP07 heater against a white background Dyson Pure Hot + Cool HP07
SEE IT

This Dyson works for you all year, heating, cooling, and purifying air as needed.

Best budget Lasko Space Heater against a white background Lasko Space Heater
SEE IT

The Lasko Space Heater provides satisfying heat for one.

Electric garage heaters keep us going in that screen-free sanctuary that is the tinkerer’s garage. From keeping the hands warm and pliable to preventing a wobbly shiver, having a nice heater in your garage will keep you working even during the coldest winter or late autumn freezes. Plus, they reduce fumes and gasses being poured into a confined garage. After all, garages already have enough problems with exhausts and chemicals to begin with. However, styles of garage heaters vary tremendously and have a wide variety of features, form factors, and usage conditions. It can be difficult to sort through. This is exactly why we’ve collected the best electric garage heaters in a variety of styles for you to choose from.

How we chose the best electric garage heaters

More so than other types of heaters, electric garage heaters are all about functionality and niche usage. Utility is the most important factor, and, to a large degree, looks don’t matter that much. With this in mind, we found the best electric garage heaters that suit different needs while also taking a stab at an overall best pick. Want your whole garage warm? We’ve got that. Need just a touch of heat? We’ve got that, too. Need the all-so-elusive overhead heater? You get the picture.

Amidst it all, we’re also looking at varying power levels—the crunchy hard numbers of watts and volts—as well as safety features. While 240V heaters are often capable of more power, they’re typically quite inconvenient for the typical American to use, so we’ve limited how many we’re including in the list. Reviews from real customers go a long way, too, so we’ve found products that have been used and preferred by 100s, if not 1,000s, of real people. Older models even get a bonus for longevity when it comes to electric garage heaters, as the technology changes slowly over time.

The best electric garage heaters: Reviews & Recommendations

While we’ve attempted to find the best electric garage heater, we know that many situations, power levels, and types of electric garage heaters might interest you. The vast majority of garage owners will find a suitable electric garage heater on this list.

Best overall: Heat Storm Phoenix Wi-Fi Edition

Heat Storm

SEE IT

Specs

  • Wattage: 1500 watts
  • Size: 4 x 19 x 16 inches
  • Placement: Wall mounted
  • Heating style: Infrared

Pros

  • Easy to install at only 9 pounds
  • Remote, WiFi control
  • Child lock, tip-over, air filter, and overheat shutoff safety features
  • Robust touchscreen UI

Cons

  • Feet for freestanding mode are sold separately

The Heat Storm Phoenix Wi-Fi Edition is perfect for those dreary cold mornings when the thought of leaving the comforts of your home for even a minute fills you with dread. You can remotely turn it on via WiFi to warm up the garage before you even get there. It will provide good heat for 150 square feet around it and supplemental heat for a full 1,000 square feet. It attaches firmly to the wall, so if you have it installed in the area near your house door and your car, you’ll be able to hop in your car with maximum comfort.

The Heat Storm Phoenix Wi-Fi Edition has robust safety features, including a child lock and automatic shutoff in case of overheating. If you decide to buy the optional feet that convert the wall mount into a freestanding model, there is even tip-over protection. Furthermore, the Heat Storm Phoenix Wi-Fi Edition has an internal air filter that can help clean your air and increase environmental safety while using this heater.

Another bonus of the Heat Storm Phoenix Wi-Fi Edition is its inclusion of an actual UI. For the most part, even the best electric garage heaters include only a knob or two, with low/high heat settings at best. On the other hand, this electric garage heater has a full touchscreen UI with a built-in digital thermostat. It’s just a lot better, presentation-wise, than most of the competition.

Best space heater: Dyson Pure Hot + Cool HP07 

Dyson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Wattage: 1500 watts
  • Size: 9.76 x 8.07 x 30.08 inches
  • Placement: Freestanding
  • Heating style: Convection

Pros

  • HEPA filter cleans air
  • Heats and cools
  • Bladeless fan design
  • Can control via Alexa

Cons

  • Louder than necessary

When we looked at the best space heaters, a Dyson stood out for its multitool-like ability to get a lot done in the hobbyist’s garage setting. Namely, it warms up your locale when it’s cold, cools when it’s hot, and constantly removes dust and other particles.

The air that runs through the Dyson HP07, a step-up model from our original space heater pick, also gets run through HEPA and Carbon filters, which trap up to 99.97 percent of allergens as small as 0.3 microns (one of the reasons a Dyson also places so highly in our best air purifiers roundup). The small LCD screen identifies pollutants and shows the air quality of the room as well as the current temperature. Then, it uses a bladeless fan (aka “air multiplier”) to disperse warm or cool air at a rate of 77 gallons/second in an oscillating pattern.

At the end of the day, this makes the Dyson HP07 the best year-round electric garage heater. It is the perfect way to treat your garage’s air throughout the year, and unlike a lot of heaters, you won’t feel like it is merely taking up space for half the year (or more).

Best ceiling mount: Comfort Zone CZQTV5M 

Comfort Zone

SEE IT

Specs

  • Wattage: 1500 watts
  • Size: 5.25 x 26.5 x 14.3 inches
  • Placement: Overhead
  • Heating style: Infrared

Pros

  • Concentrated infrared heat
  • Halogen lamp and heat combo
  • 90-degree tiltable lamp head
  • Safety grill protects lamp and heater

Cons

  • Only two heat settings

There are two reasons to have a ceiling-mounted garage heater: Saving floor space and having a way to concentrate heat onto the top of a workbench. The Comfort Zone CZQTV5M handles both and avoids the frustration of overhead heat rising, not falling onto the person below it.

The secret is that the Comfort Zone CZQTV5M is an infrared heater. Awarded the “best ceiling-mount” category in our assessment of the best infrared heaters, the infrared heat travels in a beam-like fashion, heating what it hits, not the air. In practice, this means that your hands, busy at work, will stay well-heated and comfortable.

Another issue the Comfort Zone CZQTV5M circumvents is lighting. Having a freestanding lamp close to a heater could be awkward or unsafe. The included halogen lamp is what makes this one of the best electric garage heaters. No matter what time it is or how cold it is, you can see and feel your warm and toasty hands while using the Comfort Zone CZQTV5M.

Best freestanding: Briza Infrared Patio and Garage Heater 

Briza

SEE IT

Specs

  • Wattage: 1500 watts
  • Size: 35.5 x 4 x 4 inches (element)
  • Placement: Freestanding
  • Heating style: Infrared

Pros

  • IP55 rating withstands shop dust and outdoor conditions
  • Includes a tripod stand
  • Automatic shut-off feature
  • 1-9 hour timer

Cons

  • 6-foot range of effectiveness

The Briza is a tripod-mounted infrared heater that can withstand quite a beating. We’ve already reviewed the Briza as one of the best patio heaters, in large part due to this ability to take on the elements. With an IP55 rating, it should be able to withstand some water but also dust. And that’s what makes it great for your garage, too. If you’re into woodworking, for example, having a machine that is rated to withstand a bit of dust is quite critical.

It’s really quite convenient, too. At only 6.6 pounds, you should be able to move the Briza wherever you want in your garage with ease. That includes outside the garage, too, if you want to work out in the open and take advantage of its weatherproofing.

Further convenience comes from its remote control and the fact that it has a one to nine-hour timer that you can set. This makes it the perfect heater for the tinkerer who gets completely in the flow and then forgets to turn things like the heater off. Plus, it has safety features like an automatic turn-off in case things get too heated. 

Best 240V: Dr. Heater DR966

Dr. Heater

SEE IT

Specs

  • Wattage: 6000 watts
  • Size: 14.5 x 13 x 14.5 inches
  • Placement: Wall-mount
  • Heating style: Infrared

Pros

  • Tough, steel exterior
  • UL-certified for safety
  • Heats well even 12-feet away

Cons

  • Internal thermostat is finicky

If you are willing to go the 240V way (or live in a region where 240V appliances are more accessible), you should consider the Dr. Heater DR996. It is tough, thanks to the hard metal exterior that can take a knocking or two. But it also provides good heat, with high and low settings at an impressive 3,000 and 6,000 watts, respectively. 

While the fan helps a bit with space heating, the Dr. Heater DR996 is an infrared heater, so it will tend to give directional heating. This is a good thing in many ways, with customers reporting receiving quality heat even from as far as 12 feet away or more. At the same time, reports of a finicky thermostat are less surprising due to the heating style.

Best budget: Lasko Space Heater

Lasko

SEE IT

Specs

  • Wattage: 1500 watts
  • Size: 9.2 x 7 x 6 inches
  • Placement: Freestanding
  • Heating style: Convection

Pros

  • Lightweight with handle
  • Small size fits anywhere
  • 8-foot cord for easy placement
  • ETL listed safety

Cons

  • Only enough heat for one

This affordable space heater provides one person with enough heat anywhere in the garage. Its small size makes it suitable to place on tabletops or down by your feet next to the workbench.

This is one of the best electric garage heaters for a small space, and usually just one person, so you’ll likely want to move it about quite a bit. That should be easy with the Lasko, as it is only 2.9 pounds and has a carry handle embedded in the back. Finding a place to put it should also not be a challenge. Attaching a heater to an extension cord or power strip is generally frowned upon, but the Lasko has an 8-foot cord, giving you a large amount of control over placement in your garage, so long as it has adequate plugs.

Finally, the Lasko is a very safe machine, at least as far as heaters go. It is ETL-listed for safety and has tip-over protection. So, if you do happen to place it somewhere unstable, which is bound to happen if you move it as often as is intended, you won’t have to worry (as much) about a major incident occurring as a result.

What to consider before buying electric garage heaters

Getting electric garage heaters can be trickier than expected. As you’ll likely see, many sites will recommend high-powered heaters that won’t work (at least here in the States) without tricky installations or electrical work being done. Furthermore, due to the nature of electric heat styles, you might often find yourself a bit confused as to how different methods of heat delivery are given via electricity versus gas. We’re here to clear up the muddiness of these topics.

Lastly, there is the all-important issue of safety. Looking at how safe a given device is turns out to be quite important. As a result, we’ll analyze the different safety features you might encounter as you work with the best electric garage heaters.

Electrical considerations

Whenever we hear terms that remind us of power (think words like horsepower, volts, and amps), we tend to think that more is better. However, chasing higher numbers will not necessarily give us the best result when it comes to finding the best electric garage heaters. Here, let’s examine two common words dealing with electric power—watts and volts—and explain what they mean in the context of your electric garage heater.

Watts can pretty much be directly tied to power and heat output. The more watts used, the more power used, and the more heat released. Getting more sounds better, but you’ll want to ensure there are controls to lower heat settings if you get too high wattage. Thermostat shut-off is also handy in these cases. If you’re in a small garage or just need personal infrared heating, 1,500-watt heaters will probably do.

Volts, on the other hand, are not so straightforward. In the US, we use 120V appliances. You’ll often see anything from 110V to 120V listed on most products. But other places (think the UK and other commonwealth countries) often use 240V products, this time with a range of 220V to 240V being the most common listed.

Higher voltage products are capable of putting out higher wattage than heaters with lower voltage. However, the more complex installation (we cannot use 240V products in the US natively) and electrical work required to prepare a space for them make them a more complex choice for most.

And this voltage issue can cause a lot of frustration when searching for an electric garage heater. Many of the top-level product recommendations are 240V products, usually because they have the highest wattage. Again, though, a high wattage isn’t always necessary, especially for localized work or smaller garages. The additional work of using a 240V heater will likely have limited gains for most people.

All this being said, there are more people than just Americans in this world. Plus, some people may already have a 240V set up in their garage or just want the extra power. As a compromise, we’ve focused on listing the best 120V electric garage heaters but have also included a 240V one.

Heating method

The best electric garage heaters typically have one of two heating styles: Convection or infrared. Choosing between these two heating styles is not a simple matter.

Convection heating is closer to the kinds of heating you’re likely used to. This heating style heats and circulates air around an area to provide an enveloping warmth. Convection garage heaters are best for small, enclosed garages.

Infrared heating is a bit more complex but operates more like the heat of the Sun. In effect, a ray is sent out that heats what it hits. However, that isn’t the full story, either, as you’ll notice that many of these heaters also have fans to disperse “stray” heat. Infrared garage heaters are best for large, open garages and individual people.

Safety

In many ways, the best electric garage heaters are already safer than other types of heaters. They don’t give out gasses, and you don’t have to worry about preventing Carbon Monoxide poisoning as you might with traditional heaters. Still, heaters can be dangerous, and if you have a high-efficiency electric garage heater, you should be on the lookout for varying safety measures that can keep you safe if that heat happens to get out of control.

Tip-over protection: This is most important for freestanding electric garage heaters. When a heater is in its normal functioning state, typical models will release concentrated heat out of the front. When tipped over, this “front” can quickly become a surface not intended to get a blast of extreme heat. Tip-over protection gives you an extra layer of security; when it functions properly, the heat will shut down if it happens to get knocked over.

Overheating shut-off: Everything malfunctions occasionally, and even heaters shouldn’t get too hot. This feature will shut an electric garage heater off when it gets too hot to function. This is not to be confused with thermostat control, however.

Safety certifications: There are several possible safety certifications that you might encounter when browsing the best electric garage heaters. The Lasko Space Heater, for example, is ETL listed. This means it meets certain safety requirements for electric heaters in Canada and the U.S. Note that a lack of certification does not mean that a device is unsafe (they’re optional tests, at least for the time being), but they can give you extra peace of mind, which is always worth something.

Shut-off timers: While shut-off timers aren’t safety features, per se, they can help. Their main function is to help you save dollars off of your electric bill and not save your life. But they certainly will help the absent-minded ensure that their electric garage heater gets turned off. If you’ve ever turned the car around to double-check if you’ve locked the front door or turned off the oven, the best electric garage heater for you may well be one with a shut-off timer.

FAQs

Q: How much does an electric garage heater cost?

An electric garage heater can cost anywhere from $50 on the low end to over $1,000. The sweet spot seems to be around the $100 to $200 mark. That being said, electric garage heaters with interesting features or cool mechanisms can go for $600 without being excessive.

Q: Where is the best place to put a garage heater?

The best place to put a garage heater is where there will be the most human traffic. These heaters typically provide the best heat in a radius around them. For people who enter their garage only to get in the car, placing the heater near the door is ideal. That’ll give you maximum warmth as you step into your garage. If you spend a lot of time in your garage doing hobby work, try getting a mobile or overhead electric garage heater.

Q: What temperature should a garage be in the winter?

A garage’s temperature in the winter should be whatever is comfortable to you but not necessarily as warm as indoors. A lot of the best electric garage heaters are made to provide warmth to a solitary person, meaning they don’t necessarily provide a ton of heat to the whole garage. According to Garage Finisher, using climate control (such as an electric garage heater) can help reduce condensation in the garage during the wintertime.

Final thoughts on the best electric garage heaters

Garage heaters have various features, form factors, and usage conditions. However, an electric garage heater in the list above should suit your needs wherever you go and whatever activities you do in your garage. There are even some, such as the Dyson Pure Hot + Cool HP04, that will also serve you during the summer. Keep a solar generator charged up somewhere nearby, and you’ll be ready to keep operating under any circumstances.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best electric garage heaters of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best vacuums for pet hair of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-vacuum-for-pet-hair/ Fri, 28 May 2021 13:35:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-vacuum-for-pet-hair/
A lineup of the best pet vacuums on a white background
Amanda Reed

Everyone loves their furry friends — but not everyone loves the fur covering every surface in the house, and that’s where a vacuum for pet hair come in.

The post The best vacuums for pet hair of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best pet vacuums on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best lightweight Dyson V11 Animal Cordless Vacuum Cleaner Dyson V11 Torque Drive Cordless Vacuum Cleaner
SEE IT

Despite being only eight pounds, this pick still has intelligent tech that adjusts settings as you move across surfaces.

Best with HEPA filter The HEPA Hoover vacuum is the best vacuum for pet hair Hoover MAXLife Pro Pet Swivel HEPA Media Vacuum Cleaner
SEE IT

This high-efficiency filter captures 99 percent of dust and allergens for a truly complete clean.

Best robot Roomba i4+ evo robot vacuum for pet hair iRobot Roomba i4+ EVO (4552) Self Emptying Robot Vacuum
SEE IT

This robotic vacuum cleans thoroughly and in straight lines to keep it effective and unintrusive.

Pet hair is one of the only downsides to owning a pet. Whether it’s dust bunnies on hard surfaces, stray hairs on soft furnishings, or a layer of fluff on pretty much everything you own, there are very few dogs and cats that don’t shed hair at all. And while there are various solutions—from restricting the areas of the house that they’re allowed in, to using a damp cloth on fabrics to de-fuzz them, the quickest and easiest solution is a vacuum cleaner. But not just any vacuum cleaner. It’s tempting to think that a super-powerful vacuum is the solution. And while power is definitely important, the best vacuum for pet hair won’t rely on power alone. You also need to bear in mind other factors, such as the filter, the brush roll, the weight of the machine, and whether you need a vacuum that can double as a mop and be used wet as well as dry.

Vacuums can be expensive purchases, so to help you avoid making costly mistakes, here’s our guide to a few things you might want to consider when choosing the best pet vacuum.

The best vacuums for pet hair: Reviews & Recommendations

From the floofiest of doggos to the silkiest of cats, one of our picks should help annihilate the pet hair in your home.

Best overall: Bissel ICONpet Turbo Edge vacuum

Bissell

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power source: Battery
  • Weight: 8 pounds
  • Compatible surfaces: Carpet, hardwood, drapes, pretty much anything

Pros

  • Relatively light considering its power
  • Fast charging
  • Powerful rotating brush
  • Versatile modular design
  • Wall-mounted charging station included

Cons

  • Dirt storage chamber could be bigger

This 8-pound vacuum boasts a surprisingly powerful electric motor that gets up to 50 minutes of runtime off of a single battery charge. It conveniently mounts to the wall during charging so it’s out of the way, but its wheels also lock in place if you want to simply lean it somewhere without worrying about it tipping over.

Engaging Turbo Boost mode reduces overall battery performance, but considerably increases suction power, which is important if you’re trying to pull pet hair out of a serious carpet. The head has a powerful rotating brush to pick up the hair, and it’s not prone to getting jammed up during our testing. Dirt and hair end up in an easy-to-remove chamber that could be a little bigger. Still, emptying the vacuum is easy, even if you have to do it frequently.

The modular attachment system allows it to work as a stick vacuum, as we as a smaller handheld sucker. The high-reach attachment could also be useful to you if you have vents, alcoves, ceiling fans, or other spots that are particularly hard to clean. Considering the price and the performance, we found this to be the best option for people with pets at the moment.

Best suction power: Kenmore Elite Pet Friendly Lightweight Bagged Upright Beltless Vacuum

Kenmore

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power source: Cord
  • Weight: 19 pounds
  • Compatible surfaces: Carpet, hard floor, hardwoods, ceramic tile, laminate, bare floor, carpet, hard floor, hardwoods, ceramic tile, laminate

Pros

  • Powerful suction
  • Corded performance means you don’t have to worry about dead batteries
  • Roomy dust bin
  • Air-driven turbine pulls pet hair off of surfaces and out of materials
  • Three included attachments for versatility

Cons

  • Loud
  • Heavy

Two motors in the nozzle and a double-walled design join together for effective suction. Designed to be used on multiple floor surfaces, this Kenmore pet hair vacuum includes a handheld head specially designed for hair and dander, plus a flexible hose and extension wand to get to hard-to-reach areas.

Best lightweight: Dyson V11 Torque Drive Cordless Vacuum Cleaner

Dyson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power source: Battery
  • Weight: 6.7 pounds
  • Compatible surfaces: All floor, Carpet, Hard Floor, Upholstery

Pros

  • Light
  • Powerful
  • Quick to charge
  • Up to 60 minutes of runtime on a charge
  • Most advanced filtration on the list

Cons

  • Expensive, even on-sale

At about $600, the price might be a sticking point—but you get a lot of bang for your buck in this Dyson vacuum that weighs less than 8 pounds. According to the manufacturers, it still boasts twice the suction of any cordless vacuum. Intelligent sensors adjust power as you move across different surfaces and it comes with a mini motorized tool for removing pet hair from upholstery.

Best with tangle-free brush roll: BISSELL ICONpet Turbo Vacuum

Bissell

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power source: Battery
  • Weight: 7 pounds
  • Compatible surfaces: Carpet, hard floor

Pros

  • Powerful suction
  • Sturdy spinning brush
  • Converts into a high-reach or hand vac
  • Pleasing aesthetics

Cons

  • Loud

This lightweight, cordless BISSELL vacuum can be converted to a hand-held for easy access to more areas. Plus, it comes with a motorized brush specifically for pet hair. Although it packs less power (and a lower price) than the Dyson, the large brush roll has specially engineered bristles and powerful suction to ensure pet hair stays off the brush roll and goes straight into the tank.

Best with HEPA filter: Hoover MAXLife Pro Pet Swivel HEPA Media Vacuum Cleaner

Hoover

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power source: Cord
  • Weight: 17 pounds
  • Compatible surfaces: Hard Floor, upholstery, all floors, carpet

Pros

  • Powerful suction
  • Several attachments
  • Corded power means no dead batteries
  • Pleasant to look at

Cons

  • You’ll have to plug it in

With a powered brush especially for pet hair and dander, you can be sure you’re picking up as much as you can. The sealed allergen system and HEPA filter trap 99% of dust and allergens inside this Hoover vacuum, so once you’ve vacuumed it up, it’s not going anywhere. A crevice tool also lets you reach behind the couch and up against the baseboards.

Best robot: iRobot Roomba i4+ Evo

iRobot

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power source: Battery
  • Weight: 8 pounds
  • Compatible surfaces: Carpet, hard floor

Pros

  • Smart mapping makes for efficient cleaning
  • Large battery lets it clean more than other Roombas on one charge
  • Self emptying design only needs you to clean the bin once every two months or so
  • Three-stage cleaning process pulls up tough pet hair
  • Cleans in straight lines rather than random patterns

Cons

  • Your dog is going to hate the robot itself

If you’d rather spend time sitting on the couch with your pet than cleaning up dust bunnies, the Roomba i4+ Evo is the pick for you. Smart mapping makes for more efficient cleaning, meaning no more standoffs with ledges and area runs, and its large battery covers more area on one charge. A self-emptying design means you only need to clean the bin once a month, and a three-stage cleaning process wrangles all the dust bunnies. However, your pet might hate the noise and presence of a robot vacuum. But then again, they already hate the one you’re using now.

Best budget: BISSELL 2252 CleanView

Bissell

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power source: Cord
  • Weight: 12.5 pounds
  • Compatible surfaces: Hard floor, upholstery, carpet

Pros

  • Light compared to similar models
  • Swivel steering makes it easy to maneuver
  • Advanced brush roller for pulling up hair
  • Brush goes close to the edges of the head so there are no uncleaned gaps

Cons

  • Needs to be plugged in

This lightweight vacuum is made to save your back and your budget. Swivel steering lets you clean easily around furniture and other obstacles, and a triple-action brush roll gets even the deepest pet hair embedded in the carpet. It includes specialized pet tools like a Pet TurboEraser to clean stairs and upholstery. An easy-empty tank makes for mess-free dirt disposal. You’ll have to unplug and replug it as you clean around your home. If that’s not a dealbreaker, you’ll love all the savings and power you’ll get from this cheap pet vacuum.

Things to consider when shopping for the best vacuums for pet hair

Not all pets—and not all homes—are the same, so the best vacuum for pet hair for you will depend on you, your pets, and your living situation. We’re going to examine some of the vacuum features that should play a role in your decision-making process, from power and versatility to filter and brush roll, but ultimately how much weight (oh yep, that’s another consideration!) you give each will depend entirely on your specific needs.

How much suction power will you need?

When we’re talking about power in vacuum cleaners, it’s all too easy to look at the wattage— how much electrical power the vacuum cleaner needs to function. But that doesn’t really tell the whole story. The power you really care about in a vacuum cleaner, especially when you’re talking about the ability to pick up pet hair, is suction power. You’ll get the most suction power from your vacuum cleaner when the distance between the dirt and the machine is minimized (once you start adding long hoses and attachments, you’ll find that the suction drops). And, if you’ve got a high-grade filter on your vacuum, that will take more power to move the air through it than a basic filter so that can impact the suction too.

At the moment, while there are various ways in which suction can be measured, there is no agreed standard across the industry so, for example, you’ll find some pet vacuums boasting 2000Pa (or Pascals, which is a unit of pressure), while others will talk about how many RPM the motor does or their wattage. Annoyingly there’s no easy way to measure one against the other, so your best bet is to scour consumer reviews or rely on a site that’s done the hard work for you.

How lightweight do you need it to be?

Does the weight of your vacuum cleaner matter to you? If the answer is no, you’re probably able-bodied and live on a single-story with no stairs to clean, in which case, you can roll any old tank of a vacuum cleaner right out of the cleaning closet and get to work without a second thought. However, if you have stairs, like to use your vacuum cleaner to clean your car, or don’t want to enter any weightlifting competitions, then the weight of your device is going to be a consideration, especially if you’ve got a pet, and need to be constantly cleaning up after it.

So how do you choose a pet vacuum cleaner that’s handy and easy to use? The answer is to switch out your upright for a cordless vacuum cleaner that has a wall-mounted charging station so it’s always close at hand. Look for a model that can be used as a handheld device too.

The challenge with cordless vacuums—especially when it comes to pet hair—is getting enough battery power into them so that they can maintain the level of suction that they need to clean the whole house without requiring a recharge. And that’s a bit of a balancing act. Batteries can be heavy so you need to strike a happy medium between battery power and weight.

What brush roll is best?

If you’ve ever spent what feels like days of your life trying to untangle or snip off snakes of hair from a vacuum roller that’s ground to a halt after being slowly strangled by a build-up of fibers, you won’t need any convincing of the benefits of a tangle-free brush roll.

The problem is that most vacuums have a roller with bristles on it that are important for helping dislodge the hair from the carpet, but if you’re not careful, once dislodged, the hair can become caught in the bristles and wrapped around the roller, eventually causing it to clog and even stop turning. A vacuum with good suction is going to be less prone to this, but manufacturers have developed other tricks that work alongside suction to prevent this from happening.

Different brands have different names for the technology: Shark calls their version of it Zero-M and uses a bristle guard to separate hair from the brush roll until an integrated comb can actively remove the hair from the bristles. Dyson has a tangle-free turbine tool that has counter-rotating brushes rather than a roller, while Bissel’s tangle-free brush roll uses specially engineered bristles and powerful suction to ensure hair stays off the brush roll and goes straight into the tank.

What is the best vacuum for pet hair if you have allergies?

While there are some pets that are ideal if you suffer from allergies (remember Bo, the Obamas’ hypoallergenic Portuguese Water Dog?), you’ll still want to minimize the likelihood of triggering an attack by making sure that your vacuum cleaner can really blitz your home free of dander, dust, and pet hair. While most vacuum cleaners will suction up pretty much everything that’s in their path, it doesn’t necessarily follow that once it’s been sucked up it stays in the tank of the vacuum.

In fact, with a lot of vacuum cleaners, very small particles are actually recirculated into the air, so you’ll get the fur balls and crumbs in the tank, but minute fibers may just end up in the air, waiting to be breathed in and cause a reaction. The best vacuum for pet hair will have a HEPA (or high-efficiency particulate air) filter. This very high-spec filter can trap these tiny particles. HEPA filters are so effective that they can filter out 99.97 percent of particles that are 0.3 micron (a human hair is around 100 microns in diameter, so that’s pretty small!). And, the good news is that many types of HEPA filters can be washed (consult the manual of your device).

Need a constant cleaning companion?

For those who feel that they’re constantly vacuuming and mopping up after their pets, a robot vacuum could be a far less stressful solution than constantly getting your vacuum cleaner and bucket out—and far less costly than employing a housekeeper!

So how do they work? You’ve probably come across robot vacuums in the past. The early iterations weren’t particularly sophisticated; they basically ambled around a room turning around when they bumped into something, and accidentally falling down steps. But technology has moved on and the newest ones not only work with household assistants, such as Amazon’s Alexa, but also have sensors to help them map out a room so that they don’t clean the same area twice. They also “know” when their battery is getting low and can get themselves back to the charging station to juice up before starting again where they left off. Some also come with an app that you can use to instruct them to clean a particular area of a room, so if there’s a spillage, you don’t even have to get off the sofa to clear it up. The best part: They can continually pick up pet hair each time they run, so you don’t have to worry about doing a marathon cleaning session.

The dream? Well, kind of. A robot won’t do the stairs for you, so if you have staircases, they’ll need manual attention, they’re pricey, and while some do come with a mop function, most don’t allow you to use much more than water, so it’s pretty perfunctory.

FAQs

Q: What is the best vacuum cleaner for pets?

Though the “best” vacuum for pet hair will largely depend on what kind of dander you’re trying to tackle, there are a few key components that make some vacuums better able to handle the mess. Generally, these types of vacuums should have from 10 to 12 amps of power to collect all dirt and debris, and be equipped with special designs like brush patterns and wider openings to reduce the risk of hair tangles. The best pet vacuums are also designed with a beater brush, which works to rotate under the vacuum and bring up hair trapped inside carpeting.

Q: Do pet vacuums really work?

When it comes to vacuums specifically designed for pet hair, the consensus is that your regular run-of-the-mill vacuum won’t cut it. The specific designs are far more functional to clean floors and furniture of pesky pet hair, so we recommend investing in one if you’re serious about keeping your home hair-free.

Q: Is Shark better than Dyson?

If you can’t decide between a Shark and Dyson vacuum for your pet hair-cleaning needs, look no further. While Dyson vacuums boast a higher suction power, they are overall heavier and more expensive. Sharks may not collect pet hair with as much power as the Dyson option, but also are considerably more budget-friendly and might be easier to maneuver due to their lighter weight. If you’re searching for a high-powered pick, Dyson is the safest bet, but don’t count Shark out if you want a cheaper alternative.

Q: How much does a pet vacuum cost?

A pet vacuum can run you between $100-$500, depending on features and brand.

A final word on the best vacuums for pet hair

In an ideal world, you’d be able to get a featherlight cordless vacuum cleaner that had as much power as a corded model and could go for days on a single charge, but you might have to wait a few more years until one of those is invented. Until then, if you want the best vacuum for pet hair, powerful suction is a must, ideally combined with a special attachment for soft furnishings and a roller that won’t get in a tangle. When it comes to the nice-to-have extras, like a cordless, lightweight model with a high-quality filtration system, focus on your personal circumstances and needs to decide what’s best.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best vacuums for pet hair of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best bookshelf speakers in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-bookshelf-speakers/ Sat, 05 Mar 2022 15:24:55 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=380792
Best bookshelf speakers sliced header
Tony Ware

Find the sweet spot between size, price, sound, and features with the shelf-friendly speakers that fill your room with sound, not clutter.

The post The best bookshelf speakers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best bookshelf speakers sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall KEF LS50 Meta product image KEF LS50 Meta
SEE IT

The proper pick for audiophiles who demand stunning sound.

Best powered Black PSB Alpha iQ powered bookshelf speakers in a New York audio showroom PSB Alpha iQ
SEE IT

Your top choice if you want to fill tight spaces with less wires and more fidelity.

Best budget Edifer R1280T Edifier R1280T
SEE IT

The best bookshelf speakers for $100.

An excellent set of bookshelf speakers will enhance your listening experience with a wider stereo image and a more vibrant sound than what you get from a TV, laptop, or the average connected speaker. Whether you’re enjoying the lossless tier of a streaming service or admiring sleeve art as an LP revolves on your turntable, higher fidelity is often accompanied by an appreciation for upgrading your system. Regardless of the source, properly positioned home stereo speakers present audio with a true soundstage—the original immersive audio. Here are some of the best bookshelf speakers to deliver a rich response for any budget. 

How we chose the best bookshelf speakers on any budget

While we here at PopSci love portable party speakers, we spend as much, if not more, time looking through hundreds of choices to find the best true stereo speakers for music—but we don’t want you to feel overwhelmed by all the specs and requirements when online comparison shopping. So we combined our decades of collective experience, the impressions of trusted listeners, and the consensus of experts attuned to meticulous details to narrow our core choices. The speakers on this list range in price, but all lean more toward affordable (compared to so many easily recommendable but hardly affordable audiophile options) and present their case for value when it comes to the research, engineering, and, most of all, performance they represent.

The best bookshelf speakers: Reviews & Recommendations

Despite the prevalence of wireless noise-cancelling earbuds and compact Bluetooth speakers, people are rediscovering the high-quality, space-filling audio that can come from bookshelf speakers. While many still listen to music on budget ’buds and battery-powered speakers, there’s a growing appreciation for high-resolution audio formats on digital audio players and streaming services—like Apple’s Spatial Audio—and the analog warmth from vinyl and even cassettes. Don’t get us wrong; we love headphones for a close, critical listen … but even the best headphones can only approximate the visceral thrill of hearing your favorite songs fill the air. Of course, even the best-recorded album will sound like crap on subpar transducers, so the following list identifies the best bookshelf speakers for different situations, desires, and budgets.

Best overall: KEF LS50 Meta

KEF

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: KEF speakers stand out with the impeccable sound that audiophiles revere just as well as they stand out in appearance.

Specs

  • Frequency response: 79 Hz-28 kHz
  • Power handling: 40-100W amp recommended
  • Connectivity: speaker wire binding posts
  • Drivers: 12th-generation Uni-Q driver, embedding a 1-inch tweeter within a 5.25-inch woofer
  • Dimensions: 12 x 8 x 11 inches each (HxWxD)
  • Weight: 17.2 lbs. each

Pros

  • Entirely transparent sound
  • Extraordinary detail
  • Singular style

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Not as good in the low end as some passive speakers

KEF speakers, particularly 2012’s LS50, have dazzled audiophiles for years, but the updated LS50 Meta two-way bass-reflex speakers take the stunning clarity of sound to an even higher level. A new 12th-generation Uni-Q driver embeds the 1-inch tweeter within the 5.25-inch woofer, giving the LS50 Meta ($1,499 a pair) a stark, single-cone look and stunning off-axis response. New, proprietary Metamaterial Absorption Technology (MAT) is integrated behind the driver to reduce distortion. The result is a beautiful design and an even more satisfying sound. These hi-fi speakers deliver a frequency response of 47Hz-45kHz and a maximum output of 106dB from a relatively compact enclosure of 11.89 inches (H) by 7.87 inches (W) by 10.94 inches (D).

Because the LS50 Meta is a passive system, you’ll need to supply it with ample power. As a starting point, the NAD D 3045 is an excellent, unobtrusive 60W-per-channel hybrid amp/DAC for building the best-sounding bookshelf speakers system to project powerful audio without taking up much area (it’s also a convenient hub for digital and analog connections, plus adds a subwoofer output). Want more of a connected but still compact home setup? Power the LS50 Meta speakers with a NAD C700 stereo amplifier with built-in BluOS streaming, AirPlay 2, and a 5-inch color display. Plus, because the C700 shares an operating system with our next pick, the PSB ALPHA iQ, you could have the KEF speakers + NAD amplifier in one room and the PSBs in another and play the same audio throughout the house.

If you’d prefer to achieve the same pinpoint imaging as the LS50 Meta in all-in-one self-amplified speakers, the $2,799 KEF LS50 Wireless II setup is the premium pick because it builds in 100W of power; HDMI, analog, and digital audio ports; plus Bluetooth and WiFi connectivity, including 24-bit/96kHz wireless streaming and compatibility with AirPlay 2, Chromecast, Roon, HD and Ultra HD music from Amazon Music, and more. And the impact that the sonically and aesthetically complementary KEF KC62 subwoofer can have when it comes to extending the low end and opening up the headroom cannot be overstated.

That’s a lot of options, but KEF isn’t the only Britain-based speaker manufacturer packing value into compact cabinets. If you’re still considering passive speakers, coming in hot are the Bowers & Wilkins 607 S3—a clarity-centered “value” at $900/pair with a newly designed titanium dome tweeter and 5″ midrange/bass driver that uses a highly acclaimed transducer borrowed from the company’s high-end 800 series. We’ll share more about these two-channel champs in the near future.

Best powered speakers: PSB ALPHA iQ

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Pint-sized but persuasive, these connected speakers offer a comprehensive hub for expressive audio whether your sources are dusty or digital.

Specs

  • Frequency response: 64-20,000 Hz
  • Power handling: 180 watts (60 watts/woofer & 30 watts/tweeter)
  • Connectivity: Ethernet; WiFi; Bluetooth (SBC, AAC, aptX HD); MM phono input; HDMI eARC port; Toslink optical digital input; 3.5mm auxiliary input; USB port for external drive/files
  • Drivers: 4″ polypropylene mid-bass driver w/ steel basket and rubber surround; 3/4″ aluminum dome tweeter w/ neodymium magnet and ferrofluid cooling
  • Dimensions: 9.6 x 5.7 x 7.6 inches (HxWxD)
  • Weight: 8.2 lbs. (each)

Pros

  • Wireless connection between speakers
  • DSP crossover and tuned rear-firing ports for bass extension
  • MQA decoding for TIDAL Masters streaming
  • Roon support
  • BluOS whole-house audio setup compatibility
  • Subwoofer output

Cons

  • You’re only going to get so much bass out of a 4″ woofer
  • While sized to fit any shelf, these speakers are still best for a smaller room

All great things are made up of many small parts. And with the ALPHA iQ, Ontario, Canada’s PSB Speakers has shown that an eye (and ear) for details can mean small things play a great part in a deeply satisfying, space-saving sound system. Compact enough to fit any shelf, tucked between diaries or beside a computer display, the ALPHA iQ speakers offer natural, nuanced playback from any imaginable source. Yes, they’re $1,499 a pair (in satin white or black) and may not look like much for that price, but you’d be mistaken. Packed with class D amplifiers and wirelessly paired together, the primary and secondary speakers only require two wall sockets and WiFi to give you access to AirPlay 2 and countless high-resolution streaming services through the BluOS app (while also allows you to sync/pass off audio between compatible speakers on your home network, such as the Omni-Hybrid PULSE M).

There’s TIDAL Connect with MQA decoding, and Spotify Connect built-in. There’s also Bluetooth 5.0 (SBC, AAC, aptX HD), a Toslink optical input, and you can play files off an external USB drives. If (up to) 24-bit/192 kHz digital isn’t your jam, a moving magnet phono input (or 3.5mm aux-in for preamp-equipped platters) invites analog albums to the party. An HDMI input lets you make it a movie (or gaming) night. No matter how you feed the Alpha iQ, the active, two-way design maintains its composure and delivers full-fidelity finesse. Balance and separation are top-notch, aided by PSB’s signature driver inversion—the woofer on top/tweeter on bottom configuration helps keep frequencies in phase, whether standing or sitting. And the pair’s proportions can be deceiving; the ALPHA iQ speakers push impressive air for their size, capable of reaching a punchy 90 dB without breaking up (not recommended for medical reasons). No, they can’t defy physics, so fans of hip-hop, hyperpop, etc., may wish for more bass, but there’s more than you’d expect and a subwoofer output if you require reinforcement. In a typically sized room (or tighter space), the ALPHA iQ will allow you to fill the space with sound, not cords.

Best for home theater: Klipsch The Fives

Klipsch

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Fives make it easy to set up a big, bold sound for both music and your home theatre.

Specs

  • Frequency response: 50-25,000Hz
  • Power handling: 160 watts RMS
  • Connectivity: HDMI ARC port, optical digital audio input, RCA stereo analog input, USB Type B input, 3.5mm stereo input, RCA mono output for optional powered subwoofer
  • Drivers: 1-inch titanium dome LTS (Linear Travel Suspension) tweeter with a 90° x 90° Tractrix horn, 4 1/2-inch long-throw woofer
  • Dimensions: 18.5 x 17.5 x 13.5 inches (HxWxD)
  • Weight: 23.60 lbs

Pros

  • Generous connectivity, including HDMI ARC for TVs and Bluetooth
  • Classic vintage look

Cons

  • Larger-than-average bookshelf speakers
  • Somewhat lacking bass response for the price

The Fives ($600 a pair) flaunt a retro-chic style in both black and walnut finishes. Still, these speakers also accommodate a technologically diverse modern lifestyle with connections for your turntable (RCA phono/line), mobile devices (Bluetooth and line Aux input), gaming consoles (digital optical), computer (USB), and, more uniquely, your TV (HDMI ARC). Just connect your flatscreen, set the output to PCM stereo, and you’ll get to enjoy video accompanied by rich mids and clarity emanating from the 1-inch titanium dome LTS tweeter and long-throw 4.5-inch woofer. You select the input from a dial on these powered speakers or with the remote control, which can also control your TV’s volume, a rarity for bookshelf speakers. The Fives are somewhat large for bookshelf speakers at 18.5 inches by 17.5 inches by 13.5 inches, but they get loud. Their maximum output reaches 109dB with a frequency range of 50Hz-25kHz. For even more thunderous vibes from movies, games, and music, connect a subwoofer from The Fives’ Sub Out. Two subwoofers that have earned reputations for an all-around excellent low-frequency roar include the $129 Polk Audio PSW10 10-inch subwoofer, which delivers 100W of power and a frequency response of 40-160Hz from a simple, all-black cube design that can fit into most home listening setups. For a step up in power, size, and price, with an appropriate step down into the lowest depths of bass, try the $299 BIC America Acoustech PL-200II 12-inch powered subwoofer, a 1000W behemoth with gut-punching 22-200Hz frequency response.

If you’d like even better performance and have the space required, you can step up to The Nines, Klipsch’s most premium powered speakers, which we reviewed earlier this year. They have the same general design and inputs as The Fives but larger drivers to deliver even more potent sound. If you have more clearance for taller “bookshelf” speakers, or want to keep them on stands, the Nines are an excellent upgrade.

Best for computers: Audioengine A2+ Wireless

Audioengine

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Austin, Texas-based Audioengine manufactures many of its speakers’ own components, such as woofers and tweeters, and its commitment to affordable, quality sound has made its speakers favorites since its founding in 2005.

Specs

  • Frequency response: 65Hz-22kHz
  • Power rating: 60W peak power (2 x 15W RMS)
  • Connectivity: USB input, Bluetooth 5.0 aptX HD, stereo RCA I/O, stereo mini-jack input
  • Drivers: 0.75-inch silk dome tweeter, 2.75-inch aramid fiber woofer
  • Dimensions: 5.25 x 4 x 6 inches each (HxWxD)
  • Weight: 6.61 lbs. total

Pros

  • Warm and clean sound
  • Impressively loud for small speakers
  • High-quality components and design

Cons

  • A little less bass than medium-sized smart speakers and desktop speakers
  • Sound cohesiveness gets lost in large spaces

Audioengine combines a non-intrusive footprint of 6 inches by 4 inches by 5.25 inches with versatile connectivity and crisp sound in the A2+ Wireless powered speakers for bookshelves and desktops. This small set ($269 a pair) utilizes ¾-inch silk dome tweeters and 2.75-inch aramid fiber woofers, with a 60W peak power total, max output of 88dB, and a frequency response of 65Hz-22kHz. There are analog RCA and minijack connections, as well as USB for computer audio. But the juice comes from Bluetooth 5.0 for compatibility with high-quality audio streaming codecs like aptX HD for Android users (up to 570kbps) and AAC for iOS users (up to 256kbps, with no additional loss from conversion).

Best smart speakers: Sonos Era 300

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Sonos helped popularize WiFi hi-fi, and the company makes great speakers if your preferred source of music is streaming.

Specs:

  • Frequency response: N/A
  • Power handling: N/A
  • Connectivity: WiFi, Ethernet, USB-C port
  • Drivers: Two woofers, four angled tweeters
  • Dimensions: 6.3 x 10.24 x 7.28 inches (HxWxD)
  • Weight: 9.83 lbs. each

Pros

  • Single-speaker Dolby Atmos
  • Can be paired with a second Era 300 for even better stereo and Atmos separation
  • Can be used as rear speakers with a Sonos soundbar

Cons

  • Requires speedy home WiFi

Dolby Atmos (and the term spatial audio) has become a dominant topic in the hi-fi world as streaming services like Apple Music and TIDAL have brought surround sound to a larger audience. Sonos’ Era 300 was designed to meet the moment, with a six-driver audio system that can natively playback Dolby Atmos audio from a single speaker. And it’s no slouch when it comes to delivering stereo from one unit, whether located on a bookshelf or countertop (if tucking it on a shelf, you will want to consider how close the surface above it is in order to maximize effects). Plus, you’ll get better separation and a wider soundstage by pairing two Era 300s together or connecting it to a home theater system with a Sonos Arc soundbar.

While Dolby Atmos support is the Era 300’s flashiest feature, it can also be used to play music in true stereo. In our tests, the Era 300 performs well under both circumstances. The Era 300 is primarily a WiFi-connected speaker, though it also supports Bluetooth 5.0 and has a USB-C port that can terminate into a 3.5mm audio jack via an adapter for wired connectivity. In our review, we found the Era 300’s sound exceptional, with deep bass, clear mids, and reigned-in high frequencies that never made music sound too crunchy. Performance when watching movies was equally engaging when a surround soundtrack was available. It may have fewer drivers than the Sonos Play: 5, but the processing and array arrangement of the Era 300 gives it the edge, especially when decoding spatial content.

Sonos speakers are genius because optimized placement is far less labor-intensive than with some standard speakers, considering there’s no stringing of speaker wire or fiddling with EQs as Trueplay software tunes the Era 300s based on the acoustics of your room. Pioneers of network-connected audio, Sonos speakers can also be synced throughout rooms for whole-house sound. This is true whether you get a system of all Era 300s, or mix and match different Sonos speakers.

If you’d like to experience the Sonos house tuning but want it in a svelter form without Dolby Atmos support, we recommend the Era 100s, stereo-only cylinders that rated very highly in our hands-on tests. Sonos has even brought its new dual-tweeter, custom waveform arrangement to the portable realm with the durable Move 2, which can reside in its loop charger on a bookshelf, happily filling a room with tunes until you head outdoors, where it’s equally adapt.

Want to explore another WiFi multi-room ecosystem? Bluesound offers several speakers, such as the Omni-Hybrid PULSE M, which manage wide dispersion from compact form factors and can sync/pass off audio with other speakers using the BluOS system on your home network (including our powered pick, the PSB Alpha iQ, above).

Best studio monitors: PreSonus Eris E4.5

PreSonus

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These monitors allow for studio reference sound even if your workstation space is limited.

Specs

  • Frequency response: 70Hz-20kHz
  • Power handling: 25X per speaker
  • Connectivity: bare speaker wire inputs, RCA inputs, balanced ¼-inch inputs, 3.5mm input
  • Drivers: 4.5-inch, woven-composite woofer and 1-inch silk-dome tweeter
  • Dimensions: 9.45 x 6.42 x 7.09 inches (HxWxD)
  • Weight: 2 lbs. each

Pros

  • Compact and accurate
  • Headphone jack

Cons

  • Only so expressive because of size limitations
  • Not the most bountiful bass

Small-studio musicians, producers, and DJs all love the PreSonus Eris E4.5 powered monitors for their accurate, reference-level sound coming from compact speakers that merge studio monitor and bookshelf speaker attributes. The Eris E4.5 ($200 a pair) has both bare speaker wire inputs, RCA inputs, and balanced ¼-inch inputs, plus a front-facing power switch, volume control, headphone jack, and aux input. Its 4.5-inch, woven-composite woofer and 1-inch silk-dome tweeter pump out a maximum volume of an even 100dB with a frequency response of 70Hz-20kHz. The 9.45 inches by 6.42 inches by 7.09 inches monitors also come in a Bluetooth-equipped model for $30 more, but if you have a little extra space and don’t need the front-panel features, check out options such as the Pioneer DJ VM-50 studio monitors if you’re building a more traditional workstation/listening post. Studio monitors can easily cost costs hundreds of dollars each (see the exemplary but expensive Focal Alpha 80 Evo), so these are a killer deal and some of the best budget computer speakers for music you can buy.

Best with a radio: Tivoli Audio Model One Digital (Gen. 2)

Erin Behan

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A stylish way to enjoy soundwaves and airwaves, whether they’re FM or streaming from your smartphone.

Specs

  • Frequency response: Unknown
  • Power handling: 21W x 2
  • Connectivity: DAB+/FM Radio Tuner, Bluetooth, Google Chromecast, Apple AirPlay 2, Optical, 3.5mm Aux-In
  • Drivers: Unknown
  • Dimensions: 5.5 x 8.7 x 4.5 inches
  • Weight: 3.40 lbs.

Pros

  • Good for old-fashioned aerial broadcasts, as well as modern streaming services
  • Bluetooth, Google Chromecast, Apple AirPlay 2
  • Optical and 3.5mm Auxillary inputs for TVs and turntables, etc.
  • Alarm Clock
  • Remote Control Included
  • Attractive three wood cabinet finishes

Cons

  • Not stereo

This is cheating a little since we’ve talked stereo up so much, but maybe your favorite things to listen to are the radio, or podcasts, or other content that doesn’t necessarily need the separation. The DNA of the Tivoli Audio Model One Digital (Gen. 2) traces back to 2005 and a mid-century-styled tabletop receiver. However, the latest permutation of that analog original adds AirPlay 2 and Google Chromecast to increase connectivity and clarity for audiophiles (and others) who have embraced streaming. The Tivoli Audio Model One Digital (Gen. 2) (which we thoroughly reviewed) can still pick up DAB/FM radio broadcasts, but it can also present anything your smartphone throws at it with a rich, detailed response. Admittedly, this speaker differs from the rest because it’s mono and won’t have anywhere near as expansive a presentation as others in this round-up. But not every bookshelf is a big bookshelf, and sometimes you want a convenient concert for one in the living room, kitchen, etc. Perfect for nestling between art books or cookbooks, this is a compact wireless speaker that sounds as good as it looks. And it looks gooooooood. Plus, the Model One is now at least $100 cheaper than it was following the release of the Tivoli Audio Model Two Digital, which updates the look and connectivity but loses the radio function.

Best budget: Edifier R1280T

Edifer

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: In a word, price—this set lets you can enjoy every note for around a C-note.

Specs

  • Frequency response: 75Hz-18kHz
  • Power handling: 21W x 2
  • Connectivity: 2 x RCA inputs
  • Drivers: 4-inch woofer and 13mm (roughly a half-inch) silk dome tweeter
  • Dimensions: 6.9 x 9.5 x 5.8 inches (HxWxD)
  • Weight: 10.80 lbs.

Pros

  • An inexpensive go-to for two-channel sound
  • Clean, retro look
  • Bass, treble, and volume dials

Cons

  • Limited connectivity
  • No subwoofer out

While there are even lower-priced bookshelf speakers, the compact and attractive wood-veneer Edifier R1280T delivers a surprisingly warm and balanced sound for just over $100 so that music lovers on any budget can enjoy a step up in sound. These powered speakers take up only 9.5 inches by 6.9 inches by 5.8 inches of space and come with cables for the two aux inputs, a remote control, and removable cloth grilles. The maximum output is 96dB with a frequency range of 75Hz-18kHz coming from the 4-inch woofer and 13mm (roughly a half-inch) silk dome tweeter. For only a few dollars more, you can score the R1280Ts with subwoofer output to boost that bass. And for a few hundred more, you can pick up the Edifier S1000W—some of our favorite powered workstation-friendly speakers—which for $449 is no longer “budget,” per se, but is still a bargain considering the performance:price it delivers.

What to consider when shopping for the best bookshelf speakers

Bookshelf speakers—sometimes called standmount speakers because they can be isolated and optimized on stands rather than shelves—are smaller and usually less expensive than floorstanding, aka tower, speakers (though there are certainly boutique exceptions). Their relative affordability is because bookshelf speakers may have a more narrow frequency range, less power, and less presence in the low-end than the best floor-standing speakers, but that doesn’t mean their sound quality is significantly less than that of floor-standers, which can be overkill and unimpressive if you don’t have a properly sized, optimized space or won’t play them loudly enough to make them necessary. 

For small to mid-sized rooms at middle-to-mildly loud volumes, bookshelf speakers stand at the locus between price, footprint, and performance, while also presenting an enormous amount of options in the price range, design, and features. That means there’s something for everyone, but also several factors to consider, including size, price, appearance, and compatibility with the devices and electronics you will use with the speakers. 

Bookshelf speakers are not standardized in size to all fit on, say, the average Ikea bookshelf. They vary in dimensions, so figure out where you will put them and measure the height, width, and depth you have available for the speakers. Also, settle on your target price range since bookshelf speakers can cost tens of dollars on the low side and thousands of dollars at the top. 

The devices from which you want to playback on the bookshelf speakers will also inform your decision. If you’re a vinyl lover, you’ll need phono inputs for a turntable with a built-in preamp or a jack for an external preamp. If you want the convenience of streaming from your phone, you’ll need Bluetooth or some other wireless capability, and so on.

The visual style of a bookshelf speaker set may be a priority for some and not as important for others. However, with all other factors being equal, you will still have a variety of speaker aesthetic designs from which to choose, so pick something you’ll be happy to see every day in what’s likely to be a prominent place in the space the speakers occupy. 

Finally, you have to know whether to purchase passive or active (powered) speakers. The last thing you want to do is to buy a set of passive speakers that you thought were active, or vice versa.

Passive vs. powered bookshelf speakers

Before shopping for bookshelf speakers, you must know the difference between passive and active—also known as powered—speakers. Passive speakers require external amplification from an audio/video receiver, digital audio converter (DAC), or amplifier component. Passive speakers tend only to have speaker wire hook-ups that connect to the amplifier, which has inputs for your audio devices and other electronics. 

On the other hand, active speakers are powered with internal amplification, thus the “powered” label. Active speakers also have all their connections for audio or even video devices. Still, the quantity and variety of those connections are features that differentiate sets of powered speakers and also can affect their price. 

Audiophiles often lean toward passive speakers because they allow the users to try out different amplifiers and DACs and upgrade components as their taste or budget dictates, all while keeping the same speakers. Passive speakers don’t have to plug into a power outlet, which may open up more placement options in your space (though they require speaker wire, which poses its own challenges). Without the internal amp electronics, passive speakers can be lighter and possibly smaller than active speakers while offering comparable sound.  

Active speakers’ advantages include simplicity of setup and fewer overall components and cables. Theoretically, the amplifier within a set of powered speakers should already match the speakers’ capability. 

Whether you opt for passive or active speakers, there are plenty of options at all price ranges to suit various needs. And both passive and powered bookshelf speakers can pump out the satisfyingly spacious stereo sound that single-unit WiFi and Bluetooth speakers, TVs, and laptops cannot match. 

Do you want more bass?

The smaller size of bookshelf speakers imposes some natural limitations on the bass that emanates from them. Woofer sizes in the speaker systems in this round-up range from 4 inches to 5.25 inches. Bookshelf speaker woofers don’t come much larger than that; adding to their challenges, they must take care of mid-range frequencies alongside the low end. Even though some bookshelf speakers exhibit impressive bass response, the physical size of a woofer within a speaker does matter for moving enough air to create the kind of low-end thump that shakes the room while you’re shaking your butt. Boosting the bass through EQ can have some effect but won’t let you exceed a speaker’s inherent limits. Too much EQ boosting in the low end can result in subtle-to-nasty distortions.

Larger floor-standing speakers have larger low-end drivers on average than bookshelf speakers to produce more rumbling responses. However, they also tend to cost more and take up more space. 

Bookshelf speaker users can instead add a subwoofer to their system. Subwoofers are dedicated to low frequencies, usually in the 20-200Hz range. When paired with a bookshelf speaker system, subwoofers almost always extend the system’s frequency range lower and relieve strained bookshelf speaker woofers of the burden of creating all the bass tones. With a subwoofer, you can crank the bass higher without distortion to experience the full power and presence of music, movies, and games that the artists originally intended. And the midrange and treble will benefit from the increased headroom that comes from offloading the lows.

Once you commit to expanding your frequency horizons with a subwoofer, any choice you make will let you enjoy the low-end of your music and other audio, not just in the auditory space but also in the physical space with a bass response you can feel.

FAQs

Q: Do bookshelf speakers sound good?

Regarding sound quality, bookshelf speakers occupy the space between larger and more expensive floor-standing speakers at the top of the food chain and lesser options such as single-unit Bluetooth speakers and the built-in speakers of your computer, TV, phone, or tablet. Bookshelf speakers also range in price from about $25 at the obscenely low end to $25,000 (or more) a pair for some of the most expensive audiophile speakers. So, the sound quality among the many available bookshelf speaker systems varies significantly. However, in general, they all give you the advantage of listening to true stereo speakers, and many sound quite good. At a minimum, they represent a step up from the built-in speakers of TVs, computers, and mobile devices.

Q: Are Dayton Audio speakers good?

Affordable bookshelf speakers like the popular Dayton Audio B652 and B652 Air are not the absolute best speakers sonically. However, they consistently rate as one of the best buys for low-cost, passive bookshelf speakers. They earn praise for their respectable build quality and a sound signature that includes decent bass and smooth high frequencies for their price. The B652 Air set adds a ribbon tweeter for a more accurate treble definition.

Q: Are expensive bookshelf speakers worth it?

Generally, speakers costing, say, $1,000 a pair will almost invariably sound better than a $100 pair. Audio companies invest in more expensive materials and sophisticated engineering that can increase manufacturing costs. But, sometimes, you’re paying for aesthetics or a limited edition. And the world’s best speakers won’t sound good without proper amplification and quality signal sources. So, the price increase is not always equal to the increase in sound quality. However, does the KEF LS50 Meta sound the best of our bunch when set up in a proper signal chain? Absolutely.

Q: How good are bookshelf speakers for mixing audio?

Despite their visible similarities, bookshelf speakers—as presented in this guide—are not good for mixing audio. Studio monitors are designed to reproduce sound exactly as intended, translating to a flat, neutral frequency response with no coloration. This is because production professionals want to hear exactly what they created to make informed mix decisions and root out sonic imperfections without being influenced by the “sound” of their speakers. Consumer bookshelf speakers, or “hi-fi speakers,” are designed to provide a purely enjoyable listening experience and generally boost lows and highs (aka the “smiley” EQ curve) to make things sound bright and powerful. Some more pricey options, like the powered, connectivity-packed JBL 4305P monitors ($2,200) or their larger 4329P iteration ($4,500), come from a heritage of studio control rooms and live sound reinforcement, so you might get away with auditioning more active mixes on them alongside using purely production-focused speakers. But it’s not the single most-optimal choice. While it might be more fun to listen to music on consumer-focused speakers, they’re the sonic equivalent of rose-colored glasses and will cloud your judgment when evaluating mixes.

Q: What should I look for when buying bookshelf speakers?

Though we go into it in more detail in the “What to consider” section above, it can’t hurt to reiterate that, when buying bookshelf speakers, the main attributes to look for are the size, price, appearance, and compatibility to fit your needs. There is also the consideration between passive and active speakers. First, decide where you want to put the speakers and figure out the speaker height, width, and depth that will fit into that space since bookshelf speakers vary a fair amount in size. Also, decide how much you’ll spend, as bookshelf speakers can cost less than a hundred or thousands of dollars. You also must ensure prospective purchases have the connectivity you want, whether phono inputs for a turntable, Bluetooth for wireless streaming, etc. If you want to purchase or already have a stereo receiver or amplifier, you can opt for passive speakers; otherwise, you will need active speakers already powered with amplification. Finally, with all your other needs met, you can choose the speakers whose looks best match your style.

Final thoughts on choosing the best bookshelf speakers for you

Bookshelf speakers offer a relatively quick and painless way to improve your audio listening experience, beating built-in device speakers and single-unit wireless speakers without giving up the expense and real estate that floor-standing speakers require. Finding the best bookshelf speakers for you comes down to settling on your preferences for size, price, connectivity, and style and then narrowing down the wealth of options that exist as both passive and powered bookshelf speakers.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best bookshelf speakers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best snow blowers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-snow-blower/ Fri, 25 Feb 2022 15:59:49 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/story/uncategorized/best-snow-blower/
Best snow blowers header sliced
Tony Ware

Snow piling up? Dig in here so you can dig out in a hurry with a snow blower to clear your driveway in no time.

The post The best snow blowers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best snow blowers header sliced
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The PowerSmart Two Stage Snow Blower is the best two-stage PowerSmart PSSAM24 Snow Blower
SEE IT

A reliable and heavy-duty pick to handle serious winter conditions.

Best electric Snow Joe SJ623E Electric Single Stage Snow Thrower Snow Joe Electric Blower
SEE IT

Skip the hassle of maintenance and choose sustainably with this electric, yet high-powered option.

Best budget Home photo Greenworks 13 Amp 20-inch Corded Snow Thrower
SEE IT

Save your money while still clearing snow effectively.

There’s nothing more beautiful than the calm after a blizzard—until you remember that you’re responsible for cleaning up all that snow. Thankfully, it’s easy to turn an impenetrable winter wonderland into something you can actually navigate when you pick up one of the best snow blowers.

While your small walkway or porch might only need a quick shovel (as long as you do it safely), in some places the task of hauling snow over your shoulder can be nothing short of back-breaking. With the right snow blower, you can clear your driveway, street, or sidewalk in a matter of minutes without much more effort than pressing a button or pulling a cord. However, picking the right one can feel a little overwhelming. Luckily, we’re here to take the guesswork out of snow removal. And while you’re outfitting yourself to tackle those drifts, check out our roundups of the best snow bootsheated socks, heated insolesheated vests, and winter hats to help you get the job done more comfortably (and when you get back inside, grab your heated slippers). OK, ready to clear a path through the snow? Check out our picks:

How we chose the best snow blowers

When selecting the best snow blowers to make winter storms a whole lot more bearable, we reviewed each unit’s cost, power source, reviews, and displacement to select only the best products. We considered over 40 products and 10 brands to ultimately narrow it down to this list of the best six. Our final range includes blowers designed for different climates—as those who only need to clear a few inches won’t need the same kind of power as those who get hit with more serious snowfall. Whether you’re on a budget or want a high-end option with plenty of bells and whistles, we’ve included a product pick for you.

The best snow blowers: Reviews & Recommendations

Whether you’re in a long-term relationship with blizzards that always seem to come back as soon as you thought they were over, or a more casual but chaotic once-in-a-blue-moon entanglement, our handy guide will help you find the best snow removal equipment for whatever your needs may be.

Best overall: PowerSmart PSSAM24 Snow Blower

Why it made the cut: This powerful two-stage pick offers chute control, multiple speed settings, and a four-cycle engine to get through any storm.

Specs

  • Power source: Gas
  • Engine displacement: 212 cubic centimeters
  • Throw distance: 40 feet

Pros

  • Steel auger cuts through snow
  • 8 total speeds
  • Non-slip treaded tires

Cons

  • Heavier design

So much for snow days. This snow blower is a reliable, durable, and powerful machine equipped to clear most snowfalls. The gas-powered, two-stage blower beats electric and one-stage models when it comes to forcing, and the steel auger slices through even heavy or icy snow buildup to provide a 24-inch wide, 20-inch deep clearing capacity. The PowerSmart has an energetic 212cc engine, 13-inch-height tires to dig deep into terrain, 180 degrees of chute control (with a 40-foot throw), and eight total speeds (six forward, two reverse), giving you a range of options to choose from when clearing your unique driveway, sidewalk, or street.

Best gas-powered: Ariens Deluxe 30-inch Two-Stage Snow Blower

Lowes

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This gas-powered pick can cut through even the most abominable snow buildup with snow blows of up to 50 feet.

Specs

  • Power source: Gas
  • Engine displacement: 306 cubic centimeters
  • Throw distance: 50 feet

Pros

  • Dual belts for more power
  • Auto-turn steering
  • All steel frame for durability

Cons

  • If not maintained well the steel can rust

Save yourself the hassle of making pass after pass after pass with this powerful Ariens snow blower. Capable of clearing a 30-inch-wide path and cutting through 21 inches of piled-up snow, this two-stage snow blower will be your new best friend if you have a lot of ground to cover. Auto-turn steering also means no tricky levers or triggers to manipulate—just press the electric push button and start carving. The dual belt system also allows your engine to output more power where it matters, so clearing even heavy snowfall can be a breeze.

Best full-sized electric: EGO Power+ SNT2112 21-Inch 56-Volt Lithium-Ion Cordless Snow Blower

EGO

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power source: Battery
  • Throw distance: 40 feet

Pros

  • Strong steel auger
  • Comes with extra batteries
  • Quieter than many gas-powered models
  • Low vibration
  • Extremely easy to start

Cons

  • Not self-propelled

Electric snow blowers used to be wimpy machines that could barely handle a dusting. That’s no longer true and EGO’s powerful snow moving machine is proof. It comes with a pair of batteries and a dual-outlet charger so you can keep them both ready to go for when the snow falls. It’s electric, so it starts very quickly and easily with no cord to pull. Once it’s running, it’s noticeably quieter than its gas-powered pals.

Up front, a steel auger chops through snow and ice with aplomb. It measures 21 inches wide, which is wide enough to make quick work of a full-sized driveway, but still nimble enough to clear narrow walkways and other paths. Two charged batteries provide enough power to clear a 12-car driveway of eight inches of snow. If you want a simple, effective way to move snow without a ton of maintenance or effort, this is a great option. It’s not self-propelled, so you’ll have to push it, but the auger is so good at its job that it won’t be a heavy lift.

Best compact electric: Snow Joe SJ627E Electric Walk-Behind Snow Blower

Amazon

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Simply charge up and get snow blowing with this eco-friendly-meets-affordable pick, which clears an impressive amount of snow despite its lightweight and compact design.

Specs

  • Power source: Corded electric
  • Engine displacement: 840 lbs/min
  • Throw distance: 25 feet

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Sustainable
  • Lightweight design

Cons

  • Not suited for large driveways

Powered with a rechargeable 100-volt, 5.0 Ah lithium-ion battery, this electric snow blower can clear a path that’s 22 inches wide and 13 inches high. This model comes with a battery and charger, but you can add an additional battery (sold separately) if thirty minutes of run time isn’t enough. And with dual 5-Watt LED lights, you’ll be able to see where you’re going even when the sun is down. Unlike gas models, the Snow Joe requires no maintenance, so your snow blower won’t malfunction if it goes untouched for months in the garage. Despite its more compact size, this pick can also move 840 pounds of snow per minute, making it a workhorse worthy of a try.

rounded option.

Best compact: Troy-Bilt Squall 21-inch Single-Stage Gas Snow Blower

Why it made the cut: Clear up to 13 inches of snow off your sidewalks in one go with this powerful gas-powered pick.

Specs

  • Power source: Gas
  • Engine displacement: 208 cubic centimeters
  • Throw distance: 21 inches

Pros

  • Remote chute control
  • Space-saving design
  • Powerful gas engine

Cons

  • Less powerful than two-stage option

With a foldable ergonomic handle, this single-stage snow blower is a great option if you don’t have tons of extra storage space. As long as the snow hasn’t climbed above six inches, this Troy-Bilt snow blower will easily cut a 21-inch-wide path. While it’s slightly less powerful than a two-stage snow blower, the four-cycle gas engine with electric start still makes this machine formidable against snowfall. It’s also equipped with dual LED headlights and a 190-degree adjustable chute to make cleaning easier.

Best two-stage: Briggs & Stratton Dual-Stage Snow Blower

Briggs & Stratton

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This high-quality option has a powerful motor and two-stage design to tackle the heaviest snowfalls.

Specs:

  • Power source: Gas
  • Engine displacement: 208 cubic centimeters
  • Throw distance: Up to 40 feet

Pros

  • Easy electric push start
  • Heated hand grips
  • Non-slip treaded tires

Cons

  • Heavier design

This powerful gas two-stage snow blower can easily tackle snowfalls that are up to 20 inches and move 208 cubic cm of snow, making it one of the best machines to clear areas hit with serious snowfall. While considerably more expensive than the other options in the article, this gas snow blower will cut through just about anything you put in its way and you give total control over where it ends up. The dual-trigger steering also allows you to cut tight turns and clear snow precisely, which ultimately makes for a faster process overall.

Best budget: Greenworks 13 Amp 20-inch Corded Snow Thrower

Amazon

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Snowblowers tend to be quite the investment, but you don’t have to spend a ton to save time clearing drifts—this Greenworks pick has quite the power, despite its more compact size and affordable pricing.

Specs:

  • Power source: Corded electric
  • Clearing depth: 10 inches
  • Throw distance: 20 feet

Pros

  • Affordable pick
  • Lightweight design
  • Easy electric start

Cons

  • Requires extension cord

If you live somewhere that only sees light, sporadic snowfall, there’s absolutely no reason to shell out big money on a snow blower with features you don’t need. This Greenworks electric snow blower will clear a path that’s 20 inches wide and 10 inches deep. Since it’s AC-powered, you’ll never run out of juice as long as you can reach an outlet. Convenient to store and easy to start, this is a great snow thrower if you don’t want to spend too much money.

What to consider when buying the best snow blowers

They say that every snowflake is unique, and snow blowers are no different. Depending on your individual needs, you may want a fairly no-frills device or the latest technology. Check out these five things to consider before buying the best snow blower, and then let the snowfall where it may.

For long driveways and big clean-ups, power your snow blower with gas

Generally speaking, gas-powered snow blowers tend to be more powerful than even the best electric models. So, if you have to clean up a long driveway or city block, you’ll probably want your snow blower to run on gas.

Gas models do have their downsides: for example, you’ll need to change the oil from time to time and make sure that you’re using the right type of gasoline. Other upkeep will include changing or cleaning the filters as needed and occasionally replacing a burnt-out spark plug. However, when the inches start piling up, the maintenance a gas-powered snow blower requires will be more than worth it.

For convenience and ease of use, there’s no beating an electric snow blower

In addition to being more environmentally friendly than their gas-powered counterparts, electric snow blowers are easier to use and require less upkeep. Depending on the model, all you’ll need to do is plug them in (or charge the battery) and you’ll be ready to go.

Unfortunately, electric snow blowers tend to be less powerful than gas-powered ones, so if you have a huge amount of snow to clear, you might find yourself making multiple passes or cursing when the battery runs out. “Less powerful” doesn’t mean “not powerful,” though, and a well-made electric model might be exactly what you’re looking for provided the conditions you’ll be using it in aren’t terribly inclement.

A two-stage snow blower is the best choice for clearing large areas and really deep snow

If you live in an area that gets pummeled with snow, a one-stage snow blower just isn’t going to cut it. The difference between a one-stage and two-stage snow blower comes down to how much heavy lifting the “auger” (the part that sucks up the snow) is being asked to do—and in a one-stage model, it’s being asked to do everything.

Put simply, in a one-stage model, the auger sucks up the snow and spits it out, while in a two-stage model, the auger only has to suck it up while another part (the “impeller”) is responsible for blowing it somewhere else. If you’re looking to clear more than 8 inches of snow, a two-stage model is the only type that will get the job done. Electric models are all one-stage, so if you live in a place that gets lots of snow, a gas-powered, two-stage model is a must.

The best snow blowers will come with a few bells and whistles

Not all snow blowers are built equally and picking one with some extra features can save you a lot of time and frustration. For example, if you can’t wait for the sun to come out to clear a path to your car, you’ll definitely want to consider a snow blower with a built-in light. Want more control over where the snow you throw lands? Some models come equipped with remote chute control, so you don’t make another mess cleaning up the first one.

FAQs

Q: How long should a snow blower last?

Depending on the brand, style, use time, how they’re stored, and how well you care for the machine, snow blowers can last between 10-30 years. This means that, in order to get more winters out of your snow blower, you will need to give it some love and care in the off-season with some maintenance. This includes draining the gas, replacing sparkplugs, oiling the wheels, and cleaning it. A basic parts inspection every 20 hours of use is a good rule of thumb to follow.

Q: Do you need hearing protection when using a snow blower?

You don’t need to wear hearing protection when using a snow blower, but you should, as they can be loud. For example, gas snow blowers can reach up to 85 decibels. Eight hours of exposure to that decibel level is considered safe. However, at 100 decibels, the safe exposure time drops to 15 minutes. Although snow on the ground isn’t permanent, hearing loss is. If you’re looking for hearing protection that you can use year-round, check out our best earplugs for concerts. You can rock them under your hat when you’re outside using your brand new snow blower, and rock out with them when seeing your favorite band in town.

Q: Do snow blowers work on heavy snow?

It depends on the kind of snow blower you buy. Single-stage and two-stage blowers can handle up to a foot of snow. Three-stage snow blowers can handle 16 inches. Two- and three-stage snow blowers also remove a wider swath of snow in a pass compared to single-stage snow blowers. If you get frequent, heavy snows, a two- or three-stage snow blower is worth the investment since it will be easier—and less time-consuming—to clear your driveway.

Final thoughts on the best snow blowers

The best snow blowers vary widely in price, power, and performance. Depending on your needs, features like LED lighting and remote chute control can be extremely helpful or totally superfluous. Bottom line: the best snow blower is the one that’s suited to your area’s weather conditions and the amount of area you’ll need to clear. Think gas-powered and two-stage models for blizzard-prone climates, and smaller electric units for more fair-weather locales.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best snow blowers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best cheap wireless mice of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-cheap-wireless-mice/ Thu, 28 Sep 2023 09:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=575229
PC Gaming photo

Mice are nice, but cost money, honey. Find the best value propositions while keeping yourself wire-free with these handy accessories.

The post The best cheap wireless mice of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
PC Gaming photo

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Logitech M705 is one of the best cheap wireless mice overall. Logitech M705 Marathon
SEE IT

Packed full of features typically not available for less than $30, the Logitech M705 is the perfect choice for those who want the most for the least.

Best value The HP X3000 is the one of the best cheap wireless for value. HP X3000 G3
SEE IT

With a lower price but better precision than a lot of its competitors, the X3000 G3 gives you what you need most in a mouse: control.

Best for gaming The Redragon M656 is one of the best cheap mice for gaming. Redragon M656 Gainer
SEE IT

Tons of features for around $20, Redragon is your best bet if you want to get an edge in gaming, stay mobile, and not spend too much.

Computers are expensive, but accessories like a wireless mouse don’t have to be. While a nice tablet is going to run you more than $500, and a good laptop or desktop can cost upwards of $2,000, the trackpad or touchpad doesn’t always cut it, and that’s why $30 or less for a mouse can make all the difference. You can trade imprecise, inconsistent, and just plain limiting for something superior that packs in the laptop bag or hangs out on your work desk. If you don’t have a lot of specific features in mind—if all you want is a few working buttons, smooth movement, and a comfortable fit in your hand—a cheap wireless mouse is the way to go. At this price point, it’s rare to get some of the more expensive features like high DPI (the measurement of how precise a mouse’s movement is), many extra programmable buttons, or LED lights that can sync up with your games or movies played on the computer. But you can get a large number of reasonably priced mice—many from preeminent mouse brand Logitech—that do exactly what you need them to do, and do it well. Here are our picks for the best cheap wireless mice.

How we chose the best cheap wireless mice

Cheap is relative, but for the purposes of this list, we made it clear: Every one of our mice was available for $30 or less at the time of publication. There’s a whole world of high-quality wireless mice above that price point, but to us, that feels “cheap” enough to justify the tag.

Once we made our cut-off, we scoured customer and expert reviews—as well as personal testimonials from friends, coworkers, and family—to figure out which wireless mice seemed to garner the more rapturous responses. Once we had our master list, we broke the mice up into what they did best. Is it comfortable to hold? Does it pack and travel well alongside one of our picks for best cheap gaming laptops? Does it have the customization required for gaming? Our best overall and lowest-cost mice went into the overall and budget categories, respectively. The value winner is a mouse that gives you more than you expect for its low price. However, overall, all of these cheap mice will outperform their price and truly are the best cheap wireless mice.

The best cheap wireless mice: Reviews & Recommendations

Nice mice, nice price, less wire, less cost to acquire. That’s what you’re looking for. That’s what we’ve got. These are the best cheap wireless mice on the market today.

Best overall: Logitech M705 Marathon

Logitech

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 4.76 ounces
  • Buttons: left, right, scroll wheel, forward and back button on left side (all buttons programmable)
  • Battery Life: 3 years
  • Battery Type: 2 AA

Pros

  • Long battery life
  • Extra buttons
  • Programmable buttons
  • Quality construction

Cons

  • Most expensive of our suggestions
  • A bit big for small hands

The best of the cheapest is the Logitech M705 Marathon. Unlike some true budget options, this ergonomic mouse includes two extra buttons on the thumb side that can be programmed to perform any functions you want. The scroll wheel has two modes; the second one is designed for quickly zipping down web pages. The mouse runs on 2 AA batteries (we recommend rechargeables), which will last around three years—an incredibly long time for a battery-powered mouse. The side panels of the mouse have a rubberized grip, making holding the mouse easy. However, compared to some other cheap wireless mice, the size is a bit large, so if you have small hands, this may not be your best option.

All five buttons—the left and right, the scroll wheel, and the forward and back button on the side—are programmable. This can come in especially handy when gaming, but the forward and back buttons can also increase your productivity by opening your most common programs or performing specific tasks within software you often use.

This mouse is compatible with all the major operating systems: Windows, Mac, and Chromebook. The connection is via a USB wireless connection, which can receive signals from up to five 2.4GHz wireless devices. However, this mouse cannot connect via Bluetooth. The radius of the signal allows for use up to 33 feet away.

If you want an excellent cheap wireless mouse with a few extra features that other cheap options don’t have, you want the Logitech M705 Marathon, our pick for best overall cheap wireless mouse from a company that makes some of the best mice regardless of price.

Best ergonomic: TECKNET Wireless Mouse

Tecknet

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 3 ounces
  • Buttons: left, right, scroll wheel, forward, back, DPI changer
  • Battery Life: 2 years
  • Battery Type: 2 AAA

Pros

  • 5 DPI settings
  • Ergonomic design
  • Forward and back buttons on thumb side
  • Rubber grip

Cons

  • Buttons are not programmable
  • Purple color is gaudy

A comfortable, versatile cheap wireless mouse with a loud purple color, the TECKNET Wireless Mouse offers a ton of options in an inexpensive, if not particularly attractive, body. If performance and feel matter more to you that looks, the TECKNET offers six buttons, including a back and forward button on the thumb side and a button to adjust the mouse’s DPI setting (a measurement of the mouse’s precision) through five different options: 800, 1200, 1600, 2000, and 2600. The higher the DPI, the more slowly but more precisely the mouse icon on the screen—or the game character—will move, though the speed can be adjusted in operating system or game settings.

The ergonomic design of the TECKNET is its best feature. It’s a very comfortable mouse to hold, and is a nice middle size, comfortable for hands both big and small (though too big for elementary school-aged kids, perhaps). The sort of design featured on the TECKNET has been shown to reuse hand and forearm strain by up to 30%, which is especially important if you’re going to use it for long gaming sessions.

Overall, if you can get over the color, the TECKNET is a great-feeling cheap wireless mouse with a ton of little bonus features that make it the best ergonomic cheap wireless mouse on the market.

Best keyboard and mouse: Amazon Basics 2.4GHz Wireless Computer Keyboard and Mouse Combo

Amazon Basics

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 1.17 pounds
  • Buttons: left, right, scroll wheel
  • Battery Life: 3 years
  • Battery Type: 4 AAA batteries (2 in each device)

Pros

  • Both a mouse and a keyboard for less than $30
  • Keyboard is compact yet comfortable
  • Keyboard includes a number pad
  • Mouse features side grips

Cons

  • Mouse buttons are stiff
  • Printing on keys of keyboard rubs off quickly

Believe it or not, Amazon’s house brand offers a mouse and keyboard combo for under $30. That alone is enough to recommend this set, as none of its competitors do. The connection, as with most of our offerings, is via a USB receiver. The keyboard is light and has good range, meaning you can sit on your couch with it in your lap, or at the other end of a table from your display for a work presentation, and still type to your heart’s content. The keyboard is full, with function keys, a number pad, arrow keys, and more, but the design is slightly more compact than a wired keyboard. Careful, though; the printing on the keys will rub off with use.

The mouse is bare-bones, with a somewhat stiff click, but has good range. It’s a bit small, so if you have larger hands you may feel like you need something with more heft. The scroll wheel may start to have issues after many months of heavy use. This is, unfortunately, a common issue with cheap wireless mice.

However, there’s simply no other combo deal like this Amazon Essentials Wireless Keyboard and Mouse Combo. That’s why it’s the best cheap wireless keyboard and mouse.

Best small: Logitech M187 Mini

Logitech

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 2.3 ounces
  • Buttons: left, right, scroll wheel
  • Battery Life: 6 months
  • Battery Type: 1 AAA

Pros

  • Small and compact
  • Light
  • Springy buttons
  • Strong construction

Cons

  • Best for specific hand sizes
  • Battery doesn’t last as long as larger mice that use two batteries

Logitech is the preeminent name in mice. They have mice from cheap to very expensive, with tons of different features and specialties. Knowing that there are people out there who prefer a very small mouse—either because it’s much easier to transport or because they have small hands—they designed the M187 Wireless Mini Mouse.

This mouse is small. Seriously small. Unless you are very, very sure you want a mini mouse, don’t order it, it will feel too small if you’re used to a regular-sized mouse. The entirety of the mouse can fit inside an adult’s palm, meaning you use it with your fingers more than your hand. It can cause hand strain, as your palm has very little space to rest on.

This mouse is incompatible with Logitech Universal Receivers that you might have from other Logitech products; you have to use the included USB receiver.

While there are drawbacks to getting a mouse down to this size, if you’ve got small hands, want a mouse the perfect size for an elementary school kid, or need a mouse that is the most portable possible, the M187 Wireless Mini Mouse is the best small cheap wireless mouse.

Best for gaming: Redragon M656 Gainer

Redragon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 5.3 ounces
  • Buttons: left, right, scroll wheel, forward, back, two top DPI change buttons (all programmable)
  • Battery Life: 3-6 months
  • Battery Type: 1 AA

Pros

  • Full gamer mouse features for under $30
  • Selectable DPI modes up to 4000
  • Ergonomic design
  • Seven programmable buttons

Cons

  • Short battery life, even in ECO mode
  • Gamer styling is a bit much

Gaming mice are not for everyone. They tend to have a “Mountain Dew drinker”-adjacent style that doesn’t resonate with everyone. But for features, they can’t be beat. PC gamers like having tons of programmable buttons, and the Redragon M656 Gainer has seven. They like having many options for DPI, selectable for different game genres. The Gainer has 5 with a maximum of 4000 DPI. While most gamers prefer a wired mouse to minimize lag, wireless mice are more responsive than they’ve ever been, and the Gainer achieves great results via its 2.4 GHz USB connection, with range up to 33 feet (10 meters).

The Gainer even features red LED styling for those who like that kind of effect. This feature does tend to drain the battery, which is the Gainer’s biggest weakness. There’s an ECO mode that turns off the LEDs, giving you about twice the battery life, but it’s still one of the bigger drainers on our list.

The ergonomic design of the Gainer ensures that even after long gaming sessions, your hand, forearm, and elbow won’t suffer. Because of the large number of features for a nearly unbelievable price, the Redragon M656 Gainer is the best cheap wireless mouse for gaming that we could find.

Best Bluetooth: Logitech M240 Silent

Logitech

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 2.6 ounces
  • Buttons: left, right, scroll wheel
  • Battery Life: 18 months
  • Battery Type: 1 AAA

Pros

  • Bluetooth connectivity
  • Great battery life for a single AAA
  • Very, very quiet clicks
  • Smooth movement

Cons

  • No bonus buttons
  • Non-ergonomic design

It’s quite difficult to find a Bluetooth mouse under $30. The technology is simply more expensive to manufacture than USB receiver wireless mice. However, there is one, and it’s a pretty good one.

Logitech produces high-quality products, and the M240 Silent is no exception. This simple but stylish mouse has a great look and feel. The body is non-ergonomic, which can be a drawback, but ergonomic mice are hand-specific in their design, so if you’re a lefty a standard design can be a good thing. Despite using Bluetooth, the battery drain is really low, giving you a year and a half of regular use off of one AAA battery.

Bluetooth is the big draw. Bluetooth allows two main benefits: you don’t have to occupy a USB slot, and you can connect with devices that otherwise don’t have ports and rely exclusively on Bluetooth, such as an iPad or Android tablet. To be honest, Bluetooth can be a finicky technology, and I’ve experienced more connection drops and hiccups with Bluetooth than with USB receivers, but it’s much easier to connect multiple devices through Bluetooth than USB.

The other big feature of the M240 Silent is its namesake: Silent clicks. This mouse is 90% quieter than standard mice, with the same physical feel. This is perfect for a mouse that you want to bring to a cafe or a co-working space, since you can avoid feeling self-conscious about your clicks echoing through the room.

WIthout a lot of options for Bluetooth mice under $30, it’s nice that what is available is good quality and attractive. Therefore, it’s easy to say that the Logitech M240 Silent is the best cheap Bluetooth wireless mouse.

Best value: HP X3000 G3

Specs

  • Weight: 3.84 ounces
  • Buttons: left, right, scroll wheel
  • Battery Life: 15 months
  • Battery Type: 1 AA

Pros

  • Great responsiveness
  • 1600 DPI precision; more than other non-gaming mice
  • Adjustable height
  • Subtle blue LED

Cons

  • No additional buttons
  • Somewhat small

HP delivers a quality wireless mouse at an extremely reasonable price with its X3000 G3. This height-adjustable mouse has only three buttons, but the buttons are all very responsible and have a nice give and click. The movement of this mouse is smooth, and the 1600 DPI precision is 60% more precise than most of the non-gaming mice on this list. There’s a subtle blue LED in the center of the top of the mouse, giving it a nice bit of style without becoming gaudy.

The side grips are especially nice on the X3000 G3, with a nice non-stick but non-slip grip. The size of the mouse is a bit small, perhaps too small for adults with large hands, but it’s appropriate for most people and junior high or high school students.

The standard USB receiver has really good range, offering up to 15m (49 feet) if there’s no interfering structures. HP products are known for their good “feel,” and the glide and hefty construction of the X3000 G3 give it an aura of quality, with result backing that aura up.

Overall, this is an unpretentious, attractive, simple-yet-highly-functional choice that falls at the lower end of our “cheap” price spectrum, making the HP X3000 G3 our choice for the best value cheap wireless mouse.

Best budget: Logitech M170

Logitech

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 2 ounces
  • Buttons: left, right, scroll wheel
  • Battery Life: 12 months
  • Battery Type: 1 AA

Pros

  • Very cheap
  • Reliable wireless range
  • Comfortable, if loud, clicks
  • Responsive scroll wheel

Cons

  • No advanced features
  • Might be too small for larger hands

Are you the one who scoffs at value and wants bottom dollar? Do you say, “Twenty bucks? I’ll give you about half that!” Well, welcome to our budget recommendation, a mouse you can buy for barely more than the sugarbomb coffee shop drink you’ll sip while using it, the M170. This mouse … is a mouse. Three buttons (left/right/scroll wheel) non-programmable. USB 2.4GHz wireless connection. Retail batteries are needed after about a year of use (1 AA is included). No filler, but is it killer? Yeah!

The M170 has a smooth glide and a good grip. It’s a standard 1000 DPI. It’s not quite as comfortable to hold as the TECKNET Wireless Mouse, but it moves a bit smoother, especially its scroll wheel. Its clicks are somewhat loud compared to the M240 Silent, but it’s a bit smaller than everything but the M187 Mini, so it packs up for on-the-go use better. And really, that’s what a mouse like this is for. You don’t necessarily want the M170 as your home mouse for a desktop, but as a budget option for the laptop that can be used for a long time? The M170 is perfect. After all, trackpads on laptops are the worst. The on-board options for laptops are simply NOT IT. And you need something small that does the job better, like the M170, to slip into your laptop bag or backpack. If your laptop is going on a surface with any extra space, you’d much, much—and did I mention much—rather use the M170. That’s where it shines.

If you need a highly portable on-the-go upgrade over your laptop’s laughably awful trackpad, the M170 is the best budget cheap wireless mouse.

Things to consider when choosing a cheap wireless mouse

Size might be the most important thing when choosing your cheap wireless mouse. All of these wireless mice are relatively bare bones in terms of features, but some are a little bigger and some smaller, which can mean a lot when it comes to taking up space in a bag or fitting your hand size.

Only one of our models features Bluetooth. Bluetooth is a built-in wireless connectivity protocol that doesn’t require a receiver to be connected to a USB port on your computer. This frees up one of your USB ports and also means that you can connect the mouse to certain Bluetooth-enabled devices that do not have USB ports.

If you’re a gamer, you want a higher level of control, and our gaming mouse recommendation gives that. Gaming mice have a high number of programmable extra buttons as well, plus a large number of precision modes for different game genres, such as real-time strategy or first-person shooter.

However, price isn’t really a concern. While you could go with our lowest-cost options (around $10), $30 isn’t a huge jump. So buy any of these cheap wireless mice with confidence. If you have no qualms about going over $30 for your wireless mice needs, how about looking at our list of the best wireless mice?

FAQs

Q: Are cheap wireless mice worth it?

If you don’t need programmable buttons or super-precise tracking for your work, cheap wireless mice are the way to go. Even with the low cost, there are plenty of models with good construction that will last a long time. The main drawback is a lack of advanced features.


Q: Which brand wireless mouse is best?

Logitech is widely regarded as the top brand when it comes to mice overall, though in the niche area of gaming mice, Razer might be more respected.

Q: Do all wireless mice lag?

There’s always a lag in wireless communications, but it’s usually so small that you won’t notice it. Therefore, the answer is technically yes, they all do, but you won’t feel like they do.

Q: Do pro gamers use wireless mice?

Most gamers do not use wireless mice as wired mice (and controllers) offer lower input lag, which can be really important in professional games.

Q: Are silent mice better?

If you’re in public, I certainly think so. The click-click-click of mice buttons can be annoying to anyone in a cafe or coworking space who doesn’t have noise-canceling earbuds in their ears. At home, it’s up to you whether or not you want a silent clicking experience.

Final thoughts on the best cheap mice

Even if you already have a mouse you like, having a cheap wireless mouse available allows you more options when you take your laptop on trips. Packing the wireless mouse and receiver is much easier than worrying about a tangle of wires. At the prices offered, these mice aren’t a huge investment. While you can spend more than $100 to get a top-of-the-line mouse, unless you need very specific features or high-level performance for photo editing or gaming, all of these mice will give you everything you need. To that end, we can heartily recommend you buy one of our best cheap wireless mice of 2023.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best cheap wireless mice of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best bidets of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-bidet-toilet/ Wed, 06 Oct 2021 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=278386
A lineup of the best bidets on a white background
Amanda Reed

Pop a squat on one of these bidets and trade abrasive toilet paper for a stream dream.

The post The best bidets of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best bidets on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Overall The Toto Washlet S550E is the best bidet on the market.toto-washlet-best-bidets-overall Toto Washlet S550e
SEE IT

The Washlet provides premium features with the quality that makes you feel like you’ve landed in a spa.

Best with Dryer The Brondell Swash 1400 Luxury Bidet Toilet Seat is the best bidet with dryer. Brondell Swash 1400 Luxury Bidet Toilet Seat
SEE IT

A soothing heated seat and dryer let you relax while you take care of business.

Best Budget The LUXE Bidet Neo 120 is the best budget bidet. LUXE Bidet Neo 120
SEE IT

Two dials control it all and let you retrofit your toilet at a bargain price.

Bidets aren’t unusual in Asia, Europe, and the Middle East, but they’ve been a foreign topic of conversation in the United States until recently. Thankfully, we’ve all learned a few lessons about the pros of a gentle water spray to cleanse our most sensitive parts in the midst of a toilet paper shortage. Bidets feature safeguards that ensure only clean water touches the body, and they’re less abrasive than traditional toilet paper. Whether you’re ready to install a bidet/toilet combo or transform your existing toilet, there’s a model that will do the job. You don’t necessarily need to spend a bundle (though you can). What you do need is a little research (like what we’ve got) to figure out exactly which model you need. Trust us, if you haven’t experienced the fresh, clean sensation of the best bidets, you’re in for a clean (and sanitary) treat.

How we chose the best bidets

Bidets upgrade one of the most intimate spaces of the home. We asked a series of questions to determine which ones belonged on our list:

Performance: Does the bidet do what it’s supposed to do? Can different users get the same results? Is it durable? If it doesn’t get you clean, it didn’t make the list.

Installation: Do you need a professional, or can DIYers handle it? Does the bidet come with all the necessary hardware? Installation isn’t always a cinch, but it should be doable. 

Ease of operation: Do you need an advanced degree to wash your hiney? The answer had to be no to this one to make it onto our list. You shouldn’t have to study to use the toilet, er, bidet.

We also looked at reviews, recommendations, and performed heavy research to narrow down our picks.

The best bidets: Reviews & Recommendations

No toilet paper? No problem, if you have a bidet. One of our picks should keep your bottom clean and make you feel like you’ve come out on top.

 Best overall: Toto Washlet S550E

Why it made the cut: The Toto Washlet S550E installs onto an existing toilet yet provides premium cleaning and comfort, making it one of the best bidets on the market.

Specs

  • Type: Electronic
  • Installation: Existing toilet
  • Adjustable temperature and pressure: Yes

Pros

  • Heated seat and warm water
  • Remote control
  • Features eco-friendly e-water cleaning after each use
  • Memory for 2 users

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Sensor can cause lid to open when not using the bidet or toilet

Toto bidets set the standards that other brands emulate. The Toto Washlet provides control over just about every bidet variable. A heated seat, nightlight, air dryer, auto lid, air deodorizer, and warm spray water are all included. You may not need an air deodorizer, but with the S550E, your toilet smells fresh and clean after every use. Not bad. Not bad at all. 

A remote control gives you power over all of it. You can adjust the wand angle, water temperature, water pressure, or set the water to oscillate. The nozzle automatically self-cleans after each use. That doesn’t mean you don’t ever need to clean it every now and then manually, but it’s constantly getting rinsed. This model has a memory feature for up to two users. Toto includes a pre-mist feature as part of the e-water design that wets the inside of the bowl to prevent debris from sticking.

This Toto is pricey. And, if the toilet placement in the bathroom is just right, the automatic lid may open and close every time someone enters the bathroom.

Best toilet combo: WOODBRIDGE B-0960S B0960S Smart Bidet

Woodbridge

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Woodbridge gets the top spot among bidet toilet combos for its sleek outward appearance and highly efficient (and luxurious) inward performance.

Specs

  • Type: Bidet/toilet combo
  • Installation: Full replacement
  • Adjustable temperature and pressure: Yes 

Pros

  • Attention to detail in construction and design
  • Remote control
  • Adjustable water temperature, pressure, and toilet seat temperature

Cons

  • Installation can be difficult
  • Poor customer service

The WOODBRIDGE B-0960S B0960S Smart Bidet brings pretty much everything you could want from a bidet toilet combo to the bathroom. It offers a sleek, tankless design and a remote control. Every screw and fastener has a cover, so all you see is a sleek, sophisticated toilet. You don’t even have to flush yourself. The sensor automatically flushes when you exit.

The seat has adjustable heat, and a dryer finishes off the job. The Woodbridge even has a built-in air purifier that draws air in and over a carbon filter to get rid of odors. A high-tech spray nozzle offers an oscillate or massage setting, too. It’s all controlled with a touchscreen remote control that you can hold in your hand or mount to the wall.

However, this sophisticated bidet isn’t the easiest to install, and the company doesn’t offer the best customer service. Some reviewers have also had trouble with water volume when flushing.

Best with dryer: Brondell Swash 1400 Luxury Bidet Toilet Seat

Brondell

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Brondwell’s memory features and heat adjustability put it at the top of the pack when it comes to bidets with dryers. 

Specs

  • Type: Electric
  • Installation: Existing toilet 
  • Adjustable temperature and pressure: Yes

Pros

  • Fits on an existing toilet
  • Memory feature makes automatic adjustments to dryer temperature
  • Self-cleaning features

Cons

  • Flimsy plastic in the seat
  • Trouble maintaining water temperature in winter

The Brondell bidet fits onto an existing toilet and comes in either an elongated or round design. The air dryer on this model offers warm, comfortable heat that’s fully adjustable using the remote control. The remote lets you set memory settings, so with the touch of a button, the bidet is set specifically for you. A heated seat keeps the rest of you warm.

Two stainless-steel nozzles do the rinsing, and they get sterilized after each use. A removable deodorizer freshens the bathroom, and a gently closing lid means no more slamming. 

There are a couple of cons with this model. A few users have had problems with the plastic in the seat breaking down after a year or two. Others have found that the unit has trouble maintaining the water temperature, especially in winter.

Best electric: Bio Bidet Bliss BB2000

Bio Bidet

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Bio Bidet Bliss adds a little extra with different streams for each gender and high-tech touchscreen controls. 

Specs

  • Type: Electric 
  • Installation: Existing toilet
  • Adjustable temperature and pressure: Yes

Pros

  • Three stream options for different genders or washing preferences
  • Self-cleaning, from the inside out
  • Activate main features without remote control

Cons

  • Seat heating function doesn’t work well

The Bio Bidet Bliss is the best electric bidet for how its combination of features works together. There’s one worth mentioning right upfront—the three stream options: posterior wash, feminine wash, and vortex wash. The posterior and feminine wash come out of different openings and angles to clean different parts of the anatomy. The vortex wash uses extra water for added cleaning power. 

The Bliss nozzle self-cleans, but it does it from the inside out. First, it rinses the inside of the nozzle before running water over the outside to finish the job. While this model has a remote control on which you can access and adjust every feature, it also has onboard manual controls for the main functions. The Bliss is an excellent option for those who don’t want to mess with settings every time they go to the bathroom. The Bliss tops off the features with a heated seat, warm water, air dryer, and built-in nightlight.

Where it doesn’t seem to function as well is the heated seat. Some users have found that it doesn’t get very warm or stay very warm.

Best budget: LUXE Bidet Neo 120

Luxe

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The LUXE made the cut for the simplicity of the installation and design and the impressive performance, which is all you really need from a budget bidet. 

Specs

  • Type: Non-electric
  • Installation: Existing toilet
  • Adjustable temperature and pressure: Temperature—no, pressure—yes

Pros

  • Easy installation
  • Self-cleaning feature
  • Manual, so it doesn’t turn on if you don’t want to use it

Cons

  • No warm water
  • May require bumpers to stabilize and protect the toilet seat

The LUXE Bidet Neo 120 attaches to your existing toilet seat with an easy installation process. (You may need some additional hardware based on the toilet seat shape and design.) The LUXE attaches underneath an existing toilet seat. 

Manual controls on the attached control box run the show. This model only has two dials. One controls water pressure, and the other turns on the bidet and turns on the self-clean feature. However, there’s variation in water pressure because the pressure starts at the house pressure. If you have high water pressure in your home, you’ll automatically get more pressure with this model. 

On the downside, there’s no heated water—room temperature and cold are all you get. And, as we pointed out earlier, you might have to install additional bumpers on the seat to get it to flush. 

Also consider: Soft Spa Electronic Bidet Toilet Seat

Soft Spa

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Soft Spa Electronic Bidet Toilet Seat offers an array of customizable features to suit any user, and it provides the option of a hands-free nozzle clean.

Specs

  • Power method: Electrical cord (outlet required)
  • Materials: Plastic, metal, stainless steel, and rubber
  • Style: Elongated

Pros

  • 12 features
  • Remote-controlled
  • Works with most standard flush systems
  • Adjustable water temperature
  • Dryer

Cons

  • Only plug into a GFCI grounded outlet

If you’re looking for a way to save money on toilet paper and cut down on its negative environmental impacts, Soft Spa 9500 gives you everything you could want from a bidet toilet seat without being too cumbersome in your bathroom. It comes with 12 remote-controlled features, ranging from adjustable seat and drying temperatures to a night light (making it easier to use if you stumble in the middle of the night). You can adjust the water temperature and pressure to your own liking, and the bidet also offers a gentle mode. The self-cleaning wand and deodorizer feature keep you fresh and mess-free. 

Fluidmaster reports that installation takes less than half an hour. The model comes with the bidet seat and lid, remote control, supply lines, and everything you need besides a wrench and flathead screwdriver. The provided T-valve taps directly into your water line to channel water both to your bidet seat and the toilet tank. The four-foot electrical cord can be used with a temporary extension cord—if you opt to do this, Fluidmaster recommends you only use a three-prong grounded extension cord rated for 15 amps. The bidet has a GFCI plug, so it can be used with or without a GFCI outlet, according to Fluidmaster.

TUSHY Ace electric bidet seat

TUSHY

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The TUSHY Ace integrated seat can be installed in less than 10 minutes so its oscillating spray can provide you with a lifetime of soothing cleansing.

Specs

  • Power method: Electrical cord (outlet required)
  • Materials: Plastic, metal, stainless steel, and rubber
  • Style: Elongated and Round options

Pros

  • 5-setting seat warmer
  • Side control panel plus capacitive-touch remote
  • Works with most standard flush systems
  • Adjustable water temperature, pressure, angle (including front wash)
  • Dryer
  • Fits 95% of American toilets

Cons

  • Only plug into a GFCI grounded outlet

If you’re looking to make it a new bidet day, don’t sit out getting a TUSHY Ace. It’s the top model from a company that understands branding. I tried to come up with some booty-focused wordplay that wasn’t already on the internet retailer’s website and/or packaging and found it a real challenge. They take the crown and, well, own the throne. It takes more than … cheekiness to make a great product, however. Luckily, TUSHY delivers a clean sweep there, too. I tried the TUSHY Ace electric bidet during the cold winter months, and it warms my heart to say it warmed my butt. It was the best heated addition to my ablutions, and it easy to install—something I say as someone who should not be trusted around tools. And its remote-controlled features—including temperature-regulated seat and water, angle-adjustable rear- and front-facing nozzle, plus a “derri-air” dryer—made it a welcome modern addition to hindquarters headquarters. It’s as simple to use as it was to attach. Spoil, don’t soil yourself, and invest in a bidet that oscillates as you luxuriate—your butt deserves to be put on a pedestal. It’s even portable, sort of, if you’re willing to take the 10 minutes to install it here or there. Is a bidet ass-ential? Admittedly, no, but the bottom line is it can be worthwhile and the best attachment for an easy bathroom upgrade nonetheless. And it never hurts to watch for the company’s semi-annual sales so that you can save some paper of both the sanitary and currency varieties. — Tony Ware

Things to consider when buying the best bidets

Not all bidets are built the same. Here’s what you should know before snagging one for yourself:

Types of bidets

  • Electric: Electric bidet seats are the most high-tech and luxurious of the bidets. You can control water pressure and temperature and enjoy a warm toilet seat while using a remote to make adjustments. These models usually clean themselves, too. Some include a built-in dryer, kind of like your own personal car wash (no TP needed). These models install onto an existing toilet.
  • Non-electric: Non-electric bidets also install directly to an existing toilet. These models tap into the existing water pressure and take some adjusting to dial in the right water pressure. Non-electric bidets may be self-cleaning. Others are manual clean only. 
  • Handheld: You know that water sprayer at your kitchen sink? That’s pretty much what a handheld bidet looks like, except it attaches to your toilet tank. These are other models that are easy to add to an existing toilet. They often have pressure controls, too.
  • Bidet/toilet combo: If you’re going all in, the bidet/toilet combo is for you. These combos have the bidet fully integrated into the toilet’s design. They’re the most expensive option and have all of the features of an electric bidet.

Water temperature and pressure

It’s pretty easy to see why your tushy benefits from adjustable water temperature and pressure. Some models allow you to adjust both each time you use the bidet, while with others, you have to use whatever pressure you get throughout the rest of the house.

Nozzle angles

Bidets with an adjustable nozzle angle let you customize the angle to your backside. Bidet newbies might have trouble making adjustments while using the bidet, so you might want to forgo this feature if this will be your first bidet.

Extra features

Get ready for a little luxury with a heated seat, remote control, or a drying fan. All three of these extras make the bathroom experience feel more like a spa than your home throne. Of course, they’ll add to the price and might take some time to learn to use, especially if they’re controlled by a touchscreen remote.

FAQs

Q: Are bidets sanitary?

Bidets are very sanitary, but they take some getting used to. The bidet does the washing, so there’s no getting debris on your hand or ripping through toilet paper. Many bidets have self-cleaning features that rinse the nozzle after each use. They still need to be cleaned regularly, but for the most part, they clean themselves.

Q: How do you dry after using a bidet?

You dry after using a bidet with either the bidet’s heated dryer or with toilet paper. However, you’ll need much less toilet paper to dab off after using a bidet (a good thing, as toilet paper may be a major source of forever chemicals in wastewater.

Q: How do you pronounce bidet?

Phonetically, bidet is pronounced bi-dae, (dae sounds like day). The word bidet comes from the French word bider, which means to trot. That pretty much describes what people must have looked like when using the first bidets.

Final thoughts on the best bidets

The Toto Washlet S550E provides pretty much everything you need or could ever want from a bidet. Toto bidets also have a distinction as some of the best bidets on the market, a reputation with which we fully agree. If you don’t have thousands to drop on a bidet, LUXE Bidet Neo 120 is just one of the options that can keep you clean for a fraction of the cost.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best bidets of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best wireless headphones for TV in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-wireless-headphones-for-tv/ Sat, 07 May 2022 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=441397
four of the best wireless headphones for TV sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

Take it all in without taking up all your space with noise or toys with these wireless headphones for TV.

The post The best wireless headphones for TV in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
four of the best wireless headphones for TV sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Yamaha YH-L700A is the best wireless headphone for TV overall. Yamaha YH-L700A
SEE IT

Super versatile with an excellent boost of layering and legibility to even low-quality audio.

Best budget The Soundcore by Anker Life Q30 black wireless headphones for TV against a white background Soundcore by Anker Life Q30
SEE IT

These budget headphones offer noise-canceling features to keep you focused on your shows. 

Best cinephile JVC Exofield Personal Home Theater System is the best cinephile wireless headphone for TV. JVC Exofield Personal Home Theater System
SEE IT

A multi-layered, immersive soundscape designed for one thing: the ultimate movie-watching experience.

When it comes to gadgets for home theaters, picture quality gets most of the press, but even the best TVs don’t have good built-in audio, which is where wireless headphones for TV come in. Sound matters, so we’re going to talk about some sound matters. Once you experience a truly great soundscape with your favorite films, shows, or games, you’ll never want to go back. Multi-speaker systems replicate the theater experience best but can be harder to set up in smaller spaces and get very expensive very quickly. Plus, the ground-shaking T. rex steps that get your heart racing might also get your neighbors racing to file a noise complaint. So what’s the answer when space, wallet, or society conspire to deny you the sonic stimulation you so richly deserve? The best wireless headphones for TV, that’s what.

How we chose the best wireless headphones for TV

First of all, naturally, we removed all wired headsets from contention. Generally, wired headphones offer better sound than wireless, but that gap is not nearly as wide as it once was. We considered Bluetooth headsets and those that use their own base stations/wireless protocols. Options up and down the budget spectrum were assessed, though none of these headsets hit $1,000, and most are under $500. The list below is an amalgamation of first-hand reviews, recommendations by trusted colleagues, and the consensus of the audio-video press. These were then delineated into categories that can guide you toward cans that can.

The best wireless headphones for TV: Reviews & Recommendations

It’s unlikely you’ll be disappointed with any of the wireless headphones we’ve selected. Even the budget set is quite nice. And it’s certainly a huge upgrade if you’re only listening to the built-in sound of your TV’s speakers (no matter how amazing that new OLED display is, we promise the sound is lacking). The most important thing to note is the exclusive features of each headset, as the general sound and use of all these units are strong. Regardless of which wireless headphones for TV you choose, your ears will thank you for your service to their joy.

Best overall: Yamaha YH-L700A

Markkus Rovito

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With features on features, the Yamaha YH-L700A pairs excellent quality sound with modes of listening that make it excellent for TV, gaming, music, and work.

Specs

  • Format: Over-ear headphones
  • Noise cancellation: Active noise canceling
  • Connection: Bluetooth
  • Battery life: 34 hours

Pros

  • Clear, crisp sound
  • Versatile 3D Sound Field mode sweetens stereo sound signals significantly
  • Bluetooth and wired options allow use in the maximum number of set-ups
  • Excellent noise-canceling

Cons

  • Cinema audio settings aren’t as true-tuned as units rated for Dolby Atmos
  • Cups can get quite warm around the ears
  • Head-tracking feature doesn’t improve sound experience much

Yamaha is an old-school name in audio, but the company’s top-tier headphone is packed with the newest technology. What caused this set to edge out our others is its jack-of-all-trades mentality. That pairs with great sound and low latency from its high-quality Bluetooth 5.0 connection (featuring the advanced resolution aptX Adaptive codec for compatible Android devices, plus AAC for iPhones). Additionally, The YH-L700A’s seven selectable Sound Fields can transform any input into an approximation of 3D sound, improving any broadcast or stream even if higher-quality audio options aren’t available. 

The noise-canceling on this pair is quite adept, featuring a range of dynamic filtering modes that are easy to implement. In addition to active noise cancellation, which analyzes and counteracts environmental sound, Listening Optimizer adjusts equalization on the fly based on the noises around you, boosting levels when the environment would normally pierce through. This is great for rambunctious kids or city noises if you’re an urban dweller. Listening Care ensures that important sonic cues aren’t lost at lower volume levels by re-juggling the equalization to pop what needs to pop. It also differentiates between primary sound and background noise. The Yamaha YH-L700A ends up offering one of the most impressive low-volume listening experiences available.

The headset itself is comfortable, though the ear cups can make quite a warm seal. Its battery life is robust, reaching 34 hours at less taxing use. The Bluetooth connection does reduce what these earphones can achieve. But the use of aptX Adaptive, a next-gen codec for wireless audio, ensures the best quality sound with the lowest latency possible over the Bluetooth protocol. And Bluetooth does open up a ton of possible uses other than with your TV. You’ll also be able to use these while walking or exercising, in public transit, or at computer workstations.

Don’t forget that for the highest-quality sound settings, like those with Blu-ray or the best streams, you’ll need to use the wired connection option on these bad boys. Bluetooth simply doesn’t have the bandwidth necessary to give you those richest soundscapes. The nice thing about this set, though, is that even in lower-quality settings, like pure stereo, the 3D modes really add some space and area to the sound in your head, giving a “2.5D” experience. Taking below-average sound and making it sing—that’s the makings of a best-in-class. If you want to know even more about our favorite set, check out the in-depth review.

Best with transmitter: Sennheiser RS 195 RF

Sennheiser Consumer Audio

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Sennheiser is a name synonymous with quality headphones, and these are no exception, thanks to their clarity, comfort, and consistent signal via a dedicated transmitter.

Specs

  • Format: Over-ear headphones
  • Noise cancellation: None
  • Connection: Transmitter
  • Battery life: 18 hours

Pros

  • Incredible clear sound
  • Customizable
  • Able to sweeten dialog or music
  • Nearly no audio lag thanks to RF technology
  • Long battery life with charging dock

Cons

  • No Bluetooth compatibility / device-bound
  • Somewhat bulky construction
  • Not cheap

Sennheiser can be trusted. Some may quibble over what the very best headphones on the market are. But Sennheiser’s name is always in the conversation. And it will come as little surprise that a company that makes what we consider the best all-in-one soundbar on the market understands how to pair audio with video. So when it comes to headphones built to work with television, the venerable German brand also sets a gold standard. 

You won’t get Dolby Atmos, unlike in the company’s soundbars, but the sound quality is really strong, focusing on clarity rather than volume. Sennheiser often markets these particular headphones to customers with hearing issues because of their ability to isolate certain elements of sound. That includes clearer dialog, which helps listeners who otherwise would need to jack the volume up to hear the characters speaking. The benefit for users who don’t have hearing issues is that you can fully customize the sound levels of not just volume, bass, and treble, but the sweetening of certain elements and save those settings as a selectable preset.

However, while these are wireless headphones for TV, they’re not portable. The transmitter/dock that connects to the audio source isn’t meant to be taken on the go. And there’s no Bluetooth compatibility. The wireless is instead RF (a radio signal) created by the transmitter/dock.  While that limits the devices that it can be used with, it means there’s almost no latency (lag) between the source signal and the sound in your head. Every spoken word and dramatic sound will sync up with the screen. Additionally, there is up to 330 feet of range, even though this set is designed to live with your audio source. Those who want precise, impressive sound inside comfortable, noise-dampening headphones can rest assured that Sennheiser stands above the rest.

An important thing to note about the Sennheiser RS195 RF is that it’s not always easy to get. While there is new-in-box product out there, including on Amazon, the high quality and desirability of these now-discontinued headphones mean that there are times when their secondary-market price can be higher than their original MSRP. Despite this, they are still recommended due to their incredible performance. Just keep that price in mind. If you want a cheaper alternative, the step-down model, the Sennheiser RS 175 RF, is also sometimes available on Amazon, again with a potentially inflated cost.

Best gaming: Astro A50 Wireless Gen 4

ASTRO Gaming

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Game soundscapes have come a long way from 8-bit beeps and boops, and so have headsets like this specifically calibrated one that gives you 3D sound and maybe even a competitive advantage.

Specs

  • Format: Over-ear headphones
  • Noise cancellation: None
  • Connection: Transmitter
  • Battery life: 15 hours

Pros

  • Nearly no lag on wireless sound
  • Supports lower-end surround sound modes (5.1)
  • Included mic is strong quality, for communication while gaming
  • Dolby Atmos support with Xbox version

Cons

  • No universal version
  • Battery life could be longer
  • Command Center software has some issues on Windows 11 (though this will probably get fixed)

Gamers know the power of great headsets. Competitive games test your eyes, your hand reflexes, and even your ears. The higher the quality of your sound, the more easily you can pinpoint the location of the enemy from his gunfire sounds. Then you can dominate him easily, and isn’t that what it’s all about? And you don’t have to spend hundreds (though you easily can if you snag Master & Dynamic MG20 or Audeze Penrose X).

The Astro A50 comes in two models. Both offer compatibility with PC and Mac, but you need separate versions for the next-gen. Xbox and PlayStation families. The Xbox version offers an advantage over the PlayStation with Dolby Atmos 3D sound support. That feature requires you to sign up for a subscription, but there’s a voucher included that gives you a free trial. Both Astro A50 headsets give you great clarity and placement and communicate quickly with the base station. That results in nearly no lag, a key for gaming.

The mic is a flip-down boom-type that auto-mutes when flipped up. You don’t have to stare at it if you’re using these headphones to listen to some streaming media through your console instead of playing a game. In a competitive gaming headset space, there are better wired options out there. But you won’t find better wireless options than the Astro A50.

Best cinephile: JVC Exofield Personal Home Theater System

JVC

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Truly focused, the JVC Exofield Personal Home Theater System is not just a set of headphones but also a sonic processor, meaning you get the truest cinema-spec sound beamed straight to your head.

Specs

  • Format: Over-ear headphones with set-top processor
  • Noise cancellation: None
  • Connectivity: Transmitter
  • Battery life: 12 hours

Pros

  • Theater sound in headphones
  • DTS:X and Dolby Atmos compatible
  • Amazing range and dynamic sound
  • Offers sound that is simply not attainable on other headphones
  • App, once it works, offers amazing customization and calibration

Cons

  • Most expensive item on our list
  • Difficult to set up and optimize
  • Difficult to connect components in a way that maximizes all of them

The JVC Exofield Personal Home Theater System is designed to do only one thing, and it does that thing very well: producing a theater-style multichannel soundfield within headphones. The vast majority of the wireless headphones for TV on our list cannot process true object-based sound. Instead, they offer extremely high-quality stereo sound that, while lovely to listen to, is not going to have the depth or location that the Exofield offers. Using a 2.4GHz/5GHz dual-band Wi-Fi connection to transfer full-fidelity cinema sound between the set-top unit and headphones, the Exofield system brings realism and surrealism in the way it delivers a spacious, immersive experience through its 40mm drivers. The main drawback of this incredible piece of technology, other than it requiring space on or in your credenza, is that it is finicky to set up and to communicate with other devices. 

Set up is a bit arduous, involving taking measurements. And it can potentially error out, forcing you to restart the process. The choice of marrying many of the options to an app could backfire in the future if an update breaks the software or the app gets delisted, and you need to download it to a new device. Setting up the transmitter correctly—patching through the right inputs/outputs (don’t forget those HDMI cables) to ensure all your components work correctly on your screen—can be a difficult task. Though, usually, a unit like this assumes the end-user doesn’t need much handholding when it comes to A/V. It’s just important to consider how plug-and-play things truly are when buying a nearly $1,000 audio system.

The sound is amazing and near-flawless when optimized, offering a surreal experience of over a half-dozen points of sound inside headphones. But getting there may be a battle. It is a battle that’s absolutely worth it if you’re a cinephile. The bass kicks, the dialog sparkles, and you’ll hear elements within your movie soundscapes that were literally inaudible on TV speakers.

Best earbuds: Sennheiser TV Clear Set 2

Sennheiser

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Lose the headband but keep the same high-quality Sennheiser sound with these TV-ready earbuds.

Specs

  • Format: In-ear headphones
  • Noise cancellation: Passive noise cancellation
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth or TV transmitter connection
  • Battery life: 15 hours

Pros

  • Qi wireless charging compatible
  • Great for people with glasses
  • Speech clarity mode choices are unmatched
  • Provides access to an app with customization options

Cons

  • Expensive

Those with glasses—or those who hate the feeling of wearing headphones—can find over-ear headphones difficult to comfortably wear. The TV Clear set from Sennheiser solves that problem by packing high-quality sound into lightweight earbuds. And they are so lightweight that they are practically unnoticeable while you sport them. You can choose from five different speech clarity settings for clearer dialogue. It’s like turning up the brightness on a Game of Thrones episode but with sound.

True wireless earbuds, TV Clear 2 can connect with tablets, laptops, or smartphones and can be used to make and receive calls. But what sets these ‘buds apart is you can use the included pre-paired transmitter with your TV to set your own preferred earbud volume while family and/or guests watch at the sound level of their choice.

You can use an app to personalize your TV-watching experience with five listening profiles with speech clarity levels of up to 20 dB of high-frequency amplification. In addition, the app can help you find the earbuds if they fall into a couch, etc. And the transmitter’s low latency keeps audio and video in sync. The Ambient Awareness mode allows you to hear your surroundings while you watch, if you want, so you can hear if the popcorn’s done or your kid is trying to sneak back into the house.

And you can pair as many Bluetooth headphones to the connector as you like. The 15-hour battery life (with an additional 22 added by the case) means you can get through a quarter of a Love Island season without taking a pause. No headband, no problem.

Best budget: Anker Life Soundcore Q30

Soundcore

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: While its sound can’t compare with its competitors, the Anker Soundcore Q30’s price blows them all away, making these headphones a great backup set or quick replacement.

Specs

  • Format: Over-ear headphones
  • Noise cancellation: Active noise cancellation
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth
  • Battery life: 40 hours battery life

Pros

  • Low price
  • Excellent battery life
  • Features some noise-canceling via pre-sets
  • Anker is known for good customer support

Cons

  • Sound is budget-level
  • Needs app for best calibration
  • Ear cups are very small

Sometimes, the dollar is almighty. If you’re looking to get serviceable wireless headphones for TV under $100, the answer is the same as it often is in the budget tech space: Anker. Anker is known for low-price products that don’t feel low-price, coupled with helpful and hassle-free customer support. The Anker Life Soundcore Q30—a slightly older model than the current Q35 that saves you $50—is exactly what you expect from the company. It’s a solid, if unspectacular, headset that includes a few surprising features. But mostly, most importantly, it understands the assignment. 

The surprising feature here is a form of noise-canceling. While it isn’t groundbreaking, there are three presets that can determine how ambient sound is filtered. Fiddling through these can definitely improve your listening experience, making these the best cheap noise-canceling headphones we can recommend. Additional customization and equalization (EQ) are available by pairing the headphones with a phone or tablet and using an app. For TV, these headphones aren’t going to blow you away. They don’t support multichannel audio, so you’ll only be able to listen in stereo. But if $100 is your budgetary ceiling, the Anker Life Soundcore Q30 is a serviceable, portable option to listen to your TV’s audio solely between your own ears.

What to consider before buying the best wireless headphones for TV

If it were 10-20 years ago, it would have been silly to suggest headphones could give you an immersive sound experience with your TV. But now, technology has blessed us with a world of personal listening devices that are tech’d, tuned, and tested to bring the best out of Blu-ray, streaming devices, a gaming console, etc. Plus, isn’t versatility important? Nobody wants to be tethered to a device without the ability to walk to the kitchen to pop another bag of corn in the microwave while simultaneously staying in your program’s audioverse.

Why do you want wireless headphones for TV?

Before even considering wireless headphones for TV, you’ll want to think about your reasons for choosing them over other sound options. If you live alone in a home that shares no walls with other people, the pull of wireless headphones is more for their versatility outside of using them with your TV. In that case, you’ll likely want to get a pair that uses Bluetooth for its connection. It will allow you to pair the headphones with a phone or computer as well as with your TV. If this aspect of the headphones doesn’t appeal to you, you can achieve better sound with a multi-speaker system with wireless surround sound. Or you can get comparable audio with a high-quality soundbar, like one with Dolby Atmos capabilities.

However, if privacy for yourself or consideration for a coinhabitant or neighbor are chief considerations for your sound set-up, headphones are the best choice. Even headphones that are not considered “noise-canceling” will isolate your ears and allow you to experience blow-me-away booms without bothering anyone but those in close proximity. As for what is lost in the transition from multi-speaker/soundbar to headphones, the good news is that it isn’t much. The richness of the sound may falter a bit compared to a more powerful system. But multi-channel, deep soundscapes can be replicated within headphones quite adeptly, using multiple small speakers within the headphone earcup.

How do you use your TV?

The last thing to consider is what your most common TV uses are. If you’re into 4K content, cinema-quality sound spec compatibility is really key for a good pair of headphones. DTS (formerly Digital Theater Systems) has DTS:X—a sound setting that allows greater “location” within the soundscape. For example, let’s say a character in a movie on one side of the screen shoots a bullet toward a character on the other. DTS:X-compatible headphones receiving a DTS:X signal will do a much better job of placing the sound of the gun going off, moving the bullet sound across the headphones, and producing the impact in the correct place on the other side. 

Dolby Atmos, a competing sound spec, does essentially the same thing. It treats sounds as “objects” assigned a spot within a 360-degree sphere around the listener. Headphones that create these sorts of soundscapes will seem much more immersive than simple 5- or 7-channel speaker systems. Meanwhile, if you’re a gamer, very specific placement of sounds is useful for competitive 3D games. It gives you a better clue of where to move your avatar to mow down your enemies. Additionally, a quality microphone for communicating with online teammates, as well as good blending and delineation between game audio and voice channels, helps the gaming experience.

Can wireless headphones for TV replace a multi-speaker sound system?

Replace is a tough word to use. The truth is, if your living situation allows a high-end multi-speaker home theater system and you can afford one, that is what is going to produce the very best, most impressive sound experience. However, not everyone has the ideal circumstances that allow this. While they won’t stand up to the top of the line, a quality pair of headphones designed for TV viewing will be better than a mediocre multi-speaker system.

More importantly, you can use and enjoy a pair of headphones in literally any case. They’ll work in a small apartment, a busy family home, or by yourself in your gigantic mansion. The sound quality will be high and enveloping. Some people, especially those with hearing issues, may find headphones easier to calibrate for comfortable bass, treble, and volume levels without losing ambient or background sound. Headphones are not a replacement; they’re an alternate experience and one that may be better for your particular needs.

What else can I do with my wireless headphones?

Some of these wireless headphones use their wireless signals through a unit plugged into your wired inputs on your TV. Headphones that use their system rather than the more universal Bluetooth tend to have much lower latency. Latency is the delay between a signal being sent and received. When listening to music, latency can be annoying. It can make moving through tracks seem sluggish, for example. But it doesn’t really ruin the listening experience the way audio that doesn’t sync with a TV can. However, these plug-in receivers are not going to be as portable or adaptable to different listening situations as a Bluetooth unit will be.

With a Bluetooth headset, you can pair it with your phone or laptop and take it with you on the go. For the plug-in receiver sets, you’ll likely end up using the headphones almost exclusively with your TV. However, a good pair of headphones is going to be useful for movies, streaming, and gaming. While some features relevant to the specific use may not be available in all units, everything we reviewed performs “above average” in all of these categories, which will be the three most common signals coming out of your TV.

FAQs

Q: How much do the best wireless headphones for TV cost?

Our picks, much like all wireless headphones, range widely—from $100 to $500. In this day and age, you can pair almost any Bluetooth headphone with a new connected smart TV. So you might be able to find a pair from $50 to $999. However, headphones (and earbuds) made for TV are preferable. They feature hardware and software optimization to make sure audio and video stay in sync, which is why we have highlighted them in this guide.

Q: Are Bluetooth headphones good for watching TV?

Bluetooth, as a technology, is great because it’s versatile, and tons of devices have it. Overall, the best sound is not going to come from Bluetooth headphones. Instead, it will come from headphones that use their own plug-in units to connect their wireless signals. However, that doesn’t mean that Bluetooth isn’t good. A quality Bluetooth headset can absolutely blow you away with the level of quality it’s capable of. But that’s great engineering compensating for the specific issues with Bluetooth rather than the innate quality of Bluetooth itself.

Q: How can I listen to my TV with wireless headphones?

Typically, you’ll either plug in a small unit to your TV (or receiver) that sends the wireless signal to your headphones over a dedicated protocol, or you’ll connect with Bluetooth. The former is capable of faster, bolder signals and, thus, higher-quality sound. But the latter can still impress in a good set.

Q: How can I listen to TV without disturbing others?

If roommates, family, or apartment neighbors are a concern when watching TV, you’ll want to prioritize noise-canceling headphones. Not only do these types of headphones seal out noise from the world when you are listening to your music, but they also stop noise from your headphones from bleeding out beyond your ears.

Q: How do you connect wireless headphones to a non-smart TV?

If your TV is not innately Bluetooth compatible, you can buy a Bluetooth transmitter that plugs into the aux input on your TV. There are several that are solid, but we recommend the Aisidra 5.0, which can work both as a transmitter and receiver, not only turning your “dumb” TV into one that is Bluetooth compatible but also turning your wired headphones into Bluetooth-capable wireless headphones.

Q: How can I connect my headphones to my TV without Bluetooth?

Most of the sets we sell have an option to use a wired connection in lieu of wireless, so there’s also that option. As for the non-Bluetooth headphones, they’ll come with a small box or dongle that connects to the TV or audio receiver that will send all the audio to your headphones. It’s a relatively simple setup, and the included instructions will walk you through the steps.

Q: How do I know if my TV has Bluetooth?

To confirm if your TV has built-in Bluetooth, check the box (if you still have it) for a Bluetooth symbol or look up your TV model online. “MODELNUMBER Bluetooth” should be a good enough Google search to get you the answers you need.

Q: How do wireless headphones work for TV?

Modern TVs all produce sound digitally, so most wireless headphones are simply going to convert that digital information into a wireless signal that will be picked up by your headphones. This will either be done by a standard built-in Bluetooth transmitter or through a proprietary plug-in unit that establishes a dedicated connection.

Q: What are the best wireless headphones for TV?

See above! We can recommend any of the sets in this article, and “best” may end up being a matter of budget and your particular use profile.

Final thoughts on the best wireless headphones for TV

There are a lot of choices to make once you’ve made the choice to get a set of the best wireless headphones for TV. Remember to adjust your headphones out of the box, both by changing the headphones’ settings and your TV or receiver’s settings to find the sweet spot for your ears. Everyone can be different, and the “default” settings—whether it be the picture on a screen or the sound emanating from it—are not always the ideal. Happy listening.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best wireless headphones for TV in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Nespresso machines of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-nespresso-machines/ Wed, 27 Sep 2023 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=574557
Home photo

Our top picks to turn a morning routine into a moment of caffeinated celebration.

The post The best Nespresso machines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Home photo

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Nespresso VertuoPlus Deluxe Coffee and Espresso Machine by Breville is the best Nespresso machine overall. Nespresso VertuoPlus Deluxe Coffee and Espresso Machine by Breville
SEE IT

This machine lets you brew up coffee and espresso with one touch—and you can tidy up after a few cups.

Best value The Instant Pod 3-in-1 Espresson K-Cup Pod and Ground Coffee Maker is the best value Nespresso maker. Instant Pod 3-in-1 Espresso, K-Cup Pod and Ground Coffee Maker
SEE IT

This affordable option allows you to choose between single and double espresso and your desired cup capacity.

Best premium The Breville Nespresso Creatista Pro is the best Nespresso maker with a milk frother. Breville Nespresso The Creatista Pro
SEE IT

This gleaming machine lets you select from nine preset drinks and allows you to adjust coffee volume and froth levels.

Starting the day with plain, old drip coffee sometimes feels so basic—it’s function, not flair, but a Nespresso machine can help. Espresso drinks can be customized to fit your day and mood. A double espresso preps for a day that’s all business, no frills. A latte with skim milk offers comfort without adding too much to a waistline. An affogato is an adventure in a cup, and if you start your day like this, you’re probably a party. Paying for such variety at a local coffee shop can add up but even folks with zero barista skills can recreate many of their favorites with help of a Nespresso machine. The capsule-based system automates many coffee-based drinks into a one-button operation or a selection from a menu. We combed through popular models, examining the variety of drinks they make, the types of accessories they take, and their ease of use to determine the best Nespresso machines for every type of caffeine capsule connoisseur.

How we chose the best Nespresso machines

We’re the kind of people who get caffeine headaches if we miss our morning cuppa … and our afternoon follow-up. We’ve been perfecting our home setups for years, experimenting with different coffeemakers for our own consumption and for reviews. And we love to give coffee gifts to coffee lovers. Our recommendations come from this accumulated experience, expert opinions, and research.

The best Nespresso machines: Reviews & Recommendations

Nespresso machines are best for people who like their coffee on the more robust, darker side and want a machine to do most of the work. Compared to the grinding, tamping, and pulling of a traditional espresso machine, Nespresso machines brew quickly and comparatively cleanly. The flavor is also remarkably consistent—it’s one of the selling points (too consistent across pods, some say, but to each their own). To pick the suitable machine for your home, determine whether you want coffee, espresso, or milk-based drinks; consider the size of used capsule containers and water tanks; and how easy it is to operate and clean. If the slower, more customizable route is your speed, check out our picks for the best espresso machines. But if you love the idea of one-touch pick-me-ups or even some lite steam pipe experimentation, get that coffee travel mug ready and read on.

Best overall: Nespresso VertuoPlus Deluxe Coffee and Espresso Machine by Breville

Nespresso

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions:  6 inches D x 17 inches W by 13 inches H, but includes an adjustable water tank to help fit space
  • Type of Capsule: Vertuo 
  • Capacity: 60-ounce water tank capacity
  • Extra Feature: Used capsule container holds up to 10

Pros

  • Makes four sizes of drinks: a single or double espresso, lungo, or 8-ounce coffee
  • Auto-off after 9 minutes
  • One-touch operation

Cons

  • No customization
  • Some users report leaks developing in the water tank

The Nespresso VertuoPlus Deluxe Coffee and Espresso Machine by Breville offers one-button simplicity for households that want espresso and coffee. The machine can brew a single or double espresso, lungo, and 8-ounce coffee, but it reads the capsule for the brewing specs, including coffee size, temperature, pressure, and brewing time. In other words, you don’t customize your drink with buttons; you select its main features according to whatever Vertuo capsule volumes and flavors you bought.  The expansive capsule menu includes single-origin options, flavors like pumpkin spice cake, and iced options that brew with intense flavor. 

Brewing is as simple as selecting a capsule, pressing a button, and waiting. When complete, the capsule automatically drops into the used capsule container. The Deluxe model comes with one of the larger used capsule containers and a 60-ounce water tank, so you won’t have to empty or refill the machine after each drink. Water tank placement is also adjustable; it can be moved behind or kept on the side to adjust for shallow counters or weird corners.

It’s an excellent machine for someone who wants simplicity and to clean up after a few cups, not each one. However, some users complain about the water tank developing leaks after years of use.

Best value: Instant Pod 3-in-1 Espresso, K-Cup Pod and Ground Coffee Maker

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 7 inches D x 13 inches W x 14 inches H
  • Capsules: Nespresso Original capsules, Keurig cups, or ground coffee in included reusable cup 
  • Capacity: 68-ounce water tank capacity
  • Extra Feature: Reusable pod lets you brew your own beans

Pros

  • Make all the coffee formats
  • Makes six drink sizes, including 2-, 4-, and 6-ounce Nespresso
  • Does collect Nespresso capsules in container

Cons

  • Tall when lid is open, can bump some top cabinets
  • Looks like a plastic box

The Instant Pod 3-in-1 Espresso, K-Cup Pod and Ground Coffee Maker is for the household that insists on having many coffee options in a single machine. And this bad boy is the only machine that brews from Nespresso Original capsules, Keurig cups, and, yes, even your own beans of choice with an included reusable pod. The multitasking machine comes from the makers of the Instant Pot multicooker, though this kitchen gadget doesn’t seem to have a cult following—yet.

Like other entry-level Nespresso machines, the Instant Pod’s suggested retail runs around $180, and it can crank out a single espresso, a double espresso, or a lungo. However, it offers the flexibility of three more sizes—8, 10, and 12 ounces—for Keurig cups and your own grounds without having another machine on your counter. There’s also an option to brew “bold” for putting it over ice. It’s the most flexible machine for coffee and espresso drinkers, especially if Nespresso’s signature crema on its regular coffee is too bitter. 

The boxy, all-plastic body gives water cooler vibes minus the water bottle. Still, it does have a massive 68-ounce water tank that will take a reasonable amount of time before a refill is needed, particularly when brewing cup by cup. Some users warn that its height and flip-top-style lid can be too tall for some upper cabinets, so measure carefully.

Best small: Nespresso Essenza Mini by De’Longhi

De’Longhi

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 4.3 inches D x 13 inches W x 8 inches H
  • Capsules: Original 
  • Capacity: 20-ounce water tank
  • Extra Feature: Used capsule container holds up to 6

Pros

  • Makes two sizes of drinks: espresso or lungo
  • Two programmable drink sizes
  • Small footprint
  • Offered in black or red

Cons

  • Espresso only

The Nespresso Essenza Mini by De’Longhi is teeny tiny by coffee machine standards but is big on simplicity. It warms up in under 30 seconds, switches to a low power mode after three minutes, and automatically turns off after nine. The Essenza Mini features only two buttons, making either a single espresso or a nearly 4-ounce lungo using Nespresso Original line capsules. If you prefer a different volume, you can program each of the two buttons, but this isn’t a machine for someone who wants a Stanley mug to sip out of all day.

The machine, which comes in black or red, is small enough to tuck away, though it’s cute enough to stay full-time on the counter. At under three pounds, some customers report packing it up for trips or using it in RVs.To make milk-based drinks, you can upgrade it to a bundle with an Aerocinno or check out our recommended milk frothers.

Best for lattes: Nespresso Gran Lattissima Original Espresso Machine by De’Longhi

De’Longhi

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 8 inches D x 14.4 inches W x 10.8 inches T
  • Capsules: Original
  • Capacity: 34-ounce water tank capacity
  • Extra Features: Used capsule container holds up to 10; 12-ounce milk container

Pros

  • One-touch ristretto, espresso, lungo, cappuccino, latte macchiato, cafe latte, flat white, foamed milk and hot milk.
  • Adjustable foam levels
  • Additional platform for smaller cups
  • Removable parts are dishwasher-safe

Cons

  • Cleaning milk requires another vessel
  • Noisy operation
  • All-plastic body
  • White version comes with a black power cord

Latte lovers, the Nespresso Gran Lattissima Original Espresso Machine by De’Longhi is for you. The Gran Lattissima’s glass screen features buttons for nine different coffee drinks, including milk-based options such as cappuccino, latte macchiato, cafe latte, flat white, or just hot milk or hot foam. It doesn’t whip up lovely latte art, but the milk drinks are consistent and, most of all, easy.

Like many options on this list, the machine warms up in 25 seconds. Most Nespresso makers are noisy when brewing and the Gran Lattissima’s adds the glugging and chugging of milk as it foams, which is something to consider if you’re an early bird in close quarters with sleeping night owls. 

The milk carafe needs a little TLC after every use. The brewing is easy: Attach it for any drink that requires milk, and the machine will follow the “recipe” for each selection as needed. The Gran Lattissima will handle the recipe. It’s the clean-up that takes practice to get the sequence right. When your drink is finished, the machine will prompt you to clean it. Swap your crafted beverage with an empty, easy-to-clean cup—which it doesn’t come with. Switch the milk carafe’s dial to “clean,” water will push through the tubes and connections to prevent buildup. Don’t skip this step, and don’t just clean it into the drip tray because the milky water will go here, there, everywhere, and you’ll end up wiping it down anyway and emptying a drip tray.

The versatility comes with a higher price tag of over $600, so the all-plastic body is disappointing. However, the sleek, monotone black or white machines look chic on the counter. A few more design-minded customers think the all-white model should also have an all-white power cord (the black ruins the look).

Best premium: Breville Nespresso The Creatista Pro

Nespresso

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 17 inches D x 7.8 inches W by 13 inches H
  • Capsules: Nespresso Original
  • Capacity: 68-ounce water tank
  • Extra Feature: Comes with stainless-steel jug

Pros

  • Touchscreen menu
  • Nine beverage choices with adjustable settings
  • Fast-heating steam pipe
  • Dedicated hot water spout
  • Stainless-steel body

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Parts require hand washing
  • Requires more maintenance

The Breville Nespresso The Creatista Pro goes all in on its espresso machine heritage with a gleaming, stainless steel body complete with a steam wand, making the Nespresso the best with milk frother. It looks intimidating, but the Creatista Pro keeps most of the process automated while expanding the variety of drinks you can make at home. The glass touchscreen scrolls through black drinks—your espressos, ristrettos, etc.—as well as milk-based beverages. Each of the nine preset drinks allows for custom adjustments, like tweaking the coffee volume and adjusting the milk temperatures and froth levels. And once you develop your most perfect, individualized drink, you can save it to the menu.

You expect this level of customization for more than $800, but the Creatista Pro has additional finer touches to enjoy. The machine warms up in three seconds, brewing the coffee into one vessel as it foams the milk in an included stainless steel milk jug. When finished, the steam wand has an auto-purge feature, but you’ll still need to wipe it with a damp cloth. The Pro also has a dedicated hot water spout to keep a clean, coffee-free taste when making an Americano or its Australian cousin, a long black, or simply pre-warming a mug.

The stainless-steel body and accessories must be hand wiped and washed more than other Nespresso machines. Nothing’s going into the dishwasher, and you should avoid abrasive cleaners. It’s a splurge but a gorgeous piece of counter art for an aspiring barista or perhaps one who wants to leave the thinking to a machine while they’re at home. Either way, you can practice latte art with the little jug. That part isn’t automated.

Things to consider when buying the best Nespresso machines

A shocking lot is standardized in Nespresso machines. They’re generally co-branded by Breville or De’Longhi, and they all put precisely the same amount of pressure—19 bars—into a shot. They warm up in less than 30 seconds, with higher-end models doing it even faster. They all roar as they push water through the capsule. The rest looks at price points, style, and how many other drinks you want to make beyond a single espresso.

Capsule compatibility

Except for the Instant Pod, Nespresso machines are a commitment to capsules, capsules, and only capsules. Nespresso offers two lines—Original and Vertuo—that are not interchangeable. Espresso drinkers should consider the Original line, which focuses on a less than 1-ounce ristretto, espresso, and lungo, only getting mug-size beverage when adding milk for cappuccinos and lattes or making a bunch of espresso shots.

The Vertuo line suits people who go back and forth between espresso and coffee. The coffee, however, differs from a traditional brewed cup of joe. Coffee made by a Nespresso machine features a thick layer of crema that a pour-over or a drip coffee doesn’t have. Some love the dark foam, while others find it bitter in a bad way.

Size and space

All Nespresso machines will make one cup at a time, and they’ll use either an Original or Vertuo capsule but can take up wildly different amounts of space. The simple Essenza Mini takes up less than half the area of the eye-catching Creatista Pro, and consider how much space you’ll need for any other accessories, like capsule displays or milk frothers. Many of the Nespresso makers in this roundup come in multiple colors to blend or pop your decor.

Milk frothing

A big part of a Nespresso’s price tag depends on whether a milk frothing component is an accessory or built-in. If lattes and cappuccinos are “nice to have,” opt for a simpler Nespresso and save some cash. You can always accessorize with a standalone milk frother later. However, if lattes and cappuccinos are a “must-have,” choose a model designed for milk drinks and muse on how much customization you want.

Maintenance

Depending on water hardness and use, Nespresso machines will periodically signal when they need a descaling and walk you through the process. Many other cleanings are automated—like post-drink rinsing for milk carafes—though other parts like drip trays, used capsule containers, and water tanks should also be washed out. Check to see if models have dishwasher-compatible components.

FAQs

Q: Do Nespresso machines make espresso?

By definition of an espresso’s water temperature, water pressure, and other specs like that, no, a Nespresso is not an espresso. A Nespresso-made espresso drink isn’t as thick as a traditionally crafted, hand-pulled espresso drink. It’s darn close, though; if you had to ask, it’s probably close enough for you, too. If you want to dissect the issue, coffee discussion boards and Reddit threads are ready.  

Q: Can I use non-Nespresso branded capsules in my Nespresso machine?

Nespresso offers various capsules with different flavors and intensities in its Original and Vertuo lines. However, other third parties make capsules, including Williams-Sonoma, Peet’s, Starbucks, Illy, etc. The Original line tends to be more available than the Vertuo line.

Q: Can Nespresso capsules be recycled?

Nespresso will recycle the aluminum-encased capsules with prepaid recycling envelopes that you can get online or at a boutique. Select locations, including Nespresso boutiques, and some Williams-Sonoma or Sur La Table locations, also take used capsules. Check the Nespresso site for the latest information.

Final thoughts on the best Nespresso machines

Anyone looking to mix up their morning coffee routine with some variety can make consistently good drinks with a Nespresso machine. Our pick for best overall machine—the Nespresso VertuoPlus Deluxe Coffee and Espresso Machine by Breville—creates a range of hot and cold coffee and espresso drinks. The tiny Nespresso Essenza Mini by De’Longhi does espresso with a singular purpose while the Instant Pod pulls triple duty by brewing from Nespresso capsules, Keurig cups, and grinds of your choice. Fans of milk-based brews have two excellent options: Nespresso Gran Lattissima Original Espresso Machine by De’Longhi for an automated experience or the Breville Nespresso The Creatista Pro with a steam wand and milk jug to zhuzh up a latte with some art.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best Nespresso machines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Get ready for fall nesting with $100 off a Shark robot vacuum at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/shark-robot-fall-amazon-deal/ Wed, 27 Sep 2023 16:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=575212
A Shark robovac on a gradient background
Amanda Reed

If you're going to be in your house because of dropping temps, make sure its clean with a Shark robovac at Amazon.

The post Get ready for fall nesting with $100 off a Shark robot vacuum at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Shark robovac on a gradient background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The temperature is dropping, so some mammals are getting ready to hibernate for the winter. Although humans don’t hibernate, we spend a lot of time in our homes when the weather starts getting cold. Make your home the perfect cozy bear den by saving $100 off a Shark robot vacuum at Amazon.

Shark AV993 IQ Robot Vacuum $199.99 (Was $299.99)

Shark

SEE IT

Don’t leave your blanket burrow with the help of this Shark robot vacuum. You can schedule whole-home cleanings on the Shark app or control it via your Amazon Alexa or Google Assistant. When it’s done cleaning—or if it’s low on battery—the robot returns to its dock, recharges, and then picks up where it left off. It’s also a great robovac for pets, thanks to its XL-capacity dust bin, a self-cleaning brush roll, and a high-efficiency filter to capture dust, dander, and pet allergens.

If being indoors makes you restless, consider a regular ol’ stick vacuum that gets you up and moving. The Shark HZ602 Ultralight Pet Pro Corded Stick Vacuum is 35% off, down to $169.99 from $259.99.

To quote Game of Thrones, “Winter is coming.” Make sure you’re ready for it with a clean house to hibernate in.

Here are more vacuums and steam mops on sale to tidy up your nest:

The post Get ready for fall nesting with $100 off a Shark robot vacuum at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best PS5 headsets for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-ps5-headsets/ Wed, 01 Sep 2021 20:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=393287
A lineup of the best PS5 gaming headsets on a white background
Amanda Reed

A killer headset is crucial to getting the full PS5 experience.

The post The best PS5 headsets for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best PS5 gaming headsets on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best wireless SteelSeries Arctis 7P is our pick for the best PS5 accessories. SteelSeries Arctis 7P
SEE IT

A great overall headset that’s made specifically for PlayStation consoles.

Best wired Asus rog Delta S best ps5 headset Asus ROG Delta S
SEE IT

The Asus ROG Delta S sounds incredible and comes with loads of stellar features.

Best for esports SteelSeries Arctis Prime ps5 headset SteelSeries Arctis Prime
SEE IT

Everything about the Arctis Prime is simple and clean.

Killer audio is the unsung hero of the PlayStation 5, and a PS5 headset only enhances the experience. Sony’s latest console features a host of incredible upgrades—sharper visuals, improved framerates, an SSD that dramatically cuts down on load times, and a new DualSense controller with enhanced haptic feedback. One of my favorites, though, is the console’s Tempest audio technology, which imbues your headset with 3D spatial audio—virtual surround sound that can simulate sounds coming from above or below or all around you. Tempest started compatible only with headphones and headsets but now works to expand the soundstage of the stereo speakers in a flatscreen TV. However, you’ll want to play with headphones or a gaming headset to get the most out of your games, even single-player experiences. The fact is a headset is now only the best way to dig into the depths of a game’s soundtrack and directional cues, but it’s also the easiest way to chat with friends and other players, so finding the best PS5 headset for you is crucial to getting the most out of the experience.

How we chose the best PS5 headsets

As a longtime tech and gaming critic, I have a lot of experience using gaming headsets. I’ve reviewed dozens of them for sites like IGN, PC Gamer, and, of course, Popular Science. The majority of my recommendations are based on my own personal testing, playing all kinds of games on PlayStation 5 with the included DualSense controller. In a couple of cases, I deferred to the accounts of my colleagues past and present, while ensuring that the headsets offered high-quality specs and value.

The best PS5 headsets: Reviews & Recommendations

There is no single best PS5 headset for everyone, but I’ve winnowed down my experiences to a shortlist of candidates for most players, depending on a few key factors. All of them are very good, though, so you can’t go wrong with any of these picks.

Best overall: SteelSeries Arctis 7P

SteelSeries

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: It is a great overall headset made specifically for PlayStation.

Specs

  • Drivers: 40mm
  • Frequency response: 20-20,000 Hz
  • Microphone: Retractable wire boom, bi-directional
  • Connection types: 2.4 GHz wireless via USB-C dongle, Analog (3.5mm)
  • Estimated battery life: 24 hours

Pros

  • Balanced sound
  • Comfortable
  • Great battery life

Cons

  • Bluetooth is on a more expensive model
  • microUSB charging port

SteelSeries Arctis’ line of headsets is incredibly well-rounded. They’re comfortable and deliver sharp sound and a solid connection. The PlayStation-specific Arctis 7P delivers the best bang for your buck if you’re looking specifically for a PS5 headset. (Technically, it also works on Nintendo Switch and Android phones with USB-C, too). If you also want to play on PC or Bluetooth support to pair with a phone, the more expensive Arctis 9 is also an excellent choice.

Best wired: Asus ROG Delta S

Asus

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Asus ROG Delta S sounds incredible and comes with loads of stellar features, including MQA audio codec support, customizable RGB lighting, and more. 

Specs

  • Drivers: 50mm
  • Frequency response: 20-40,000 Hz
  • Microphone: Detachable, Unidirectional with Noise-Cancellation
  • Connection types: USB-C, USB-A (with extension cable adapter)
  • Estimated battery life: N/A

Pros

  • Some of the most nuanced-sounding headsets I’ve tested
  • USB-C or USB-A with an adapter that doubles as an extension cable
  • Distinctive style, including RGB earcups

Cons

  • Some features are primarily for PC, like MQA streaming audio support
  • Expensive, especially for a wired headset

The Asus ROG Delta S is, if nothing, distinctive. A concentrated burst of flashy features, like an internal quad-DAC, triangular ear cups, RGB lighting, and support for Master Quality Authenticated (MQA), the high-fidelity legacy encoding format of streaming services like Tidal’s “master” quality audio. Normally, overloading a headset with showy bells and whistles is a red flag—a sign that maybe the headset underneath all the features isn’t so great. In this case, however, those features are all icing on the cake, so to speak. The Delta S delivers sharp audio across its range and a rare level of clarity among gaming headsets. It is a USB-wired headset, so you will need to have a cable running from the front of your PS5 to your head, but with a 5-foot cable and a 3.2-foot extension cable, it isn’t as restrictive as other wired models. Plus, you know … it sounds really good.

Best for esports: SteelSeries Arctis Prime

SteelSeries

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Everything about the Arctis Prime is simple and clean. Simply put, it is the best analog-only headset I’ve ever used.

Specs

  • Drivers: 40mm
  • Frequency response: 10-40,000 Hz
  • Microphone: Retractable, Bi-directional with noise-cancellation
  • Connection types: Analog (3.5mm)
  • Estimated battery life: N/A

Pros

  • Suspended headband is very comfortable
  • 3.5mm connection means it works with every platform
  • “High fidelity” drivers sound better than most 3.5mm headsets

Cons

  • Limited customization
  • A bit expensive for limited feature-set

I’m continually surprised to find myself returning to the Arctis Prime over and over. As an esports headset, its simple design focuses on the basic functions of a headset: It needs to sound clear, and it needs to make you sound clear. It excels on both counts, thanks to “high-fidelity” drivers previously reserved for SteelSeries’ most expensive headset, the Arctis Pro, and a noise-canceling microphone.

Best for audiophiles: Audeze Penrose

Audeze

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A luxurious-sounding headset from an audiophile headphone brand? What’s not to love?

Specs

  • Drivers: 100mm
  • Frequency response: 10-50,000 Hz
  • Microphone: Detachable, Wire boom
  • Connection types: 2.4 GHz wireless, Bluetooth, Analog (3.5mm)
  • Estimated battery life: 15 hours

Pros

  • Planar magnetic drivers
  • 2.4 GHz and Bluetooth wireless

Cons

  • Very expensive
  • OK battery life

Audeze, a brand best known for its impressive audiophile-grade headphones, also makes some of the best gaming headsets on the market. Though it isn’t quite as feature-rich as the Audeze Mobius headset for PC, the PlayStation-specific Penrose and Xbox-specific Penrose X bring the company’s superior sound to consoles (as does the newer Audeze Maxwell). The secret, so far as we can tell, is the headset’s planar-magnetic drivers, which can achieve a bassy, but nuanced sound that pairs especially well with games. At $300, the Penrose is very pricey for a gaming headset. Then again, Audeze’s professional flagship headphones run from the MM-500, which costs $1,699, to the Audeze CRBN, costing $4,500 … and other audiophile-grade gaming headphones, like the Master & Dynamic MG20, cost $449 … so everything is relative.

Best for single-player experiences: Sony PlayStation Pulse 3D

Sony

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Sony’s own headset is designed to take special advantage of the PS5’s spatial audio technology.

Specs

  • Drivers: 40mm
  • Frequency response: N/A
  • Microphone: Dual internal microphones with noise-cancelling
  • Connection types: 2.4 GHz wireless, analog (3.5mm)
  • Estimated battery life: 12 hours

Pros

  • Large ear cups pair great with spatial audio
  • High quality for the price
  • Light and comfortable

Cons

  • Doesn’t work as well with other platforms
  • So-so battery life

The Sony Pulse 3D, PlayStation’s own PS5 wireless headset, is a unique and, in some ways, perplexing device. Its cavernous ear cups create a great soundstage that gets the most out of the console’s spatial audio tech, Tempest, and makes games sound great, particularly when you compare it to other headsets at the same $99 price point. That said, it uses internal microphones, similar to what you’d find on a pair of wireless, productivity-focused noise-canceling headphones, rather than a boom mic. Even with noise-reduction tech, you can expect them to let in more ambient noise than other microphones. Hence, the caveat. The Pulse 3D is an excellent budget-conscious headset pick if you’re looking to get the full audio experience out of the PS5, but don’t care so much about chat quality. And if you do care? Check out the flagship Sony INZONE H9 wireless gaming headset, which adds active noise cancellation (like the consumer WH-1000XM4) and a flip-to-talk boom mic. Combined, the tech in the Inzone lets you zone in to the game.

Best budget: Razer Barracuda X

Razer

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Barracuda X offers solid sound and a versatile wireless connection thanks to its USB-C dongle.

Specs

  • Drivers: 40mm 
  • Frequency response: 20-20,000 Hz
  • Microphone: Detachable, Unidirectional
  • Connection types: 2.4 GHz wireless via USB-C dongle, Analog (3.5mm)
  • Estimated battery life: 20 hours

Pros

  • USB-C dongle works with almost every core gaming device
  • Affordable
  • Good battery life

Cons

  • Sound is good, but not quite as impressive as other picks

The Barracuda X is the move for players who care about convenience above all else. With a USB-C wireless dongle, it easily pairs wirelessly with the PS5, Switch, PCs, and most modern Android phones. Its balanced sound profile doesn’t punch your eardrum with bass like lesser headsets, which narrowly puts it over much of the mid-to-budget wireless pack. That said, it doesn’t achieve the same level of nuance or audio isolation as the other headsets on this list. Even so, the Barracuda X is the closest thing to a one-size-fits-all wireless headset that I’ve tried, and that’s valuable for a lot of players.

What to consider when buying the best PS5 gaming headsets

Buying a headset using the information on the back of the box can be a crapshoot. There’s some useful information on there, but the most important qualities, like sound quality and comfort, cannot be gleaned from specs. Still, there’s a lot of useful information that can help you make a good purchasing decision in the moment.

Compatibility

The most important question is also the easiest to solve … Most of the time. Always check to make sure if a headset works with the platform(s) you own. For consoles like the PS5 and Xbox Series X, the console is frequently referenced in the name of the product, or there’s a large sign on the box with a console logo. Worst case, you need to check a list on the box of compatible devices. Many wireless headsets for PC are also compatible with the PS5, so it never hurts to check their compatibility when you’re shopping.

Wired vs. wireless headsets

As with the PlayStation 4, the PS5 supports both wired and wireless headsets. Choosing between a wired and wireless headset is often a question of convenience versus cost. While the gap between the two isn’t gigantic, adding the extra tech to make a headset work untethered noticeably increases its price. 

That said, there are also good, non-financial reasons to consider a wired headset: Even the best wireless gaming headsets need to be charged frequently. Most premium headsets have an estimated max battery life of around 20 hours. (Often, you’ll get significantly less). If you play often enough, you may find yourself plugging the headset in to charge while you play. Some players will tell you that it’s worth it to use a wired headset to mitigate audio lag, but in my experience, that’s not an issue with a dedicated headset, especially if it connects to the console via a 2.4 GHz wireless dongle instead of the slightly slower Bluetooth option.

Weight

The weight of your headset matters more than you think. During a long play session, a heavy headset can start to feel heavy on your head. It doesn’t necessarily reveal whether or not a headset will be comfortable over time on its own: Padding, particularly a suspended or self-adjusting headband, can go a long way to easing the burden of a heavy headset. Ultimately, figuring out what’s comfortable is a personal decision, but if a headset looks big and bulky, chances are it’s going to be heavy. If that’s the case, look for thick memory foam padding and/or a suspended headband.

Microphones

Technically, a gaming headset is a combination of two devices—headphones and a microphone. The microphone is half of the equation, but most reviews spend significantly less time on it than the headphones. The fact is that most headsets reach a pretty high bar for quality across the board, and rarely deviate too far from it, so you don’t need to worry about specs too much. There are design qualities to keep in mind, like whether a mic is detachable or retractable. Some high-end headsets feature active noise-cancellation in the microphone to minimize ambient noise, which is always a nice touch but not necessarily a dealbreaker.

FAQs

Q: What headsets work with the PS5?

The PlayStation 5 works with wireless headsets that support its specific wireless standard, and wired headsets that connect via USB-A, USB-C, or an analog 3.5mm headphone jack. (Technically, you can also connect Bluetooth headphones to a PS5 with a USB Bluetooth adapter, but I wouldn’t recommend it). The easiest way to determine whether a headset is PS5 compatible or not is to simply check the box. There is almost always some mention of what platforms it’s designed for.

Q: Can I use my PS4 headphones with the PS5?

In most cases, you should be able to connect a PlayStation 4 headset to the PS5, especially if it pairs using a USB dongle or 3.5mm analog port. In fact, you’ll find that many new headsets brand themselves as PlayStation-compatible, rather than PS5-compatible, because they work with both PS4 and PS5.

Q: How much do PS5 headsets cost?

Most worthwhile gaming headsets cost between $99 and $200, though there are exceptions, including some of the high-end headsets on this list. 

Final thoughts on the best PS5 headsets

Everyone has their own priorities when buying a gaming headset. Some people want the best sound. Others prioritize comfort, or price, or convenience. Though there’s a lot of variation as you explore the range from budget models to audiophile-grade gear, remember that there are great options at every price and that the idea of the “best PS5 headset” is different for every person.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best PS5 headsets for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best riding lawn mowers in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-riding-lawn-mower/ Tue, 27 Apr 2021 18:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=284635
Best riding lawnmowers composited
Stan Horaczek

The best riding lawn mowers let you tame your property in comfort, no matter the size of the yard.

The post The best riding lawn mowers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best riding lawnmowers composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best for small yards A red lawn mower with 4 black wheels and a black seat as well. Toro 42" TimeCutter 452cc Zero-Turn Riding Mower with Smart Speed
SEE IT

Cutting grass with ease doesn’t have to mean sacrificing valuable garage space.

Best for zero-turn The Husqvarna Z246 Zero Turn Lawn Mower is our best budget pick. Husqvarna MZ54F 54 in. 24 HP Zero Turn Ridin
SEE IT

This gas-powered pick makes even large yards manageable.

Best budget CRAFTSMAN T110 42-in 17.5-HP Gas Riding Lawn Mower CRAFTSMAN T110 42-in 17.5-HP Gas Riding Lawn Mower
SEE IT

An affordable option with plenty of power.

Riding lawn mowers are a powerful, durable machine that makes cutting grass as effortless as possible. Lawn equipment has come a long way since the days of a sickle and elbow grease. Modern riding mowers cram the power of a farm tractor and the maneuverability of an ATV into one fun-to-ride, easy-to-control tool.  

If you’ve never bought a riding mower, or are upgrading and replacing an old mower, you will be surprised and potentially overwhelmed with today’s options. Front engine? Rear engine? Do you need the best riding lawn mower for hills or zero-turn agility? And what about the transmission? Where do you start? And how do you know if you’re getting the right size mower with all the features you need or the best riding lawn mower for the money? That’s why we’re here: to take the mystery out of this lawn care equipment and find the best riding lawn mowers for every yard, lawn, and field.

How we picked the best riding lawnmowers

The writers and editors at Popular Science have decades of combined experience when it comes to reporting on, writing about, and reviewing products. For this selection of riding lawn mowers, we relied on a mixture of first-hand experience, editorial reviews, user feedback, spec comparisons, and brand reputation. A riding lawnmower is a big investment, so we focused our search toward finding reliable, easy-to-service models from well-known brands. That way, your investment will last longer, which is great for your budget and good for the environment.

The best riding lawn mowers: Reviews & Recommendations

Most riding lawn mowers follow a similar design: A motor in the front, a seat on top, and a sharp part on the bottom. But, there’s a lot of variability within that same basic structure.

Best overall: Husqvarna Z254 54 in. 26 HP Kohler Hydrostatic Zero Turn Riding Mower

Specs

  • Horsepower: 26
  • Cutting deck size: 54 inches
  • Price: $3,785
  • Fuel: gas

Pros

  • Wide cutting deck
  • Zero-turn steering
  • 6.5 mph top speed
  • Innovative braking system
  • Ample capture or mulching options

Cons

  • Mulching kit and bagger are optional accessories that add to the cost

Wide cutting decks typically don’t translate into precision handling, but this zero turn model from Husqvarna is much nimbler than its 54-inch deck suggests. The 26-horsepower Husqvarna motor pushes it to a top speed of 6.5 miles per hour, which is plenty fast to make quick work of a sizable yard.

It has a plus, comfortable seat that’s centrally located for precision cutting. The larger rear wheels propel the mower with pep while the smaller front wheels freely rotate in order to facilitate def maneuvers. This is part of Husqvarna’s system, so it’s capable of mulching and bagging, but you’ll need to purchase an extra add-on in order to enable it. If you don’t need those options, though, that’s money saved on the front end.

Ultimately, this is a very capable mower that’s moderately easy to assemble and will require very little maintenance over many seasons of mowing.

Best small: Toro 42″ TimeCutter 452cc Zero-Turn Riding Mower with Smart Speed

Toro

SEE IT

Specs

  • Horsepower: 15.5
  • Cutting deck size: 42 inches
  • Price: $3,299
  • Fuel: gas

Pros

  • Nimble steering
  • Comfortable seat
  • Good for small or medium yards
  • Lots of adjustability
  • Cup holders

Cons

  • Maxes out at two acres

If you have a smaller yard, this Toro lawn tractor is the versatile lawn slicer to keep your grass in check quickly. While riding mowers can be smaller, the smaller models are slower and feel underpowered. If you want a ride-on mower with strength and speed, go straight to a lawn tractor instead of a riding mower. It’s a great riding lawn mower for yards up to two acres. It’s not a huge, monstrous machine but still gives you plenty of cutting power. The steering is smooth and responsive. Plus it can be easily stored and maintained. For backyards, front yards, and small sidelots, the Toro riding lawn mower is the perfect fit.

Best for hills: Husqvarna TS 354XD 54-inch Garden Tractor

Walmart

SEE IT

Specs

  • Horsepower: 24
  • Cutting deck size: 54 inches
  • Price: $4,899
  • Fuel: gas

Pros

  • Powerful engine
  • Comfortable, sturdy seat with arms
  • Heavy duty cutting deck
  • Easy to maintain
  • Heavy for stability on off-camber sections

Cons

  • Just OK fuel consumption

Husqvarna riding lawn mowers are some of the best on the market, including for hills. And the Husqvarna Garden Tractor is the mighty lawn mowing tool used by professional landscapers and backyard amateurs alike. The hydrostatic transmission makes the ride feel smooth and comfortable, even up and along hills. Its three strong blades, housed in the 54-inch cutting deck, can chew through anything in its path. And a 24 hp engine gives you the oomph needed to safely traverse inclines and wet surfaces. If you’re tasked lawn maintenance of a space larger than three acres, you need a garden tractor made of durable, dependable materials, and this Husqvarna lawn mower checks all the necessary boxes as the best riding mower for hills.

Best zero-turn: Husqvarna MZ54F 54 in. 24 HP Zero Turn Riding Mower

Walmart

SEE IT

Specs

  • Horsepower: 24
  • Cutting deck size: 54 inches
  • Price: $6,099
  • Fuel: gas

Pros

  • Nimble steering
  • Wide cutting deck
  • Powerful 24HP Kawasaki engine
  • Requires little maintenance
  • Lots of adjustability

Cons

  • Somewhat rough ride

The best riding lawn mower must have what it takes, and then some. The power of the Husqvarna MZ54F riding mower is obvious: its 24 HP Kawasaki engine is more powerful than most consumer riding mowers. All that power helps the 54-inch cutting deck mow through a five-acre lawn with one tank of gas. The zero-turn steering allows for quick, smooth pivots making the heavy-duty steel frame feel light and nimble. It’s easy to use, after reading the instructions and taking it out for a few test cuts. For any lawn that creeps past the three-acre mark, the Husqvarna riding mower is the best beast to tame the suburban jungle.

Best budget: CRAFTSMAN T110 42-in 17.5-HP Gas Riding Lawn Mower

Craftsman

SEE IT

Specs

  • Horsepower: 17.5
  • Cutting deck size: 42 inches
  • Price: $2,139
  • Fuel: gas

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Easy to store because of its size
  • Comfortable
  • Comes fully assembled from Lowe’s

Cons

  • Underpowered for tough jobs or really big lawns

If you’re not trying to mow a huge lawn full of tough grass, you likely won’t need a massive, expensive mower. This 42-inch model still makes quick work of a 1-2-acre plot thanks to its 17.5-horsepower engine. It’s not big on bells and whistles, but it has a comfortable padded seat and precision controls. Plus, it still offers working headlights in case you’re mowing when it gets dark.

This is a great option if you want something that’s easy to store in a garage with a lot of other machines. It’s just 71 inches long and 48 inches wide, which makes it narrower than some of the decks on other machines.

Things to consider for picking the best riding lawn mowers

The best riding lawn mower is the one that efficiently mows your specific patch of grass because not all lawns are created equal. Even in your own neighborhood, one type of mower works best for one yard and another riding mower works best for the house next door. The right mower in the right hands can greatly speed up the grass-cutting process. 

Before you rush out and buy the most expensive mower on display, however, take a close look at your own yard. Take measurements of the area that needs mowing (your property minus the footprint of your house, driveway, decking, landscaping, etc.), so you know how big an area you will maintain. As a general rule, riding lawn mowers work best on yards larger than one-half acre (anything less can be mowed more effectively with a gas-powered, walk-behind mower).

Also, know what type of terrain you will drive over, and know the difference between the types of lawn mowers. A ride-on lawn mower is an investment, so you want a machine that lasts. These are motorcycles with blades; understanding and respecting the engine and cutting mechanism is important to making sure your riding mower keeps going season after season. Regular maintenance will be required, but there are riding mowers that are easier to care for than others. 

Safety and comfort are also important factors to consider when browsing any lawn or garden tool. Lumbar support and armrests on a riding lawn mower can reduce sore muscles and eliminate next-day chore hangovers. And comfortable steering not only helps your arms and legs, but also gives you greater control to chop grass in eye-catching patterns. Arm yourself with the knowledge (and our handle selections below) and you’ll find the best riding lawn mower for your property. 

Related: Need somewhere to keep lawn tools? Get one of the best sheds for every job.

Calculate what you need to find a riding mower for small yards

The key to finding the best riding lawn mower is to get the right amount of power with the most effective cutting deck. If your yard is smaller than two acres, don’t waste money on horsepower you don’t need and cut widths too large to work in small areas. 

There are four types of ride-on mowers to choose from: riding mower, lawn tractor, garden tractor, and zero-turn mower. While they all cut grass, they do so in different ways. A riding mower with a rear-mounted engine will be the least expensive option, but also the slowest and weakest. Riding mowers are the smallest of the bunch and have a maximum cut width of 30 inches. That’s a plus for small lawns (anything up to an acre). 

A lawn tractor, however, is what most people envision when they think of a “riding mower.” Lawn tractors have the engine in the front, the cutting deck is between the front and rear wheels and they can be modified to do more than just cut grass. Garden tractors are bigger, more powerful, more versatile versions of a lawn tractor. And zero-turn mowers have a rear-mounted engine with their unique push bar steering to sharply maneuver around any obstacle. 

If you have a yard too large for a push mower, yet smaller than an acre, a riding mower or small lawn tractor is the most efficient grass chopper to get. If you want horsepower and functionality, go for the lawn tractor. A lawn tractor can do more than cut grass and has the power to drive on any lawn.

Tackle tough inclines with the best riding lawn mower for hills

The best riding mowers are fierce vehicles with the handling of a car. But not all mowers can be the best riding lawn mower for hills. If a yard has a wide variety of inclines and valleys, trying to mow it can be frustrating and dangerous. Even small hills can be a hassle. Zero-turn mowers are notoriously horrible on hills, and low-powered riding mowers lack the strength needed to mow up and along a sloped lawn. A garden tractor with powerful maneuverability is the only ride-on mower that can safely keep your entire yard in order, even on hills. 

Garden tractors are bigger than lawn tractors, making them better for yards larger than three acres. But these beasts can be more complicated. To make the larger tractors easy to control, it may use a hydrostatic transmission, which provides better speed and steering but can be more expensive to maintain and repair. 

Still, the difference between a manual transmission and a hydrostatic transmission can be felt immediately as you simply, safely drive the mower up and along hills. With greater control comes tighter turns and quick maneuvering around the terrain. A high-quality hydrostatic garden tractor gives you commercial-grade cutting power in a user-friendly package, making it the best riding lawn mower for hills.

Zero-turn riding mowers cut the largest lawn with a twist

The benefits of a zero-turn riding lawn mower are clear: maneuverability and speed. These powerful lawn mowers can zip around trees, rocks, decks, pools, fences, or anything else that dots your landscape. They shift from forward to reverse in a snap and are ideal for making intricate patterns on the lawn. And the quick speed and wide cutting deck make them perfect for large lawns, fields, and anywhere else grass needs to be taught a lesson.

For lawns larger than four acres, you want a cutting deck wider than 54 inches. Generally speaking, a 54-inch cutting deck on a riding mower traveling at medium speed can cut four acres in an hour. Besides a large cutting width, you also want good horsepower to efficiently travel across the yard. A mower with 25 hp will provide enough muscle for large yards and fields. You can go higher, but most consumer models are between 11 hp to 25 hp. Anything above that may be too much muscle for one home.

The agility comes from the unique steering of a zero-turn riding mower. The left and right push-bar accelerators control each rear wheel independently. Push both forward and you move forward. Pull them back and you slow down and move in reverse. Push one bar forward and you spin around the stationary wheel. It may sound complicated, and there is a mild learning curve to mastering the mechanism, but your brain will pick up the steering and turning will be reflexive with just a few minutes of practice. Of course, take it slow at first and do not try to make sharp turns until you feel comfortable, and always be careful on hills. The weight distribution of zero-turn mowers can make inclines difficult to cut. 

The rear-mounted engine gives operators a great view of what’s ahead. And zero-turn mowers are often faster than other ride-on mowers. While they may look intimidating and the steering is not like a car, zero-turn mowers are some of the best tools for cutting grass in big areas and tight corners.

Here’s the best budget riding lawn mower you can get

If the prices for ride-on lawn mowers give you sticker shock, rest a little easier knowing great and inexpensive riding mowers are out there. While you won’t be able to find anything useful for less than $1,000, once you reach the $1,500 ballpark you can find decent models that get the job done.

Between riding mowers, lawn tractors, and zero-turn mowers, the traditional riding mower will be the cheapest option. The main tradeoff for the lower price is cutting width, horsepower, and speed. The less expensive riding mowers have a 30-inch cutting deck (as opposed to the 50-inch decks of lawn tractors). These tiny grass gobblers are better for those with less than an acre of ground to mow. In fact, if your yard is smaller than an acre, smaller is better. Anything larger than a 30-inch riding mower is overkill. 

A small, inexpensive riding mower performs only one task: cuts grass. They can’t plow sow, haul lumber, or turn on a dime. They are little more than a standard walk-behind mower with a chair, but the low price makes up for the lack of functions. 

FAQs

Q: How long does a riding lawn mower last?

A riding lawn mower should last anywhere between five and 10 years. But the years don’t matter as much as the hours of use. Consumer riding mowers are made to last about 300 hours. If you have a two-acre lawn, you may spend 60 hours a year using the mower and the mower will last five years. This varies based on where you live, rainfall, type of grass, type of terrain, etc., so it’s only to give you a rough idea. Make your mower last longer with routine maintenance and storing it properly during the off-season.

Q: What is the best riding lawn mower for one acre?

The Troy-Bilt TB30 (mentioned above) is the best riding lawn mower with just enough power to tackle one acre of grass, and the best riding lawn mower for the money if on a budget. For any yard larger than an acre, invest in a lawn tractor, like the 42-inch Craftsman riding lawn mower (mentioned above). It will be fast and efficient. More expensive models and zero-turn mowers won’t be as helpful or efficient on smaller yards, so spending more is not always the best answer. And for anything smaller than one-half acre, a walk-behind mower is the most effective. 

Q: When is the best month to buy a riding lawn mower?

The best month to buy a riding mower is April or August. Shoppers are most likely to find the model they want in spring, at the start of the mowing season. The prices won’t be the lowest, but availability is at the highest. Look for good sales during the summer, especially around Labor Day. At that point, many home goods stores are looking to clear floor space for fall/winter products. Options will be somewhat limited, but you can still find the make and model you’re looking for or something comparable. The cheapest of the cheap riding lawn mowers can be found in the fall, but who knows what stores will have left. And most stores don’t even sell riding mowers in the winter. While it’s not an exact science, stick to the months that begin with the letter A when shopping for a riding mower.

The final word on finishing chores in comfort with the best riding lawn mowers

Finding an effective, efficient ride-on mower isn’t too difficult once you know what to look for. Understanding the difference between a riding mower, lawn tractor, garden tractor, and zero-turn mower will make you a smart shopper. To inform your lawn equipment decision, think about your lawn: How big is it? How many obstacles are in the way? Are there any hills? Using the wrong mower will make hot days doing yard work in the sun seem endless, but the best riding lawn mower will give you enough time to relax and enjoy the season…before you need to break out the snowblower. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best riding lawn mowers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best smart scales of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-smart-scales/ Tue, 08 Feb 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=424019
A lineup of the best smart scales
Amanda Reed

Track weight, body fat, and other health metrics with a tech-packed scale.

The post The best smart scales of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best smart scales
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Wyze Smart Scale X is the best smart scale for measuring body composition WYZE Smart Scale X
SEE IT

Measure all metrics without counting the cost.

Best apps The Withings By Cardio Smart Scale provides an abundance of information, including the weather forecast. Withings Body Cardio Smart Scale
SEE IT

Track your progress and sync with a variety of fitness apps and watches.

Best budget The Renpho Body Fat Smart Scale works well with digital devices. Renpho Body Fat Scale
SEE IT

Keep track of 13 essential body metrics with the help of an easy-to-use app.

Any scale can measure your weight, but the best smart scales do much more. Most measure various other metrics, including muscle mass, body fat, and heart rate. Although the number on the scale is just a number, keeping these metrics in mind can help you make healthy changes—if your heart rate is a little low, you can get it pumping by taking the steps when coming back from your coffee run, for example. They can also help you and others in your home monitor changes and track your progress over time. The best smart scales are a step up from what you find in your grandma’s bathroom with valuable info to live a more active life.

How we chose the best smart scales

As a freelance journalist for over 10 years, I’ve reviewed technology for publications including CNN Underscored, Popular Mechanics, Tom’s Guide, The Daily Beast, Architectural Digest, Apartment Therapy, The Spruce, and Bob Vila. I tested every scale save one on this list, and the rest of the selections are based on extensive research, recommendations from fellow tech colleagues, and reviews from other users.

The best smart scales: Reviews & Recommendations

Some of these smart scales are Bluetooth-compatible and sync with an app. Some are packed with profiles and metrics for ultra-customizability for everyone in the family. Some connect to your WiFi and integrate into a connected smart-home system, communicating wirelessly with other devices. One of our choices should be a welcome addition to your bathroom.

Best overall: WYZE Smart Scale X

WYZE

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Weigh in on weight, BMI, muscle percentage, body fat percentage, and so much more, with a scale that easily syncs with the WYZE app on your smartphone; we think that’s pretty powerful stuff.

Specs

  • Connectivity: Bluetooth
  • Individual profiles: 8
  • Weight capacity: 400 pounds
  • Metrics: 13

Pros

  • Measures lots of different health metrics
  • Attractive tempered glass design
  • Easily syncs with some smartphone apps

Cons

  • Somewhat invasive software wants to track your location
  • Doesn’t actually pair with all 3rd party apps

What if your scale and smartphone actually talked to each other? Well, with the WYZE Smart Scale X, they do. This attractive bathroom scale uses ITO electrode coatings with tempered glass to read all sorts of health metrics and then pairs with your health app on your smartphone app to ensure you keep abreast of the updates. 

The Smart Scale X is no simple scale; it tracks weight, muscle mass, body-fat percentage, BMI, heart rate, body water percentage, and so much more. This info is then updated in the Wyze app or other health apps like Apple Health, Google Fit, and Fitbit. This ensures you can keep accurate tabs on your health as you run marathons and measure the progress on your Scale X when you get home. 

This device capitalizes on connectivity; however, this connectivity is also its only real downside. After connecting to your phone, WYZE asks for constant access to your location data, which we think is a slight overreach. You can opt out, but it will keep asking. This may or may not be an issue for you and likely doesn’t go far beyond the health data your phone is already tracking.

Otherwise, we think the WYZE Smart Scale X is indeed a smart purchase, giving most users a ton of useful info to help them track their health.

Best for fitness: Withings Body Smart

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Specs

  • Connectivity: Bluetooth or WiFi
  • Individual profiles: 8 users
  • Weight capacity: 440 pounds
  • Metrics: 10

Pros

  • Eyes Closed mode hides your weight to prevent obsessing while still tracking progress
  • Accurate to 0.1 pounds
  • Tracks key metrics
  • Advanced app features
  • App goes beyond data tracking and makes recommendations
  • Attractive

Cons

  • A bit pricey
  • Glass surface attracts grime

Daily weigh-ins can provide a looming sense of dread when trying to improve your overall health. Withings equipped this smart scale with an Eyes Closed mode, which tracks your weight but replaces the number on the screen with a motivational message. You can, of course, still access that information thorough the Withings app, which will track your progress as you go. But, you’re not confronted with that number every day, which can be a big bonus for some people. I was skeptical myself before I tried it, but I actually appreciate the option. It helps encourage through tracking without having to face the music for spending a night out enjoying yourself.

Whether you keep your eyes open or closed, this scale is a full-featured model that justifies its somewhat high price. It’s accurate to 0.1 pounds, provides a ton of useful metrics, and is attractive to look at (as long as you wipe the grime off of the shiny surface fairly regularly).

You can track body fat, water percentage, muscle mass, bone mass and lean mass, as well as more complicated compound numbers like Visceral Fat Index, and BMR (Basal Metabolic Rate). I like Withing’s ability to tweak your specific tracking preferences so you can be as granular or laid back as you want. Overall, this is a solid option that will let you dive into your health metrics without stressing you out.

Best with app: Withings Body Cardio Smart Scale

Withings

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Withings Body Cardio Smart Scale is compatible with over 100 apps.

Specs

  • Connectivity: Bluetooth or WiFi
  • Individual profiles: 8 users
  • Weight capacity: 396 pounds
  • Metrics: 10

Pros

  • USB charging cable
  • Can be used with babies
  • Shows vascular age
  • Includes weather forecast
  • Can be used on hard floors and carpet

Cons

  • Really expensive
  • Can’t turn off BIA

The Withings Body Cardio is by far the most expensive smart scale on the list, which is the only reason it isn’t our overall best pick. However, it’s jam-packed with features. The scale shows stats on your phone, but you can also see them on the scale’s display. Most scales only show a few stats on the actual screen and send you to the app on your phone to see the others. The scale shows your weight, BMI, heart rate, vascular age, muscle mass, percentage of body fat, percentage of body water, bone mass … even your baby’s weight, and the current and daily high temperature in case you plan on going outside. The vascular age measurement can help you see how your cardiovascular health compares to the norm for your age bracket.

Withings invented the first smart scale and has a lot of experience in this category. The Withing Body Cardio is also compatible with over 100 health apps, including Fitbit, Apple Health, and Google Fit. Since it uses a USB charging cable, you won’t have to worry about swapping in fresh batteries. If price is a barrier, check out the company’s Withings Body+ scale, which is less than $100.

If standing heart rate and vascular age aren’t metrics you’re looking for in a smart scale, the Body+ scale is for you. It includes all other metrics—including BMI, fat mass, and water percentage—along with the same modes and number of user profiles as the Body Cardio scale.

Smart Home photo
The Withings Body+ scale has the majority of the same features as the Body Cardio scale, minus the price. Brandt Ranj

Best high-capacity/pregnancy mode: Etekcity Apex Smart Scale

Etekcity

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Etekcity Smart Scale has a high weight capacity and also includes separate modes for both pregnant mothers and newborn babies.

Specs

  • Connectivity: WiFi
  • Individual Profiles: Unlimited
  • Weight capacity: 400 pounds
  • Metrics: 14

Pros

  • Pregnancy mode
  • Baby mode
  • 400-pound weight limit
  • USB charging cable

Cons

  • Expensive

The Etekcity Apex Smart Wi-Fi Body Fat Scale is the best smart scale for pregnant women since it has a Zero-Current Mode. In addition, the scale has a Baby mode for measuring babies. Its 400-pound capacity is also as high as you’ll find on the list.

There are no batteries needed—the scale uses a USB charging cable. It tracks 14 measurements, including weight, BMI, body fat, protein, muscle mass, visceral fat, BMR, heart rate, subcutaneous fat, bone mass, body water, metabolic age, skeletal muscle, and fat-free body weight. The smart scale uses the VeSync app, and can also use Apple Health, Google Fit, Fitbit, MyFitness Pal, and Samsung Health.

Best for multiple users: Eufy by Anker Smart Scale P1

eufy

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Eufy by Anker Smart Scale P1 is easy to use, making it ideal for everyone to use.

Specs

  • Connectivity: Bluetooth
  • Individual profiles: 16
  • Weight capacity: 396 pounds
  • Metrics: 14

Pros

  • Excellent value for price
  • Auto-calibrating sensors
  • 14 measurements
  • Easy to connect

Cons

  • Can’t use if pregnant or wearing a pacemaker

The Eufy by Anker Smart Scale P1 can be used to create up to 16 individual profiles. Although there are smart scales that allow for an unlimited number of users, we think this is best for multiple users for other reasons. For example, the scale uses G-shaped auto-calibrating sensors, which can help to increase accuracy. The only thing worse than your measurements being off is the entire group’s measurements being off—and it’s hard to motivate a group to continue making progress when it’s not even clear that they are making progress.

The scale draws power from 3 AAA batteries, and it’s easy to connect the scale to the Eufy app. Also, 14 different measurements are provided: weight, body fat percentage, BMI, body fat mass, lean body mass, protein, BMR, visceral fat, muscle, muscle mass, bone, body age, bone mass, and water. The scale can be integrated with various third-party apps, including Google Fit, Fitbit, and Apple Health.

Best budget: Renpho Body Fat Smart Scale

RENPHO

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Renpho Body Fat Smart Scale measures a variety of body fat indicators and can be seamlessly integrated with other apps—all for less than $30.

Specs

  • Connectivity: Bluetooth
  • Individual profiles: Unlimited
  • Weight capacity: 396 pounds
  • Metrics: 13

Pros

  • Excellent price
  • Accurate measurements
  • Plenty of metrics
  • Works with numerous apps

Cons

  • Should not be used on carpet

The Renpho Body Fat Smart Scale can detect 13 body composition stats: weight, BMI, body fat, subcutaneous fat, visceral fat, body water, skeletal muscle, muscle mass, bone mass, protein, metabolic age, BMR, and fat-free body weight. It’s easy to use and track the various metrics, and there’s also an athlete mode. The scale can be used with various fitness apps, including Samsung Health, Fitbit, Apple Health, and Google Fit.

This is one of the most popular smart scales due to its combination of price and features. It accommodates unlimited users, so everyone in your family or group can use the same Renpho App to track and share progress. The scale is quite accurate and uses batteries instead of a USB charging cable.

What to consider when buying the best smart scales

It’s important to weigh your options when deciding between the smart scales on the market. There are several factors to consider:

Metrics measured

Smart scales measure various metrics, including bone mass and body fat percentage, but some measure more indicators than others. For example, one smart scale on our list measures 10 metrics, while another offers 14. We list all of these for each smart scale so you can determine which metrics are important to you and avoid paying for features you’ll never use.

Bluetooth or WiFi

All smart scales use Bluetooth or WiFi for wireless connectivity, and some use both. WiFi is much more convenient since Bluetooth has a specific range and is more likely to drop periodically. However, solely Bluetooth-enabled scales are likely to cost less.

Syncing

Some smart scales can sync with fitness apps and trackers to provide even more functionality, including the ability to review all of the results from both the scale and app in one place. However, some people may consider that information overload and decide that syncing with the smart scale’s app is sufficient.

Multiple users

If there’s more than one person in your household—or if you’re in a fitness group sharing the same scale—you’ll want a smart scale that can track individual results for multiple people. Some scales allow for eight or even 16 individual users, whereas other smart scales allow unlimited users to create personal profiles. If you’re using the scale in a group setting, unlimited users will probably be more important to you. However, be advised that multiple users will all use the same account, so they can view your personal information.

Pregnancy mode

Smart scales use bioelectrical impedance analysis (BIA) technology to provide biometric measurements. However, for expecting mothers, this can be problematic. So, if you’re pregnant, you’ll want a smart scale that will allow you to turn this feature off in the smart scale’s app, instead of opting for Zero-Current Mode. Also, if you’re wearing a pacemaker, you’ll want a smart scale that can turn it off.

Batteries vs. USB

Some smart scales run on batteries, while others can be charged with a USB cable. And some can do both. On one hand, avoiding disposable batteries is good for the environment, but on the other hand, batteries don’t use electricity. This decision will come down to personal preference (so perhaps consider rechargeable batteries and/or recycling used batteries properly).

FAQs

Q: How much does a smart scale cost?

Depending on features, a smart scale can start at $25 and go up to $180.

Q: Which brand is most accurate?

Withings is considered the most accurate brand, although all of the scales on our list are generally accurate. It’s also important to remember that, sometimes, a seemingly inaccurate reading could result from user error. Always weigh yourself at the same time daily—the start of the day is best since you haven’t eaten yet. Also, put the scale on a flat surface. 

Q: What about my privacy?

To provide the most accurate information, smart scales typically collect a lot of information. In addition to biometric measurements, they may also collect your age, sex, height, name, and contact information. Syncing to third-party apps adds another level of information sharing. Companies may or may not sell your information—and they may be subject to data breaches, exposing your personal info to hackers.

Q: Are mechanical scales better than digital?

Analog scales are certainly easier to operate, and they’re also considered more durable since the sensors in digital scales can wear out over time. However, digital scales provide so many more features. For starters, the digital readout is easier to read. It also eliminates guesswork and provides more accuracy (for example, 137.8 pounds vs. 137 or 138 pounds). Digital scales can also provide other measurements, such as body mass index, bone mass, and body water. They’re also compatible with fitness apps. In addition, they can track different users separately.

Final thoughts on the best smart scales

A smart scale can help you take control of your fitness routine by allowing you to track various measurements. Historical records allow you to gauge your progress toward reaching fitness goals. Also, adding multiple users lets everyone have an individual profile containing their own data.

When weighing both price and features, the Wyze Smart Scale is the best overall choice. However, if you’re willing to splurge, the Withings Body Cardio Smart Scale displays its 10 metrics without needing to view your phone. It also measures the most popular indicators—such as BMI, heart rate, muscle mass, body water, and bone mass—and even measures vascular age and includes the weather forecast. However, the best smart scale for you will be determined by your individual needs and budget.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best smart scales of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best speaker stands of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-speaker-stands/ Tue, 26 Sep 2023 17:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=574548
Speakers photo
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Know where your speakers stand with this selection of excellent supports.

The post The best speaker stands of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Speakers photo
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Pangea Audio DS200 Pangea Audio DS200
SEE IT

All-steel and delightfully sturdy, these stands deliver audiophile results at consumer-level prices.

Best desktop IsoAcoustics Iso-Stand Series Speaker Isolation Stands IsoAcoustics Iso-Stand Series Speaker Isolation Stands
SEE IT

IsoAcoustics’ unique desktop stands raise and tilt your speakers while reducing vibrations, ensuring excellent sound quality.

Best budget Perlesmith Universal Floor Speaker Stands Perlesmith Universal Floor Speaker Stands
SEE IT

With a rotating top plate and metal and glass construction, these stands perform way above their pay grade.

A good set of speakers is only half the journey; to fully realize your quest for the ultimate sound, you need a great set of stands. There’s just no getting around it—stands can make the speakers. Think of a solid set of supports as the sturdy steed below the questing knight. No matter how heavenly their sonic intentions are, they won’t get far without a robust base. More than just being aesthetically pleasing (although that also counts when making your selection), the best speaker stands will actively improve the sound quality of your speakers. They can reduce resonances, bring the speakers to the correct height for optimal listening, provide a stable foundation, and even help keep untidy cables under control. They are, in a word, essential for your enjoyment of the music you prize so highly. Here are our selections for the best speaker stands of 2023.

How we chose the best speaker stands

To arrive at this list of the best speaker stands, we used our own experience as music lovers driven toward achieving perfection in audio quality. We then cross-referenced our personal picks with those of trusted experts from the larger hi-fi community. Public consensus was another touchpoint in our selection process. We then separated them into a variety of use cases.

Speakers come in all different sizes and weights; therefore, the best speaker stands will not be one-size-fits-all. We also considered factors such as material, load capacity, and sturdiness of the stands to arrive at our final selections. You can feel confident that all the choices here represent the best of the best when it comes to speaker stands.

The best speaker stands: Reviews & Recommendations

Everybody’s speaker stand needs will differ depending on your speaker type, speaker size, room size, and audio setup. Our recommendations considered all of these factors, so be sure to check them all out before making your choice.

Best overall: Pangea Audio DS200

Pangea Audio

SEE IT

Specs

  • Height: 20, 24, 28, 32, 36” 
  • Material: Steel
  • Load capacity: 100 lbs.

Pros

  • All steel
  • Heavy duty
  • Choice of heights

Cons

  • Some assembly required

Our pick for the best overall speaker stand of 2023 is Pangea Audio’s DS200. Extremely heavy-duty with an industrial, all-metal build, Pangea Audio designed these stands to reduce vibrations and improve speaker sound quality. Inspired by the construction industry, they feature a dual-column makeup with the two support piers placed at 90-degree angles to each other. This increases the stability of the top platform in two directions, creating excellent support. Indeed, these are rated to hold bookshelf speakers of up to 100 pounds, making them an excellent choice for owners of heavier speakers.

The features continue. Along with the all-steel construction, they have rubberized speaker supports on each top platform to reduce vibrations further. At the bottom, there are both adjustable carpet spikes to make sure that your stands stay put and padded feet for hardwood floors. If cable management is important to you (and why wouldn’t it be), DS200 also has you covered with a place to thread speaker wires and power cords. Not everyone has speakers of the same size, and accordingly, the DS200 is available in five different height configurations: 20, 24, 28, 32, and 36 inches. 

In use, Pangea’s DS200 stands reduce vibrations and thus distortion, contributing to tight bass and detailed highs, mids, and sound stage. Some assembly is required, although it’s not too complicated. They’re also fairly affordable, making them an excellent addition to your audiophile setup and our choice for best overall speaker stands.

Best floor: Echogear Premium Universal Floor Speaker Stands

Echogear

SEE IT

Specs

  • Height: 28”
  • Material: MDF
  • Load capacity: 25 lbs.

Pros

  • Solid MDF post design
  • Generous weight limit
  • Great price

Cons

  • No speaker clamps

If you’re looking for a solid set of speaker stands for your bookshelf speakers at a great price, look no further than Echogear’s Premium Universal Floor Speaker Stands. With a solid MDF post design, these will remain sturdy throughout their lifetime while also reducing unwanted resonances and vibrations from your speakers. Rubber pads on the speaker plates reinforce this.

With a set height of 28 inches—ideal for most seated listening environments—these will support speakers of up to 25 pounds. They’re also equipped with a cable management space in the rear to ensure that eye-bothering wires stay tucked away. 

Some light assembly is required, and there are no clamps to hold your speakers to the plates, but the fantastic price more than makes up for this.

Best desktop: IsoAcoustics Iso-Stand Series Speaker Isolation Stands

Markkus Rovito

SEE IT

Specs

  • Height: 210 mm maximum
  • Material: Synthetic
  • Load capacity: 20 lbs

Pros

  • 14 variations of height and tilt
  • Unique design
  • Improves audio quality

Cons

  • Price on the high side
  • Prone to wobbling

Designed with recording studios and mix monitors in mind (shown with the Pioneer DJ VM-50 above), but applicable to hi-fi environments as well, IsoAcoustics’ Iso-Stand Series Speaker Isolation Stands are our picks for the best speaker stands in the desktop category. They have a unique design that not only lifts but angles the speakers as you need, providing 14 points of height and tilt. They also effectively reduce vibrations and clean up sound, necessary when mixing or even just listening.

IsoAcoustics offers a variety of different-sized stands, so you’re sure to find a set that suits your desktop needs. They are on the pricey side compared to other desktop stands, and some users report wobbling in heavy traffic areas, but for quiet rooms where listening is at a premium, they can’t be beat.

Best satellite: Sanus Adjustable Height Speaker Stand

Sanus

SEE IT

Specs

  • Height: Adjustable from 28” to 38”
  • Material: Alloy steel
  • Load capacity: 3.5 lbs

Pros

  • Adjustable height
  • Configurable speaker mounts
  • Excellent price

Cons

  • Tube may be too narrow for cable routing

Standard bookshelf speaker stands just won’t cut it when it comes to mounting surround sound satellites from wireless surround sound systems, which can end up in odd and/or awkward places behind other furnishings. For these, you want a purpose-built set of stands, ideally something light and maneuverable with plenty of height. Sanus’ Adjustable Height Speaker Stands fit the bill perfectly, and they’re easy on the eyes to boot. 

Made from tough alloy steel with a load capacity of 3.5 pounds, these satellite stands will do a superb job of holding up your small speakers. You can vary the height from 28 inches to 38 inches, making finding the sweet spot for your home theater or listening environment no sweat. They’re excellently priced as well, although some users have reported issues with threading audio cables through the tubes.

Best budget: Perlesmith Universal Floor Speaker Stands

Perlesmith

SEE IT

Specs

  • Height: 28”
  • Material: Metal and glass
  • Load capacity: 22 lbs.

Pros

  • Top plate rotates 45°
  • Sturdy
  • Easy assembly
  • Incredible price

Cons

  • No speaker clamps

Perlesmith makes a variety of mounts and stands, so it’s safe to say they know what they’re doing. The American company’s Universal Floor Speaker Stands are sturdy, good-looking, and affordable, making them our choice for the best budget speaker stands.

A good speaker stand will reduce vibrations, and Perlesmith’s Universal Floor Speaker Stands do just that with a combination of a glass top plate and base connected by a metal pillar. The top plate swivels up to 45 degrees to adjust the direction of sound. It can support speakers weighing up to 22 pounds, which should be plenty for most bookshelf drivers. You can even tuck away cables inside the pillar for a clean appearance (shown here with Edifier speakers, some of our favorite affordable powered turntable speakers). Includes rubber feet and carpet spikes for hardwood or carpeted floors.

Being a universal model, the height is fixed at 28”. There are also no fasteners for the speakers themselves, which could be a downside if you plan to place your speakers in a room with a lot of activity. However, the price is excellent for the quality. The company also makes a small satellite speaker stand we can recommend, shown here with the rear speaker from the excellent Samsung HW-Q990C Dolby Atmos system:

Perlesmith speaker stand with a Samsung HW-Q900B rear speaker behind a chair and plant tower
Tony Ware

What to consider when choosing the best speaker stands

You should consider many factors when choosing the best speaker stands for you. Below are the ones we considered most important when compiling this guide:

Speaker type

When choosing the best speaker stands, you’ll first want to consider what kinds of speakers you’ll be mounting, as weight and size could be determining factors. Large bookshelf speakers will require very different stands than satellite speakers because of their differences in weight, for example.

Speaker placement

Where you plan to place the stands will affect the outcome as well. You’ll ideally be placing your speakers about a foot away from the wall, so you’ll want to consider the width of the stand’s base and your molding—if applicable.

Speaker size

The height at which you plan to mount the speakers is also important. Many so-called universal speaker stands, have a fixed height, so you’ll have to continue getting speakers roughly the same size to continue using them.

FAQs

Q: Do speakers sound better on stands?

The short answer is yes. Stands help reduce vibrations and distortions in sound, leading to tighter lows, clearer mids and highs, and a wider soundstage. The difference can range from subtle to dramatic, depending on the material used.

Q: What is the best material for speaker stands?

Most stands are made from either metal or wood. Both will reduce vibrations to varying degrees, but more than just the material, it’s the construction and design that will make the most difference. As for durability, a metal, like steel, will last longer than wood but will also be more expensive. Some manufacturers will recommend stand material for their speakers. Be sure to check the maker’s site before committing to a purchase.

Q: What is the best height for speaker stands?

The best height for speaker stands depends on your listening position. Ideally, the tweeter of the speaker should be level with your ears. This will create an ideal listening experience. This usually translates to 24-28 inches, but be sure to measure to determine your ideal situation.

Q: Do speaker stands reduce bass?

Speaker stands, when designed correctly, will improve bass by reducing unwanted vibrations, giving you a frequency response that is tighter and more defined. The result will be decidedly less boomy and truer to the original intentions of the musician and producer.

Final thoughts on shopping for the best speaker stands

Finding the best speaker stands for your listening environment can significantly improve your enjoyment of music. By reducing vibration and distortion, you’ll be gifted with a cleaner, clearer soundstage and tighter lows, mids, and highs. When you take height into account, you’ll also be projecting the audio directly toward your ears, ensuring that you’re sitting in the so-called sweet spot. You’ve already invested in a good set of speakers and high-quality audio equipment. It would be a shame to hobble the whole shebang with a subpar support system.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best speaker stands of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best computer monitor stands of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-computer-monitor-stand/ Tue, 13 Jul 2021 19:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=372722
The best monitor stands
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Take your work to the next level—and keep your posture intact—with the best computer monitor stands for keeping your desk organized.

The post The best computer monitor stands of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best monitor stands
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall HUANUO Single Monitor Mount HUANUO Single Monitor Mount
SEE IT

This stand can fit a flat or curved monitor while allowing for swiveling, tilting, and rotation.

Best for students The Fitueyes stand is the best computer monitor stand for students. Fitueyes Monitor Stand
SEE IT

Offered in three colors to match your decor, this can host a laptop or computer on top and store books and stationary underneath.

Best budget WALI Monitor Stand WALI Monitor Stand
SEE IT

This pick is ultra sturdy, and its perforations work well if you need to elevate a laptop and stand.

Using a computer monitor stand is much more productive than a pile of books stacked under the computer screen. These stylish desk accessories give your workspace personality with a purpose. The monitor stands are designed to elevate your screen to eye level, creating a more ergonomic workstation for your neck and back. Monitor risers also free up prime desktop real estate, giving you more space for supplies and cool desk accessories like charging stations, toys, and tiny succulents. Like all pieces of office furniture, monitor stands are available in various styles with unique options and fun features, and the best monitor stands can raise your screen—and your work—to new heights.

How we chose the best computer monitor stands

Some computer monitor stands are designed for multiple monitors, some are made for keeping your desk clutter under control, and some stands do it all. Our recommendations for the best computer monitor stands take into account the type of stand it is, how much weight it can hold, and its overall value. We combined our own experience with that of trusted critics and real-world users to settle on this selection.

The best computer monitor stands: Reviews & Recommendations

How you raise your screen depends on price, adjustability, and aesthetics. Prices will vary mostly due to durability and style. Start with a budget and a type (stand or monitor arm) in mind. From there, narrow your search based on the added features your workspace needs, and you’ll find the perfect computer monitor stand for your budget and space. 

Best overall: HUANUO Single Monitor Mount

HUANUO

SEE IT

Specs

  • Monitor stand style: Arm
  • Maximum weight: 14.4 pounds
  • Price: $39.99

Pros

  • Lots of flexibility
  • Can support large, heavy monitors
  • Solid price

Cons

  • May not be compatible with your desk

If you prioritize flexibility and ergonomics, it’s hard to argue with Huanuo’s single monitor mount. It can accommodate screens up to 30 inches wide and a weight of 14.4 pounds and gives you nearly limitless flexibility when it comes to monitor placement. Your display will be mounted to the gas spring arm, which will hold it in place without the risk of it dropping over time. Huanuo says it put the hardware through 20,000 motion tests to ensure its spring won’t weaken over time. You will have to attach the arm to your desk using a clamp, which may not be possible depending on the thickness of your desk or if it has a shelf. If that isn’t an issue, and you want the cleanest-looking desk while working on a large external display, Huanuo Single Monitor Mount is the one we recommend.

Best for minimalists: AboveTEK Premium Acrylic Monitor Stand

AboveTEK

SEE IT

Specs

  • Monitor stand type: Fixed stand
  • Maximum weight: 50 pounds
  • Price: $49.99

Pros

  • Clean look
  • Room for storing accessories underneath
  • Thick, sturdy construction

Cons

  • Not adjustable

The AboveTEK monitor stand has nothing to hide. It’s a sleek piece of solid acrylic that can support up to 50 pounds of computing power. Measuring just over 20 inches in width, it can easily fit into tight workspaces. The 3.5 inches of height is perfect for a comfortable eye-line view. There’s no adjustability (unless you put some quarters under the legs to angle the surface), so those in search of options and special features will need to look elsewhere. It can stand up against most scuffs and bumps, but it’s not indestructible. And it will show fingerprints. If all you want is a simple stage for your screen, this gets the job done. A two-tier version of this stand was also released.

Best for multitaskers: HUANUO Triple-Monitor Stand

HUANUO

SEE IT

Specs

  • Monitor stand style: Arm
  • Maximum weight: 17.6 pounds per arm
  • Price: $139.99

Pros

  • Can accommodate three large monitors
  • High weight tolerance
  • Provides full range of motion

Cons

  • Price

Effectively supporting three large monitors is a tough ask of any mounted monitor arm, but the HUANUO Triple-Monitor Stand makes it look easy. Each of the three arms swivels 180 degrees, and each mount can tilt 90 degrees and rotate 360 degrees for vertical monitors. You’ll find the perfect viewing angle in minutes. The mount fits screen sizes between 17 inches and 32 inches, and the gas-spring arms feel strong even when hoisting the max weight of 17.6 pounds per arm. Arrange the screens side by side, at varying heights, or in a triangle. Just make sure your desk is big and beefy enough to support the weight, as all three monitors are mounted on a single pole in the middle. If the desk is a flimsy folding table, it could tilt under the centralized weight.

Best for executives: Grovemade Wood Monitor Stand

Grovemade

SEE IT

Specs

  • Monitor stand style: Fixed stand
  • Maximum weight: 200 pounds
  • Price: $160

Pros

  • Made from eco-friendly materials
  • Peerless aesthetics
  • Supports up to 200 pounds of weight

Cons

  • Price

Grovemade Wood Monitor Stands really do rise above the rest in terms of style and form. This stunning and simple wood stand, available in dark or light brown, supports up to 200 pounds, which makes it one of the strongest stands on the list. Measuring 21 inches wide, the stand lifts your monitor 4.2 inches on its beautiful curved platform. This is a high-end, designer monitor stand, and the price reflects the luxury. Each Grovemade monitor stand is made in the USA by dedicated craftsmen. This is more a piece of furniture than an ordinary monitor riser, perfect for a custom standing desk

Best for Mac users: Twelve South HiRise Pro for iMac

Twelve South

SEE IT

Specs

  • Monitor stand style: Height-adjustable stand
  • Maximum weight: N/A
  • Price: $136.99

Pros

  • Premium materials
  • Height adjustable
  • Room for storage

Cons

  • Price

Besides creating a comfortable viewing angle, a monitor stand also helps keep a workspace organized so you stay on task. The HiRise from Twelve South not only elevates your iMac’s screen to the perfect height of up to 3.75 inches, but it also has hidden shelves to store phones, keys, or supplies. These adjustable shelves are handy, especially for those working on a table who need extra space for personal belongings. The stand is designed to work with iMacs but can accommodate most screens. It’s a mere 10 inches wide, the smallest footprint of any monitor stand on the list. Anyone using a single monitor who wants a tasteful stand with storage will love the HiRise.

Best for students: Fitueyes Monitor Stand

FITUEYES

SEE IT

Specs

  • Monitor stand style: Fixed-height stand
  • Maximum weight: 40 pounds
  • Price: $17.99

Pros

  • Easy to assemble
  • Room for accessory storage
  • Price

Cons

  • Not heigh-adjustable

For students in high school or college who only need a basic monitor stand, the Fitueyes stand is the perfect workhorse. The sturdy monitor riser supports up to 22 pounds, more than enough for a standard monitor. Its height of 3.9 inches eliminates sore necks and eyes and allows students to focus straight ahead on the future. It’s available in three colors: black, brown, and light brown. But the best part of the Fitueyes stand is the price tag: At less than $20, you get a durable monitor stand that can be carried off to college and decorated with stickers, while also taking some scratches. This monitor stand is a great solution for budget-minded shoppers.

Best budget: WALI Monitor Stand

WALI

SEE IT

Specs

  • Monitor stand style: Height-adjustable stand
  • Maximum weight: 44 pounds
  • Price: $13.98

Pros

  • Height-adjustable
  • Ventilation
  • Price

Cons

  • Plain look

For well under $15—or under $25 for a two-pack—WALI’s Monitor Stand delivers all the essential features you’ll need from an ergonomic desk accessory. The stand is height-adjustable between 3.9 and 5.5 inches, is perforated to promote airflow if you keep a laptop on top of it, and can hold up to 44 pounds worth of weight on top of it. We’re surprised by the fact that this stand is height-adjustable given its price, and even though you only get a couple of inches worth of wiggle room, that can make all the difference ergonomically speaking. If you don’t mind this stand’s ultra-plain look, it will be an excellent addition to any desk.

What to consider when shopping for the best computer monitor stands

Part computer accessory, part office decor, the job of the best computer monitor stand is to make work a more pleasant experience. You will be using this stand every day for years to come, so make a thoughtful choice based on your needs and preferences. Study your current desk layout and screen position and think of ways to improve your space. The right stand for you is out there, and we’ve put together a guide to help you find it.

Do you want an adjustable monitor stand?

You have two options for raising your screen: a somewhat adjustable monitor stand or a mounted monitor arm. A stand is simply a raised stage for your screen. You may be able to position a stand higher with added risers, but stands are not designed for robust adjustability. A monitor mount, on the other hand, is a metal arm that either clamps to the desk or is mounted to a flat surface. The monitor arm of some mounts can rotate, swivel, and be aimed at just the right angle. Mounts can also hold screens in horizontal or vertical orientation, giving you even more viewing options. You have greater flexibility with a monitor mount, but it will require more setup and installation than a simple stand.

Do you use multiple monitors?

A multi-monitor setup can make work easier, especially for multitaskers, PC gamers, and streamers. A dual-monitor stand ensures both screens are at the right height so your eyes don’t flutter and bounce around trying to focus on monitors at different sightlines. Triple-monitor stands and mounts are a must for those shuffling between three screens, and a quad-monitor stand makes a workspace surrounded by screens look organized and professional instead of looking like the cluttered lair of a supervillain hacker from the 1990s. Multi-monitor stands and mounts must be designed to handle the extra weight, so look for strong, durable materials, and solid construction. And measure your screens to ensure a stand is wide enough to hold your monitors, because some stands may look like they can fit two screens, but looks can be deceiving.

Will the monitor stand blend in with office decor?

Style is important; a screen on a cheap, plastic stand makes your work feel cheap and plastic. Impressive monitor stands made of wood add elegance and sophistication to any workspace, even if the stand sits next to your Funko Pop Wolverine figure. These sleek wooden stands do come with a higher price point, but you get what you pay for. If this monitor stand is meant to be a true piece of office furniture, opting for a high-end wooden model may be well worth it. And if you don’t like the look of any stand in your price range or can’t find a stand that fits your style, you can always go with a mounted monitor arm that shows nothing more than a metal bar.

Do you need extra storage and shelves?

One of the benefits of any monitor mount or stand is that it frees up space on the desk. You can slide books and papers beneath the raised monitor, but if you need some help keeping things clutter-free, find a stand that offers dedicated storage options. A simple side shelf or cubby can make a big difference when trying to manage your mess. Pen holders and pockets for office supplies are great for desks that lack drawers. The best computer monitor stand should make your work as easy as possible, giving you greater access to everything you need throughout the day. For the home office, any bonus storage is greatly appreciated.

How high do you want to go?

Most monitor stands and mounts only go so high. However, there are ways to go higher. An adjustable computer monitor stand with a keyboard tray can transform your conventional desk into a standing desk. A standing desk converter is basically a super-powered monitor stand. Keep in mind, standing desk converters will be more expensive than typical monitor stands (you may even find a complete standing desk that’s less expensive than a converter), but if you need the extra height and don’t want to buy an entirely new piece of furniture, this is your best bet. When you go tall, you give up some style—standing desk converters are bulky brutes. They are designed for function, not form.

FAQs

Q: Why use a monitor stand?

You should use a monitor stand to create a comfortable workstation. Even the most ergonomic office chair and computer desk won’t do a thing for your neck and back if the computer screen is at the wrong height. A monitor stand raises the screen to be at a more comfortable viewing angle. It eliminates the need to bend your neck and look downward. Generally, you want the top of the monitor to be at your eye level when looking straight ahead. Monitor stands also free up space on your desk. This makes it easier to run wires to various gadgets and outlets. It also provides extra space for your phone or tablet. If you’ve never used a monitor stand before, your poor neck is in for a treat.

Q: Should I get one monitor arm or two?

The question of using one monitor or two comes down to how you spend time at the desk. Even those who only use one monitor for their computer can benefit from two monitor arms because the second arm can attach to a TV screen or tablet. Get your work done on one screen while a movie plays on the second screen. Or use one screen for virtual meetings and conference calls. Setting up a second monitor is surprisingly simple, and monitor prices are reasonable if you don’t need all the bells and whistles. If you use one monitor, you may be surprised at how effective and efficient a dual monitor setup becomes. You’ll wonder how you got this far without only one screen. And the extra monitor arm will be there to support you on your journey of dual monitor discovery.

Q: What is the best monitor arm for standing and sitting?

For those in need of the best monitor arm for standing and sitting positions, consider the Extra Tall Monitor Desk Mount from VIVO. The 39-inch pole makes it easy to move from sitting in a desk chair to standing up, and there is plenty of adjustabilities to position the monitor. It’s a less expensive option than buying a standing desk converter, but you don’t get a keyboard tray. That means when you’re standing, the keyboard will still be resting on the desktop and may cause an uncomfortable stretch. 

Final thoughts on finding the best computer monitor stands

The best monitor stand will become your new favorite desk accessory. It will elevate the screen to a healthy height and help create a clean desktop with extra room for papers, books, and more. From multiple monitor arm rigs to simple wooden platforms, there are monitor stands and arm mounts to quickly and easily turn your current setup into a healthier, more comfortable environment—a place you’ll enjoy working in for eight-plus hours daily. Simply give yourself a budget and identify the features you want in a style you love. The perfect monitor stand is out there and ready to improve your home office space ASAP.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best computer monitor stands of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best TP-Link routers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-tp-link-routers/ Tue, 26 Sep 2023 15:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=574151
The best TP-Link routers will keep your home connected for a range of uses.

These reliable devices will help keep you connected at a variety of speeds and price points.

The post The best TP-Link routers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best TP-Link routers will keep your home connected for a range of uses.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The TP-Link AXE5400 Tri-Band WiFi 6E Router is the best overall. TP-Link Archer AXE75 AXE5400
SEE IT

This all-around option boasts fast speeds and can support the needs of a family.

Best for gaming The TP-Link Archer GX90 Gaming Router AX10000 is the best for gaming. TP-Link Archer GX90 Gaming Router
SEE IT

This top-of-the-line model provides all the connectivity and speed you need for gaming and streaming at a reasonable price.

Best budget The TP-Link AC1750 Smart WiFi Router is the best budget option. TP-Link Archer A7 AC1750
SEE IT

This inexpensive pick provides a stable connection, but not much more.

Many people take their internet connectivity for granted. Once they overcome the struggle of reconciling our true lack of choice when it comes to choosing an ISP, consumers often settle for whatever router is left at their house by the service tech. These standard, come-with-the-service routers are akin to a basket of bread at a restaurant. They might fill a need for a while, but eventually, you will need to really eat. That’s where brands like TP-Link come in. It produces dinner routers that intensify your connections, build reliable home networks, and offer robust built-in management features that can turn your WiFi into WHOA-Fi. Horrible puns aside, buying a new router is sometimes a daunting process. Deciding what features matter to you, along with technical specs that align with your internet service plan, requires a bit of research. Thankfully, we’ve done the research for you in compiling this list of the best TP-Link routers.

TP-Link offers a wide range of routers built to match every need. From budget routers to more expensive gaming routers and mesh systems, TP-Link builds a router that will work for you. When choosing which products to highlight from a single manufacturer, the trick is to imagine as many scenarios as possible (within editorial constraints) and offer those routers as menu items. After that, it’s off to scour customer reviews, competitive pricing, and other factors to narrow down the list for each category. In the case of some, such as mesh systems, the options are limited. Others, it’s a matter of deciding which router meets which category. What we end up with is the best-reviewed TP-Link routers out there, organized in a list to meet your hunger for truly powerful WiFi connections.

Overall, TP-Link routers are reliable WiFi 5 and WiFi 6 routers that meet most home internet security needs. Some offer dual-band, while some are tri-band (more on that in the FAQs). Some support mesh systems without being one themselves, and some (well, one) are solely intended for the reliable high speeds required for gaming. And others are just well-rounded routers that will cover most needs, while a few are sub-$100 budget buys that easily support most basic requirements. Any WiFi router on this list will certainly be a delicious upgrade to the stale dinner roll provided by your ISP.  

Why it made the cut: This is a well-rounded router built to handle the entire family streaming at once.

Specs

  • Band: Tri-band
  • WiFi Version: 6
  • Mesh Support: Yes
  • Top Speed: 2402Mbps

Pros

  • Fast connection
  • Tri-band avoids roadblocks
  • Basic parental controls

Cons

  • Full parental controls require a subscription
  • No multi-gig Ethernet

The TP-Link Archer AXE75 AXE5400 takes advantage of the recent changes to WiFi protocols that allow for a 6GHz band alongside the traditional 5GHz and 2.4GHz bands. This means more opportunities for seamless connectivity when you’re fighting with your apartment complex neighbors for a stable connection. Less congestion on the highway, as the old adage goes. It advertises up to 5400 Mbps speed, but that’s just combining the 2402 Mbps speed offered by the 5GHz and 6GHz bands. The 2.4GHz offers 574 Mbps, which still isn’t too shabby. 

And no matter the advertised speed of a router, your true speed is determined by your connected device. Like, there’s no way your old Xbox 360 is getting 2402 Mbps, or even 574 Mbps. But if you connect it to one of the four Gigabit Ethernet ports, you might. 

You can monitor your entire network through the TP-Link Tether app. (A quick note: connecting to your router through a web browser is more effective than the app on your phone.) This offers more options, including the advanced menu and VPN settings. You can also monitor the included HomeShield parental controls package, which can be upgraded with a subscription. The basic package has profiles, content filtering, and scheduling (the last bit is usually not included in free parental control software). Overall, the TP-Link Archer AXE75 AXE5400 has more than enough speed and features to make it one of the best choices for a home router if you don’t have one urgent, specific need for a more specialized router.

Why it made the cut: You sometimes don’t need anything more than a router that connects you to the internet and doesn’t cost an entire car payment.

Specs

  • Band: Dual-band
  • WiFi Version: 5
  • Mesh Support: Yes
  • Top Speed: 1300 Mbps

Pros

  • Super affordable
  • Amazon Alexa support
  • Multiple Gigabit Ethernet ports

Cons

  • Short on advanced options
  • Half the speed of high-end devices

When all you need is a stable connection to the internet without the complication of multiple people trying to hog the bandwidth, the TP-Link Archer A7 AC1750 is your best option. This sub-$100 router offers the basics of WiFi 5, including 450 Mbps on 2.4GHz and 1300 Mbps on the 5GHz band. It has four antennas instead of six or eight, which is fine because you don’t have a gaggle of children in different corners of the house constantly consuming all the internet content ever. So yeah, if you do have a house party, there might be some slowdown. 

The good news is that if your household does expand, there is mesh network support. You can add a TP-Link OneMesh WiFi extender or mesh system and instantly expand your network. It works with Alexa and supports USB 2.0 for local file storage. Security options include access control to blacklist your neighbor who keeps trying to hop on your WiFi and one-touch WPA wireless security encryption. This is the router you purchase for your aging parents (and set up for them) when the antiquated router provided by the ISP just isn’t cutting it. The TP-Link Archer A7 AC1750 just works, and sometimes that’s all you need.

Why it made the cut: A gaming router should have top-of-the-line options, and this one has that in spades.

Specs

  • Band: Tri-Band
  • WiFi Version: 6
  • Mesh Support: Yes
  • Top Speed: 4804 Mbps

Pros

  • Combined 10 Gbps speed
  • Free HomeCare subscription
  • No lag
  • Game accelerator

Cons

  • Can’t adjust antennas
  • Looks like a melted down gamer chair

The TP-Link Archer GX90 Gaming Router AX10000 is the big honking chunk of beef you need on your router shelf if your life is spent gaming, streaming, and having LAN parties with the bros. It’s a tri-band WiFi 6 router, which means you get two 5GHz bands pushing a whopping 4804 Mbps each and 918 Mbps on the 2.4GHz band. Throw in eight Gigabit LAN ports, two USB 3.0 ports (Type A and Type C), and you’ve got yourself a gaming throwdown—whether you’re a PlayStation 5 or gaming PC type. This is all handled by a 1.8GHz Quad-Core CPU and three coprocessors. And it’s not that expensive either, coming in well under some of the purported top-of-the-line routers. 

Support options include TP-Link HomeCare, which features antivirus protection and parental controls. It also works with compatible TP-Link mesh systems, which can help blanket your house in WiFi. A cozy, always-connected blanket that delivers the highest speeds that your devices can handle. The built-in gaming optimization software reduces lag time and keeps pings low, so your gaming is generally consistent and smooth. And the second 5GHz band is marked as for gaming, so you can literally dedicate an entire band just for gaming. The only real downside to this router is you can’t move the antennas around, so it works best not mounted on the wall. Besides that, for the price and capability, the TP-Link Archer GX90 Gaming Router AX10000 is the clear winner for all your gaming connectivity needs.

Why it made the cut: If you need to expand your network, this mesh system is TP-Link’s mid-tier offering best suited for normal homes with that one hard-to-reach room.

Specs

  • Band: Tri-Band
  • WiFi Version: 6
  • Mesh Support: Yes
  • Top Speed: 2402 Mbps

Pros

  • Great coverage with two nodes
  • 3 Ethernet ports on each node
  • Can quickly add more nodes

Cons

  • Basic settings
  • Adding nodes can get expensive

Mesh networks are a mixed bag, but the TP-Link Deco XE75 Pro AXE5400 offers solid coverage of 5,500 square feet with only two nodes. Where mesh networks can get a little squirrely is that zone of coverage. You might have a normal-sized 1,400-square-foot house, but because your router is stuck in the laundry room with several walls in between it and the bedrooms and some sort of weird interference with the upstairs bedroom, you end up with five nodes instead of two. That’s why this WiFi 6 mesh network is the best middle ground available, as it has strong 2402 Mbps 5GHz and 6GHz connections and a 574 Mbps 2.4GHz connection, but isn’t the most expensive option.

If you want a switch up, the TP-Link Deco M5 AC1200 is a nice little starter mesh with dual-band, while the TP-Link Deco X90 AX6600 is the big, expensive mesh network for even larger homes. All of them are compatible with each other, and all of them do their best to kill dead zones. This one allows for up to 200 device connections, so you might want to secure your network as best as possible. 

It comes with a basic HomeShield package, requiring a subscription if you want more options. And it has a machine-learning brain that learns your network environment and user behaviors. To what end isn’t clear, but it’s not real AI, so it won’t teach your toaster to abhor humans. The TP-Link Deco XE75 Pro AXE5400 is definitely a must-have if your current router just isn’t delivering the best speeds to every corner of the house.

Why it made the cut: A great little router with simple features that is perfect for a single room or home office.

Specs

  • Band: Dual-Band
  • WiFi Version: 6
  • Mesh Support: Yes
  • Top Speed: 1201 Mbps

Pros

  • Super cheap
  • Tri-core processor reduces lag
  • Backward compatible

Cons

  • A bit bulky for its specs
  • Can be slower than other routers

Comparable with the TP-Link Archer A7 AC1750, the main difference with the TP-Link Archer AX10 AX1500 is its use of WiFi 6. But that usage does have its limitations. The biggest sacrifice with this router is the 2.4GHz band only delivering 300 Mbp, as it only supports 802.11n or WiFi 4. However, that’s quite fine for basic home connectivity needs. Like all TP-Link routers, it uses Beamforming technology to focus WiFi signals on actual receiving devices rather than just sending signals wildly across your house. 

The 5Ghz band is your fastest option, with 1201 MBps. That’s not too shabby, especially if your immediate needs are light. We do tend to gravitate toward larger, more expensive routers, but there is nothing wrong with these smaller, cheaper routers. They certainly aren’t intended for larger homes with dozens of devices (but can be extended with a mesh network) but are perfect for singular use. This isn’t to suggest you need a router in every room, but if you don’t have a multitude of children and neighbors scraping your WiFi, sometimes the most basic router is all you need. For a WiFi 6-enabled router, the TP-Link Archer AX10 AX1500 is certainly an affordable and logical purchase. 

Why it made the cut: On par with the speed of gaming routers, this router has high-speed connectivity without the gaming moniker.

Specs

  • Band: Tri-Band
  • WiFi Version: 6
  • Mesh Support: Yes
  • Top Speed: 4804 Mbps

Pros

  • Eight high-gain antennas
  • Super fast speeds
  • 2.5G WAN/LAN

Cons

  • HomeShield requires subscription

With comparable specs to the GX90, the TP-Link Archer AX90 AX6600 is probably the fastest router produced by TP-Link. It offers tri-band speeds of 4804 Mbps on 5GHz, 1201 Mbps on the second 5GHz band, and 574 Mbps on the 2.4GHz band. Plus, with so many devices with built-in support for 2.5G Ethernet, buy a long ethernet cable because the WAN and LAN ports are 2.5G enabled. That’s some serious speed, but you’ve gotta plug it in to get it. However, 4804 Mbps is no slouch, and with Beamforming technology and eight adjustable antennas, you’ll get WiFi exactly where you need it. And if where you need it is behind a giant concrete wall, you can always add a mesh node or two.

It comes with HomeShield, but in order to keep using features such as network security scan, parental controls, reporting, and IoT device management, you’ll have to subscribe. So you get a little taste, then it’s $5.99 per month. Not a terrible deal if you really prefer to manage every possible setting your network has to offer. 

One of the best things about this router is the speed allocation. This way, you can prioritize what devices require the highest speeds to avoid lag and any type of buffering. For instance, your work computer is probably priority one, while the kids’ iPhones are low priority because they can go outside and play instead of staring at TikTok all day. For a non-gaming branded router, you can’t get any faster than the TP-Link Archer AX90 AX6600.

Buying a router can seem like a daunting task. There are all these numbers and acronyms, but in the end, it’s quite simple when you narrow it down to a few factors. Basically, you want to ensure your new router works with your current ISP, whether or not it’s running dual- or triple-band wireless protocols, and if you can expand it with a mesh network. Besides that, it’s always nice to check out any other available features.

ISP compatibility

Most modern routers are compatible with almost every ISP. However, that doesn’t mean all. So you should probably check before buying. Amazon and most retailers list the ISPs that your router works with, and ISPs also publish lists of manufacturers that work with their service. Naturally, the router that your ISP provides works with the service, but we don’t want that one. We want a much more powerful router.

Wireless protocol

802.11n (WiFi 4) was the first wireless protocol that supported 2.4GHz and 5GHz simultaneously. Since then, most new routers support at least 802.11ac (WiFi 5) with speeds (connected through Ethernet) up to 3.5Gbps. Now we have WiFi 6 (802.11ax), and while it’ll eventually deliver speeds up to 10GBps, currently most devices and connections won’t support those speeds. 

Mesh compatibility

A WiFi extender or mesh system is a great way to extend your WiFi into every crevice and corner of your home. However, some routers prefer to pretend they can do this alone and don’t have mesh compatibility. While some of these routers serve a purpose (like, when you don’t need mesh at all because it’s just you sitting alone in the dark), most routers work even better when you can amplify their signal across, up, and down the house.

Quality of Service (QoS) and other features

QoS allows you to create prioritization for your connection speeds, and is one of the most handy features included in a router. Also, check on security features so you can keep your network clean of viruses and intrusions. Another great feature to have is beamforming, which focuses WiFi signals directly at devices instead of just blasting it out like an exploding bowl of pasta. Do you have a different provider? Check out the best routers for Spectrum or Verizon.

FAQs

Q: What do all the AC and AX numbers mean?

The AC and AX letters followed by a series of numbers are codes created by manufacturers to label the speed capability of routers. AC denotes WiFi 5, while AX denotes WiFi 6. From there, the number generally represents the combined Mbps speed of all available bands. So, for instance, AC1750 would indicate a WiFi 5 router with a total 1750 Mbps (in this case, 450 on 2.4GHz and 1300 on 5GHz). The important thing to remember is that these are all theoretical speeds, as most devices can’t actually handle the max speed a router could possibly deliver.

Q: Do I need a mesh system?

In most cases, probably not. Most modern routers use beamforming tech to pinpoint the WiFi signal on your particular device. However, this isn’t foolproof. If you want your WiFi to extend to the basement (or out of the basement), into the backyard (through a few walls), or to that upstairs bedroom, then a mesh network might be a good idea. Plus, it can help increase the actual speed put out by your router.

Q: Does speed matter?

If you are gaming or have multiple devices connected to your network all the time, then yes, speed matters. If it’s just you, a 4K video stream requires about 25Mbps. So, compound it from there. Some quick math based on your current devices should help you decide how much combined speed you need and the best device to deliver it.

TP-Link has been around since 1996, which doesn’t seem like a long time, but the internet hasn’t been around much longer. It’s a strong brand that develops well-performing products that don’t break the bank and are comparable with some of the higher-priced routers on the market. As a brand, it sits next to Netgear as one of the most reliable router manufacturers on the market. As for the routers on this list, you really can’t go wrong with any of them. All offer great speed that should handle most home situations, and mesh compatibility enables quick network expansion. So, no matter where you post up in your house, you can catch up on all episodes of “Call the Midwife” without any lag.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best TP-Link routers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best electric generators of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-electric-generator/ Tue, 25 Jan 2022 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=391411
The best electric generators lined up on a white background
Amanda Reed

Stay safe and keep devices energized during a blackout these picks for your home.

The post The best electric generators of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best electric generators lined up on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best for overnight emergencies The Jackery Portable Power Station explorer 1000 is the best generator for overnight emergencies. Jackery Portable Power Station Explorer 1000
SEE IT

Reliable battery power during emergencies. 

Best for RVs The Westinghouse Outdoor Portable Generator is the best electric generator for RVs. Westinghouse Outdoor Portable Generator
SEE IT

Powerful gas generator for homes and RVs.

Best for small appliances The WEN 56203I 2000-Watt Portable Inverter Generator is the best electric generator for small appliances WEN 56203i 2000-Watt Portable Inverter Generator
SEE IT

A simple, cheap inverter generator that’s lightweight and easy to use. 

Electric generators can save you in an emergency or just make life a lot more pleasant when you’re off the grid. Our daily lives depend on electricity, so when the power goes out, it can be more than a simple inconvenience; it can be a catastrophe. Appliances won’t work. Medical equipment like CPAP machines won’t work. And, worst of all, without power, there is no internet. Electric generators can power the entire home. A small generator can keep the appliances in an RV working. And indoor-friendly, battery-powered electric power stations keep laptops and floor lamps shining bright all through the night. No matter what situation you’re in, the right emergency generator gives you the power options needed to survive comfortably. If you’ve got hurricane preparedness on your mind, you can use one during bad storms. You can use one when camping or tailgating. You can even use the best electric generator to keep an outdoor event going strong all night long.

How we chose the best electric generators

To spark our search for the best electric generators, we looked at reviews, recommendations, conducted user testing, and performed heavy research. We also took knowledge from other generator stories—like this one on inverter generators—and applied it here.

The best electric generators: Reviews & Recommendations

First, pick the type of generator you want—gas generator or solar generator—and then find the generator that provides enough electricity for your needs. Do you want to power the entire house or just an iPhone? The best electric generator will be the right size at the right price. 

Best for RVs: Westinghouse Outdoor Portable Generator

Westinghouse Outdoor Power Equipment

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Power your fridge or your RV with this generator that’s “just-right” when it comes to power and cost.

Specs

  • Weight: 109 lbs.
  • Watts: 3,600 watts
  • Hours of power: 14 hours on 1,000 watts
  • Number of outlets: 4

Pros

  • Starts easily
  • “Just-right” in power and cost
  • Can power select household appliances

Cons

  • Heavy

The Westinghouse gas generator offers 3,600 running watts, which is more than enough for RV appliances, gadgets, and lights. It can use gasoline or propane and you’ll get 14 hours of power on a full tank when running about 1,000 watts. It sits right in the middle of options in terms of power output and cost, not too little or too cheap, and not overpowered or overpriced. It comes ready for campers and RV plugs and outlets. While it can’t be used as a whole-home generator if the home is small, it’s designed for providing backup power for a few select household appliances like refrigerators and heat pumps. It starts easily and Westinghouse makes dependable generators that work when it matters most. 

Best for overnight emergencies: Jackery Portable Power Station Explorer 1000

Jackery

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This lightweight and powerful generator can keep everyone connected while powering the fridge.

Specs

  • Weight: 22 lbs.
  • Wattage: 1000 watts
  • Hours of power: 65 hours and up
  • Number of outlets: 3

Pros

  • Easy to carry
  • Has less of an impact on the environment
  • Reliable
  • Can be charged via solar power

Cons

  • Expensive

The Jackery Explorer 1000 station is a powerful source of electricity and a great substitute for a gas emergency generator. On a full charge, the 1,000-watt battery brick can keep a laptop going for over 24 hours and a mini-fridge running for 9 hours. It’s ideal for keeping everyone safe and everything connected during an overnight blackout. It’s also easy to carry on camping trips, weighing only 22 pounds. It can be hooked up to solar panels (not included) but as with most solar generators, it takes a while to charge—about 7 hours of direct sunlight to get to 80-percent power. It’s not the cheapest power station, but you’re paying for extra wattage-hours. For families on a dark, stormy night, it’s a reliable piece of safety equipment. 

Best for CPAP machines: Flashfish Portable Power Station

FF FLASHFISH

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Breathe easy knowing that this generator can keep your CPAP running for two nights.

Specs

  • Weight: 4.08 lbs.
  • Wattage: 200 watts
  • Hours of power: Up to 30 hours depending on device
  • Number of outlets: One

Pros

  • Can be charged via solar power
  • Quiet
  • Lightweight

Cons

  • Only for smaller devices that require less power

Those suffering from sleep apnea understand the need for a reliable source of electricity through the night. Most CPAP breathing machines run on between 40 and 60 watts. The Flashfish Portable Power Station can keep your breathing device going through at least two nights on a full charge. This is a lower-wattage power station, so don’t expect to run power tools or hair dryers on the 200-watt generator. The power station is quiet, another plus for quality sleep health and weighs only five pounds, making it great for traveling and camping. For sleep apnea breathing machines, or simply to keep iPhones fully charged, this little power station does a remarkable job. 

Best for devices: Goal Zero Yeti 200X Portable Power Station

Goal Zero

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Stay online when the power’s out with this portable generator that packs a punch.

Specs

  • Weight: 5 lbs.
  • Wattage: 200 watts
  • Hours of power: Up to 42 hours depending on device
  • Number of outlets: One

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Quick to charge compared to other generators
  • Can be charged using solar power

Cons

  • Decent at charging larger devices

The Yeti power station offers 200Wh of electricity. It’s a great tool for charging and using handheld electronics like laptops (50Wh) and GoPro cameras (5Wh). It has one AC outlets, 2 USB-A ports, and 2 USB-C ports. The Yeti generator charges to full capacity in about five hours when plugged into the wall and about 2 hours when plugged into a car. It is on the lighter side, weighing just under 5 pounds, but it can’t charge an entire cabin. It’s a solid choice for keeping gadgets going for 12 hours or more. And, it can power a router for 8 hours, meaning you can stay online when the power’s out.

Best for small appliances: WEN 56225i 2250-Watt Portable Inverter Generator

WEN

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: You don’t have to pay big bucks to power your coffee maker, mini fridge, or microwave when the power’s out.

Specs

  • Weight: 48.5 lbs.
  • Wattage: 2250 watts
  • Hours of power: 7 hours of half load run time
  • Number of outlets: Two

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Can keep a mini fridge charged for around 10 hours
  • Eco mode and fuel shut-off built-in

Cons

  • Not that many outlets compared to other generators of similar wattage
  • Heavy

For day trips or night emergencies, this little, inexpensive 48.5-pound inverter generator is a simple and effective way to add power anywhere. At less than $450, this cheap gas generator will surprisingly power small appliances. This is more powerful than most battery-powered stations on the list, but less expensive than big, heavy-duty gas generators. It can’t power the entire house, but it’s good for running a mini fridge and lights for hours. This generator is a cheap emergency device that will get you through a rough night.

What to consider buying the best electric generators

Electric generators are complicated machines. Knowing the various types of generators and how they work will ensure your generator or power station of choice offers efficient, safe electricity whenever and wherever you need it. 

Do you need a gas-powered electric generator or a battery-powered generator?

Gas-powered generators can be big and noisy, yet powerful. These heavy beasts turn gasoline into controllable lighting, and that’s no easy task. The bigger gas generators are used as whole-house generators and can provide efficient backup electricity when the power goes out. Some can be wired into your home’s electricity for a seamless transfer of power. But whole-house generators are not cheap and they often need to be installed by professionals. Smaller, portable gas generators are great at keeping major appliances running, such as refrigerators and air conditioning units—but they need space to give off deadly carbon monoxide gas. (Never use them indoors, even in a garage with the door open.)

Battery-powered electric generators, meanwhile, are often called power stations because they’re not actually making the electricity, simply storing it. They’re becoming more and more popular. These generators provide just enough electricity for phones, laptops, TVs, and other devices that are not as wattage-hungry as big household appliances like washing machines. They are cheaper, lighter, and much more portable than gas generators. And they can safely be used inside the home. 

If all you need is a power source for charging gadgets and staying connected to the outside world, a portable electric power station that runs on a rechargeable battery is the best solution. 

Understanding the backup-generator power rating

Looking at the stats and specs of even the most basic generator can be confusing. The two numbers to look for are running wattage and surge or starting wattage.

Running wattage refers to the power needed to keep a device working. Because most appliances need an extra boost of power to start and get up to speed, the generator will also list a starting wattage to show how much juice you need to get things going. 

For a whole home generator, you may need a unit that offers up to 8,000 watts. This will run most appliances and essential electronics. But if all you need is a portable generator for charging devices, you can survive on a generator that only offers 100 watts. 

Make a list of all the appliances you want to run if/when the power goes out. Use this as a rough guide to predict how much wattage you’ll need. Give yourself plenty of wiggle room by opting for a more powerful generator. 

Portable power stations will often list wattage hours (Wh). This means if a generator is rated at 200Wh, it can run a 20-watt device for 10 hours. Keep in mind that the specs listed apply only if the generator is fully charged. 

Pay attention to charge time and fuel for the best electrical generator

Besides power output, the most important thing to look for in a battery-powered electric generator is the charge time. Many power stations can either be plugged into the wall or car outlet, or use solar panels to fill up the battery. But it can take time; a 160-watt battery needs at least five hours of consistent AC-wall-outlet power for a full charge. And when disaster strikes, you won’t have five hours to spare. If you go for a battery-powered generator, be diligent about charging the station. Solar generators take even longer. Plan accordingly.

Gas generators will need fuel, of course. Many can be filled with standard gasoline, but propane tanks will last longer. Whole-home generators, and some portable gas generators, can be connected to the home’s natural gas line for dependable power. Natural-gas generators are more efficient and more earth-friendly than gasoline generators. Whatever fuel source you use, stock up and be ready for whatever weather comes your way.

Are portable electric generators really portable?

Even if the gas generator is advertised as portable, it may still require some muscle power to maneuver. These gas generators can weigh hundreds of pounds, and even with wheels and handles, it can be grueling to lug them around on camping trips. 

Battery-powered energy stations are much more portable, weighing less than 20 pounds. Travel generators may weigh only two pounds and have enough power to charge a phone nearly ten times. 

What is a power inverter and how does it help?

An inverter generator takes DC power, converts it to AC power, and then converts it again into DC power. Why the back and forth? To put it simply, the power will be more consistent and efficient when inverted from DC to AC and back to DC. This is ideal for sensitive electronics such as laptops. Inconsistent power or power surges can wreak havoc on high-tech devices. The clean power output of an inverter generator is safer. The downside: Inverter generators cost more than standard gas generators. But they are also quieter than gas generators and more efficient, so it may be well worth the money. 

Finally, noise is also a crucial stat for gas generators. Loud generators coughing up 90 decibels can ruin an outdoor event. Battery-powered energy stations are quiet because they lack an engine, but they also lack the big power output of gas generators. 

FAQs

Q: What size generator do I need to power a house?

To power a house, you’ll need at least 4,000 watts of electricity. That will run basic appliances and electronics without too much trouble. But for a complete, whole-home generator, you may need up to 8,000 watts. These natural-gas generators can run all the lights, heating/cooling systems, and household appliances of a mid-sized home. They won’t be cheap, but they do provide reliable energy and can hook into your home’s existing natural gas line. If all you want is a power supply for electronics like laptops or CPAP machines, you’ll only need about 200 watts to get through a few nights. The size of the generator depends on what you want to operate. Hair dryers and blenders are notoriously high-wattage machines. Mini-fridges and electric grills won’t need nearly as much power. 

Q: What type of generator is most efficient?

Natural-gas generators are the most efficient for powering an entire house. Gasoline and propane generators are the most efficient for RVs. But for keeping TVs and computers running, the most efficient power supply will be a rechargeable power station like the Jackery Portable Power Station Explorer 1000. These easy-to-use power stations keep phones and tablets running without burning fuel. They are also quiet and safe to use indoors. 

Q: How do I choose an electric generator?

Choose an electric generator by considering all of your options. Gas generators are the standard method of bringing power to the powerless, but the fumes, weight, and noise prevent these big engines from being in-home power supplies or good portable camping generators. Electric, rechargeable power stations provide less wattage but are safe and ideal for laptops, TVs, phones, and other electronics. And if you want a whole-home generator to be the backup power for all appliances, you’ll need an 8,000-watt natural-gas generator. The type of electric generator you need depends on what you’ll need to keep running when the power goes out.  

Final thoughts on the best electric generators

The best generator will be a powerful resource that’s as dependable as it is efficient. The size and type of electric generator will vary based on how you want to use it. Big gas generators are great for big appliances. Power stations are great for small devices. And natural gas generators are great for keeping the entire home running smoothly. Whatever generator or power supply you choose, make sure it’s ready to work whenever you need it—that means keeping it fueled up or keeping the battery charged. The best electric generator can be a powerful resource if used correctly. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best electric generators of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best 60-inch TVs in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-60-inch-tvs/ Tue, 26 Sep 2023 09:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=573862
The best 60-inch TVs composited
Stan Horaczek

The 60-inch TV isn't a super-common size, but you do have excellent some options in that range.

The post The best 60-inch TVs in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best 60-inch TVs composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Samsung Q60B TV on a plain background. It's one of the best 60-inch TVs Samsung Q60B
SEE IT

If you want a true 60-inch TV, then this is the best of the (relatively small) bunch.

Best Budget TCL 5-series TV with a football player on the screen TCL 5-series
SEE IT

TCL continues its trend of high-performing TVs for surprisingly small prices.

Best curved Samsung Q7C curved TV on a plain background Samsung Q7C
SEE IT

Curved TVs have slowed down, but you can still get a bent screen if you want it.

A true 60-inch TV has become increasingly difficult to track down. However, if you have measured your space and know this is the size of TV you want and need, we’ve scoured the market to bring you a comprehensive guide to the sets that likely fit your space. This list includes 55-inch, 60-inch, and 65-inch TVs, so check the full measurements to ensure your new purchase will fit. Whether you’re a dedicated cinephile, a sports enthusiast, or simply seeking to elevate your everyday viewing, our curated list will help you make an informed decision when investing in your next entertainment centerpiece. Take your pick from some of the best 60-inch TVs for an unparalleled home viewing experience.

How we chose the best 60-inch TVs 

The writers and editors at Popular Science have decades of combined experience covering and reviewing the latest home theater gear. This list is based on a variety of information sources, including first-hand experience, spec comparisons, editorial reviews, and user feedback. We also took into consideration variables like brand reputation. While there are very few 60-inch TVs on the market, we also recommend some 55-inch and 65-inch options that might still fit the pace you have in mind. Be sure to take some actual measurements, so you know what you’re looking for.

The best 60-inch TVs: Reviews & Recommendations

While we can always recommend stand-out models, your needs may be very specific. Be sure to check out all of the options before you get your heart set on one big, glowing rectangle. That way, you’ll know you’re getting what you want or need.

Best overall: Samsung Q60B

Samsung

SEE IT

Specs

  • Screen size: 60-inch
  • Resolution: 3,840 x 2,160
  • Smart services: Google Assistant, Bixby, Alexa

Pros

  • Great picture quality 
  • Good contrast
  • Good remote control

Cons

  • A little expensive

Our overall top pick for the best 60-inch TV is the Samsung Q60B. It offers exceptional picture quality and QLED technology at a fair price, although you can find cheaper alternatives without the assurance of the quality Samsung brand name. The picture quality impresses in bright rooms for sports and regular TV, as well as movie night when the lights are dimmed. The ultrathin design and profile look sleek in your living room, and it comes with an impressive rechargeable remote control and a game status display to please most players. 

Your voice command options are diverse, with the power to select between Alexa, Google Assistant, and Samsung’s Bixby by simply speaking into the remote. This TV seamlessly integrates with Apple AirPlay and Game Hub, with access to cloud-based services like Xbox Game Pass Ultimate.

Perhaps most importantly, this is a truly 60-inch TV. It’s one of just a few you’ll find out on the market.

Best budget: TCL 5 Series 2023 QLED

TCL

SEE IT

Specs

  • Screen size: 55-inch
  • Resolution: 3,840 x 2,160 
  • Smart services: Roku TV

Pros

  • Deep blacks in dim rooms
  • Good choice of streaming apps
  • Great for gaming

Cons

  • Side angle viewing is poor

Although the TCL 5 Series is a 55-inch TV, it’s a great budget option if you’re looking for a screen no larger than 60 inches, which still feels big enough for a crowd to enjoy the latest movie or game night. Gamers will be impressed with the super-quick response rate and visuals. It retails around $699, but you can often find it even cheaper when on sale, so it’s a great investment as an additional TV aside from your main home entertainment setup. Despite its cheap price, it still offers a few more bells and whistles than super cheap models that make our list of the best TVs under $300.

You can either wall mount it or choose from the two different supplied feet to best work with your TV stand. Keep in mind that the thickness of the TV isn’t uniform, with a wider bottom housing the main inputs. This means you won’t get a totally sleek look if you mount it on the wall.

Best for gaming: LG OLED C3

Specs

  • Screen size: 55-inch/65-inch
  • Resolution: 3,840 x 2,160 4K UltraHD
  • Smart services: webOS 23, LG ThinQ

Pros

  • Near-perfect contrast
  • No input lag
  • Crisp display

Cons

  • Unstable TV stand 

Snagging one of the best 4K TVs is no longer a luxury, with many excellent options available for a price that won’t make your bank account groan. The LG OLED C3 comes in either 55-inch or 65-inch sizes, so measure your space carefully before making your choice. Expect almost perfect contrast ideally suited to gameplay thanks to the individually adjusting pixels in the OLED display that needs no backlight. 

No need to worry about input lag with this model featuring crisp images that will suit movie lovers and gamers alike. The one-piece stand isn’t as stable as we would like and tends to wobble a little, although this won’t be an issue if you wall-mount the TV. This great-looking TV offers a super display with zero glare, making it comfortable to watch and play games in different light conditions.

Best curved: Samsung Q7CN 4K

Samsung

SEE IT

Specs

  • Screen size: 55-inch/65-inch
  • Resolution: 3,840 x 2,160
  • Smart services: Bixby Voice, Apps, and Full Web Browser

Pros

  • Sleek design
  • Almost no glare or reflections
  • One cable management system

Cons

  • Viewing from the side effects image quality

Offering superior build quality with a gentle curving screen that is also reflected in the curve of the stand, this TV looks fantastic and provides an excellent viewing experience. It has a tidy design with just one cable, which you can route through the stand for a streamlined look. The thin profile looks great wall-mounted or on its stand. It offers bright display, which works well in both dimly lit and bright rooms, and an anti-reflection coating that manages to prevent reflections in most situations. 

The Samsung Q7CN 4K offers a wide color gamut for superior HDR performance; whether you use your TV to play 4K games or watch 4K HDR movies and content, the curved screen delivers immersive viewing. You can easily access apps and content through the intuitive Smart Hub menu system, including Facebook, and movies and TV shows to stream. As with many curved screens, image quality is lost from side-angle viewing, so keep that in mind when you design your seating arrangement.

Best premium: Sony XR-55A80L

Sony

SEE IT

Specs

  • Screen size: 55-inch
  • Resolution: 3,840 x 2,160
  • Smart services: Google TV

Pros

  • Great viewing angles
  • Dynamic picture quality
  • Good sound quality

Cons

  • Not as bright as competitors

The ultrathin bezel on the Sony XR-55A80L allows for the maximum screen real estate, which delivers a fantastic viewing experience with OLED technology offering superior viewing angles. The motion processing offers a nuanced picture performance, which justifies the rather high price tag, even though some competitors do have brighter screen displays. The sound is impressive for a TV, with both softer ambient noises and large-scale explosions delivered with clarity and impact (and you can always add a complementary Sony soundbar for a truly immersive experience). The smart Google TV interface brings together more than 700,000+ movies and TV episodes from all the major streaming networks, including Netflix, Prime, Disney +, and more. Best yet, you can control it with your voice simply by saying, “OK, Google.”

It’s not the cheapest model around, but it does offer fantastic performance in exchange for that cash.

What to consider when choosing a 60-inch TV

It can be tricky to find 60-inch TVs as manufacturers focus more on producing larger cinematic styles or on 55- and 65-inch models, which are currently very popular. Carefully measure your space to see whether a more readily available 55 or 65-inch TV would work before you go shopping. When choosing your new TV, keep these points in mind:

Resolution

Opt for a TV with a high-resolution display. Most 60-inch TVs offer 4K Ultra HD resolution (3840 x 2160 pixels) for sharp and detailed images. You’d be hard-pressed to even find a 1080p set this big here in the 2020s.

HDR (High Dynamic Range)

Look for HDR support, such as HDR10 or Dolby Vision, which enhances color and contrast for a more lifelike picture. Most of the major manufacturers support the primary HDR protocols, so compatibility shouldn’t be too much of an issue if you buy a current model.

Smart features

Enhance your viewing experience with a user-friendly and up-to-date smart platform for streaming services and app support. Some manufacturers use a third-party OS like Sony’s relationship with the Google TV platform. Samsung and LG use proprietary operating systems called Tizen and WebOS, respectively. If you hate the built-in smart features on your TV, you can always get a streaming device to bypass it completely.

Connectivity

Select TVs with multiple HDMI and USB ports, as well as WiFi and Bluetooth capabilities so that you can connect various devices and accessories.

By carefully considering these factors, you can select the perfect 60-inch TV that aligns with your entertainment preferences and enhances your overall viewing experience. You’ll want to look for HDMI 2.1 ports, as those are the current-gen and offer the best compatibility. That may not matter all that much if you’re just doing basic streaming, but if you want to play high-end video games or watch high-res movies, you’ll need the extra bandwidth.

FAQs

Q: What size room do I need for a 60-inch TV?

A general guideline for TV size and viewing distance is that the diagonal screen size (in this case, 60 inches) should be approximately 1.5 to 2.5 times the viewing distance, typically around 6.25 to 10.42 feet.

Q: Which is better 4K or UHD?

In practical terms, there is no significant difference between 4K and UHD for most consumers when talking about TVs and displays. Both terms essentially refer to the same resolution, four times the resolution of Full HD (1080p) displays, providing a sharper and more detailed image.

Q: How high should I install a 60-inch TV?

Whether your TV is wall-mounted or on a stand, ideally, the center of the TV screen should be at or just slightly above your eye level when you’re seated comfortably on your couch or chair. This ensures a comfortable viewing experience without straining your neck.

Final thoughts regarding the best 60-inch TVs

The best 60-inch TVs feature stunning displays, clear picture quality, crisp sound, and good looks. We chose the Samsung Q60B as our overall winner as it offers smart TV features and excellent picture quality with QLED technology at a reasonable price.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now. 

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best 60-inch TVs in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best home weather stations of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-home-weather-stations/ Wed, 10 Aug 2022 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=461393
Best home weather stations sliced header
Tony Ware

From wind speed to local humidity, these home weather stations will have you feeling like a meteorologist.

The post The best home weather stations of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best home weather stations sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Overall Ambient Weather WS-2902C WiFi Smart Weather Station is the best overall. Ambient Weather WS-2902C WiFi Smart Weather Station
SEE IT

A solar-powered, connected measurement system that’s quick to setup and easy to monitor.

Best For The Money Tempest Weather System is the best for the money. Tempest Weather System
SEE IT

With a downward-facing intake and 1,000-plus feet of wireless data transmission, this solar-powered, Google Home-equipped station meets all needs.

Best Basic EZRead Headwind Consumer Products 840-0052 5-in-1 Weather Station is the best basic home weather station. EZRead Headwind Consumer Products 840-0052 5-in-1 Weather Station
SEE IT

Easy to install and clean, this inexpensive and highly educational station measures more than you’d expect.

With summers getting hotter and hotter each year, wanting a personalized weather statement each day is starting to make more sense. However, if you’re new to the home weather station game, you might not know what you want yet. There are quite a lot of options to choose from, wired and wireless models to deal with, and even some viable analog products out there. When paired with samey-looking digital displays, it can be difficult to decide the overall best product. That’s why we’ve worked diligently to determine customers’ needs in a home weather station, while also avoiding common flaws these systems might have. The result is our list of the best home weather stations purchasable this year.

How we chose the best home weather stations

I have experience with consumer weather station usage in a field environment, as per my previous career in the sciences. Used for much the same reason that anyone would want a personal home weather station—the desire to know very local meteorological conditions—I have a bit of insight into what you might desire from a home weather station. Not to mention what problems you might face! For, as it turns out, when you have instruments measuring weather, you also have to open them up to the weather, a not always friendly beast. I combined that experience with critical reviews and online user impressions to select our top five models for home weather stations.

The best home weather stations: Reviews & Recommendations

The home weather stations we’ve collected vary in style, functionality, and pricing so that you’ll be able to find something that fits your desires. We’ve also looked at what you’re looking for, such as compatibility with the Google Home system, and found top-ranking products that match those desires.

Best overall: Ambient Weather WS-2902C WiFi Smart Weather Station

Ambient Weather

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Ambient Weather WS-2902C is Amazon’s best-rated home weather station and has robust weather monitoring capabilities.

Specs

  • Measures: Wind speed and direction, temperature, humidity, rainfall, UV and solar radiation
  • Power supply: Solar with AA-battery backup
  • Sensor size: 15 x 11 x 10 inches

Pros

  • Solar-powered measurement station
  • Connects with Ambient Weather system
  • Quick setup

Cons

  • Measurement station and display device use different types of batteries

The first home weather station, and the overall winner on our list, is the Ambient Weather WS-2902C. The WS-2902C earns this distinction by having appealing features and being the best-rated home weather station by online shoppers.

First and foremost is the easy setup-and-forget nature of this home weather station. After taking a few minutes to place it on a pole and connect it to your WiFi network, you won’t find yourself fiddling with it often. Part of this is because of its hybrid solar and battery-powered measurement unit. Another important aspect is how easily accessible your data is via the Ambient Weather app environment.

One of the main problems I found with the product was that the display device and measurement stations used different types of batteries—the former taking AAA’s and the latter taking AA’s (may we recommend rechargeables). Admittedly, this is a minor problem, as the display device can be plugged in and the measurement station only needs batteries for cloudy days.

At the end of the day, this is a fantastic wireless weather station that also has nice power-saving features, making it amongst the best eco-friendly home weather stations as well. All for a sub-$200 price point!

Best for the money: Tempest Weather System

WeatherFlow

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Tempest Weather System provides information on par with a professional weather system but at a much more affordable price.

Specs

  • Things measured: Temperature, “feels like” temperature, solar and UV radiation, wind speed and direction, dew point, humidity, barometric pressure, lightning strikes, rainfall
  • Power supply: Solar with lithium-ion battery backup
  • Sensor size: 11.70 x 4.23 inches

Pros

  • Downward-facing intakes on measurement device
  • Solar-powered
  • Works well with Google Home
  • 1,000+ foot wireless data transmission range

Cons

  • Periodic measurement quirks

The Tempest Weather System provides a myriad of data points in a well-designed package. With the Tempest reporting around a dozen weather stats, it is hard to believe that it has no moving parts, reducing the impacts of age and wear and tear on the system. Furthermore, the design ensures any openings are downwards-facing, reducing the chances of clogging.

Unlike many home weather systems, the Tempest Weather System does not have an indoor display unit. Instead, the Tempest Weather Station is “smart” and updates every 3 seconds to 1 minute to a wireless transmission hub you can locate within 1,000 feet of the weather station. From there, info is sent to your smartphone(s) and Internet-of-Things devices. This includes Google Assistant, making it the best weather station for Google Home. You can then use the data to program your smart home, such as by having fans turn on or off depending on temperature readings given by the device.

All of this advanced measurement isn’t 100% perfect, but once you understand the quirks, you’ll be able to get a good read. The rain gauge, for example, uses touch-based vibrational sensors to get a reading. Each pitter-patter of rain on the side gets interpreted as a raindrop. That’s great, but sometimes other vibrations or small things hitting in on the windiest of days will also set it into rain gauge mode. The lightning detection has its own quirks, with user reviews mentioning that the Tempest Weather Station has mistaken gunshots for lightning. However, once these small quirks are acknowledged and accounted for, you are left with the best home weather station for the money due to just how much it can do.

Best with wind speed: WeatherFlow WEATHERmeter

WeatherFlow

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The WeatherFlow WEATHERmeter is your personal handheld view into the world of wind.

Specs

  • Things measured: Average wind speed, wind gust, apparent wind speed, true wind speed, wind direction, temperature, humidity, pressure, dew point, heat index, wind chill, etc.
  • Power supply: Internal battery
  • Size: Handheld

Pros

  • High mobility
  • Works directly with your phone
  • Gives detailed wind speed analysis
  • Multiple app integrations

Cons

  • Uses phone’s compass instead of providing one

If you’re here just to know about wind speed, you’ll be delighted with the handheld WeatherFlow WEATHERmeter. This version is the newest update to the popular 2019 model and has the capability to give you a detailed look at your immediate wind conditions, making it a perfect golf, kiting, or overall nature companion.

One interesting thing that the WeatherFlow WEATHERmeter will tell you is both the apparent wind speed and true wind speed. The apparent wind speed tells you how fast the wind is going relative to the device, while the true wind speed gives a measure of how fast the wind is actually going. The WeatherFlow WEATHERmeter also reports gust wind speeds and average wind speeds.

The makers of the WeatherFlow WEATHERmeter clearly have the hobbyist in mind and that shows more in the selection of apps you can use it with than with any other factor. Pair this weather station with any of the following six apps: Wind & Weather Meter, iKiteSurf, iWindSurf, SailFlow, FishWeather, and WindAlert.

What might disappoint you about the WeatherFlow WEATHERmeter is the lack of an internal compass. Instead, you must rely on your phone’s compass for accurate wind direction readouts. However, we wouldn’t count this as too bad of a tradeoff, considering phone compasses are getting better every year, and you are able to get such an advanced wind meter in such a convenient-to-carry form.

Best basic: EZRead Headwind Consumer Products 840-0052 5-in-1 Weather Station

EZRead

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This analog weather station gives you a hands-on read of your local weather conditions.

Specs

  • Things measured: Temperature, wind chill, rainfall, total rain, wind speed and direction
  • Power supply: N/A; completely analog
  • Item size: 1 x 8 x 10 inches

Pros

  • Highly educational
  • Easy to install and clean
  • Measures more than expected
  • Inexpensive

Cons

  • Tiny measurement display can’t be read from window

For the weather hobbyist who wants to understand the weather in a way that transcends digital charts and displays, the EZRead 840-0052 is the best home weather station. Considering that it is only ~$20, the EZRead can also be bought in bulk, making it also ranked as the best weather station for kids and student projects.

To get started using the EZRead the only thing you’ll need to do is mount it and wait for weather to happen. The mounting process is relatively simple, as the metal frame has two preconfigured holes in it, which Headwind Consumer Products recommends affixing to a fence or patio support, but feel free to be creative.

The EZRead measures a surprising quantity of things, including total rain and wind speed, and does so in both the good ole American Imperial units and the more scientifically customary metric units. The EZRead has a wind chill chart directly on the device, to help you convert the thermometer’s temperature to a “feels like” number. In this way, this home weather station will become an arithmetic booster for your kids and bridge the gap between science, math, and reality.

Finally, for all that has been said about cleaning tubes and open holes in home weather stations, it must be said that nothing can be easier to clean than the rain gauge on the EZRead. It is essentially a removable graduated cylinder and can be cleaned with a vase or pipe cleaner quickly. The manufacturer recommends this rain gauge part be turned upside down during freezing weather to prevent damage, but it can just as easily be moved inside.

Best budget: Newentor Weather Station

Newentor

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This home weather station provides you with the reading and stats you really want without the extra costs and hassles of a premium model.

Specs

  • Things measured: Temperature and humidity
  • Power supply: AA batteries
  • Display size: 7.5 inches

Pros

  • Also includes the atomic clock, weather forecast, and lunar phase
  • Display unit can accommodate up to 3 sensors
  • Gets the fundamentals right without charging you extra

Cons

  • Limited valid sensor placements

If the main thing you want to know is how hot of a summer day you are about to face and how much humidity will be bearing down on you, consider looking no further than the Newentor Weather Station. You aren’t being charged extra for delicate wind meters and rain gauges, and the whole apparatus is supplemented by local weather forecasts. This is definitely the best home weather station for those in rural areas where the local station’s rain forecast is good enough, but local humidity and temperature change wildly based on local hills, mountains, rivers, and lakes.

This home weather station’s indoor display unit will also give you additional information, such as the time from the WWVB atomic clock system, a weather forecast, the current moon phase, and a mini calendar. A happy/sad/neutral face system will tell you about the outside weather conditions, and there are optional temperature alerts. The Newentor should sync with the WWVB system within about 24 hours of initial use, after which all time-based additional features will begin working.

The sensors (this package comes with one, but you can order up to two more for the system) can be installed within 200 feet of your indoor display unit, but some care must be taken in this. Newentor recommends a North-facing wall and that the unit be out of the way of rain and direct sunlight. In my eyes, this makes a North-facing patio the best place for installation, but your personal circumstances may vary. Additionally, the unit requires two AA batteries.

Finally, while our best basic product (the EZRead, discussed above) is technically the cheapest home weather station on our list, we’ve listed this as our best budget pick. The reasoning is simple: The Newentor Weather Station is the best digital weather station under $50.

Things to consider before buying the best home weather stations

When you first decided to buy a home weather station, you probably excitedly asked yourself a few questions, such as: Can a home weather station measure more than temperature and humidity? Can I get one that is affordable? Where will I be able to put the measuring devices?

As it turns out, there are quite a few things that you will need to consider when making a home weather station purchase that aren’t that obvious, including:

Things measured

The big four for home weather stations are temperature, humidity, wind speed, and wind direction. Nearly all home weather stations can measure these, but there are things that you might want to measured, such as the UV radiation level, that are nice to know and can add extra usefulness to your system. Some of our best home weather station picks can also measure other stats, such as dew point, lightning strikes, and gust wind speed.

One issue is that you may discover you don’t really want or need all the measurements provided by a given home weather station. While being able to measure a lot of different things looks great for marketing, it also drives up costs. For many people, a home weather station that is able to measure a few things well is better than a home weather station that can measure dozens of things.

Additionally, as we’ll see in the next category, you should also consider the ability of each thing to be measured properly based on your local environment. Based on the instrument positioning, see below, measuring rainfall might be difficult if you’re wanting to set up your home weather station near a small-leafed bush.

Instrument positioning

Instrument positioning will likely be the most important, but also most obscure, factor that determines your overall happiness with your home weather station. One of the unfortunate parts of being a weather machine is that you have to experience a lot of, well, weather and nature. You’ll want to think about where you are going to put your home weather station’s measurement device as well as where any intake holes are placed on it.

Commonly, difficulties with instrument positioning will present themselves in an upward-facing hole, usually as part of the rain gauge. One aesthetically pleasing, but operationally sub-optimal installation onto a pole that has a bird feeder or bird house, and you’ve got a major problem: bits of seeds or bird excrement clogging up your home weather station.

Other sources of problems include foliage blocking wind meters, mowed lawns kicking up grass into side-facing holes, and overheating equipment. Not all devices are made to withstand all conditions. You want one that’s durable and then you want it positioned thoughtfully so you can, say, find out how much action your home wind turbine might get today or whether you need to be worried for your solar generator’s panels.

Power supply

Are you going with a battery or a wire for your home weather station? The answer to this question is going to be very important for the quality of interactions you have with your home weather station.

While you might think that the choice will come down to having a wired model or something with a battery, the reality is a bit different. Some models tend to work off of solar power, with a battery used as a backup, while other models use solely batteries. We’ll be presenting a mixture of both styles to you, as each can be appealing at certain price ranges and functionalities.

We also have a very basic analog product, the EZRead Headwind Consumer Products 840-0052 5-in-1 Weather Station. This one forgoes the whole power supply problem altogether and relies solely on the power of wind and gravity to make it work.

FAQs

Q: How much does a home weather station cost?

A home weather station can cost anywhere from $20 for an analog reader to over $300 for an advanced digital model. Modern-day weather enthusiasts should aim to find something that is around $300, but anyone can find a great, workable model for less. When pricing home weather stations, balance your needs with what the station provides. For example, avoid paying top dollar for a home weather station that will count local lightning strikes if all you want is something that can tell you the current temperature and humidity.

Q: Where should home weather stations be located?

Home weather stations should be located near the home, in the environment specified by the manufacturer. Budget-friendly home weather stations might do worse in direct sunlight, while solar-powered home weather stations clearly need direct sunlight. Our write-ups on each of the best home weather stations should give you an idea of whether the station is right for your home.

Q: Are home weather stations worth it?

Home weather stations are worth it if you have a burning desire to know about hyper-local weather, typically get inaccurate results from your local weather station as a result of special geographic concerns, or certain weather factors influence your life heavily. For example, if you live on the East side of a mountain, but your local weather station is on the West side of it, a home weather station will turn out to be more accurate. Another example is golf and gardening enthusiasts, who will find very local wind and humidity readings very useful.

Final thoughts on the best home weather stations

Getting one of the best home weather stations means getting quality without having to spend the sometimes exorbitant amounts for professional weather stations that meteorologists use. Even basic analog weather stations like the EZRead can provide value to the right person, but we recommend the Ambient Weather WS-2902C WiFi Smart Weather Station for the right blend of quality and cost.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best home weather stations of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best dual-fuel generators in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-dual-fuel-generators/ Mon, 15 Aug 2022 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=461892
Home photo
Tony Ware

When it comes to keeping a generator (and your devices) running, two fuels are better than one.

The post The best dual-fuel generators in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Home photo
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall DuroMax XP12000EH is the best dual fuel generator overall. DuroMax XP12000EH
SEE IT

The DuroMax XP12000EH delivers plenty of power for any purpose.

Best portable Westinghouse iGen4500DF is the best portable dual fuel generator. Westinghouse iGen4500DF
SEE IT

The Westinghouse iGen4500DF packs more power into a relatively portable package.

Best electric start Wen DF1100X is the best electric start dual fuel generator. Wen DF1100X
SEE IT

For an easy startup and lots of safety features, check out the Wen DF1100X.

Most people probably look for a gas generator as the easiest way to get backup power in a pinch, but a dual-fuel generator—which can run on gas or propane—provides a more flexible alternative. With two ways to power your generator, you have more options when fuel is in short supply (in conditions like a hurricane). Dual-fuel generators also give you more control over secondary factors like noise and emissions: Gas is easy to get at any station, but propane burns cleaner and quieter. The best dual-fuel generators not only offer the best of both worlds but also come equipped with slew of slick features to make your user experience easy and safe.

How we chose the best dual-fuel generators

As a tech enthusiast and camping addict, I’ve looked at a wide range of portable power stations and related accessories—such as the Goal Zero Yeti 1000 Core portable generator and the best home wind turbines—for the likes of Popular Science, Scientific American, The Daily Beast, and more. (And if you’re looking for things to do with all that power, consider charging one of the best ebikes I’ve written about.) I’ve researched each of these dual-fuel generators extensively via a combination of first-hand trials, input from experts, and reviews from real-world consumers.

The best dual-fuel generators: Reviews & Recommendations

Our favorite dual-fuel inverter generators span a range of purposes. Some are designed as reliable backup power sources for an entire home. Others are small and portable, giving you just enough juice for a camping trip or short blackout. Our list features generators of all shapes and sizes, so you can find something that suits your needs and budget.

Best overall: DuroMax XP12000EH

DuroMax

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: With its high output and heavy-duty build quality, the DuroMax XP12000EH will keep the lights on and more.

Specs

  • Rated output: 9,500W
  • Peak output: 12,000W
  • Gas tank capacity: 8.3 gallons
  • Weight: 238 lbs
  • Volume: 74 dB
  • Starter: Electric and pull

Pros

  • Solid output
  • Outstanding build quality
  • Power Boost for bigger appliances and RVs
  • Wheel kit included

Cons

  • Very heavy
  • Expensive
  • Some owners report limited customer service support

The DuroMax XP12000EH is a true workhorse of a dual-fuel generator. With a steady output of 9,500W, it’s more than powerful enough to provide electricity to an entire home, and its 12,000W peak output allows it to provide extra power if there’s suddenly a much larger need. It also has a large 8.3-gallon gas tank so that it can run for a long time on petrol alone.

What’s more, XP12000EH has a reputation for providing outstanding reliability. It was built for rugged uses, like on a work site, and its all-metal construction ensures that it can handle a bit of roughhousing. All that metal and gas capacity means it’s very heavy, though. At 238 pounds, you won’t be moving this around a lot, and forget about taking it camping. But it comes with a wheel kit, which may help ease the load over short distances. 

truction quality is clearly solid. Again, the gas tank is pretty small, but that’s actually an advantage in this case.

Best portable: Westinghouse iGen4500DF

Westinghouse Outdoor Power Equipment

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: If you need to take plenty of power camping or to the job site, the Westinghouse iGen4500DF is a great choice.

Specs

  • Rated output: 3,700W
  • Peak output: 4,500W
  • Gas tank capacity: 3.4 gallons
  • Weight: 104.7 lbs
  • Volume: 52 dB
  • Starter: Electric

Pros

  • Highly portable
  • Plenty of power output
  • Quiet
  • Solid construction

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy for a “portable” generator

If you need lots of power and the ability to move your generator around, the Westinghouse iGen4500DF is the best semi-portable option we know of. It’s slightly larger than our “best small” pick and almost twice as heavy. Still, it’s significantly more compact and portable than most dual-fuel generators, with a similar 3,700-4,500W output. That’s plenty of power for a large camping expedition, an RV, or a work site. 

Best electric start: Wen DF1100X

WEN

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: For an easy startup and lots of safety features, check out the Wen DF1100X.

Specs

  • Rated output: 8,300W
  • Peak output: 11,000W
  • Gas tank capacity: 6.6 gallons
  • Weight: 213.8 lbs
  • Volume: 72 dB
  • Starter: Electric

Pros

  • Plenty of power output
  • CO2 shutdown safety sensor
  • Relatively quiet

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy

It isn’t all that uncommon for a dual-fuel generator to have an electric start switch—all of the recommendations on this list have them, either solely or alongside a pull cord. The Wen DF1100X sets itself apart with an automatic stop mechanism that can cut power in an emergency.

The Wen DF1100X comes in several packages. However, we specifically recommend the model with a built-in CO2 shutdown sensor, which is important if you run the generator in a garage or otherwise poorly ventilated space.

With a hefty 8,300-11,000W output, above-average gas capacity, and a relatively low operating volume, the Wen DF1100X is a generator powerhouse. It’s both expensive and heavy, but if you’re looking for an easy-on, safety-off option, it’s a solid investment.

Best budget: DuroMax Duro Star DS5500EH

DuroMax

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With its relatively high output, relatively low price, and solid construction, the Duro Star DS5500EH is a solid budget-conscious pick.

Specs

  • Rated output: 4,500W
  • Peak output: 5,500W
  • Gas tank capacity: 3.9 gallons
  • Weight: 124 lbs
  • Volume: 69 dB
  • Starter: Electric and pull

Pros

  • Solid output for price
  • Outstanding build quality
  • Relatively portable

Cons

  • Not powerful enough for an entire home
  • Some owners report limited customer service support

The DuroMax Duro Star DS5500EH is effectively a smaller, more affordable version of our best overall pick. At just under half the price of the DuroMax XP12000EH, the Duro Star DS5500EH delivers about half the power. A 4,500W generator gives you plenty of power if you’re charging up an RV, topping off power tools at a work site, or keeping key appliances on during a power outage.

At just over 100 pounds, it’s not exactly light, but it’s also not so heavy that you can’t get it around. It wouldn’t take too much wrangling to bring it camping, especially thanks to the inclusion of wheels.

Also worth considering: Champion Power Equipment 7,500-watt dual fuel generator

Champion

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: You can often find this powerful dual-fuel generator at a deep discount—it’s regularly sub-$1,000 but sometimes dips far below that mark.

Specs

  • Rated output: 7,500W
  • Peak output: 9,375W
  • Gas tank capacity: 7.7 gallons
  • Weight: 205 lbs
  • Volume: 74 dB
  • Starter: Electric and pull

Pros

  • Plenty of power for big jobs or long run times
  • Up to 10 hours runtime on gas or 5.5 on propane
  • Lots of connectivity: 120V 30A RV Locking Outlet (L5-30R), 120/240V 30A RV Locking Outlet (L14-30R), (2) Two GFCI 120V 20A Household Outlets 
  • Sturdy wheels

Cons

  • Big and heavy
  • Loud

When it comes to pure power-to-price ratio, this Champion offering makes a solid showing. It weighs just over 200 pounds and contains a 439cc 4-stroke engine. When running on gasoline, it produces 9,375 starting watts and 7,500 running watts. On propane, it churns 8,400 starting watts and 6,750 running watts. That’s plenty of power for even large jobs or whole-home backup in an emergency. Despite its size and weight, it’s relatively easy to move around thanks to sturdy integrated wheels. It starts easily with an electric system, but it also has a recoil option for use in a pinch.

What to consider when buying a dual-fuel generator

While there are plenty of dual-fuel generators on the market, they aren’t cheap, and many of them simply aren’t worth the investment. Some are poorly made and don’t last long. Others don’t deliver reliable performance, so they may not work when the lights go out. To make a wise purchase, you should keep a few things in mind to judge whether a generator is worth the cost. When it comes to connectivity, it offers ample ports. They include a 120V 30A RV Locking Outlet (L5-30R), 120/240V 30A RV Locking Outlet (L14-30R), and a pair of Two GFCI 120V 20A household outlets.

Power output

Simply put, if a generator can’t give you enough power to meet your needs, it isn’t worth buying. Manufacturers usually provide two numbers, both measured in watts (W), which will help you understand how much power a generator produces. First, a generator’s “Rated” output tells you how much power it produces at any given moment. Second, many generators also have a “peak” output spec, which refers to the maximum amount of power that a particular unit can handle blasting out in a short burst. This comes in handy if you plan to turn appliances on and off, which can cause sudden surges of electrical draw.

Ideally, you want a generator with a rated output equal to your typical power needs. If you’re simply looking to power and recharge a handful of devices alongside a simple appliance or two, 1,500W-2,000W might be all you need. If you are turning a lot of random power tools on and off, or powering an RV, look for something around 4,000W. However, if you’re looking to power a house, you’ll likely need at least 8,000W or more.

Fuel capacity

With petrol and propane, dual-fuel generators can keep the power going longer than most single-fuel power solutions. Of course, that depends on how much fuel you have in your tanks. Most dual-fuel generator gas tanks run between 2 and 10 gallons, which is pretty typical of single-fuel generators that run solely on gas. Propane is almost always stored in separate pressurized gas canisters that are attached via a hose, exactly like you would a propane grill. So the propane capacity depends on the size of your canister rather than the generator itself.

In both cases, though, you should keep in mind that more storage means more weight. If you’re looking for a portable generator, you’ll want to balance those two factors. If you’re buying a generator to back up your home’s power and plan to leave the generator in one place, weigh it down as much as you like.

Starting type

Dual-fuel generators use one of two starting mechanisms: either a recoil cord or an electric starter. With a cord, you pull the handle hard and fast to produce the rotation necessary to fire the generator. It requires more physical effort but tends to be more reliable. An electric starter is a push-button solution—no exertion is required, but it only works when its internal battery is charged.

Operating noise

Generators are pretty loud, which can be a nuisance if you keep one (or more) in or near your home. Generators tend to get louder as they generate more power. (There are exceptions, though.) If you’re going to keep your generator around your house or run it while camping in a quiet spot, you will want to keep the noise to a minimum. 

Typically speaking (but not always), higher-quality generators manage to turn the volume down thanks to the use of thick shielding and other design elements. If your priority is pure power, though, you may simply have to put up with the noise or find another way to minimize it.

Dual-fuel generators give you the advantage of running propane, which generators process more quietly than gas. Most dual-fuel generators produce between 50 dB (roughly the same as a refrigerator) and 90 dB (about the same as a small-engine motorcycle).

Size, weight, and features

There may be other logistical considerations you’ll want to keep in mind based on your specific needs and setup, such as the specific dimensions of the generator and how much it weighs. If your generator sits at home for backup power, size, and weight might not be much of an issue. For mobile uses like camping or worksites, however, you will want something you can move without too much strain.

There are also several physical features for transportation that are common but not universal, like wheels or a lift hook bar to hook onto a crane. You may also find special safety features, such as CO2 safety shutoffs, over-speed shutoffs, or high-temperature alarms. For better or worse, none of these features are ubiquitous enough to be “must-have” features across the board, but you should absolutely look for generators with specific features that feel important to you.

FAQs

Q: Are dual-fuel generators worth it?

While dual-fuel generators tend to be slightly more expensive than traditional ones, they are more fuel-efficient, lowering costs in the long run. They’re also significantly quieter when running on propane rather than gas, which is great if you plan to keep it within earshot.

Dual-fuel generators are also extremely valuable when fuel isn’t readily available. If you’re preparing for a natural disaster like a hurricane, for example, it’s better to be capable of using whatever fuel you can get your hands on.

Q: What is the most powerful dual-fuel generator?

Theoretically, the sky’s the limit in terms of power. In reality, though, the most powerful consumer-grade dual-fuel generators top out at around 12,000W.

Q: Is it better to run a dual-fuel generator on gas or propane?

Gas produces more power, but the generator runs more quietly while using propane, and it’s less damaging to the environment. Having a dual-fuel generator means you can choose or at least have access to both options.

Q: How long will a dual-fuel generator run on propane?

That depends entirely on the size of your propane tank, the generator’s engine, and the amount of power it’s generating. For example, our “best overall” pick can run for about seven hours at 25 percent power output capacity using a typical 20-pound propane tank.

Q: What is the difference between an inverter and a generator?

A generator produces the electricity, while a power inverter stores and reconfigures the energy. Virtually all consumer-grade generators have inverters integrated into them.

Q: Who makes the quietest dual-fuel generator?

The quietest dual-fuel generator you’re going to find produces around 50 dB. At 52 dB, our “best portable” pick, the Westinghouse iGen4500DF, is about as quiet as they come.

Final thoughts on the best dual-fuel generators

A dual-fuel generator can really be an asset when you’re camping or when prepping for an emergency. That said, it is a major investment, so make sure you’re buying the right size generator for whatever you’re doing. To power a whole house, bigger is obviously better. But you might be better off with something more portable for powering an RV or a casual blackout backup. Also, consider the possibility that a more environmentally friendly power solution, like a solar generator, might be able to give you the power you need with a smaller carbon footprint.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best dual-fuel generators in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best 4K monitors for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-4k-monitor/ Fri, 03 Mar 2023 22:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=515562
The best 4K monitors
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Equip your home office, gaming setup, or editing rig with the best 4K monitor.

The post The best 4K monitors for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best 4K monitors
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Dell S2722QC Dell S2722QC
SEE IT

Everything a creative professional or student needs in a single, well-constructed package.

Best for gaming Samsung Odyssey Neo G8 Samsung Odyssey Neo G8
SEE IT

A no-compromise display for serious PC or console gamers.

Best budget PC Gaming photo Philips 288E2E
SEE IT

All the performance most people need—for a lot less money.

Whether you’re working from home, gaming, or creating content, a solid 4K monitor provides all the screen real estate you need to get things done. A high-resolution display will allow you to see text, photos, and video in great detail—especially media that’s been created recently. External monitors have been a common tech accessory for decades, but the marketplace for 4K displays specifically has expanded greatly over the past few years. The combination of 4K PC and console games, accessible 4K video, and the necessity of a home office or learning space has accelerated this change. If you’re assembling a new computer setup, these are the best 4K monitors available right now.

How we chose the best 4K monitors

The monitor market has introduced several new 4K models in recent years, but these high-res options still aren’t the standard. If you want 4K resolution, that narrows the field quite a bit right off the bat. By eliminating hundreds—if not thousands—of options, it’s easier to choose the best one for your needs. Our recommendations are based on meticulous research and carefully considering the most common uses for a 4K monitor. We’ve also considered the computer platform (Mac or PC) you’re using and whether you’d like to use your monitor with several devices or to replace a TV.

A monitor is the type of tech accessory most people will rely on daily for a decade or more, so our recommendations must stand the test of time and be ready to work with every computer you get. Longevity, multi-functionality, and value were the core virtues we considered when searching for and ultimately selecting the best 4K monitors.

The best 4K monitors: Reviews & Recommendations

Our selection of 4K monitors is designed to match any budget and lifestyle. Some are “all-rounders,” which means they’ll be pretty good for many tasks, while others are designed for a specific purpose—gaming, for example—or have a differentiating tech spec, like a curved panel. Our 4K monitor recommendations will serve you well while browsing the web or streaming video.

Best overall: Dell S2722QC

Dell

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 27-Inches
  • Ports: 1 x USB-C PD, 2 x HDMI, 2 x USB-A, 1 x headphone jack
  • Refresh rate: 60Hz
  • Vesa compatibility: 100 x 100 mm
  • Speakers: Yes

Pros

  • Can quickly charge laptops while they’re connected
  • Multiple USB-A ports
  • Built-in speakers

Cons

  • Low refresh rate for serious gaming

Dell’s S2722QC is an all-in-one package that offers the right mix of excellent performance for most uses and value. One of its standout features is a USB-C port, which allows you to connect it to a MacBook or many modern Windows laptops without an adapter. Yes, there’re multiple HDMI ports on this display, but hooking your computer up to it over USB-C has two big advantages.

First, the laptop will actually charge while it’s connected to this monitor, so it’ll be ready to go when you disconnect it. Second, the single cable also supports data transfer, which is helpful if you hook up an external hard drive, webcam, or another accessory into the S2722QC’s USB-A ports. Using this 4K monitor as a charging station and USB hub puts it at a big advantage over most external displays available now—especially given the S2722QC’s sub-$300 price tag. As a bonus, this single-cable solution will make your home office setup look neater. and ensure your laptop is ready to go when you take it out of your home.

If your laptop doesn’t have a USB-C port, you can still plug it into one of this external display’s two HDMI ports. The next time you upgrade your machine, these welcome features will likely become accessible, which future-proofs the S2722QC a little bit. This 4K monitor’s port selection is complemented by its 3W speakers, which will be useful if you haven’t invested in a standalone audio system for your computer. You shouldn’t expect any audio miracles from this hardware, but it’s better to have something than nothing.

The S2722QC’s only downside—depending on how you plan on using your 4K monitor—is its relatively slow 8ms (millisecond) response time and 60Hz panel. This doesn’t make a difference when you’re watching videos, browsing the web, or editing photos. The only time you’ll notice this feature is when you’re playing fast-paced games like first-person shooters. Casual or slower-paced games don’t require a fast refresh rate display, but cutting-edge titles will suffer slightly, so opt for a dedicated gaming monitor instead.

If you’re not a PC or console gamer looking for a high-resolution display primarily for gaming, the S2722QC will serve you very well.

Best for gaming: Samsung Odyssey Neo G8

Samsung

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 32-Inches
  • Ports: 2 x HDMI, 2 x USB-A, headphone jack
  • Refresh rate: 240Hz
  • Vesa compatibility: 100 x 100 mm
  • Speakers: No

Pros

  • Extremely high refresh rate
  • Support for Adaptive Sync with AMD and NVidia graphics cards
  • Matte display won’t show glare from lights

Cons

  • Price
  • Curved display may not be for everyone.

If gaming is your primary use case for a 4K monitor, Samsung’s Odyssey Neo G8 is a no-compromise display. Its 240Hz panel is incredibly fast, allowing you to play the latest games at their fastest-possible speed—so long as your gaming computer‘s graphics card and processor are fast enough to handle them. The monitor’s display panel is complemented by built-in software support for Adaptive Sync, which will offer better performance when it’s hooked up to a computer with an AMD or NVidia graphics card.

Adaptive sync will further reduce latency (lag) and the frequency of image artifacts like screen tearing, which can occur when the screen is updated with new images quickly. This technology, which works with settings like low input lag mode and a refresh rate optimizer, increases the probability of smooth, consistent gameplay.

Many modern games support HDR (high dynamic range), which improves contrast and color accuracy when a PC or console is hooked up to a display that supports them. Samsung outfitted the Odyssey Neo G8 with Quantum HDR 2000, so newer games, TV shows, and movies will really pop. Games that don’t support HDR will also look nice, so don’t worry if you spend a lot of time playing the classics.

While Samsung focused primarily on optimizing the Neo G8 for gaming, it made design choices that make it a solid pick for general use. The 4K monitor can be tilted and height adjusted and rotated a full 90 degrees. This is a huge deal ergonomically, as it allows you to position the monitor exactly where you want it without having to get a third-party stand or mount.

The most controversial choice is that the Odyssey Neo G8 has a curved display, a love-it-or-hate-it situation. Curved displays have the advantage of taking up more of your peripheral vision, which, combined with the Odyssey Neo G8’s 21:1 aspect ratio, will create an immersive gaming experience. On the other hand, curved displays can reflect light from multiple angles, which can get frustrating if you’re playing in a well-lit room.

If you have a dedicated PC or console gaming setup, Samsung’s Odyssey Neo G8 can be an excellent 4K desk-friendly display. That said, its cutting-edge hardware does come at an extremely high price. Don’t get us wrong, the Odyssey Neo G8 is an excellent 4K monitor and priced appropriately given its tech specs, but it’s a significant investment.

Best curved: AOC CU32V3

AOC

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 32-Inches
  • Ports: 2 x HDMI, 1 x DisplayPort 1.2, headphone jack
  • Refresh rate: 60Hz
  • Vesa compatibility: 100 x 100 mm
  • Speakers: No

Pros

  • Large viewing angle
  • Built-in blue light reduction
  • Price

Cons

  • Curved display may not be for everyone or everywhere

We mentioned the big pros and cons of choosing an external display with a curved panel in the Samsung write-up above, but if you’ve decided this type of display is right for you as a content creator, AOC’s CU32V3 is the monitor to pick. The 32-inch 4K monitor will fill your field of vision, which can be helpful if you’re hunkering down on a big video or photo editing project that requires your full attention. Creative work is what the CU32V3 excels at because it supports 121 percent of the sRGB color gamut along with 90 percent of the Adobe RGB and 89.8 percent of the DCI-P3 color gamuts. These specs become particularly important when you’re color-grading video, which needs to look accurate on multiple TVs with different settings.

The CU32V3’s 4ms latency and 60Hz refresh rates are fine for most tasks, but we wouldn’t recommend playing serious games on this 4K monitor. Those tech specs are appropriate for a monitor in the CU32V3’s price range and will only affect users with a particularly intense use case. AOC was pretty generous when deciding on this monitor’s port selection, though we’d have liked to see some USB-A ports since they’ve become standard on many displays. On the other hand, we appreciate the CU32V3’s built-in blue light reduction mode, which will make it easier to use it late at night. A blue light mode will tint the screen, so it shouldn’t be enabled when photo or video editing, but it’s a nice feature if you’re surfing the web or using this 4K monitor for regular tasks.

If you’re set on getting a curved 4K monitor, AOC’s CU32V3 is an excellent value thanks to its big screen and color reproduction.

Best ultrawide: LG 38WN95C-W

Specs

  • Size: 38-Inches
  • Ports: 1 x Thunderbolt (USB-C), 2 x HDMI, 1 x DisplayPort, 2 x USB-A, 1 x Headphone jack
  • Refresh rate: 144Hz
  • Vesa compatibility: 100 x 100 mm
  • Speakers: No

Pros

  • Massive display that’s still VESA compatible
  • Solid refresh rate for gaming
  • Wide port selection

Cons

  • Price
  • May be too big for many desks

Ultrawide monitors have become popular recently because they allow you to have two full-sized windows open on a single display rather than requiring a dual-monitor setup. At 38 inches wide, the 38WN95C-W requires a huge space commitment, but you’re rewarded with a curved display guaranteed to take up all of your peripheral vision. Technically this is a QHD+ (3840 x 1600) display, which isn’t quite a “true 4K,” but it’s the closest you’ll get with a display like this. The monitor would have to be comically tall to accommodate the extra 500 pixels, and you won’t miss them with this type of display.

The 38WN95C-W is stacked on the tech side, especially in its port selection. You can connect four devices to it simultaneously using its mix of HDMI, DisplayPort, and Thunderbolt ports. The monitor’s Thunderbolt 4 input—the same shape as a USB-C port—has the same benefits as the one in our best overall pick for this guide. You can charge your laptop and connect it to accessories through the 38WN95C-W’s pair of USB-A ports with a single cable.

Gamers will appreciate the 38WN95C-W’s 1ms response time, 144Hz refresh rate, and support for AMD FreeSync and NVidia G-Sync, all of which make this monitor a solid pick for gaming. Its height, swivel, and tilt-adjustable stand also score points in the ergonomics arena. Frankly, it’s hard to find a task the 38WN95C-W isn’t well suited for.

The limiting factor for this display is space—if you have enough and are committed to living the ultrawide monitor lifestyle, the 38WN95C-W can handle anything you throw at it with aplomb.

Best budget: Philips 288E2E

Philips

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 28-inches
  • Ports: 2 x HDMI, 1 x DisplayPort, 1 x Headphone jack
  • Refresh rate: 60Hz
  • Vesa compatibility: 100 x 100 mm
  • Speakers: Yes

Pros

  • Support for 120 percent of the sRGB spectrum
  • Height and tilt adjustment
  • Price

Cons

  • Refresh too slow for gaming

Philips’ 288E2E proves how far the affordability of 4K monitor technology has come in a relatively short time. For $270 (at the time of this reporting), you’re getting a 28-inch 4K display with AMD FreeSync support, the ability to display 120 percent of the sRGB color spectrum, built-in speakers, and an ultra-slim design. Philips had to make very few feature cuts when designing this display, and they mostly come down to nice-to-have-but-unnecessary extras, namely a USB-A port and ultra-fast refresh rate.

These commissions aren’t glaring—though gaming on a 60Hz panel isn’t ideal—and make the 288E2E feel like a slightly more barebones version of our best overall pick, Dell’s excellent S2722QC. Part of this 4K monitor’s appeal is its averageness. Hear us out: There’s no curved panel or ultrawide design, just a straight-ahead high-resolution display. While this may be relatively boring, it’s exactly what most people are looking for in a 4K monitor for general tasks. This display even has built-in speakers, a relative niche feature not found in many of its competitors in this price range.

If your needs are relatively modest, the difference between Philips’ 288E2E and other picks is insignificant. You can use the money you save by picking up this display to upgrade additional parts of your home office setup.

What to consider when buying the best 4K monitors

Several factors should be considered when deciding which 4K monitor fits your needs. These are the five we’ve deemed most important when conducting our research and to help you make your selection:

Screen size

4K monitors come in a variety of sizes, but bigger doesn’t always necessarily mean better. A large monitor will take up more room on your desk and may not be necessary if your needs are modest. Photo and video editors can take full advantage of the space available on a 38-inch 4K monitor more easily than a writer or typical student. Ironically, it’s easier to see individual pixels on a monitor as its screen size grows, which may annoy you if you’ve got very sharp sight. The 4K monitors we recommend run the gamut from 27-38 inches.

Ports

A monitor’s ports (also called inputs) determine which cable is required to connect it to a computer or other tech accessory. All of the 4K monitors above are equipped with multiple HDMI ports, which are the most common input found on external displays and TVs. Many also feature a DisplayPort or USB-C port, which are more niche but serve the same purpose. Some of our 4K monitor picks have USB-A ports, which allow you to use them as a hub to connect your computer to additional accessories.

Refresh rate

A monitor’s refresh rate—measured in hertz, shortened to Hz—determines how quickly it can be updated with new information. Refresh rates are measured in milliseconds, which means this tech spec isn’t important for common tasks but will make a difference if you choose to use your external display for gaming. A typical monitor offers a 60Hz refresh rate, but it can go much higher. Some gaming monitors go as high as 500Hz, but that’s extreme for the category.

VESA compatibility

All 4K monitors above come with a built-in stand, but you can replace it with a different one—whether it’s a wall mount or a monitor arm—if preferred, as long as they are VESA compatible. Switching to a different monitor stand may improve the ergonomics of your computing setup or save you desk space based on the one you choose.

Speakers

If you’d like to use your computer as a TV replacement, it’s smart to get one with built-in speakers. A monitor’s speakers will never match the quality of a powered pair but will work well in a pinch.

FAQs

Q: Is text too small on a 4K monitor?

No. Text looks very clear on a 4K monitor. If you’re having trouble reading it, you can always zoom in on the text you’re reading to see it more easily.

Q: Does a 4K monitor need HDMI 2.1?

No. Many 4K monitors have HDMI 2.0 ports and will connect to a game console, computer, or another tech accessory with no problems. HDMI 2.1 ports are only necessary for playing native 4K console or PC games with HDR (High Dynamic Range) enabled.)

Q: Can my PC handle a 4K monitor?

Yes. Most desktop and laptop computers sold in the past five years or so are powerful enough to run a 4K monitor capably.

Q: How much should a 4K monitor cost?

This will depend on the display’s size, refresh rate, and the other factors listed above. You can get a basic 4K monitor for under $400 but will have to spend much more if you’d like one specifically suited for gaming.

Final thoughts on the best 4K monitors

A 4K monitor will quickly become the most important tech accessory in your computing setup, right next to the external hard drive you use for regular backups and the Wi-Fi router you rely on for a steady Internet connection. It used to be difficult to find monitors with this resolution without spending thousands of dollars or settling for sub-par specs, but thankfully that’s no longer the case. Advancements in display technology have made 4K monitors more accessible and affordable than ever, and once you get one, there’s no going back.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio, to video games, to cameras, and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best 4K monitors for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best outdoor saunas for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-outdoor-saunas/ Wed, 08 Jun 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=448299
The best outdoor saunas
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Want to get healthier? Do sweat the small things but do it in the comfort of your own backyard.

The post The best outdoor saunas for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best outdoor saunas
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Aleko Outdoor Rustic Cedar Aleko Outdoor Rustic Cedar
SEE IT

A fantastic overall option that’s more affordable than some competition.

Best infrared Enlighten Rustic 5 Person Sauna Enlighten Rustic 5 Person Sauna
SEE IT

All the sauna effects without the high temperatures.

Best budget Sunray 3-person outdoor sauna on a plain background Sunray Grandby 3-Person
SEE IT

Get a traditional sauna experience during any season.

Saunas boast an array of health benefits and for those looking to make an investment in their wellness, an outdoor sauna provides one of the most authentic and enjoyable experiences. Outdoor saunas were traditionally used across Northern Europe as far back as 2000 BC. Today, however, many people think of Finnish saunas, which use stones heated over a fire to create steam and heat. And there’s a reason most people think of Finland when they think of outdoor saunas: they can be rejuvenating in cold weather. You can use an outdoor sauna year-round but, when the temperatures drop, saunas can really help you get through the winter and, hey, maybe actually enjoy it. Whether you’re looking for the best outdoor saunas or the best home saunas, we curated this list of options that include both traditional saunas, infrared saunas, and even wood-burning models.

How we chose the best outdoor saunas

We scoured write-ups and reviews to find the best outdoor saunas for our readers. We wanted to include a range of products that could appeal to any user, no matter how much space you have for a home install. We know that outdoor saunas can be a serious investment so, while we included products across multiple price levels, we prioritized those that had materials or features that made them worth the money. We also looked at capacity, sustainability of materials, and complexity of assembly.

Most of the products we included have a DIY option to minimize installation costs, but this can be a laborious process. We also wanted to ensure that our selections used high-quality, non-toxic materials like natural cedar. Last, we ensured that each sauna we selected—no matter how cheap—has a high-quality heating element, as these can make or break your experience. (No one wants a really slow-warming or inefficient sauna.) 

The best outdoor saunas: Reviews & Recommendations

Our guide includes a range of products that could appeal to any user, no matter your budget or how much space you have for a home install.

Best overall: Aleko Outdoor Rustic Cedar

Homedepot

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This indoor or outdoor barrel sauna fits eight people while minimizing unusable space, resulting in a relatively affordable and energy-efficient sauna. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 93” W x 72” D x 75” H
  • Materials: Western Canadian Red Cedar, tempered glass, and stainless steel
  • Type of Heater: Harvia 8kW ETL-approved electric heater for steam or dry heat

Pros 

  • Great price-to-quality ratio 
  • Can be used indoors and outdoors 
  • Free shipping or local pick up at a retailer like Home Depot

Cons 

  • Manufactured overseas 
  • The interior doesn’t have any windows, so the door is the only source of natural light 

Aleko’s outdoor sauna tops our list because it is a high-quality barrel sauna without an absurd price tag. While the exterior may not be made with premium lumber as some of our other selections, this outdoor barrel sauna comes with a comparable 8W Harvia electric heater. Harvia is a high-end Finnish brand, and you’ll see these heaters featured in other saunas below. Also, while some other sauna kits charge extra for components and accessories (like the heater, bucket, ladle, and thermometer), this includes all of these parts in one package. 

Like most traditional saunas, you can choose either dry or steam heat by adding water to the sauna stones. Many prefer this traditional experience to the hands-off infrared heating panels. We also love that the sauna heats up quickly because of the space-efficient design. Pick this up and you can have your own outdoor wood sauna in less than a week. 

Best infrared: Enlighten Rustic 5-person Sauna

enlightensauna

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This large outdoor infrared sauna is made with eco-certified, non-toxic materials and is great for cold climates, as it is insulated.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 81.5” W x 61.5” D x 86” H
  • Materials: Western Canadian Red Cedar, asphalt shingles 
  • Capacity: 5 people

Pros 

  • Insulated to retain maximum heat even in cold weather
  • Plenty of features, including a magazine rack and cup holders
  • Two full-spectrum heaters and 10 carbon far infrared heaters 

Cons 

  • You need to request a quote for the price 
  • Slightly complicated installation

This gorgeous 5-person outdoor home sauna is made with Western Canadian Red Cedar paneling and is great for a family or larger group looking for an infrared sauna, no matter where you live. Thanks to its insulation, this sauna can withstand colder climates and still provide comfy warmth even in the winter. It houses a total of 12 heaters, two of which are full-spectrum infrared, including bench and floor carbon heaters. 

Customize your experience by playing music through the built-in Bluetooth speaker or filling your space with reading material in the magazine rack—it won’t get as hot as a traditional sauna so people often extend their sessions to up to an hour. The exterior and interior materials are eco-certified and non-toxic, but the cedar still provides the feel of a more traditional sauna.

Best steam: Traditional Outdoor Country Living Barrel Sauna by Saunacore

northernsaunas

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This traditional-style steam sauna comes with a wood-burning stove option for total off-the-grid immersion. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 96” W x 72” D x 96” H 
  • Materials: Canadian Clear Western Red Cedar and tempered glass 
  • Type of Heat: Saunacore CTW-WS12 wood-burning stove or electric heater

Pros 

  • Choose either a wood-burning stove or electric heater.
  • Quick heat time because of barrel design
  • Available in both 6ft and 8ft lengths

Cons 

  • The electric heater isn’t very sightly 
  • Wood-burning stoves are not allowed in all municipalities and may come with health concerns

For those who don’t want to deal with the electrical installation or don’t have the means to hook up a sauna, this outdoor barrel sauna comes with a wood-burning stove. (However, check your local regulations to ensure wood-burning stoves are allowed in your area.) Don’t worry; unlike traditional smoke saunas, this one has an extensive ventilation system. 

It’s spacious, well-designed, and customizable to your budget and needs. You could add a porch with bench seats or substitute American Poplar wood if you need a hypoallergenic and scent-free alternative to cedar. It also comes in both 6-foot and 8-foot lengths, so it’s perfect for larger groups or community outdoor spaces. 

While the barrel design is classic, it’s also energy efficient because of the reduced volume. So, with the design and the wood-burning stove, this sauna heats up pretty quickly. Our only complaint is that you don’t get much natural light exposure from the only window on the door. 

Best barrel: Redwood Outdoors Thermowood Panorama Sauna

Redwood Outdoors

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A beautiful, full-sized glass window makes this an ideal backyard sauna if you want to take in your natural surroundings. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 71” W x 73” D x 76.5” H
  • Materials: Scandinavian softwood, stainless steel components
  • Type of Heat: Harvia 8kW Clindro Electric heater for steam or dry heat

Pros 

  • Natural light from the full back window 
  • Wood sourced from PEFC-certified forests 
  • Self-assembly takes four hours

Cons 

  • Only comes with a 1-year warranty

We swooned as soon as we saw the big, panoramic back window on Redwood Outdoors’ Thermowood Panorama Barrel Saua. It is designed with classic Scandinavian principles and features an interlocking system that forms a tight, natural seal for energy efficiency. Thermowood, which is heat-treated Scandinavian softwood, is durable and resistant to heat, humidity, and fungi. It’s also naturally insulating, so you can use this sauna year-round, even when snow is falling outside. You can even add on roof shingles if you want to further weather-proof your sauna.

While the large window provides ample outdoor views, the interior is equally impressive. The included Harvia 8kW Cilindro Electric heater is absolutely gorgeous, and the bench seats have ergonomic backrests for comfy lounging. Best of all, you can easily assemble it at your house with only a few hours and some basic hand tools.

Best two-person: Clearlight Sanctuary 2

Audacia

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Feature-packed infrared sauna with Bluetooth compatibility and an integrated audio system. 

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 51” W x 46” D x 71.5” H 
  • Materials: Cedartec coating, Western Canadian Red Cedar exterior, mahogany wood interior, and ceramic/carbon heating panels 
  • Type of Heat: Full-spectrum infrared

Pros 

  • Full-spectrum infrared technology that is rare in outdoor saunas 
  • A smartphone app allows you to control it remotely 
  • Integrated Bluetooth audio system and charging station

Cons 

  • The exterior appears cheap because of Clearlight’s Cedartec coating
  • Expensive for a two-person sauna

This elegant backyard outdoor sauna from wellness brand Audacia is packed with features. If you want to listen to music or watch TV from a tablet during your session, you can do that with the Bluetooth audio system and outside tablet cradle (which also doubles as the door handle). Inside, choose between an ergonomic seat style and a flat seat by flipping over the bench to fit your comfort. 

While these features are beneficial, what really sets this Clearlight outdoor sauna apart for us is the full-spectrum infrared technology. Infrared technology eliminates the need for excessively high temperatures so that you can stay in the sauna for longer. The company’s proprietary True Wave™ heaters line the back, side walls, floor, and front wall to provide 360-coverage and powerful heat. Overall, it’s one of the best small outdoor saunas with infrared heating on the market. 

Best kit: Dundalk Leisurecraft Outdoor Luna Sauna

the hardware supply

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: High-quality components, a modern design, and “choose-your-upgrades” options put this at the top of our list for best sauna kits. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 85” W x 86” D x 86” H
  • Materials: White cedar, bronze-tempered glass, stainless steel
  • Type of Heater: 6kW Saaku Electric heater for steam or dry (not included in price) 

Pros 

  • Quick, 20-minute heat-up time
  • Great design that blends modern and traditional elements
  • Upgrade the kit depending on your needs
  • Sustainably-sourced cedar 

Cons 

  • Can get pricey once you start upgrading components
  • Lengthy assembly—expect it to take the whole day if you DIY 

Somehow modern and classic at the same time, this outdoor sauna has wooed us with its incredible aesthetic design and sustainably sourced materials. The full-size door and large window really make this feel like an outdoor sauna because you’ll be able to get glimpses into your surrounding environment as you soak in the dry or steam heat. The inside has two cedar benches so that you can fit two in luxury or four comfortably. 

The price point fluctuates for Dundalk Leisurecraft’s Luna Sauna because you can customize it to fit your needs, making it a top choice for an outdoor sauna kit. Upgrade to include a front porch or lounge bench option if you want the added space and comfort, or just add some basics like an outdoor solar light and sand mount wall timer if you’re trying to minimize expenses. 

Also, while you may want to hire an electrician, many people opt to set this up themselves. The manual installation is relatively simple yet lengthy, so plan a day around it. 

Best budget: Sunray Grandby 3-Person

Homedepot

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A more budget-friendly option for an infrared sauna that heats up in minutes.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 69” W x 47 D x 83” H
  • Materials: Canadian hemlock 
  • Type of Heat: Far infrared

Pros 

  • The price tag is appealing
  • 7-year structural warranty
  • Easy to set up

Cons 

  • Not as powerful as many outdoor saunas

Okay, let’s start by addressing the obvious: home saunas are an investment, and no outdoor sauna is cheap. But this one clocks in at around $3,000, making it a more budget-friendly option than anything else on our list. It comes equipped with seven far-infrared ceramic heaters to quickly warm the room in less than 15 minutes.

The temperature maxes out at 140 degrees Fahrenheit, which is standard for infrared saunas. It comes with a built-in bench and lighting, cup holders, and a Bluetooth/USB-compatible audio player. Although this sauna can technically fit three people, it’s a better option for two people. 

Overall, this is a solid entry-level infrared sauna option with easy assembly and an aesthetic of all-wood construction.

What to consider when shopping for the best outdoor sauna

Regardless of whether it’s a larger home sauna or a portable sauna you’re seeking, there are some essential terms and features that you should know about before heading out into the market:

Price

While saunas don’t cost much to maintain, the upfront costs can be high, especially when considering installation and electrician costs. Set a budget and then determine if you’re okay with the baseline model of the sauna or if you want to add extra features. Some saunas do not come with the heater in the price tag, so check this before you buy. 

The price of the best outdoor saunas can vary widely, but if you need to prioritize one thing, prioritize the heating element in the unit. While you may be able to cut costs on a less aesthetic design or smaller footprint, you shouldn’t skimp on the heater. This is one of the most important components of the sauna’s performance.

Capacity

You can find outdoor saunas with different capacities, but they generally range from 2-person saunas to 8-person outdoor saunas. Two-person saunas have a smaller footprint but will not fit the whole family or social group.

Material

Look for outdoor wood saunas with high-quality materials to make the most of your investment. You’ll want to look for a well-constructed sauna to retain heat, a premium electric heater or infrared panels, and comfortable benches. Wood, like cedar, will smell great as the sauna heats up.

Where you live

If you live in a cold region, you will be happier in the winter if you buy a traditional sauna instead of an infrared. As infrared saunas operate at lower temperatures, they may be less enjoyable if the outdoor temperatures are too cold. Alternatively, if you live in the desert, an infrared sauna may be more enjoyable in the summer because you won’t have to withstand such high temps.

FAQs

Q: How much do outdoor saunas cost?

Outdoor saunas ran in price based on materials, size, and components. They range from around $3,000 to upwards of $12,000. You’ll also have to factor in installation (some saunas are DIY) and electrical assistance for higher-voltage units.

Q: Will I have to assemble my outdoor sauna?

Many modern outdoor saunas are “pre-fab” meaning they are pre-fabricated and ship in larger parts to go together quickly. Some outdoor home saunas have self-assembly, while others require installation. Check with each manufacturer for the complexity of installation before you purchase. Most manufacturers will recommend hiring a professional electrician to assist with the installation due to the high voltage requirements.

Q: Are outdoor saunas expensive to run?

Many outdoor saunas are designed to run extremely efficiently, ranging from 1kWh for small models to 6kWh for larger saunas. Depending on where you live, 1kWh of electricity can range in price from $0.10 to $0.34 per hour. Typically, sauna owners will not notice a change in their energy bills and will spend less than $1/hour to run their sauna.

Q: Can you use an outdoor sauna in the winter?

Winter is a great time to get warm, purifying benefits of an outdoor sauna. You can use any outdoor sauna in the winter, although barrel saunas and insulated saunas will have the highest performance in cold temperatures.

Q: How do I protect my outdoor sauna?

If you buy an outdoor sauna, it should be treated or designed to withstand the elements. Some saunas come with mildew- and UV-resistant coating, while others use naturally durable wood like cedar. If you do decide to treat the exterior, you can use wood stain with UV protection or a wood-penetrating oil to reduce the weathering of your outdoor sauna. 

For the interior, do not use any chemicals or household treatments. Maintenance is minimal, but you should clean your sauna regularly to get rid of sweat or buildup. If you’re purchasing a barrel sauna, use the cradle supports to keep it suspended off the ground, reducing its exposure to moisture.

Q: Are infrared saunas better than traditional?

Both infrared and traditional saunas have their benefits. 

Infrared saunas require lower operating temperatures because the heat penetrates your body directly rather than heating the air around you. It raises your core temperature much more effectively than a traditional sauna. Infrared saunas are great for people looking to maximize their health benefits without exposing themselves to very high temperatures or humidity.

Traditional saunas, on the other hand, use either dry heat or steam to warm the air in the sauna. They are more reminiscent of Finnish saunas and have a heating element, rocks, and water. Both dry and steam saunas can reach higher temperatures than infrared, so you can’t spend as long in the sauna as with an infrared. If you’re looking for shorter, yet intense steam or heat sessions, a traditional sauna is a better fit.

Final thoughts on the best outdoor saunas

The Aleko 4-person barrel sauna is a great introductory outdoor sauna for any backyard, as it comes with a high-quality heating system comparable to more premium models. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best outdoor saunas for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best LED light strips of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-led-light-strips/ Fri, 28 Jan 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=421926
The Best LED light strips of 2022
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Bring color and dimension into your space with customizable lighting.

The post The best LED light strips of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Best LED light strips of 2022
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Govee LED Smart Lights on a white background. Govee Smart LED Strip Lights
SEE IT

This pick offers a range of connectivity, an easy-to-install design, and multiple modes to suit any mood. 

Best cheap Nexillumi LED Strips on a white background. Nexillumi 50-foot LED Strip Lights
SEE IT

With ample length and wattage, these affordable LEDs can effectively illuminate most spaces.

Best for TVs Pangton Villa LED Strip Lights on a white background. Pangton Villa LED Strip Lights
SEE IT

Level up your home entertainment centerpiece with this LED backlighting, which does one thing but does it well.

A little extra LED light strip goes a long way. If there’s one thing that can make a drab, just moved-in room look modern and thoughtful, it’s ambient lighting. Though most people instantly turn to lamps and other traditional furnishings to brighten up a room, you shouldn’t overlook LED light strips, which are easy to install and offer a full spectrum of color. The effect is illumination that can complement any atmosphere or activity—whether a day spent in bed watching Netflix or a Friday night hosting friends. Whether you use them as an accent behind your TV or brighten up a whole room, a few well-placed light strips can create a futuristic glow to match and/or amplify the mood. The possibilities with these techy lights are seemingly endless. These are the best LED light strips for every setup, from little luminary boosts to full-on glow-ups.

How we selected the best LED light strips 

I recently installed the Govee Smart LED Strip Lights underneath my bed frame and was surprised at both the ease of installation and what a dramatic difference it made to the ambiance of my room. While LED strips vary greatly in use, they all can create an improved mood wherever they are installed. I compared over 50 LED light strips for connectivity, color variety, size, ratings, installation, and type to find a variety of styles that work well for different spaces and lighting goals. 

The best LED light strips: Reviews & Recommendations

LED strip lights can be used to illuminate a variety of places—from your gaming station to the inside of your car. Depending on what you plan to light up, you may need a strip, or strips, with certain qualities, like the ability to connect to a smart home hub. One of our picks should be perfect for creating the vibe you want.

Best overall: Govee Smart LED Strip Lights

Govee

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This pick can suit almost any space and is easy to install, with interactive features like music sync and voice assistant controls. 

Specs:  

  • Number of lights: 150 per 16-foot strip
  • Wattage: 36W
  • Length: 16.4 feet
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth and WiFi

Pros

  • Alexa and Google Assistant compatible
  • Music sync mode
  • 16 million colors to select from 

Cons 

  • Adhesive strip can’t be moved after placement

I recently installed the Govee Smart LED Strip Lights in my home and can confidently say that this pick is easy to use and offers a great variety of colors and connectivity. Available in both 16.4-foot (150 LED bead) and 32.8-foot (300 LED bead) lengths and easily customizable, they’re a great option for lighting up both big and small spaces. They take just minutes to set up—just wipe down your surface, peel the paper off the strip’s adhesive back, then apply with or without the help of included support clips. Be careful when you place them, though; they’re a lot harder to remove once they’re stuck to something.

Customization is similarly snappy: You can fine-tune your settings using the Govee Home app (available on iOS and Android). Change colors to a unique shade from an RGB wheel, add a timer, and control brightness to suit your mood. Govee Home also offers different preset lighting modes—including “sunrise,” “sunset,” “movie,” “candlelight,” and a music sync option that uses the built-in mic (the same one that allows hands-free on/off, color, and brightness, control through Alexa and/or Google Assistant) to let the lights dance to the beat. You have more than enough options to make any space suit any situation—from date nights to quiet evenings with a good book.

Love decorative holiday lights, just hate dragging in and out the decorations? If you’re looking to get expressive with the exterior of your house, pick up Govee’s Smart RGBIC Outdoor, waterproof IP67 strips that offer 75 scenes and 16 million colors. Set them up once and use them over and over for Halloween, Christmas, New Year’s Eve, etc., controlling them with Alexa. If you’re searching for something a bit more traditional that also offers ambient light, however, you can also consider our recommendations for the best twinkle lights to add some simple sparkle. 

Best premium: Philips Hue Bluetooth Lightstrip

Phillips

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a range of options available in one automation-friendly ecosystem, this pick can seamlessly integrate into your smart home system with minimal setup. 

Specs

  • Number of lights: 50 per 
  • Wattage: 20W
  • Length: 3 feet or 6 feet (extendable)
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth, WiFi

Pros

  • Works with many smart home devices
  • Multiple strings of lights can interact
  • Doesn’t slow internet

Cons 

  • Most expensive option

While the average LED strip can be customized and controlled with the help of an app or remote, it typically operates alone. Philips light strips can be integrated via Hue Hub (sold separately) to create an independently connected system that won’t bog down your WiFi, which is probably already handling a plethora of devices. You can add up to 50 extensions (of the same Bluetooth version, so check compatibility before purchase) for a full-home lighting system that’s tailored to your needs—with features like a handy motion sensor for automatic power, scheduled automation, and smart control while home and away. This feature gives the Philips ultimate versatility, allowing you to easily install dimmable, night, or even queued hallway lighting that feels futuristic. The Philips lights are also designed with a coated strip to diffuse the light—creating a sleek modern look that changes hue on command. 

You can fit these Philips strips into any space and integrate them into your existing smart home system, whether that’s with Alexa, Google Assistant, Apple Homekit, Microsoft Cortana, SmartThings, or IFTTT. The Philips app also offers more detailed customization than some of our cheaper picks, like preset mood lighting, timers, and alarms that can coincide with your sleep schedule. 

Best for rooms: Daybetter LED Strip Lights

Daybetter

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With up to 100 feet of lighting in a single package, this pick can extend around most rooms and provide an incredible glow.

Specs 

  • Number of lights: 270 per 50-foot strip
  • Wattage: 54W
  • Length: 50 feet  
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth, IR Remote 

Pros

  • App and IR Remote control
  • Smart timing settings
  • Can trim strip to size

Cons 

  • White tone is blue-tinted

These LED strip lights from Daybetter are a great bet for big lighting projects. Featuring two 50-foot strips you can string together, this package is perfect for running along a room’s perimeter. If you have a big but not too big project, they can also be cut down to fit your space. The strong adhesive backing makes them easy to set up. Like the other general-use lights on this list, the Daybetter strips can be controlled with an IR remote (included) or smartphone app via Bluetooth, and they support specialty features like an on/off and color-change timer and music sync. There’s one issue we’re aware of, though: According to some users, the white LEDs come across as especially cold, bluish light—something to keep in mind if you want these to replace, instead of complement, traditional bright lighting.

Best for cars: Govee Interior Lights for Car

Govee

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These lights are specially designed to install in a car, illuminating your drive and even syncing to your favorite playlist. 

Specs

  • Number of lights: 72 per strip
  • Wattage: N/A
  • Length: 4 x .98 foot strips
  • Connectivity: App-controlled

Pros

  • Easy installation
  • Compatible with any car model
  • Waterproof design

Cons 

  • May need to adjust the music setting depending on genre 

Ambient lighting doesn’t need to be limited to your home. Govee makes a series of Bluetooth-enabled Interior Car Lights, which you can power through your car’s 12-volt cigarette lighter port. Two lines connect the four flexible, waterproof light strips, each of which has 72 LEDs and together offer enough length to allow any vehicle to be bathed in energetic light. The creative mode available in the Govee Home app allows you to choose from 16 million colors, select and tailor a dynamic music mode that syncs with the bass on your go-to songs, and add effects (there’s also a physically connected control box if you’re keeping your phone safely tucked away while driving). It’s a unique lighting option that will turn every drive into an adventure.

Best for TVs: Pangton Villa LED Strip Lights

Pangton Villa

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Specially designed to be installed on the back of your television, these LED strips add vibrant ambient lighting to your entertainment setup. 

Specs

  • Number of lights: 36
  • Wattage: 2.5 watts
  • Length: 6.5 feet 
  • Connectivity: USB, Remote

Pros

  • Easy installation
  • Improves image clarity
  • Affordable option

Cons 

  • Limited usefulness outside of TVs

If you’ve been in search of a cost-effective way to improve the aesthetics and comfort of your home entertainment system, putting an LED light strip behind your TV can make a huge difference at a low cost. These inexpensive Pangton Villa LED Strip Lights add a colorful illumination behind your TV, easily adhering to any 40- to 60-inch TV with a USB plug to draw power from your set and cut additional cord clutter from your setup. With the remote, you can select from 16 colors and four brightness modes and customize your lighting. The backlit placement of these LED lights raises ambient light without creating glare on the screen, reducing eye strain and increasing perceived contrast on the display. If you have both a bigger budget and a bigger appetite for upgrades, however, we have a full range of recommendations for the best LED lights for your TV that offer features like a microphone and camera that monitors your screen to sync up the lights, voice-activated commands, or a hub that can connect with the rest of your smart home gadgets. 

Best for PCs: Corsair iCUE Lighting Node PRO RGB Lighting Controller

Corsair

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Designed for easy installation on the back of your computer, these lights are a great addition to any workstation or gaming rig. 

Specs 

  • Number of lights: 40
  • Wattage: 3W
  • Length: 16.5 inches per strip
  • Connectivity: USB 2.0

Pros

  • Magnetic or adhesive installation
  • Lets you customize each individual light
  • Easy setup

Cons 

  • Expensive

This pack of four small USB-powered LED light strips can easily connect to the back of any computer to amp up the ambiance of your battle station. Corsair’s light strips, while expensive, have a couple of features that make them really well-suited to backing up your gaming monitor. For starters, they offer a magnetic connection, in addition to usual adhesive strips, which makes them easy to remove and adjust or reapply. They also take power from your PC via USB. Most importantly, though, they offer a higher level of granular control: Through Corsair’s iCUE software, you can customize the control of every individual light on each strip. While the iCUE Lighting Node Pro RGB strip lights aren’t as multifunctional as some of the other options on this list, they are the absolute best choice for gaming PCs, specifically.

Best budget: Nexillumi 50-foot LED Strip Lights

Nexillumi

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This pick offers great length, wattage, and connectivity on a budget.

Specs

  • Number of lights: 270 per 50-foot strip
  • Wattage: 40W
  • Length: 50 feet
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth and Remote

Pros

  • Alarm clock function
  • IR Remote for controls
  • Most cost-friendly option

Cons 

  • Transformer makes a small sound when used on the highest setting 

With over 50 feet and 270 light sources for under $20, the Nexillumi light strip is the most cost-effective way to add ambient lighting to your home. Despite the low price tag, you don’t lose out on connectivity, color range, and wattage, which are about the same as our top pick. 

The Nexillumi strip comes with a 44-button IR remote that allows you to control colors, modes, and brightness. There’s also a smartphone app (available on iOS or Android) that offers even more granular customization for fine-tuning. While the Nexillumi strips are certainly one of the top contenders for the best LED light strips on this list, they don’t include smart home support, so you’ll need to rely on the app and remote to fine-tune your settings—no convenient voice control mode here. 

It also has a couple of the higher-end sets’ features: There’s a microphone mode, which allows you to sync the lights to any music using a small mic located in the controller switch, so the colors change and pulsate along with your favorite tracks. The alarm function, meanwhile, lets you wake to a gently increasing light source in the color of your choice—which can surprisingly mimic a natural sunrise.

Things to consider before buying the best LED light strips

Some light strips are multifunctional and can be adhered to just about any surface, while others are made with a specific use in mind. The best LED light strips, the ones you need, will have features to match your lifestyle, and here are some things to consider to make sure they do just that.

Size: The first thing you want to think about before buying an LED light strip is purely logistical: How much space do you want to light up? Plan out where and how you plan to place your lights and measure out what you’ll need (you can take a string, place it along where you want to place the LEDs, and then measure that to know how much lighting you’ll need). From there, make sure you either buy a strip, or set of strips, at least as long as the space you need to ensure there are no gaps or hanging pieces. You may not be able to get the exact length you need, so check your lights to make sure there’s a way to cut or shorten them.

Connectivity: Most modern LED strips support a variety of connectivity options that allow you to control the color, brightness, and power of your lights via a remote or smartphone app. If your lights will be located in a hard-to-reach area, ensure you have a good way to change the lights from afar. If you already use a smart-home service or voice assistant, like Amazon Alexa or the Google Assistant, it may make sense to pick lights that you can control that way. And there’s no need to stop at LED light strips when it comes to making your system smarter and more functional—you can also install smart lights into your existing fixtures for even more control and convenience. 

Power: Depending on where you plan on installing your LED strips, you may want to consider what power source your pick uses. If you’re looking to light your home entertainment system or workstation, opting for an LED strip with a USB connector that can plug directly into your TV or computer will save time. You can skip dangling cords or unsightly setups by powering up the strips from the device. Those who want to snake lights around furniture or walls are better off with LEDs that can plug directly into the wall. 

Color variety: Lighting can play a powerful role in creating an ambiance in our homes, which is why LED strip lights with a broad color range can help in setting the mood for any situation. Ideally, your light strips will support the full RGB spectrum, 16.8 million colors, like in an RGB-lit gaming keyboard or mouse. Not all LED light strips have so many options, though; you can expect to get a smaller range of preselected colors to choose from in budget models, while others offer a truly customizable color range that you can finagle in the app. 

FAQs

Q: How long can you run LED light strips?

One of the benefits of LED light strips is that they are designed to last—allowing you to get ample use that won’t sputter out after a few months. LED strips can last up to 50,000 hours, approximately five years of steady and reliable ambient lighting. 

Q: Do LED strips use a lot of electricity?

LEDs use a small amount of electricity compared to incandescent bulbs or halogen lighting. And if you’re looking to cut back on your energy consumption even further, we recommend selecting LEDs with lower voltage, which translates to less wattage and energy use—though you will sacrifice a bit of brightness as well. 

Q: Which LED light strips are the brightest?

Of our top-rated selections, the Daybetter LED Strip Lights are the brightest, with 54 watts available in a wide swath of hues and tones. 

Q: How much should an LED light strip cost?

A basic LED light strip will cost you under $25, but you can spend a lot more to get one with additional features like Internet interactivity and better smart home integration.

Final thoughts on the best LED light strips

While some home improvement tasks can be both costly and time-consuming, installing LED light strips is an uncomplicated way to improve your space on a budget. This versatile ambient upgrade’s colors, modes, and applications make the best LED light strips a great fit for nearly any space and situation, whether you want to reduce eye strain or just liven up your home entertainment system with backlighting or add music-synced lights to an interior.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best LED light strips of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best freezer chests of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-freezer-chest/ Mon, 22 Nov 2021 19:29:19 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=279091
best freezer chest
Dev Benjamin, Unsplash

Looking for a freezer chest to supplement your refrigerator? Here’s what you need to consider before investing.

The post The best freezer chests of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
best freezer chest
Dev Benjamin, Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best upright upright white freezer Midea Upright Freezer
SEE IT

This upright model fits in tight spaces and comes with LED lights to help you organize.

Best Energy-Efficient black whynter chest freezer Whynter Energy-Star Mini Freezer
SEE IT

This affordable model saves space and energy.

Best Budget black Arctic King freezer chest with food in it Koolatron Compact Chest Freezer
SEE IT

This option provides 5 cubic feet of storage space at a budget-friendly price.

Food has gotten more expensive across the board in recent years, but a chest freezer can cut into those extra costs. Spending too much on delivery? Stock one of these babies up with frozen pizza and take-out-adjacent foods when they’re on-sale. Or maybe you want to buy into a large butcher order with some friends. A dedicated freezer offers a ton of flexibility. But PopSci, don’t chest freezers require a lot of space and energy? Not anymore! You can find freezer chests that suit your living space, storage needs, and even save energy. No matter your situation, you won’t be left in the cold with these chest freezers.

The best freezer chests: Reviews & Recommendations

It’s tempting to buy the biggest, cheapest chest freezer you can get, but that’s a mistake. You’ll end up paying for features and square inches you don’t need. Instead, get something that fits your specific needs. Here are some options to consider.

Best large: Kratos Refrigeration 69K-749HC Solid Top Chest Freezer

Amazon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 19.4 cubic feet
  • Self-defrosing? No
  • Temperature range: 0-11 degrees F

Pros

  • Commercial grade
  • Tons of space inside for storage
  • Simple manual defrost process
  • Heavy insulation keeps food inside frozen for up to two days without power

Cons

  • Big
  • Expensive

Featuring adjustable temperature controls and a power-on indicator light (which is handy if you live in an area that is susceptible to power outages), the Kratos chest freezer is also lockable and has adjustable feet in case your floor is uneven. 

Best upright: Midea Upright Freezer

Amazon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 21 cubic feet
  • Self-defrosing? Yes
  • Temperature range: 0-11 degrees F

Pros

  • Small footprint
  • Wire shelves are adjustable
  • Quit
  • Easy to see what’s inside
  • Temperature alarm

Cons

  • Heavy

The Hamilton Beach upright freezer has an adjustable hinge door that can open right or left, as well as adjustable legs to ensure no wobbling. The adjustable thermostat makes it easy to change the temperature to desired levels, and five wire shelves and bright LED lighting make organizing and accessing items easy. 

Best energy-efficient mini-freezer: Whynter Energy Star 1.1-cubic foot freezer

Amazon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 1.1 cubic feet
  • Self-defrosing? No
  • Temperature range: -10-2 degrees F

Pros

  • Keeps things extremely cold
  • Very small so it can go anywhere
  • Shelf is removable
  • Sturdy handle

Cons

  • Won’t hold much

Requiring less energy than a standard light bulb, the Whynter freezer is a great option for those who don’t need a lot of extra storage and are concerned about energy costs. It’s also lockable and has a manual defrost option. 

Best outdoor or garage freezer: Midea 7-cubic foot chest freezer

Amazon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 7 cubic feet
  • Self-defrosing? No
  • Temperature range: -11-10 degrees F

Pros

  • Relatively easy to move around
  • Sturdy build makes it safe in hard conditions
  • Easily adjusted temperature

Cons

  • Might be overkill for some

The Midea Chest Freezer is a forced-air garage freezer unit that weighs just a hair under 75 pounds and is sturdy enough to withstand being housed in a garage or even outdoors. It also boasts an adjustable thermostat, removable baskets for easy cleaning, and a top door that can raise from 45 degrees to 75 degrees for easy access to its vast storage space. 

Best budget: Koolatron Compact Chest Freezer

Amazon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 5.5 cubic feet
  • Self-defrosing? No
  • Temperature range: -11-32 degrees F

Pros

  • Small footprint
  • Black color option
  • Quiet
  • Spacious

Cons

  • Items on the bottom can be hard to find

At just over $200, the Koolatron freezer is a surprisingly big model at such a low price point (its 5 cubic feet of space is just a nudge above a “compact” or “mini”). It weighs just about 65 pounds and while it doesn’t have a lot of bells and whistles, it’s not a bad choice if you’re not looking to spend a lot. 

What to consider when buying the best freezer chests

Deep freezers have come a long way. Not only don’t they require you to keep enormous blocks of actual ice somewhere in your living space, but they also aren’t powered by ammonia and sulfur dioxide like they were in the 1830s (until someone realized that that combination was, to put it mildly, lethal). General Electric popularized the modern domestic freezer in the 1920s, and it’s been evolving ever since. Of all your kitchen appliances, deep freezer chests—whether they be upright freezers, large chest freezers, or even outdoor freezers—can be among the most cost-effective and life-changing. Having a quality deep freezer chest changes the way you shop, the way you cook, and even the things you eat. They can save families (especially large families) significant time and money by allowing them to plan meals without fear of wasteful spoilage or annoying repeat trips to the supermarket. 

Modern freezers use 1,1,1,2-Tetrafluoroethane, which does not deplete the ozone layer or cause toxic poisoning, and is considered safe for use in the home. Most freezers store food at -18 degrees Celsius and it is at this temperature that food will remain safe and viable indefinitely. Some freezers can go as low as -34 degrees Celsius. You have a wide range of size options as well, so they can handle whatever your kitchen refrigerator overflow requires. Here are our suggestions for the best freezer chest for any circumstance. 

Related: The weather’s nice, so let’s pull some meat out of the freezer and get to grilling with these tools 

The ins-and-outs of chest freezers

If you’re in the market for a freezer chest, you might think bigger is better. But it’s important to consider your space and how much storage capacity you need to make sure you get the model that works best for you and your family.

The large freezer chest you buy should be based on the size of your family and the size of the space you have to accommodate a spare appliance. Most appliance manufacturers estimate that you should dedicate 1.5 cubic feet of freezer space for each family member, and most commercial freezer chests come in four basic size ranges: Compact (5 cubic feet), Small (6 to 9 cubic feet), Medium (12 to 18 cubic feet) and Large (18 to 25 cubic feet). You’ll also want to consider your lifestyle: Do you buy frozen food and meat in bulk? Do you keep a lot of frozen snacks on hand year-round? You can easily store 35 pounds of food in one cubic foot of freezer space.

What about upright freezers?

When you’re in the market for a standalone freezer, one of the biggest considerations overall is how much space you have in your home to dedicate to such a large appliance. The upside is, unlike standard refrigerators, freezers do come in a few more size and style options. 

When choosing between a chest freezer or an upright freezer, consider that each style has its advantages and disadvantages. Because it’s less reliant on shelves, for example, a chest freezer has greater capacity than an upright and can easily handle food items of odd sizes and shapes. However, you do run the risk of having items fall to the bottom of a chest freezer never to be heard from again, which is not a problem with a more easily accessible upright model.

Because of its low profile, a chest freezer can be placed under a window, where an upright needs a bit more wall space (and ceiling clearance). If you have narrow walkways and doorways, an upright is also easier to maneuver. 

Looking for a mini freezer?

While limited space is likely your main consideration when considering a mini freezer, you should also think about other factors, such as how much you need to store and how much you’re looking to spend. Maybe you don’t have a large group to feed and just need a little ancillary freezer for a few precious items (or just a handy supply of ice), or maybe you need something temporary to supplement your regular fridge. 

Another thing to consider is cost—not just for the unit itself, but the money saved by purchasing a smaller, more energy-efficient model. Energy ratings can vary widely per model. For example, if your freezer comes with an ice-maker, that requires both additional energy reserves, as well as a connection to a water source. Some small freezer chests come with a flash-freeze option that will bring the temperature in the freezer down quickly when you load it up with food, which can also require more energy.

How about an outdoor freezer?

Once again, the space you have to work with is only part of the equation when shopping for an outdoor freezer or garage freezer. Not only do you have to take into consideration the durability of the unit—since it will be exposed to the elements—you also have to know if its cooling system can be as effective in your cold, winter garage or yard as it is when those areas become stiflingly hot in the summer. 

There are two kinds of cooling systems: forced-air and cold plate. In a forced-air system, a hidden cooling unit—usually a compressor—cools air and then circulates it through the cabinet, leading to much more consistent temperatures throughout the unit. If your freezer is jam-packed with food, it will restrict the airflow and the unit will struggle to lower and maintain temperatures (not to mention that the appliance will have to draw massive amounts of power). The more room you have between items, the easier it will be to cool. Also, glass vs. metal shelves can affect the evenness of the internal temperature. 

Cold plate refrigeration, also called static cooling refrigeration, is a method of cooling that uses a dedicated cooling element at the back of the unit’s cabinet to pull heat out of the freezer. Contents near the back of the freezer may block the flow of cold air, which can result in inconsistent temperatures. Additionally, contents directly touching the cold plate are more likely to ice or frost over. Point being: It’s not just about having more space, it’s about using it efficiently. And the placement of your freezer chest (whether it’s backed up against a wall, exposed to the elements, etc.) may inform the best system for you.

On a budget?

Since standalone freezers are designed in a variety of shapes and sizes, they also come at a range if price points. You can find options from as little as $150 to as much as $1,000, but you will likely sacrifice size, efficiency, and flexibility as you move from the biggest top-of-the-line models down to the budget options. 

But if you are just looking for something basic to store a few items, there are quality options that won’t break the bank. Your biggest concerns will likely be size, energy use, and noise level—because you want something that’s going to be effective without causing you more problems than it’s worth. 

FAQs

Q: Is a chest freezer worth it?

It’s hard to make a blanket statement for everyone, but generally, the answer is yes, a chest freezer is worth it. By limiting food waste, reducing the need to go back and forth to the grocery store, and allowing for better (and longer-term) food planning, chest freezers make themselves pretty invaluable (and eventually pay for themselves in money saved). 

Q: How long does a chest freezer last?

Along with gas and electric ranges, freezers tend to be the longest-lasting kitchen appliances—they typically last anywhere from 12 to 20 years. 

Q: Are chest freezers dangerous?

Chest freezers can be dangerous in certain circumstances, so you should consider a few things when shopping. If you have small children, you may want to invest in a chest freezer that is lockable, to avoid any “Hide and Go Seek” mishaps, and people in coastal areas should be aware that salt air can cause outdoor chest freezers to corrode more quickly. If you live in a place where extreme temperatures are common, the best freezer chest for you may be an indoor option. 

Related: Gifts for the home cook who already has everything

The last word on the best freezer chests

Chest freezers can be extremely convenient and cost-effective, especially for large families or shared living spaces. They help reduce food waste and can ensure year-round access to seasonal foods or scarce items. When buying the best freezer chest for you, it’s important to consider how much capacity you need, what you want to store, the space you have, where you want to keep your freezer, how accessible it should be, and the climate you live in. Each of these factors can affect how much you’ll need to spend. But overall, the best freezer chests are a solid option for most homes.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best freezer chests of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best KitchenAid mixers, according to experts https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-kitchenaid-mixers/ Thu, 21 Sep 2023 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=571397
The best KitchenAid Mixers
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Known for its quality mixers and great customer support, KitchenAid is the choice of most pros, while remaining accessible to beginners.

The post The best KitchenAid mixers, according to experts appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best KitchenAid Mixers
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall KitchenAid Artisan Series 5 Quart Tilt Head Stand Mixer KitchenAid Artisan Series 5 Quart Tilt Head Stand Mixer
SEE IT

This KitchenAid mixer is the right size, and has essential features relevent to all home bakers.

Best for large batches KitchenAid Pro Line Series 7 Quart Bowl-Lift Stand Mixer KitchenAid Pro Line Series 7 Quart Bowl-Lift Stand Mixer
SEE IT

If you need the biggest and most powerful KitchenAid mixer, this is the one.

Best budget KitchenAid Classic Series 4.5 Quart Tilt-Head Mixer KitchenAid Classic Series 4.5 Quart Tilt-Head Mixer
SEE IT

KitchenAId’s most economically-priced model is a great value for its power.

KitchenAid’s mixers are some of the most well-known appliances, and the brand is synonymous with durability and performance. Some features are constant with KitchenAid mixers, whether it’s the Artisan, Classic, or Pro line. For example, most will either have a polished steel or brushed stainless steel bowl, as well as 10 mixing speeds. Many—but not all—will also be compatible with KitchenAid’s other attachments. But beyond that, there are numerous differences between the various models, and being aware of these differences can help you choose the best KitchenAid mixer for your needs. 

How we chose the best KitchenAid mixer

As a freelance journalist for over 10 years, I’ve reviewed home and tech products for publications including Forbes, CNN Underscored, NBC News Select, Popular Mechanics, Architectural Digest, Tom’s Guide, The Daily Beast, USA Today’s Reviewed, TechRadar, Better Homes & Gardens, and Bob Vila. For this article, I sat back and enjoyed a nice cup of coffee as I researched numerous KitchenAid mixers and enlisted the help of several experts.   

The best KitchenAid Mixers: Reviews & Recommendations

Whether purchasing your first—or your next—KitchenAid mixer, you’re undoubtedly looking for a powerful mixer that fits well in your kitchen space. But there are also other factors that you’ll want to consider. “When choosing a mixer, particularly from a reputable brand like KitchenAid, you’ll want to consider a number of features—capacity, motor power, attachment compatibility, and design,” says Emily Laurae, pastry chef and recipe developer. Based on extensive research and the factors explained at the end of this roundup by Laurae and our team of experts, these are the best KitchenAid mixers.

Best overall: KitchenAid Artisan Series 5 Quart Tilt Head Stand Mixer  

KitchenAid

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This KitchenAid mixer is not too big, not too small, and has the features that most people would want.

Specs

  • Type: Tilt-head
  • Capacity: 5 quarts
  • Weight: 22.8 pounds
  • Power: 325 watts
  • Attachments: Flat beater, dough hook, wire whip

Pros

  • Handle on bowl
  • Dozens of color choices  
  • Pouring shield

Cons

  • Doesn’t have Soft Start feature

We think the KitchenAid Artisan Series 5 Quart Tilt-Head Stand Mixer is the best stand mixer for most people. The 5-quart bowl is not too big, yet not too small, and can, for example, mix nine-dozen cookies in just one batch. The polished stainless-steel bowl also has a handle, which makes it easier to control and maneuver.  In addition, the tilt-head design of the mixer allows it to automatically lift the machine’s head to swap out accessories easily. Then, it can be tilted back in place and locked. And this model also has a one-piece pouring shield that keeps ingredients from splattering and making a mess.

The 325-watt stand mixer provides enough power to meet most people’s needs easily. With 10 speeds, a flat beater, dough hook, and wire whip, it’s also versatile enough for both occasional and avid bakers.

The KitchenAid Artisan Series 5 Quart Tilt-Head Stand Mixer also comes in over 20 color choices, ranging from Passion Red to Blue Velvet to Matcha to Scorched Orange. However, it doesn’t have KitchenAid’s Soft Start feature, which starts at a lower speed to help avoid splashing and splattering the bowl’s contents.

Best hand mixer: KitchenAid 9-Speed Digital Hand Mixer  

KitchenAid

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Weighing only 2 pounds, this 9-speed hand mixer is quick and easy to use and requires no heavy lifting.

Specs

  • Type: Hand
  • Capacity: N/A
  • Weight: 2 pounds
  • Power: 100 watts
  • Attachments: Whisk, dough hooks, blending rod

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • 9 speeds
  • Soft start

Cons

  • Not best for large batches

KitchenAid’s smallest stand mixer weighs about 14 pounds. And, sometimes, it’s just more convenient to mix with a hand mixer, especially if you’re trying mixing and blending smaller batches. The KitchenAid 9-Speed Hand Mixer is ideal for blending a smoothie directly in your jar, and it can also whip, knead, and mix into a bowl. With 100 watts of power and 9 speeds—including a slow start feature—it can handle everything from cookie dough and bread batter to mashed potatoes.

It’s corded, but depending on your workspace and hand preference, you can set the cord to lock on either the left or right side of the mixer to keep it out of the way. Also, the mixer has a soft grip handle to provide more ergonomic support and make it easy to use. The lightweight mixer, which weighs only 2 pounds, also comes with a pro whisk, dough hooks, blending rod, and a storage bag. You can choose from five color choices with this model.

Best for beginners: KitchenAid Professional 600 Series 6 Quart Bowl-Lift Stand Mixer  

KitchenAid

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: It’s a professional-style mixer that is quite easy for novices to use as well.

Specs

  • Type: Bowl-lift
  • Capacity: 6 quarts
  • Weight: 29 pounds
  • Power: 575 watts
  • Attachments: Flat beater, dough hook, wire whip

Pros

  • Pouring shield
  • Handle on bowl
  • Soft Start feature

Cons

  • Really heavy

The KitchenAid Professional 600 Series 6 Quart Bowl-Lift Stand Mixer may seem a curious choice for beginners—but hear us out. Novices tend to make mistakes when first starting to use appliances. However, you don’t want to ruin an expensive KitchenAid stand mixer during your trial-and-error period. With a 575-watt motor, there’s enough power for you to make mistakes as you learn the tricks of the trade. If you happen to include too many ingredients or run it too long, you won’t have to worry about overheating the mixer or otherwise damaging it.

The bowl-lift mixer has arms that raise and lower the bowl using a lever. When making larger batches and/or including heavier ingredients, this provides sturdiness and stability. The stand mixer also has 10 speed settings to handle everything from adding flour and milk, to mixing batter, beating, or creaming, and whipping eggs or cream.  The generous 6-quart bowl, made of polished stainless steel, also has a handle that makes it easy to handle the mixer. In addition, it includes a pouring shield to keep the ingredients from splashing. The stand is compatible with over 15 attachments and comes in over 10 color choices.

Best for large batches: KitchenAid Pro Line Series 7 Quart Bowl-Lift Stand Mixer

KitchenAid

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This is the largest and most powerful mixer among the brand’s offerings and can easily handle sizable quantities.

Specs

  • Type: Bowl-lift
  • Capacity: 7 quarts
  • Weight: 29.2 pounds
  • Power: 970 watts
  • Attachments: Flat beater, dough hook, wire whip

Pros

  • N11-wire hook
  • Pouring shield
  • Bowl has handle

Cons

  • Very heavy

While most KitchenAid stand mixers have a 6-wire hook, the KitchenAid Pro Line Series 7-Quart Bowl-Lift Stand Mixer has an 11-wire hook, which is designed to integrate the most amount of air – thereby decreasing the amount of time needed to mix ingredients. In addition, the 970-watt motor can handle plenty of dough and knead it without overheating. This makes it a good choice for bread, large batches of cookies (up to 14 dozen), and other heavy and large-quantity goodies as well.

The bowl-lift feature ensures the stand mixer is stable enough to be sturdy and keep from moving around when creating large batches. Also, the polished stainless-steel bowl has a handle, which makes it easy to maneuver. In addition, the Soft-Start feature allows the mixer to start at a lower speed to avoid splashing and splattering the contents all over you and your countertop. Keep in mind that at 29.2 pounds, the stand mixer is quite heavy, so this isn’t something you’d want to move around on a regular basis.

Best for small batches: KitchenAid Artisan Mini 3.5 Quart Tilt-Head Stand Mixer

KitchenAid

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Relatively dainty and petite, the KitchenAid Artisan Mini Stand Mixer is compact but still loaded with features.

Specs

  • Type: Tilt-head
  • Capacity: 3.5 quart
  • Weight: 14.3 pounds
  • Power: 250 watts
  • Attachments: Flex edge beater, dough hook, wire whip

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Bowl has handle
  • Soft Start feature

Cons

  • No pouring shield

For small quantities, and also those looking for a smaller model, the KitchenAid Artisan Mini 3.5 Quart Tilt-Head Stand Mixer is more than equipped to get the job done. It has a 250-watt motor, and the tilt function allows you to tilt it back while easily swapping out accessories and then tilt it back forward and lock in place. The 3.5-quart capacity, combined with 10 speeds, makes this perfect for small batches. It can mix up to 5 dozen cookies in just one batch, and comes with a flex edge beater, dough hook, and wire whip. In addition, the slower speed of the Soft Start feature keeps the bowl’s contents from splashing all over the place.

Speaking of the bowl, it’s polished, stainless steel—and has a handle, which also makes it easy to maneuver. Weighing only 14.3 pounds, it’s on the lighter, smaller side, so it doesn’t take up much space on your countertop and is easy to store in a cabinet or pantry if you have a small kitchen. In addition, the stand mixer is compatible with over 10 attachments and comes in over 10 color choices.

Best budget: KitchenAid Classic Series 4.5 Quart Tilt-Head Mixer

KitchenAid

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The most economically-priced model is a great value for the money.

Specs

  • Type: Tilt-head
  • Capacity: 4.5 quart
  • Weight: 22 pounds
  • Power: 275 watts
  • Attachments: Flat beater, dough hook, wire whip

Pros

  • Soft Start feature
  • Compatible with all attachments
  • Durable

Cons

  • No handle
  • No pouring shield

The KitchenAid Classic Series 4.5 Quart Tilt-Head Mixer is the most economically priced of the KitchenAid Stand Mixers. It has 275 watts of power, which is less than the typical 325 watts found in the majority of KitchenAid mixers. However, it’s still quite powerful—more than enough for stirring, mixing, and other functions.  The stand mixer has a 6-wire whip, flat beater, and dough hook. In addition, the classic mixer has 10 speeds, and can be used with over 15 attachments.

The 4.5 quart brushed stainless steel bowl is designed to be durable—and it’s dishwasher safe—but keep in mind that it doesn’t have a handle or a pouring shield. Since it’s a tilt-head stand mixer, it isn’t as heavy and doesn’t take up as much countertop or cabinet space as a bowl-lift stand mixer, which makes it ideal if storage space is a problem.  However, this model is only available in KitchenAid’s two “classic” colors: Onyx Black and White.

What to consider when shopping for the best KitchenAid mixer

There are many features to consider when shopping for a KitchenAid mixer. Below are the factors we considered most important when selecting which models to feature. Cost was an additional consideration, as KitchenAid mixers can get expensive.

Bowl type

KitchenAid stand mixers come with either a tilting head or a bowl-lift design (and the handheld mixers don’t come with bowls). “With a tilt-head model, the head of the machine can lift up, making it so you don’t have to remove the bowl to add ingredients or scrape down the bowl,” explains Jürgen David, director of pastry research and development at the Institute of Culinary Education. 

“Bowl-lift mixers have a lever that raises and lowers the bowl to give you access to it,” says David, who prefers bowl-lift mixers. “That’s what most professional kitchens have and what I have the most experience using.”

Alina Eisenhauer, owner at Chef Alina, tells us that she prefers the bowl-lift mixers and finds them more durable.

KitchenAid’s tilt-head stand mixers can range in weight from 14 to 26 pounds, whereas bowl-lift mixers tend to weigh 28 or 29 pounds.

Bowl size

KitchenAid’s stand mixers range in size from 3.5 quarts to 7 quarts. “Determine the mixer’s size relative to your typical batch sizes, as smaller mixers suit occasional bakers, while larger ones accommodate frequent or larger quantities,” explains Nicole Pomije, founder of The Cookie Cups

And, David says, a 5-quart bowl should be sufficient for most home cooks. “If you pick a machine that’s too large, the attachment won’t reach the ingredients well and won’t mix as effectively for smaller batches,” he says. 

Attachments

KitchenAid mixers tend to come with three attachments. However, if you want to use additional attachments like pasta makers or food grinders, Eisenhauer recommends checking to be sure that the stand mixer you’re considering is compatible.

Pomije agrees, adding, “Evaluate the available attachments that come with the mixer or can be separately purchased,” she says. “Attachments can greatly expand the mixer’s versatility, offering options like pasta makers, food grinders, and vegetable spiralizers.”

Speed settings

Both Pomije and Eisenhauer say a good mixer should have variable settings. All of the KitchenAid stand mixers have 10 mixing speeds, and the handheld mixer has 9. “These variable speed settings can accommodate different recipes, so you’ll want a range from low for stirring, to high for whipping. “

Price

“Establish a budget that aligns with your needs and expectations,” advises Pomije. We’ve included KitchenAid models at various price points.

Brand reputation

“KitchenAid is known for its quality mixers, great customer support, and has been the choice of most professionals for years,” says Eisenhauer. “There are other reputable brands as well, so read reviews and consider brand reputation when making your choice.”

FAQs

Q: What are the 3 main mixer attachments?

The three main mixer attachments are the flat beater, dough hook, and wire whip.

“The flat beater attachment is ideal for mixing normal to heavy batters, such as cake and cookie dough,” says Pomije.

“The dough hook is perfect for kneading bread dough and other heavy mixtures, making it a valuable tool for homemade bread enthusiasts,” she explains.

And the wire hook? Pomije says it’s designed for whipping tasks like making meringues, whipped cream, or light and airy batters.

In addition, KitchenAid sells a variety of other attachments as well.

Q: Will KitchenAid attachments fit all models?

No. “While many KitchenAid attachments are designed to be compatible across different models, sadly, they don’t fit every single model,” says Laurae. “You’ll want to make sure that you check the specific compatibility of attachments with your mixer model before making your purchase.”

Q: Is it better to mix by hand or mixer?

According to Laurae, the answer will depend on what you’re baking. “Mixing by hand will allow you full control, which can prevent overmixing and allow you to achieve a specific consistency,” she says. “Mixing with an electric stand mixer can save you quite a bit of time, tends to be incredibly efficient, and allows you to lean on the strength of the mixer for more intensive tasks like whipping egg whites or kneading your homemade doughs.”

Final thoughts on the best KitchenAid Mixers

KitchenAid makes a variety of mixers, designed to meet every need. Depending on your baking frequency, budget, preference for tilt-head or bowl-lift, and your desire to color-coordinate the appliance with your kitchen décor, there’s likely a mixer that meets your needs. Hopefully, our recommendations have helped introduce you to the right choice for you.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best KitchenAid mixers, according to experts appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best laptops for working from home in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-laptops-for-working-from-home/ Thu, 21 Sep 2023 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=572133
A lineup of the best laptops for working for home
Amanda Reed

Unlock your full potential with these laptops that help you stay connected, productive, and comfortable in your home office.

The post The best laptops for working from home in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best laptops for working for home
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall MacBook Air 15-inch with a colorful pattern on the screen MacBook Air 15-inch
SEE IT

The MacBook Air 15-inch excels in performance, design, display, and battery life, making it an ideal work-from-home laptop.

Best premium A Lenovo ThinkPad on a blue and white background Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Carbon Gen 11 (2023)
SEE IT

The Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Carbon Gen 11 is a high-end, lightweight laptop with exceptional performance and security features, though pricey.

Best budget Laptops photo Dell Inspiron 14 2-in-1 Laptop
SEE IT

The Dell Inspiron 14 2-in-1 offers versatility and portability but the display lacks brightness. Still, it’s a dependable and affordable choice for remote work.

With the rise of remote work, our homes have become our new workplaces, and the trusty laptop has emerged as an indispensable tool in this shift. Laptops for working from home seamlessly blend power, performance, and portability. Whether you’re a remote professional, a digital nomad, or simply someone seeking to optimize their home office, your laptop choice can make a world of difference. With this in mind, we’ve meticulously curated a selection of laptops catering to various needs. From sleek and lightweight 2-in-1 laptops designed for on-the-go productivity to robust workhorses equipped to handle demanding tasks, our recommendations empower you on your work-from-home journey. We’ve considered factors like processing power, display quality, connectivity options, and ergonomic design to help you choose from the best laptops for working from home to complement your work style so you can achieve peak productivity while enjoying the comforts of home (offices).

How we chose the best laptops for working from home

Your desk space is a valuable commodity, so our laptops for working from home recommendations are based on extensive research. We surveyed peer recommendations, critical reviews, and user impressions to create a list of contenders and then put them through their paces. We considered a wide variety of models suitable for a range of remote work needs and users to develop a comprehensive list of the best laptops for working from home.

The best laptops for working from home: Reviews & Recommendations  

Let our comprehensive reviews help you narrow your options when choosing the next work-from-home laptop that will top your workspace.

Best overall: MacBook Air 15-inch

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Specs

  • Processor: M2 chip
  • RAM: 8GB to 24GB
  • Screen size: 15 inches

Pros

  • Powerful M2 chip
  • Great build quality and design
  • Light and portable 

Cons

  • Cannot upgrade or expand after purchase

The Apple MacBook Air 15-inch is our top overall choice for the best work-from-home laptop due to its amazing performance, sleek, professional design, best-in-class display, and stellar battery life. The 15-inch screen is comfortable to use all day long yet lightweight and portable for those days when you need to be in the office or fancy a change of scene. Even if “home” is a dorm room, it’s still a great MacBook for college students tight on space and time to finish assignments.

It’s a more affordable option than the MacBook Pro, another great Mac for business. According to Apple, its impressive battery lasts up to 18 hours, which will easily get you through a full day of work and keep going for movie night, too. It delivers great sound with a six-speaker sound system and is worth the upgrade from the 13-inch MacBook Air for that extra-screen real estate.

One downside for those who like a multiple monitor setup: you can only attach one external screen to this laptop. However, the price is fair for an exceptional machine that delivers performance in a sleek design that will easily handle most work tasks in your home office.

Best premium: Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Carbon Gen 11 (2023)

Lenovo

SEE IT

Specs

  • Processor: Intel Core i7-1355U
  • RAM: 16 GB
  • Screen size: 14 inches

Pros

  • Good battery life
  • Great keyboard
  • Lots of ports

Cons

  • Expensive
  • No micro card or SD slots

The Lenovo ThinkPad X1 Carbon Gen 11 is a premium business-grade laptop with great performance, but you will pay for the quality as it comes in at a high price point. However, prices have been seen to fluctuate wildly, including on the Lenovo website, so it’s worth watching to see if you can get a deal. Incredibly lightweight and slim, it looks great and is ultraportable, allowing you to work where you like. The touchscreen is responsive, and there are options to increase the memory and storage to 32GB and 2TB, respectively. This is a machine that can last for years to come. All your important work files will be secure thanks to upgraded security features like a fingerprint reader and a webcam with face recognition. 

Best for content creators: MacBook Pro 16-inch

Apple

SEE IT

Specs

  • Processor: M2 Pro (10-core CPU, 16-core GPU or 12-core CPU, 19-core GPU), with optional M2 Max with up to 12-core CPU and 38-core GPU
  • RAM: 16GB to 96GB
  • Screen size: 16.2 inches

Pros

  • Amazing performance and speed
  • Great battery life 
  • Beautiful display

Cons

  • Pricey

A long-time favorite of creatives and content developers, the Apple MacBook Pro 16 features a beautiful large display to really showcase design work. The M2 Pro or M2 Max processors offer lightning speed and capability for exceptional 4K playback, high-level video editing, and photo manipulation without delays or stutters. It’s a very comfortable and responsive laptop with a great keyboard, webcam, and speakers to handle all your corporate tasks with ease wherever you choose to work. For those who regularly handle advanced creative tasks like 3D modeling, graphic design, or even audio production, the MacBook Pro is a clear winner.

Best for gamers: Asus ROG Strix SCAR G834JY

ASUS

SEE IT

Specs

  • Processor: 13th Gen Intel Core i9-13980HX Processor 2.2 GHz (36M Cache, up to 5.6 GHz, 24 cores: 8 P-cores and 16 E-cores)
  • RAM: 16 GB
  • Screen Size: 18 inch

Pros

  • Excellent gaming display and performance
  • Huge screen
  • Great speakers

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Loud fans

While you’re on the hunt for a new work laptop, there’s no reason why you can’t opt for a device that also ranks among the top gaming laptops available. After all, if you’re working from home, it’s convenient to be able to close down your work applications at the end of the day and open up your favorite games to unwind. The Asus ROG Strix SCAR G834JY delivers desktop gaming performance, so you may even forget it’s a laptop. This large, sturdy laptop is on the heavy side, so it may not be the best choice if you want portability. However, as a desktop-based laptop, it will power you through meetings, deadlines, research, and file management without slowdowns. Once you clock off, it will transform into a gaming powerhouse (though you’ll probably want to add an extra monitor to your battlestation). The battery life is only passable, but it shouldn’t be an issue as you’ll likely be connected to power throughout the day in your home office. It has a distinctive design made of sturdy plastic with a soft touch feel. 

Best budget: Dell Inspiron 14 2-in-1 Laptop

Dell

SEE IT

Specs

  • Processor: Intel Core i7-1255U
  • RAM: 16 GB
  • Screen size: 14 inches

Pros

  • Versatile design
  • Long battery life
  • Great price

Cons

  • Screen brightness is disappointing

The Dell Inspiron 14 2-in-1 converts from a tablet to a laptop for versatility for a range of tasks. It’s lightweight at around 3.5 pounds, so if you work in a hybrid role, you can easily bring it with you to the office. The display’s brightness could be better, with some colors appearing muted or faded. This could be an issue with glare if you like to work outdoors or on the go. The 1080p webcam is serviceable for all your video conferencing meetings. If you’re looking for an affordable and dependable laptop for working from home, the Dell Inspiron 14 2-in-1 should meet your needs.

What to consider when buying the best laptops for working from home

When selecting a laptop for working from home, consider these factors: 

Performance

Prioritize a laptop with sufficient processing power and RAM to handle your work tasks efficiently, whether it’s office applications, creative software, or data analysis.

Display

A high-resolution, quality display with good color accuracy and comfortable viewing angles is essential for prolonged work hours. Consider the size that best suits your workflow.

Portability

Depending on your needs, choose between a lightweight machine for easy mobility between the office, a co-working space, or even a cafe and your home or a more substantial laptop with enhanced features.

Battery life

A long-lasting battery is crucial for uninterrupted work. Aim for a laptop that can last through your typical workday without frequent charging.

Connectivity

Ensure your new laptop has the necessary ports (USB, HDMI, etc.) and wireless capabilities (WiFi, Bluetooth) to connect with peripherals and maintain efficient communication with the office, colleagues, and clients.

Upgradability

Some laptops allow you to upgrade components like RAM and storage, which can be beneficial in the long run and help increase the longevity of your home office purchase.

FAQs 

Q: How much does a laptop for working from home cost?

A laptop for working from home will cost you between $1,000 and $3,500. Check if your employer can reimburse you for the purchase. If not, you may be able to write it off on your taxes.

Q: What should I prioritize when selecting a laptop for remote work?

Factors like performance, display quality, battery life, and ergonomics for an efficient and comfortable work-from-home experience should be on your list.

Q: How much RAM do I need for remote work?

Aim for at least 8GB of RAM for general office tasks. If you work with resource-intensive applications, consider 16GB or more.

Q: What screen size is ideal for working from home?

This varies based on personal preference and whether or not you want portability in your laptop. Typically, 13 to 15 inches is suitable for most tasks. Larger screens offer better multitasking or graphic-heavy capabilities.

Q: What about security features for remote work laptops?

Security features like biometric authentication (fingerprint or facial recognition) and a trusted VPN for added security will give you peace of mind that your work and contacts are secure.

Final thoughts on the best laptops for working from home  

Our choices represent quality laptops suitable for a range of needs and remote work demands. Our favorite overall best laptop for working from home is the MacBook Air 15. We chose it for its super fast and reliable performance, premium build quality, lightweight design, and pleasing aesthetics. It also offers an amazing display and impressive battery life, making it a top choice for your next laptop purchase. 

Why trust us? 

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now. 

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best laptops for working from home in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best tankless water heaters of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-tankless-water-heaters/ Wed, 20 Sep 2023 14:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=571510
Tankless water heaters sliced header
Tony Ware

Save on energy bills and get hot water on-demand with a tankless water heater.

The post The best tankless water heaters of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Tankless water heaters sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Rinnai RU199iN Tankless Water Heater is the best tankless water heater overall Rinnai RU199iN Tankless Water Heater
SEE IT

With a maximum flow rate of 11 gallons per minute, this tankless water heater is well-suited for large families.

Best value Ecosmart ECO 24 Tankless Water Heater is the best value tankless water heater Ecosmart ECO 24 Tankless Water Heater
SEE IT

Opt for this affordable Ecosmart appliance to upgrade from an old tank-style water heater for less.

Best electric Stiebel Eltron Tankless Water Heater is the best electric tankless water heater Stiebel Eltron Tankless Water Heater
SEE IT

Operating at a near-silent noise level, with Advanced Flow Control technology, this water heater keeps its cool while keeping your water hot.

Investing in a new tankless water heater greatly improves energy efficiency and reduces energy bills. Switching from a standard tank-style water heater to a tankless model can also help save space and increase user convenience by offering hot water on-demand instead of having to wait for a tank-style heater to heat a full water tank gradually. However, before jumping at the chance to replace an old, inefficient unit, it’s important to learn more about these appliances so you can make a choice between propane, electric, or natural gas tankless water heaters. Another factor to keep in mind when looking for a new tankless water heater is the power output and maximum flow rate. Find out more with this guide so you can decide on the best tankless water heater for your home.

How we chose the best tankless water heaters

Selecting the best tankless water heaters required extensive research into a variety of products before paring down the list to these top tankless water heaters. It was necessary to scrutinize each potential option by considering the key factors important for a tankless water heater, including the fuel type, size, flow rate, and the number of fixtures each product can supply simultaneously.

Gas tankless water heaters offer the most power but tend to be the most expensive to purchase and install. However, electric water heaters will typically cost more in energy bills, so there is some tradeoff over time. With this in mind, the list includes natural gas, propane, and electric models to offer a variety of top options. Flow rate, when compared to temperature rise, was another key consideration. 

While many manufacturers state the maximum flow rate, this specification is really only useful in areas with the highest groundwater temperature. Instead, it was necessary to note the maximum and minimum flow rates based on the potential groundwater temperatures to compare products accurately. Only after researching and comparing these product specifications was it possible to create this list of the best tankless water heaters.

The best tankless water heaters: Reviews & Recommendations 

This list was compiled after extensive research into the fuel type, flow rate, size, and the number of fixtures to which each tankless water heater can supply hot water simultaneously. Look at this list of the best tankless water heaters to find an appliance suitable for the home. 

Best overall: Rinnai RU199iN Tankless Water Heater

Rinnai

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The powerful 11 GPM flow rate is more than enough for most four- to six-person families.

Specs

  • Fuel Type: Natural gas
  • Max flow rate: 11 GPM
  • Min flow rate: 7 GPM
  • Dimensions: 14.76”Dx22.05”Wx33.86”H
  • Number of fixtures: 2 to 7

Pros

  • Can be paired with a WiFi module or an external pump for enhanced operation
  • High maximum output of 11 gallons per minute
  • Capable of supplying up to seven fixtures simultaneously
  • Durable design can last for 20 years

Cons

  • WiFi module and the external pump for recirculation are sold separately

Natural gas tankless water heaters are generally considered the best option for medium- to large-size families because these appliances typically have a higher heat output, allowing them to heat more water at a faster rate. For instance, this tankless water heater by Rinnai can heat 11 gallons of water per minute, making it an ideal option for big families or areas with low groundwater temperatures, like Montanna or Minnesota.

The tankless water is compatible with Rinnai’s WiFi module, making it easier for users to closely monitor the temperature, power output, and energy consumption. This product can also connect to an external pump to reduce the wait time for hot water through scheduled or on-demand recirculation. However, it’s necessary to note that both the WiFi module and the external pump are sold separately, so these features are only available with an additional purchase.

Even without the WiFi module or external pump, this tankless water heater can simultaneously supply hot water to up to seven fixtures, ensuring everyone gets ready on time during the morning rush to school and work. Additionally, this tankless heater by Rinnai can last up to 20 years with proper inspection and maintenance before the homeowner needs to consider replacing or upgrading the appliance. 

Best value: Ecosmart ECO 24 Tankless Water Heater

Ecosmart

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Homeowners on a budget can still upgrade from an old tank-style water heater with this affordable appliance by Ecosmart.

Specs

  • Fuel Type: Electric
  • Max flow rate: 5 GPM
  • Min flow rate: 2 GPM
  • Dimensions: 3.75”Dx17”Wx17”H
  • Number of fixtures: 1 to 2

Pros

  • Compact size doesn’t take up a lot of space
  • Affordable purchase price
  • Ideal for small homes with one or two people
  • Flow sensor modulates energy consumption to meet hot water demands

Cons

  • Requires three 40-amp double pole breakers
  • Only supplies one to two fixtures simultaneously

One of the first decisions to make when deciding on a new tankless water heater is whether it would be best to have a gas, propane, or electric model. This electric tankless water heater by Ecosmart is a great option for homeowners who want to switch from an old tank-style water heater but may not have a large enough budget to afford a gas tankless water heater. 

Beyond the affordable price, this tankless water heater has a built-in flow sensor that will automatically modulate the energy consumption to ensure the water doesn’t get cold in the middle of a shower. 

It’s a good choice for individuals who live independently or in homes with two people, though it does not have a high enough flow rate for medium- to large-size families. Also, the electric tankless water heater requires three 40-amp double pole breakers for installation, so it’s recommended to consult with an electrician to ensure the home is equipped for this appliance. 

Best electric: Stiebel Eltron Tankless Water Heater

Stiebel Eltron

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Equipped with flow control and self-modulation technology, this tankless water heater offers superior user convenience and high energy efficiency.

Specs

  • Fuel Type: Electric
  • Max flow rate: 7 GPM
  • Min flow rate: 3.8 GPM
  • Dimensions: 4.63”Dx16.63”Wx14.5”H
  • Number of fixtures: 1 to 3

Pros

  • Advanced Flow Control optimizes output for ideal heating
  • Self-modulation technology ensures the least amount of energy is used for operation
  • Easy-to-read digital control panel
  • Near-silent operation

Cons

  • Not intended for homes with four or more people

Electric tankless water heaters, like this high-efficiency model by Stiebel Eltron, operate at a near-silent noise level, so they can be installed close to a common area without disrupting social gatherings. This tankless water heater comes equipped with Stiebel Eltron’s Advanced Flow Control technology, allowing it to automatically reduce the water pressure if it detects that the demand is greater than it can handle. This allows the water heater to ensure the water temperature remains the same despite the high demand.

The tankless water heater also features a simple, easy-to-use digital control panel and built-in self-modulation technology. The self-modulation feature allows the tankless water heater to control the energy output so that the tankless water heater operates as efficiently as possible. Just remember that this unit is unsuitable for larger families due to the low max flow rate.

Best gas: Rheem Prestige Tankless Water Heater

Rheem

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This tankless water heater is designed with a built-in water and gas leak detection system to help protect the home in the case of an emergency.

Specs

  • Fuel Type: Natural gas
  • Max flow rate: 8.4 GPM
  • Min flow rate: 3 GPM
  • Dimensions: 9.8”Dx18.5”Wx27.5”H
  • Number of fixtures: 2 to 5

Pros

  • Space-saving design
  • Suitable for small- to medium-size families
  • Built-in water and gas leak detection system
  • Digital remote thermostat for easy operation

Cons

  • Requires venting to the outside of the home

Investing in a gas tankless water heater is a good idea that can help save on energy bills and cut down on wasteful spending. Instead of relying on a tank-style water heater that will continuously heat the contents of the tank, regardless of whether the water is in use, homeowners can switch to this tankless model, which heats up to 8.4 GPM of water on demand. 

This Rheem Prestige tankless water heater runs on natural gas, so during the initial installation, the plumber will need to run venting to the outside to ensure that the exhaust does not build up inside the home. After installing the unit, the built-in water and gas leak detection system will monitor the tankless water heater and shut down the unit if it detects a leak. Additionally, the system will display an error code to indicate the problem so the homeowner can take the necessary steps to resolve the issue. 

Best propane: Rinnai V53DeP Tankless Water Heater

Rinnai

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Install this propane tankless water heater outside for the pool, spa, or even an outdoor kitchen.

Specs

  • Fuel Type: Propane
  • Max flow rate: 5.6 GPM
  • Min flow rate: 3 GPM
  • Dimensions: 7.9”Dx14”Wx19.8”H
  • Number of fixtures: 1 to 2

Pros

  • Designed for installation outdoors
  • Durable construction can last for up to 20 years
  • Enhanced scale detection feature reduces the risk of internal damage
  • Outdoor installation does not require venting

Cons

  • Only supplies one to two fixtures simultaneously

When most people invest in a tankless water heater, they tend to go with either a natural gas or an electric model, but there are also propane tankless water heaters, like this product from Rinnai. The tankless water heater can connect to a ¾-inch propane line for fuel and is designed for outdoor installation, making it a great option to get hot water to the pool, spa, or outdoor kitchen.

This tankless water heater has a durable body and internal components that can last 20 years with proper maintenance. Rinnai has included an enhanced scale detection system to protect further the unit that indicates when limescale begins to build inside the appliance. This notification allows users to contact a plumber to flush the system and keep it functioning for years to come. However, it’s important to note that the tankless water heater can only supply one to two fixtures simultaneously, so it’s not the best option for larger households. 

What to consider when buying the best tankless water heaters

Before purchasing a new tankless water heater for the home, it’s recommended to familiarize yourself with some of the more important product factors, including the type of fuel, the size, and the flow rate. It’s also a good idea to learn how temperature rise can affect the unit’s performance.

Fuel type

There are three types of tankless water heaters, differentiated from each other based on the fuel or energy source:

  • Electric tankless water heaters are generally the least expensive option to purchase and install, though electricity costs are higher than natural gas or propane. This type of tankless water heater is typically used for homes with small- to medium-sized families that don’t require a high flow rate.
  • Natural gas tankless water heaters are the most common option for medium- to large-size families because they tend to have a higher flow rate, allowing these appliances to supply several fixtures with hot water simultaneously. However, natural gas tankless water heaters cost more upfront and typically require venting, which increases the installation cost. 
  • Propane tankless water heaters are less common than electric or natural gas units, but these appliances can be effective for small homes or point-of-use installations. The drawback with propane units is that the homeowner or user needs to purchase or refill propane tanks for operation regularly. But, hey, if you’ve got one of the best propane grills, this isn’t a new phenomenon for you.

Size

One of the main benefits of having a tankless water heater is that they are significantly smaller than traditional tank-style water heaters. However, it’s still important to consider each unit’s depth, width, and height to ensure that the tankless water heater will fit in the planned space. Electric tankless water heaters tend to take up less room than natural gas or propane products, so they are generally the best choice for smaller homes without a lot of free space.

However, it’s worth noting that some tankless water heaters can be installed outside, so it may be more beneficial to opt for an outdoor installation if there isn’t a lot of space inside. Just make sure that the tankless water heater isn’t too bulky or too heavy to mount in the designated location, and leave space for water lines, electrical connections, and gas vents.

Flow rate

The flow rate of the tankless water heater refers to the amount of water the appliance can heat within a specific amount of time. Generally, the flow rate is measured in gallons per minute (GPM). Powerful gas tankless water heaters can often produce over 10 gallons of hot water each minute of operation, though this may not be required for smaller homes.

To determine the most suitable flow rate for the household, you will need to consider the various fixtures and appliances that may require hot water. Faucets typically require about 0.5 GPM, dishwashers require 1 GPM, washing machines need 1.5 GPM, and showers need 2 to 2.5 GPM. If you want to run the washing machine while in the shower, the tankless water heater will need a flow rate of at least 4 GPM. 

Temperature rise

An aspect often overlooked when researching tankless water heaters is that the flow rate depends on the local groundwater’s temperature. The colder the groundwater, the more energy the tankless water heater requires to heat the water to the desired temperature. Temperature rise is the term used to indicate the difference between local groundwater temperatures and the desired hot water temperature. 

Large temperature rises, such as 40 degrees to 120 degrees Fahrenheit, will require more time and energy than a smaller temperature rise of 70 degrees to 120 degrees Fahrenheit. Due to the higher energy cost, tankless water heaters will have a lower flow rate in areas with low groundwater temperatures. Before purchasing a tankless water heater, check the average groundwater temperature in the area to ensure you purchase a model with a high enough flow rate to overcome the temperature rise. 

FAQs 

Q: What size tankless water heater do I need for a family of 4?

To ensure that there is enough hot water for multiple fixtures to operate normally at the same time, it’s recommended for a family of four to have a tankless water heater with a flow rate that falls between six to eight gallons per minute.

Q: How long can you run a tankless water heater?

As long as the demand for hot water does not exceed the maximum flow rate of the tankless water heater, you can hypothetically run it for an indefinite period. Just keep in mind that the more fixtures simultaneously using water, the less effective the tankless water heater will be.

Q: How long do tankless water heaters last?

When a tankless water heater is properly inspected and maintained throughout its life, it can last for up to 20 years, while a standard tank-style water heater will typically only last between eight to 12 years.

Final thoughts on the best tankless water heaters

Replacing an old tank-style water heater with a new tankless model is one of the most straightforward ways to cut down on energy costs because the tankless water heater will only operate when there is a need for hot water. When the water is not in use, the unit only uses enough electricity to remain on, reducing the energy consumption for the household. 

However, it’s important to consider the number of people in the home, as well as the geographic location, to find a tankless water heater with a high enough flow rate to ensure that there will always be hot water on demand. With this in mind, carefully consider product specifications and use this information to find the best tankless water heater for your home. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best tankless water heaters of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best washer-and-dryer sets of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-washer-and-dryer-sets/ Wed, 20 Sep 2023 01:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=571565
These appliances will save you time, space, and money.

From AI-informed models to portable options, these appliances will save you space, time, and money.

The post The best washer-and-dryer sets of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
These appliances will save you time, space, and money.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The LG WKE100HVA is the best washer-dryer set overall. LG WKE100HVA
SEE IT

This stacked unit is designed with built-in intelligence that uses AI to select optimal wash and dry motions and settings.

Best for pets The Maytag MED6500MBK is the best washer and dryer set for pets. Maytag MED6500MB and MGD6500MBK Dryer
SEE IT

This washer and dryer are each designed with filters to specifically target pet hair.

Best budget The Black+Decker washer and dryer set is the best option that's portable. BLACK+DECKER PWM09W Washer / ‎BCED15 Dryer
SEE IT

This portable set may not have a large capacity, but the washer and dryer and affordable and easy to use.

Every day is laundry day somewhere, which is why a washer-and-dryer set is an essential appliance. Someone is pulling up to a laundromat, or piling clothes in their stacked laundry center, or preparing a hot bucket of water. Throughout the entire world, the population is continuously cleaning its textiles. 

While some of us cling to our old-school plain white washers and dryers with simple knobs, others set out to purchase the latest and greatest technologically advanced washing machines—then a matching dryer as an aside. This tendency to treat the dryer as an afterthought, well, is a luxury. It can be daunting to shop for both a washer and a dryer simultaneously, but pairing these appliances can improve your laundry experience by providing complementary features and a manufacturing process that considers the entire flow of laundry through both machines. But we’re not here to debate the sociological pathology of laundry with a taste of product engineering. We’re here to discuss the best washer-and-dryer sets available today so your laundry day is as efficient and clean as possible.

How we chose the best washer-and-dryer sets

Compiling this short list of washers and dryers was a process that included scouring retailers for best-selling items, reading customer reviews and ratings, and considering brand recognition. It’s tough to recommend an untested, unproven brand, though that’s less of a concern within the washer and dryer market as we’re already familiar with most brands. 

From there, it’s a matter of deciding which models and versions are truly the best. The trick is ensuring that our selections aren’t wildly expensive or any other variable that would make a particular unit a tough sell. In the end, it’s all about the machines we wish we had in our own homes if we don’t already.

The best washer-and-dryer sets: Reviews & Recommendations

Theoretically, any washer and dryer standing next to each other in your laundry room is a washer-and-dryer set. However, for the sake of technicalities, all the washers and dryer sets on this list are sold as sets. These are not just washers and dryers that match in color but ones that are tuned to work with their partner appliance for the best possible laundry experience (as it pertains to the manufacturers’ opinion). Save for one set on this list, you can purchase all the individual units separately if so inclined. However, just like shoes, socks, and underpants, it works much better if you have a matching pair.

Best overall: LG WKE100HVA

Why it made the cut: There is a new must-have functionality with paired washers and dryers in dual controls, and this unit proudly displays it.

Specs

  • Washer Capacity: 4.5 cu. ft.
  • Dryer Capacity: 7.4 cu. ft.
  • Control Type: Touchpad
  • Load Type: Front
  • Dryer Heating Source: Gas, electric

Pros

  • Stacked
  • WiFi-enabled
  • Runs quiet

Cons

  • Dryer controls can be temperamental
  • Requires service agreement

The first thing you might notice about the LG WKE100HVA washer-and-dryer set is that it’s stacked. Well, that’s because it is. While you can technically stack other paired washers and dryers, this one is built as one complete laundry center. This comes with some positive and negative caveats. One of the best things about this set is its central control hub. One set of controls for both washer and dryer, rather than two sets of controls. But that means that repairing either, or clearing error codes, requires a robust service contract or warranty. You do not want to mess around with these electronics without one.

That being said, this is a fantastic unit. It has built-in intelligence that uses AI to select optimal wash and dry motions and settings. With the washer and dryer connected to your home WiFi, LG’s ThinQ app sends notifications about usage, maintenance, and diagnostics to your phone. It also works with Google Assistant and Alexa so that you can control your laundry on the go (it won’t switch it from the washer into the dryer for you, though; that you’ll have to do yourself). There are also internal sensors to alert you to duct or lint filter clogs, a very helpful feature for those of us who neglect to maintain those things. All these features, including NeveRust stainless steel tubs, solidly land the LG WKE100HVA at the top of this list. Want more options for tight floorplans? Check out more of the best stackable washer-dryers.

Best budget: Insignia NS-TWM35W1 Washer and NS-TDRE67W1 Dryer

Insignia

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: At a package price of well under $1,000, you can’t get any more budget than this set.

Specs

  • Washer Capacity: 3.7 cu. ft.
  • Dryer Capacity: 6.7 cu. ft.
  • Control Type: Knob
  • Load Type: Top/Front
  • Dryer Heating Source: Electric

Pros

  • Cheap
  • Physical knob
  • Stable

Cons

  • Cheap
  • No WiFi
  • Low on features

There is a misnomer with sets like the Insignia NS-TWM35W1 / NS-TDRE67W1 that they are bottom-of-the-line units, not worth your dirty skivvies. That’s just not true. There’s nothing wrong with purchasing an entry-level washer-and-dryer set without fancy technology and AI sensors. In fact, it can result in much less of a headache as this top-load washer and front-load dryer are constructed for pure simplicity in laundry. One washes, one dries, and it’s all controlled with simple knobs and physical buttons.

Ok, so there might be a bit of nostalgia with these types of washers and dryers, but in a rare case, that doesn’t result in a price hike. These are cheap, regularly on sale for under $800 for the pair. That’s refreshing in a world of high-tech washers and dryers that often run well into the thousands. 

While we do have some emotional connection to our clothes and quilts, do we really need much more than this? This is a high-efficiency set with automatic temperature controls and a fabric softener dispenser. No WiFi, no erroneous features we really don’t need. The Insignia NS-TWM35W1 / NS-TDRE67W1 washer-and-dryer set keeps it simple; sometimes, that’s all we need.

Best top-load: GE Profile 1661791

Why it made the cut: With adaptive features, large capacity, and a sleek look, this set would make any best-of list.

Specs

  • Washer Capacity: 5.4 cu. ft.
  • Dryer Capacity: 7.4 cu. ft.
  • Control Type: Digital knob
  • Load Type: Top/Front
  • Dryer Heating Source: Electric

Pros

  • WiFi connectivity
  • Top-load washer
  • Physical selection knob

Cons

  • Requires stabilization pads
  • Not stackable

The GE Profile 1661791 has a laundry list (get it) of great features. Its SmartHQ app sends you real-time feedback, allows you to optimize performance, and lets you receive alerts when loads are complete or there’s a problem. Additionally, it works with Amazon Alexa, so you can yell at it to adjust times or stop a run. Dynamic balancing technology senses and rebalances uneven loads, keeping everything as quiet as possible. There’s a power prewash, FlexDispense, that automatically releases detergent or fabric softener at the right time and tangle control that keeps things from getting knotted up.

However, if there was one feature that really stands out with this top-load washer and front-loading dryer, it’s the washer link. The dryer receives wash cycle information to optimize settings for its next run. This saves you the time and thought of picking the best setting for the job, as the washer and dryer discuss things behind your back, and just like your parents, choose what they think is best for you. With all these features attached to a top-load washer and not a modernized front loader, the GE Profile 1661791 is a fantastic set from a reliable appliance manufacturer. 

Best for pets: Maytag MED6500MBK Washer / MGD6500MBK Dryer

Maytag

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: It’s rare to see an appliance specifically advertised for pets, but this washer-and-dryer set is exactly that.

Specs

  • Washer Capacity: 4.7 cu. ft.
  • Dryer Capacity: 7.0 cu. ft.
  • Control Type: Digital Knob
  • Load Type: Top/Front
  • Dryer Heating Source: Electric

Pros

  • Pet Pro option
  • Top-load washer

Cons

  • Noisy
  • No digital display
  • Rough on delicates

So why exactly is the Maytag MED6500MBK / MGD6500MBK washer-and-dryer set optimal for cleaning pet hair-infused textiles? The Pet Pro Filter feature. Based on the reviews, if you are looking for a washer and dryer specifically designed to remove pet hair from your clothes, couch covers, and blankets, this is the pair you want. If you don’t have pets, you should probably move on because those reviews were not as kind. It’s like buying a hamburger and then complaining about the abundance of meat and the scarcity of vegetables. The meat in this washer is clumps of pet hair captured in the massive lint trap.

Both the washer and dryer have some sort of pet hair removal system, which you won’t find in other systems, but there are some other standard features, such as wrinkle-free and heavy-duty cycles. Other than that, if you’re looking for WiFi connectivity or fancy control pads, you won’t find those here. The Maytag MED6500MBK / MGD6500MBK exists to remove all that pet hair from your textiles, and that’s it. Find a need and fill it. And then remove all the pet hair from it. Make the job a little easier by also investing in one of the best vacuums for pet hair.

Best high-efficiency: Samsung WF50A8800AV Washer / DVG50A8800V Dryer

Why it made the cut: This is a feature-packed and versatile washer-and-dryer set that can be stacked, put on risers, or set side-by-side.

Specs

  • Washer Capacity: 5.0 cu. ft.
  • Dryer Capacity: 7.5 cu. ft.
  • Control Type: Digital knob
  • Load Type: Front
  • Dryer Heating Source: Gas 

Pros

  • Stackable
  • High-capacity washer
  • Voice controlled
  • WiFi-enabled
  • Reversible dryer door

Cons

  • Gas-only dryer
  • Only comes in black

Crossing five cubic feet for a front-load washer is rare, but the Samsung WF50A8800AV / DVG50A8800V washer-and-dryer set pulls it off by hitting that capacity exactly. Not only that, but you can either set these units side-by-side, stack them, or purchase additional drawers to go underneath. With the front-loading, you never have to strain to get something out from the bottom of the washer basin. Each unit has a smooth control knob and a digital display, so if you are watching the cycles spin, you’ll at least have something to look at besides the vortex of clothes.

And like many washer-and-dryer sets in this age of connected technology, this set comes packed with features, including a self-cleaning lint filter. Additionally, there’s built-in sound reduction, voice controls that work with Alexa, Android, Google Assistant, SmartThings, and iOS through Samsung’s app. An AI brain buried somewhere between the control panel and dryer vent optimizes each wash and dry cycle based on internal sensors or your initial input. All this and the Samsung WF50A8800AV / DVG50A8800V washer-and-dryer set has a slick, brushed black look that will level up any laundry room aesthetic. It is important to note, though, that they are sold separately.

Best portable: BLACK+DECKER BPWM09W / ‎BCED15 Dryer

Black+Decker

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: As more and more people are anecdotally adopting a nomadic lifestyle, portable RV-capable washer and dryers are becoming a hot-ticket item.

Specs

  • Washer Capacity: 0.9 cu. ft.
  • Dryer Capacity: 1.5 – 3.5 cu. ft.
  • Control Type: Digital buttons
  • Load Type: Top/Front
  • Dryer Heating Source: 120V electric 

Pros

  • Highly portable
  • Standard plug
  • Digital controls

Cons

  • Tiny washer
  • Short power cord
  • Short water hose

The BLACK+DECKER BPWM09W / ‎BCED15 isn’t exactly a paired washer-and-dryer set, as they are sold separately. And if you search around, you’ll find a ton of portable washers and dryers on the market, with varying countries of origin, price, and capacity. However, BLACK+DECKER is known for creating reliable tools, and what are a washer and dryer if not tools for cleaning textiles? 

These two units are ultra-portable. That’s the draw. They are basic, with simple cold water wash cycles and 120V powered dry cycles. There aren’t any fancy bells and whistles, and their capacity is limited. But that makes them perfect for RV or mobile home use, especially if it’s just the two of you. The one drawback to both is the length of the power cords and water hoses. You’ll need an extension cord, and you might have to move the washer around to fill and drain it. But, these are portable, so that’s probably implied. If you find yourself on the go more than staying put, then the BLACK+DECKER BPWM09W / ‎BCED15 washer-and-dryer set might just be what you need to stay fresh. Note that the washer and dryer are sold separately.

Things to consider before buying a washer-and-dryer set

When purchasing a new washer or dryer, it’s not necessary to buy them in pairs, but it helps. You will find that many washer-and-dryer sets work better together than with other brands, especially when considering particular connectivity features. Why bother talking to your washer if you can’t talk to your dryer? So when you head out to purchase a new set, you’ll want to consider at least what type you need, included features, the amount of preset cycles, and the drum material. Capacity is less of a consideration, as most washers and dryers are around the same cubic footage, though there are some compact and large capacity exceptions.

Type

Type refers to top-load or front-load in reference to washing machines. Most dryers are front-load, as the dryer drum has to balance to function properly. Top-load washing machines are more traditional, while front-load washing machines generally use less water, making retrieving clothes easier. All stacked washing machines are front-loading. That’s where type really matters, as if you want a top-load washing machine, it won’t be stackable.

Features

Do you want to use Alexa or Google Assistant to talk to your washing machine? Or get updates on laundry load status through an app? How about AI sensors that automatically choose cycle types based on their own detection? Or sensors in the lint trap and vent so you know when your dryer needs a cleaning? These days, there are tons of features to choose from when selecting a washer or dryer. You’ll still find simple knob-controlled units out there, but they are starting to become outmoded.

Cycles

Most washers and dryers have a moderate selection of cycles, including the standards of normal, heavy, and delicates. But so many more have additional cycles, enhanced with sensors to detect and choose the best for the laundry in the machine. If you have specific laundry needs, it’s best to pay attention to available cycles. Additionally, some front-load washers offer a sanitizing cycle that uses nearly excessive heat to kill bacteria.

Drum material

Most modern washers and dryers have stainless steel tubs, and that’s what you want to look for. These are tougher, stand up better over time, and are essentially rust-free. If it’s not stainless steel at this point in the history of washers and dryers, then move on. Porcelain-enameled steel tubs are the other popular option out there, and they end up chipping and wearing down much quicker. And if it’s plastic, you may as well put your money in the washer on the sanitizing cycle.

FAQs

Q: What’s better, top-load or front-load washers?

Whether top-load or front-load washers are better is completely subjective and up to the customer. Top-load washers are great if you prefer a deeper basin and aren’t looking to stack anything. Front-load washers are usually more efficient pertaining to water use and often come with that ever-vaulted sanitizing cycle option. In the end, it depends on your personal preference.

Q: Why should I purchase a washer-and-dryer as a set?

Aside from matching your washer and dryer, the main reason to purchase as a set is efficiency. Most washer and dryer pairs are designed to function as a total unit, the washer removing the right amount of water from clothes, knowing the abilities of the dryer. Some of these units are actually connected, so the washer talks to the dryer to communicate drying needs. Plus, many retail outlets slap hefty sales on paired washers and dryers, so you can save some money as well.

Q: How can I extend the life of my washer or dryer?

Things break. Things we use weekly or even daily break even faster. With washers and dryers, you’ll usually want to spring for that extended service contract, especially considering touch controls and electronics. However, there are some things you can do to extend the life of your washer and dryer. First, you can run self-clean cycles. Some units will prompt you to do this, but each manual will include optimal points for self-cleaning. Second, you can turn off the water flow to your washer and leave the lid open when not in use. This helps to keep it dry and avoids leaks. And finally, clean out your lint filter and dryer vent! Keeping them both clear of debris helps your dryer run efficiently and reduces wear and tear on both the dryer and your clothes.

Final thoughts on the best washer-and-dryer sets

This is by far not a definitive list of a very crowded market. If you can think of a common washer and dryer manufacturer, chances are good they produce a paired washer and dryer. What this list does offer is a slice of the best available today on the market in feature sets, overall look and feel, and budgets. While LG tops this list with a stackable washer and dryer laundry center, that might not be for everyone. In which case, the GE or Samsung options are fantastic second choices. And if you have pets, the Maytag may be your only choice. But that’s the great thing about consumerism: we have plenty of choices.

Why trust us?

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best washer-and-dryer sets of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best washing machines of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-washing-machines/ Tue, 19 Sep 2023 23:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=571838
Make laundry day easier with one of the best laundry machines.

These models range from sleek options designed with AI to reliable bargains.

The post The best washing machines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Make laundry day easier with one of the best laundry machines.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The LG TurboWash 360 is one of the best washing machines. LG TurboWash 360 WM4000HBA
SEE IT

This sleek washer is packed with smart features and AI functionality for top performance.

Best budget GE's top loading washing machine is one of the best washing machines at a budget-friendly price. GE High-Efficiency Agitator Top-Load Washer GTW465ASNWW
SEE IT

This dependable model provides reliable performance at a reasonable price.

Best for pets The Maytag Pet Pro is the best washing machine for pets. Maytag Pet Pro Top-Load Washer MVW6500MW
SEE IT

This washer is designed with a Pet Pro filter to help remove hair from your clothes,  slipcovers, and more.

We love our washing machines. We love the pretty little sounds they make when our clothes are washed and ready for the dryer. We love versatile washing machines that handle whatever amount of textile we shove in there. Most of all, we really appreciate the level of technological advancement applied to washing machines. This selection of washing machines is but a small sample of what’s available on the market today. All major manufacturers have at least one reliable washing machine at the top of their game. Choosing just a few out of so many highly rated and oft-purchased machines may seem daunting, but it’s like grabbing the best candy from a bowl of the best candy. No matter what you get, you are going to get something good. Whatever your needs, we’ll help you find one of the best washing machines.

How we chose the best washing machines

While we’d love to say we simply surveyed all the mothers-in-law nationwide, our methodology is a bit less personal. Rather, we compile the best washing machines or any other appliance by scouring reviews, hunting down best sellers, and sourcing well-reviewed washers. The more information available, the easier it is to recommend any particular washing machine. The more gold stars commensurate with the volume of customer reviews, the better. 

The best washing machines: Reviews & Recommendations

It’s tough recommending a washing machine. Many people have personal attachments to their washing machines or at least some variable level of brand loyalty. From machine-learning algorithms that adjust wash cycles based on sensors to WiFi capability that sends notifications and controls to our phones, the new breed of washing machines is nothing short of amazing. With that in mind, the following list of washing machines are at the top or near the top of their individual categories, chosen to fit as many needs as possible. Want space-saving options? Check out the best stackable washer-dryers. Want the best of the dedicated devices? Keep reading.

Best overall: LG TurboWash 360 WM4000HBA

Why it made the cut: With built-in AI sensors, a sleek look, and WiFi capability, this washer is easily the top of the pack.

Specs

  • Capacity: 4.5 cu. ft.
  • Control Type: Digital knob
  • WiFi-Capable: Yes
  • Preset Wash Cycles: 12

Pros

  • AI sensors
  • Automatic pairing with compatible dryer
  • WiFi connectivity
  • Quiet wash cycles

Cons

  • Door gasket deteriorates over time
  • Requires careful balancing

The LG WM4000HBA is one of several comparable LG washing machines with small variances in form and function. This specific model comes highly reviewed at numerous retail outlets, which lands it solidly at the top of this list. If you are looking for a washing machine packed with technology that requires a strong warranty, this is it. From AI technology using built-in sensors to detect the texture of your textiles and load size to automatically set the wash cycle or WiFi connectivity through the ThinQ app, this washer is ready to deliver high-performing cleanliness.

One of the best things about LG washing machines is the 10-year limited warranty. Sure, the tempered glass door and rose gold accents are a nice touch, but knowing that when something deep within the bowels of the computer brain breaks you’re covered is a much better selling point. Additionally, there are powerful jets, ColdWash technology to save money and drive out stains, and steam-powered cycles to remove pet dander and dust. You can also control your laundry cycles with Amazon Alexa or Google Assistant through the ThinQ app. Packed with features and built to handle any laundry issue you throw at it, the LG WM4000HBA is one of the best washing machines on the market today.

Best budget: GE High-Efficiency Agitator Top-Load Washer GTW465ASNWW

Why it made the cut: This top-load washing machine is the one we’re all familiar with and continues to deliver solid performance at a reasonable price.

Specs

  • Capacity: 4.5 cu. ft.
  • Control Type: Knobs
  • WiFi-capable: No
  • Preset Wash Cycles: 14

Pros

  • Water level selection
  • Affordable
  • Old-school physical knobs

Cons

  • No WiFi
  • No internal sensors
  • Can be noisy

The GE GTW465ASNWW is something we are all familiar with. While it has changed over the years, the top-loading, white, GE washing machine with a row of physical knobs and a lack of computer brain is a staple in the annals of washing machine history. Until recently, it’s what we’ve always thought of when we think of washing machines. And thankfully, in some form, it’s still out there and generally under $600. It does what it’s supposed to do, with a deep clean cycle, deep water levels, and speed washing, just to put a cherry on top. 

While many might point out that familiarity breeds contempt, you won’t be contemptuous here if you just need a washing machine and don’t need all the fancy connectivity included in many other washers. You’ll be quite satisfied with the 700 RPM spin speed, dual agitators, 14 wash cycles, and adjustable water level. This thing is built in America for one single purpose: to wash your stuff. It doesn’t ask questions; it doesn’t care if you stuff it full of shoes, quilts, or moldy shower curtains. It cleans things. That’s why the GE GTW465ASNWW will always show up on these lists, because it’s built for purpose, and we know what to expect when we buy it.

Best top-load: Maytag Smart Top-Load Washer MVW7230HC

Maytag

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Top-load washers are becoming scarce, but this one stands out for its high-efficiency wash and large capacity.

Specs

  • Capacity: 5.2 cu. ft.
  • Control Type: Digital knob
  • WiFi-Capable: Yes
  • Preset Wash Cycles: 13

Pros

  • Extra power button
  • Smart appliance
  • Top-loading

Cons

  • Can be unstable with heavy loads
  • Struggles with large textiles

When looking at the Maytag MVW7230HC, you’ll notice that something is a bit different when compared to most modern washing machines. With so many units being sold as stackable pairs, it’s kind of rare to find a top-loading washer packed with all the high-technology features you’d expect in a front-loading washing machines. The highlight on this machine isn’t the top-loading or the WiFi capability with Amazon Alexa; no, it’s the extra power button. A single press of this button will boost stain-fighting performance on any wash cycle. 

While reviews did note that this washer struggles with bulky items, it does have advanced vibration control that at least keeps it steady while dealing with heavier loads. However, it seems it operates at its peak with regular textiles, or at least human-balanced loads. But that’s a common complaint with all top-load washers, as there’s usually a static agitator and gravity to deal with. No matter how much water you allow into a washer, it still has to deal with the pull of the Earth’s core. Regardless, for a top-load washer regularly priced under $1,000, the Maytag MVW7230HC delivers the features and extra power you’re looking for in a modern washer.

Best for pets: Maytag Pet Pro Top-Load Washer MVW6500MW

Maytag

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: There are very few washers specifically designed to help us clean up after our wonderful, but often shedding, pets.

Specs

  • Capacity: 4.7 cu. ft.
  • Control Type: Digital knob
  • WiFi-Capable: No
  • Preset Wash Cycles: 10

Pros

  • Pet Pro filter
  • Deep fill option
  • Advanced vibration control

Cons

  • Doesn’t remove all pet hair
  • Low water option isn’t enough

With all the front-load washers out there, when you read reviews for a top load washer like the Maytag MVW6500MW, one of the chief complaints is about water levels. This washing machine has variable water levels, but since we are dealing with gravity here, it’s best to use more than less. However, since front-load machines have become the norm, we’ve forgotten about gravity and the fallibility of top-load washers. No matter how good the agitator is, water and clothes sink to the bottom. This takes some getting used to, adjusting your laundry loads and water intake to find the perfect wash.

But along the way, this washing machine will do its darndest to remove all the pet hair from your shirts, couch covers, and duvets. It has a Pet Pro filter paired with a Pet Pro option that adds more water to lift and remove as much pet hair as possible. It’s not perfect, nothing is, but it’s better than washers with smaller filters. The bottom line is that while it might not be the best top-loading washer on the market, if you have pets, the Maytag MVW6500MW is the best choice to pick that extra pet hair out of your laundry. And one of the best vacuums for pet hair can hopefully help too much additional buildup.

Best compact: Miele Front-Load Washer WXR860WCS

Miele

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: There are few compact washers out there with the feature set to compete with full-size washers, but this is one of the best.

Specs

  • Capacity: 2.26 cu. ft.
  • Control Type: Touch
  • WiFi-Capable: No
  • Preset Wash Cycles: 25

Pros

  • Each unit strenuously tested
  • 2x as many wash cycles as traditional washers
  • LED multilingual display

Cons

  • Expensive
  • No WiFi connectivity
  • Not good for heavy textiles

The Miele WXR860WCS is tested for over 10,000 hours before it’s sent to retailers for sale. Each unit goes through this process because not only does Miele stand behind its machines, but they sell for nearly $3,000. You’d think the smaller the washing machine, the cheaper it would be, but that’s not the case. Instead, consider how much technology and functionality has to be shrunk to fit within a smaller package while maintaining its effectiveness. And with 25 wash cycles, nearly double that of larger machines, this compact little washer is very effective.

It also communicates in several languages through the LED display and touch controls. That’s handy, but what’s really impressive about the design of this unit is the honeycomb drum. What this does is create a film of water between the drum and your clothes, protecting their fibers from friction damage. Miele also built these units with a double waterproof protection system, using sensors to ensure everything is working correctly inside the machine. While it doesn’t have any wireless connectivity and is a bit expensive, the Miele WXR860WCS is perfect for RV living or a tiny (but also expensive) city condo.

Best high-capacity: Samsung Smart Front-Load Washer WV60A9900AV/A5

Samsung

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: It’s tough to find a washing machine with over five cubic feet of capacity. This one has a whopping six cubic feet.

Specs

  • Capacity: 6.0 cu. ft.
  • Control Type: Digital knob
  • WiFi-Capable: Yes
  • Preset Wash Cycles: 24

Pros

  • Extra large capacity
  • Both top and front load
  • Smart dial
  • WiFi-enabled

Cons

  • Top loader susceptible to rust
  • Cannot be stacked

The Samsung WV60A9900AV/A5 manages its massive capacity by taking advantage of the space above the front-loading washing drum, with a 1.0 cubic foot top-loading washer. That’s right, it’s two washing machines in one. While this means you can literally wash two loads at the same time (perhaps blankets in the main wash drum, and something more fragile in the top loader), it also means an increased possibility of equipment failure. The top loader is hard to keep clean and dry, which can lead to rusting. The computer brain of this washer, with smart dial features, means a higher chance of error codes and technical issues. But that’s an issue with any smart device, especially washers and dryers. 

As with most Samsung appliances, you can connect wirelessly with the SmartThings App, so you can remote start/stop and receive notifications. And unlike many washers that only work with one service, this one works with Amazon, Android, Apple, Sonos, iOS, and Google Assistant. So, no matter what smart-home device you’re shouting at, your washer will hear it. There’s also vibration-reducing technology, so even if you’re running two loads in the same washer at the same time, it’s still generally quiet. The Samsung WV60A9900AV/A5 is by no means a perfect washing machine, but it has one of the largest capacities of all washers on the market, which saves you time in the laundry room.

Things to consider before buying the best washing machines

Washing machines come with a ton of variable features. Reversible doors, high-efficiency water usage, number of cycles, self-cleaning modes, and steam options. And, while the price is always a consideration, if you are simply looking for a washer to meet your laundry needs without worrying about the impact on your wallet, there are at least four items you’ll want to look for.

Front-load vs. top-load

More washing machines than ever before are offered as front-loading machines. Top-loaders are still out there and popular, but consumers are getting tired of leaning over and digging in the washer for that one wet sock at the bottom. The differences between the two are very present. Top-load washing machines are less energy efficient than front-loaders and deliver more wear and tear on textiles because of gravity and agitation. Front-load machines have a longer cycle time and require a higher level of maintenance. However, they are kinder to your clothes and more eco-friendly.

Stackable

By default, top-load washers aren’t stackable. How would you open the lid? However, many front-load washers are stackable when paired with applicable dryers. This is a great way to save space in your laundry area. Plus, washer and dryer sets are connected in more ways than one. Some have central control panels, and some have connectivity between washer and dryer. Between saving space and your washer automatically telling your dryer the details of the incoming load, a stackable washer is a viable option.

Drum material

If it’s not stainless steel, then you should probably keep looking unless your budget demands a cheaper material prone to rust. Stainless steel drums last longer, are easier to maintain and clean, and are sturdy and reliable.

Smart features

Modern washing machines are full of neat technology, from WiFi connectivity and commands through your smart-home speakers to specific apps that send notifications to your phone and AI-enabled sensors that detect what type of laundry you are washing. Do you need a notification on your phone telling you your laundry is done? Probably not. But it’s available, and people love their smart home appliances. It does tend to jack up the price, especially the AI sensors, but the connectivity is sometimes worth it.

FAQs

Q: How do I keep my washing machine clean?

Check your owner’s manual for information on high-temperature cleaning cycles and how often to run them. Generally, you should run the cleaning cycle at least once a month. In between, you can prevent mold growth by leaving the door open after running to allow moisture to dry. You can also clean the gasket around the door with a towel when you are done with laundry for the day.

Q: What size washing machine should I buy?

Most washing machines come in around the four cubic foot range, and that suffices for many families and washing needs. However, it’s all dependent on your personal needs. Some washers are compact and only hold a few cubic feet, while high-capacity washers can hold up to five cubic feet of laundry.

Q: What’s the most reliable washing machine brand?

All the brands on this list (and many of the brands not on this list) have been constructing reliable washing machines for many decades. All customers have their own brand preference, but no matter what brand you choose, choose one that offers a solid warranty because the more technology in a washer, the higher chance something will go wrong.

Final thoughts on the best washing machines

Shopping for appliances, especially washers and dryers, is easy. There are so many available that it really comes down to what features you want inside your washer or dryer. Washers, specifically, still offer a bigger physical decision regarding top-load or front-load. However, with stackable pairs saving customers money, the purchasing decision has a bit more strain. The washers on this list offer something for everyone, and each has their own individual features that help them stand out from the pack. No matter which washer you choose, you’ll be assured that your textiles will end up fresh and clean.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best washing machines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best home security cameras in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-home-security-cameras/ Tue, 16 Mar 2021 15:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-home-security-cameras/
A lineup of the best home security cameras on a white background
Amanda Reed

Choosing a home security camera can keep your porch packages, family, and home safe.

The post The best home security cameras in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best home security cameras on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Arlo Ultra 2 against a white and blue gradient background Arlo Ultra 2 Spotlight Camera Kit
SEE IT

4K video and color night vision in a convenient bundle.

Best smart Canary Flex Home Security Camera Canary Flex Home Security Camera
SEE IT

This versatile camera works indoors and outdoors.

Best budget Blink mini Compact Indoors Plug-in Cam Blink mini Compact Indoors Plug-in Cam
SEE IT

A feature-packed camera in a small, affordable package.

They say home is where the heart is—and with a home security camera at the heart of it, that home can be safer. After all, your heartful home is where your stuff is, where your loved ones may be, so it could be where your mind is even when you’re out. If you find yourself constantly stressed when you leave home—worrying about your packages, pets, property, etc.—setting up security cameras can offer peace of mind alongside advanced features. Whether outdoors or indoors, security cameras now can be completely discreet if desired, sometimes require as little as two screws or double-sided tape to install, and may offer instant smartphone alerts and even live video you can monitor remotely. No longer a massive investment of money or space, the best home security cameras integrate easily and let you check in on and around your home from the beach or the master bedroom.

How we chose the best home security cameras

We looked at user reviews and critic recommendations and consulted our past security coverage to find the best home security cameras. We paid attention to features like battery life, camera resolution, viewing angle, and storage options to weed out the vulnerable from the proven protected picks.

The best home security cameras: Reviews & Recommendations

There was a time when a security system involved unsightly cameras that had to be professionally installed. Spools of wiring would lead to a VCR, where routinely, you’d need to rewind or replace the tape if you needed to review the evidence following an intrusion (assuming the cassette hadn’t run out, broken, etc.). Well, those days are long gone. One of our picks should help bring you and your home into the digital age if you haven’t already made the switch.

Best overall: Arlo Ultra 2 Spotlight 2 Camera Kit

Arlo

SEE IT

Specs

  • Resolution: 4K
  • Battery life: 4-6 months
  • Viewing angle: 180 degrees
  • Storage: microSD card

Pros

  • Weather-resistant
  • Built-in siren
  • Long battery life

Cons

  • Expensive

The Arlo Ultra 2 Spotlight kit is where all the bells meet all the whistles, which is what you’d expect from a $600 surveillance system. Included are two wire-free, weather-resistant cameras with up to six months of battery life. A 180-degree diagonal viewing angle offers coverage of every corner, while a spotlight and two-way audio assist in identifying visitors, plus a siren can discourage intruders. The cameras, magnetically connected to a screw-secured mount, can display live 4K video with HDR and color night vision, record to internal storage (a microSD card, sold separately, accessed through the included Arlo Hub), or retain 2K/4K cloud video clips depending on your plan with the (optional) Arlo Smart subscription service. The cameras set up quickly through the Arlo app and play nice with all the major smart platforms—Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant, Apple HomeKit, and IFTTT—making it easily one of the best home security cameras.

Best wireless: Ring Stick Up Cam Battery

Ring

SEE IT

Specs

  • Resolution: 1080p
  • Battery life: 6 months
  • Viewing angle: 130 degrees diagonal, 110 degrees horizontal, 57 degrees vertical
  • Storage: Cloud (available with subscription)

Pros

  • Robust app
  • Lots of accessories and integrations
  • Indoor- and outdoor-friendly

Cons

  • Strategic placement is important
  • Some features require Ring’s cloud plan

When you hear the brand Ring, you may immediately think about doorbell cams, which is understandable considering the name and how the company started. But the product range includes whole-house solutions at an approachable price (a “Ring of security” is the new branding), including a completely wire-free option in a sleek, cylindrical form factor that’s both indoor/flat surface and outdoor/mount friendly. This Ring Stick Up Cam Battery has 1080p video with a 110-degree horizontal/57-degree vertical field of view, so strategic placement is important. And some features require paying for Ring’s cloud plan, but it’s a quickly up-and-running value with a robust app, particularly great for folks who already have Alexa devices (Amazon now owns Ring). And, because it’s an Amazon product, there are copious accessories (such as solar panels), for those inclined to upgrade.

Best floodlight: Ring Floodlight Cam Wired Plus

Ring

SEE IT

Specs

  • Resolution: 1080 p
  • Battery life: One year
  • Viewing angle: 140 degrees horizontal, 80 degrees vertical
  • Storage: Cloud storage

Pros

  • Built-in 105-decibel siren
  • Motion-activated lights
  • Works with Alexa

Cons

  • Reviews note problems with controlling the lights using Alexa

The Ring Floodlight cam projects 2,800 Lumens across a wide viewing angle to spook intruders and capture HD video in the harsh light of a soft white glow. Compare that to the 300-375 Lumens of a traditional spotlight cam. While placement isn’t as flexible, constrained to an outdoor, weatherproof electrical box for hardwiring, the Ring Floodlight offers all the same conveniences (night vision, a speaker, and a siren) of its battery-run brethren, plus the extra oomph. And, like products across the Ring line, alerts and video can be sent easily to various Echo speakers/screens, which can also accept commands for the Ring (which, don’t worry, also works with Google Assistant and IFTTT). Software handles everything, including custom scheduling for your floodlights; no physical hub required.

Best smart: Canary Flex Home Security Camera

Canary

SEE IT

Specs

  • Resolution: 1080p
  • Battery life: 2-3 months
  • Viewing angle: 116 degrees
  • Storage: Cloud storage

Pros

  • Weatherproof
  • Discreet
  • Can choose between wired and wire-free

Cons

  • More robust features only with a Premium Service plan

If you’re looking for flexibility, you’ll find it in both the Canary Flex name and feature set. Housed on a magnetic 360-degree swivel base, this smart security camera can operate wireless or plugged in, features up to 1080p HD automatic night vision video (though 720p is the default on a weak streaming connection), and two-way audio for spooking crooks and soothing children. There’s person and package detection (just don’t expect facial recognition akin to the much pricier Google Nest IQ cam, which is the best smart-home camera for AI if you’re restricting your search to indoor models). There’s no local storage, so you will need to pay for a service, but the Canary camera shares all the standard features of competitors and integrates with both Amazon Alexa and Google Assistant. It lacks a limit on where you can use it, however.

Best starter bundle: Wyze Cam v3 2-pack

Wyze

SEE IT

Specs

  • Resolution: 1080p
  • Battery life: 6 months
  • Viewing angle: 130 degrees
  • Storage: microSD card

Pros

  • Two-way audio
  • IP65 weather resistance
  • Continuous recording with microSD card

Cons

  • Lacks removable battery

While it won’t win awards for aesthetics (unless you have fond memories of playing with building blocks as a child), the WYZE Cam exceeds in inexpensive efficiency as long as you don’t mind dedicating some in-home space. The WYZE outdoor security camera is weather-resistant for deployment around your home (network) perimeter, but it’s also easily detachable with a “Travel Mode” that allows you to take the camera with you to record video directly to your phone without WiFi. There are sacrifices—like the lack of a removable battery, so you have to dismount the entire camera for charging—but it’s magnetically connected, so that’s just a simple twist.

Best budget: Blink mini Compact Indoors Plug-in Cam

Blink

SEE IT

Specs

  • Resolution: 1080p
  • Battery life: Two years
  • Viewing angle: 110 degrees diagonal
  • Storage: Cloud storage

Pros

  • Two-way audio
  • Day and night HD video
  • Motion detection

Cons

  • Needs more cameras for more comprehensive coverage

Amazon’s most cost-efficient entry into the security camera market, the Blink mini meets the baseline features of competitors at a $35 price tag. It’s a palm-sized cube, must be plugged in (not uncommon for an indoors model), but is extremely practical. If you want the most approachable way to get 1080p livestream video with infrared night vision into your Alexa-maintained (or IFTTT-automated) monitoring routine, and don’t need native smart features like person/package detection, this is the best minimalist model to pick. It doesn’t feature the same audio triggers as Ring devices, and only saves clips to the cloud. More cameras, restricted to available wall sockets, might be required for the most comprehensive, widescreen coverage, but at this price that’s not a heavy lift.

Things to consider when choosing the best home security cameras

When it comes to picking the best home security cameras for your space, I spy with my little camera eye a lot of options. The size and cost of gear have gone down (units are available from $30 to $300), but the feature set has only expanded.

Easy-to-install models range from black-and-white video to streaming in vivid color, capturing just “standard” HD all the way up to 4K, storing video locally or in the cloud, permanently or temporarily. Some security cameras run 24/7, some are motion-activated, while others only come to life at the press of a button. There are those that have a fixed field of view, others that pan and tilt, some that are ruggedized with floodlights and/or night vision, and ones intended to be near well-lit wall sockets only. You get the idea. In this guide, we’ll walk you step-by-step through the main decision points so you can truly pick the model that will work best for you. (If you’re on the market for a home security system and not just cameras, we’ve got you covered there, too.)

Do you want 4K resolution in your home security cameras?

Regular HD resolution (1080p, or 2 megapixels) is fine if you just need to confirm the presence of your restaurant take-out deliveries and get some protection against porch pirates and trash pandas. But what if you’re in a really high-traffic area, or have some high-value targets outside—an Airstream or a boat, for example. If, in the event of an incident, you want the ability to really zoom in on details, then Super HD (4 megapixels, or 2K) and especially the best 4K security camera (a full 8 megapixels) are the superior choice. If vandalism or an actual intrusion occurs, any footage collected could assist the police and/or insurance claims.

But remember: While wireless is convenient, all the resolution in the world won’t matter if your WiFi is subpar. Most connected security cameras support the 802.11 b/g/n standard and suggest a broadband connection with at least 2Mbps upload speed, but that’s the bare minimum for potentially spotty 1080p. If you want to stream in 4K without lag or pixelation, you need a stable connection of at least 25Mbps. Consider a new WiFi router or a WiFi booster to help expand your network.

Want to go totally wireless for less?

The best wireless security camera is always going to fit your needs and budget. You won’t get 4K at the $100 price point, but you can easily cover every corner without cutting corners (just cost). You can still get the convenience of a removable rechargeable battery and an understated enclosure that can withstand the elements. The most necessary features—at least 1080p HD video with infrared night vision, as well as two-way audio—are there no matter where you are.

An outdoor floodlight camera can offer extra security

Maybe you have a large, but not well-lit yard, and you noticed someone or something has been rummaging through your trash. If you want to find out if it’s a person looking for personally identifiable information or animals appreciating your taste in home cooking, you may need more than a solitary spotlight. Or maybe you have a work shed located in a darker recess of your property. The best floodlight camera will have advanced motion detection but also customized activity zones so that every bird passing by doesn’t trigger it. At worst, you’ll feel more secure and possibly end up with footage of some adorable animals feasting on leftovers.

Do you want a flexible, smart security camera?

Imagine you recently had a child, and you want a baby monitor, but you also plan to get a fancy new grill, and you’ll want to keep an eye on it overnight. You realize you need to slowly build out surveillance systems, but you don’t want them to get locked into any one ecosystem or environment because your needs and/or devices are evolving. In your case, the best security camera will be one that’s low-profile, battery-powered, weatherproof, and swift to install, while not being brand-exclusive like the Ring or Google Nest.

FAQs

Q: Are WiFi security cameras safe?

While there have been instances of hackers breaching security camera systems, that risk has pushed companies to roll out features like two-factor authentication, which uses unique codes to confirm the identity of anyone that attempts to access an account. In addition, password managers can help create and maintain long, randomly generated strings of characters to further reduce potential intrusions. If you follow good password protocols and cyber hygiene on both your camera and your WiFi in general, WiFi security cameras are very safe.

Q: Should I get wired or wireless security cameras?

Wireless security cameras are great if you don’t want to have to worry about placement, as you’re no longer tethered to power outlets and Ethernet cables. But the more you rely on wireless, the more you need to factor in the cost of WiFi reinforcement and cloud services. Also, many wireless cameras are magnetically mounted, so could be more easily stolen (taking previous footage with it if stored locally). Ultimately, each house’s infrastructure and user’s needs will determine the best means of installation.

Q: How much do home security cameras cost?

Home security cameras cost between $35-$600. When it comes to the best budget security cameras, half-priced doesn’t mean half-baked. Motion-activated full HD video with black-and-white night vision, as well as two-way talk, can be within your grasp in a cheap security camera, bringing the ability to interact with third-party smart devices along with it. Don’t expect deep AI to identify people, pets, and packages, but there are always features being added to apps that expand parameters without increasing price.

Final thoughts on the best home security cameras

Before you drill any holes or put a dent in your savings, survey where and when you need surveillance. Take into consideration device support and room for expansion. The best home security cameras will fit the physical footprint and type of activity you need to monitor, giving you consistent, reassuring coverage.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best home security cameras in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best cat window perches in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-cat-window-perch/ Wed, 02 Jun 2021 20:27:25 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=368810
A lineup of the best window perches
Amanda Reed

A cat window perch will keep your feline happy, entertained, and safe.

The post The best cat window perches in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best window perches
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A whiter gray cat is lying on a gray support on a window sill. Topmart Pet Cat Window Seat
SEE IT

Give your pet a perch right at the window with this easy-to-install and removable pick.

Best heated A light beige cat window perch with a thick wool-like backrest, as well as two arched legs to support this perch window. K&H Pet Products Heated Hanging Bed and Hammock
SEE IT

This plush window perch has the option to be heated, so your cat can stay cozy even in colder months.

Best bed A small cat which is standing on a green seat, small and overlooking the window. K&H EZ Mount Window Bed
SEE IT

This curved cat bed attaches to the window using industrial-strength suction cups and machine washable fabrics.

Just ask any cat about their favorite activities, and they’ll tell you perching by the window is definitely in their top five. Luckily, the best cat window perches can support this beloved hobby. The fact that so many pet products are available is great—there is something for everyone to enjoy, but it can also be stressful trying to narrow down the best options for you and your cat. To get appurrrrval for these cat accessories, you’ll want to find something comfortable, but you also want to ensure it’s safe. We’ve rounded up the best cat window perches that accomplish both.

How we chose the best cat window perches

We’ve covered the best cat beds, so it’s only right that we go from low to high. We looked at critical reviews and user recommendations and conducted heavy research in order to find the best cat window perches. We also consulted cat owners to find cat window perches that are proven to be cat-approved.

The best cat window perches: Reviews & Recommendations

The world of pet products can be an overwhelming one to navigate, but by deciding which features are most important for you and your cat—from hammock, bed, or seat to installation process to space-saving perches—you should have no problem narrowing down the options. Once you do, your cat will thank you by staring longingly at you because that’s how they show that they love you.

Best overall: Topmart Pet Cat Window Seat

Topmart

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 13.6 x 13.5 x 5.5 inches
  • Weight limit: 20-35 lbs.
  • Installation method: Velcro and screws

Pros

  • Folds for easy storage
  • Brackets adjust to different window depths
  • Can move to different windowsills

Cons

  • Metal screws more permanent solution over velcro

Not only is the Topmart Pet Cat Window Seat comfortable for your cat to sunbathe and (cat)nap on, but, as your cat’s human, you can rest assured knowing it’s safe, too. You can choose from two installation methods: Velcro, which is a super simple process but is only recommended for cats under 20 pounds, and metal screws, which require slightly more legwork but allow up to 35 pounds. The brackets are adjustable to accommodate different window depths so you can easily move it to a different window to offer your cat a change of scenery. Another perk is that the foldable design allows for easy storage when not in use.

Best heated: K&H Pet Products Heated Hanging Bed and Hammock

K&H PET PRODUCTS

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 24 x 14 x 12 inches
  • Weight limit: 40 lbs.
  • Installation method: Adhesive strips; screws

Pros

  • No tool installation
  • High weight limit
  • Machine-washable cover

Cons

  • Adhesive can mess up walls more than screws

The K&H Heated Hanging Bed offers a stylish oval design that will blend into your home decor. The only requirement for the installation process is a 2-inch window sill as the adhesive hook and loop, or if you prefer a more permanent addition with screws, are included in the package. Comfortably supporting cats up to 40 pounds, the removable dual-thermostat heating pad is layered within the orthopedic foam, covered by a washable soft faux-lambskin cover. The heater is pre-set to 12 to 15 degrees above the room temperature range so your cat can enjoy the warm surface while relaxing in the sun. This product is under a one-year warranty and has been tested and certified by MET Labs to ensure USA/CA electrical safety standards.

Best for climbing: PetFusion Ultimate Cat Window Climbing Perch

PetFusion

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 21 x 21 x 45 inches
  • Weight limit: No weight limit
  • Installation method: Suction cups

Pros

Cons

  • Sisal posts need replaced frequently

Consider the PetFusion Ultimate Cat Window Climbing Perch a four-in-one interactive treat. It combines the best parts of a cat tree with the space-saving benefits of a window perch. Between the scratch post, the climbing pole, the perch, and the view out the window, you can be assured your cat will never get bored. Designed with your cat’s safety in mind, the 42-inch sisal post has a base for added security, and the perch comes with three heavy-duty suction cups that you can easily attach to your window for added stability. Depending on how high your cat likes to climb, you can adjust the level of the scratch post and move it around the house for different views.

Best bed: K&H EZ Mount Window Bed

K&H PET PRODUCTS

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 27 x 6 x 11 inches
  • Weight limit: 50 lbs.
  • Installation method: Suction cups

Pros

  • Height weight limit
  • Provides privacy for your cat
  • Machine-washable cushion

Cons

  • Suction cups need to warm up in hot water or the sun to stick

If your cat enjoys privacy and loves to keep an eye on the outside world, the K&H EZ Mount Window Bed is a no-brainer purchase. The installation process includes suctioning the large powerful cups, which can support up to 50 pounds, to your window. For extra comfort, this cat window bed has a removable Amazin’ Kitty Pad that insulates your cat’s body heat and retains dander so that you can keep some of your furniture fur-free. It’s also machine-washable. The only downside is your camera roll will soon be filled with adorable pictures of your cat lounging in their mounted window bed.

Best budget: PEFUNY Cat Window Perch

PEFUNY

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 25.6 x 14.6 x 23.3 inches
  • Weight limit: 40 lbs.
  • Installation method: Suction cups

Pros

  • Durable
  • Can fit multiple cats
  • Easy to install

Cons

  • Plastic-coated metal cables are sturdy but dangerous if bitten through

At just $19.99, The PEFUNY Cat Window Perch looks very cool in your window, and your cats will love it too as they watch over their subjects (aka the humans). The materials used are durable and smart, with sturdy pipes for the frame, stainless steel ropes so your kitty can’t chew through them, and four strong suction cups to attach to the window. The pipes are designed with rope clip slots so the rope can sit securely with no movement once weight is added. For the base of the hammock, removable and easy-to-clean outdoor fabric is used, and to create extra comfort, a cozy, flannel mat is included with your purchase. If you have multiple cats and they’re willing to share, this hammock can hold up to 40 pounds. There is a 180-day guarantee with free replacement of all accessories. Be careful if you have a cat who loves to chew, as they can bite through the plastic coating and reach the metal cables.

What to consider when shopping for the best cat window perches

When selecting the best cat window perch, the first thing to consider is what your cat needs. From a place to lounge to an indoor obstacle course to a heated bed, there are many specific features to consider when buying cat accessories. Of course, you also want to make sure the cat window seat is safe enough for your feline to be able to jump on and relax comfortably, so factors such as the installation process and materials used are key. Before making the purchase, review exactly what will be best for both you and your cat.

How much does your cat weigh? Do you have multiple cats?

Most cat window seats will specifically state how much weight they can support. Before purchasing, you’ll want to make sure your cat is under the limit. On that note, if you have multiple cats, you’ll want to be sure they can all lounge together comfortably and safely or you might be better off buying multiple cat perches. Ensuring your cat(s) are under the weight guidelines will limit the risk of the window cat perch falling and potentially hurting your four-legged friend(s).

What type of window do you have?

While some cat perches include adjustable brackets that can be attached to any window ledge, some only work on certain windows. If the cat window seat can only work with a 2-inch ledge, for instance, you’ll want to have those measurements before purchasing. If you want a cat perch that suctions to your window, then having the glass space to put it up is key.

Does your cat need more stimulation?

Perhaps your cat needs a bit more than an elevated place to lounge. If that’s the case and he or she wants to get in some playtime before taking a break to bird watch, then an all-in-one product might be just what you both need. A system that features a scratch post, climbing pole, and perch will entertain your cat for hours on end. For added safety measures, look out for cat window shelves that can still be attached to your window. 

Is space something you need to consider?

Pet owners can relate to wanting to give their pets space to play along with every cat accessory available to play with. Sometimes, space is lacking, so you must work with what you have. So you don’t have to sacrifice space, a cat window shelf with a foldable design that can be easily stored might be just what you need. Additionally, should you need to use a certain area for something else one day, a cat perch that can be moved from window to window will help you out and offer a change of scenery for your cat.

Does your cat love to keep warm?

If your cat loves to cuddle and find comfortable nooks to lay in, then a cat window shelf with heating could make all the difference. Of course, as the temperatures warm up outside, this feature won’t be necessary, so you’ll want a removable heating pad for year-round use. Your cat will thank you later. 

Would a hammock or bed be the best fit?

Both hammocks and beds are comfortable—it’s safe to say your cat would agree—but which is better? This all depends on what your cat needs. If they’re comfortable in a hammock-style perch, then you can’t go wrong. On the other hand, maybe you both think a bed, which may offer more support, would be the better choice. A cat window bed with a supportive backing will ensure your cat won’t take a tumble while they snooze, so if this sounds like something your cat needs, then a window bed it is!

FAQs

Q: Are cat window perches safe?

In short, the answer is yes, cat window perches are safe, but some cat perches are safer than others. Similar to other products, we suggest you do your due diligence and research the product before you bite the bullet. Some perches are installed with screws that will make them more sturdy, while others use suction cups. This is also a fine method, but you want to be sure the suction cups are strong enough to support your cat. As an added safety measure, you’ll want to confirm how much weight the perch can support to ensure your cat fits into the weight limit, especially if you have multiple cats.

Q: How much weight can a cat window perch hold?

This completely depends on the individual product. They can range anywhere from 20 to 60 pounds, and the label will typically offer this information. Perches that use more heavy-duty materials like screws and powerful suction cups will be able to support more weight as opposed to those that use velcro, for example.

Q: How much should I spend on a cat window perch?

The price range for these pet products can be anywhere from $20 to $70. The features you’re looking for, if there are any special requirements, and how much you feel comfortable spending will help determine your investment in a cat window perch. There are some very affordable options that work great, so pricing doesn’t necessarily determine the quality of the product. Again, research is key!

Final thoughts on the best cat window perches

Finding the best cat window perch is a personal choice. With keeping your pet’s health and safety a priority, you also want to consider what your finicky feline simply might enjoy the most in cat accessories. Whether that is a soft surface, extra height, or a supportive backing, you’ll want to pair that with how the perch is installed and where so that both parties (you and your cat) stay happy. Once installed, be prepared for your cat to live out their day like the king or queen of the household, as if they weren’t already.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best cat window perches in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best kamado grills of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-kamado-grills/ Tue, 19 Sep 2023 19:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=572409
The best kamado grills
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Grill, sear, and smoke delicious foods all from the same convenient, compact compartment.

The post The best kamado grills of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best kamado grills
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Big Green Egg 18.5-inch Big Green Egg 18.5-inch
SEE IT

A Big Green Egg should be your go-to kamado grill due to its build quality and durability.

Best Small Kamado Joe Joe Jr. Kamado Joe Joe Jr.
SEE IT

The Joe Jr. proves you don’t need a lot of space to grill or smoke a lot of food.

Best Budget Char-Griller Akorn Kamado Char-Griller Akorn Kamado
SEE IT

Char-Griller Akorn Kamado’s low price makes it great for the kamado grill curious.

Summer might be over, but with a kamado grill, grilling season never has to end. Air fryers might be all the rage these days, but there’s something special about meat (or vegetables) cooked over flame. While Hank Hill might disagree, grilling with a kamado grill is one of the best ways to prepare that meat (and vegetables). If you aren’t familiar, a kamado grill is a traditionally ceramic grill (though some are steel) known for its precise temperature control and fantastic insulation. They are generally shaped like large eggs, inspiring a very popular brand name. Kamado grills are extremely versatile, handling smoking duties, roasting, baking, and slow cooking. Kamado grills come in several variations, from basic charcoal grills to more complex dual-level versions. There are connected grills and small ones that you can take camping. No matter your preferences, one of the best kamado grills we’ve selected is sure to satisfy.

How we chose the best kamado grills

If we had the time to review each of these grills personally, our doctors would surely lecture us on the amount of smoked ribs and brisket we’ve consumed. Instead, we combined a reasonable amount of cholesterol with recommendations from grill enthusiasts and research across the internet and multiple retailers. This led us to the most highly rated kamado grills and the best in each category. While there is always some subjectivity to choosing the best of anything, the trick with these kamado grills is ensuring that customer reviews are primarily positive and that the brands themselves are respected and reputable.

The best kamado grills: Reviews & Recommendations

When we light that charcoal, we want something we can rely on to cook our meat. That’s why we chose these particular kamado grills. Sure, there’s a big name at the top, but whether you are looking for something to take camping with you or something heavier that lives on your patio, these six grills have got you covered.

Best overall: Big Green Egg 18.5-inch

Big Green Egg

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If the question is about kamado grills, then Big Green Egg usually is the answer.

Specs

  • Diameter: 18.25 in.
  • Cooking area: 262 sq. in.
  • Material: Ceramic

Pros

  • Versatile griller and smoker
  • Sturdy build
  • Conservative fuel use

Cons

  • Heavy (~200lbs)
  • A bit on the expensive side

The Big Green Egg brand has been around since 1974, and its 18.5-inch Big Green Egg 18.5-inch is one of the best selling kamado grills in existence. While that alone is not a reason to buy a thing, it has backed up its brand recognition with a product that routinely graces the top of Top 10 lists year after year and turns regular grill people into hardcore grilling enthusiasts. It has a loyal following and numerous grilling festivals in its name around the country every year.

What you are paying for is both brand name and reliable construction. The Big Green Egg doesn’t come with a stand like some kamado grills, preferring to sit on its little metal feet. It’s air-tight, ceramic glazed with porcelain for durability, and has a built-in temperature gauge. There are two vents for managing temperature control and a stainless steel cooking grid. To put its 262 square inches of cooking space into perspective, that’s enough for a dozen burgers or a big ‘ol turkey. You may need to add some accessories, like a stand, a pizza stone, or a ceramic heat deflector, but grilling always has the side effect of buying grilling tools.

When it comes to versatility, whether you’re smoking, searing, or grilling, the Big Green Egg 18.5-inch is the first item on many a kamado grill shopping list.

Best smart: Kamado Joe Konnected Joe

Kamado Joe

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you want all the quality of a kamado grill mixed with the luxury of modern technology, you’ll want to get Konnected.

Specs

  • Diameter: 18 in.
  • Cooking area: 250 sq. in.
  • Material: Ceramic

Pros

  • WiFi enabled
  • Full ceramic build
  • Built-in connected controls

Cons

  • Some units shipped incomplete
  • Expensive

The Kamado Joe Konnected Joe has taken to Mortal Kombat naming conventions when it komes to its included features. It doesn’t have a control board; it has a Kontrol Board. It doesn’t have a top vent to maintain air settings during opening and closing the dome; it has a Kontrol Tower top vent. It also has an automatic fire starter. No misspellings there. Between its WiFi app connectivity, multiple cooking modes, digital fan, and Kontrolled temperature settings, you can reach precise cooking enlightenment.

It has space for 13 burgers, four whole chickens, or two pork shoulders. Or several pounds of red bell peppers. It’s your call. It does clock in at 175 pounds, but does stand on wheels, so you can move it if you need to. The digital controls are great if you are just getting into smoking, as that can be a sweaty and stressful manual process. Maintaining a temperature of 250 degrees over 18 hours for a brisket is much easier when you have an app. While traditionalists might disagree with that assessment, we just wanna eat. So relax, because it also has a classic mode which allows you to manage the temperature manually. So yeah, the Kamado Joe Konnected Joe has something for everyone, no matter your level of grill expertise, and makes a delicious addition to a smart home (just make sure you’ve got a WiFi router with enough range to reach the patio).

Best two-zone: Slow ‘N Sear Deluxe Kamado Gen 2

Slow ‘N Sear

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Slow ‘N Sear specializes in two-zone grilling, and yes, it produces a kamado grill.

Specs

  • Diameter: 22 in.
  • Cooking area: 363 sq. in. / 180 sq. in.
  • Material: Ceramic

Pros

  • Two-zone cooking
  • Lifetime warranty
  • Also comes as an insert

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Steep learning curve

Slow ‘N Sear is known for producing two-zone cooking inserts for your existing kamado, but the Slow ‘N Sear Deluxe Kamado Gen 2 cuts out the middleman and offers everything in one package. If you aren’t familiar with two-zone cooking, it’s when the charcoal isn’t at the bottom of the kamado but instead up and off to the side. This creates a lower section for high-heat searing and grilling and an upper section for indirect smoking. This allows for reverse-sear grilling (you smoke the meat first, then put the top grate back on over the offset heat source and sear the meat). You can’t ask for a better method of caramelization.

The top vent on this unit is rainproof; you can add an elevated cooking grate for an additional 180 square inches of cook surface; and the lower grate is cast iron. There’s a ceramic deflector plate, ash tool, and compatibility with many after-market temperature control accessories. While there are no digital controls, you won’t need them once you learn all about two-zone grilling. You’ll be a two-zone master, precisely turning the top vent to its optimal airflow position and spacing out your meat at a perfect distance from the heat. The Slow ‘N Sear Deluxe Kamado Gen 2 might have once been an accessory, but now it’s a well-constructed and masterful two-zone grilling machine.

Best large: Kamado Joe Big Joe III

Kamado Joe

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: In the landscape of kamado grills, they don’t come any beefier than this.

Specs

  • Diameter: 24 in.
  • Cooking area: 450 sq. in.
  • Material: Ceramic

Pros

  • Tons of cooking space
  • Room for multiple tiers
  • Uses science to smoke

Cons

  • Super expensive
  • Very heavy

The Kamado Joe Big Joe III is the big unit of kamado grills. While size isn’t everything, this kamado backs up its massive interior with a truly scientific approach to smoking those three pork butts. Using Harvard science research, its SlōRoller Hyperbolic Smoke Chamber distributes smoke and heat in rolling, recirculating waves to engulf your food in clouds of perfect smoke while simultaneously distributing heat. This creates an even cook and eliminates hot spots. Except for that one hot spot right on the fat tip of that pork butt, because that’s the best part. Get some flame on that.

With its size, you’d assume that there would be room on the inside for multiple cooking tiers, and you’d be correct. There’s a half-moon design on the inside to allow for three cooking levels, so you could literally high-heat sear while smoking something else. That’s super handy if you need snacks while waiting for your meat to smoke. The air lift hinge (common in all Kamado Joe products) makes it easy to lift the lid, and a galvanized steel cart with wheels ensures you can place the grill exactly where you want it. The rain-resistant Kontrol Tower Top Vent keeps your meat cooking perfectly from 225F up to 750F. If you have the space and the meat in your drop freezer, the Kamado Joe Big Joe III can handle all of it.

Best small: Kamado Joe Joe Jr.

Kamado Joe

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you want small without losing quality and reliable grilling, look no further.

Specs

  • Diameter: 13.5 in.
  • Cooking area: 150 sq. in.
  • Material: Ceramic

Pros

  • Totally portable
  • Built-in Temp gauge
  • Handles for easy carry

Cons

  • Only fits one pork butt
  • Takes a while to heat up
  • Can be wobbly on the stand

If you want to get into the world of kamado grilling without spending too much and with the freedom of portability, then the Kamado Joe Joe Jr. is the grill you are looking for. It has all the reliability and structural confidence of larger Kamado Joe grills without the massive size. It weighs well under 100 pounds and might only hold one pork butt, but sometimes that’s all you need. The cast iron air vent helps maintain temperature and airflow, a slide-out ash drawer keeps the mess at a minimum when cleaning, and its side handles make for quick carry to the campsite.

For the under $500 price, it’s no stretch to add on some much-needed accessories. Pick up a soapstone for grilling fish, a charcoal basket for creating separate cook zones, and a cast iron sear plate for searing perfect lines on that NY Strip. It’s tough to find a name-brand kamado grill for this kind of price, much less a ceramic one. Most of the smaller, cheaper kamado grills are insulated stainless steel. That’s fine for the short term, but ceramic lasts a lot longer. The Kamado Joe Joe Jr. is the perfect entry-level kamado or makes a great addition to your growing grill collection.

Best budget: Char-Griller Akorn Kamado

Char-Griller

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: As an entry-level kamado grill, the Akorn offers a low price and moderate portability.

Specs

  • Diameter: 20 in.
  • Cooking area: 447 sq. in.
  • Material: Insulated steel

Pros

  • Large cooking area
  • Built-in temperature gauge
  • Comes with stand (and wheels)

Cons

  • Not ceramic
  • Doesn’t create a perfect seal
  • Best for high heat grilling

The Char-Griller Akorn Kamado is a well-reviewed kamado grill, but the few negative reviews seemed to indicate two things: the inexperience of the reviewers (of their own indication) and that the Akorn works best for high-heat grilling rather than smoking. However, those reviews make up less than one percent of total reviews, so it’s hard to assume that this is anything less than a well-performing grill priced for affordability. The sub-$400 pricing is likely due to the construction. Rather than the traditional ceramic, the Akorn is triple-walled insulated steel. It’s still sturdy and still maintains heat (though may require some heat tape to seal it up fully), and the steel weighs a lot less than ceramic. So, it’s not totally negative.

There are adjustable top and bottom dampers, so you can control how fast those ribs are cooking. There’s a nice little warming rack and cast iron cooking grates. The side shelves fold down, and the wheels lock and unlock so you can scoot your grill wherever you need it. And if you’ve ever had to clean a kamado grill, you know it’s a bit of a pain. Well, this one has an easy dump ash pan, so you can quickly get ready for your next grilling session. Overall, if you want to get into the kamado grilling game without spending tons of money, but still receiving a quality grill, the Char-Griller Akorn Kamado is the way to go.

What to consider before buying a kamado grill

In purchasing a kamado grill, you’ll want to consider some of the same things you’d think about when purchasing a traditional propane or charcoal grill. That is, its available accessories and temperature range. However, since kamado grills are a bit different (and shaped like eggs), you’ll want to add a few considerations to that list. Whereas most propane grills and other types of gas grills are some variation of steel, kamado grills are often ceramic. From there, paying attention to grilling surface area and fuel type will ensure you’re making the right investment in a grill that should last you quite a while.

Grilling surface area

Kamado grills are designed for maximum fuel efficiency. What this means is that whether you are cooking a single burger or a few racks of ribs, you can easily scale your usage. So, when it comes to surface area, you want to gauge how much you grill on average and plan accordingly. A few inches can make the difference between smoking a pork butt while trying to quickly sear a few sausages at the same time. Plus, many larger grills allow for multiple cooking zones.

Fuel type

Most kamado grills call for lump charcoal, though some brands will work with briquettes. However, those are harder to use as a smoker. The important thing to remember is to never use lighter fluid or instant-light charcoal in a ceramic kamado. If you do, everything you cook will taste like lighter fluid.

Material

A kamado grill, as implied by the prices, is an investment. So you want that investment to last. There are two main materials that kamado grills are made of. Ceramic is the most common. Insulated stainless steel comes in second. And that’s about it. The main differences are that ceramic heats up faster and retains heat better, while stainless steel is lighter and stronger (and cheaper). And don’t just focus on the grill itself; pay attention to the material of the handles, hinges, flanges, and seals.

FAQs

Q: What is so great about a kamado grill?

Its versatility. You can use a kamado grill as a standard grill, a smoker, a roaster, a searing machine, a high-heat broiler, and so on. There are tons of accessories out there to maximize the usage of a kamado grill. The only thing it’s not is a microwave.

Q: Can I leave my kamado grill outside in the elements?

Short answer: yes. However, you’ll want to purchase a grill cover for your kamado. This will prevent moisture from entering the grill. Frozen water can lead to cracks in the ceramic. And, after each use, you’ll want to open the vent and lzt all the moisture out to prevent rusting on the stainless steel parts (if any).

Q: Can I cook pizza on a kamado grill?

Absolutely. One of the best accessories for a kamado grill is a pizza stone. Preheat the stone, then cook at a high temperature and bingo-bango, you’ve saved money on delivery (or a dedicated pizza oven) and can add all the toppings you want at a fraction of the cost.

Q: How much does a kamado grill cost?

This depends on its size and features, but our recommendations cost between $348 and $1,700.

Final thoughts on the best kamado grills

Because of the sheer versatility of kamado grills, picking the best kamado grills of 2023 is a delicious assignment. Kamado grills can replace most grills and smokers under one egg-shaped lid. And the best part is that kamado grills aren’t just for grilling experts or professionals; they are suited for anyone willing to take the time to learn how to feed the beast and manage heat. And some kamado grills will even do that for you. There are two major brands worth considering at the start—Big Green Egg and Kamado Joe—and from there, plenty of brands have competitive offerings. The trick is to find the best grill for your patio, whether a 400-pound beast or something you can take camping with you. The end result is the same: melt-in-your-mouth meat and vegetables cooked to perfection.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best kamado grills of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best routers for Xfinity in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-routers-for-xfinity/ Wed, 29 Jun 2022 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=452850
The best routers for Xfinity
Stan Horaczek

Renting a router for Xfinity may seem like a simple solution, but fees add up fast. Here's a more economical option.

The post The best routers for Xfinity in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best routers for Xfinity
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall NETGEAR Nighthawk Cable Modem-Router Combo C7000 is the best overall router for xfinity. NETGEAR Nighthawk Cable Modem Wi-Fi Router Combo C7000
SEE IT

You can’t go wrong with this flexible modem-router that is compatible with multiple internet providers.

Best premium NETGEAR Nighthawk C7100V is the best premium router for xfinity. NETGEAR Nighthawk C7100V
SEE IT

Step up from the Xfinity-provided set-up with this approved third-party router.

Best budget Motorola MG7315 Modem-Router Combo is the best budget router for xfinity. Motorola MG7315 Modem Wi-Fi Router Combo
SEE IT

A modem-router can be yours for around $100 with this affordable combo.

Signing up for Comcast’s Xfinity internet service presents you with two options: either rent a router for Xfinity or purchase your own. At first, it might seem smarter to go with the path of least resistance and get the Xfinity router; it’s going to work and is presented as pretty affordable per month. However, after doing a cost-benefit analysis, buying your own modem and router will be cheaper, especially if you’re going to be an Xfinity customer for many years. Router shopping can be costly and nerve-wracking, especially if you purchase the incorrect router and there’s a strict no-return policy. Leave the frantic searching to us: we’ve come up with this list of the best routers for Xfinity.

How we chose the best routers for Xfinity

First, you need to identify what kind of router you want. Then, you need to verify that the router works with Xfinity. To come up with this list, we researched the wide diversity of manufacturer claims, model specs, peer experiences, and user impressions. We then made our top five picks.

The best routers for Xfinity: Reviews & Recommendations

The best routers for Xfinity solve pain points for consumers while adding to the user experience as a whole. Our recommendations focus on the best options that are relatively future-proofed but can work with older devices and technology.

Best overall: NETGEAR Nighthawk Cable Modem-Router Combo C7000

NETGEAR

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This modem-router combo can handle up to 30 devices.

Specs

  • Modem combo: Yes
  • Max speed: 800 Mbps
  • WiFi Range: 1,800 square feet

Pros

  • Wide range
  • Future-proofed DOCSIS 3.1
  • Fast download speeds

Cons

  • Technical support for software is subscription-based
  • No support for WiFi 6

This router was named best overall in our Spectrum routers round-up, and there’s a reason why it’s also the best overall for Xfinity. It covers 1,800 square feet, can handle up to 30 devices simultaneously, and is compatible with Xfinity plans up to 800 Mbps. It includes separate networks for 2.4 GHz and 5.0 GHz bands, meaning you can organize your devices based on band level. You can plug in gaming consoles and computers to Ethernet thanks to four one-gigabit Ethernet ports, and can share storage with a connected device using the USB port. The router supports WiFi 4 and WiFi 5 but does not support WiFi 6, however. It features a WPA2-PSK security protocol, which is secure enough to protect your home without an enterprise authentication server—simply provide an 8- to 62-character-long passphrase to encrypt your network. And, it meets DOCSIS 3.1 specifications. It’s worth noting that it will take some time to see a return on your investment with the Nighthawk, but multiple reviews note that owners’ internet speed and performance were improved after setup, making the purchase worth it. There’s a reason Netgear routers are consistently among our favorites.

TP-Link

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This tri-band router is lightning-fast and has built-in security features.

Specs

  • Modem combo: No
  • Max speed: 800 Mbps
  • WiFi Range: 3,000 square feet

Pros

  • Can choose what devices go on each band
  • High coverage area
  • Alexa compatibility
  • Make your own VPN server at home

Cons

  • Reviewers note tech support could be improved

If you’ve got a modem and are searching for a pure router that will take on 4K streaming and PC gaming sans lag, look no further than the TP-Link AC4000, which is compatible with 800 Mbps Xfinity internet plans. Say goodbye to buffering thanks to MU-MIMO technology, which lets you connect more devices at once—perfect for setting up multiple consoles and a PC to WiFi. If you’d like to throw some wired connections into the mix, two 1 Gbps and two 2 Gbps Ethernet ports are there for your use. Tri-band capabilities allow you to customize which band—2.4 GHz and two 5 GHz—your device will communicate with. Keep your online activities secure with VPN capabilities and a free lifetime subscription to TP-Link HomeCare, which features antivirus, parental controls, and Quality of Service (QoS). You can even toggle certain controls with Alexa voice commands. If this gaming router doesn’t tickle your megabytes, check out more of our best gaming routers.

Best premium: NETGEAR Nighthawk C7100V

NETGEAR

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This Netgear router provides reliable performance now and for the future.

Specs

  • Modem combo: Yes
  • Max speed: 800 Mbps
  • WiFi Range: 1,800 square feet

Pros

  • Compatible with Xfinity Voice (VoIP)
  • Supports up to 30 devices
  • Shared storage drive

Cons

  • Is an older model

This modem-router combo from Netgear is ideal for streaming in 4K, high-speed gaming, and fast downloads. It works with Xfinity internet plans up to 800 Mbps (even more theoretically), has a wide range of 1,800 square feet, and supports up to 30 devices. Unlike other routers on our list, this one features 2 VoIP ports, which allows you to route your calls over the internet—creating clearer voice calls, lowered costs, and higher scalability. The Netgear Nighthawk C7100V features DOCSIS 3.0 capabilities and includes two USB ports and four Ethernet ports. However, it is an older model, so not the best long-term investment.

Best for streaming: Motorola MG7700 Modem-Router Combo 

Motorola

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This Xfinity-approved modem-router combo has all you need for quality internet quickly.

Specs

  • Modem combo: Yes
  • Max speed: 800 Mbps
  • WiFi Range: 2,000 feet

Pros

  • Quick set-up
  • Right speed for high-speed customers
  • Xfinity-approved

Cons

  • Connectvity issues in larger homes despite range

With its high-speed internet compatibility and four Ethernet ports for direct connection, you’ll have no problems surfing the web or streaming your favorite shows. Setup is quick: you just need to plug in a power cord and coaxial cable and follow a few simple steps to secure your connection. Plus, if you do run into any problems, your customer support tech from Comcast Xfinity will likely be at least somewhat familiar with the MG7700 and can give you some pro tips about working with the device.

The Motorola MG7700 works best in medium-sized homes, with those in large homes finding some trouble connecting in the far corners of their home. For these customers, the WiFi 6/DOCSIS 3.1 Motorola MG8725 might work better. The average person in the here and now, however, will find that the MG7700 will more than suffice.

Best budget: Motorola MG7315 Modem-Router Combo

Motorola

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This modem-router combo is just under $100 and includes basic features for the fuss-free user. 

Specs

  • Modem combo: Yes
  • Max speed: 200 Mbps
  • WiFi Range: 1,200 square feet

Pros

  • Faster return on investment
  • Easy installation
  • Power Boost huge advantage

Cons

  • No 5 GHz band
  • Not future-proof

Do you live alone and need a router-modem combo that just gets the job done, no bells and whistles included? Check out the Motorola MG7315, which is compatible with Xfinity’s 200 Mbps service plan—perfect for web browsing, streaming, and light online gaming. This DOCSIS 3.0 cable modem and WiFi 4 router has four Ethernet ports for wired connections. Don’t let its single-band fool you: Its “Power Boost” technology reinforces the WiFi signal for quality gaming, streaming, and video conferencing. A vertical design makes for easy, discreet placement, and prevents overheating for longer product life. Although it doesn’t have any USB ports, it does feature four Ethernet ports for connecting devices directly to the internet. If you’re looking for a step-up option, check out the Motorola MG8702, which features dual-band tech, WiFi 5, and app control capabilities in a similar design.

What to consider when buying the best routers for Xfinity

Reviews, meeting at least the minimum requirements, and crowd-sourced reports can tell you a lot about the overall functioning of a router. Then smaller factors can help you pick once you’ve narrowed it down to a few choices.

Should I get a modem-router combo?

A modem connects you to the internet that Xfinity provides. A router lets your devices access the internet from around your house. A router serves little to no purpose without a modem. If you get a router but don’t have a modem, you will be stuck with a box offering you access, but access that’s the equivalent of opening a door and finding a brick wall.

This is why some reach for a modem-router combo: you get everything you need in a single piece of equipment. To avoid disappointment, be sure to check for compatibility, either from the manufacturer or from Xfinity’s website.

Speed

Routers are rated on the max speed they can deliver. Find the perfect internet speed for you, then buy a router that has a max speed above but not too above that speed (why pay for something you’re not using, after all). 

The next thing you’ll need to consider is DOCSIS, or “Data Over Cable Services Interface Specification.” This factor affects your speed by determining how well the internet can travel from the modem part of the combo to the router part.

There are two varieties of DOCSIS you’ll have to worry about: DOCSIS 3.0 and DOCSIS 3.1. DOCSIS 3.0 is capable of 200 Mbps upload speeds and up to 1 Gbps download speeds. DOCSIS 3.1 has 2 Gbps upload and 10 Gbps download speeds. 

WiFi standard

There are three WiFi standards you are likely to hear about while router shopping. From most to least common, they are WiFi 5, WiFi 6, and WiFi 6E. 

WiFi 5: This standard appears on most routers, and supports speeds up to 3.5 Gbps. It was first introduced around 2011.  

WiFi 6: We’ve written extensively about WiFi 6, but to sum up: WiFi 6 began in 2019 and can handle multi-gigabit internet speeds. It can also handle a much larger number of network devices at once, including smart light switches and smart speakers. WiFi 6 routers also have next-gen. security protocols, like WPA3, and an extended range.

WiFi 6E: WiFi 6E is newer than WiFi 6, with the E standing for “Enhanced.” Understanding WiFi 6E is important for future-proofing devices. If you want something to last for years, one of our picks for the best WiFi 6 routers should be more than enough.

Range

WiFi range is determined by the kind of router you’re using, the wireless protocol the router follows, and the space you’re in. 2.4 GHz WiFi routers can reach up to 150 feet indoors and 300 feet outdoors and should be used if you’re looking for long-distance WiFi. Routers running on 5 GHz bands can reach around one-third of these distances since it uses narrower wavelengths—because of this, you should choose a 5 GHz router for speed, but only if your devices can be located nearer to your internet access point. Newer routers operate on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands to reach greater distances and achieve maximum throughput for devices in closer proximity. 

Walls, electronic devices, and certain other materials in between your device and the router can weaken the signal (which is why we’ve put together a handy guide to WiFi extenders). 

FAQs

Q: How much does a router cost?

It depends on what kind of router you purchase. Router-modem combos can cost between $100-$300. A router by itself can cost as low as $50, depending on which one you purchase. And extra capabilities—like MU-MIMO, QoS, and VPN points—can up the price of a router. 

Q: What’s the difference between router and modem?

We’ve used this example before and we’re happy to use it again: The modem is the entire pie that Xfinity has baked, connecting you to all the internet that the company provides. Well, at least the slice of Xfinity’s pie you pay for. Your plan determines how large your slice is. The only way you can access that slice of pie is through a modem. Connecting a router to the modem lets you give bites of the pie you’ve bought to your phone, laptop, gaming console, and/or smart devices. A router will not serve many purposes without a modem.

Q: How long do routers last?

Between advances and technology and overall lifecycles, a router will last about five years. Some even say you should replace it every three to four years. Of course, routers that include newer WiFi protocols will tend to lean on the five-year mark since they’re built to be future-proof. If you notice that your WiFi range, speed, and connection are getting worse, it might be time for an upgrade. 

Final thoughts on the best routers for Xfinity

The best routers for Xfinity should accommodate your current internet plan but leave room to level up for faster internet speeds. VPN capabilities, Alexa compatibility, and app customization are a few add-ons that help you integrate other technologies into one device. At the end of the day, the best Xfinity router should make your life easier and worry-free from spotty internet.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best routers for Xfinity in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best routers for Verizon Fios in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-routers-for-verizon-fios/ Mon, 18 Jul 2022 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=455641
Best routers for verizon
Stan Horaczek

Maximize your home internet to get the most out of Verizon's fiber-optic network.

The post The best routers for Verizon Fios in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best routers for verizon
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Asus ROG Rapture GT-AX11000 is the best router overall for Verizon Fios. Asus ROG Rapture GT-AXE11000
SEE IT

The Asus ROG Rapture GT-AX11000 is an incredibly feature-rich Wi-Fi 6E gaming router.

Best Dual-band Asus RT-AX86U WiFi 6 gaming router is the best dual-band router for Verizon Fios. Asus RT-AX86U Wi-Fi 6 gaming router
SEE IT

The Asus RT-AX86U brings top-of-the-line speed and multi-device support in a dual-band device.

Best Wi-Fi 6 Netgear Nighthawk WiFi 6E Router (RAXE500) is the best WiFi 6E router for Verizon Fios. Netgear Nighthawk Wi-Fi 6E Router (RAXE500)
SEE IT

Netgear’s Nighthawk Wi-Fi 6E router supports the recently opened 6GHz frequency band.

As millions of people have adjusted to remote work, a reliable home network has become more important than ever—and, therefore, so has a reliable router. A consistent connection can handle Zoom meetings, video uploads, and streaming presentations without buckling under the high bandwidth. Often, when your home network fails to deliver the speeds your ISP promised, a new and improved router can help quite a bit. The stock router you can get when signing up for Verizon Fios pales in comparison to the best routers on the market. If you need a way to make the service work for you, the best routers for Verizon Fios can deliver higher speeds across many more devices and may help as much as upgrading your plan.

How we chose the best routers for Verizon Fios

Before contributing to Popular Science’s commerce team, I covered gadgets and gear, including routers, for sites like TechnoBuffalo, XDA Developers, and CNN Underscored. I’ve set up several routers and mesh networks for work over the years, including many on Fios, which has been my home internet service provider since 2016.

To make our selections, I drew on that experience, as well as PopSci’s many guides to buying the best routers right now. Of course, I also cross-checked each recommendation for compatibility with Fios, considered industry guides, and read under impressions to better understand what’s available.

Understanding Verizon Fios

Fios is the home internet division of Verizon and runs exclusively on fiber-optic cable. Fiber optics use pulses of light to send data through tiny strands of transparent material like glass or plastic, carrying data directly to your device. Fiber’s often considered superior to cable because it’s more resilient to lag and buffering.

Depending on your location, Fios offers up to 940 Mbps download speeds and 880 Mbps upload speeds, which should allow for a very connected home to do lots of streaming for work or play, gaming, and manage a network of smart home devices. Often, the downside to Fios is availability. Though it is available nationally, Fios isn’t available everywhere. You can always go to the Fios website to see if you can get service in your home or to request it.

The best routers for Verizon Fios: Reviews & Recommendations

The best routers for Verizon Fios should be able to handle whatever you throw at them, whether you’re taking all-day video calls, watching 4K movies, or playing video games online. All of these routers offer a substantial upgrade over the standard Fios router, but that performance comes at a premium.

Best overall: Asus ROG Rapture GT-AX11000

ASUS

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: Amazon

Why it made the cut: Asus loads up on features, including WiFi 6E, RGB lighting, and more with the excellent ROG Rapture GT-AX11000.

Specs

  • Speed: 11000 Mbps
  • Wired LAN Ports: 4
  • USB Ports: 2
  • Bands: 3

Pros

  • WiFi 6E support
  • Plenty of ports
  • Tri-band support

Cons

  • Pricey

The Asus ROG Rapture GT-AX11000 has every modern feature that you might want from a top-of-the-line router. Featuring support for WiFi 6E and a plethora of ports, this tri-band router will ensure your network provides fast WiFi to all of your devices without interruption. 

The Rapture GT-AX11000 also supports a quad-core CPU to help keep things running smoothly and features that prioritize online gaming for reduced latency and better ping rates. It also features a design that minimizes the distance between the motherboard connectors and the antennas, which helps optimize the signal strength in every direction. In true gaming router fashion, it is covered in RGB lighting, though it isn’t just for show—you can configure the router to glow different colors to indicate network status, performance dips, and more.

If you’re looking to cover a large space, the GT-AX11000 can also serve as a mesh network access point when paired with other Asus routers. It may be overkill for some, but the Asus ROG Rapture GT-AX11000 gives you tremendous coverage over a wide array of high-demand networking scenarios.

Best dual-band: Asus RT-AX86U Wi-Fi 6 gaming router

ASUS

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The RT-AX86U from Asus provides users with the best features of WiFi 6 and more.

Specs

  • Speed: 5700 Mbps
  • Wired LAN Ports: 4
  • USB Ports: 2
  • Bands: 2

Pros

  • Mesh network support
  • Great for gaming
  • Easy installation through web browser or app

Cons

  • Vertical orientation antennas make for a really tall router

If you’re looking for a powerful router that provides an outstanding balance of speed, technology, and features, the Asus RT-AX86U is tough to beat. This dual-band router features WiFi 6, four Gigabit Ethernet ports, and supports mesh networking, so you can easily create a whole-home WiFi network that reaches every room of your home. 

The Asus RT-AX86U also supports a mobile app to easily control settings, three amplified antennas, beamforming, and adaptive QoS (Quality of Service), which lets users prioritize specific network traffic, like streaming video and gaming. Speaking of gaming, the router includes a dedicated gaming port that automatically prioritizes any wired devices connected to it. If you play online multiplayer games, this is a great way to ensure you get the fastest, most consistent connection.

Best for gaming: Asus AX6000 Wi-Fi 6 Gaming Router (RT-AX88U)

ASUS

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Asus AX6000 offers wide coverage, up to 6 Gbps bandwidth, and advanced features like QoS for no-lag gaming.

Specs

  • Speed: 6000 Mbps
  • Wired LAN Ports: 8
  • USB Ports: 2
  • Bands: 2

Pros

  • 8 wired LAN ports
  • Supports WiFi 6
  • Powerful security features

Cons

  • Expensive

Game consoles and computers require a strong, stable connection, so it makes sense to wire them up if you can. The Asus AX6000 offers a whopping eight Gigabit Ethernet ports so that you can wire up every nearby console and gaming PC without an issue. For everything else, the dual-band router can move up to 6 Gbps bandwidth, covering a 5,000-square-foot home. It’s a router for a big home network.

The AX6000 also offers advanced features, including AiProtection Pro, which blocks malicious websites and protects your devices from malware and spam. If the system detects that a device has been compromised, it will prevent your device from making an outbound connection to transmit your sensitive information.

Finally, the AX6000 features adaptive QoS and prioritizes specific devices, like your game consoles and PC. That way, your games will still run smoothly if your network gets temporarily overloaded.

TP-Link

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The TP-Link Archer A20 is a great router for home with lots of devices thanks to its three frequency bands, four Gigabit Ethernet ports, and enough bandwidth to transmit 4 Gbps of data.

Specs

  • Speed: 4000 Mbps
  • Wired LAN Ports: 4
  • USB Ports: 2
  • Bands: 3

Pros

  • Tri-band
  • Beamforming and MU-MIMO support
  • Built-in antivirus
  • Companion app and Amazon Alexa support
  • Very affordable

Cons

  • No WiFi 6 support

For those who spend nights and weekends binge-watching shows on Netflix and HBO Max, the TP-Link Archer A20 should be on your wishlist. The tri-band router supports up to 4GB bandwidth and four Gigabit Ethernet ports, giving users plenty of flexibility to plug in TVs, gaming consoles, and set-top boxes. The Archer A20 also features a 1.8 GHz processor, 512GB of RAM, which helps keep everything running smoothly. It also features “range boost” technology that provides a more consistent, lag-free connection in the far corners of your home. 

The TP-Link Archer A20 also supports beamforming technology, which focuses wireless signals toward a specific receiving device. It also features MU-MIMO, or “multi-user, multiple-input, multiple-output” technology to facilitate communication with multiple devices simultaneously. These features make the Archer A20 great for homes full of streaming devices, ensuring no one has to suffer through long bouts of buffering.

Best WiFi 6E: Netgear Nighthawk Wi-Fi 6E Router (RAXE500)

NETGEAR

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: If you want to prepare for the future of WiFi, the Netgear Nighthawk WiFi 6E offers 6 GHz support, which will open the door for speedy close-range connections in new devices soon.

Specs

  • Speed: 10800 Mbps
  • Wired LAN Ports: 4
  • USB Ports: 2
  • Bands: 3

Pros

  • Can connect up to 60 devices
  • Supports up to 10.8 Gbps bandwidth
  • Supports new 6 GHz band

Cons

  • Expensive

Featuring support for the new 6 GHz band and coverage of up to 3,500 square feet, the Netgear Nighthawk RAXE500 is one of the most future-proof routers you can buy right now. The WiFi 6E router supports up to 10.8 Gbps bandwidth and a whopping 60 devices, perfect for homes with multiple smart home gadgets. It includes four Gigabit Ethernet ports, a single 2.5G Multi-Gig port for supporting speeds between 10 Mbps to 2.5 Gbps, and a quad-core 1.8 GHz processor with 1GB of RAM. There’s also a Nighthawk app for easy setup and access to parental controls and advanced security features to keep your household protected. Fittingly, Netgear’s futuristic router features a futuristic design, giving it a sleek look to match its powerful features. These are just a few of the reasons Netgear routers consistently rank among our top picks.

TP-Link

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The TP-Link Archer 7 can cover a 2,500-square-foot home, supports up to 1.75 Gbps, and has an app for deep parental controls.

Specs

  • Speed: 1750 Mbps
  • Wired LAN Ports: 4
  • USB Ports: 1
  • Bands: 2

Pros

  • Great coverage for the price
  • Up to 1750 Mbps of bandwidth
  • App support for parental controls

Cons

  • No beamforming or MU-MIMO
  • No WiFi 6 support

The TP-Link Archer A7 is impressive for a sub-$100 router. It supports up to 1.75 Gbps of bandwidth across 2,500 square feet. This gives users plenty of flexibility to stream over WiFi and hardwire devices that might benefit from a more consistent connection, like a PC or gaming console. The TP-Link Archer A7 also features an app for more granular control over the experience and TP-Link OneMesh support, allowing users to quickly set up a mesh network for whole-home coverage. Unfortunately, the Archer A7 doesn’t support more advanced features like beamforming and MU-MIMO, but the router still offers plenty of value for the price.

Things to consider when buying the best routers for Verizon Fios

Like most internet service providers, Verizon will happily provide you with a router, which doesn’t require an extra fee on your monthly bill. There’s nothing that says you have to use that router, though. In fact, if you’re willing to pay some money upfront, the best routers offer a much better range and support for more devices.

Technically, any router should be compatible with Verizon’s internet hookup. In order to make sure you can get the most out of Fios’ best plan, we looked for routers that can support up to 1 Gbps of bandwidth. We also considered dual-band and tri-band routers that support more recent WiFi 5 and WiFi 6 standards.

Picking the best routers for Verizon Fios can get complicated quickly. Router specs lean heavily on industry jargon. It can be confusing and frustrating for even the most seasoned technophiles. We’ll walk you through the basics so you can pick the right router for your home setup.

Speed and wireless protocol

If you’re going to pay for gigabit internet, you’ll want a router that can take advantage of those speeds. Otherwise, you’re wasting money paying for a service plan you can’t use. If possible, we recommend buying a router with a maximum bandwidth well over the top speed you should receive from your plan. This gives you some flexibility if you decide to upgrade to a faster plan down the road. 

You should also pay close attention to what wireless-fidelity protocol your router supports. There are many versions of WiFi, which are noted by various wireless protocols or, more recently, by the numbered WiFi standard. The protocol determines your router’s range and throughput, which measures data speeds on your local network, along with other updates and optimizations. The wireless protocol is written out as the number 802.11, followed by a string of numbers and letters. (You really only need to worry about the letters.) The WiFi standard, which comes in simpler variations like “WiFi 5” and “WiFi 6,” indicates the same set of specs and optimizations.

Newer, more expensive routers are usually capable of supporting the newest versions, WiFi 6 and WiFi 6E, but you will also likely find older models out there limited to older, slower versions. Networking standards are backward compatible, so a WiFi 6 router will connect to devices designed with older WiFi standards in mind. Here’s a little breakdown of what the more recent standards offer:

11ax (WiFi 6E): WiFi 6E opens support for the 6 GHz band, which promises even faster speeds and less network congestion over short distances. Once WiFi 6E becomes more widespread across home networks and personal devices, you should never run into buffering during a Zoom call again.

11ax (WiFi 6): WiFi 6 is the newest standard and delivers speeds up to 10 Gbps, which not many devices and internet connections support. WiFi 6 also features improvements that help it maintain higher speeds across many devices at once. Previous WiFi generations often struggle to stay speedy when several devices are streaming simultaneously. For more on the basics of WiFi protocols, check out our WiFi 6 explainer.

11ac (WiFi 5): This is the standard found in most modern routers and supports speeds up to 3.5 Gbps. 

11n (WiFi 4): This is the slowest standard and supports speeds up to 600 Mbps. It was the first to allow both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequencies (more on that below).

If possible, we recommend buying a router that supports one of the newest WiFi standards. Not only will you get the best possible connection, but WiFi 6 routers are better equipped to handle congested networks, which often slows down home networks.

Frequency bands and channels

Frequency bands are a range of radio wavelengths that transmit data over a wireless spectrum. With regard to wireless routers, frequency bands are effectively communication channels for your router to transmit data between your modem and devices.

Most routers feature 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency bands; the higher the frequency, the faster the data transmission rate. Unfortunately, higher frequency bands feature shorter signal ranges, so you need to be closer to your router for the fastest, most reliable connection.

Using 2.4 GHz frequencies sends data a little slower, but offers a better range (150 indoors and 300 feet outdoors). At 5 GHz, data moves faster, over a shorter range. The connection is also more susceptible to interference from walls and other solid objects. New high-end WiFi 6E routers also offer a third frequency band, 6 GHz, which offers even faster speeds, at the expense of stability and range.

Most routers feature either dual-band or tri-band radio functionality, giving your devices either two or three channels to make a connection. Dual-band routers usually feature a 2.4 GHz band and 5 GHz band, ensuring they can connect to any WiFi device. Tri-band routers usually add a second 5 GHz channel, minimizing congestion over the faster frequency.

We recommend a tri-band router for large home networks with many devices that stay connected to the internet around the clock. The extra band will allow more devices to connect to your network without any noticeable dips in speed. Be warned: Tri-band functionality is a luxury feature normally reserved for more expensive routers.

Range

More powerful routers can not only handle more devices and meet newer standards, but they also push their wireless signals further. WiFi signals are at their strongest when you are close to a router, with no physical objects getting between it and your device. Start moving away, or putting walls and doors between you and the router, and your connection will start to degrade. High-end routers often offer a higher maximum range, which, in turn, leads to more stability at longer distances.

Buying a router with a higher maximum distance can improve signal strength in your home, but it isn’t always the best solution. If you’re having trouble getting a connection in a specific room or area of your home, a WiFi extender can boost your signal just enough to improve that specific issue. If you need to cover a very large area, or experience connection issues even when you’re relatively close to your router, you may benefit from using a mesh WiFi system, which generates WiFi from multiple devices.

Before buying any new gear, you should try repositioning your router to a centralized location in your home, on an open shelf away from any walls. (Don’t hide your router in a cabinet or TV stand!) Depending on the situation, you may find that optimizing your setup improves things enough to make an upgrade superfluous. Also, replacing your router won’t help that much if you’re hiding it in a closet.

Connectivity

In the age of WiFi, relying on an Ethernet port might seem old school, but a wired connection provides a consistent, uninterrupted connection at the highest possible speed. As such, we think it’s important to get a router with plenty of additional Ethernet ports so you can connect your most important, bandwidth-hungry devices directly. (I use Ethernet for my PlayStation 5 and Apple TV, for example.) Modern routers typically offer four Ethernet ports, so you may not have to look too hard. Still, we thought it was important enough to highlight, particularly if you plug in your computer for work.

FAQs

Q: Will any router work with Verizon Fios?

Yes, it’s possible to use any modern router on Verizon Fios without any limitations. Verizon does not specify any prerequisites for using a third-party router. That said, you have to use Verizon’s modem.

Q: Should I just use a router from Verizon?

That depends. Using Verizon’s router is certainly the easiest way to set up internet for most new Fios customers because the company technician will set up your router for you when it sets up your service. That said, you may not get the highest possible speeds allowed by your plan if you have a large home, an older home with thick walls, or a large number of wireless devices connected to your home network. The upfront cost of purchasing your router may be high, but chances are you will save money in the long run.

Q: How long will my router last?

Routers, like all technology, eventually become obsolete; you will eventually need to replace a very old router. It’s very rare that you’ll need to replace a router before they break since new wireless standards always incorporate support for older versions. That said, we’d recommend checking in to consider an upgrade every five years or so. There is no hard and fast rule, but a five-year cadence will ensure you always have something supporting the latest WiFi advancements.

Routers also break down like anything else and, over time, might produce slower speeds, a reduced range, and other issues. It’s difficult to diagnose any one problem, but if your router isn’t back to its old self after a reboot, you might want to consider upgrading.

Final thoughts on the best routers for Verizon Fios

No matter which router you choose, it should provide a consistent connection that doesn’t buckle under the demands of modern living. There’s enough to stress over while working remotely, and we don’t want your internet to be one of them. Whether you go with a 1 Gbps plan on Verizon Fios or something a little slower, the above routers will ensure your WiFi can handle back-to-back video meetings, high-resolution media, and streaming your favorite shows on Netflix, Disney+, or MAX, etc.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best routers for Verizon Fios in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Tivoli Audio intros its Model Two Digital streaming speaker https://www.popsci.com/gear/tivoli-audio-model-two-digital-streaming-speaker-news/ Tue, 19 Sep 2023 13:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=572248
Tivoli Audio new white Model Two Digital streaming speaker in a kitchen with a woman cooking
Tivoli Audio

The days are getting shorter but the good times don't have to with Tivoli Audio's new entry in its Art Generation speaker line.

The post Tivoli Audio intros its Model Two Digital streaming speaker appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Tivoli Audio new white Model Two Digital streaming speaker in a kitchen with a woman cooking
Tivoli Audio

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

It’s autumn, or close enough, and you know what that means: Sweater weather and speaker season! It’s the perfect time of year for all things crisp, whether it’s the air or the airwaves. Leaves are falling, and you can fall in love with a new full-featured connected home speaker from Tivoli Audio.

Tivoli Audio

SEE IT

We vibe on the Tivoli Audio aesthetic. We have a parent who takes a Tivoli PAL BT portable Bluetooth radio outside with him while he gardens, and we’ve run across a Tivoli Model One Digital (Gen. 2) in the wild while glamping in a Getaway at the base of Shenandoah National Park. In both cases, Tivoli’s retromodern styling and modern connectivity were perfect for maxing and relaxing.

Now, the Boston-based speaker manufacturer has revealed a new entry in its Art Generation family: the Model Two Digital—a design-driven update to fit any interior. Whereas the Model One Digital had a classic tabletop orientation, the Model Two can sit horizontally or vertically, allowing for easier integration in any space. It’s 5 pounds, 5.1 x 9.9 x 6.2 inches of dynamic decor—just add wall socket. And a brushed aluminum grill with ionized finish replaces the previous design’s fabric front, making it easier to clean.

What hasn’t changed in the wood veneer cabinet is the versatility, with Bluetooth 5.2 (SBC and AAC) and WiFi (AirPlay 2 and Chromecast built-in), supporting streaming services such as Spotify Connect, Apple Music, YouTube Music, Tidal Connect, Deezer, Pandora, TuneIn, and more. In addition, a 3.5mm aux input accepts external sources, such as a preamp-enabled turntable. No matter what app or apparatus you feed it, the Model Two Digital’s two-way design, with 3.5-inch full-range driver and .75-inch tweeter, assures you can pump up the jams as you enjoy something pumpkin-spiced. And, with most controls taking place remotely on a smart device, a single sleek dial handles power/source/volume, etc., with an elegant LED strip displaying status. With the Tivoli Audio Model Two Digital, you can fill the room with audio clarity, not components.

The Model Two Digital is available in walnut/gold, white/silver, and black/black finishes and can be ordered now for $449.

The post Tivoli Audio intros its Model Two Digital streaming speaker appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best triple-monitor stands of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-triple-monitor-stands/ Sun, 26 Jun 2022 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=451603
The best triple monitor stands free up lots of desk space.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

How else are you going to put three monitors on one desk?

The post The best triple-monitor stands of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best triple monitor stands free up lots of desk space.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall MOUNT PRO Triple Monitor Desk Mount Mount Pro Triple-Monitor Desk Mount
SEE IT

The Mount Pro triple-monitor desk mount supports a wide range of screens and doesn’t break the bank.

Best side-by-side ECHOGEAR 3 Monitor Desk Stand Echogear Adjustable Triple-Monitor Desk Mount
SEE IT

The Echogear triple-monitor desk mount will surround you with screens.

Best pyramid-style Stand Steady Freestanding 3 Monitor Mount Desk Stand Stand Steady Freestanding Three-Monitor Mount Desk Stand
SEE IT

If using a desk-mounted monitor stand is a problem, Stand Steady makes a very solid freestanding triple-monitor stand.

Whenever a “tech guy” does dramatic computer stuff on a TV show, they always seem to be surrounded by triple monitors that just float in mid-air. If you want to bring that energy to your real-life workstation, you’ll want to use a monitor stand to mount your displays to a set of adjustable arms that connect to your desk or the wall behind it. Making the jump to three monitors is a serious move, but having one of the best triple-monitor stands to hold them up will make you feel like a Hollywood-style computer whiz (and there are actual real-world benefits, too).

How we chose the best triple-monitor stands

To pick the best triple-monitor stands, I paired my own testing and experience with professional reviews and consumer feedback. We specifically looked at a wide range of triple-monitor stands that arrange your monitors in different orientations and prioritized those that gave users as much adjustability as possible. Unlike the best monitor arms and dual-monitor stands, there are no major tech peripheral manufacturers making triple-monitor arms right now. As such, we also prioritized popular arms with lots of positive reviews and recommendations from consumers.

The best triple-monitor arms: Reviews & Recommendations

So you have three monitors and you want to put them up on a single stand. Now that you know the basics of what to look for, we have a few recommendations, including arms that clamp to your desk and stands that stand free without any installation. You can set up your monitors side-by-side or stack them in a pyramid formation. Whether you’re looking to put a finishing touch on your office or enhance your gaming battle station, there should be a decent option for you among these picks.

Best overall: Mount Pro Triple-Monitor Desk Mount

MOUNT IT!

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: A fair price point and good feature set put the Mount Pro Triple at the front of the pack.

Specs

  • Mount type: Desk-mounted
  • Adjustment mechanism: Gas-spring and static height
  • Weight range: 17.6 lbs per arm
  • Display size range: Up to 27-inch
  • Available colors: Black

Pros

  • Separate VESA plates for easy mounting
  • Gas-spring movement means effortless adjustment
  • Two mounting options: Desk clamp or grommet

Cons

  • No depth adjustment for middle screen

The Mount Pro Triple-Monitor Desk Mount is an unassuming top pick: It’s simply solid in every way. Like many other mounts, it offers gas-spring movement for your left and right screens and adjustable height and rotation for your central screen. It supports a pretty high 17.6-pound upper weight limit, so it should be able to handle almost any 24- or 27-inch monitor. While it may annoy some that it doesn’t support larger displays, most users with multi-display setups normally stick to those sizes, anyway. 

The only major flaw we found was universal across nearly every triple monitor mount we researched: the middle display offers monitor rotation, adjustable height, tilting, and swiveling, but not the ability to adjust its depth. If you have a particularly deep desk, you may want to go with our freestanding pick.

Best side-by-side: Echogear Adjustable triple-monitor desk mount (ECHO-GM3C)

Echogear

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: Echogear’s triple-monitor stand stands out because of its unique form factor.

Specs

  • Mount type: Desk-mounted
  • Adjustment mechanism: Static height
  • Weight range: 20 lbs per screen
  • Display size range: Up to 27-inch
  • Available colors: Black

Pros

  • Great for immersion
  • Natural ergonomic curve
  • US-based customer service

Cons

  • Less adjustment than other options
  • No grommet installation

Minnesota-based Echogear is known primarily for making wall mounts, but they make a very nice desk-mounted triple-monitor stand. It lines up the monitors, but arranges them in an ergonomic and immersive curve, turning your three monitors into a single, gigantic curved display array. It’s an appealing option for anyone who wants to set it and forget it, and could be great for hardcore racing or flight-sim players.

The curve also presents some limitations, though: For example, the mount isn’t really made to pair well with individual curved displays, even if they fit the size and weight limits. They also note that an older 27-inch monitor with a large bezel (the outer plastic frame), may cause some issues with fitting the screens.

Luckily, Echogear has excellent customer service. The company has chat and phone-based support options that typically answer quickly and accurately. If you aren’t sure if your monitors will fit in the display, customer service will help you figure things out before you buy.

Best pyramid-style: Stand Steady Freestanding Three-Monitor Mount Desk Stand

Stand Steady

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: Stand Steady makes a really solid pyramid-style desktop triple-monitor stand.

Specs

  • Mount type: Freestanding
  • Adjustment mechanism: Static height
  • Weight range: Up to 17.6 lbs
  • Display size range: Up to 32-inch
  • Available colors: Black

Pros

  • Freestanding mount can sit on any desk
  • Supports 32-inch displays
  • Pyramid configuration means less twisting your neck
  • Separate VESA plates for easy mounting

Cons

  • No depth adjustment for middle screen

Having three screens lined up side-by-side in landscape mode sounds like a great idea … right until you have a project where you’re constantly turning your from the left display to the right one. Without depth adjustment functionality or a natural curve, you’ll wind up twisting your neck a lot, which isn’t great for your body. A pyramid configuration—two monitors side by side at eye level, and a third dead center above the other two—is great if you use two displays often, and only glance at the third on occasion.

Stand Steady makes both freestanding and desk-mounted pyramid-style triple-monitor stands, but we went with the desktop option because it’s a little cheaper, and because it’s better suited to support three 32-inch displays.

Best with USB hub: Mount-It Triple-Monitor Mount with USB/Audio Ports

Mount-It!

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: Honestly, we’re surprised more manufacturers haven’t built USB hubs into their monitor stands.

Specs

  • Mount type: Desk-mounted
  • Adjustment mechanism: Gas-spring and static height
  • Weight range: Up to 15.4 lbs
  • Display size range: 32″
  • Available colors: Black

Pros

  • Separate VESA plates for easy mounting
  • Gas-spring movement means effortless adjustment
  • Two mount options: Desk clamp or grommet
  • USB 3.0 and Audio jacks are a great bonus

Cons

  • USB and audio jacks are pass-through, not hub
  • Middle screen has no depth adjustment
  • Low weight limit

The Mount-It Triple-Monitor Stand doesn’t do much that our other monitor stands can’t, but it has one surprisingly compelling ace up its sleeve: USB 3.0 and 3.5mm audio passthrough ports built into the base of the display. Unlike monitor USB ports, these are passthrough ports that need to be plugged into your PC using cables that come out the back of the stand. For most people, though, having those ports front and center is a big improvement on constantly reaching behind things or having external USB hubs taking up valuable desk real estate.

Best budget: Monoprice Essential Triple-Monitor Articulating Arm Desk Mount

Monoprice

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Monoprice Essential Triple-Monitor Arm Desk cuts down on adjustability to give you the cheapest reliable option for three displays.

Specs

  • Mount type: Desk-mounted
  • Adjustment mechanism: Static height
  • Weight range: 22 lbs per arm
  • Display size range: Up to 30-inch
  • Available colors: Black

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • High weight limit
  • Straightforward setup

Cons

  • No grommet option
  • No Depth adjustment for the middle screen

Monoprice, master of budget-priced tech peripherals, comes to the rescue yet again. With limited options in the triple-monitor stand space, its triple-monitor arm offers a good collection of features for significantly less than the rest of the pack. It’s easy to set up and has one of the higher sets of weight and size restrictions on the list.

Of course, as a budget stand, there are some compromises to make. It doesn’t offer gas-spring height adjustment, though it does allow for tilt, swivel, and rotation on all three mounts, and depth adjustment on the outer screens. It also doesn’t feature a grommet-based mounting option, so you won’t be able to screw it into the back of your desk.

Things to consider before buying a triple-monitor stand

If you have three displays and are ready to upgrade to a triple-monitor stand or arm, there are a few important things to keep in mind. Monitor stands come in a few different form factors, which handle monitors differently and require varying amounts of installation. It’s important to know what you’re getting into before you start adjusting your workspace.

Desk clamps vs. stands: Triple-monitor stands can be mounted one of two ways: A freestanding monitor stand, similar to what comes with most monitors, or a desk-mounted stand that clamps to the back of a flat desk. Manufacturers also make dual- and single-monitor stands that bolt into the wall behind your desk, but there currently aren’t any wall-mounted triple-monitor options that we’re aware of at this time.

If you have a strong desk with a uniformly thick desktop, we prefer the desk-mounted route. It saves you a ton of desk space without sacrificing any sturdiness or durability. Not all desks can handle a desk mount, though. If you have a glass desk or one without a lip for a clamp to grip, stick to a freestanding mount. Seriously, a clamp could shatter a glass desk or fall right off an unsteady mount–taking all of your screens with it—so only consider this if you’ve invested in a sturdy option.

Weight limits: There are also two important specs to check on all your monitors before picking out a monitor stand. First, make sure all of your displays can be removed from their stands and come with mounting brackets. Look for a large square grouping of screws on the back of each monitor. It may be hidden by the existing stand. The VESA mounting bracket is a universal standard across all mountable screens—monitors and TVs—created and maintained by the Video Electronics Standards Association. It makes buying stands and mounting displays as easy as possible.

Most VESA mounts for PC monitors usually come in one of two sizes: 75mm x 75mm or 100mm x 100 mm. Nearly every stand we’ve seen supports both of them, so most monitors that can be removed from their default stands should work on any third-party stand. Things may get a little tricky if any of your displays are especially large (32 inches or more) or you have an ultrawide monitor. There are just enough potential variations that it pays to check before buying a stand.

You should also check each monitor’s weight. Monitor stands are made to handle specific weights for each display, and you do not want to use one that can’t handle your screens. If your monitors exceed the stand’s weight, the setup will fall, and your screens will likely break.

Both of these specs should appear both in any support manuals for your displays or on their product pages on the manufacturers’ websites.

FAQs

Q: Can you hook up 3 monitors to a computer?

Absolutely. If you’re using a gaming desktop with a discrete graphics card, like an Nvidia RTX 3070 or AMD RX 6900 XT, you’ll have enough ports to connect three screens to your PC over DisplayPort, HDMI, or possibly USB-C. Things get trickier with laptops, as they typically don’t have as much graphical horsepower as a desktop computer or as many ports. With the right gaming laptop and an HDMI splitter, though? It’s not impossible.

Q: How much does a triple-monitor setup weigh?

This is worth checking out before diving into a triple-monitor setup. With three screens, you’re asking a lot of your desk, and you don’t want to mount your monitors to an unstable surface. Monitors tend to weigh between 14-20 lbs each, depending on size, and monitor mounts tend to be around 20 lbs themselves, so it’s safe to say that a triple-monitor setup would tend to weigh at least 62 lbs for a setup with smaller screens and upwards of 80 lbs total for a setup with bigger screens.

Q: Are 3 monitors good for gaming?

It depends on the game. Devotees of simulator games like Microsoft Flight Simulator or racing games like F1 2022 often swear by a triple-monitor setup. Even the borders between the monitors can contribute to the sense of immersion in these games, making the screens feel more like windows. For a first-person shooter, the benefits will be more subjective. Often, we think a single ultrawide gaming monitor would probably be a better fit.

Q: Does using 3 monitors affect PC performance?

The more pixels your PC needs to push, the harder your computer has to work. A triple-monitor setup will absolutely affect performance on budget and mid-tier desktops. If you have a gaming desktop with a modern graphics card, the impact may be imperceptible. More often than not, though, you will see a difference in how your computer runs.

Q: Why should I use a triple-monitor stand?

A good monitor stand will reclaim some desk space and creates a healthier, more ergonomic workspace. Setting up three monitors on one desk can take up a huge amount of space. Putting your displays on a single stand should free up a fair amount of real estate on your desk, even if most of it is under the monitors.

On top of that, using a monitor stand grants you enhanced adjustability to optimize your workstation’s ergonomics. Ideally, you want all of your monitors perfectly aligned, with the top of the screens at eye level. This prevents you from craning your neck to get a full, clear view of the screen. Using one stand for all three monitors ensures you can position them all evenly. (Depending on your setup, you will still likely need to move your neck a bit, but your setup will be far healthier.)

Q: How much should a triple-monitor stand cost?

Triple-monitor stands vary in price, but you shouldn’t need to spend more than $150 on a good one. If you’re on a budget, or don’t want a stand with extra features, you could spend as little as $60.

Final thoughts on the best triple-monitor stands

While the options for triple-monitor stands are far fewer than one or two displays, you still have plenty of decent choices. Keep in mind that you can also combine multiple monitor stands to create a custom setup if you’re struggling to find a perfect fit with these picks. That said, we expect most people should be able to find the right triple-monitor stand for them on this list.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best triple-monitor stands of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best leaf vacuums of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-leaf-vacuum/ Tue, 25 Jan 2022 15:10:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=279082
A lineup of the best leaf vacuums on a white background
Amanda Reed

Keeping your property clean doesn’t have to be time-consuming or difficult with these handy tools.

The post The best leaf vacuums of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best leaf vacuums on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall worx electric leaf mulcher and bag WORX WG509 TRIVAC 12 Amp 3-In-1 Electric Blower/Mulcher/Vacuum
SEE IT

This all-in-one yard tool can vacuum, leaf blow, and mulch, and is less than nine pounds for easy maneuvering and lifting.

Best cordless greenworks leaf blower vacuum with accessories Greenworks 40V 185 MPH Variable Speed Cordless Leaf Blower/Vacuum
SEE IT

This pick offers up to 21 minutes of cordless leaf cleanup time and six speed selections for a customized user experience.

Best for pools Poolmaster Big Sucker Swimming Pool Leaf Vacuum Poolmaster 28316 Swimming Pool Leaf Vacuum
SEE IT

Keep your outdoor swimming space sparkling clean with this waterproof-equipped leaf vacuum.

When the weather is warm, you won’t think you need a leaf vacuum. There’s just something sublime about long summer evenings, lying in the green grass under a lush canopy, listening to bugs chirp, leaf vacuum safe and sound in the shed. That glory, however, is short-lived. Come fall, you’ll be screaming, leaf me alone, as nature’s debris accumulates and deteriorates over flowerbeds, streets, and neighbors’ yards if left unchecked. Grab that dependable leaf vacuum, however, and you can mitigate an unsightly mess and provide easy yard clean-up. Combining the best features of traditional leaf blowers with a convenient bag system, the best leaf vacuums on the market will save you a ton of effort on your next yard waste removal job and you’ll enjoy a tidy lawn again in no time.

How we chose the best leaf vacuums

We’ve previously compiled a list of the best leaf blowers and best leaf mulchers. We took our knowledge and research from those subjects and applied them here. We also looked at reviews, recommendations, conducted user testing, and performed heavy research to narrow down our list of the best leaf vacuums. After all, you want something that sucks—in a good way.

The best leaf vacuums: Reviews & Recommendations

When shopping for a yard vacuum, consider the size of the area you’ll be cleaning, as well as the volume of leaves that accumulate annually, to help determine the level of power and capacity required. Many electric leaf blower vacuums and cordless electric models are suited to medium-duty jobs, while a commercial model may be better for sustained professional or high-volume use in larger yards. From leaves in the driveway to debris in the pool, the best leaf vacuums can handle every scenario.

Best overall: WORX WG509 TRIVAC 12 Amp 3-In-1 Electric Blower/Mulcher/Vacuum

WORX

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: An ergonomic design, different modes, and swappable bags allow for easy leaf disposal.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 20 x 15 x 9 inches
  • Weight: 8.6 lbs.
  • Air speed: 75-210 mph
  • Power source: Electric, corded

Pros

  • Ergonomic
  • Easy to switch between modes
  • Expandable capacity

Cons

  • Additional bags sold separately
  • Not best for heavy jobs

This electric corded leaf blower vacuum is capable of collecting and distributing leaves and other debris with an airspeed of 75 to 210 miles per hour. This WORX leaf vacuum quickly changes modes at the flip of a switch, and the integrated dual-stage metal impeller allows for an 18-to-1 reduction in leaf volume, making this a fantastic all-around choice for light- to medium-duty jobs. Its ergonomic design weighs in at 8.6 pounds, and it comes standard with a small bag, as well as the option to expand capacity with vacuum tubes and additional bags (sold separately).

Best cordless: Greenworks 40V 185 MPH Variable Speed Cordless Leaf Blower/Vacuum

Greenworks

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Collecting leaves isn’t a struggle, thanks to this leaf vacuum’s easy-to-control design and comfortable grip.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 32.5 x 8.5 x 11 inches
  • Weight: 5.6 lbs.
  • Air speed: 185 mph
  • Power source: Rechargeable battery

Pros

  • Easy to control
  • Interchangeable battery
  • Comfortable to use

Cons

  • Two-hour run time might not be long enough to clean larger yards

This 40V cordless leaf vacuum combines powerful blower action and high-performance mulching in an easy-to-control design. A six-speed dial with top airspeed of 185 miles per hour offers plenty of flexibility, and the cushioned over-mold grip brings users ample comfort during extended use. It’s designed with a durable brushless motor and includes a 4Ah battery with a charge time of 120 minutes.

Best gas-powered: Husqvarna 2-Cycle Gas Handheld Leaf Blower/Vacuum

Husqvarna

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: 170 mph blowing speeds and a 16:1 mulching ratio means you can decimate your backyard leaves.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 38.5 x 9 x 14 inches
  • Weight: 9.6 lbs.
  • Air speed: 170 mph
  • Power source: Gas

Pros

  • Creates fine mulch
  • Easy to start
  • Cruise control

Cons

  • On the heavy side

The combo Husqvarna 2-cycle gas leaf blower/vacuum is incredibly powerful, with blowing speeds of up to 170 miles per hour. When in vacuum mode, it also mulches leaves at a 16:1 mulching ratio, so you can suck up more without worrying about overfilling the bag too fast. Plus, it’s built with smart start technology to start the leaf vacuum with minimal effort. For easier handling, set the variable speed throttle with cruise control.

Best for pools: Poolmaster 28316 Swimming Pool Leaf Vacuum

Poolmaster

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Say goodbye to those pesky post-storm leaves with this easy-to-use manual pool vacuum.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 6.58 x 3.29 x 3.29 inches
  • Weight: 1.82 lbs.
  • Air speed: N/A
  • Power source: Garden hose

Pros

  • Durable
  • Easy to maneuver
  • Won’t scratch your pool

Cons

  • Bag might need changed frequently if dealing with lots of leaves

This Poolmaster swimming pool leaf vacuum is crafted from durable ABS plastic and features eight high-pressure jets that use a standard garden hose water supply to trap debris within a secure mesh bag. It’s easy to maneuver thanks to its four multidirectional swiveling wheels on the underside and has replaceable brushes along its perimeter for dislodging leaves. Because it’s finished with a rubber bumper, you’ll never have to worry about accidentally scratching your pool. If you’d like to find more pool vacuums, check out our pool vacuums round-up.

What to consider when buying the best leaf vacuums

The best leaf vacuum available generally provides the standard features of a leaf blower while offering the ability to invert airflow to collect leaves in an attached bag for storage and removal. This dual functionality can be helpful when performing yard maintenance, as blowers require leaves and debris to be collected in piles before accumulation or disposal. And it comes in a familiar, ergonomic form for easy maneuvering without excessive bulk. Many blower/vacuum combos provide the added benefit of an integrated impeller to trap and chop debris into smaller, more manageable sizes. Not only does this feature save bag space and allow for more leaves to be vacuumed, it also prepares organic material to be redistributed and recycled as mulch and compost without requiring you to manually collect and break down debris. This feature is highly beneficial for anyone with a home garden or other plants requiring nutrients.

The best leaf blower vacuum is a cost-effective, flexible yard waste removal tool

The best leaf vacuum is a versatile lawn tool, effectively an all-in-one solution for managing leaves and debris, while saving storage space and task time. For example, combination blower-mulcher leaf vacuums use an air duct where a bag or hose can be attached for expeditious processing and collection of leaves (bags are the more portable option, but a hose to a bag or bucket is better suited to high-volume collection). The best blower/vacuum requires much less effort than a traditional rake or standard blower to complete the same amount of work. This makes collecting wet leaves after heavy rainfall—typically laborious and rage-inducing—a walk in the park.

When shopping for a blower/vacuum for yard work, look for a design that offers compatibility with both bags and hoses to assure the best results. This user-customizable feature maximizes the situations in which the blower-and-vacuum combo is useful. A built-in mulcher is also a must regardless of whether you’ll be using leaves in your flower beds, etc., as it drastically cuts down on the volume of leaves and maximizes storage space.

The best cordless leaf vacuum takes the hangups out of yard cleanup

Cordless leaf vacuum designs are championed for most yard maintenance and leaf removal jobs thanks to their portable, lightweight designs. Battery power frees users from the encumberment of cables and bulky gas tanks, while still packing ample power for most medium-duty jobs. Lighter weights also translate to better maneuverability, which is key when you’ll be gathering leaves over and around landscaping, lawn ornaments, wraparound porches, gazebos, and other obstacles. Some cordless models can even be worn like a backpack.

One thing to keep in mind is that the added convenience of cordless models does come at a price premium compared to corded models, and cordless designs also require somewhat frequent recharging. Still, investing in a cordless model can prove to be worthwhile when factoring in the greater mobility and lack of entanglement hazard.

When shopping for the best cordless vacuum, battery life is a critical consideration that can make or break this tool’s usefulness. Variable speeds are also a key feature to look for, as they allow users to conserve battery and only use the amount of power required for the moment at hand.

Got a bigger yard? Go beyond standard with a gas-powered model

A gas-powered leaf vacuum will require more maintenance than an electric model, but it makes quick work of large, leafy lawns. Most gas-powered models on the market are actually leaf blowers with the ability to convert into vacuums by attaching a suctioning tube and large vac bag. They are typically powered by two-cycle gas engines, which should be filled with a pre-mixed combination of gas and oil. 

It’s important to keep in mind that gas-powered leaf vacuums are much noisier than their electric counterparts and that two-stroke engines emit hazardous levels of hydrocarbons. In fact, to reduce environmental damage (and noise complaints), some cities have an outright ban on gas-powered machines.

For leaf removal from water, a dedicated pool leaf vacuum works swimmingly

Pool leaf vacuums are their own class of product, but they perform the same debris removal duties of traditional models … just in water. The collection of wet, submerged leaves and organic debris comes with its own unique set of challenges, so it’s crucial to use equipment designed for this specific task when cleaning out your pool or pond.

The best pool leaf vacuums are designed to function using a standard garden hose and pool pole, creating vortexes of water around a central net to divert and capture leaves and other debris. When considering which pool model is best for your needs, go with a manually operated unit for the greatest degree of control and cost-effectiveness. Many designs include bumpers to protect the bottom and side surfaces of pool interiors from scratching as well, which can save money and prevent unsightly damage.

On a budget? For small, isolated jobs, a cheap leaf vacuum is great

Because these machines are specialized pieces of lawn equipment, it’s generally difficult to find a cheaper model that performs at an acceptable level for most yards. Portability and power along with capacity add to the costs of these units, so most budget models suffer a high drop in these areas and are simply not suited to the demands of most yard work. However, users may still encounter situations in which a less expensive model performs acceptably, such as in the cleaning of an enclosed porch or the removal of leaves from a deck or courtyard.

Be aware that the best model for less is usually corded designs, which cuts down on the bulk and weight of the unit while limiting mobility somewhat. Mulching options are also not found in budget units, so leaves will pile up quicker in the bag and require more frequent emptying. Still, a cheap vacuum may be all you need for small jobs and infrequent use.

FAQs

Q: How powerful does a leaf blower need to be?

Any standard leaf blower needs to be powerful enough to dislodge and move wet leaves and other heavy debris, so a model capable of winds between 80 and 250 miles per hour is usually a good place to start.

Q: Are leaf vacuums worth it?

Having a dedicated leaf vacuum is worth it because it’s a great way to make an easy, quick, and fun task out of the typically time-consuming process of raking. Models that transform leaves directly into mulch are doubly worth it.

Q: Should I get a leaf blower or vacuum?

Leaf blowers only take care of half of the problem and don’t actually aid in the collection, mulching, or disposal process, while a dedicated leaf vacuum provides all those perks. Leaf blowers are great for moving leaves from one place to another but go with a vacuum if you’re looking to dispose of the problem altogether.

Final thoughts on the best leaf vacuums

The best leaf vacuums on the market are unparalleled in transforming unsightly debris into a mass of usable mulch. A cordless model is more of an investment than a standard leaf vacuum but is maneuverable and tends to be lighter. If you’re looking for a long-term solution to large-scale yard clean-up, a commercial lawn vacuum might be more suited to your needs. And pool cleaner models are entirely different beasts but serve a very important function if your property has water features. So when trees shed their coat, shed your yard maintenance frustrations with the best leaf vacuum you can find. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best leaf vacuums of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best shop vacs of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-shop-vac/ Fri, 12 Mar 2021 20:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-shop-vac/
A lineup of shop vacuums on a white background
Amanda Reed

Handle any serious cleaning job with a shop vac that can handle serious crumbs and dirt.

The post The best shop vacs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of shop vacuums on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Bissell MultiClean Wet Dry Vac Bissell MultiClean Wet Dry Vac
SEE IT

This sleek machine is perfect for small clean-ups or large wet messes.

Best mini Armor All 2.5 Gallon Wet Dry Vacuum Armor All 2.5 Gallon Wet Dry Vacuum
SEE IT

A small shop vac with powerful suction.

Best budget Stanley SL18910P-3 Stanley SL18910P-3
SEE IT

This lower-priced option has what it takes to clean up any wet or dry mess.

More powerful than the average Hoover, more versatile than the typical Dyson, and tougher than your pet Roomba, a shop vacuum is a must-have for any household. These cleaning tools can suck up almost anything. But shop vacuums aren’t just for cleaning big construction messes. Even the average homeowner should include one in their armory of cleaning supplies. They can take on even the most hard-to-clean areas, like a fireplace or barbecue pit. A cordless shop vacuum is easily transported out to the car to vacuum impossible corners and crevices between the seats and is powerful enough to pick up the dirt, leaves, and even matted-down pet hair littering the floor of your car. Once equipped with the best shop vac, you can attack any mess thrown at you, whether it’s sawdust in the workshop, a mosaic of Goldfish crumbs under the kid’s car seat, or even the two inches of water flooding the basement.

How we chose the best shop vacs

In short, the best shop vac can do just about anything. Sometimes referred to as bucket vacuums, these machines resemble little R2D2s. Used most often in construction, shop vacuums are durable enough to suck up dust, dirt, and most other debris found at a worksite. We looked at reviews, recommendations, conducted user testing, and performed heavy research while on the hunt for the best shop vacuum. We’ve also written plenty about the shop vac’s cousins, like upright vacuums, so we applied some of that knowledge here.

The best shop vacs: Reviews & Recommendations

Bear in mind that durability may come with unwieldiness. You might want to go all out with the most powerful shop vacuum you can find, but if a lightweight, portable shop vac is enough to handle the job, you’ll have an easier time maneuvering—not to mention, storing it when it’s not in use. Bigger might not be better, so tailor your choice to your needs. We chose five of the best shop vacs to crank up your cleaning game and have your space spotless in no time.

Best overall: Bissell MultiClean Wet Dry Vac

Bissell

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This vacuum can power through wet or dry messes on multiple surfaces—you can even detail your car with it.

Specs

  • Capacity: 6 gallons
  • Weight: 16.1 lbs.
  • Hose length: 6.5 ft.
  • Power source: Corded electric

Pros

  • Two-stage filtration
  • Blower function
  • Easy to move

Cons

  • Loud

If you want a wet-dry shop vacuum that handles anything, the Bissell MultiClean vac covers all the bases. This versatile cleaning tool comes with a variety of features and functions, including a blowing function for clearing leaves or blowing up inflatables, a wet suction tool, and a toolkit of different brushes for vacuuming various surfaces and crevices. The tank is on wheels for easy movement while vacuuming, and its balanced body keeps it from tipping over when it’s pulled. This machine is sleek and easy to use for both small at-home messes and bigger shop cleanups.

Best powerful: Ridgid WD1450 Wet Dry Vac

Ridgid

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A six-horsepower motor and 14 gallons of storage let you vacuum your entire garage … and then some.

Specs

  • Capacity: 14 gallons
  • Weight: 25 lbs.
  • Hose length: 6.8 ft.
  • Power source: Corded electric

Pros

  • Six horsepower motor
  • Lots of storage capacity
  • Easy to maneuver

Cons

  • Expensive

This Ridgid shop vac’s 6-horsepower motor and top-notch dust filters make it one of the most powerful shop vacs on the market. Its 14-gallon tank makes it one of the larger models available, which is great if you have a big job and want to avoid frequent stops to empty the tank. Despite its size, this large shop vacuum is easy to maneuver thanks to its handled tank and a Tug-A-Long hose that stays locked in during use. Another perk? The powerful motor is made with noise-reducing technology, offering a quieter performance than other brands.

Best mini: Armor All 2.5 Gallon Wet Dry Vacuum

Armor

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This little shop vac packs a powerful punch—good things sometimes come in small sizes.

Specs

  • Capacity: 2.5 gallons
  • Weight: 5.6 lbs.
  • Hose length: 4 ft.
  • Power source: Corded electric

Pros

  • Wall mountable for storage
  • Portable
  • Easy to carry and transport

Cons

  • Hose length shorter than others on our list

The Armor All 2.5-gallon Wet Dry Vacuum has a 2.5-gallon tank and weighs 5.6 pounds, so it’s light enough to transport out to your car for some detailing or give the couch a quick once over before guests arrive. It has an easy-to-carry handle and a 10-foot power cord to take advantage of its portability. The 2-horsepower motor in this mini shop vacuum strikes the perfect balance between lightweight and power.

Best cordless: Milwaukee 0880-20 Wet Dry Vac

Milwaukee

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: No cord or plug? That’s not a problem with this sturdy, compact shop vac.

Specs

  • Capacity: 2 gallons
  • Weight: 10.1 lbs
  • Hose length: 6 ft.
  • Power source: Battery-powered, cordless

Pros

  • Washable HEPA filter
  • Sturdy design
  • Easy to carry

Cons

  • Full charge only lasts 20 minutes

This highly rated, battery-powered shop vac is great for car detailing and ideal for travel or minor clean-ups. The design of this vac is different from the typical cylindrical tank—this one is rectangular and looks almost like a toolbox. The body is sturdy and doesn’t tip easily, and the box has a handle for easy carry. It yields a strong suction, and you can expect about 20 minutes of continuous use on one battery before needing to recharge.

Best budget: Stanley SL18910P-3

Stanley

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This powerful, budget-friendly shop vac rivals its pricier counterparts.

Specs

  • Capacity: 3 gallons
  • Weight: 8 lbs.
  • Hose length: 4 ft.
  • Power source: Corded electric

Pros

  • Washable and reusable filter
  • Lots of included accessories
  • Easy to carry

Cons

  • No casters to move vacuum around

This Stanley shop vac has a 3-gallon tank and a 3-horsepower motor. With more capacity than mini shop vacs, this vac is performance on a budget. While it may not complete a job as quickly as one of the more expensive models with higher horsepower and a larger tank, this lower-priced option has what it takes to clean up any wet or dry mess.

What to consider when buying the best shop vacs

Shop vacs come in a variety of sizes and efficacy, so the biggest thing to consider is what kind of performance and capacity you’re looking for. Also, consider shop vacuum attachments: different nozzles may be available for cleaning small crevices or for sucking up that flooded basement, or you may need to buy adapters to use the inflation feature (no more manually blowing up giant pool floats!). You can get pretty creative using your shop vac. Here’s what else we recommend when shopping for a shop vac:

Wet dry shop vacs

What really sets shop vacs apart from regular vacuum cleaners is the wet vac feature. Many, if not most, shop vacuums can clear dry and wet messes, which is clutch in some of homeownership’s most difficult-to-handle situations. A wet-dry vac can clean up the jar of applesauce your toddler dropped in the middle of the living room. It can be shoved down the drain in your kitchen sink to retrieve a missing earring. And it can suck up all the water if—shudder—your basement is flooding. A wet-dry shop vac can remove unwanted water from your home, clean out a fish tank, unclog a drain—the list goes on. On top of this feature, many shop vacuums have a blowing function for added versatility—your leaf blower wishes it had that versatility.

Power

Shop vacuums come in a variety of sizes and levels of power, so the biggest thing to consider is what kind of performance and capacity you’re looking for. If you’re purchasing a vac for a construction business, you might want to consider at least a 12-gallon shop vacuum with the capacity to clean up larger, heavier debris.

Wall-mounted shop vacuums are powerful and offer excellent filtration and capacity, although their immobility can hold you back without an extra-long hose and fixtures to stretch your reach. When overall suction strength is your biggest concern, look for a machine with high horsepower.

Size

Shop vacuums aren’t just for big industrial messes. A small shop vac can be a lifesaver for smaller jobs, like crumbs and pet hair. These lightweight micromachines come as small as 1.5 gallons.

The one caveat to mini shop vacs is that the size and weight may come at the expense of suction, as the small body doesn’t allow for a more powerful motor. We looked for a model that brings the most power in relation to its small size.

Battery-powered vs. electric

While most shop vacuums are electric, battery-powered vacs are also available. The electric shop vacs will provide more power for a longer duration of time. Still, a battery-powered vac has the upside of being portable and usable even when you don’t have access to a reliable power source.

On the downside, the batteries don’t last very long, and you’ll be stopping to recharge frequently. Electric shop vacuums will be better for long jobs, like clearing out a flooded basement, but a battery-powered vac is perfect for a quick and easy pickup. Some users recommend them for cleaning up during a long road trip.

Budget

Shop vacuums are by nature powerful and versatile, so even a less expensive model will complete a job better than a regular vacuum. The mini vacs are the least expensive models, but you can get a more mid-sized shop vac with a larger tank and more powerful motor at a reasonable price.

A mid-sized shop vacuum, even a cheaper model, ensures you’re ready for whatever small disaster hits your home. For minor floods, clogs, home workshop messes, spills, or pet cleanup (have you ever wished for an easier way to clean the kids’ hamster cage?), a simple budget shop vac will have your home spotless.

FAQs

Q: How much does a shop vac cost?

The best shop vacs can start at around $30 and reach all the way into the $200 range, depending on their features and capabilities.

Q: What’s the difference between a shop vac and a regular vacuum?

It’s safe to say you don’t want to suck up scraps of wood, nails, screws, pieces of metal, or water with a regular vacuum. Not only does a regular vacuum lack the power to suck up big pieces adequately, but it’s also likely too small and delicate for heavy debris. The shop vac’s powerful motor and its larger, tougher hose are made to handle those nuts and bolts, and its tank can take in water. On the other hand, the regular vacuum is only made for reasonable amounts of dirt, dust, and crumbs in the home.

Q: Can you use a shop vac as a regular vacuum?

You can use a shop vac as a regular vacuum, and accessories and attachments are available to make that easier. However, a regular upright vacuum is easier to move across floors and rugs to clean up day-to-day dust and dirt. While you can substitute the regular vacuum for a shop vacuum in a pinch, they’re best left for the bigger messes that a regular vacuum can’t handle.

Q: Which shop vacuum has the strongest suction?

The suction on a shop vac relies on the strength of its motor. The strongest shop vacs have roughly 5-6.5 peak horsepower. Factoring in some other features, like the quality of the air filters and the size of the tank, sets these vacs apart from each other. The aforementioned Ridgid WD1450 and the Craftsman 12007 are notably among the shop vacs with the strongest suction at 6.5 HP and boast 14-16 gallon tanks, making them the strongest shop vacuums for big jobs.

Final thoughts on the best shop vacs

A shop vacuum is a versatile piece of equipment—the cleaning equipment you never knew you needed. They provide a quick and easy way to clean up the messes you once thought were impossible. Make a list of the features that are most important to you—Do you want them to be portable? Is power the biggest factor? Do you need a shop vac for a car?—and determine which is the best shop vac for you. It’s hard to go wrong, and many affordable options are available. This is a purchase you won’t regret. Happy cleaning!

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best shop vacs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best outdoor storage boxes of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-outdoor-storage-box/ Thu, 29 Jul 2021 19:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=283635
A lineup of the best storage sheds on a white background
Amanda Reed

Looking to store gardening tools, cushions, trash bins, and lawn games? Declutter your deck with a storage shed.

The post The best outdoor storage boxes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best storage sheds on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Rectangular, brown outdoor storage box Suncast Resin Wicker Patio Outdoor Storage Container
SEE IT

This water-resistant poly resin pick has a capacity of up to 99 gallons to store and protect your goods from weather and water.

Best storage bench A black Keter Solana storage bench on a blue and white background Keter Solana 70 Gallon Storage Bench
SEE IT

Combine form with function in this 70 gallon storage bench box. You can seamlessly tuck away unsightly items, provide seating, and save valuable space.

Best storage shed A Rubbermaid outdoor storage shed on a blue and white background Rubbermaid Resin Weather Resistant Outdoor Storage Shed
SEE IT

This sturdy storage solution is equipped with double-walled construction, an impact-resistant floor, and weather-resistant materials so your stored items stay safe and dry year-round.

Outdoor storage boxes can be tremendously useful for a wide variety of purposes. It can be much more convenient to have a deck box within reach for outdoor items—think tablecloths, toys, sports equipment, small tools, outdoor extension cords, and pool products, to name a few—rather than having to lug them in and out of the house or shed each time you finish using them. In addition, a heavy-duty deck storage box can provide additional seating when you have guests in your backyard. Another great benefit to picking the best outdoor storage box is that they can be used to store patio furniture cushions when not in use, preserving upholstery life spans potentially by years and keeping them clean and dry in between uses. After all, you don’t want your guests to sit on cushions soiled by birds, rain, pollen, or other outdoor issues. The best outdoor storage box models are out there, but you must know what to look for. Luckily, you’ve got us and this guide.

How we chose the best outdoor storage boxes

We sorted through 50 of the top-rated outdoor storage boxes to select these top five. Between all the products, we compared prices, materials, capacity, brand, and reviews to find those that stood out from the pack. We also looked at critical reviews and user recommendations and conducted heavy research to narrow down our choices.

The best outdoor storage boxes: Reviews & Recommendations

Our picks range from functional storage boxes that double as benches to storage tents that fit tight spaces, as no two storage needs are the same. These final picks are built to last through any inclement weather and keep your goods safe and secure all year long.

Best overall: Suncast Resin Wicker Patio Outdoor Storage Container

Suncast

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This large capacity pick can hold any variety of yard toys, patio cushions, or gardening tools—and will outlast inclement weather.

Specs

  • Material: Resin
  • Dimensions: 50 x 25.2 x 25.2 inches
  • Capacity: 99 gallons

Pros

  • Durable to weather
  • Large capacity
  • Warp-resistant

Cons

  • Assembly can be challenging

This large deck storage box has a rounded top that’s less likely than others to warp in the heat (a common problem with outdoor storage boxes), so the cover stays put solidly and keeps contents dry. It has a hinged top and space for a lock (though the lock isn’t included) and measures 50 inches x 25.5 inches x 25.5 inches. The dark brown wicker design has many matching pieces, so you can also buy the brand’s outdoor garbage bin, dining chairs or benches, hose reel, or other variations of storage boxes if you want your decor to match.

Best bench: Keter Solana 70 Gallon Storage Bench

Keter

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This pick allows you to save space while providing seating—and is durable enough to sit outside all year long.

Specs

  • Material: Resin
  • Dimensions: 23.4 x 54.6 32.8 inches
  • Capacity: 70 gallon

Pros

  • Bench included
  • Affordable price
  • Easy assembly

Cons

  • No lateral supports on the middle of the bench

This outdoor storage bench is no slouch: It holds 70 gallons, which can translate to barbeque tools, gardening hand tools, cushions, sports equipment, or many other items. It’s made of resin with a wood-grain appearance and comes in two color combinations. You can add a cushion to the outdoor storage bench seat to make it more comfortable, and there’s a place for a lock.

Best shed: Rubbermaid Resin Weather Resistant Outdoor Storage Shed

Rubbermaid

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you’re looking for a no-frills pick with great capacity, this shed-style option can store larger items year-round.

Specs

  • Material: Resin, plastic
  • Dimensions: 89.75 x 45 x 20.25 inches
  • Capacity: N/A

Pros

  • Large capacity
  • Weather resistant
  • Double-walled construction

Cons

  • May warp over time

Snow shovels, garden shovels, rakes, hoes, weed trimmers, and similar tools are generally too big to fit into deck boxes—not to mention that they don’t store well piled up horizontally. At 7 feet by 7 feet, this type of outdoor storage shed is tall enough to hang them on hooks underneath the sandalwood/onyx roof so they don’t get damaged or rusty and are always easy to reach. You can also add shelving.

Best for bikes: The YardStash IV Outdoor Storage Shed Tent

YardStash

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: While this pick might be built like a tent, its heavyweight fabric seals out water and weather, making it a great place to store bikes or gardening supplies even in winter conditions.

Specs

  • Material: Vinyl
  • Dimensions: 74 x 32 x 68 inches
  • Capacity: Two adult bikes

Pros

  • Easy to move
  • Affordable option
  • Space-saving

Cons

  • May require two people to set up

If you’re looking for outdoor bike storage you can set up, take down, and move around easily, this heavy-duty vinyl tent may be your thing: it’s ready without tools in 10 minutes and is made to hold two adult bikes with some room left over. It’s meant to be fully waterproof and pest-proof, and you can use this outdoor bike storage all four seasons (the roof is made to deflect snow and rain).

Best budget: Keter Marvel Plus Resin Outdoor Storage Box

Keter

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: It is a great option for slimmer, lower storage.

Specs

  • Material: Resin
  • Dimensions: 17.4 x 45.9 x 22.2 inches
  • Capacity: 71 gallons

Pros

  • Affordable price
  • Sleek design
  • Easy assembly

Cons

  • Not as durable as other options

When you’re looking for a budget outdoor storage box, you’re not going to get some of the durability or special features of the higher-end ones: this one has no hydraulics or strap to help open and close the lid, and some reviewers describe it as more flimsy. But overall, it’s still a bargain for a large (71-gallon capacity) storage box that’s simple to assemble. Dark brown and plastic, it matches many other brands’ outdoor products and also provides limited seating.

What to consider when shopping for the best outdoor storage boxes

As great as an outdoor storage bin can be, it’s not always without problems. One common issue is in assembly: resin patio storage boxes often snap together in a certain way, and if you assemble the pieces incorrectly, it can be very difficult to separate them again without causing irreparable damage (this is also not generally covered under manufacturer warranties). If you have any doubts at all about any included assembly instructions, be sure you check the manufacturer’s website or YouTube for an instructional video or call the manufacturer for more specific advice. Trying to take apart pieces that have been snapped together can break connections or crack or weaken the plastic. Here are other things you should look out for when choosing an outdoor storage box:

Weather

Another concern is wind: If you don’t use some kind of lock or carabiner to keep a patio storage box closed, heavy wind can not only lift the top and expose the contents to the weather, but it may even rip the top off its hinges, which can also be an irreparable problem. Be sure to choose a storage box that you can close securely so it won’t fall apart in the first storm of the season. A lock is also a necessity if you’re storing any kind of valuable equipment, like bikes or snowblowers, or you may become an easy target for thieves in the area.

Warping

Some patio storage boxes and storage sheds have problems with roof warping. If a roof warps upwards at the ends, it can leave gaps that aren’t just unsightly and leave the items inside unprotected from moisture and bugs. Even without a warped roof, though, most outdoor storage bins are not entirely bugproof. Most are made to be waterproof or at least water-resistant, but any sort of ventilation or gap between the lid and bottom, or under or between the doors, could be enough for a variety of critters from carpenter ants to spiders. If this is an issue, you might want to use a deterrent, such as boric acid or diatomaceous earth sprinkled around the outdoor storage box, or move the box to a spot that’s away from foliage and less likely to attract bugs.

Bins vs. sheds vs. benches

Outdoor storage bins are great not only for typical backyard items, but also for other items that you might store in the front or side of your house: trash bins, recycling bins, bicycles, a snowblower, large tools (such as shovels and rakes), holiday lawn decorations, scooters, and so on. 

There are specialized outdoor storage sheds sized just right for all kinds of purposes—ones that are wide and mid-height meant specifically as outdoor bike storage, and others that are tall and narrow for full-size tools. You can often attach tall storage units to the outside walls of your house.

While most well-made storage boxes like this aren’t inexpensive, they can make your life easier and protect your investments. Bike storage sheds and trash storage sheds are meant to be easy to wheel in and out of, so the front doors swing open rather than just the tops opening like deck storage boxes. You may also use a storage tent with vinyl sides rather than a plastic or wood outdoor storage container. There are also outdoor storage benches designed with seating in mind.

FAQs

Q: What’s the best way to store outdoor cushions?

Before storing your outdoor cushions for the winter, or between uses, ensure they’re clean and entirely dry. Depending on the material, you may need to simply wipe the cushions down with a rag and some dish soap, or you may be able to spray with vinegar and water or bleach solution to remove any mildew or stains. Never put cushions away while they’re damp, or they will develop mold and mildew. Once dry, you can put them in a waterproof deck storage box or outdoor storage shed. You may want to include mothballs or other pest repellents to prevent bugs from nesting inside the safe haven of your outdoor storage container and ruining your cushions. Moths, ants, stink bugs, and many other types of nuisance bugs love hiding out in cushions—and some can eat right through just about any kind of material.

Q: What is the largest deck box?

Keter’s XXL deck storage container is the largest deck box we’ve found: It holds up to 230 gallons, with dimensions of 32.7 inches x 33.8 inches x 57.8 inches. It has a lockable top and piston opening mechanism.

Q: Are Keter storage boxes waterproof?

Keter calls their outdoor storage boxes “water-resistant,” but users rarely report any problem with water coming through. You can also buy a cover for your outdoor storage box if you have any concerns about water.

Final thoughts on the best outdoor storage boxes

You’ll have to assess your storage needs to figure out the best outdoor storage box (or boxes) for your yard: measure any cushions to make sure you’re getting a big enough outdoor storage bin, and put together anything else you’re looking to store so you can get a better idea of the dimensions you’ll need. From there, it’s a matter of deciding what kind of look you like, how handy you are in putting things together, and what kind of budget you have. The best outdoor storage box should last you many years. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best outdoor storage boxes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>